Chapter 1: Welcome to Republic City
Chapter Text
Chapter One: Welcome to Republic City
(Otherwise Known as Everything Wrong with the World)
“The Air Nomads lived communally, in temples, to mitigate their spiritual attachments to belongings and the things of the physical realm. Possessing a home is one of the most solid attachments people can have to this world, and the Air Nomads recognized that it was better, at least, to share it, to distribute that one attachment amongst all their community.
“When Guru Laghima was a young monk, he forsook even that connection and traveled abroad in the world, wandering as the nomads were wont to do. It was in the wild, away from even the meager trappings of the temple, that he was able to empty his spirit and release his earthly tethers.” Zaheer closed his eyes for a long moment, breathing in, then out. “Unlike the other Air Nomads, he never returned to the temples, recognizing freedom as the greater virtue than community.
“In his example, we travel the world together, forsaking the bondage of houses in favor of true freedom.” Zaheer paused. “However, sometimes the constraints of reality must infringe on spiritual ideals. It is for this reason that, for the duration of our stay in Republic City, we—”
“HAVE AN APARTMENT!” Korra ducked around Zaheer, throwing open the door. It slammed against the wall and she burst inside.
Zaheer turned to the side. A deep frown and furrowed eyebrows carved a slash across his forehead. “—are temporarily staying in—”
“—an apartment with actual beds!” Ghazan cheered as he sauntered in behind Korra. “Check this place out!” He dropped their bags on the floor, looking around with a broad smile.
Following at a much more sedate pace, P’li and Ming-Hua weren’t nearly as enthused as Ghazan, but Korra could tell they were happy to be there too. She flashed Zaheer apologetic smile as she took everyone’s bags and sorted them accordingly.
By the time she’d finished, Ghazan had thrown open all the screens. “Looks like a pretty sweet layout,” he said. “Wide halls and big windows.” He threw his hands out to the side. “Look at all this space!”
Zaheer cleared his throat. “A Red Lotus contact furnished the space for us with the basic necessities. The location is also purposeful. This neighborhood is central to all the areas we want to access, and the police presence here is generally light.” He paused, and Korra noticed his eyes slide toward P’li for a moment. She’d taken off her hood since coming inside, but it was generally difficult for her to travel freely without attracting notice. Police, in particular, made things problematic.
“As for the apartment itself,” Zaheer continued, “There are two primary sleeping areas. P’li and I will primarily reside in this one.” He gestured to one of the screens Ghazan had opened. “Ghazan and Ming-Hua, you two will be staying in that one.”
Korra tilted her head. “What about me?”
Zaheer nodded to one of the smaller screen doorways. “For the duration of our stay, it seemed appropriate to allow you a solitary space for rest.”
“I get my own bedroom?” Korra’s mouth dropped open. “Like my own, individual, one-person room? That’s mine?” She rushed over to the space. It was little more than a closet, but it was her closet. Just enough room for a bedroll, but that was all she could have wanted.
“Ownership is a concept you should avoid,” Zaheer said, voice tightening. Korra dropped her bag inside the room, a little guilty. “This is merely a transient space we are occupying for the time being.”
“And it has real beds.” Ming-Hua poked her head out of her and Ghazan’s room. “Zaheer, allow us our ‘earthly tethers’ for a few minutes. This is different—better—than squatting in abandoned buildings with leaking roofs. Let the kid get happy about her room. Let us be happy that we get to sleep on real beds. ”
Ghazan poked his head out over Ming-Hua’s. “And speaking of beds...” He winked.
Korra let go of her pack instantly. “Ew. Ew ew ew. I’m going on a walk.” She grimaced. “You guys can have fun together. I’m gonna explore the city.”
“I’ll go with you,” Zaheer cut in. He set his pack down in his and P’li’s room then came back into the common space. “I haven’t been to Republic City since before we recruited you to our cause. It will be good to refamiliarize myself with the area while I give Korra an initial lesson.”
“You’re really leaving so soon?” P’li frowned slightly.
A pause. Zaheer wavered before shaking his head. “It would not be prudent for Korra to wander alone this early.” Another pause. “Once she is more familiar with the city, she will be free to wander, leaving more time for... other pursuits.”
Korra winced. “Look, if you guys are gonna go at it, I may not even wait to fiddle with the door.” She glanced out the window and grinned. “There’s a fountain in the courtyard there. An emergency waterbender escape isn’t out of the question.”
Ming-Hua laughed at that. “Take a break, Zaheer. I’m sure Korra can figure it out on her own. It’s been awhile since the four of us had some time to ourselves.”
Zaheer’s mouth just tightened into a thinner line. “We’ll be back in an hour or so. Do recall that we are here on business. This is not a pleasure trip.”
“A pleasure trip?” Ghazan cracked up, but Zaheer didn’t even smile.
Korra made an exaggerated gagging motion as she followed him out the front door. “Have fun, hedonists,” she called back.
“We’re anarchists!” Ming-Hua and Ghazan called back, laughing.
*
“Republic City Park is a central feature of the city,” Zaheer said. “Unlike most places we’ve traveled, the city lacks open green spaces. Small towns and small cities tend to have them accessible at the edges, at least. Ba Sing Se is large enough that things get rather spread out. Here, however, there is the exact mix of size and density which makes spaces like this necessary.”
Korra peered around. “So the people here are just... hanging out? They aren’t here for any particular reason?” They’d come to the park around lunchtime; she could see people of all social classes milling around. Many of them had brought food. “Except maybe lunch,” she added.
“For the most part, no. The masses of Republic City have been fooled by their government into thinking that a brief visit in a park is a valid exercise in what few freedoms they have.” Though he kept his tone neutral, she could hear condescension in his voice. “If you are ever stopped, saying you are going to the park is a good stock answer during daylight hours.”
“I’ll keep that in mind.” Zaheer and Korra were dressed simply, as usual, to avoid attention. The idea of being stopped by the police seemed ridiculous in the sunny park, but Korra knew it was possible. Once they got down to Red Lotus business, they tended to stir the pot a fair bit more. She smirked. That was always the fun part.
Zaheer led them to sit on the side of a small hill. “Republic City is a prime example of everything wrong with the world,” he said. “The government has no oversight, and the council members exercise their authority without check. We have come here for a specific reason, to witness a certain response of the people as they reach out for freedom.” He smiled tightly. “Remember: New growth cannot—”
“—exist without first the destruction of the old.” Korra didn’t roll her eyes, but it took effort. “I know, I know.”
“If you knew, then you would know to listen.” His voice barely shifted, but Korra caught a thread of annoyance in it. “Right now, I want you to look out at the park. What do you see, what do you hear? What moves the people here? This, however pathetic, passes for their ‘free’ and ‘leisure time.’ What distracts them while they are here?”
“Alright.” They’d done exercises like this before. Korra tucked a stray strand of hair behind her ear and relaxed into a meditation pose. The best way to relax herself into the atmosphere here was to try and detach from her body as much as possible.
It didn’t take any effort to hear the chatter of those passing by, but it took a few moments before Korra could truly listen to them. She didn’t try to catch whole conversations. Zaheer had taught how to listen to only the pieces people meant the most emphatically, putting their spirit behind their words.
“—lately the price has been outrageous, I—”
“—damnable taxes these days—”
“Did you hear about the Fire Ferrets?”
“—and at thirteen years old? A pro-bending prodigy!”
“—not sure about the council’s steps—”
“—regarding the Equalists. Everyone is—”
“I heard that on Air Temple Island—”
Korra blinked, slipping out of the listening mode. Before she could help it, her head swiveled around.
“What is it?”
She bit her lip. “Someone said something about Air Temple Island...” She kept her eyes down. “It distracted me.”
He regarded her with a measured gaze. “Airbending will come in time, Korra.”
“Okay, but, um, do you think we could maybe go? To Air Temple Island?” She smiled. “You could maybe find some Guru Laghima stuff. I could sneakily watch some airbending techniques.”
“Unfortunately, Tenzin knows my face too well. It would not be prudent for me to show myself there.” Zaheer tilted his head. “However... you could potentially go on your own, provided you were cautious. Spiritual preparation would also be wise. I’ll gather some poetry and other materials for you to read when we go back to the apartment.”
Korra grinned when he said ‘apartment,’ and Zaheer frowned at her. “Our temporary, transient abode,” he amended.
“Temp apartment, got it.” She nodded, but couldn’t quite keep the smile off her face.
“In any case,” he continued, “If I know Tenzin, the island is likely to be a place of spiritual tranquility and peace. Spiritual preparation will allow you to feel the island’s energy and be ready to absorb whatever lessons you can take from the place.” He smiled. “If you are open, you may receive some unintended lessons on airbending.”
Korra tried to imagine an island full of bald Zaheers quoting ancient airbender poetry. It was a little horrifying. “I’ll be sure to do my homework first,” she said. She cleared her throat. “As for the people, they seemed fairly interested in pro-bending.” Korra took care to keep her voice casual. “And speaking of field trips, it would probably benefit my other elements to visit the pro-bending arena here, I’ve been—”
“No.” Zaheer’s eyebrows drew together. “That is not a place that you should go. Guru Laghima once wrote ‘bending is a spiritual hand, reaching out to touch the world by its fingertips.’ While the Red Lotus is far from being above violence, it is always with a purpose. The crude sport of the arena is not bending’s intention, especially considering your role in the world.”
“Oh come on, Zaheer.” Korra sighed. “How can you even have an opinion on the spiritual connections of bending when you’re a non-bender?” She crossed her arms and faced back toward the path. Strangers walked by, occupied with their own lives. It was odd to think that, spending a few weeks there, she might see the same people more than once.
He seemed to find her comment amusing. “Bender or not, I am the spiritual leader of the Red Lotus. Does that satisfy your requirements for my holding an opinion?”
“Yes,” Korra grumbled.
“This place, Republic City, is a festering cesspool of the world. Founded by the former Avatar and his close friends, the oligarchy they created has continued, unchanged, to this day.” Zaheer snorted. “Even Aang’s son sits on the council, as though the ruling class could get less obvious about their stranglehold on the people here.”
“Sounds like a pretty clear-cut picture,” Korra said.
“I still want you to do another listening session,” he said. “Try to focus on what you hear that carries passion and is tied to the core problems of the city.”
“Sure thing.” She adopted a relaxed pose again and listened. For a few moments, the vague chatter of passersby overwhelmed her, but she focused her senses and shut out everything but the words people meant, what echoed louder to her spiritual perception. She still struggled to reach the spirit world consistently, but listening on a spiritual plane was more useful day-to-day anyway.
“—Tarrlok has gone too far! His task force—”
“—sure the council will address the issue. Benders—”
Korra kept her eyes open, but didn’t try to visually match speakers with those she could see. The listening would place voices closer or farther based on emphasis, not distance.
“—would never admit it, but Amon seems—”
“—our deeply fearless leader, Amon, will create a—”
“—just hope the city changes for—”
“—back to the way things used to be—”
Korra squinted as a bright light filled the park. She tried to raise her arm to cover her eyes, but found she couldn’t move. Then, as though she had never shut her eyes at all, the park reappeared around her, changed.
For a moment, she wondered if it had been attacked in the blink of an eye, but a moment of study showed that it hadn’t been destroyed, but was in the process of being built. Mounds of dirt replaced the shapely hills and simple planks acted as bridges over the stream. Korra whipped her head around to the left and saw a young woman with black bangs over her eyes slide down the very hill Korra had been sitting on.
Dirt covered her clothes and she moved with the confidence of an earthbender. The dark-haired woman grinned. “Taking a break, Twinkletoes?”
Turning to face where she was looking, Korra gasped. No sound or air came out, but the feeling was there as she found herself gazing at Avatar Aang. It could only be him, a perfect match to the pictures she’d seen. A scrappy beard was just beginning to grow in on his chin. His orange clothes were stained with mud, and he’d clearly been earthbending recently.
“Just for a moment, Toph,” he said. “I wanted to take a look around and just sort of... take it in.”
“Take what in?” the young woman, Toph, said. “A big pile of dirt and mush that we haven’t gotten to terraforming yet?”
Korra blinked and her viewpoint changed, as though she were standing next to Aang, looking at Toph.
“I’m seeing what it’s going to be,” he said. “A city for all people, of all nations.”
Toph chuckled. “Old airbenders used to make a hobby out of baking, if you’ve told me right. But noooope, you’ve gotta make your pet project a whole city.”
Aang laughed and Korra felt a warmth in her chest. She could feel his love for the city, even the park she was sitting in. Even greater than that, she felt his hope and full-hearted belief in the place. It expanded, filling her vision with white again until she had to close her eyes again.
And, as though she’d never blinked, she was just Korra again, sitting on her spot on the hill, overlooking the park.
“Where did you go?” Zaheer could have been asking where Korra bought lunch, for all the interest he showed.
For a moment, Korra didn’t want to tell him about the vision. Reconciling Aang’s love for the city with Zaheer’s disdain was difficult. After a moment’s debate, she shrugged. “I was listening when... when I saw a vision of Aang and Toph.” Korra looked around, trying to match the landmarks from her vision to the current version of the place. “They were here, creating the park.”
“Ah. You will likely experience more visions, now that you are in a place he walked. It’s a place his spirit, in you, will find familiar.” He regarded her a moment, then stood. “While you were absent, I found something you should see closer.”
She stood and followed him. “Maybe the city isn’t as bad as we think so far,” she said after a few steps. “It’s... it’s kind of a fixer-upper, you know?”
Zaheer’s steps slowed. “Whatever Aang felt for this place, you must contrast and hold up to the reality of what he did here. The system he left is corrupt and the people suffer as their freedoms are limited more each day.”
Korra nodded. “I got you,” she said. Still, she couldn’t help a seed of optimism that seemed unwilling to leave.
“Speaking of which,” Zaheer continued, “we’ve come here in large part to witness the outcome of the Equalist movement here. They’ve been mobilizing for months and I have a sense that things are about to change, and drastically.”
“So not just another ignored group shouting into the void?” Korra raised an eyebrow. In their travels, they saw plenty of people oppressed and dissatisfied with their governments. Most of them did nothing more than grumble.
A fair distance across the park, however, a man shouting into a megaphone came into view. Standing on a stage with a decent crowd gathered, he was certainly doing more than passive complaining.
Zaheer nodded towards him as they walked. “The non-benders of this city would likely have muttered into their drinks for another few decades, maybe pushed for the eventual reform or two. They’ve recently come into a leader, however.” He jerked his chin back towards the man onstage. “Note the image on the poster,” he added. “This ‘Amon’ has changed the rules of the game. We’ve come to Republic City to watch him play.”
The masked figure on the poster looked out toward the crowd with authority. “If nothing else, he has a good poster designer,” Korra remarked. “Very charismatic.”
“Indeed,” Zaheer said. A mild smile flitted across his face before disappearing. “While we are investigating, pretend to be a non-bender.”
That was generally their status quo for disguises, so Korra shrugged. “Nothing to see here.”
“These people are reaching out for freedom, but it’s immature. They do not realize that they are running from the council’s oppression right into Amon’s control.” The contempt in his voice made his opinions more than clear. “They will not find freedom with their leader, but this is an interesting case study for you.”
He dropped his voice as they walked up to the stage. “We are seeking information and a way into their confidence. Act accordingly.”
Korra rolled her eyes. She didn’t need to be told that .
“Are you tired of living under bending tyranny? The bending elite of this city have forced non-benders to live as second class citizens! Join Amon’s movement! The Equalists will tear down the bending establishment!” The protester had a moderate audience who seemed to agree, though they kept looking around nervously.
Korra adopted a frustrated, determined expression as she drew close and shouted, “Yeah! Uh, down with the bending establishment!”
Zaheer turned and hushed her, looking around in a paranoid fashion. “Shh, we can’t speak like that in public. Not safely.” He tilted his head up to the protester. “Sir, are you safe, speaking out like this?”
The small man puffed up at that. He grimaced bravely. “Someone must speak the truth and call the people to action on Amon’s behalf! It is time to take back our city!”
The crowd murmured assent, though a few people left. Korra and Zaheer stayed for a few minutes, agreeing with his points. Zaheer adopted the role of the cautious one and Korra felt she did well playing the brash supporter. Even if she wasn’t the best at adopting an anti-bending role, Zaheer’s cautious follow-ups always made it sound as though Korra were being bold and revolutionary.
“Why doesn’t Amon come and rally us himself?” Korra asked eventually. “We deserve a leader who will stand with us, in danger and in safety!”
At this, Zaheer didn’t mitigate her statement or pull her back. She glanced at him briefly before focusing her gaze back on the protest leader. “Well?”
By now, the crowd had dwindled to only the most fervent protesters. The protest leader crouched and pulled a handful of flyers out from behind him. “Witness The Revelation tonight,” he said. He handed a set of four flyers each to the people still gathered. “Don’t let the information fall into the wrong hands.”
The flyers each bore a picture of Amon with an arm outstretched. Rays of light emanated from his palm. While striking, it had surprisingly little information, other than that ‘The Revelation’ was apparently at nine o’clock at night.
Korra was about to ask where she was supposed to go when Zaheer steered them away from the table with a hand on her shoulder. “Police are coming,” he said. “We should avoid them as much as possible.”
“But we don’t know where this event even is,” Korra pointed out.
Zaheer shook his head. “He gave each of the people gathered the same set of four posters. It’s common, in revolutions, to do things like this in code.” He flipped the stack of flyers over and thumbed through them as they walked back the way they came. After a moment, he held two of them together, edge-to-edge. “It looks like the four of them make a rough map. We have a map of Republic City back at the apartment to compare.” He leveled a glare at her when she grinned at its mention. “Let’s go back and see where we’ll be going tonight to further your education.”
“Man, not even one night off?” Korra groaned. “I get that it’s a business trip and all, but come on!”
He chuckled. “Once we get a little more settled and we’ve established everyone’s goals and agenda for our stay, you will have free time to accomplish and pursue your objectives at your own pace.” He paused. “Which, yes, means leisure time.”
Korra punched the air. “Yes!”
“Don’t forget that you agreed to spend some of that free time reading poetry.”
“Augh!”
* * *
Asami cut open the protective packaging and smiled down at the newly-machined parts. There was something wonderful about the smell of oil and metal that put her in a good mood, and she’d been wanting to get to this project all week.
Taking the pieces out one by one, she hummed to herself as she started attaching them to the motor.
The heat of the workshop made her sweat and the grease from the gears would take forever to leave her fingertips. Working alone, however, Asami couldn’t have been happier. She glanced over at a framed picture on the wall. Young, but with hair just starting to gray at his temples, Hiroshi Sato looked out over the workshop. He smiled proudly for the camera as he leaned against a pristine Satomobile.
“This is prototype three,” Asami said, glancing up at the photograph. “I’ve been reading through your old notes, and I think I had a breakthrough about the belt drive. We’ll have to see how this one runs.”
Asami pulled down her safety glasses and grabbed her torch welder. Sparks flew as she secured a piece in place. She loved all the engineering work she did, but it was in the solitary workshop, out back behind her house, that she felt most at home.
Her father used to work back here all the time. If he were still alive, instead of just a picture on the wall, Asami liked to think that he would still favor working here, as opposed to in the factory downtown.
Thinking about the factory made her grimace, however. She put it out of mind and continued her welding.
When it was time to take a break, she set her tools aside and wiped the sweat off her face. She didn’t even notice her mother until she turned around.
“Oh! Hello, uh, mother.” Asami nearly jumped, but kept the reaction in check. “How are you?”
Her mother’s laugh rang through the space. “Why so startled? You look as though you’ve seen a ghost.”
Asami shook her head. “No, no. I was just focused on my work. I didn’t realize you’d come in.” She tensed slightly as her mother walked closer to the prototype engine. “I was reading through some of Dad’s old notes,” she continued. “I figured it was about time to work out an upgrade to the current Satomobile engine, so, um, yeah.”
A nod, approving. “It looks good.” Her mother looked at her with an appraising expression. “And all your other duties are spoken for? You’ve had a busy schedule lately.”
“Yes. I made sure to finish everything needed today before starting.” Asami nodded, but couldn’t quite summon a smile. It should have been a family moment. Asami, her mother, and her father in the picture frame. All engineers, all ambitious. Asami should have been pointing out the finer details to her mother, who could have mentioned something Hiroshi might have said, then offered a critique or two, maybe a new idea.
Her mother, in contrast, brightened with a genuine smile at Asami’s answer. “That’s great,” she said. “I’m glad you’ve taken a further interest in the Future Industries section of the family business, but it’s good to hear that you’re maintaining the family’s true priorities.
“That’s actually why I came out here to get you,” she said, gesturing for Asami to wash her hands and follow. “We need to talk about The Revelation tonight.”
Asami went to the workshop sink and started cleaning up. “What’s to talk about? Everything is rigged up on-location. I oversaw the lighting myself. It’s all on Amon for the event itself.”
“Asami, you need to stop thinking of yourself as merely an engineer.” Her mother’s voice took on a clipped tone. “You are my daughter. Amon is our force of personality, a spiritual leader who presents the masked face of our movement. Do recall, however, that our family has been Equalist since the day your father died. We have roots in this movement and you have a place there as more than a lighting technician.”
“I know,” Asami said. She dried her hands off and summoned a smile for her mom. “It’s just hard to break out of the mindset is all. I’m just... I feel most in-place when I’m just back in the workshop here, working on the next big Satomobile.”
Immediately, her mother stepped forward and wrapped her up in a hug. Asami blinked before returning it.
“It’s hard to split your time,” her mother said. “You are so devoted to Future Industries, but... the revolution is finally moving.” She stepped out of the hug and looked Asami in the eye. They were the same height. “More than ever now, the Equalists need us. Not just for our tech or for resources, but for our leadership.”
She glanced back at the prototype engine. “Technology for the common citizen is important. Right now, however, I need you to focus.” They started walking out the door. “After the revolution, there will be more than enough opportunity to improve the world with our inventions. As for the present, we have a meeting with Amon.”
“We?” Asami nearly stumbled.
“We.” Her mother’s smile caught the sunlight. “The Sato women are going to spearhead the dawn of a new age of equality. What could be a better invention than that?”
Asami smiled. “Social engineering is just moving people instead of parts.”
“Exactly. The Revelation will be a feat equal to the Satomobile. Tonight, we change the world forever.”
Chapter 2: The Revelation
Summary:
Asami attends her first meeting with Amon. Zaheer and Korra attend The Revelation. Also: The Fire Ferrets!
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter Two: The Revelation
(Come for the Revolution, Stay for the Riot)
Asami followed her mother into the meeting room, squinting as her eyes adjusted to the dim lighting. A single long table dominated the room, and most of the dozen chairs were occupied. Asami caught sight of a few familiar faces before her mother sat down. She quickly took a seat beside her, still a little unnerved to be attending the meeting at all.
Liu shot her a brief smile before turning back to Amon beside him.
“Thank you for joining us, Yasuko,” Amon said. He inclined his head further. “And I would like to extend a special welcome to Asami, Yasuko’s daughter.” Heads around the table swiveled in her direction with interest.
“Though she’s young, Asami has spent the past couple years helping her mother more and more,” Amon continued. “Recently, she’s completed several solo engineering projects for the Equalist cause. She’s a capable engineer and, as our plans move further into motion, I wanted to make it clear that both of the Sato women are available as a resource. Everyone at this table has their own role to play in our revolution, and we must work together as a cohesive unit to do so.”
His gaze moved away from her, taking with it the room’s attention. Asami relaxed slightly. She noticed Shenzu, the poster guy, smile reassuringly at her. She gave him a slight nod back. Aside from the two of them, the room was largely composed of older people.
“You have the most recent update on preparations for our demonstration tonight, Lieutenant?” Amon turned to the man at his right, who nodded.
“I do.” Unlike Amon, Liu removed his mask for meetings. “This afternoon I led a strike team into the Triple Threat Triad’s base. We collected several benders for the revelation, making sure the obtain a representative sample.”
“How many of each type did you take?” asked a gruff, bearded man across the table from Yasuko. Asami recognized him as the director of recruitment.
“Three firebenders, two earth, and two water,” answered Liu. A proud smile pulled at the corners of his mouth. “Notably, one of those firebenders is Lightning Bolt Zolt himself, leader of the Triple Threat Triad. He should make for a good demonstration piece for the crowd.”
Asami raised an eyebrow and exchanged a glance with her mother. A surprised murmur rippled among those gathered.
“Very good, Lieutenant,” Amon said favorably. “His notoriety should play well for the audience. I’ll be sure to leverage that tonight.” He turned to Shenzu. “As for the audience itself, what can we expect by way of turnout?”
“I’ve received good figures from my distribution team,” Shenzu said. “Based on past attendance to non-publicized rallies, existing registered Equalists, and estimated engagement with this flyer campaign, we can expect between 1000 to 1500 in attendance tonight.”
“Excellent,” Yasuko murmured. The group as a whole nodded and smiled in approval.
Farther down the table, another woman made a comment about the number in attendance fitting the venue well, but Asami’s attention gravitated back towards the bearded man who had asked about the types of benders. He’d crossed his arms and seemed disgruntled.
Amon noticed as well. He directed his focus down the table, which shifted everyone’s gaze as well. “You seem concerned, Director,” he said.
“Yes,” the man replied. He rubbed at his beard. “I’m worried that, in that kind of crowd, we might have an incident with one of our hotheads. I address doubts when I come across them, but we have more than a few who are impatient at our pacing.”
“Will The Revelation tonight satisfy them?” Amon asked.
Asami looked down at her lap at the reminder. Amon’s powers chilled her to the bone, and she wasn’t even a bender.
“Hopefully,” the director replied. “But it will largely depend on crowd reaction. I know most of those in attendance will be sympathetic to the cause. Unlike previous rallies, however, not everyone there will be a confirmed Equalist. I could see some troublemakers causing a disturbance in the crowd if things don’t go according to plan. They want action and they want it now, not on our timeline.”
“I will keep the crowd more than engaged,” Amon said. His voice brooked no room for argument. “We will all take your concern into consideration, and keep our own people in line if we have to. There is no reason for us to rush now that we’ve reached this point.” He chuckled. “Besides. We are close enough now to the end. Even our most impatient revolutionaries should be satisfied.”
Liu cleared his throat. “Even so, we shouldn’t take any chances with the revelation. I propose we place a few trusted associates throughout the crowd, ready to respond if needed.”
Amon nodded. “A reasonable suggestion, Lieutenant. Do you have people in mind?”
“The director and I can mobilize several of our operatives who aren’t on protective duty tonight,” Liu said. He glanced down the table. “And I’d like to volunteer Asami as well.”
She blinked. “Me? I’m just an engineer.”
Beside her, Asami felt her mother’s shoulders move in a sigh.
“You’ve been through chi blocking training with everybody else,” Liu said. “And you have more than sound judgement.”
“Arrange it,” Amon said. “Let no interruptions His tone closed the topic. “How is the electrified glove project progressing?”
Yasuko sat forward. “Very well. Asami and I finalized the last batch of test models last week. They’ve worked fine in the workshop, and I transferred them to the director several days ago.”
Amon shifted his attention. “How are they working with your recruits?” he asked.
“Very well,” the director replied. “I have a few notes, but they’re far improved from the first prototypes we worked with. Our lower-level chi blockers in particular should benefit from their addition to our forces. The glove is intuitive and requires far less training than a full course of chi-blocking.” He pulled out a paper and slid it across the table to Yasuko. “If you could look over a few of my last notes, I think they’ll be ready to put into full production.”
Yasuko glanced down, skimming the page, before sliding it over to Asami. “We’ll take care of it as soon as possible.”
The meeting moved on, addressing concerns and further future plans. Asami found herself engrossed with the notes on the electrified gloves, however. She had designed and tested them with her mother, but the two of them couldn’t put their inventions through the paces quite as realistically as was necessary.
Some of the notes were innocuous enough. Apparently the two nodes on the back of the glove were sticking out a bit and occasionally snagged on things. That was easily enough fixed.
‘ Inconsistently incapacitates firebenders capable of lightning generation,’ however, was not a note she could divorce from the process required to discover it. She knew they took benders sometimes, usually triad members, for practice and demonstration.
But this wasn’t just chi blocking. This was her glove, the first project she and her mother had worked on together for the Equalist cause. And Asami didn’t like benders, but her skin crawled at the thought of someone on the other end of her glove. In the course of making them, Asami had certainly shocked herself on accident. She wouldn’t volunteer to repeat it.
She wouldn’t even volunteer bender-trash to repeat it. Over and over.
Her mother had attended Equalist meetings for years. Asami remembered when she’d come home talking about their latest lobbying plan. Even if it was for the same cause, kidnapping people felt distant from how things used to be.
At the end of the table, Amon stood up. Asami was half a step behind as everybody at the table stood up as well. “Let’s adjourn for now,” he said. “Stay aware and remember: we are on the brink of victory.”
Yasuko grabbed Asami’s elbow as they exited the room. “Do not sell yourself short as ‘just an engineer’ ever again,” she whispered. “Engineers make everything work. You are the reason the stage will lift Amon into the spotlights tonight, and we are the reason those gloves exist, providing safety and equalizing the playing field. You are an engineer, and you are on the road to being a leader because of it.”
Asami nodded. “Sorry,” she said. “I just wasn’t expecting Liu to volunteer me.”
Her mother’s expression softened. “He’s seen you grow up,” she said, “same as me. Sometimes it’s hard to look at you and realize how much you’ve grown, but Liu and I also have the best basis for comparison.” She smiled. “Take it as a compliment. You have a special task tonight at the revelation.”
“Yeah...” Asami summoned a smile.
“I would give anything to be there,” Yasuko said, voice tight with yearning. “Unfortunately, I’m probably the most public figure in the inner circle. I need to have a solid alibi as Future Industries’ representative tonight.” She sneered. “I would much prefer the company you’ll have at the revelation to the fools I’ll be pandering to at the gala event. Please make sure to enjoy it on my behalf.”
“Of course,” Asami replied. “I’ll tell you all about it once we’re both home.”
“As will I,” Liu cut in, smiling. “The next time I visit.”
“Oh Liu,” Yasuko said, turning toward him. “It’s really been too long. We should all get together and catch up after the revelation.”
“Sure thing,” he said. “And don’t worry, I’ll be sure to keep an eye on Asami.”
He went to ruffle Asami’s hair. She laughed and swatted his hand aside. For a moment, everything felt normal. Liu used to come over with Yasuko after their Equalist meetings, like an older brother who had moved out, but still visited sometimes.
Lately, he was too busy to do so. “I’m almost nineteen,” Asami said, rolling her eyes. “I don’t need a chaperone to be a part of the revolution.”
“I can give you a lift over,” Liu said. “Amon and I are about to leave, actually.”
Asami shook her head. “Oh, uh, no thanks.” She caught sight of her mother’s frown and added, “I think it would be best if I made my way to the factory by myself. It will give me a chance to enter with the rest of the crowd and start getting a read on the atmosphere.”
Yasuko nodded. “A prudent decision,” she said. She gave Asami a brief hug. “I’ll see you tonight. Stay safe. Tell me all about it.” She rested her arm on Liu’s shoulder a moment. “That goes for you too.”
“Yes, mother,” Asami said. For a moment, this felt normal too. Her mother could have been wishing her well before she went off to a party. That’s what normal rich girls did, she was fairly certain. She’d never been particularly close to any of them at the academy, and her mother had pulled her out for a more hands-on engineering education after a few months anyway.
“Asami,” Liu said, drawing her attention. “I’m serious about staying safe,” he said. “We’ve kept publicization fairly secure, but this is the largest event we’ve done yet. The chances of a police raid are still low, but higher than they’ve ever been.”
“I’ll be careful. You be careful up on stage,” she said as they started to part ways.
He chuckled. “There’s no safer place to be than beside Amon,” he said. “You haven’t seen him in action against benders before, but you will tonight. I don’t have a single worry.”
As she made her way to the side exit, Asami tried to ignore the pit in her stomach. Back in her workshop behind the house was a prototype satomobile engine that felt like where she ought to be.
* * *
“How do I look?” Korra stepped out of her closet and spun around. “Very Equalist? Such non-bender. Wow.”
Ghazan mock-clapped. “You look so nondescript, I wouldn’t have recognized you on the street.”
“It looks like you shrunk and dyed Ghazan’s clothes in the wash,” Ming-Hua said, flicking a few drops of water in Korra’s direction. “But it does seem pretty typical of the standard Republic City fashions we’ve seen.”
P’li glanced over from where she was making dinner. “Seems alright to me.”
Zaheer frowned. “You need to cover your tattoos.”
“What?” Korra pouted. “You made me cover them for the past three towns we’ve visited. Nobody is going to recognize them!”
“They’re a dead giveaway,” Zaheer said. “Recognizable marks like that are better than a mugshot.” He shot a glare at Ghazan.
Korra adjusted her sleeveless overcoat so it partially covered the tattooed bands on her biceps. “How’s this?”
“They’re still too visible,” Zaheer said.
Ghazan bounded to his feet and crossed his arms dramatically. “Oh no ! You’re not going out dressed like that, young lady!” He couldn’t keep a smile off his face, but the tone of voice was an impressive impression of Zaheer.
Everybody snickered. Zaheer didn’t seem amused. “She wouldn’t have anything covered up if someone hadn’t run off to help her get tattoos at fifteen.”
“Well they’re not going anywhere,” Korra cut in before Ghazan could reply. “So we’re gonna have to work with them.” She adjusted the overcoat again. The tattoos were mostly covered unless she raised her arms. “Better?”
Zaheer took a breath before just nodding. “That will do,” he said.
“Did it have to be so complicated?” Ghazan asked, flopping back down on the couch next to Ming-Hua.
“Maybe, but at least half the police force doesn’t know me by sight.” Zaheer smirked.
Ghazan sighed and sunk back into the couch. “Whatever,” he grumbled.
“Augh can we go ?” Korra smacked the door impatiently. “The Revelation isn’t going to wait for us before it starts!”
It took a few more minutes of banter, but they made it out the door eventually with dinner in-hand. Korra and Zaheer talked over the map of Republic City they’d referenced as they walked down to the factory neighborhood where The Revelation was marked on the map. The streets had mostly cleared, and those who remained seemed more interested in their conversations or their drinks to pay much attention to Korra and Zaheer.
During a lull, Korra asked, “So why does half the police force know Ghazan on sight anyway?”
Zaheer sighed. “It’s a long story, but the takeaway is that we were not always as consistently successful in our Red Lotus endeavors as we are now. Republic City was going through a period of transition and it crossed our minds to take advantage of the chaos to try and liberate Republic City a little.” A pause. “Things did not go according to plan.”
Korra waited a few beats, but he didn’t continue. “What happened?” she asked. “You can’t just say that and leave it at that!”
“Fine. In short: while Avatar Aang was away travelling with Katara and Sokka, we attempted to assassinate the then-Chief of Police, Toph Beifong.”
“Oh.” Korra grimaced. “So... how’d that go?”
“Not well.” Zaheer sighed. “Ghazan had hoped his lavabending would give him the edge, but he ended up injured with just about the entire Republic City police force on his heels, including Toph’s daughter, the current chief of police. Suffice to say, we’ve avoided the city for a while. Any officers our age or older are still likely to recognize Ghazan, unfortunately.”
“Yeesh. Why in the world did you think that would work out well? She’s a living legend, invented metalbending, all that stuff?”
“We were... very young,” Zaheer said at length. “Since then, we’ve shifted our objectives to be more targeted strikes. Taking out the chief of police wouldn’t have freed the people here.” He smiled. “That’s why we’re here now, to observe and enact a more... thorough dismantling.”
Korra grinned. “Sounds like a plan!”
Zaheer’s smile disappeared. “But on a serious note, avoid the police at all costs.”
“I got it.”
“In fact, you should avoid bending unless you’re on a mission,” he added. “We’re going to be spending a lot of time around the Equalist movement, and it would be disastrous for the wrong person to recognize you under those sorts of contradictory circumstances.”
“As equally disastrous as them recognizing my tattoos?” Korra chuckled.
Zaheer didn’t even crack a smile. “Yes.”
“Okay, okay, I will be careful. No bending. No police.” She huffed. “Anybody else to avoid due to facial recognition issues?”
“P’li, Ming-Hua, Ghazan, and I are known to Tenzin,” he said. “Making Air Temple Island an inadvisable destination. We’re also known to Tonraq, former-Councilman Sokka, and former-Fire Lord Zuko, but Sokka is dead and the other two are unlikely to show up in Republic City, so I don’t think we need to worry. Since liberating you from the South Pole, we’ve kept a relatively low profile.”
“Aww, you make it sound like the four of you got a kid and turned boring.” Korra winked. “I know for a fact I haven’t cramped your style that much. We still blow things up and you all still get laid.”
Zaheer chuckled. “And if the Red Lotus ever had a better scout or thief, I couldn’t name her.”
Korra glowed. “I learned from the best.”
A few minutes later, she nodded toward a factory in the distance. It was the only one still lit up, and small groups of people were all making their way to the entrance. “I think that’s the place.” She pulled out the flyer with the location marked on the back. “It’s the only conspicuously popular abandoned factory that would match the rough coordinates on this flyer.”
“Looks like it,” he said. “It must be difficult to advertise an event while trying to keep it a secret.”
She shrugged. “Whatever it is they plan on revealing, they can’t intend to keep it a secret after tonight, there’s bound to be too many people. Unless we’re all doing a group Equalist pinky promise, this is just how they want the news to get out.”
“An astute hypothesis,” Zaheer noted. “We’ll have to discuss our theories later.”
He took the flyer from her as they drew close to the door. Ahead of them, a few groups handed the doorman the same flyer before being admitted.
“This is a private event.” The doorman crossed his arms. “No one gets in without an invitation.”
Zaheer inclined his head as he held out the map-flyer. “We are honored to bear witness,” he said.
The doorman’s expression lightened. “The revelation is upon us, my brother and sister,” he said.
They made their way inside, walking past some rusty industrial equipment before the path led them to a catwalk that overlooked a dense crowd.
“Nice turnout,” Korra whispered.
Zaheer nodded. “Indeed, but I wonder how many here are committed members versus those who are merely curious.”
They walked down the stairs and Korra’s gaze gravitated towards the stage. Though currently empty, a huge reproduction of the flyer’s art dominated the backdrop. It really was a nice poster.
“Let’s find a place along the edge of the crowd.” Zaheer tapped Korra’s elbow to direct her. They eventually settled in a spot about halfway to the stage along the right side of the crowd. Along the way, she thought she recognized one of the men near the protester’s stage in the park, but she couldn’t be sure. Their view of the stage was alright, but Korra briefly wished she could earthbend a small platform to stand on so she could see better. It wasn’t a feasible idea for obvious reasons.
Around them, the crowd whispered and murmured. Korra was about to try listening on the spiritual plane when the spotlights turned on, bathing the stage in light. An announcer’s voice rang out over the crowd.
“Please welcome your hero, your savior, Amon!”
The crowd around them cheered as a section of the stage floor slid open, spilling more light onto the stage. Korra and Zaheer clapped to fit in as she strained to see. After a moment, Amon and several uniformed Equalists rose into view, standing on a platform elevator.
Amon stepped forward to a microphone. The spotlights highlighted his white mask, which was just as striking in person as it was on the posters. He paused to let the crowd continue cheering for a few moments, then held out a hand to still them.
“My quest for equality began many years ago,” he said, taking the microphone from the stand. “When I was a boy, my family and I lived on a small farm. We weren’t rich, and none of us were benders. This made us very easy targets for the Firebender who extorted my father.”
Beside her, Korra heard Zaheer hum slightly as his eyes followed Amon across the stage. She glanced around. Everyone around them was completely focused on Amon.
“One day, my father confronted this man.”
Korra was about to turn her gaze back to the stage when she saw someone else who wasn’t looking up at Amon. A young woman about her age with wavy black hair had her eyes fixed on the floor, fists clenched.
“But when he did,” Amon continued, “that firebender took my family from me.”
Korra watched the young woman bite her lip before forcing herself to look up. Korra redirected her attention to the stage as Amon reached the critical part of his story.
“Then, he took my face.” Sympathetic murmurs rippled through the crowd. Korra and Zaheer exchanged a glance.
“I’ve been forced to hide behind a mask ever since.”
Another murmur ran through the crowd, this one edging into righteous anger. Korra glanced around. The young woman she’d noticed earlier had recovered her composure, but didn’t seem particularly engaged with Amon’s speech. Her gaze roved around the people around her. In contrast to everyone else there, she seemed unsurprised and unusually guarded. A moment later, the woman’s attention swept towards Korra’s direction.
Their eyes met. Korra blinked and pretended she’d only been looking at the woman briefly. Lessons from Ming-Hua on how to see without seeming to watch flickered through her mind for a moment before Amon started talking again.
“I’m here today to talk to you about bending. The council and the powerful benders of this city would tell you that bending brings balance to the world.” His voice grew harsh. “They are wrong. The only thing bending has brought to the world is suffering.”
He raised his hand, pointing out at the crowd. For a moment, Korra stilled, fearing his notice for a reason she couldn’t explain. “It has been the cause of every war in every era.” Another pause, this one heavier. “But that is about to change.
“I know you’ve been wondering, ‘What is The Revelation?’ You are about to get your answer.”
Korra glanced at Zaheer again, but his impassive expression gave her no cues to follow.
“Since the beginning of time,” Amon continued, “the spirits have acted as guardians of our world and they have spoken to me.”
Beside her, Korra felt Zaheer shift. His energy fluctuated in a way that she’d rarely felt before.
“They say that benders have abused their power. The Avatar is missing, an archaic concept the world has outgrown and discarded. In that absence, the spirits have chosen me to usher in a new era of balance.”
Heat flooded Korra’s face, shame and anger. Her heart felt so loud she expected the gathered people to turn and see her for who she was from its sound alone.
Amon’s voice turned cutting. “They have granted me a power that will make equality a reality: the power to take a person’s bending away, permanently.”
Shock ran through the crowd, which erupted into whispers and exclamations.
“That’s impossible,” Korra said, turning to Zaheer. “There’s no way.”
Zaheer’s impassive expression splintered into suspicion. “The spirits,” he murmured. “I have not heard of this...”
“Do you think he really...?” Korra bit her lip.
“I... cannot say,” Zaheer said. His attention remained locked on the stage.
“Now, for a demonstration.” Amon motioned to the back of the stage. The masked Equalists brought out a line of men with their hands tied behind their backs. “Please welcome Lightning Bolt Zolt,” Amon continued, “leader of the Triple Threat Triad, and one of the most notorious criminals in Republic City.”
The crowd booed and hissed as Zolt was brought up to stand beside Amon.
“Ah, boo yourself!” Zolt called out.
The other captives were herded along the back of the stage and forced to their knees, but Korra couldn’t tear her eyes away from Amon.
“Zolt has amassed a fortune by extorting and abusing non-benders, but his reign of terror is about to come to an end.” The man holding Zolt untied his hands. Korra raised an eyebrow.
“Now in the interest of fairness,” Amon continued, “I will give Zolt the chance to fight to keep his bending.”
The man who untied Zolt’s hands shoved him across the stage, but Zolt looked smug as he whipped around. “You’re gonna regret doing that, pal,” he said.
Zolt threw several fireballs toward Amon, who dodged them with nimble sidesteps as he moved forward. Drawing lightning into his hands, Zolt further closed the distance between them with a thrust, shooting lightning at Amon. Dodging again with a sidestep, Amon seized Zolt’s arm and pulled it in an arc, sending the lightning across the stage to the scaffolding above them.
Then Amon made a strange motion, placing one hand on the back of Zolt’s neck and the other on his forehead. From halfway across the factory, Korra could see Zolt’s body go stiff. His arm kept shooting lightning, but it started to fizzle out. The lightning shrunk back toward him, then lost enough power to be plain firebending. A moment later, even that extinguished completely.
Amon let go of Zolt, who flopped to the floor. Korra briefly wondered if he was dead before Zolt finally moved.
Amon stepped away and waited, eerily patient, with his hands clasped behind his back. Zolt struggled to one knee and threw a hollow punch at Amon.
No flames appeared.
Zolt overbalanced and toppled forward. His body slammed against the scorched stage floor with a thud.
“What, what did you do to me?” Zolt’s voice held none of his previous pride.
“Your firebending is gone,” Amon said, “forever.”
Korra took a step back reflexively. Zaheer grabbed her arm before she could take another. “Remember: we are non-benders. We are Equalist-sympathizers.” The crowd’s murmurs covered his whispers. She could barely hear him through the ringing in her head. “Stay focused.”
Korra’s eyes slid away from the stage. She found she couldn’t keep looking and her gaze turned to the crowd. Dozens of people around her bore grins and bright eyes as they looked up at the stage. The only exceptions were Korra, Zaheer, and the black-haired woman from earlier, who seemed the same as before: cautious and aware. She was the only person who didn’t seem surprised.
“The era of bending is over!” Amon declared. “A new era of equality has begun!”
He raised a fist. The crowd roared with cheers and applause. Korra whipped her head around to look at Zaheer with wide eyes. “Did the spirits give him that power?”
On stage, one of the Equalists yanked another bender to his feet, untied him, and kicked him forward to Amon.
“I don’t know,” Zaheer said. His voice wavered. “I need to go to the Spirit World immediately.”
“Now?” Korra glanced around. “This isn’t exactly a place I’d call safe to leave your body.”
“Now,” Zaheer snapped. “Guard me. You know how to reach me if I need to return.”
And with that, clasped his hands in front of his sternum, closed his eyes, and left. Korra felt his spirit leave and reached out with her own, creating a thin string of connection between them in case she needed to pull him back quickly.
She looked back toward the stage. The second bender didn’t fare much better against Amon. One of the Equalists tossed a water pouch forward with a laugh. It spread out in a puddle on the stage.
“This man is a gangster,” Amon said. “As a member of the Triple Threat Triad, he uses his bending to extort helpless non-benders. That ends today.”
The waterbender tried to bring the water up in an icy shield, but Amon vaulted over it easily. Just as with Zolt, he quickly maneuvered around to seize the back of his neck, then lower his other hand to the bender’s forehead.
The man’s body went stiff, then he fell down, limp. Unlike Zolt, he did not try to rise. He reached out a trembling hand to the puddle, clenched his fist, and let his hand drop to the stage. One of the masked Equalists dragged him offstage as the crowd cheered.
Korra felt a tremor in her arm. A bead of sweat ran down her forehead. She resisted the urge to call Zaheer back from the Spirit World.
They kicked forward the third man, an earthbender, and tossed a few rocks at his feet.
She averted her eyes this time. In doing so, she found herself looking right into the green eyes of the black-haired woman. Something about her felt odd, as though she, like Korra, was also some sort of outside in the audience. Something about them wasn’t fitting the target demographic.
A gasp from the crowd jolted them out of their focus on one another. Korra saw the other woman look back towards the stage right before she did too.
The earthbender was doing a paltry job of defending himself from Amon, but the real show was behind him. A pair of figures, faces obscured, had busted onstage from the back to seize the next bender being held in queue for Amon.
The taller infiltrator had brought more than a few rocks with him. He used quick, solid movements to keep the Equalists on stage at bay with a defensive perimeter. The shorter figure used an ice blade to slice the captives’ bonds and pulled him to his feet.
Around Korra, the crowd booed and hissed. The woman she’d been watching stepped forward, then stopped herself. The earthbender onstage seemed to take their escape attempt as motivation enough to redouble his efforts against Amon. “Get away,” he shouted. “It’s too late for me!”
The waterbender and earthbender dragged their friend off the right side of the stage with every Equalist but Amon in hot pursuit. Korra silently cheered for the benders as the three of them struggled to keep off the Equalists with distance attacks even as they made their way to a side door. Unbound and ready to fight, the rescued bender moved his hands in an arc to shoot lightning at the pursuing Equalists. Behind him, the waterbender was using quick water slices to cut open a lock on the side door.
Amon seemed entirely undisturbed by the escape attempt as he finally subdued the earthbender onstage, gripping the man’s neck and laying a hand on his forehead. It was only when the man dropped to the floor that Amon turned his attention to the escape attempt.
“It seems we have an interruption,” he said.
At that moment, several metal doors burst inward around the building’s perimeter. A dozen voices shouted, “THIS IS THE POLICE!”
The room erupted into chaos.
The Equalists immediately turned their attention away from the escapees, who took the opportunity to bust through the door and disappear. Korra seized Zaheer’s arm, trying to keep him upright as the panicked crowd surged around her.
She shut her eyes, struggling to push all the distractions away. People were screaming and stampeding around her, but she couldn’t leave without Zaheer. Her eyebrows furrowed together in concentration. Grasping the connection she’d established to Zaheer’s spirit, she yanked on it as hard as she could, sending a wave of energy down the line.
Someone clipped her shoulder, sending them tumbling to the ground. She struggled to her knees, suddenly more afraid of being trampled than of being arrested.
Kneeling gave her more grounding than standing, however. She closed her eyes and reached out, finding the connection faster than it took before. This time, she pushed herself to send a proper message, shouting, “ZAHEER GET BACK HERE RIGHT NOW!” down their spiritual line.
She pulled him into a sitting position and shielded his body from most of the blows of people running past, trying to escape.
The seconds it took him to return to his body felt agonizing. She knew it took a few beats, but the moment stretched out, longer and longer until his eyes opened with a snap.
“Police!” she shouted in his face. Around them, the chaos said everything she could have added.
Zaheer sprang to his feet. “This way!” he shouted, started for an exit.
The crowd had clustered around a door and were pushing through madly. Korra grabbed his hand and tried to muscle through. Right as they were close, however, the crowd swept Zaheer through the door, tearing his hand out of Korra’s.
She heard him shout, “Meet at the apartment!” before metalbending police forced the door closed.
Korra grimaced. Just her luck, that Ghazan couldn’t teach her metalbending.
She sprinted away, pulling her overcoat up. She silently vowed to make Zaheer take her to that metalbending teacher they kept talking about but never seemed to get to. Then she leapt and crashed through a window, rolling as she hit the ground outside.
“Ow, ow, ow,” Korra winced as she scrambled to her feet. The landing would have been easier with earthbending, but no bending meant no bending. She was as likely to be mobbed by the panicked Equalists around her as she was to get arrested by the police.
She picked an alley in the general direction of their apartment and ran for it.
“Metalbending,” she panted to herself. “New priority.” She would have quietly broken the ‘no bending’ rule in an isolated corner if she were able to make herself a new door.
Dashing down the alley, she pulled a sharp right turn and nearly ran into a brick wall. She quietly cursed and ran right back out, then picked another road.
All around her, the crowd of Equalists had dissipated into isolated groups of one to three people, every man for himself. Korra was in the process of trying to disappear down a sidestreet when she heard feet pounding behind her.
“Don’t let her get away!” A glance back showed a pair in police uniforms.
“Augh!” Korra put on a burst of speed and pulled a hard turn down the next street she came to. She took every second turn available, trying to lose them. Internally, she kept muttering, ‘no bending’ over and over, trying to resist the temptation.
Eventually, a turn did her wrong. She actually did run into a brick wall that time, and face-first to boot. Dazed, she stumbled to her feet right as the police caught up to her, panting.
“You’re under arrest,” one of them said. A fireball kindled in one of his palms. “Any attempts to resist will be met with force.”
Zaheer said no bending, but he’d also said not to get arrested. Korra bit her lip and weighed the two commands.
The officers took in her silence and lack of movement, then took a step forward.
In the blink of an eye, a figure dashed into view, disabling the police with a series of lightning-fast chi-blocks. The firebending officer barely managed to react before falling to the ground, stunned.
“Come on!” the figure called. Silhouetted in the dim lighting, Korra thought she recognized the silhouette as the young woman she’d noticed earlier in the rally.
She ran forward, jumping over the bodies of the police. Her savior led them back through a few alleys before she clambered over a few crates and dropped over a fence. Korra briefly debated parting ways at that point, but she didn’t know how many more police officers were out there, and she could reasonably assume that her savior wasn’t trying to get her arrested.
She dropped down over the fence after her.
“Come on,” the woman called, waving a hand. She stood in the doorway of what looked like a garage.
Korra glanced around once before running over. It looked like they’d broken into some private factory grounds. She caught sight of a logo made of half a gear before she entered the garage.
As soon as she was inside, the other woman shut the door behind her.
“Are you okay?” she asked, looking Korra over.
“I, um, yeah?” Up close, the young woman looked about her age. The dim lighting didn’t let Korra make out much more of her features, but she was clearly a little taller. “Thank you,” she said.
The other woman shook her head. She gingerly sat down. “It was chaos back there, but I saw them follow you into the alley. I knew it was a dead end, and I wasn’t about to let the police arrest an innocent non-bender like that.”
The events of the past few minutes seemed to catch up to Korra and hit her all at once. “Yeah,” she said. “Yeah you... you had them on the ground before they even knew you were there.” Korra plopped down to the ground. Her cuts from the window protested the jolt. Korra distantly felt blood run down one of her arms. She hadn’t noticed them bleeding before. “Where did you learn chi-blocking like that?” If Korra was posing as a non-bender, it seemed like a super useful skillset to have. That and metalbending.
She blinked and dimly registered the blood was rushing to her head. “Are you an Equalist?” she asked, hazily.
The other woman tilted her head. “Um... we probably shouldn’t talk about that,” she said, “given current police attitudes.” A pause. “Hey are you sure you’re okay?”
“Y-yeah.” Korra nodded right as she started shaking. She was in a dark garage with a chi-blocker, an Equalist. An Equalist like Amon, who could take people’s bending away.
Korra resisted the urge to push away as the other woman stood back up. “Are you hurt?” the woman asked. She walked over and felt around for a moment before a single work lamp turned on over a bench.
Korra squinted in the sudden light. It did, however, give her 100% reassurance that her savior wasn’t Amon. She relaxed slightly. The woman looked down and frowned at the sight of her cuts. “Did you jump out a window?” she asked.
“Police bent the doors shut before I could escape.”
The woman’s lips narrowed into a tight frown. “I see. Not an easy choice then.” She turned around and rifled through a drawer, pulling out some bandages. “Let’s get those cuts cleaned out and wrapped up,” she said. “What’s your name?”
Korra blinked. “Name?” Not that most people knew the Avatar’s name was Korra, but Zaheer had her in the habit of using aliases in the towns they passed through. Everything was happening too fast though, and Korra hadn’t come up with one for Republic City yet. She reached through her memories and pulled up one that felt familiar. “I’m, uh, Naga.” She’d heard the name before somewhere, but couldn’t remember where it was from.
Korra held out her arm as the other woman knelt beside her. “I’m Asami,” she said. “Thankfully, it looks like these cuts are fairly shallow.”
Asami seemed fairly adept at treating minor wounds. Her fingers worked quickly to clean them and wrap them. Korra studied her as she worked in silence. The other woman’s motions were precise and deft; she moved in a way that spoke to practice and intent. Even after at least a mile’s run, Asami’s dark wavy hair was undeniably stylish; Korra bangs felt plastered to her face with sweat.
If she’d seen Asami on the street, Korra wouldn’t have thought she was an Equalist, but chi-blocking wasn’t the sort of skill you picked up on accident. And the stance she’d had during The Revelation was one of poise, ready to jump into action at a moment’s notice. Pretty features aside, Korra mentally marked Asami down as someone to be wary of.
Regardless, she was grateful for the rescue.
“Thank you,” she said as Asami finished applying her last bandage. “For saving me from the police and for cleaning me up.”
“It’s alright, Naga,” she said. “I’m just glad you’re okay.” A frown crossed her face. “There should have been better evacuation procedures in place for the rally,” she said. “The panic the police brought in was completely unnecessary if we’d been more prepared.” For a moment, Asami seemed troubled. She trailed off, deep in thought, before she looked back at Korra and seemed to remember she was there. “The sweep should have passed now,” she said. “Can you make it home from here?”
Korra bit her lip. “Um, I’m not sure if I can, actually.” She reviewed the major landmarks she and Zaheer had passed on the way to The Revelation. She wasn’t sure how far from the meeting place she’d traveled between running from the police and following Asami. “If you could get me to Central Station, or at least to the bridge near its east side, I can find my way.”
“I can do that,” Asami said, getting to her feet. She reached a hand down and helped Korra to her feet. “I think my adrenaline from that chase is finally starting to wear off.”
“Tell me about it.” Korra yawned. “I feel like I could fall asleep standing.”
They didn’t talk much as they made their way out of the factory grounds and through the back roads toward Central Station. After a few turns, Asami started using hand signals instead of whispering. Korra picked up on the code quickly enough, since they’d used similar gestures on Red Lotus missions before.
Now that the immediate police/Amon danger had passed, it was a little fun, actually. No objective but to get home, but it was a little like some of her scouting missions. The moon rose high in the sky as she followed Asami. All too soon, they were at a corner near Central Station. “This is your stop,” Asami said. Korra thought she saw her smile.
Korra stepped forward and placed a hand on Asami’s shoulder. “Thank you,” she said again. “I... would have been in a rough spot without you.”
“Anytime,” Asami said. “Try to avoid getting chased by the police, if you can help it.”
“No promises.”
Asami rolled her eyes. “Then call me up the next time you’re running from the police and I’ll try to clear my calendar.”
Korra laughed. “Sure thing, but we should try to arrange a more sedentary activity for the next time we meet. Or at least stretch before running.”
“Next time then,” Asami said, turning back down the alley. “Goodbye, Naga.”
Korra really wished she’d picked a better alias. It sounded like a dog’s name. “Bye, Asami.”
And with that, they both disappeared into the night.
* * *
“Were we followed?” Bolin glanced over his shoulder.
“Maybe,” Mako answered. His hands shook as he fumbled with his keys to the pro-bending arena. “I think we lost them though. Plus, most of the Equalists turned around to deal with the police raid.” His breath shook in a sigh of relief as he pulled the door open. “That was some lucky timing too. Another minute and I’d have been a goner.”
“You’re welcome,” Sakari said. She was still catching her breath as they started up the stairs inside the arena. “After we got the time and location, Bolin and I called in a tip to the police.”
“Good call,” Mako said. Frankly, he wasn’t sure he would have thought to do so if Bolin had been the one captured.
“The plan was,” Bolin said, “we’d hide out, wait to see you, and rescue you when the police busted in. Too bad they were taking too long.”
Bolin grabbed Mako’s arm when they reached a landing and pulled him into a hug. “No way I’m letting my big bro lose his bending.” Mako blinked, then returned the embrace.
“Thanks little brother,” he said. He turned to Sakari, who seemed to appreciate that they’d paused on the stairs. “And thanks you too, Sakari.”
She smiled. “Anytime. Why did they think you were a triad member anyway?” She inclined her head toward Bolin. “Bolin said you two left that nonsense behind.”
Mako rubbed the back of his neck. Even though Amon hadn’t touched him there, his skin was still crawling at how close he’d been. “I was working late at the factory,” he said, starting up the stairs again.
Sakari and Bolin started up the stairs after him. “Why?” Bolin asked. “You’ve been working late for months. We have enough for this season’s fee already.”
Hesitating on the next landing, Mako shrugged. “I... was hoping that, maybe, we could afford a celebratory dinner. You know, something special to kick off the season, since we can actually compete this time.” He flashed a small smile at Sakari, who weakly returned it.
“Mako...”
Bolin looked ready to pull him into another hug, so Mako turned and started up the next flight of stairs. “I got out of work to find Lightning Bolt Zolt and some Triple Threats trying to recruit lightning benders for their turf war.” Mako huffed. “Shady Shin kept following me and bugging me. I finally turned around to tell him to take his offer and—” Mako glanced at Sakari and adjusted his phrasing. “—find someone else to take it.”
He sighed as he pushed open the door to their floor. “That’s when the Equalists swept in, chi-blocking everyone.” His hands clenched. He hadn’t had time to get off one shot before they’d closed the distance and disabled him. “A minute later, they had us all tied up and tossed in a truck.”
Bolin shivered. “Well that’s only mildly terrifying and on top of the ‘take your bending forever’ bit.” He looked both ways down the hall before dashing over to the door to their loft. “Let’s get inside before I pee my pants.” He ducked inside.
Sakari and Mako followed at a more sedate pace, exchanging a look. Mako chuckled.
“Seriously, Bolin said, poking his head out of the doorway. “On the off chance any of those Equalists show up, there’s no better place to hold our ground than home sweet home.”
“Good idea,” Sakari said, taking a few bold strides over to the door. “It’s good to be home safe.”
Mako stopped and blinked at her. He glanced at Bolin, who was looking right back at him with a matching expression of surprise.
Sakari cleared her throat. “I mean, if it’s alright for me to stay...”
Bolin cocked an eyebrow at Mako. “I mean... she did save your ass, bro. Plus we’ve won two pro-bending matches together,” he said. “She’s the reason we made it to the quarterfinals.”
Mako took a deep breath. The 13-year old runaway had shown up and blown the competition out of the water, literally, at their waterbender tryouts. He had no hesitations about her abilities, especially after his rescue tonight, but she was another mouth to feed, another kid relying on him.
But still. He smiled. “Of course you can stay. Gotta pay you back somehow; no debts between teammates.” He paused, watching Sakari’s expression break into a broad smile. “Or family,” he added. “I’ve always wanted a little sister anyway.”
Sakari ran over and hugged him. He ruffled her hair and stuck his tongue out at Bolin over her head.
“Aw, whatever, Mako,” Bolin said, coming over to join the hug. “You’re not the only big brother around here anymore!”
Bolin tried to ruffle Mako’s hair, and he blocked it. The hug broke up into a series of mock-punches that further devolved into laughter.
Mako pulled back. “Come on Sakari, Bolin, let’s head inside. No point in hanging out in the hallway.”
She practically bounced as she followed him inside. And even if it meant one more mouth to feed, he found he didn’t mind it as long as it kept the kid happy.
A few minutes later, after he’d set up her bed, he saw her smile start to waver. Thankfully, he was able to answer her question before she could ask it.
“Yes, we’re sure,” he said. “You don’t ditch teammates or family. Otherwise I’d have kicked this bozo out a long time ago.” He jerked his head to Bolin, who pretended to be offended.
“Heeey,” he said, crossing his arms. “Well excuse me, I only saved your bending tonight, no big. But fine! Toss me out on the street!”
Mako rolled his eyes, but smiled. “Welcome to the Fire Ferrets, Sakari,” he said. “Permanent member now, trial over. Rest up now, lil sis. The quarterfinals are coming up. If everyone still has their bending tomorrow, we’re up early for practice.”
“Actually...” Sakari trailed off, tucking a strand of hair behind her ear. “I was wondering if, since I’m an official part of the team and family now... if maybe my dog could sleep here too?”
Bolin turned to Mako with a smile. Mako held back a groan. “No,” he said. “Absolutely not.”
Sakari pouted. Then Bolin pouted.
“She can be a guard dog,” Sakari said.
Mako rubbed the bridge of his nose. “Augh, fine! But just on the lower level.” He yawned. At this point, he’d been kidnapped from the factory over a day ago. “Let’s just get some rest.”
Sakari and Bolin cheered. Mako left them to go get the damn dog and hauled himself up the ladder to his and Bolin’s sleeping area.
Despite everything, he fell into a deep, contented sleep.
Notes:
This was a long-ass chapter to write, but here it is! Chapter length will likely even out as the fic hits its stride. I'm really excited to get the plot rolling! Thanks for all the support :)
Thoughts so far? Theories? Continuity questions vs. canon you'd like to see addressed? Do note: This is not taking place during the standard season 1 timeline. Without Korra's arrival, the Equalists' plans have moved a much more sedate pace, setting several changes in motion...
Chapter 3: Rebel Spirit
Summary:
Korra takes a field trip to Air Temple Island, Asami struggles with conflicting priorities, and the Fire Ferrets get a surprise visitor. (long chapter)
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter Three: Rebel Spirit
(Nobody Ever Does What They’re Supposed To)
“Are you sure there’s nothing I can do right now?”
“Stop pacing,” Ghazan responded. “It’s distracting me from these fascinating newspapers from last year.”
Korra shot him a glare. “I’m serious,” she said. “Everybody else has something to do. I could, uh, try to find the Asami girl from yesterday?”
“To seek her out this soon would likely be suspicious,” P’li said. She didn’t look over from the candles she was lighting. “But that may be a prudent course of action later.”
“You did your duty last night,” Zaheer said, carrying a book and a handful of incense from his room into the common space.
Korra walked over to the window, examining the screen for tears and the edge of the frame for cracks. “What about the apartment? Will you be safe visiting the Spirit World so deeply?”
Next to Ghazan on the couch, Ming-Hua laughed and glanced away from the radio. “Korra, we’re living in the safest apartment in Republic City!”
“Yeah, but last night—”
“Is over.” Zaheer stepped in Korra’s path before she could start pacing again. “I am as troubled by Amon’s revelation as you are, but you are not in a state to accompany me to the Spirit World right now. Instead, it would benefit you to go over the core poetry of Guru Laghima.” He placed the book in her hands. “I want you to review the key passages on airbending, then meditate before going to Air Temple Island.”
Korra brightened. “Wait, you mean I can go today?”
Zaheer smiled. “I think you could benefit from some serenity,” he said. “Air Temple Island will be one of the safest places in the city, after this apartment, and we’re all going to be busy here. Blend in with the crowd and refrain from drawing attention to yourself.”
She rolled her eyes. “Yeah, yeah. Non-bender, act generic while gathering information.” After Amon’s revelation, Korra felt less inclined than ever to draw attention to herself, as a bender or otherwise. “You act like you don’t trust me.”
“We do,” Ming-Hua said, “but these are unfamiliar environs. Caution and reminders are just because we can’t give up being your teachers.” She smiled before returning her attention to the radio.
Zaheer sat down inside his meditative circle. “When you’re done meditating, head to the island. I believe they do tours, which would set you up with a basic understanding of the island as well as some additional history.”
“Gotcha.” Korra plopped down with the book on the smaller couch. She could hear Zaheer and P’li say a quiet goodbye before he slipped into the spirit world. She stuck her tongue out and made a face at the sound of them kissing, which made Ghazan snort.
A moment later, Korra felt Zaheer’s spirit depart from the physical plane. P’li sat down beside the circle with a book. Protection duty was essential, but it was generally less exciting than it had been the previous night.
She refocused her attention to Ghazan and Ming-Hua. “What are the two of you working on anyway?”
“Research,” Ming-Hua said, focused on the radio.
Ghazan finished making a note, then set his pen aside. “This Equalist movement is an interesting sideshow, and they may provide some interesting distractions, but our primary goal with this visit is to take out Republic City’s leaders and liberate the city.”
“Like... listen to this.” Ming Hua nudged Ghazan and he turned the radio up.
“—council voted to increase the size and scope of Tarrlok’s task force, as well as extending his charter. Councilman Tarrlok had this to say outside of city hall this morning!”
“Just listen to this Tarrlok guy,” Ghazan said. “What a slimeball.”
A smooth, political voice cut in. “I just want to reiterate that Amon, this terrorist, will be stopped. Everyone should feel confident in continuing business as normal. For several weeks, my task force has been monitoring and responding to Equalist activity. Regardless of Amon’s recent announcement, we do not intend to stop now. You can rest your confidence in me, Republic City.”
The newscaster continued, “The decision to extend Tarrlok’s temporary task force came after the police received a tip to a secret Equalist gathering last night from—”
Ghazan turned the radio back down. “Can you believe that guy? He’s basically the big fish of Republic City politics. Stomps on those who oppose him, locks up those who push back.” He smirked. “I’d like to take him out.”
“Aw, but it’s been so long since I got to have a real nasty waterbender fight,” Ming-Hua said. “From what you’ve said about this guy’s politics, I bet he fights dirty too. You know how much fun I have with those.”
Ghazan smirked before leaning over and kissing her on the cheek. “Fine, just make sure the scumbag suffers for me, alright?”
Korra rolled her eyes at them, but couldn’t quite keep a smile off her face. “Get a room already, but try to finish your explanation first.”
“Alright, alright.” Ghazan sat forward. “The research helps us put together the timetable of what actions we take when. You’re already familiar with our usual methodologies once we’ve made the schedule up, but the schedule itself is important. He tapped his finger against the pad where he’d been taking notes. “Hits need to happen in a specific order, combined with other actions, in order to get the citizens of Republic City to embrace their freedoms and act on the opportunities we provide.”
Korra blinked. This was a lot more paperwork than she was normally exposed to. “Sounds... fascinating. Call me when it’s time to scope out their houses. That’s more my speed.”
“Every mission has its boring parts,” Ming-Hua said, shrugging. “Like how you’re supposed to be working on your poetry right now?”
She sighed. “Yeah, yeah...” She went back to reading for a few pages. She was familiar with most of Guru Laghima’s work, if only because Zaheer never stopped quoting it.
Soooo she did more skimming than actual rereading, then meditated for about twenty minutes before she popped up to her feet. “I’m gonna head out now,” she said.
Ghazan, Ming-Hua, and P’li all leveled her with the same look.
“That was fast,” P’li said.
Korra grabbed a small purse of coins and crossed her arms. “I did the reading. I can quote poetry at you. Don’t test me.”
“Oh no, more poetry!” Ghazan recoiled in mock fear, then laughed. “Oh just get out of here already,” he said.
“Okay, see you, bye!” Korra didn’t wait for Ming-Hua or P’li to potentially disagree before dashing out the door.
She enjoyed a leisurely walk to the Air Temple Island ferry, receiving directions from a few helpful passersby. About halfway there, she fixed her overcoat so it sat properly instead of slouching to cover her tattoos. Zaheer wasn’t there to notice, and wearing it improperly was just annoying.
Nearing the docks, she stole a kebob out of the back of a food stand before blending in with a group of tourists on their way to the ferry.
“Naga,” she murmured under her breath a few times, trying to keep her alias in mind in case someone asked her name. Nobody did, however, and she arrived to the island after a few pleasant-but-empty conversations with a few other members of her tour group.
The island itself stood apart from Republic City in its design. Aside from a single tower, the buildings were primarily one level. Most of the island’s vertical structure came from the steep stairs leading up from the docks. Korra couldn’t help but note that the rocky seaside cliffs would make the island fairly defensible from assault from the water.
Stepping from the boat to the dock, however, analysis faded from her mind.
Everything grew light and, for half a second, she felt distinctly taller. And bald. A sea breeze cooled the back of her head, carrying with it the fresh scent of salt water. The step felt familiar, like coming home.
Then, as quickly as it began, the vision ended.
Korra stumbled slightly on her second step, but didn’t fall. She kept to the rear of the tour group, however, as they made their way to the island proper. ‘Blending in’ and ‘potential visions from past Avatar lives’ didn’t exactly mesh well.
With every step, however, the island felt more and more familiar, like it rose up to meet her feet. She felt a rush of warmth and fondness for the place and, after a brief hesitation, let herself fall into the feelings. Aang had clearly spent a lot of time here. His other flaws aside, she could sense there was something special about the island, that he’d invested a lot of his spirit here in building the place.
She was so caught up she barely noticed when they reached their tour guide. Granted, their tour guide was also rather short and looked like she was about ten, with a cute bobbed haircut.
“Welcome to Air Temple Island,” she said. “My name is Jinora, and I’ll be your tour guide. I have lots of interesting historical and cultural facts to share on our tour, and you are more than welcome to ask questions on the way if you want to learn more about anything I’m covering.” Her expression shifted slightly. “Before we get started, I’d like to offer a few frequently asked questions so we can move on.”
“I’m eleven years old. Yes, I am an airbender. Yes, I am Avatar Aang’s granddaughter.” She rattled off the answers from a place of clear practice. “No, I do not have my tattoos yet, because I am not yet an airbending master. No, I do not know when I will get my tattoos, that requires demonstration of mastery.” She took a breath and smiled.
Someone in the tour group raised their hand.
“I am a tour guide because members of the Air Nation, both acolytes and airbenders, are called to service and to study our culture’s history. This position is a way for me to exemplify and demonstrate those qualities.” She paused. “Are there any other questions before we start?”
Nobody raised their hand. Korra smiled. She rather liked the kid’s attitude already.
Jinora smiled. “Let’s get going then!” She turned and started walking up the steps. “The island was originally little more than a large rock in Yue Bay. Avatar Aang and former Police Chief Toph Beifong worked to terraform the island and make it suitable for habitation over the course of a week in the year 110 AG.”
About halfway up the stairs, someone asked Jinora why there were so many. Out of the group, not everybody was handling the climb quite as well as others were.
“That’s because Avatar Aang wanted to leave the island as close to its original height as possible,” she said. “In the past, the Air Nation resided in four temples in various remote locations. Most were inaccessible without airbending or the ability to ride a sky bison.” She chuckled. “Compared to that, Air Temple Island is fairly accessible while retaining the feeling of the original temples.”
The tour itself was fairly interesting. Korra was aware of most of the Air Nomad’s history, from conception to the genocide by the Fire Nation. It was fascinating, however, to see how those traditions had been reincorporated and reinvented by Aang on Air Temple Island.
Jinora was a fun teacher as well, clearly bright and enthused about the topic. She answered every question with ease, and more than kept Korra’s attention. Frankly, it was nice to get information on airbenders from someone who wasn’t Zaheer or one of his incredibly dry books.
And listening to Jinora was calming. Though an engaging speaker, she had a fairly steady voice that made everything feel normal.
“Here is where we’ll take a slight break from our tour,” Jinora announced eventually. “This is the training ground, authentically recreated from one at the Eastern Air Temple.” Korra stepped off to the side of the group so she could see a little better. Jinora gestured to an odd structure made of tall rectangular panels. “These are the airbending gates, designed to test a person’s proficiency in circular movement, the most fundamental aspect of airbending. The goal is to weave your way through the gates and make it to the other side without touching them.
“Please stay there.” Jinora stepped over to the spinning gates and raised her arms. Korra furrowed her eyebrows and watched the movement carefully as Jinora circled her bent arms in front of her body, sending a strong gust of wind toward the panels, making them spin.
After setting them spinning, Jinora quickly moved forward into them with her hands at chest-height. Korra studied her movements and tried to follow how she pivoted and moved her feet as she navigated through the gates.
A moment later, Jinora exited on the far side and walked back over. The tour group applauded. “Feel free to wander the training grounds for a few minutes,” she said. “We’ll be wrapping up the tour shortly. If you’d like to try a hand at the spinning gates, come get in line here with me.”
Korra desperately wanted to try her hand, but she’d been told too many times to blend in for her to ignore it now. The tour group dissolved and spread out. Korra followed behind a group heading to the gates, even though she didn’t plan on trying them out.
Jinora sent a mild gust of wind through the gates, setting them spinning at a much slower rate than she’d gone through them. The first volunteer from the tour group charged right in, made it past one gate, and promptly smacked his face on another.
Korra winced as she watched him repeatedly crash into them on his way through to the other side. Maybe not trying the gates was a good idea after all.
Jinora wore an expression of barely-concealed amusement as she gave the gates another spin for the next volunteer.
Korra could always try the gates out another time, maybe a windy night when they would be unused. She wandered over to stand next to Jinora. “You moved your feet in a really distinct way when you went through,” she said.
The younger girl looked up at her. “I’m glad you noticed,” she said. “Airbending depends on circular movements, which means there’s a lot of twisting and pivoting in the footwork.”
“Huh.” Korra rubbed the back of her neck. “With airbending involving so much, you know, time off the ground, I never thought the footwork would be as critical as that.”
“Oh absolutely.” Jinora perked up at the line of questioning and absently set the gates spinning again. “You have to flow with the movements of the gates, which means you have to be ready to shift and adjust your stance as you go.” She put up her hands like she did before going in. “You might not have been able to see, but I cycled which of my palms faced forward with every step.” She took a few steps in that stance, demonstrating what she meant.
Korra put her hands up. “Like this?”
“I’m afraid not.” Jinora chuckled and set the gates spinning again before turning back to criticize Korra’s form. “Don’t tuck your chin,” she said. “You’re not trying to protect your neck by putting your arms up, you want them up in part so you can sense and anticipate the gates by feeling how they push the air around you.”
Korra relaxed her shoulders and lowered her hands slightly. “Okay...” She adjusted her feet and took a few steps, trying to imitate the effortless circular walk Jinora had demonstrated.
“That’s better,” Jinora said. She smiled up at Korra. “You’re putting a lot more thought into this than most people do.” She glanced at the last volunteer going through the gates, a woman who promptly smacked into the first one and sheepishly wandered off without trying again.
“Oh well, it’s just really fascinating, how the airbenders move.” Korra shrugged. “You see plenty of waterbenders, earthbenders, and firebenders around. They all have their own styles, but I’ve never seen airbending before.”
Jinora circled her hands in front of her again, sending a fresh gust through the gates. Korra watched her hands intently. “Well now you have!” Jinora tilted her head. “Did you want to have a go at the gates?”
Korra wavered on her feet, but shook her head. “No thank you,” she said.
“Watch me one more time then,” Jinora replied, stepping over to the gates. Korra was glad she hadn’t pressed the issue, because it was hard enough to refuse the first time.
Now that she’d received a basic lesson on the form, it was much easier to follow Jinora’s movements. Korra kept her hands up and tried to mimic the steps as she watched them happen, but Jinora was very quick and the spinning gates made it hard to see her.
A moment later, she circled back around to where Korra was. “That’s incredible,” Korra said. “You’re an airbending master!”
Jinora winced. “Not yet,” she said. “Dad says I’m not ready for my tattoos, which are the mark of an airbending master.”
“Well you seem like more than a master to me.” Korra smiled.
Jinora seemed pleased at that. She glanced at Korra’s crossed arms. “So do your tattoos mean anything, or are they just decoration?”
Korra laughed. “I guess you could call them an expression of freedom,” she said. Even Zaheer couldn’t put up an argument when she and Ghazan came back with them. It was, after all, her body and she could get it tattooed if she wanted to.
“Huh.” Jinora opened her mouth to say something else, then winced at the sound of a high-pitched scream.
Korra turned with her toward the sound, which was coming from a pair of smaller children, a boy and a girl, who were zipping toward Korra and Jinora on a pair of spinning air balls.
“Hi Jinora!” The boy, who was shorter, hopped off his air ball and leaped toward Jinora’s head.
The older girl dodged deftly, with circular footwork. “This is Meelo,” she said. The other girl came to a stop beside them and immediately began talking. “And this is Ikki,” Jinora continued, louder. “They’re my younger siblings.”
Jinora took a breath and Ikki immediately filled the space with a ramble that started with, “So Jinora I know you’re busy with your tour group but I really really really wanted to tell you that—”
Korra smiled at the younger siblings before returning her attention to Jinora, who looked ruffled for the first time since the tour began.
“You guys, I am trying to be responsible! I’m running this tour, and—”
“Well you’re not talking to anybody right now!” Meelo picked his nose and squinted, skeptical.
Jinora’s eye twitched. “That’s because you two came up and interrupted! Before that I was talking to this nice woman, who was asking me about airbending—”
Ikki jumped up, flipping neatly over Korra’s head with a gust of wind. “You should ask me about airbending, I’m—”
“No ask me!!” Meelo spun his hand and jumped on another spinning air ball. “I’m the BEST airbender there ever—”
“Would the both of you stop it?!” Jinora stomped her foot.
Ikki and Meelo glanced at their sister, briefly. They were about to turn away again when Korra stepped forward. “Hey, so you two are both really great airbenders, right?”
Jinora opened her mouth to object, but Korra shot her a glance. Ikki ran around to stand next to Meelo in front of Korra.
“Totally!”
“I can be the best for you, pretty lady!”
Korra chuckled. “Well I’d really like to see some awesome bending. I like that air ball—”
“Air scooter,” Ikki interrupted.
“Invented by Avatar Aang when he was—” Jinora cut herself off when Korra held up a finger.
“I like your air scooters,” Korra continued. “But I’m really curious how fast they can go.”
“SUPER FAST!”
“Faster than Ikki’s!”
“How fast could you use them to race around the whole island?” Korra tilted her head.
Ikki frowned. “Umm...”
“Readysetgo!” Meelo spun himself a new scooter and took off.
A beat later, Ikki went racing after him. “NOT fair, Meelo! No headstarts just because you’re younger!”
In a few seconds, they were out of sight. Korra turned back to Jinora, who was looking at her in wonder. “How did you do that?” she whispered. “Are you an older sister too?”
Korra shook her head. “No, I’m an only child, but I’ve always liked kids.”
Jinora wrinkled her nose. “Why?”
Neglecting to point out that, at age eleven, Jinora was also still a child, Korra hummed for a moment. “Guru Laghima once wrote that ‘Children are the truest incarnation of freedom.’”
Looking at her curiously, Jinora seemed suddenly familiar, as though Korra had known her forever. “That’s very wise,” Jinora said, “and you’re clearly more well-versed on Air Nation culture than most of our visitors, in addition to being observant of the airbending techniques.”
Korra regretted saying the quote; it was far too noticeable, too memorable. It had felt normal to her because she spent all her time around Zaheer. It wasn’t normal though.
She snorted. “Read it in a book once,” she said, brushing the compliment off. “So how old are your siblings anyway?”
Returning to that topic made Jinora sigh. “Ikki is eight. Meelo is six, and Rohan is our baby brother. He was born just a few months ago.”
Korra raised an eyebrow. “Another airbender?”
Jinora shrugged. “Not sure yet, but we think he might actually be a nonbender.” She smiled apologetically. “This has been a really great conversation, but I need to round my tour group back up.”
“Don’t let me stop you.”
Jinora turned away and started gathering her tour group back together. Korra was waiting with the others and mentally plotting which route she’d take to get back to the gates another time. Glancing around, however, she noticed a tall man in orange robes making his way toward them. Blue tattoos marked him an airbending master.
For a brief moment, Korra thought she was having a vision of Aang, but further study proved her wrong, especially as he came closer. She drifted toward the back of the crowd. He could only be Tenzin, which meant evading notice was of paramount importance.
“This is my father.” Jinora started to introduce him. “Tenzin is an airbending master and the youngest son of Avatar Aang.” Jinora took a breath to continue, but Tenzin cut her off.
“I’m terribly sorry, Jinora, but I just wanted to come and tell you I will be off the island on urgent personal business.”
Jinora frowned. She glanced briefly at the tour group before saying, “But you just got back from urgent council business.”
Tenzin’s smile tightened. He struck Korra as a rather serious person, not unlike Zaheer. “I’m afraid it can’t wait.” He waved briefly to the tour group. “I’m terribly sorry not to meet you properly, but I really must be going.”
Someone to Korra’s left held up a camera and called out, “One picture?”
Tenzin hesitated. Jinora opened her mouth. Before they could object, the flash went off. The bright light overwhelmed her vision as Korra squinted at Jinora.
And then she wasn’t squinting at Jinora, but an elderly airbender with faded blue arrow tattoos and a drooping white moustache. “Air is the element of freedom,” he said. All around them, the architecture looked like that of Air Temple Island, but as if it was suspended in the sky.
Korra stepped back, and the vision pulled her off to the side so she could see a young Aang sitting cross-legged across from the old master. “Air is the element of peace,” he said. Aside from his bald head, Aang looked and sounded remarkably like Jinora.
“Air is the element of fun.” The old man smiled serenely and winked.
Aang shifted how he was sitting. “Air is the element of... SURPRISE!” He whipped his arms around to fling a nearby pie right at the old man’s face.
But, as Korra looked to see it strike him, the old man wasn’t there. He effortlessly dodged aside and, with a simple flick of his wrist, sent a dollop of cream off the top of the pie right onto the center of Aang’s forehead.
“Monk Gyatso!” Despite being bested, Aang was laughing. “How did you know?”
The old man, Monk Gyatso, laughed. “Because, Aang, air is also the element of friendship.” Mischief twinkled in his eyes. “And I know you too well by now, my young friend, to be caught off guard by such trickery.”
Aang smiled broadly and Korra felt herself smiling too. Then everything seemed to grow paler and brighter until the vision changed.
She was flying through the sky—airbending!!—on a glider. Immediately, she tried to focus the vision on the sensation of airbending, on what that felt like to Aang, but it refused. The memory was so effortless for him, and his focus was on a small lemur flying next to him.
After another struggle to focus the vision on what it felt like , to airbend, she gave up and let the emotions wash over her. More than anything, she took away a feeling of fun and laughter, of effortless freedom that came from gliding.
She blinked and rubbed her eyes as Air Temple Island reappeared around her. For a beat, her feet on the ground felt oppressive and limited. Korra had fallen about twenty paces behind her tour group, and she jogged to catch up.
As she listened to Jinora’s last few comments, Korra couldn’t shake the implacable thought that Jinora was familiar, that Korra knew her beyond the nice conversation she had earlier.
Getting on the ferry and waving goodbye, she decided not to overthink it. She had past lives, but so did other people. If Jinora had a spirit she’d known in a past life, it wouldn’t be entirely unheard of.
Brushing off the connection couldn’t relieve Korra of the sadness she felt as the ferry pulled away. Leaving a friend, and leaving a place that felt, more than anywhere she’d ever been before, like it might have been home.
She tried to shift her mental paradigm as she thought of airbending. Less detachment, more freedom. She smiled out at the water and wished that Monk Gyatso had left behind some poetry to read too. It would have definitely focused more on fun and less on earthly tethers or whatever.
She shifted her feet, trying to commit Jinora’s steps to physical memory. She’d try them out once she got to the apartment and could practice properly. Until then, she enjoyed the sunny afternoon.
* * *
Asami yawned and glared up at the sun as she punched in her code on the side gate to the Future Industries factory. A beep sounded, and she pushed the door open. Compared to last night, the factory courtyard felt excessively normal.
Asami pushed the feeling aside just in time for her to start wondering if she’d see the Naga girl again from last night. Probably not. It was a large city, but... it had been nice to meet her, it had been uncomplicated.
She held back a sigh as she made her way to the smaller side garage. Helping Naga, she didn’t have to stop and second-guess herself. She’d just seen something wrong happening, stopped it, and been able to move on with relative simplicity.
She stepped into the garage and winced at the sight of the medical supplies on the floor. She’d forgotten to pick them up last night, but nobody seemed to have noticed them out yet. Asami picked them up and put them away just as a knock sounded at the door.
“Miss Sato?”
“Yes?” Asami turned toward the door and smiled politely as the factory manager walked inside.
Asami wasn’t especially fond of the woman, but her Equalist ties made her the ideal overseer for their factory operations, especially with their recent production schedule. “I’ve got the numbers for you,” she said. “I saw you out the window and came right over.” She handed a folder of papers to Asami.
“What are we looking like this month?” Asami asked, taking the folder and flipping through the reports.
“Suspicious and less than financially-stable,” the manager answered. “It’s for a good cause, but we’re having trouble keeping the factory viable with market production at half pace.”
“Are workers questioning things?” Asami asked.
“No. Saying the secondary factory will take care of the imbalance shuts most people up. The rest I just yell at until they get back to the assembly line.” Asami curled her lip in distaste at the image, but the other woman didn’t seem to notice. “Everything is justified under our cause, but it might behoove us to adjust the ratio a bit, make things a little less obvious.”
Asami nodded slowly. “I’ll speak to my mother about it,” she said.
“She’s in the main factory office in the other building,” the manager said, opening the door. “I’m gonna get back to the floor.”
Asami rushed forward and grabbed the door. “Wait, she’s here?”
The manager gave her a strange look. “Yes. I assumed you came to see her and discuss things.”
“Er, well, yes.” Asami really hated getting caught off guard. “I had just assumed I’d review these matters with her later.” That and Yasuko was off more often than not, lately, working on Equalist business in the underground bunker behind their house. To hear she was back in the office, doing Future Industries work, was heartening. Maybe getting the ratio adjusted wasn’t such a lost cause after all.
“I’ll head right over and discuss them with her,” Asami said. “Thank you for getting me the papers.”
The manager gave her a nod before they parted ways and Asami started hurrying up the stairs to the main office. She gazed out over the factory floor for a moment before continuing up from the landing. At the top of the stairs, her heart swelled at the sight of the name ‘SATO’ on the office door’s plaque.
Her mother hadn’t been the most involved lately, but Future Industries was a family company and they would continue it together.
She opened the door. “Hello, mother,” she said.
Yasuko looked up from a stack of papers. “Asami,” she said, “it’s good to see you.” She patted the table and Asami took a seat across from her. “I’m so sorry we couldn’t talk last night,” she said. “We both got back so late, and I disappeared this morning because I had an idea and I just couldn’t wait.”
Asami smiled wryly. “It’s a feeling that runs in the family,” she said.
Yasuko laughed. “We married for love. The genius was a convenient side bonus.” Her expression refocused. “Tell be about The Revelation. How was the reception? How did it go?”
“Well about halfway through, the police—”
Yasuko waved a hand. “I read the news. I know what happened, in a literal sense. I want to hear your impressions.”
Asami summoned a smile. “Well, the stage lift worked perfectly. The effect was dramatic and suited Amon’s introduction. The lights did well, and the mood was very cohesive with the crowd.” She thought back to the event a bit more. “Reception was positive. I didn’t catch sight of any hotheads who were at all dissatisfied with the revelation itself. I think Amon’s announcement met the fervor of even the most dedicated recruits.”
Her mother nodded, but her eyes studied Asami in a way that seemed to read something else out of what she said. She tilted her head. “Is it hard to hear Amon’s testimony?”
She hesitated before answering. “It’s... too familiar,” she said. “Even if it’s a story I already know, it feels too similar to ours. A dead father, a firebender...” She trailed off and sighed.
Yasuko got up from the table and walked around. Asami looked up right as her mother pulled her up into a hug. “I’m sorry it was hard for you,” Yasuko whispered. Asami hugged her mother tightly. “Sometimes it’s hard to be a part of a movement where I am constantly reminded of the night Hiroshi was murdered.”
They sighed in unison, then pulled back with matching sad smiles.
“I think of dad sometimes,” Asami said, “and wonder what he would be building, what he would be working on.” Most of her memories of her father involved him tinkering or building something, explaining what a tool was for, letting her make small repairs or asking her how she thought something should be fixed...
“If your father were here, he would be right in the thick of all this.” Yasuko gestured around her. “But he was taken from us that night, robbing you of a father, me of a husband, and the world of a genius.
“And that is why we fight, Asami,” she whispered. “Because people like us deserve to live in safety. We deserve to keep our families together, our businesses safe from bending extortion.”
Asami stepped toward the table. “If dad were here,” she said, “he would be astounded at the leaps Future Industries has taken in the past twelve years.” She grabbed the folder off the table. “But right now our primary factory is struggling. It’s wonderful that we’re able to manufacture the mechasuit interiors here for the movement, but we’re behind on filling our forklift orders.” She pulled out a page with their projected expenses and handed it over. “We need to stop overproducing forklift interior units so we can get back on schedule for Future Industries’ production schedule.”
Yasuko was frowning, and Asami handed her the current month’s ledger. “It would just be temporary,” she added. “We could get right back to producing the mechasuit interiors at the end of the month, once the company is back on stable ground.”
Looking over the papers with a deep sigh, Yasuko closed her eyes. “I’ve pushed Future Industries to the limits of its financial and production capacity, trying to support the movement.” She met Asami’s eyes steadily. “And I know the company has suffered. I know we’re not as strong as we have been.”
Asami blinked as her mother put a hand on her shoulder. “We’re not lost yet,” she said. Her mother’s tone was far too resigned for comfort. “We just need to adjust our production for the month to recoup lost capital and make sure we meet this Earth Kingdom order.”
Yasuko walked them around to the other side of the table. “The future is... uncertain,” she said, gesturing for Asami to take a seat. “And you’ve only just started coming into more responsibility within the movement, but I think it’s appropriate to tell you that, frankly, Future Industries’ orders, from the Earth Kingdom or otherwise, won’t mean much by the beginning of the next month.”
“What?” Asami reached forward and pulled her mother’s paper’s closer, trying to figure out what Yasuko had been working on before she’d been interrupted.
“In Amon’s vision for the future,” Yasuko continued, “We won’t need to worry about filling business orders. The Revolution is upon us, truly now.” She smiled. “Future Industries is going to become a part of the future, the Equalist’s future.”
“You’re... embezzling?!” Flipping through the pages, Asami started piecing together a false money trail. “We don’t have enough,” she said. “You can’t funnel this much to the Equalists, mother. If we don’t get this order filled we literally won’t have enough to pay the factory workers next month.”
“Asami...” her mother reached over and pulled the papers away.
“Dad wouldn’t want this,” Asami snapped. She snatched the top paper back. “From what you’ve said, we’re plenty funded for the revolution. We’re already supporting the tech production mostly out of our own pockets. What do you even—”
“Quiet.” Yasuko took the paper back from her, setting it neatly on top of the stack. “If you refuse to reprioritize, step back until you can see things with a clear head. The company is not as important as our revolutionary agenda.”
Asami stood abruptly. “So father’s legacy isn’t—”
“—as important as avenging his death and overturning the system that took him from us?” Yasuko’s voice was cool. “No,” she said, “it’s not.”
Asami stared at her.
Her mother sighed. “Go cool off. Work on your own projects. We’ll head back to the house in an hour or two.”
Dismissed, Asami refrained from storming out of the room and shut the door behind her as gently and distinctly as possibly.
She didn’t look at the factory workers on her way out, unable to fathom that they might not be there in a month. Most of them had been working for Future Industries since her father had opened the factory. She knew dozens of them by sight, growing up running around and watching her parents’ inventions come to life under their hands.
Back in the garage, she calmed down slightly and let herself indulge in total focus on her work. Engineering was simple. There was a problem, and infinite ways to come up with a wrong answer. There were usually a few ‘right’ answers, and the process of determining which one was best was generally simple enough if you had education and determination.
She was in the middle of sketching a seventh option, a seventh path to the solution, when a knock sounded at the door. She turned and smiled when Liu walked in.
“Hey there Asami,” he said, smiling.
“Hey Liu!” She was happy to see him out of uniform for once. It was reaching the point where she felt she never saw him without the goggles on. “It’s so great to see you.”
“Same here,” he said, giving her a quick hug. “It’s nice to see you here in your natural element too.”
“What brings you out here,” she asked.
He waved some papers. Asami recognized them as some of the ones she’d scanned earlier. “Just picking up a few things from Yasuko to bring to Amon,” he said. “Budget stuff.”
“Oh,” she said. “Are you heading out now then?” It didn’t make sense for her to expect Liu to have some sort of loyalty to Future Industries. He’d joined the Equalists when he was seventeen or so. Just because he felt like an older brother, however, didn’t mean he actually had ties to the company, or an investment in its future.”
“So what happened with you and your mom,” he asked, crossing his arms. “You’re both quietly fuming-while-still-being-productive in that way you both do.”
Asami smiled wryly at the observation. It was true. She set her project sketches in a drawer to work on later and nodded toward the door. “We have different priorities,” she said. “I value the company more than she does, while she thinks the movement is the only top priority to have.” Asami huffed. “I just want to live and work in a world where being a nonbender doesn’t matter, where it doesn’t set you off at some distinct life disadvantage.”
“That’s a world we can only live in if we win,” Liu said. “That’s what we’re fighting for, and...” He grimaced. “Sometimes that means sacrifices along the way.”
“I know,” Asami said. “I just wish it didn’t have to be that way.”
“What project were you working on when I came in,” he asked as they walked outside. She was glad of the subject change. “It didn’t look much like a car to me.”
“Just some prototype sketches,” she said. “I’ve got this idea for an invention and the basic science works fine. It’s just figuring out application and scale.”
Liu chuckled. “I’ll leave that stuff to you. My job is to hit people with sticks that go bzzt and make sure missions go well.”
They were nearing the gate when Yasuko ducked out of the main factory building. “Wait up a moment,” she called.
“Let’s walk back together,” she said, drawing closer. “Asami, are you available tomorrow afternoon through the evening? I need you to prepare and then monitor the next shipment of interiors to the underground factory.”
Asami shook her head. “I’m afraid I can’t, actually,” she said. “I’ve scheduled more observation time and tomorrow is the pro-bending quarterfinal.”
Yasuko stiffened. “Haven’t you done enough observation?” she asked. “Is there really a need to spend more time and money on that bender-glorifying trash entertainment?”
Liu stepped between them gracefully. “It’s extremely important work,” he said. “We need to collect more crowd dynamics observations to put the final touches on our plan for the finals match and Asami’s reports have been extremely useful so far.” He smiled. “Plus, pro-bending is the current dominant style employed by our bending opponents. Observing them is still the best way, short of actual combat, to learn how to counter their techniques.”
Asami nodded along, thankful that Liu had come to her defense. Frankly, she was still a little too upset to come up with something quite that eloquent. Plus, it wasn’t quite a full breakdown of her justifications. “Thanks for clarifying,” she said to Liu, who gave her a brief smile. “I’m sorry I can’t monitor the prep,” she said. “I could head over right after the match, however, to supervise the shipment itself.”
Her mother took a deep breath. “I suppose that would be acceptable,” she said. “I’m glad we could find a compromise.”
Asami’s smile was starting to feel stretched and artificial, but she widened it anyway. In the pit of her stomach, she was starting to feel convinced that compromise only happened in certain directions, and Future Industries was on the wrong side of the line.
* * *
Mako kept his guard up: arms close, chin tucked. “Final assault,” he called out. “Are you ready?”
Bolin and Sakari got into defensive stances. Bolin called back, “Come at me bro!”
Mako grinned. He kept his bodily telegraphing to a minimum as he sent off a series of quick jabs, light fireballs that were less about a solid hit and more about speed. His training partners were drilling on linking dodge movements into retaliating attacks, so Mako kept up a steady stream of punches and the occasional kick to keep the rhythm varied.
His brother wasn’t the best at dodging. Solid and grounded in his stances, Bolin was more likely to buckle down and absorb the hit than to dodge out of the way. He’d come up firing strong when he did, but Mako wanted to see him try. He sent a few stronger fireballs Bolin’s way, to force him out of his stance.
Bolin responded with a series of discs that curved in the air to make dodging them a pain. Mako managed, but he shot his brother a grin.
Focusing more on Sakari, he sent off a volley of lighter attacks. She was short—easily the shortest pro-bender in the league—and that made her a small target. Mako ducked and rolled away from a joint response from Bolin and Sakari. After a few matches and practice sessions, he’d stopped holding back against her. Even if she was thirteen, she was a more than competent bender.
That and she was really hard to hit. Mako sent off a series of quick jabs before following up with a harder cross. The younger girl didn’t hesitate as she flowed around the attacks and right into a response. Of course, if she took a hit, she was so light she’d almost certainly lose a zone.
Mako focused his attacks lower, trying to force Bolin into movement and get closer to hitting Sakari. Most bending happened at Mako’s shoulder-level in the arena, which meant Sakari barely needed to dodge if he didn’t adjust his attacks.
They exchanged volleys for a few minutes until Bolin and Sakari’s counter-attacks coincided to hit Mako at once. He flew backwards and landed on the pads with a grunt. “Nice work,” he called out, groaning as he got to his feet. “I think we can call it a day now,” he said. “You guys were on fire this session.”
Sakari pulled off her helmet. “Um... Mako?”
“I think you mean we were totally not on fire,” Bolin cut in. “Except in this case that’s a totally good thing.”
Mako rolled his eyes. “Whatever,” he said. He smiled at them though. “Let’s get this place cleaned up so we can hit the showers.”
They started picking their equipment up so the space would be clean for the next team. “You’re really quick on your feet,” Bolin said to Sakari. “Did you even take a hit once this practice?”
“A couple,” she answered. “But I prioritize dodging over holding my ground and setting up more solid attacks like you do, so there’s a trade off.” She shrugged as she put some pads away. “I just know that, frankly, I can’t take much of a hit, so I try not to get hit.”
“Where did you learn, anyway?” Mako asked. “Your form is clearly coming out of traditional waterbending, but it’s not quite what I usually see.”
“You’re probably used to Northern Water Tribe style,” she said. “I’m coming out of the southern school of training.”
Mako put away the last target they’d used earlier and looked around the gym. Thankfully, there hadn’t been much to clean up. He waved his teammates over to follow him out the doors of the gym.
“So who were your teachers?” Bolin asked. He gestured between Mako and himself. “You already know we learned on the street.”
Sakari’s expression tightened. “I learned from my father,” she said, “and Master Kat—”
“THERE YOU ARE!”
Mako looked up to see a tall man in orange robes storming down the hall toward them. He exchanged a glance with Bolin and they wordlessly closed ranks in front of Sakari, crossing their arms.
“Is there an issue, sir?” Mako asked.
At a closer distance, it was clear the man was an airbender from his tattoos. That meant he was one of the councilmen, someone whose name Mako couldn’t remember. He generally didn’t pay much attention to politics.
“Who are—oh you must be the pro-benders.” The councilman said the term with disdain. He clearly wasn’t a fan. “Please stand aside.”
Mako swapped another look with Bolin. They didn’t move. Behind them, Mako could see Sakari shrink a little from the corner of his eye.
“I’m so glad I found you.” The man’s tone shifted to genuine concern as he addressed Sakari. “It’s time for you to go home now. Your parents are worried sick.”
Mako was halfway to turning to look at Sakari to see her reaction when she pushed up in between him and Bolin, glaring up at the man. “I’m not going back,” she said. “And I’m on the Fire Ferrets now. These guys are my family too.”
The man’s eyebrows had drawn together and he was looking a little red in the face, so Mako stepped forward and tried to keep his voice level. “Look, she came to us and we’ve been taking care of her since she joined the team, Master...?”
“Tenzin,” the man said stiffly. He still seemed to be processing events, his gaze shifting between Mako, Bolin, and Sakari.
“Master Tenzin,” Bolin cut in, drawing his voice out, “what is your relation to Sakari?”
“Well I’m not—” He cut himself off and adjusted his robes. “I’m a friend of her parents. They wrote to me several days ago, saying that she ran away and she might have come here. They’ve been scouring the Southern Water Tribe for her. It’s time she went home.”
Sakari scowled. “I’m not going back just to get locked up again.”
Mako frowned. “Master Tenzin, she clearly doesn’t want to go with you, sir.”
“You can’t tear a family apart!” Bolin dropped to a crouch and pulled Sakari into a hug. “She’s our little sister now.”
Tenzin’s eye twitched. “Her family is in the south pole!”
Mako put a hand on Sakari’s shoulder. “Well she has family in Republic City now too. We’ll arrange a family reunion later, one that doesn’t involve anybody getting locked up.”
He glanced down at Sakari with concern, but she wasn’t looking at him. She’d crossed her arms and had leveled Tenzin with a determined glare. Mako recognized the expression from when Sakari had first walked into the training room to try out for the Fire Ferrets. He’d initially tried to discourage her from going into the one-on-one matches against the other waterbenders. She hadn’t backed down then, and he didn’t think she’d back down now.
“Your father has written letters in case I find you, hoping to reach out and explain.” Tenzin huffed. “When I realized you’d managed to join a pro-bending team, I thought it would be best to go after you on my own, but I’ve already sent an urgent missive back to your parents. They know where you are now, and I’m expecting an urgent reply. Your mother is heartbroken.” Tenzin took a step forward and Sakari stiffened, but didn’t step back. “How could you do this to them, Sakari? You know how devastated they were by your sis—”
“Thank you, Master Tenzin,” Sakari cut in, “for coming to check in on my whereabouts.” Her tone had shifted and she didn’t sound... ungrateful, exactly, but Mako wouldn’t have called her thankful. “Thank you for sending word to my parents and relieving their anxiety over my abrupt departure. I’ve only met you a few times, but I know you’ve been a good friend to my parents, especially after the issue with my sister.” She paused; Mako briefly wondered if talking about her parents was enough to make her change her mind.
Tenzin seemed to wonder the same thing. Mako could hear him holding his breath.
Sakari continued, “And it is with complete respect for you that I’m telling you I’m not going with you.”
Mako grinned and turned back to Tenzin just in time to see his jaw drop. Tenzin closed his mouth and cleared his throat. “Wait, Sakari, but—”
“I’m not going.” If Sakari could have further crossed her arms, Mako was certain she would have.
Tenzin’s eyebrows snapped together. “Sakari, your parents are worr—”
“I’m aware.”
Staring at her in disbelief, Tenzin took another moment to gather himself together. Mako gave Sakari’s shoulder an encouraging squeeze. Tenzin shook his head. “You are too young—”
“She’s only three years younger than me,” Bolin cut in. “And we were living on the streets before even that.”
Tenzin’s face was starting to grow red again. “You are a child,” he snapped, “and I am going to—”
“Republic City has no legal age of adulthood or pro-bending cutoff.” Sakari smirked.
“But... in the Water Tribes, it’s fourteen!” Tenzin crossed his arms. “You’re not fourteen yet, young lady.”
Mako took a half step forward. He didn’t want to threaten the man, but if he could come off as a bit intimidating, he wouldn’t complain. “Yeah, and this isn’t the Water Tribes, Councilman.” He crossed his arms. “Are you going to kidnap her or something?”
Tenzin seemed to swell up, his face going redder, before he sighed and deflated. “Spirits, I hope Jinora doesn’t end up like this,” he muttered. Squaring his shoulders, he continued at a conversational volume. “I will write to your parents immediately on what course of action you’ve chosen to take. I am, of course, not going to kidnap you.” He shot an annoyed glance at Mako. “I would, however, like to make sure you know I am available to help, and I would like to remain a presence in your life.”
Now that he’d given in, Sakari’s shoulders slumped a bit. “Please, um, in your letter, tell them I don’t hate them?” She looked away. “I just needed to escape, and I didn’t see any alternatives to running away.”
Tenzin’s expression softened. “You’re welcome to write them yourself,” he said.
“No thank you.” Sakari’s mouth pulled into a tight frown.
“At least come to Air Temple Island to visit,” he said. “You can pick up your parents’ letter and meet my family. I have a daughter about your age.”
“Um, I guess that would be alright.” Sakari glanced at Mako and Bolin. They both nodded. “But only if I can take Mako, Bolin, and Naga.”
“Who is Naga?” Tenzin asked.
“My pet dog,” Sakari said. She had a completely straight face.
“Of course,” Tenzin said. He didn’t notice Mako exchange a smirk with Bolin, who was holding back a giggle.
“We drew the first slot for the quarterfinal match tomorrow,” Mako said. “So we’re going early and, one way or another, we’ll have some time after that. How about we head over afterwards?”
“Perfect.” Tenzin looked thoughtful for a moment before adding, “And... I will try to be there for your quarterfinal match tomorrow,” he added. “I still believe you should return to the South Pole, and I expect your parents to feel similarly, but I will support you and keep tabs on your... activities here in the meantime.”
Sakari smiled. “We’ll see you then,” she said.
“Until then.” Tenzin nodded and smiled. Mako thought it was still a bit stiff, but the older man seemed slightly less tense than earlier. The thought of him at a pro-bending match was still a funny image, however.
Tenzin disappeared back around the corner and Mako turned to Sakari. “You okay, kid?”
She nodded. “Yeah.” She glanced down. “Sorry about that. I didn’t think I’d be tracked down that quickly.”
“It’s not your fault,” Bolin said. He patted her shoulder. “He probably found out because we’re the ones who called in the tip to the police about the Equalist meeting last night.”
“Oh.” Sakari blinked. “That probably makes sense.” She wrung her hands slightly and Mako narrowed his eyes. The comment about being ‘locked up’ concerned him, but he wasn’t sure whether to take it literally or if it was just her being a rebellious thirteen year old.
Mako would ask about it later. “That was a fun diversion, but we’re all still sweaty from practice.” Bolin pretended to smell his armpit and threw a hand to his forehead in mock-distress. Sakari giggled and Mako rolled his eyes. “Let’s split up and hit the showers,” he said. “We can make dinner back at the loft when we’re all done.”
“Race you to the showers!” Bolin took off down the hall.
Mako took a couple steps after him, then paused and turned back toward Sakari. She was a determined, fiery personality, but she was just thirteen and looked smaller than usual. “You okay?”
For a beat, she looked considering, but her usual grin returned a moment later. “Just tired after a long practice, Team Captain.” She raised a hand and turned to head the other way down the hall. “See you for dinner.”
“See you for dinner.” He watched her a moment before heading after Bolin.
* * *
Korra cleared out space in the middle of the living room and put the radio onto a jazz station. Zaheer was out with P’li, trying to get him recruited with the Equalists, so he couldn’t criticize her forms.
She took a deep breath. Firebending came from the breath. Maybe airbending wasn’t so different. Breath and freedom. She’d left on a self-planned research trip, avoided one of the Red Lotus’ core enemies, and witnessed airbending firsthand. Here in the city, despite her fears, Korra had never been so free.
She recalled Jinora’s movements to mind and imitated how she’d circled her arms to set the gates spinning. She’d watched the airbender do the motion at least a dozen times.
Stance loose, elbows bent, Korra inhaled and imitated the move.
No airbending resulted.
She huffed and did it again, but to no avail.
She practiced the circular stepping, although it felt odd. Resisting the urge to tuck her chin proved more troublesome than she’d thought. She wasn’t sure what sort of motion to cap the steps with either, to take the technique and add some airbending onto it. Eventually, she came up with a drill involving six circular steps and finishing with the arm motion she’d seen Jinora use. It worked well in time with the jazz on the radio, and repetition made her body adapt to the strange stances.
And, as she practiced, the moveset felt better than the movements she’d tried under Zaheer’s direction. She couldn’t actually airbend, but it felt similar to the motions she’d experienced during visions from Aang. Familiarity was, if nothing else, a reason to think she was going in the right direction.
The radio buzzed, crinkling with static.
Korra finished out her move (still no airbending) and glanced over right as a familiar voice began speaking.
“My fellow Equalists,” the radio crackled, “this is your leader, Amon.”
She stepped back, eyes wide.
“As you have heard, the Republic Council has voted to make me public enemy number one, proving once again that the bending oppressors of this city will stop at nothing to quash our revolution.”
Korra clenched her fist and noticed that her hand was shaking.
“But we can not be stopped,” Amon continued, voice gaining strength. “Our numbers grow stronger by the day. You no longer have to live in fear.” He paused, and Korra felt a bead of sweat run down her forehead. “The time has come for benders to experience fear.”
The radio buzzed with static again for a long moment, then returned to the jazz it had been playing earlier. Korra stared at it, waiting for Amon to interrupt again.
The front door opened. Korra jumped.
Ming-Hua gave her a strange look. “Korra, are you alright?”
Trying to compose a more reasonable expression, Korra nodded and swallowed the lump in her throat. “Y-yeah,” she said. “Just fine.” She crossed her arms.
Ghazan appeared in the doorway behind Ming-Hua. “What’s going on? Who isn’t fine?”
“I said I’m fine,” Korra snapped.
Ming-Hua exchanged a glance with Ghazan. “Give us a few minutes?” she asked.
He shrugged. “I’ll just be putting groceries away. Don’t mind me.” Stepping around her, he walked into the kitchen area.
“Step outside with me, Korra,” Ming-Hua said. She jerked her head in one direction before walking back out the door.
Korra hesitated, then sighed and followed her outside.
Their apartment was on the top floor of the building, which meant they had fairly decent access to the roof. Korra jumped and used the railing of the fire escape to vault herself up. Ming-Hua was sitting on the edge of the roof, looking out around the neighborhood.
“Did you hear that radio broadcast?” she asked Korra. “Ghazan and I paused outside someone’s window when we heard it come on.” She paused. “It must have been something to see him speak in person. The Equalist’s Amon is quite the orator.”
Korra shrugged and sat down beside her. “He’s got his theatrics down, that’s for certain.”
“Very convicted way of speaking too. He really believes everything he’s saying.”
Korra shivered. “He can back it up too.”
“It must have been something, seeing him last night. Zaheer described his performance with the benders before you got home.”
Korra grunted noncommittally. She didn’t really want to think about Amon or his unsettling abilities.
Ming-Hua tilted her head. After a long moment, Korra met her gaze.
“It’s okay to be afraid,” Ming-Hua said.
“I’m not afraid,” Korra said carefully, “but I can’t fight a power like that.” He’d dodged around the benders onstage so effortlessly. She’d grown up around unusual bending techniques and learned from the best, but she’d never seen someone move like that.
“You don’t have to,” Ming-Hua stated. “You’ll never have to face him alone. As in everything, the Red Lotus works together. Set aside his strange abilities, no matter their source. He’s just like any other dictator.” She shrugged. “He’s just not in power yet.”
“Do... do you think he will be?” Korra tugged on her ponytail. “Republic City’s council seems fairly dedicated to keeping his movement down.”
“Eh, they can fight it out all they want.” Ming-Hua smirked. “In the end, we’ll take out whoever is left, and probably thin the ranks along the way.”
Korra leaned against her shoulder. “Thanks,” she whispered.
Ming-Hua chuckled. “We live in the safest apartment in Republic City, remember?” She pushed back against Korra. “And you’ve got me, Ghazan, Zaheer, and P’li all watching your back.”
“And I’ve got yours.”
Below them and around them, Republic City spread out in all directions. Mountains encircled the city by land, leading right out to the bay to the west. She could even see a bit of Air Temple Island in the distance.
Korra took a deep breath and smiled. She knew the Red Lotus would change the city. It was odd to realize that the city had already changed her.
Notes:
Shit that was a long chapter. Next up: Quarterfinals!
I've had some people asking about what Red Lotus!Korra looks like, so I'll be posting drawings on my tumblr shortly. I'll post links once they're up. In the meantime, feel free to follow me: emirael.tumblr.com
(A note on Jinora, since it's a topic of interest: I subscribe to the unused-canon idea that Momo was the reincarnation of Monk Gyatso and the fan-theory that Jinora is that same spirit. Close to air, spirituality, fun, and close to the Avatar in one way or another. That's the reason behind Korra's specific visions)
Thoughts? Reactions? Questions? Things I REALLY need to address in the next chapter? Leave a comment :)
Chapter 4: Beginnings
Summary:
Korra runs into a familiar face at the pro-bending match, the Fire Ferrets visit Air Temple Island, and Asami picks up a few new fighting tips.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter Four: Beginnings
(The Best-Laid Plans Start Somewhere)
Korra peeked open one eye and looked at Ming-Hua across the room. “And you’re sure he’ll be safe?”
Ming-Hua sighed. “Aren’t you supposed to be meditating?”
“I can’t focus!” Korra shifted her posture. “I keep worrying about Zaheer. What if something goes wrong and one of us should have gone with him?”
“We’ve talked about this. He was the only reasonable choice to go undercover. P’li is obviously a bender, Ghazan is too much of a recognizable criminal, you’re the Avatar, and I refuse to function without my bending anyway.” Ming-Hua rolled her eyes. “Zaheer is an actual certified non-bender. Wherever Amon is getting his ability from, Zaheer is safe.”
“Yeah...” Korra huffed. “I just wish I had something to do too. P’li and Zaheer are off being useful and I’m just meditating.”
Ming-Hua cocked an eyebrow. “You are now?”
Korra glared at her. “Well I was. Sort of.” She glanced down. “I was trying, anyway.” It was always harder to concentrate and focus on spiritual stuff while Zaheer was away. He had a way of making even the least spiritual places feel more connected. The apartment wasn’t exactly barren, but Korra wouldn’t have called it a spiritual hub either.
“Give it a few more minutes,” Ming-Hua said. “And don’t worry too much about P’li and Zaheer. We’ve all handled ourselves just fine for years without your help, oh great and mighty Avatar.”
“Yeah yeah.” Korra rolled her eyes, but there was enough playfulness in Ming-Hua’s tone to make her smile. “Back to meditation I go.”
“Good girl. Your uncle will be so proud.”
Ming-Hua and Ghazan only ever referred to themselves, P’li, or Zaheer as her aunts or uncles in jest, but it was a comforting mention regardless. Korra rolled her shoulders and settled back into her meditative pose with a few deep breaths.
Several minutes later, Korra reached a neutral point where her spirit was steady. The small noises of the house faded away and she could feel the barrier between herself and the spirit world thinning.
Reaching out for it, Korra tried to stay relaxed. Her even breathing felt like the ebb and flow of the ocean. She let the current carry her closer and closer until—
BAM!
Korra’s eyes snapped open to see Ghazan stroll through the slammed-open door.
“I’m back!” He flashed a smile at Ming-Hua, who scowled at him.
“We’re going to lose the deposit on this apartment if you keep opening the door like that.”
Ghazan kicked the door closed and shrugged. “I’m pretty sure Zaheer said we shouldn’t get attached to the apartment, so I’m not worrying about it.”
“Let’s try to keep the door attached to the apartment, even if we’re not.”
Korra buried her face in her hands. “Augh, I was so close!”
“Oh, whoops.” Korra looked up to see Ghazan looked mildly apologetic. “Are you meditating in here?”
She glared at him. “Well, I was.”
He raised his hands in a gesture of innocence. “Well you normally don’t mind an interruption to rescue you away from the boring sitting thing, but since you seem so attached to it today, I guess you won’t mind.” Ghazan smiled.
Korra exchanged a glance with Ming-Hua, who shrugged. She looked back at Ghazan and crossed her arms. “I won’t mind what?”
Ghazan reached into his overcoat and pulled out a pair of tickets. “If I find someone else to go to the pro-bending quarterfinal match with me!”
“What?!” Korra sprang to her feet. “You bought tickets!”
“Zaheer is off getting himself recruited by terrorists, so he won’t know that I took you. I just saw P’li off at the city limits. She’s off to interrogate people by staring at them until they pee themselves looking at her forehead, so she’s not around to tell him.” Ghazan took two big steps over to Ming-Hua and put an arm around her shoulders. “And you wouldn’t say anything, would you?”
Ming-Hua cocked an eyebrow. “Can you make it worth my while?”
“Absolutely.” Ghazan winked before turning back to Korra. “The squares are gone, so I’m getting you out of the house for some fresh air. All this stress over Equalist stuff isn’t good for you.” For a moment, genuine concern showed through his energetic front. Korra wondered if Ming-Hua had said something to him about the conversation she’d had with her the other night.
“You two get out of here,” Ming-Hua said, drawing Korra’s attention. “I’m gonna keep working on the plans for the Tarrlok strike.”
The heaviness that pulled at the edges of Korra’s spirit swelled for a moment. Worry and fear tugged at her attention before she forcibly pushed them aside. She summoned a grin and found it felt real after a moment of wearing it. “Sounds good,” she said. “Let’s go!”
*
Ghazan looked a little strange, wrapped up to hide his tattoos with a high collar and hood to hide his face. Still, he strode down the street with his usual direct pace. His grin was the same too. “You know, I was a pro-bender once,” he said.
Korra rolled her eyes. “You tell this story every time pro-bending comes up.”
Ghazan snorted. “Yeah, well, it’s a good one and I bought you tickets, so shut up and listen.”
“Whatever,” Korra said. She couldn’t help but smile as he got going, however.
“Republic City is the center of the pro-bending, but there are miniature circuits all over the world,” Ghazan said. “You were just a little kid, like four, but we were in this town and in order to get access to this party, we needed someone to pose as an invite-worthy guest.”
“Why didn’t you guys just break in?” Whenever any of her guardians told repeat stories, she did her best to question and bother them on a different point each time.
“Because one of us needed to stay back with you and it was one of those towns where a single rich family basically owns the place and maintains a castle, complete with decent security. After liberating you, we were trying to lay low, so it’s really all your fault.” He elbowed her in the shoulder. “The plan was to get in as guests so we could take security down from the inside out before we took down the walls and opened the coffers up to the townspeople.”
She knew how the story went now. “The only problem was that—”
“—the only problem,” he cut her off, “was that the family’s son was apparently some minor earthbending underground champion.” Ghazan scoffed. “And he challenged me to a duel in the middle of the party. Apparently I forgot some minor rule while I was telling a story to the other guests. So I had to stop and take care of him before taking out security, which set us totally behind schedule.”
Korra elbowed him as they drew near the pro-bending arena gates. Security didn’t seem too tight, but it wouldn’t be prudent to talk about dinner party murders as they walked past the police, especially considering the danger of Ghazan being recognized.
If Zaheer wasn’t around, someone had to be the responsible one. Sort of. Even if she was doing something he would heartily disapprove of, Korra couldn’t help drawing on his lessons. She relaxed her pose and tried to let the alertness fade from her eyes. No looking around in her usual sweep, scanning for danger. She was just an average nonbending citizen, nothing special to note.
It was almost anticlimactic when the police barely glanced at them walking through, but that was kind of the point to begin with.
Ghazan finished up his story as they found their seats, but Korra barely heard him. She’d listened to pro-bending on the radio before, but she had never been able to imagine the splendor of the arena itself. From the dome to the playing field itself, it was an incredible structure.
There weren’t too many seats left open, but Ghazan had picked one of the least populated sections for them. It was too far back for Korra’s liking, but nobody was sitting immediately around them.
A familiar voice cut in a minute later to announce that the first quarterfinal match, the Fire Ferrets vs. the Black Quarry Boar-Q-Pines, would start shortly. Korra shot a grin at Ghazan, who chuckled and nodded back at her. Around them, the arena buzzed with excitement. Concerns about Amon and Equalists felt distant from Korra and from the people around them. Who could care about that when benders were about to beat the snot out of each other?
The announcer gave brief team bios as they athletes came onto the field. It basically came down to the Boar-Q-Pines being old and the Fire Ferrets being young and, notably, having the youngest pro-bender in the league.
Experience seemed to take the initial upper-hand as the match got underway. The Fire Ferret’s young, tiny waterbender was fast, but too light.
Korra glanced at Ghazan after a lucky shot knocked the small waterbender out of the ring. “They should put weights in her shoes,” she remarked. “It’d slow her down, but she might be able to take a hit if she did.”
He chuckled. “You used to be that small,” he said. “As proud as you are of those muscles, they’re a pretty recent development. She might gain some mass on her own in the next couple years.”
“And in the meantime?” Korra watched the Fire Ferret fire and earthbenders attempt a comeback, but fall just short of it before the round ended.
“In the meantime, she should focus on dodging.”
Korra snorted and let her eyes wander around the nearby crowd as the players prepared for round two. As she glanced down, however, Korra’s gaze caught on a head of gorgeous, wavy black hair. It seemed oddly familiar. A thread of anxiety pulled at Korra’s attention.
“No way,” Korra muttered.
“What was that?” Ghazan raised an eyebrow.
Korra tilted her head. “One sec.” She stood up and started making her way a few rows down.
Behind her, she heard Ghazan sigh. “No explanation, no hints. You’re too much like Zaheer sometimes.”
Once she’d moved down, she could see that the familiar hair belonged to a familiar face. Impulsively, Korra walked down the row and sat down beside her. “Hi there, Asami.”
The woman jumped as she turned to look back at Korra. “Oh!” Asami’s eyebrows shot up toward her hairline and she pressed her notebook to her chest. “Hello, Naga,” she said a beat later.
Korra heard Ghazan snicker a few rows back and ignored it. He’d probably heard Asami call her by her ridiculous alias, but she knew he wouldn’t blow her cover. “Yeah, hey.” Korra paused, briefly stuck on what, exactly, she wanted to say to this girl. “It’s, uh, surprising to see you here.”
A faint flush colored Asami’s cheeks. “Oh, well, I hadn’t expected to see you here either.”
Korra blinked. “Oh yeah.” She tried to do the mental exercise where she tried to think of what a real nonbending-Equalist-sympathizer would say, but went blank. “It’s quite the quarterfinal lineup here, huh?”
Asami studied her a moment before replying, “Indeed. The teams have come a long way this season.” She studied Korra, eyebrows furrowed.
And for a moment, it seemed ridiculously silly to Korra. She was observing Asami, trying to figure out what front to put on. Asami was clearly doing the same.
Dangers aside, it felt unbearably ridiculous and overwrought for Korra to continue acting as anybody but herself, or at least mostly herself, in the moment. She relaxed on the seat beside Asami and flashed her companion a genuine smile. “I just hadn’t taken you for a pro-bending fan was all.”
Asami’s eyes flashed, with caution and (maybe?) fear, but Korra flapped a hand at her. “Not because of that,” she said. “More because you just struck me less as a sports type and more of a studying type. I dunno, maybe I’m wrong?” She tilted her head.
Asami stared at her, incredulous. Then, seemingly to her own surprise, a smile appeared on her lips. A moment later, she laughed. “I’m a bit of both, I guess,” she said. “I, ah, I keep active, personally, but my real pursuits are more in the bookish realm.”
They simultaneously turned back to the arena as the second round started. A few seconds in, Korra belatedly replied, “I kind of got that too. I mean, you seemed pretty engaged in the match before I showed up, but you also brought a notebook.”
She sensed, rather than saw, Asami frown. “What’s wrong with bringing a notebook?”
Korra shrugged. “Well, I can tell you I’m more of a sports person than a studying person, and I certainly didn’t bring a notebook.”
“Anecdotal.” Asami’s objection came with a ringing laugh that made Korra smile.
They watched the rest of round two together with only occasional quips. When the Fire Ferrets came out on top, Asami made a noise of approval.
“You favor their team?” Korra asked.
Asami opened her mouth, then seemed to think better of it. She was still hesitating on her reply when Ghazan called down to them from where he was sitting.
“Hey, Naga, who’s your cute ladyfriend? Come back up and sit with your uncle Naghaz.”
Korra blushed, because it really was a terrible alias so of course he’d decided to give himself a matching one. “Sorry,” she muttered to Asami, who seemed a bit pink as well. “Do you mind if I move back up to sit with my uncle Naghaz?” Korra held back a wince as she said the name, but she knew she wouldn’t remember it unless she made herself use it a few times. “He kind of bought the tickets,” she continued, trailing off to imply the sort of familial debt most people accepted immediately.
Sure enough, Asami nodded. “Of course, of course. I wouldn’t want to intrude.”
“You wouldn’t be intruding,” Korra said automatically. “Why don’t you sit with us.” She hadn’t meant to invite Asami along, but, at the same time, there was something irresistibly curious about finding the Equalist, seemingly very engaged, at a pro-bending match. That and Asami was good company thus far. “It’s just, you know,” she continued. “Family.” She shrugged. Korra really wouldn’t know, but Asami probably did.
Asami frowned. “Yeah,” she said, “family.” A beat later, she glanced back at the ring. “If you’re moving, you should probably do it before the third round.”
“Come with me then,” Korra said. She smiled before getting up to move back beside Ghazan. She was pleased to hear Asami following behind her.
She had just enough time to sit next to Ghazan do introductions (“Naghaz, Asami. Asami, Naghaz.”) before round three started. For this match, Korra’s gaze kept gravitating toward the Fire Ferrets’ waterbender.
“She’s just so small,” Korra muttered.
“Well, she’s thirteen,” Asami said absently. She’d relaxed enough by now that Korra could tell she’d gone back to properly watching the match. “She showed up playing for the Ferrets a couple matches ago. Waterbending prodigy that just came out of nowhere.”
Ghazan snorted. “I’m surprised she’s allowed to play, actually. Pro-bending isn’t exactly a gentle sport.”
“There were a few injunctions to remove her,” Asami said. “But apparently the council can make pointless laws about plenty of things while forgetting to regulate legal adulthood and professional sports.”
Korra and Ghazan snorted and replied in tandem, “Well, that’s government.” Despite the reply being an inside Red Lotus joke, Asami still laughed lightly.
“It’s cool to watch her play, regardless,” Korra said. She could recognize traces of Southern Water Tribe style in the waterbender’s footwork. Pro-bending was rather different from most traditional bending styles, but footwork was the hardest thing to change. She resisted the urge to mention it to Asami, but made a mental note to tell Ghazan later. He’d appreciate the observation.
The end of the match came fast and furious, with the Fire Ferrets’ youth and speed finally coming to the fore in a distinct advantage. Their waterbender and earthbender (a sturdy fellow who seemed oddly familiar) worked together methodically to gain ground. They’d just breached Zone One of the Boar-Q-Pines’ side when the bell rang and the Fire Ferrets were declared the victors.
Korra, Asami, and Ghazan cheered their win and immediately began a recap of the match. Korra smiled as she watched the team ride the moving platform back to their locker room. As they passed in front of a spotlight, it cast them in a hard silhouette. Immediately, she recognized them.
“Really?” She asked. Seeing them in silhouette, there was no doubt that the three Fire Ferrets were the same benders who’d broken out of the Equalist revelation rally, rescuing the firebender.
Thankfully, Asami and Ghazan seemed to think she was talking about a point in the recap.
Korra glanced around the stadium curiously, because seriously how many people from that rally were at the stadium today? It wasn’t exactly as though ideologies were checked at the door, just papers.
Curiouser still, Korra saw another familiar figure waiting back at the Fire Ferrets’ locker room: Tenzin, the airbending master she’d briefly seen at Air Temple Island. She returned to the conversation, but her mind kept wandering back to the Fire Ferrets and Tenzin. Even in the five seconds she’d met him, he hadn’t exactly seemed like the pro-bending type.
Asami started giving them the rundown on the next two teams up to play. Despite being an Equalist, she was knowledgeable about all sixteen teams in the lineup. Despite having a notebook, a peek showed that she’d taken zero notes during the Fire Ferrets’ match.
Korra wished she could talk out the contradictions with Zaheer, who had a way of making everything clear-cut. Even Ming-Hua would be nice.
But she couldn’t, and there was something strangely nice about not being able to. It meant she had to sit there, pretending to be normal and finding it wasn’t all that bad. She had even, somehow, made a friend, just maybe.
The conversation came to a lull as the next two teams came up. Korra was watching the Bau Ling Buzzard Wasps when the arena brightened. She squinted her eyes to focus before recognizing the feeling of a vision coming on. Her last thought, before the vision whelmed her senses, was that maybe her meditation was doing her some good after all.
She didn’t recognize Aang at first when he turned around. First off, he had a head full of black hair. Second, he was wearing a belt around his head as a headband, covering his forehead tattoo.
“Ta-Da!” he declared with a grin. “Normal kid!”
The vision brightened, then flashed white. As the light faded, Korra took in a scene of Aang, still disguised, talking to a similarly-dressed Fire Nation kid.
“We were on our way to play hide-and-explode. You wanna come?” The other boy seemed friendly and about Aang’s age.
Aang grinned. “I’d love to!”
The vision shifted and Korra saw them playing together in a series of quick shots. Korra could feel the vision starting to wrap up as it changed one more time.
“It just so happens that I know several classic Fire Nation dances. A hundred years ago, this was known as ‘The Phoenix Flight.’”
Aang proceeded to do a ridiculous dance that involved squatting and kicking at the same time. Around him, the Fire Nation kids cheered as they started to join in. He called to some of them by name, clearly kids he’d become friends with. They called him ‘Kuzon’ in response and he responded to the name as readily as his own.
Even in disguise, Aang had an energy and vivacity that seemed to infect the whole room. He got everybody dancing and laughing. The smile on his face seemed no less genuine than the smile she’d seen on him while he was flying.
Korra blinked and the vision ended. The second match was just about to start. She placed a hand over her mouth to cover a smile. She couldn’t help it. Korra held no illusions about the mistakes her predecessor had gone on to make, but all of Zaheer’s lessons felt distant compared to the person, especially the kid, that she felt in her visions. She rolled her shoulders, trying to return herself to the present.
Ghazan noticed the shift and gave her a searching look. Korra responded with a look to say she’d tell him later.
Then the match started. Korra’s whole body felt relaxed.
Asami asked, “Who are you rooting for, Naga?”
And the name didn’t feel so strange.
“Buzzard Wasps,” Korra replied. She’d missed the other team’s introduction.
“Oooh, I’m cheering on the Moose Lions,” Asami replied, a hint of teasing in her voice. “But we should cheer on Rabaroos together next match.”
Korra smiled. “Totally,” she said. “But until then, the Moose Lions are going down!”
“Not happening!”
The question of whether Asami would hang out with her for the rest of the quarterfinal matches seemed unnecessary. Korra relaxed into the assurance, the kind of assumption she would make about a friend.
* * *
“I honestly don’t recall your dog being quite this big!”
“You haven’t visited recently.” Sakari shrugged. “Polarbear dogs go through a drastic growth spurt several years into their lives.”
Tenzin didn’t quite scowl, but it was close. “I... hadn’t realized.”
Mako smiled and leaned further against the railing. With Naga aboard, there wasn’t much room on the boat taking them to Air Temple Island. Tenzin had apparently arranged one of the smaller, private vessels to take them over. Mako strongly suspected they would be placed on a tour boat to go back to the city. The current arrangements were... cozy.
“I haven’t seen you since you were a young child, Sakari,” Tenzin said. He seemed to be going for the fondness an uncle might display, but it mostly came across as apologetic.
“I went through a drastic growth spurt too,” she said.
Mako snorted. He glanced down the rail as Bolin guffawed. “You haven’t grown too much,” Bolin said.
Sakari huffed. “Well at least I have the potential to get taller. You’re too old to get taller now.”
Sakari and Bolin bantered back and forth for a bit about whether or not she’d grow to be as tall as Bolin. Mako just watched feeling a little too tired from the match to join in. He kept glancing back down toward Tenzin, who seemed a bit ruffled. Mako got the sense he didn’t hang out with a lot of young people. A minute later, however, he started to relax.
Mako still didn’t trust that he wouldn’t just pull some authority card and take Sakari out from under his and Bolin’s nose, but the man seemed decent enough.
Air Temple Island, however, was breathtaking. He’d always seen it out in the bay, but he’d never been there before. It had never seemed like the kind of place for dirty street kids. After he and Bolin moved into the arena, visiting the spiritual tourist attraction hadn’t exactly been a priority. But it really was beautiful. The architecture was unlike anything else in the city.
As they drew close to the dock, Mako could see two kids waiting there, one boy and one girl. They waved as the boat started to dock, yelling “Hi Daddy!” Tenzin raised a hand in response, though he was too occupied with the boat’s grumpy captain (who seemed a bit put out about Naga’s inclusion) to give them his full attention.
Before the boat had properly docked, Pabu took a running leap off Naga’s nose onto the dock. The moment he landed, the little boy shouted and started running off after him. Pabu ran around in circles before eventually hiding on top of the girl’s head.
Mako frowned as he clambered out of the boat. “Hey, leave Pabu alone you two.”
The girl with Pabu on her head smiled. “Oh, his name is Pabu? I think that’s great. He looks like a Pabu to me. Where did you get a fire ferret by the way? Aren’t they native to the Fire Nation? Does that mean you’re from the Fire Nation? You look kind of like you might be, but also not. Hm.” She stopped to take a breath, then tilted her head.
On top of her head, Pabu adjusted his posture and tilted his head too.
Mako blinked. “Uh.” He nearly stumbled trying to find his footing on the dock.
“This is Ikki,” Tenzin said, extricating himself from the boat. “My younger daughter.” He gestured to the first child Mako had seen chasing Pabu. “And this is Meelo, my older son.”
“Oldest boy! Best child!” Meelo had started yanking on Ikki’s arm, trying to reach Pabu.
Mako swapped a blank look with Sakari. She looked at him a little fearfully. Though she didn’t talk about her home much, she’d mentioned being rather isolated. Mako got the feeling she hadn’t spent much time around other kids, older or younger.
He moved to stand next to her right as Bolin pushed around Naga from the back of the boat. “Pabu! You made some new friends!” Pabu readily jumped off of Ikki’s head up onto Bolins’s shoulder. Bolin turned and smiled down at Ikki. “I rescued Pabu from a pythonaconda that was gonna have him for dinner. They’re actually native to the bamboo forests of the central Earth Kingdom and I’m not sure why they’re called Fire Ferrets. We’re not from the Fire Nation, but our mom was descended from Fire Nation colonists and that’s why Mako is a firebender. We look kind of not because our dad was from Ba Sing Se and that’s why I’m an earthbender.” Bolin finished the answers in one-breath and smiled.
Ikki considered Bolin’s answers for a moment, then nodded. “That’s acceptable.”
Meelo had stopped pulling on Ikki’s arm and was looking up at Bolin with respect. “You saved him from a super big snake,” he whispered.
Bolin smiled. “Sure did!”
“Now, Ikki, Meelo,” Tenzin took a step forward. “Thank you for waiting for me, but it’s time—”
Ikki cut him off. “Hey so did you help your brother save Pabu from the snake or—” She glanced back over toward Mako. She cut off mid-sentence and her eyes widened. “Ohmigosh, you must be Sakari!”
Sakari, normally outspoken, just nodded mutely and took a diagonal step so she was half behind Mako.
Before Ikki could come over and harass Sakari, Tenzin stepped firmly between them. “Sakari and her friends have come here for a very important reason, Ikki, Meelo. I need you two to find somewhere else to be for the time being.”
Ikki’s face fell and Meelo’s lip started trembling in the beginnings of a pout. Mako opened his mouth, intending to say something to stabilize the situation. He wasn’t quite sure what he was going to say when Bolin swept in. He plopped Pabu on Ikki’s head and grinned as he scooped Meelo off the ground with one arm.
“Why don’t you guys go on ahead,” he said. “I’m gonna hang here with the airbender kids.” He gave Meelo a light toss and laughed when the kid bent the air beneath his feet into a cushion before he hit the ground.
“Oh, well, thank you, Bolin.” Tenzin seemed pleasantly surprised.
While Ikki was occupied with petting Pabu on top of her head, Bolin took a few quick steps over toward Mako and Sakari. He gave her a quick side-hug. “I’ll be right down here when it’s ready to go, or if you need any more support hugs.” He shot her a warm smile, then turned to Mako. “If someone up that hill kidnaps her, I’m holding you accountable. Call me if you need backup.” He said it lightly, but Mako knew he meant it.
A moment later, Bolin was right back to playing with the kids, asking them to show him different airbending tricks.
Tenzin didn’t waste the opportunity, whisking Mako and Sakari up the long steps to the main part of the island. He gave a few brief descriptions and some history along the way, keeping the conversation light. Sakari seemed to relax as they got some distance between her and the other kids. She still kept a hand on Naga as they went, however.
As Sakari refused to part with Naga, Tenzin decided they should talk at a semi-secluded pavilion along one side of the island. Sakari seemed even smaller sitting with her back against the huge dog.
“Let me know if it’s time for us to go ahead of schedule.” Mako smiled at her while Tenzin quickly went inside to fetch the letters.
“It’ll be fine,” Sakari said, arms crossed.
“Okay,” Mako said. He leaned back against one of the support columns. Sakari didn’t seem to want to talk, so he just enjoyed the sea breeze until Tenzin returned.
“These are all the letters I’ve received from your parents since you went missing,” he said, handing them to her. “They wrote to me as soon as you disappeared almost two months ago.” The admonishing note that Mako disliked crept back into Tenzin’s voice as he sat down. “They’ve been worried sick,” he said.
Sakari, who had just started to open the first letter, closed it again. She looked right up at Tenzin and frowned, letting the silence go on for several uncomfortable seconds. “I didn’t go missing,” she said at length. “And I didn’t disappear. As I’m certain these letters say, I left them a note telling them both that I’d left and why. Don't act as though I ended up in Republic City by magic. I didn't go missing; I ran away.”
Mako blinked, then moved a step closer to Naga and Sakari to show his support of her statements. She glanced at him before levelling her gaze back on Tenzin.
For his part, Tenzin seemed to be containing a slightly temperamental response. He managed to suppress whatever his first response was, instead merely crossing his arms. “I understand,” he said stiffly. “these are all the letters I've received from your parents since you ran away then. The most recent was received this morning, in response to the message I sent saying that I’d found you.”
Sakari nodded as she opened the first letter back up and began to read in silence.
As she read through all the letters, Mako briefly wondered if they would be enough to change her mind. Though Sakari had held completely firm in her conviction to stay (or at least her decision not to go back) in the couple weeks he’d known her, he had to wonder if reading about her worried-sick-parents might cause a shift.
As she read through, her shoulders lowered and she seemed to soften somewhat. By the time she finished the last letter, Mako was honestly wondering if she’d be getting on a different boat off the island. Found family was all well and good, but she was thirteen, a kid. What kind of kid wouldn’t miss their parents?
She looked up after folding up the last letter. Mako stopped worrying. Though clearly moved, the usual determination he saw in her expression hadn’t faded in the slightest. “I’d like to write a letter to my parents,” she said firmly. “Can I do that here?”
Tenzin nodded. “I’d hoped you would ask, actually.” He smiled gently. “We’ll have to go inside for that. Would it be alright to leave Naga outside?”
Sakari hesitated, leaning further back into Naga’s fluffy fur. Then she nodded. “That’s fine,” she said. “Just for a little bit.”
“Right this way then.”
They left Naga behind in a courtyard and proceeded inside to a small writing desk. Mako looked around the interior curiously. The building was a very sparse style, but it felt more intentional than sparse by necessity. Mako and Bolin’s loft at the arena was sparse because they didn’t have the money to make it anything different.
Once Tenzin settled Sakari with a pen and paper, he seemed a bit fidgety about something. Sakari had settled into a rhythm of writing when he cleared his throat. “Sakari,” he said, “I just wanted to remind you that a great deal of your parents’ anxieties come from your sist—”
“I know! I know where they’re coming from,” Sakari snapped. She took a sharp breath and clenched her hand around the pen. “I’m more than well aware, Master Tenzin.” She brusquely turned back to her letter and continued writing.
Tenzin scrunched his moustache and looked as though he was about to address her tone when a knock sounded at the door. Sakari didn’t look up. Mako glanced at Tenzin and raised an eyebrow. The older man sighed and smoothed out his robes before stepping outside to speak to whoever it was.
While he was gone, Mako leaned against the writing desk. “So... is your sister why you ran away?” He didn’t want to push the issue, but he was dying of curiosity. That and, no matter the circumstances, he couldn’t fathom leaving Bolin behind... anywhere. For any reason.
Sakari wouldn’t quite meet his eyes as she sighed. “I don’t really want to talk about it right now,” she said. “But I can tell you later, another time.”
He wasn’t sure if she was being truthful or not, but he wasn’ about to push it. Also, if it were genuine, it was an answer he could respect. “Sure thing,” he said. “I’ll wait until you bring it up.”
Outside the door, Mako heard a small female voice that reminded him a little of Ikki. As he listened, he could hear Tenzin ask about a tour and a reply something along the lines of being good, but ‘not as good as yesterday.’
A minute later, as Sakari finished the letter, Tenzin opened the door. “Come in,” he said to the girl behind him. “Sakari, are you done?”
Sakari stood up and nodded. “Yeah,” she said. “Just finished.”
“I’d like to introduce you to someone.” He stepped aside, revealing a girl who seemed older than Ikki, but younger than Sakari. “This is my eldest child, Jinora.” He gestured back to Sakari and Mako. “Jinora, this is Sakari, whom I’ve mentioned before, and Mako, her friend.”
Jinora took a step forward and smiled. “Nice to meet you, Sakari, Mako.”
She had none of the frantic energy that had radiated off of Ikki and Meelo. Mako sensed Sakari relaxing slightly beside him. “Hello, Jinora,” she said. A beat later, she folded her letter and handed it to Tenzin. “Here’s the letter,” she said.
“Thank you,” Tenzin said. The four of them stood awkwardly.
Sakari cleared her throat. “Have you ever met a polarbear dog?” she asked.
Jinora shook her head. “No. Have you ever met a flying bison?”
“Nope.” Sakari smiled. “Let’s head outside. I’ll introduce you to Naga.”
Tenzin stepped aside, then followed Jinora and and Sakari into the hallway. Mako fell into step beside him as they started making their way back outside. Jinora and Sakari seemed a bit mutually awkward, but friendly enough. Sakari hadn’t frozen up at least.
For all that she was a bending prodigy, she was still a kid. While Mako and Bolin had promised to be there for her, it would be good for Sakari to have a friend her own age.
“That pro-bending match really was something,” Tenzin said stiffly.
“Did you enjoy watching?” Mako raised an eyebrow.
Tenzin didn’t answer for a moment. “Sakari seemed to do alright dodging for the most part, but that one firebending blast knocked her right out of the ring.”
“That was a lucky shot,” Mako said. “I’ve been practicing with her and can tell you with absolute confidence that she can handle her own.”
Tenzin nodded reluctantly. “I have to say, I was impressed for the most part. I knew Sakari was a waterbender, but not the extent of her abilities.”
Mako chuckled. “You should have seen her at our tryouts. She just came in and BAM!” He stopped in the doorway and watched the girls walking into the courtyard where Naga was sleeping. He smiled at them before turning back to Tenzin.
The man didn’t look particularly enamored of the tryouts story. “Where is Sakari staying right now?”
“Bolin and I got a bed made up for her at our loft in the arena. It’s even got security, since the arena gets patrolled regularly.”
“What about food? Do you have enough to feed her?”
Mako crossed his arms. “I’ve got it covered.” He understood Tenzin’s concerns, but didn’t appreciate the implication that he couldn’t take care of her.
“And do you truly have it covered?” Tenzin’s eyebrows drew together. “If it’s a matter of money, I could see about having some—”
“I’ve got things under control.” Mako frowned.
“NAGA! NO!”
Mako whipped his head around to see the giant dog had knocked Jinora flat on her back. Sakari was pushing, with no result, against Naga’s head. The dog seemed to be sniffing Jinora intently.
Mako ran over and helped Sakari push Naga’s nose aside. “Hey, get off her!”
Frankly, Mako didn’t think his efforts made much of a difference. When Naga was done sniffing Jinora, she gave her a big lick and sat up.
“Oh gosh, I’m so sorry!” Sakari dropped to her knees to help Jinora sit up. “Are you okay?”
Jinora nodded mutely. She looked a bit ruffled, but no worse for wear. “Y-yeah.”
Sakari shot a glare at Naga before turning back to Jinora. “I think she likes you. But I’m so, so sorry about that.” Naga didn’t look especially sorry. She kept nudging Sakari’s elbow with her muzzle and looking between her and Jinora.
Jinora chuckled as got back up to her feet. “It’s okay,” she said. “I’ve been bowled over by sky bison before.”
“Oh wow, I’ve only read about sky bison in books before.” Sakari pushed Naga off and rubbed her ears.
“Hey, I heard screaming, is everybody okay?” Bolin dashed around the corner with Ikki sitting on his shoulders and Meelo hanging on one arm. “What happened?”
Ikki catapulted off of Bolin’s head. “Hey! Why does Jinora get to hang out with Sakari?”
Meelo dropped off of Bolin’s arm and spun himself an air scooter before hitting the ground. “Bolin made us ramps to jump off!” he yelled, taking a quick loop around Bolin before he started off for Sakari.
Ikki reached her first. “So we never got to talk about your dog before because I got really distracted by Pabu, who is super cute. That isn’t to say that your dog isn’t cute, just that Pabu’s cuteness factor is so high that most other things just pale in comparison. So I guess I was wondering if I could meet your dog now.”
Sakari opened her mouth, but no words came out. She took a step back.
Mako and Tenzin started forward at the same time.
Before they could make it over, Jinora stepped forward. “Ikki, Meelo, this is Naga.” She gently turned their shoulders to focus on the polarbear dog. “Sakari and I are going to go look at bison, but until we get back, you can play with her.” She glanced back at Sakari. “Do you think they could use her as a ramp for their air scooters?”
Sakari blinked. “Sure,” she said. “What could go wrong?”
Mako wasn’t sure if she meant it sarcastically, but the airbender kids definitely took the statement literally. Jinora gave Ikki and Meelo a quick push towards the dog (who sniffed them, but not nearly as enthusiastically as she had Jinora) and turned back to Sakari. She nodded towards a gate out of the courtyard and the two girls started jogging away before the younger kids could notice.
Tenzin and Mako immediately picked up the pace to follow them. Mako spared a glance back for Bolin. “You got this, bro?”
“I’m good, I got it!” Bolin seemed slightly less than sure, but turned back towards the kids anyway.
Once they were out of sight of the courtyard, Sakari and Jinora slowed down a bit. Mako took the opportunity to tap Tenzin on the shoulder. “Master Tenzin,” he said, “Things aren’t perfect. The schedule is a little hectic and Sakari is gonna get bruises playing as our waterbender.” Tenzin’s frown deepened, but Mako kept going. “But things are as good as they’ve ever been lately. There’s food on the table every day. We have a place to crash. I probably don’t look like it, but I’m responsible. I’ve been looking after Bolin for years. I can handle Sakari, don’t worry.”
Tenzin’s disapproving expression softened. “You’ve been looking after your brother for how long?”
Mako shrugged. “Years. We’re orphans. That’s how it works on the street.” He smiled. “But look at us now: we’re off the street, making an honest living as pro-benders.” He paused. “I also work some hours at the power plant, just to supplement things.”
“You... you do seem to be a capable young man,” Tenzin said at length. “It would reassure me greatly if I could check in from time to time, but...”
“Not a problem,” Mako said. Plus, if Tenzin brought Jinora when he came to check on them, it would mean a bit more normal kid socialization for Sakari.
He smiled, watching Jinora introduce Sakari to a sky bison named Oogi. Jinora nearly fell over laughing when the bison gave Sakari a gigantic lick in greeting!
Mako chuckled. Beside him, Tenzin covered his mouth and laughed quietly.
“Do you want to ride him?” Jinora asked when Sakari recovered from the lick.
Sakari bounced on her feet. “Oh that would be so—” She stopped, then glanced back at Mako and frowned. “Sorry, Jinora,” she said, turning back. “That sounds really fun, but Mako, Bolin, and I haven’t had dinner yet.” She rubbed the back of her neck. “We should probably actually be heading out soon.”
Tenzin took a few steps forward. “You could stay for dinner here,” he offered. “Though I’m sure you know everything is vegetarian.”
Sakari turned and smiled at Mako. He shrugged back at her. It was his policy to never pass up a free meal, but if Sakari wanted to head out he wouldn’t try and make her stay.
“Let’s stay for dinner then,” she said.
“Sounds like a plan.” Mako smiled.
The four of them strolled back to the courtyard of the main building at a leisurely pace.
“Have you ever read about Avatar Aang’s adventures?” Sakari asked, tentative.
Jinora smiled. “He’s my grandfather! Of course I have!” She sighed. “I just wish we would take a trip to the south pole! I have so many questions I want to ask Gran-gran about what happened after they defeated the Fire Lord.”
Sakari smiled broadly. “Well... as it happens, I’ve talked to Master Katara about that stuff plenty! She’s my waterbending teacher!”
Mako raised an eyebrow at that bit of information (it would explain part of Sakari’s abilities, being trained by a world-famous waterbending master), but said nothing as Sakari and Jinora chatted amiably about Aang’s adventures. As they drew near to the main building, he turned to Tenzin. “Say, how about you and Jinora come out and watch our semifinals match,” he said. “The two of you could watch from backstage.”
Tenzin tilted his head and stopped walking for a beat. He nodded. “That sounds like a good plan,” he said.
* * *
“Okay, so that guy was totally trained in Northern Water Tribe style,” Naga said. “Watch his feet. Wait, there!” She pointed. “See the way he turned his ankle on that move?”
Asami leaned forward, following Naga’s gaze. She hadn’t noticed before, but there was definitely something there. “Okay, so what kind of implications does that have?”
“Well because of how Northern Style sets their stances, it leaves a hard tension along the calf that can be exploited by a hard, low sideblow.”
“Really...” Asami scribbled a note in her notebook. She’d never considered the advantages that could be exploited between different basic schools of bending, as opposed to just the differences between fire, water, and earth. She tapped a pen against her lips, then scribbled something else down. “But are the differences enough to take advantage of them without prior study?”
“I guess it comes down to the process of practicing identification and being able to reincorporate it on the fly,” Naga said, shrugging.
Asami glanced toward her and raised an eyebrow. “Does it now?” She couldn’t begin to guess where Naga had learned all of this. The way she talked, it was clearly more than pure theory. The more astute observations and technical discussions had snuck their way in, little by little, as the matches went on.
At first, they’d both tried to backtrack away from their obviously combat-minded perspectives. But... by the seventh match it was almost a game, pretending their discussion was focused solely on the match at hand.
Naga took on an innocent expression. She looked awkward, but her smile was genuine. “Maybe.”
“I’ll, ah, take that into account.” Asami smiled back, studying Naga closely. Despite knowing Asami was an Equalist, she hadn’t made a move one way or another with the information. She could tell the other girl was being generally honest with her, but she was clearly keeping a secret of some sort. Her eyes, blue and alert, studied Asami right back.
Their gazes met and they laughed. Asami didn’t feel threatened around Naga, which also made her wonder if she was overthinking things. Whatever her secret was, she’d been good company at the pro-bending match for the past several hours.
Naghaz cleared his throat. “Well you’ll have to excuse me, ladies. I have to go take a leak. I’ll be back in time for the last match.”
Asami chuckled, though Naga seemed a bit embarrassed by her uncle’s behavior.
“Sorry about him,” Naga whispered.
“That’s alright,” Asami said. “He’s got a lot of character.” She ran a hand through her hair. “Sorry for commandeering your family outing, by the way.”
“No, no,” Naga waved her off. “I was the one who approached you and invited you back. If I ended up talking to you more than my uncle, that’s alright. He’s pretty chill.”
Frankly, Asami wasn’t sure she’d met someone more laid back in months. She couldn’t tell if it was his real attitude or if she was just surrounded by disproportionately uptight people. Between Future Industries and her Equalist work, she didn’t meet a lot of laidback people. “He’s a nice guy,” she said. More than being genuinely funny in his own right, she found she liked him because of the obvious rapport he had with Naga. They were funny and genuinely relaxing to be around. He seemed completely tuned out from the discussion Naga and Asami were having, however. Did he know what Naga’s secret was? Wherever she’d learned this stuff, was it tied to her family, or completely separate?
Or was Asami just overthinking a stranger who knew some convenient trivia? She sighed.
“Say, are you busy after this?” Naga smiled. “Let’s grab some dinner together. I can only subsist on popcorn for so long.”
Asami smiled back instinctively. She was halfway to saying ‘Yeah’ when she remembered her obligations. Her mother would be expecting her to supervise the shipment. “Sorry,” she said. “I’ve got something I have to go take care of right after this last match.
“Well, I guess I’ll see you the next time I conveniently run into you then.” Naga frowned.
“Is it possible to schedule a random encounter?” Asami tilted her head. She wasn’t about to give Naga her full name and contact information, but she did hope to see the other young woman again sometime soon.
Naga snapped her fingers. “How about this: let’s meet up at the next pro-bending match? We could cheer on the Fire Ferrets and Rabaroos together in the semifinals.”
Frankly, Asami had no idea if she’d be able to sneak out to semifinals. She probably couldn’t justify another ‘research’ trip. “I don’t think that’s possible,” she admitted.
Naga’s face fell. Asami immediately regretted not being able to go.
“It’s not possible,” she continued, “because the Fire Ferrets and Rabaroos are playing one another in the semis.” She stuck her tongue out as Naga’s expression leapt from disappointment to indignant happiness.
“That was terrible.”
Asami laughed. “I know.”
“At the next match then?”
“Deal.”
Notes:
So what are you guys thinking so far? The fic is going to start picking up the pace soon as the pro-bending tournament advances. Small spoiler: The Fire Ferrets are probably gonna make it to finals :P
What was your favorite part of the chapter and what are you most looking forward to happening soon?
Chapter 5: City of Plots and Secrets
Summary:
Asami volunteers for a new mission while Korra runs into a familiar face while doing recon. Also "Naga" meets Naga!
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter Five: City of Plots and Secrets
(It's a Small City After All)
“The mecha suit interiors were delivered on schedule,” Asami said. She handed a stack of papers to her mother on her right without looking at her. “I’ve prepared a timeline of expected delivery waves.”
The papers circulated around the table. The Equalist leaders nodded as they skimmed down the report.
Amon didn’t look down at the paper. “Will they be done in time for our revolution?”
“Not all of them,” Asami said. She held back a sigh. Her mother had a habit of talking up their production capabilities when the reality was reasonable, but not quite that fast. “But a significant portion will be complete. More than enough for our needs and equal to what was requisitioned.” Though she couldn’t see his face, she could sense Amon’s displeasure. “The first two waves of production will be complete in time for our takeover,” she clarified. “and they are more than equal to our requirements. My risk analysis has estimated that anticipated mecha suit damages and losses in that first attack should be recuperated and exceeded by the third wave’s completion.”
Liu nodded. If it wasn’t a meeting, Asami sensed that he would have shot her a smile. “It sounds as though you’re right on schedule,” he said.
“Our underground production team is working round the clock,” Yasuko said.
Asami nodded, but it wasn’t quite true. They didn’t have enough workers to maintain that kind of pace and she refused to work them to death. The Equalist production team was, however, sleeping on-premises. That was close enough, and her mother was too busy to visit the factory personally, so it didn’t matter.
“Good,” Amon said. “Anything else?”
It wasn’t quite a real question. It was the sort of thing people said in meetings to get things moving on to the next topic.
But Asami cleared her throat. “Yes, actually.” She pulled out another stack of papers and handed them to Yasuko again. “I’ve compiled a list of fine-point notes on fighting benders of different styles. Most of the information is on the notes I’ve prepared, but it amounts to small tweaks an experienced chi-blocker could take advantage of. The notes feature shorthands to quickly diagnose a bender’s background based on their stance and quick takedowns or weak points inherent to that style.”
“This is… unexpected.” Amon’s voice bore a trace of surprise. “A curious field of study for an engineer to pursue.”
Asami felt her mother’s eyes on her and turned to meet her sharp gaze. “Indeed,” Yasuko said. “Where did you pick this up again?”
An image of Naga’s smiling face flashed into her mind, full of laughter and sharp perceptions. Asami pushed the memory of the girl aside. “I attended the pro-bending quarterfinal matches,” she said, “and took notes on my observations.” Granted, those observations hadn’t been made entirely alone, but they didn’t need to know that.
“Well done,” Liu said, flipping through her notes. He nodded, clearly impressed. The rest of the table seemed fairly interested as well, though her mother had yet to open her copy of the notes.
“I have a bit of additional research as well,” Asami said, stifling a yawn. Once Naga got her started thinking about it, the topic had been too interesting to resist looking into further. “To maximize usability, I did some supplemental research.” She pulled out a hefty report and slid it down the table to Liu. “I did a breakdown of some demographic information, specifically for your forces, Lieutenant. That should tell you where in the city you’re most likely to face benders hailing from certain schools of combat. I cross-referenced that information with what we already know about the triads to make a quick-reference list. It may not be helpful if our people are jumped in an alley, but for pre-planned strikes, I thought it might be of some help.”
“Potentially,” said the Director of Recruitment. He crossed his arms. “And it’s impressive, it really is, but I’m not sure how applicable it would be for my students.”
“Not yours, no.” Liu waved a hand. He was already several pages into her demographic report, glancing quickly between it and the bender style notes. “It would just complicate things for beginning chi-blockers,” he said, “But this will be an excellent course of study for my advanced students.” He inclined his head toward her. “Thank you, Asami,” he said.
“It’s impressive,” Amon said, though he didn’t sound especially pleased. “In the short time since you’ve taken up a position at this table, you’ve taken strong initiative towards furthering our cause.” He nodded an acknowledgement toward her. “Maintain that fervor,” he said. “Dangerous waters await us.”
He shifted his attention across the table toward a woman with graying hair pulled into a severe bun. “You are the Equalist finger on Republic City’s pulse,” he said. “We can all feel the energy shifting within the people of this city. What perspectives can you offer?”
“Tarrlok requires our attention,” she said immediately. “His task force began as a premature response, a way for him to get on the streets, pose for photos, and prove himself to be a small nuisance. In many ways, his premature response was a good thing for us, at least in the realm of public relations.” Her expression hardened. “Since his bust on one of our training facilities, however, this task force has proven more and more troublesome.”
“Our facilities haven’t been compromised a second time,” Liu said. Asami remembered he had been more than personally offended by the first raid’s success.
“No, but his crackdowns are coming down on unaffiliated non-benders now,” the older woman continued. “It’s a complete abuse of bending authority. To compensate for his own inability to land another blow on our movement, he’s responded by randomly and harshly enforcing the curfews.”
Someone farther down the table said, “Those have been in place for months now. They’re never enforced.”
“Well Tarrlok has decided that selective and outrageous abuses of the law are par for the course for the non-benders of this city.” The woman turned to Amon. “I understand that the takeover is coming, as is our action for the pro-bending finals. However, I would implore you, Amon, and the board, to consider more expedited action against Tarrlok.”
Asami’s hands clenched under the table. She felt her jaw locking and, with everybody else, her gaze swiveled down the table toward Amon.
More and more frequently lately, Asami found herself at odds with the movement. She would never admit it in this room, but she honestly couldn’t say she supported the full takeover. So many times, the Equalists had responded to stimuli moving to a further extreme, leaving her behind.
But this. This she could agree with. Tarrlok personified all the reasons she was an Equalist.
Everyone looked down the table, waiting on Amon’s word.
Amon nodded. “We will send a message.”
Asami smiled grimly. Allowing Tarrlok’s abuses to continue unabated… she couldn’t imagine it.
“We’ll take him,” Amon continued. “Vanish him into the night. Leave no trace, just enough hints to leave us credit.”
“When?” Liu asked, always business.
Amon considered. “After finals. Before the takeover.”
The conversation quickly shifted to listing necessary roles. Who would be on the strike team? Who would manage retrieval? Where would they move him?
Amon seemed uncharacteristically involved, but that was to be expected. Tarrlok wasn’t just another kidnapped bender, he was a politician.
Yasuko, who normally jumped in to offer perspectives, seemed oddly uninvolved. Asami ignored her. Her mother had been acting coldly since their argument over Future Industries, priorities, and the pro-bending match. She knew Yasuko had met Tarrlok a few times on business, but if she wasn’t inclined to share any of that information there wasn’t anything Asami could do about that.
Eventually Liu frowned. “We’ll need observant members to do some reconnaissance on both his home and his office at city hall.” He tugged on his mustache. “I don’t have any intel on either, and we need to choose our strike location quickly.”
“I’ll do it,” Asami said abruptly.
The table turned to look at her, minus her mother. At this point in the meeting, Asami was almost used to it.
“We’ll need that to happen today, if we’re going to plan and carry out our strikes in time,” Liu said. “Are you sure you have the time?” His frown spoke to more than just the concerns of business, but she could assuage his concerns later.
Asami could see her mother turn and look at her finally. They were supposed to work together this afternoon, making a dent in their joint list of engineering projects.
But Asami didn’t really feel like playing the pet inventor, not when she knew they would only work on the projects her mother prioritized. She’d presented her own findings today, contributing as a member of the board, not as Yasuko’s daughter. She had her own research and her own projects that were valuable to the organization.
Briefly, she met her mother’s eyes. She couldn’t tell what Yasuko was thinking behind the mask of neutrality she wore, but she knew her mother would not approve of Asami breaking their normal schedule.
“I’m open,” she said. “Though I only have time to cover one location.” Taking an afternoon break was fine, but Asami did have stuff to get done.
“You can get Tarrlok’s house then,” the Director boomed. “One of my new recruits does the cleaning at City Hall. I’ll get in contact with her and we’ll get the intel on his office. As things stand, I can tell you Tarrlok consistently works late nights in his office.”
“This is perfect,” Liu said. He started taking brisk notes. “Once I receive the reports, I’ll compile a team and choose a night between finals and the takeover.” He glanced up at both Asami and the Director. “Whichever location we choose, I’ll want the recon for that place to come along with us, so either you, Asami, or your recruit from City Hall.”
The director nodded. Asami did too, after a beat. She hadn’t expected to tag along on the mission itself. There really wasn’t any backing out of it at this point, however.
She’d think about it some more. If she were really so uncomfortable, she would speak to Liu privately and ask him if she could sit this one out. And all this was only if they chose to do the strike at Tarrlok’s house anyway.
“Continue your preparations, Lieutenant,” Amon said. “But account for my presence as well. From the intelligence I’ve heard, Tarrlok is no armchair bending politician. Though I have full confidence in your abilities, I will be accompanying the team as well.”
Asami swallowed hard. For Amon to come along was even more unusual. There was also no backing out on her end if he was accompanying them. Still, this was better than playing the pet inventor back at home. If she got back early enough, she could work on her own projects in her private workshop.
She spent the rest of the meeting mentally reviewing what she knew about Tarrlok. She’d passed by his home a few times, but had never gone inside. Still, Asami was familiar with that part of town. She would have to drop by the house to pick up some stealth gear, but after that she could head right over. Asami was, as Amon had said, primarily an engineer. Asami didn’t wear the full Equalist chi-blocker garb much, but the prospect excited her. Whenever she did wear it, she felt capable and alert, ready to take action.
At least spying on Tarrlok was something she could say, definitively, was the right thing to do. Lately, that assurance seemed to be a rare commodity.
* * *
Breaking into benders’ houses was always the easiest. They always valued their own strength over spending money on better security, better locks, or anything that might actually prevent Korra from breaking in.
First: the retaining wall. Tarrlok’s home had a small, pretty courtyard contained by a decorative wall of interlocked stone and metal. She couldn’t just bend it, and even though she was certain Tarrlok’s guards didn’t stand a chance, Korra passed them by and circled around back. Lightly dragging her fingers along the stone, she eventually felt the back gate at the rear corner of the courtyard.
No waterbender would trap themselves behind a wall they couldn’t bend. Not without an escape.
To the average passerby, this just looked like another stretch of the wall. Standing right by it, however, she could see a pair of well-formed holes trying to pass themselves off as cracks in the mortar.
And what other key for a powerful waterbender but water itself? Korra casually pulled on her gloves while she waited for a few passerby to reach the end of the alley. Once they were out of sight, she quickly pulled out a tendril of water from her supply and split it, sending it into the cracks.
Inside, she could sense the water navigating a complex mechanism. Frankly, she wasn’t quite sure how it worked. Engineering wasn’t exactly her strong suit. She had, however, learned how to pick locks when she was ten.
A lock’s unlocked state was always set far away from its state of rest. It wouldn’t do for Tarrlok’s door to pop open in a rainstorm, and the advantage of water in this instance was its ability to fill organic spaces.
She guided her water upward, around several bends, until it reached a small chamber. Korra clenched her fist and froze it inside. The ice expanded and pushed the buttons. Leaning against the wall, Korra felt a small pop. She smirked as she let herself inside, drawing the water back out of the lock on the way. She pulled on a face covering as the door shut behind her.
After the wall came the house. Houses were her favorite part, actually. Under Zaheer and Ming Hua’s guidance, Korra had broken into and out of forts, palaces, storage barns, and battleships.
But houses were so ordinary and she’d never lived in one, not long-term. They were common, but foreign. Maybe that’s why she liked them.
Rich people’s homes were especially foreign to her. She usually wasn’t even sure what half the rooms in the house were for. They’d done a few undercover visits, posing as merchants and receiving a few tours, but Korra mostly just learned that The Red Lotus had an unintentional tradition of killing people in their front halls.
She waited behind a bush until one of the guards went by, making her rounds. She tailed the woman about halfway around the building to visually confirm that she went back to the front gate. She wanted to ditch the guard earlier, but this was one of Zaheer’s more insistent lessons. She thought out strategy in the meantime.
If Ming-Hua was taking point on Tarrlok’s assassination, Korra would want to scout out a staged route for her. P’li preferred Korra to pick a single vantage point she could aim from, and Zaheer needed the ability to get into close quarters as quickly as possible. Ghazan was as likely to sink the foundation in lava as he was to use the door, but Ming-Hua excelled moving from strong location to strong location, preferably with water nearby.
Patience was not in Korra’s nature, but she waited anyway, if only to credit her teachers. Once the guard was back where she belonged, Korra returned to studying the building for entry points, backtracking to a side door she’d passed earlier near one of the courtyard’s many ponds. That would be a good point for Ming-Hua to enter from.
A cursory test revealed the door was unlocked. She rolled her eyes. Trusting in walls made people careless of their homes, but at least it made her job easier. She slipped inside and pulled the door shut behind her.
Glancing around, Korra took in Tarrlok’s enormous, obnoxious atrium and smirked. He had an expensive-looking water feature that ran the length of the room down the center.
“Nice room to die in,” she whispered to herself. “Another front hall job.”
She resisted the urge to swipe one of Tarrlok’s many Water Tribe artifacts, bone clubs and intricately carved necklaces, out of a nearby case. She had a particular weakness for Water Tribe things, since she’d grown up away from her culture, but she knew better than to steal on a mission. Most of it seemed to be in the Northern style anyway, which interested her less.
Korra’s footsteps made no sound as she went from room to room, making a mental map of the layout. She kept to the edges of the room, where the floorboards were less likely to creak, and away from carpets that might leave behind the depression of a footprint. P’li and Zaheer had taught her to step lightly until the very moment she needed to come down with force. Something about the silence in her stride made her smile. She’d tell them all about it once they came back from their missions.
Her skills would be part of what brought Tarrlok down, along with the rest of The Red Lotus’ efforts.
And, looking around his house, Korra disliked him more and more. She wasn’t quite the minimalist that Zaheer was. She was totally attached to her double bedroll in the apartment’s closet, but the extravagance in Tarrlok’s furnishings (Fire Nation silk on a set of hand-carved Earth Kingdom chairs?) was almost disgusting.
“Are Republic City’s taxpayers paying for this junk?” she mumbled, stepping around a display of Unagi vases from Kyoshi Island. The house seemed to exude richness, beyond even what a corrupt government could buy. If tax money hadn’t bought it, Korra had little doubt that the money was dirty some other way.
She finished making her rounds of the house and started making her way back to the atrium, plotting out a pair of alternate approaches that would suit Ming-Hua’s style.
Korra had just noted that Tarrlok’s house had some really interesting rafters when she heard footsteps. She ducked behind some ornate drapery and listened to the steps draw closer. Briefly, she felt thankful that Tarrlok had chosen a heavy, thick fabric that hid her well.
The newcomer stepped in, then paused. Korra kept her breathing level. She knew better than to hold her breath. The footsteps continued, but there was something odd about them. Her eyes narrowed. Though they’d sounded loud in the quiet house, the steps were actually rather light, too light to belong to a tall man like Tarrlok. In addition, though the person wasn’t as practiced as Korra was, they were clearly trying to stay quiet.
A smile tugged at the corners of Korra’s lips. Tarrlok really needed to stop spending money on his furniture and invest in better guards. Korra was not the only intruder in the house.
She waited until she could hear the steps drawing closer to the room’s other door. Unless the newcomer was walking through the doorway backwards, they would not see Korra as she peered around the drapes for a quick look at the intruder: an Equalist.
She recognized the chi-blocker’s costume immediately, but something else about the woman seemed familiar in the way she moved. She was tall and had a few loose strands of wavy black hair poking out of her hood.
Korra squinted. Was that Asami?
She lost the chance to continue analyzing the figure before she disappeared into the other room. Briefly, Korra debating just leaving. It was not safe to continue investigating the house if someone else was doing the same for some unknown purpose.
But how many tall lady Equalists had wavy black hair and walked like a businesswoman?
Korra extracted herself from the curtains and quickly followed after. She had to find out. It felt like torture to go slowly enough to stay silent, but if it wasn’t Asami... well, silence would be a priority. After an eternity, she’d circled around the edge of the room and made it to the doorway.
Peering through, Korra couldn’t deny it. The Equalist was wearing goggles that concealed her eyes, but Asami’s same shade of lipstick. Despite the hood, adorned with the red Equalist circle, Asami’s hair was recognizable as it poked out of the side.
A smile tugged at Korra’s lips. Asami even had the same notebook Korra had seen her using at the quarterfinal match.
Briefly, Korra debated calling out to her. Something along the lines of ‘fancy meeting you here!’ but it didn’t seem quite appropriate.
That and the bulky glove Asami was sporting on her right hand didn’t strike Korra as the kind of thing she’d like to be on the end of. It looked… weapon-ish. Despite their burgeoning friendship, Korra really didn’t know what Asami’s capabilities were.
Well, except that she could only walk so quietly. Maybe it came from too much time wearing heels?
Korra slipped away from the doorway without a sound, making her way around the house in the other direction. She just needed to secure one more escape route and she’d be up to quota for her scouting mission. Her training told her to leave, that she could come back later and finish, but she was almost done and it was only Asami.
She was in the middle of testing a window that had been painted shut when the hair stood up on the back of her neck. The window popped open under her hands. Korra hesitated a moment and the fearful anxiety grew. She listened to her instincts and slipped out the window in time to hear Tarrlok’s distant conversation with a guard outside the house.
He was supposed to be in a meeting for the rest of the afternoon. Korra sighed. At least she’d finished her scouting. She’d just figure out her last escape route option as she exited the property.
Korra kept low as she navigated the roof to a low point she’d noticed earlier near the garden shed. Still, the fear sense refused to dissipate. Irritated, Korra kept her breathing steady, trying to fight the irrational pressure in her chest.
She’d seen Tarrlok just yesterday, having gone with Ming-Hua to blend in with a crowd outside city hall and get a look at him. He hadn’t looked threatening, just sleazy. He was just another politician.
Korra clambered up the side of the garden shed and pressed a palm to her forehead. She could feel a vision coming on, edging in at the edge of her consciousness. It took almost all her concentration to suppress it as she leapt from the shed to the top of the wall.
The vision pressed against her concentration as she pulled herself up onto the wall itself. “Not now, Aang,” she muttered, wincing at her sudden headache. Perched on top of a councilman’s retaining wall really wasn’t a good time to stop and indulge in a flashback.
Her footing wasn’t the best, but Korra decided to go with it and opted for a less-than-graceful descent. She slipped down the roof of the wall, catching the edge with her fingers before swinging down to the ground. She stabilized the ground beneath her feet with a bit of invisible earthbending, one of the only subtle tricks Ghazan had taught her.
The vision caught her then.
Twitching fingers flashed across her vision. Korra recoiled, or maybe that had been Aang?
Her body seemed distant, but she distantly felt herself stumble forward down the alley. Still, she felt Aang’s presence, like they were both reaching out a hand to stop… something, someone.
Instead of the alley she was running down, all Korra could see was a pair of eyes, wide and crazed. The pupils shrunk to dots and Korra felt Aang’s body seize before her vision flashed white
Back in the alley, Korra sloppily turned a corner, rubbing her eyes to dissipate the afterimage left by Aang’s vision.
Several steps later, her sight cleared up. She recognized Asami a beat before she crashed into her.
They hit the ground, and hard. Still, Korra wasted no time scrambling to her feet and settling back into a cautious stance. Did their odd rules of friendship still apply under these circumstances? “Uh, hey there, Asami.”
Asami was a hair slower in recovering, but she moved back in similar pose with her gloved hand extended. Her eyes narrowed behind her goggles. “Naga?”
“Oh, sorry.” Korra smacked a hand against her forehead before pulling her face-covering off. “Yeah, uh, it’s me.”
They regarded one another for a moment. Neither of them dropped their guard. But the fear-sense from before had vanished. Asami didn’t feel dangerous to Korra. She was the same person whose company she’d enjoyed at the quarterfinals match, the same girl who had patched Korra up after The Revelation.
Korra cracked the first smile. “We have to stop meeting like this,” she said, relaxing her stance.
Asami hesitated, then smiled back. “Yeah?” She lowered her glove. “You said you’d call me the next time the police were chasing you. You’re out here with a mask on and I don’t even get a heads-up?”
Korra’s laugh froze in her throat. “Wait, the police are here?”
“I could have sworn that’s why Tarrlok…” Asami frowned, then glanced around. “Nevermind. We should probably find somewhere else to catch up though.”
“Agreed.”
They fell immediately into the pattern from the night they met. Asami led the way, being more familiar with the streets. Korra followed, although she kept her wits about her. She trusted Asami enough to assume they weren’t going into a trap, but that wouldn’t stop someone from following them.
And if Asami glanced back at her a few times and noticed Korra keeping watch, well, she didn’t seem to mind.
Still, Korra wasn’t exactly sure how long the ‘innocent non-bender’ cover story was going to fly. Zaheer wasn’t exactly a model non-bender, and she was fairly certain that Republic City’s average citizen didn’t randomly don stealth clothing during the late afternoon.
She followed Asami around a few bends until they were tucked in a small alcove off an alley. “We should be good here,” Asami said.
“Seems cozy,” Korra said. They exchanged awkward smiles before they both started adjusting their outfits to look like normal street-clothing. Korra stowed her face-covering in her bag and put her hair back in its usual low ponytail.
“So what brings you to this part of the neighborhood?” Asami asked, pulling on the jacket she’d worn at quarterfinals with the gears on the shoulders. She sounded so excessively casual that Korra had to smile.
“Oh, you know.” Korra shrugged. “I just love going for jogs. I’m trying to get to know the city better. I like the wind in my face.” She winked.
Asami pulled her goggles off and fluffed her hair, which looked instantly fabulous. “Uh huh.” A smile played at the corner of her lips. Somehow, she still hadn’t smudged her lipstick. “I mean, I just love going for jogs with my face covered too. Really helps me air out my skin.”
“Is that what you were doing too?” Korra raised an eyebrow and met Asami’s gaze with a one-sided smile. “I hear that Councilman Tarrlok has a really great running path in his courtyard,” she said. “Or were you there on business, maybe checking if his floors need to be, ahem, leveled?”
That caused Asami to still. Her expression sharpened and Korra wondered if this was the end of the joking. A beat later, Asami tossed her hair over her shoulder. “If you were nearby, you should have said something,” she said, mock-offended.
Korra stifled a wince as she laughed, pulling the covers off her boots. She’d forgotten that Asami hadn’t known she was in Tarrlok’s house too. That was probably information she shouldn’t have revealed. “We’ll have to make reservations together next time,” she said. She flashed a smile at Asami, but couldn’t quite mitigate the tensions between them.
“That would be something,” Asami said. “I’d love to see what you can do.”
And Korra could hear a strain there, something that wasn’t entirely friendship and jokes. Asami’s smile had tightened, her eyes not as green without her goggles, but still narrowed.
“I’m just a girl who doesn’t like eating bugs while she’s out on a jog,” Korra said, stuffing the last of her outfit back in her bag.
“Are you?” Asami tilted her head, expression lighter. She made the question sound more philosophical than practical, and Korra got the sense that she wasn’t supposed to answer. If she were to do so, what could she say?
Heavy footsteps trampled in the distance. Korra glanced back toward the alley for a moment, then back to Asami.
Korra opened her mouth to say something, but the rumbling footsteps had begun to sound steadily closer. She said, “What’s that?” instead of answering Asami’s question, then stepped out into the alley just in time to see a gigantic white polar bear dog round the corner and start charging right toward her.
She had a split-second to get into a grounded stance and make a preemptive strike. On instinct she moved one foot back and lowered her center of gravity, but continuing from that to actually attack felt so wrong.
She couldn’t explain it, but a smile appeared on her face moments before the dog bowled her over.
An urgent nose sniffed Korra from head to toe before giving her a big lick across the face. That lick was quickly followed by another one, and another one, and another one.
Korra started laughing. Though the polar bear dog wasn’t pinning her down, she could hardly move under the onslaught of kisses. And, like with Asami, she didn’t feel threatened (even though this dog was huge and maybe Korra should have been). The animal clearly only meant her well, and Korra couldn’t bring herself to hurt anything like that.
“Are… are okay down there?”
Korra looked to the side to see Asami leaned down, looking caught between concern and amusement.
“Yeah, actually,” Korra said. She chuckled and reached up to ruffle the dog’s ears. “I’m an animal person, what can I say.”
“OH SPIRITS!”
Korra tried to look up at the new voice, but couldn’t see around the dog. Asami straightened up and turned toward the end of the alley.
Korra moved her hands under the dog’s chin to get her to stop licking constantly. That seemed to work well enough and she was able to crane her neck to see the girl as she approached.
“I AM SO, SO SORRY!” Light footsteps pounded closer. “She ran off and I couldn’t keep ahold of her.”
A water tribe girl came into view, about eleven or so. The idea of her keeping control of a dog this big was, frankly, hilarious. Korra chuckled continued petting the dog’s head. “It’s alright, kid,” she said. “Maybe help me up though?”
“Of course!” The girl knelt beside the dog and gave her a stern glare. “Get up,” she said, “Right now! You’re being a very bad polar bear dog!”
The dog seemed contrite, or as contrite as a giant dog could get. She whined and gave Korra one last nuzzle before pulling back and sitting beside the girl, whom she doubled in height. Despite this difference, the water tribe kid immediately started lecturing the dog in a stern whisper, pulling her muzzle back whenever she turned to look back at Korra.
Asami crouched beside Korra and held out a hand. “You alright?” she asked.
Korra nodded and grunted, “Yeah,” as Asami helped her up. Upon standing, she stretched and winced. “That’ll be a bruise in the morning.”
“What, your whole back?” Asami was half-smiling, but her eyebrows had drawn together in concern.
“Maybe.” Korra flashed her a smile before turning back to the girl and her dog. Upon getting a good look at the former, she frowned. “Hey,” she said, “You seem kind of familiar.”
The girl turned toward Korra and frowned. “I do?” She glanced between Korra and Asami and frowned. “I don’t think I’ve met either of you.”
Something about her features was definitely familiar. Korra frowned, trying to place her. She’d been all over the world and met kids from dozens of villages. She’d never been to the water tribes, specifically, but there were plenty of water tribe expat villages.
The dog leaned her head out and licked Korra’s hand. Without thinking, Korra started scratching behind her ears. “I’ve totally seen you before,” she said. “Are you from—“
Asami gave Korra’s hand a sudden squeeze, then dropped it. “I know where we’ve seen you!” she said, smiling broadly. “You’re Sakari. You play for the Fire Ferrets!”
The girl blinked, then smiled. “Oh yeah,” she said. “I am. I do.”
“There we go.” Korra nodded at Asami. “Nice job.”
“You’re welcome.” Asami shrugged modestly. “Anyway, I’m Asami.” She gestured to Korra. “And this is Naga.”
Sakari got a strange look on her face. “Yeah,” she said. “I’m Sakari and, uh, this is Naga?”
“Yes?” Korra frowned. “I am?” Well, she wasn’t, but she wouldn’t say that.
The dog moved forward and licked Korra’s cheek again with an urgent whine.
Asami blinked and put a hand over her mouth to cover a laugh. “Wait,” she said, “are you saying that your dog’s name is…”
“Naga?” Sakari frowned. “Yes?”
“I’m sorry, just… your dog is named Naga” Asami laughed and put a hand on Korra’s shoulder. “And my friend’s name is also Naga.”
“Oh!” Sakari giggled. “I get it now.” She held out a hand. “Nice to meet you, Naga. I see you’ve already met Naga.”
Korra shook her hand, fighting a mild blush rising in her cheeks. She knew her alias sounded a bit like a dog’s name, but she hadn’t thought she’d actually meet a dog with the same name. “Yeah,” she said, “we’ve made one another’s acquaintance.”
A bit of red caught her eye. Korra glanced over and realized that Asami’s hand on her shoulder was still holding the Equalist hood with the big red dot on it. She’d probably been about to put it away when the dog crashed into Korra. If this Sakari was the Fire Ferrets’ Sakari, then she had definitely seen the Equalist uniforms when she broke out of The Revelation.
Probably not a good connection for their new friend to make, though Sakari didn’t seem to have noticed the hood yet. Korra smiled and turned toward Naga. “You have a very, ah, enthusiastic dog.”
When Sakari turned to face the dog as well, Korra took the opportunity to slip the hood out of Asami’s hand and casually tuck it into the back of her own belt. Her eyes quickly met Asami’s before she returned her attention to Sakari.
“Yeah, she’s not normally this friendly with strangers,” the girl said. She gave no sign she’d seen Korra stash the hood in her belt. “I’m really so sorry about this, she’s never done this before. You probably just smell like meat or something.”
Asami stifled another giggle.
Sakari slapped a hand over her mouth. “Wait! Not that I’m saying you smell like meat!”
The hand over her mouth muffled her voice and Korra laughed. “No, it’s fine, really. I tend to get along with most animals.”
Naga pushed her nose against Korra’s arm and whined before butting her whole head against Korra’s shoulder.
Sakari strained, but managed to pull Naga back. “Stop that!” she said. She looked apologetically back toward Asami and Korra. “I’m so, so sorry, again. I didn’t mean to mess up your, uh.” She paused and tilted her head, clearly trying to figure out why Korra and Asami were together in the corner of an alley.
“We were just meeting up,” Asami interjected, voice smooth, “on our way to dinner together.”
The alley wasn’t quite the picturesque meeting place, but Korra nodded. Better to have a weak cover than no cover at all.
“Okay,” Sakari said. An odd smile played at the corners of her mouth. “Uh, were you two planning on going to the semifinal match together?”
Korra glanced at Asami before smiling. “Yeah, actually,” she said.
Naga pulled out of Sakari’s grasp and butted her head against Korra’s shoulder again, knocking her back a step. She licked Korra’s face twice and whined again, long and loud.
“Okay Naga you seriously need to stop that.” Sakari had to lean her entire body weight against the dog’s harness in order to pull her back, or at least to convince Naga to step back on her own accord. “I’m sorry,” she repeated. “Anyway, if you two are going together, let me make it up to you for this whole thing. I’ll have some comp tickets waiting for you at the box office.”
“That would be great,” Asami said. “I can’t wait to see you guys play again.”
At least Asami didn’t seem mad about Korra saying they were going together. Then again, Asami had said they were on their way to dinner, so maybe it didn’t matter all that much.
“If you’d like,” Sakari said, “you could even come backstage after semis are over.” She smiled. “We’ve drawn the first match slot and I have a friend visiting me right after ours, but I could show you around after semis close and you could meet the rest of the Fire Ferrets.”
“That sounds really cool, actually,” Korra said. She turned to Asami and tilted her head. “You in?”
Asami smiled. “Free tickets and a backstage pass? Of course I’m in!”
“I’ll see you tomorrow then,” Sakari said. Naga was straining to reach Korra again, but Sakari had placed herself between them and was pushing her back against the large polar bear dog. It seemed as though Naga’s reluctance to hurt Sakari by knocking her down was the only thing keeping her from going back to lick Korra’s face again.
In the distance, someone called Sakari’s name.
“Tomorrow then,” Asami said. Korra waved and a beleaguered Sakari waved back before she managed to push Naga around the corner and out of the alley.
Korra and Asami took a deep breath in unison.
“Well,” Korra said, trying to fix her dog-slobbered hair. “That was… something.”
Asami laughed weakly. “It was very strange,” she said. “I don’t suppose you know the dog somehow?” She returned her attention to her bag and resumed packing it up with her Equalist outfit.
“Nope.” Korra rubbed her neck. “I’ve most certainly never met a dog that big. Or a polar bear dog in general.” Korra had a habit of making friends with animals in whatever towns The Red Lotus passed through towns and villages. She would certainly have remembered such a creature. She had a bit of a weakness for dogs in particular.
She resisted the urge to share her first memory with Asami. It was her only memory from before The Red Lotus liberated her. Korra had been out in the snow, bundled up in a big, puffy parka. Despite this, she’d somehow managed to drag a tiny puppy home during a snowstorm. She couldn’t recall her parents’ faces, but she remembered feeling so proud for saving the dog.
“Um, could I have my hood back, by the way?” Asami held out her hand.
“Oh, sure.” Korra pulled it out of her belt and handed it over.
“Thank you,” Asami said, gazing down at the insignia for a moment. A beat later, she moved it to her bag, which seemed to store more than should have been possible. She didn’t look up at Korra. “The insignia slipped my mind.”
“No problem,” Korra said.
Asami finished packing up her Equalist gear. She sighed. “We should talk,” she said, voice tighter than usual. “Let’s make good on that cover story and go get dinner together?” It wasn’t a question, but Asami’s tone lifted at the end.
Korra smiled lightly. “That’s fine,” she said. She wasn’t expected back for a while. “I’m not really sure what’s around here though. And I’m feeling a little… not as clean as dinner would warrant.” Korra tugged at her overshirt.
“I know a place,” Asami said. The tension faded from her face. “They’ll let us get cleaned up, take care of everything, and give us a private booth to boot.” Before Korra could even object, Asami winked. “I’ll pay, since I gave our cover story.”
At that, Korra shrugged. She wasn’t expected back for a while, and passing up a free meal was unthinkable. “Let’s go then!”
*
“It’s just around the corner,” Asami said, walking a few paces ahead of Korra.
“Mkay.” Korra felt… off. They’d fallen back into their established walking habit, though Korra was not doing as well at keeping watch this time. Her headache had returned. She rubbed her temples and fell a couple steps farther behind Asami.
Then something dragged Korra’s gaze to the right. Her steps slowed and a brief glance turned into outright staring. The wall beside her bore a striking image of Amon, hooded and masked. He seemed to stare right out of the poster, right at her.
The red Equalist dot on the forehead of his mask seemed to swell and grow. Korra felt a stab of fear. She grasped for the feeling to quench it, but it remained out of her reach, growing and making a pit in her stomach. Yes: she had the strength of The Red Lotus, her family and mentors, behind her, but what if it wasn’t enough?
And when, exactly, had she started looking at Amon as someone she was responsible for at all, someone she needed strength to face and strength to stop?
Korra blinked. Amon’s face seemed to grow again. At the edges of her vision, she could see white creeping in. Anxiety curdled in her stomach as it arrived in full, and she hoped Asami didn’t notice she’d fallen behind.
Aang chased after a distant spirit, a graceful woman with a wide-brimmed hat and long, swoopy sleeves. “Hey!” he called out.
She didn’t stop. Aang ran into a pole.
The vision flashed forward, and Aang was face to face with the spirit. “You know you’re really pretty for a spirit,” he said. “I don’t get to meet too many spirits, but the ones I do meet… not very attractive.”
The spirit chuckled nervously, in a very un-spirit-like fashion. “Thank you, but—“
Aang squinted at her. “You seem familiar too.”
The vision flashed. A gust of wind knocked the ‘spirit’s’ hat awry, revealing Katara.
Immediately, the vision flashed again. Korra felt herself behind Aang’s eyes as he reached toward a blue-masked figure lying on the ground.
She blinked and Aang was sitting a bit away from the same figure, now unmasked. “If we knew each other back then,” he said, “Do you think we could have been friends too?”
Korra stumbled as her focus returned to her own body. She put a hand out against the wall by the Amon poster to steady herself. “I get it Aang,” she muttered. “It’s okay to use disguises to make friends. Masks are thematic. Whatever.” She closed her eyes and took a breath. At least her headache was gone.
Seriously though, the only clear visions she got were the ones she didn’t need clarity on. She’d made a friend; could he back off now? She still had no airbending instructions, and the twitchy eye bit from earlier hadn’t started to make any more sense in the meantime.
“Naga, are you alright?”
Korra looked up to see Asami’s eyebrows drawn together with concern. She summoned a smile. “Yeah, I’m okay. Just had a dizzy spell.”
Asami didn’t seem quite convinced, but she nodded. “Let’s get to dinner then. I don’t want you passing out from hunger.”
On cue, Korra’s stomach grumbled. She smiled ruefully. “That would be nice.”
Thankfully, the restaurant was just around the corner. Korra blinked as she took in the sight of the fancy building. She’d been to nice places before: a few upscale restaurants and a couple minor nobles’ estates. That was all on Red Lotus business though, always in the service of some mission.
It felt odd to walk inside ‘Kwan’s’ and not have some hidden agenda prepped. It also felt a bit strange to be so drastically underdressed. Asami whispered a few words to the front attendant, however, and they were whisked away to a back room. Someone thrust a dress in Korra’s arms, then shoved her back into a changing room with a small bathing chamber. She didn’t even have time to see what they’d given Asami.
The two of them chatted absently as they cleaned themselves and got dressed in adjacent stalls. Something about the activity felt excessively normal. Korra smiled to herself. She frequently acted as an average, unremarkable citizen, but rarely did the act carry past the surface.
On the one hand, it felt odd and out-of-the-ordinary. She knew her guardians would not approve of how far this outing with Asami had gone.
On the other hand, she was having fun and that was her right. She’d finished her job and she’d do her Tarrlok report when she got back to the apartment. They couldn’t preach freedom all the time if they weren’t willing to let her have some of it.
Despite the soap, she couldn’t quite get the dog slobber out of her hair. Eventually, she decided to let it go and just get dressed. It took her a moment to figure out how to put it on. The few dresses she wore were not ever this fancy.
Or this fitted. The clothing felt light without the weight of a knife strapped in somewhere, but there was literally nowhere for Korra to fit it where it wouldn’t show. Eventually, she settled for moving her knife (a small Water Tribe piece she’d stolen near Kyoshi) to her bag.
With that settled, Korra tugged the dress into place before opening the changing room door.
“You gonna be done soon, Asami?” she asked, walking over to a mirror.
Asami replied with some sort of affirmative, but Korra didn’t hear it because she’d caught sight of her reflection.
Normally, she was dressed plainly, kind of looking like a vagabond due to all the travel. Korra turned to look at herself from another angle. A pleased smile shone out at her from the mirror. She looked good.
“Naga? Hello… how do you like your dress?”
“Oh, sorry. Zoned out.” Korra rubbed the back of her neck. Her dress, which was light green, was sleeveless. She grinned at how it showed off her muscular arms. “I like it,” she said, “a lot actually.” Korra flexed at her reflection.
“Perfect,” Asami said. “I’ll be out in a minute.”
A pair of attendants walked toward Korra with less-than-impressed expressions. One of them held out a cardigan and glanced disdainfully at her upper-arm tattoos. “Put this on,” she said. “And please hold still.” The other immediately walked behind Korra and started pinning up her hair.
“Ow!” Korra said, leaning away from the hair pulling. “I’ll pass, actually. To both of you.”
The cardigan-holder thrust it out toward her again. “Tattoos are not to dress code,” she whispered. “We cannot allow you in with those showing.” Her eyes flicked to Korra’s hair, and then she just raised her eyebrows, as though whatever criticism of Korra’s low ponytail she had, it wasn’t even worth vocalizing.
Korra rolled her eyes and snatched the cardigan away. “Fine.” She awkwardly shrugged it on over her shoulders as the lady behind her deftly pinned up Korra’s hair. It was actually done much quicker than she’d assumed it would be.
She peered in the mirror. “Wow. That was fast.” She smiled awkwardly at them. “Thank you,” she said.
“You’re welcome,” they responded in unison, before giving slight bows. “Do wash your hair more thoroughly at the first opportunity,” one of them said stiffly. Korra ducked her head. The polar bear dog slobber probably hadn’t left her with the best texture. “Is there anything else?”
Korra shrugged. The cardigan slipped down her shoulders, but she caught it before it revealed her tattoos. “Nope,” she said, chagrined as the attendants leveled narrowed eyes at her shoulders. “I’m, uh, fine for now.” She tugged the cardigan back into place for good measure.
They seemed to take that as a sign to leave. Korra waited until they were gone, then shrugged it back down a bit. She didn’t want to break dress code and get tossed out or something, but hiding her shoulders felt a bit like a crime, given that she was wearing a sleeveless dress. She’d just keep the cardigan place a little lower.
Behind her, a door opened. “I’m ready now,” Asami said. “Sorry I kept you waiting.”
Korra blinked. Her attendants’ efforts to tidy her up paled in comparison to what Asami had managed by herself. She’d touched up her makeup, fixed her hair, and was totally rocking the most gorgeous dress Korra had ever seen, a deep red number that set off Asami’s green eyes.
“Wow, you look, like, what.” Korra blushed and adjusted her bangs, trying to sort out her words. “I mean, you look super snazzy.”
Asami’s eyes twinkled at Korra’s bungled words, but she didn’t laugh. “Thank you. Are you ready for dinner?”
“Starving.”
A quiet request from Asami and the two of them were whisked off to a private booth. Korra raised an eyebrow when she looked at the menu. It didn’t have any prices on it. She quickly picked a Water Tribe (ish) dish and set the menu aside. More interesting than the food was her dinner partner.
She couldn’t just be an Equalist, or even one that Korra kept meeting under the strangest circumstances. From what Korra could tell, Asami had to be loaded.
Korra was used to adapting to new environments, to looking around and remembering her lessons in how to not look out of place. Still, it took no training to see that Asami was clearly at-ease here, which gave Korra pause. People with money, in her experience and in her lessons, were generally not part of ‘revolutions of the people’ and that sort of thing.
“You come here often?” Korra asked, sending a wink Asami’s way.
Asami chuckled. “I’m not normally asked that if I’m already sitting down with someone,” she said.
Not quite an answer, which Korra found simultaneously irritating and interesting. “I just meant that you seemed really familiar with the area,” Korra said. And Asami did seem that way. She knew how to navigate from Tarrlok’s to Kwan’s without pausing at intersections or stopping to think about it. “Do you live nearby?” It was an upscale neighborhood.
“No, I’m just fond of maps and knowing where I am,” Asami said. “I’ve also lived in Republic City my whole life. You pick up on things eventually.” Her expression shifted, became more polite.
“May I take your orders?” the waiter asked.
Korra pointedly looked at Asami so she could hear how the other woman ordered her food and could imitate the manners somewhat. No need to stand out where she didn’t want to.
When the waiter left, Asami’s gaze sharpened. “And despite being new in town, you seem to have made your way around the city quite a bit already,” she said. It was a compliment, but Korra didn’t miss the probe beneath it.
She shrugged. “I travel a lot,” she said. “It’s hard to keep towns and cities straight after a while, so I tend to wander. Sometimes I end up where I’m not supposed to be, you know.” She smiled. “I’m sure you’d understand.”
“On occasion,” Asami said dryly. “I generally stick to a few familiar places, actually.”
“So today is a less-than-ordinary day for you?”
Asami laughed and it made Korra smile. Despite their secrets and the odd game between them, Asami had a kind, genuine laugh. “Every day I see you is a less-than-ordinary day,” she said. “I mean, you saw me while I was on a walk, and then we run into a pro-bender with a polar-bear-dog? It’s just rather unusual, is all.”
“Mmmm.” Korra hummed, then tilted her head. She wasn’t quite sure how far to push things with Asami, but it couldn’t hurt to test the boundaries a little. “It’s a good thing Sakari didn’t notice your team uniform,” she said. “I have a feeling the rivalry wouldn’t make for a good match.”
Asami’s eyes darkened. “That sounds… unpleasant,” she said. “Thank you again for helping me out there. I try to avoid confrontations of… of that sort. As much as possible, really.”
“You’re more than welcome,” Korra said. “Maybe someday you’ll return the favor for me.” She tilted her head. “That last bit surprises me though. I generally thought that, um.” Even if they had a private booth, Korra didn’t trust that she could say the word ‘Equalist’ without someone overhearing. “That you guys, uh, didn’t exactly shy away from a fight.”
“Group politics do not…” Asami trailed off. She frowned to herself before resuming. “Do not necessarily reflect individual philosophies. Even within a seemingly homogenous group, variations on the theme exist.”
“Then forgive me for assuming,” Korra said, putting her hands up. “I think it’s the whole masks-and-uniforms thing that got me.” So far, she’d managed to avoid thinking of Asami as too much of an Equalist. Sure, she wore the uniform and apparently did recon missions, but… that didn’t mean she necessarily wanted all benders dead or stripped of their bending.
And Asami’s last answer, in particular, gave strength to that theory, so Korra liked it.
Asami smiled wryly. “I can understand that well enough,” she said. Her lips curved into a sly smile. “But do tell me: if I were to return that favor somehow, whatever could I be returning the favor about?”
Korra smiled and winced. She’d made a blunder on that one, and Asami had noticed but… whatever game they were playing, the stakes weren’t fatal. She collected herself for a casual shrug, tugging her cardigan back up a bit. “Oh, you know, I know a few people, I do favors sometimes. Research, that kind of thing.” Research. Recon. They were basically the same. “So what’s your day job, when you’re not going on… walks?”
“I’m a mechanical engineer,” Asami said plainly.
Korra blinked. “Wait, really?”
Asami chuckled. “Yeah, that part is pretty simple,” she said.
And it would have been such a simple lie, but Korra didn’t get the sense that Asami was lying at all, actually. Calling herself an engineer had come so naturally, and something about it seemed to fit well. She’d been so technically minded when they were talking at the pro-bending arena, dividing things up into systems and counter-systems.
Korra was about to ask another question when Asami’s expression shifted again, heralding the arrival of the waiter.
“Your food will be out shortly, Ms. Sato,” he said, inclining his head in Asami’s direction. “Thank you for your patience.”
Out of the corner of her eye, Korra noticed Asami startle, before saying, “Oh, yes, thank you.” By the time Korra looked over, however, her friend had stilled.
She didn’t say anything until the waiter had left. When he did, Korra turned and grinned. “So, Asami.”
“Yes, Naga?” Her voice was a bit stiff.
“Asami… Sato?”
Asami sighed. “That… would be me.”
“Asami Sato,” Korra said one more time. “It’s a good name.” She gagged. “Better than Naga,” she said, “But my family kind of has themed names, so.”
“Does that make you related to that dog we met?” Asami propped her chin on one hand.
Korra blushed. “No,” she said. “It’s just a coincidence.” She paused, remembering something. “Hey, wait a second. Sato… so is that connected to the satomobile or something?”
Asami looked at her oddly for a moment before saying, “Nope. That’s another coincidence, unfortunately.”
“Oh, sorry.” Korra tugged on her hair. “I bet you get asked that a lot.”
“Heh, yeah actually.” She frowned. “You’ve never been to Republic City before now, have you.”
It wasn’t a question. Korra shrugged. “I’ve been very near it before,” she said, “but no. I’ve never actually visited the city until now.”
“So… your family all traveled here together? Your Uncle Naghaz and…” Asami trailed off, prompting.
Korra did not supply any other names. First off, she’d already said so much to Asami that she probably shouldn’t have. She could get away with that, but it was rude to give people covers without checking what they wanted to be called first. She was six when P’li nearly took off Ming-Hua’s head for naming her ‘Sparky’ in a town they were passing through. Since then, everyone got to pick their own pseudonyms.
So no more names to give Asami. Korra refused to risk it.
Asami cleared her throat awkwardly in the silence where Korra should have answered. “Er, where are you and your uncle from?” she added, as though that had been her question from the start.
Korra frowned. She could give no honest answer to that question, even if she tried. “I’m just… from around,” she said lamely. She didn’t have a better answer on hand. Saying she was basically a homeless anarchist who traveled the world wasn’t an option.
Asami’s face fell a little, and Korra regretted that the conversation had turned to questions she couldn’t answer. “Then what brought you here?” Asami asked.
That, at least, was an easy one. “Oh, we came here because of the Equalist revolution,” Korra said. She smiled a bit awkwardly. It was true, just… potentially not the same truth to Asami as it was to Korra.
“Huh.” Asami scrutinized Korra for a beat, then blinked and smiled. “So… I guess you could use someone to show you around the city then, huh.”
Before Korra could answer, their food arrived. Korra gaped at the beautiful dishes, more delicately plated than anything she’d ever seen before. “This all looks so good,” she said. “I’m not even sure where to start first.”
Asami chuckled. “I’m pretty sure you can start eating wherever you like.”
Korra picked up her chopsticks, but hesitated before digging in. “That… would be nice actually,” she said, “Having someone to show me around the city.”
“I’d be more than happy to,” Asami said.
Korra smiled. “Okay, did you want to meet up tomorrow before the match maybe?”
“I’d like that. I’ll think of a good place to meet before we part ways.” Asami said. “But for now: tell me, my well-traveled friend, what’s the most exciting thing you’ve ever eaten?”
“Oh, do you want a list?” Korra grinned and leaned forward. “I’m not even sure I should tell you while we’re eating.”
Asami smirked. “Try me.” She took a delicate bite of food.
“Alright then.” Korra winked. “Let me tell you about the time my Uncle Naghaz and I visited Ember Island.”
It was a funny story, only a little gross, and it hit all the right beats. Asami laughed and only gagged once. The conversation was effortless; they stayed on easy topics for the rest of the evening. The food was delicious, maybe even amazing.
But what kept Korra there long after she should have been back at the apartment was Asami. Her friendship, her smile, and the slowly-addictive feeling of being completely and entirely normal.
Notes:
Sorry for the wait! I had to move in the middle of drafting this chapter, but the next update is coming up soon. It was fun to write Naga meeting Naga, finally. I know a lot of you have been looking forward to that from the comments. What other moments are you hoping for/theorizing about? Leave a comment and let us know
Also! IoaFB officially has a cover! Check it out on my tumblr: http://emirael.tumblr.com/post/133772457149/ioafb
I'll be posting a few more drawings of IoaFB!Korra and others soon, so you should follow me ;D
Chapter 6: Spirit of Competition
Summary:
Asami finds herself struggling between new friendships and old loyalties as she attends the pro-bending semifinals with Korra. And after a backstage tour led by the Fire Ferrets, Korra learns something that changes everything.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter Six: The Spirit of Competition
(Everyone is Their Own Worst Enemy)
“So… it’s an electrical stop signal? Like a radio wave?” Naga furrowed her brow.
Asami shook her head. “That’s a good comparison to make on the theory, but it’s more of a transient… electromagnetic disturbance,” she said.
Naga poked at her plate with her chopsticks. “That… does not make it any clearer to me,” she said, smiling self-consciously. “Sorry, I’m trying to understand, but I don’t have a strong background in, uh, science.”
“No, no, you’re doing fine.” Asami smiled back at her, trying to be reassuring. “In all honesty, this might not even work.” She sighed. “I’ve barely had time to work on this project. It’s kind of my pet invention.”
“It sounds cool,” Naga said, “from what I can understand of it. Like… a stop button you can aim.”
“Kind of.” Asami sighed. “Unfortunately, it’s not exactly useful to, uh, my organization.” Her lips tightened and she resisted the urge to glance around. This restaurant was far less discreet than Kwan’s, and while nobody seemed to be paying attention to them, Asami was inclined toward caution.
“I see.” Naga’s eyes made a quick sweep over Asami’s shoulder, taking in the diners around them. The tables nearby weren’t especially populated, but an incautious mention would be unwise at best. Naga didn’t push the Equalist topic, which Asami appreciated. “What about it gets you going?” She asked instead. “Why is it so important to you, Asami the engineer?”
Asami blinked. She wasn’t sure. “Um…” She took a bite to buy her some time. She’d started working on it after she and her mother had finalized designs to re-use the forklift interiors as mecha tanks. There had been a lull in production time and Asami had immediately began working on a personal project without much aim in mind. “I guess I needed something that was mine?” she said. “I’m not really sure, to be honest.”
“That’s fine too. Sometimes you just need something that’s yours.” Naga smiled ruefully. “I get that.”
“Oh?” Asami tilted her head.
“Yeah?” Naga shrugged. “In my case it’s less that my project has no use and more like… it’s personally significant to me, but my guardians see a different purpose in it than I do.”
Asami decided not to pry after the ‘guardians’ bit, though she did file it away to ask about later. “Does their purpose for it bother you?”
Naga paused. Her lips tightened. “Not… even really that,” she said. “It’s more that… I guess I just want something that’s just mine for a change. I want this thing that is mine, that is just mine without it having to fit into some larger grand scheme of things.”
“Now that, I understand.” Asami reached a hand across the table to set on top of Naga’s.
Their eyes met. They smiled at the same moment, then withdrew their hands.
“We should probably get going to the match,” Naga said, glancing over Asami’s shoulder.
She followed her gaze to the clock. “Oh yeah,” she said, “I completely lost track of time.”
They cleared their dishes briskly, and something about Naga’s movements caught Asami’s attention. Clearing dishes was a small task, quickly and easily managed, but the other girl and Asami were making nearly identical motions at the same pace. It took her another moment of thought to even register why that was odd, to realize why it had caught her attention.
Asami moved that way because, reminded of a deadline, she’d shifted into focus. Without having to think about it, her movements shifted too, from loose to practical and controlled.
As they left the restaurant together, Asami watched Naga move. They’d spent plenty of time navigating the streets together, but the way things usually went, Asami led and Naga followed. She’d never had the opportunity to stop and just observe.
Slowing her pace, just enough to fall behind her friend, Asami found there was plenty to pay attention to.
She’d noticed, certainly, that Naga had a fit build. Paying more attention to it now, she could see the muscles on her forearms shift as she reached out and placed her bowl on the shelf to be bussed. The same motion, briefly, highlighted a triangle of muscle between Naga’s neck and shoulder, but as she pulled her arms back and turned around, the slouched overshirt covered it again.
“If we hurry, we should make the match, no problem?” Naga said, glancing back at the clock, then at Asami.
“Yeah,” she replied, “we’re not too far.”
“Let’s go then.” Naga set off for the door with a purposeful stride, but as Asami watched her hips, she noticed that even this walk was measured and steady. Most people, when they walked fast, had a certain amount of bounce in their steps, an excessive and wasted bit of motion. Yasuko had taught her that this actually slowed you down, in addition to other disadvantages like making noise and jostling anything you were carrying.
Asami had been taught how to walk: in heels, for combat, and for stealth.
As she followed Naga out the door, her eyes narrowed. Her friend was either an effortless natural at an unnatural stride, or she’d had lessons.
“So what sort of personal project are you working on?” Asami asked, pushing forward to fall in step beside Naga and shoot her a wink. “I know it’s not in engineering,” she teased.
Naga’s expression froze a moment before she laughed at the jibe. “Oh very funny,” she said. “Thanks for that.” She cleared her throat. “I can’t say much, but, uh, I’m supposed to be learning this thing right now.” Another pause, but this one seemed more natural. Naga’s pace slowed a beat and Asami read lines of frowns across her face. “It’s really important,” she continued, “and I’ve known… forever, that I’d have to figure it out eventually.”
“And your… guardians, they have a certain vision for this, uh, skill?” Asami prompted.
Naga nodded. “Yeah. And I’ve known that too, but now that I’m actually pursuing it on my own and stuff, I…” She trailed off, then chuckled. “I guess I’m sort of finding my own significance to it?” she said. “Suddenly the ulterior motives feel kind of stale.”
“I think I get the feeling,” Asami said. “It sounds like you’re in a complicated situation.” She reached out and wrapped her hand around Naga’s, giving it a brief squeeze. “I’m sorry it’s frustrating you.”
“Oh.” Naga blinked down at their hands, then looked back up at Asami. After a beat, she regarded her with a soft smile. “Thank you,” she said.
“You’re welcome,” Asami said. Naga had very blue eyes. Asami was glad she’d chosen a Water Tribe place for dinner; Naga seemed to really enjoy the food. She’d been smiling a lot at dinner, but there was something different about the way she smiled at Asami now. It felt honest, despite their mutual secrets.
The moment felt so natural it took effort for Asami to pull her gaze away and another few seconds to catch her bearings. “This neighborhood is kind of interesting, historically,” she said.
“Oh yeah? What happened here?” They let go of one another’s hands in the same moment.
“About… twenty years ago, I guess, there was a massive fight here that completely destroyed the streets and a good chunk of the surrounding buildings.” Asami pursed her lips. “Notably, one of the benders was the then-chief of police. I believe the other was attempting to assassinate her. There are still people here who claim they saw the assassin lava-bending.”
Naga coughed. “Wait, did you say lava-bending?”
Asami nodded, pursing her lips. She was glad those sorts of gifts were rare. Regular benders put her off enough, let alone those with terrifying extraneous abilities. “It sounds impossible,” she said, “but the witnesses to the fight all corroborate that claim. In any case, between the assassin and his target, the whole neighborhood was laid to waste.”
“Were… were any of the bystanders killed in the conflict?” Naga’s voice had shrunk.
“I’m… not sure, actually.” Asami frowned. “I know there were multiple non-bender injuries, however.”
“That’s terrible,” Naga said. She seemed thoughtful. “So… Why is the failed assassination attempt historically significant?”
“Well, actually, it’s in the rebuilding that I’m more interested,” Asami said. “The benders involved were highly irresponsible of the costs to their conflict, but that’s basically standard bender operating procedure. That’s how those people are. In the aftermath, however, a team of engineers worked together to redesign how Republic City’s streets worked.” In fact, Asami’s mother had been one of them. She was still proud of that project.
“Previously, the streets were put together by earthbenders who locked stones of varying size together to create the street surface. This is a highly laborious process to do without bender labor, which drove repair prices up for non-earthbenders. The engineers looked into a way of creating completely smooth streets that didn’t use interlocked stones. Coincidentally, it meant that there weren’t already conveniently-sized blocks for earthbenders to pull out of the ground and hurl at one another.” Asami decided to stop her explanation there. She could get rather nerdy when engineering history came up, and she didn’t want to put Naga off.
Instead, however, her friend looked more interested than before. “And the rest of the city was redone with this new street design?” she asked.
“In phases, of course,” Asami said, “but yes.”
Naga tilted her head. “And the new design, the smooth streets, were those actually laid down by earthbenders or non-benders?”
She paused before answering. “A mix, actually,” she said. “The new streets were initially designed around earthbender labor, like the old ones, but the new design was much easier for non-benders to replicate with technology, so the streets are usually made with a mix lately.”
“Huh.” Naga seemed to have more thoughts on the topic, but didn’t seem inclined to voice them. They walked for a minute in a comfortable silence before Naga pointed up at a small park on a nearby hill. “So what can you tell me about this place?”
From the street, Asami could see a familiar grove of cherry blossom trees and the corner of a bench. “Oh, it’s the most adorable little park,” Asami said. She staved off a frown. She hadn’t been there in… years? She wasn’t even sure. She used to walk nearby to go to her school. “There’s a small fountain there, and it’s not too crowded like Republic City Park.” If it wasn’t for the match, she would have loved to stop and show Naga around.
As it was, however, they already had plans. As Asami pointed out various landmarks and other spots along the way, her mind kept wandering. Due to her involvement in the Equalist movement, she hadn’t had time to visit most of these places in years. She couldn’t even remember her last proper day off.
Even earlier that morning, she’d been repairing mecha-tanks that had come off the assembly line with minor mechanical defects. Nobody on her assembly team had time to fix them, since they were under such a production rush.
In another life, maybe she’d be riding her scooter around without having to care about those things. Maybe she’d have crashed into Naga another way, and they’d just be spending their time together as friends, going to dinner, hanging out at parks, and being normal.
She believed in the movement. She’d been raised in the thick of it for over a decade. But in another life, maybe she’d spend more dinners laughing with friends and family instead of pouring over schematic drawings with her mother in silence.
Asami took a deep breath as they arrived at the arena, pushing the heavier thoughts away. It was one of her favorite buildings in the city, a beautiful combination of function and grandeur. Even knowing the Equalist plans for it couldn’t stem the energy she felt here.
“Let’s get popcorn,” Naga said after they picked up their tickets at will-call. She winked. “It’ll be my treat.”
Asami chuckled. “I’ve bought you two dinners, so I guess that’s fair.”
They chatted about players and their odds as they stood in line. In just a few days, Naga had become impressively knowledgeable about the circuit benders. They grabbed a large box of popcorn to split and checked their tickets.
Asami raised an eyebrow. “These are pretty nice seats,” she said.
It took Naga a moment to finish chewing the handful of popcorn she’d immediately shoved in her mouth. “Oh?”
“Yeah, we should say thank you to Sakari again,” she said, leading them to their section. “And stop eating all the popcorn before we sit down. You’ll eat it all before the match starts.”
“Sorry,” Naga mumbled around a full mouth.
“We just had dinner,” Asami said, teasing her as they stepped down their row. “How are you even hungry?”
Naga shrugged. “I’m always hungry,” she said. “I’m still growing.”
Asami paused as she sat down in her seat. “Wait, how old are you?”
“Eighteen.” Naga tilted her head. “How about you?”
“I’m nineteen.” Asami smirked. “You’re eighteen and still growing? Is that your excuse for being so short?”
Naga crossed her arms and sat up in her seat. “Hey, I’m not that short,” she said.
“Short enough to make a decent armrest,” Asami said, putting her arm up over on Naga’s shoulders. “There we go,” she said. “Lots of room to spread out now.”
Naga attempted to maintain an offended expression, but it cracked after a moment and she laughed before leaning her head on Asami’s shoulder. “Well, you’re tall enough to be a good shoulder-pillow, so I guess that’s fair.”
They sat together like that for a long moment, quiet despite the persistent chatter and energy of the arena around them.
Naga cleared her throat. “So, uh, are you doing anything after the match, Asami?”
“Umm…” Asami had already lied to her mother to cover the whole evening. She wouldn’t be due back until late, given her story about overseeing the midnight shift change at the factory. “No, actually,” she said. “I’m wide open.”
Naga pulled her head off Asami’s shoulder and smiled. “Wanna go, uh, do an activity together?”
“That sounds perfect,” Asami said. “Maybe I can show you that park.” Without thinking, she reached for the popcorn.
Naga whipped it away with impressive reflexes. “Hey! You said no snacking until the match started or else we’d eat it all.”
Asami grimaced. “I did say that, didn’t I.” Still, she definitely had longer arms than Naga did. “I’d better hold onto it then, just in case.” She lunged for the popcorn box and plucked it out of Naga’s hands.
“Excuse me, Ms. Sato,” Naga said, acting even further mock offended than before. “That was incredibly rude.”
“Was it?” Something about the popcorn container was incredibly distracting. Asami turned it around in her hands and moved it farther away from Naga, but mostly as a cover to see it from another side.
She generally had excellent visual-spacial reckoning. If her estimate was correct, the container would be a perfect fit to hide one of her electrified gloves inside, with just enough room for a convenient popcorn covering on top.
Guilt curdled in Asami’s gut. She wasn’t even assigned to plan the logistics of the finals arena attack. She didn’t have to think of this. She didn’t have to let this interfere with her evening.
Naga took advantage of Asami’s distraction to snatch the popcorn out of her hands. “HA! Got it!”
Before Asami could reply, the arena lights dimmed. Around them, the crowd roared.
“Republic City, are you ready for your pro-bending semifinals?”
The crowd cheered even louder in reply. Naga grabbed Asami’s hand for a moment, squeezing it in excitement before letting go. Asami found her gaze lingering on her friend even after the announcer went on to outline the night, which would include two matches, starting with the Fire Ferrets versus the Rabaroos.
Asami imagined explosions in the background of the announcements as he introduced the two teams they’d cheered on in quarterfinals.
Naga elbowed her. “Wave to Sakari,” she said, looking over as they rode the platform to the center.
Blinking, Asami collected her thoughts and put them firmly in a box. She took a handful of popcorn for good measure. She didn’t have to think about that and she wouldn’t. Not tonight. Raising a hand, she waved at Sakari, who seemed a bit preoccupied. A beat later, her gaze caught on Asami and Naga and she waved back at them with a smile.
“She’s a cute kid,” Naga said, grabbing a fistful of popcorn.
Asami nodded. “It’ll be interesting to see her play from so much closer up.”
The announcer continued, “Twelve teams have been eliminated and four advance into the semi-finals which get underway tonight!”
“Her bending style in particular,” Naga said. Asami raised an eyebrow at her as the announcer proceeded to introduce the two teams. “Just, in contrast to most of the pro-benders here, who are fairly contemporary” Naga continued. “From what I saw last match, Sakari is sporting a really traditional Southern Water Tribe background, but she seems to be holding her own alright.”
Asami’s eyes narrowed somewhat. More and more, Naga struck her as someone trained, from her observations to her stride. “She’s also a small target,” she replied.
Trained in what, Asami wasn’t sure. If she were to gamble, she’d bet Naga had fought benders before, which put her in a different category than most non-benders. From the musculature she’d glimpsed, Naga took some pains to keep in shape. Was she keeping fit for combat? Breaking into politicians’ homes?
Ding-ding-ding!
“WHOO! GO FIRE FERRETS!”
The starting bell and Naga’s cheer brought Asami back to the present. Pushing her thoughts aside, she allowed herself to get caught up in the match.
The Fire Ferrets took an early lead with a nice three-element combo, pushing the Rabaroos back by one zone. Asami raised an eyebrow as Sakari rushed forward, pressing the attack with a blast of water that sent the opposing earthbender almost back into zone three.
“I don’t remember her being this aggressive last time,” Naga said, voicing Asami’s same thoughts.
“Me neither, I wonder what the shift is about.”
Naga hummed noncommittally as they refocused on the match. The Rabaroos eventually managed a partial comeback, pushing Mako and Sakari back to their side of the stage. Bolin, however, held his ground long enough to deem the round a solid win for the Fire Ferrets.
“Any thoughts on her style so far?” Asami asked as the teams resettled themselves for round two.
Naga frowned. “Not really?” she said. “The kid is playing differently than last time, and it’s not really in keeping with any particular style.” She paused. “Unless angry is a style.”
Frankly, most benders struck Asami as angry most of the time. “I wouldn’t know,” she said. At least in the arena, it could be controlled, kept contained and observed.
Still, as the second round started, she had to reconcile the cute kid from the alley with the Fire Ferrets’ waterbender, who took an early lead and knocked the Rabaroos’ other waterbender into a post before she toppled off the back of the stage.
Asami could usually ignore the cognitive dissonance that came from attending a pro-bending match. She could imagine that bending was something the players picked up at the door, something that only existed inside of the arena. Because it was a great sport. The reality of bending outside of the arena was different. Pro-bending was fun to watch if Asami didn’t overthink it.
Unfortunately, however, Naga had her thinking about a dozen things at once.
Sakari pressed forward with another attack, but the opposing earthbender jumped forward, over her low shot, and hit her with a direct shot of double earth disks.
The whole audience seemed to wince as the slender thirteen-year-old tumbled backwards and flew off the back edge of the stage. Immediately, conversation surged around them as people commented on the play.
“She really is young,” Naga said, trailing off slightly. Asami glanced over and saw her frowning. “I can see why there are… concerns.”
“That’s the worst hit I’ve seen her take,” Asami said, “but I think it was more the fault of her play style this match than the sport being too rough for her.”
“That’s fair. I mean, if you’re up front throwing punches, you’ve gotta be ready to take a few of your own.”
“Mmhmm.”
The round ended with the Rabaroos narrowly scraping a victory. “It’s anyone’s match,” Asami said. “Though it will be interesting to see if and how Sakari comes back from that knockout.”
“I’m sure she’ll be fine,” Naga said.
Asami could see Mako and Bolin pull her in for a huddle, where Sakari seemed initially recalcitrant, but eventually nodded her head in agreement with whatever the brothers were saying. Asami smiled faintly as it occurred to her that she would get to meet them later. That would be fun. She’d been appreciating their play style together for two seasons, and it was… nice to see family together, side by side.
The Fire Ferrets started round three as strong as they’d started round one, but Sakari seemed to be a bit more in check with the aggression this time. Bolin got knocked back a zone after a few blows, but so was the Rabaroos’ firebender. Regardless of the distance, Bolin sent off a series of solid retaliations that gave Mako and Sakari a chance to firm up their positions in zone one.
Despite her preference for them, Asami found herself wishing the Fire Ferrets would misstep, that Sakari might overextend herself and get knocked off again.
If they won this match, they would move on to finals.
And Asami would be attending finals, just not as an audience member.
A few seconds later, Mako and Sakari took advantage of Bolin’s cover fire to hit the Rabaroos’ with a dual element combo that sent all three over the back and into the drink.
The crowd went wild. Naga jumped to her feet, cheering and clapping.
Belatedly, Asami joined her, but she couldn’t quite still the cold sense of unease that had started to curl in her stomach.
This wasn’t the team she wanted to kidnap during finals.
* * *
“Mako, we DID IT!” Sakari was making the platform bounce as it transported them back to the locker room.
He chuckled. “I know, I was there too.” Frankly, he was relieved to see her expression had lightened.
She whipped her helmet off and nearly dropped it over the edge. Bolin caught it before she could. “Careful there,” he said.
Sakari took the helmet back and hugged it tight to her chest. “Sorry,” she said. “Thanks though.”
“Not a problem!” Bolin grinned.
Mako reached out and ruffled Sakari’s hair. He’d been worried when the kid seemed stormy all morning, but she’d tightened everything up enough to help get them to finals.
Finals. The thought had him smiling so broadly he could hardly believe it.
“Well done.”
Mako looked up and blinked when he saw Tenzin, standing next to Jinora and looking stiff, but not too displeased. He’d practically forgotten they were there watching.
“Thank you,” he said, smiling uncertainly. He wasn’t sure how Tenzin would react to seeing Sakari take such a bad knockout.
Jinora stepped forward and inspected a scuff on Sakari’s elbow pad. “Are matches always like this?”
“Always like… we win?” Sakari’s smile hadn’t faltered since the end of the third round. “Well, so far, yeah!” She proudly pointed her thumb to her chest. “At least since I’ve joined up, anyway.”
“You were so great,” Jinora said. “I was actually really impressed with how light you are on your feet. You dodge a lot, but it’s different from how I move and dodge as an airbender.”
“Yeah?” Sakari and Jinora quickly started a discussion on the differences between airbending and waterbending evasion.
Mako chuckled as he turned his attention back to Tenzin. “Between the two of them, they could start classes on dodging for lightweight girls,” he said.
“Frankly, that would be a useful class for far more than just lightweight girls,” Bolin interjected.
“Indeed,” Tenzin said. He seemed stiffer at the mention of dodging and Mako resisted the urge to facepalm. He really hadn’t meant to bring up a reason for Tenzin to think about the time Sakari hadn’t dodged and gone flying off the stage.
“So, two matches into the tournament,” Mako said. “Is pro-bending growing on you?” he asked.
Tenzin chuckled, and it was only a little dry. “Perhaps,” he replied. He paused, and his mustache twitched. “I’m enjoying it more than I thought I would, I must admit. As for the potential and actual dangers to Sakari, I am still somewhat concerned.”
Mako opened his mouth and Tenzin held up a hand to still the interruption. “However,” he continued, “she has demonstrated herself well-capable of handling the stresses inherent to this pursuit.”
“She really has,” Bolin said. “Seriously, we’ve mostly done training on adapting her skills for the arena, but she’s a fantastic waterbender, the best we’ve ever worked with.”
“Easily the best,” Mako added.
At that, Tenzin gave them a rare smile. “I can hardly complain about her training, lest I be caught disparaging my mother.” He cleared his throat. “In any case, she has my permission to continue playing.”
“Permission?” Mako raised an eyebrow.
“Blessing then,” Tenzin amended.
Behind him, Mako heard a familiar, annoying laugh. “Ooooh, good to hear little Sakari got her permission form signed.”
“What?” Sakari seemed to be caught in offended surprise.
Mako turned and leveled a glare at the door, where Tahno and the Wolfbats had just walked in. “Go shove it, Tahno,” he said.
“Oh, oh, this is too much,” Tahno said. He moved his helmet under one arm and fanned himself. “Mamma Mako, watching out for his growing nest.” Tahno sniffed the air. “Just be careful there. Kids smell.”
In the corner of his eye, Mako saw Sakari bunch her fists. Bolin half-stepped in front of her. “Save it for finals, Tahno,” he said. “At least, if we see you there.”
Tahno rolled his eyes. “Yeah, I’m peeing my pants over here. See you at finals, or should I say, beat you at finals.”
At that, the Wolfbats walked (Tahno strutted) past them toward the platform. On the way, Tahno’s shoulder clipped Mako’s, but he didn’t rise to the bait.
“Let’s move to another room,” Sakari said once the announcer started narrating the Wolfbat’s introduction. Beside her, Jinora had shrunk back, but had put a supportive hand on Sakari’s shoulder.
“Sounds good to me,” Bolin said. His usual smile was struggling against a lingering scowl.
Mako hesitated before nodding and opening the door. “Let’s head out.” Part of him wanted to see the Wolfbats play, Tahno especially. But… he’d seen enough of their matches. No need to study any more, at least not that night.
They’d made finals. It was a good day and there was no need to ruin it watching Tahno’s smug face.
Sakari resumed chatting with Jinora as she led them to the Fire Ferrets’ usual practice room, but her high mood had clearly fallen a bit.
“Who was that deplorable young man?” Tenzin asked as they walked.
Mako sighed. “That was Tahno, the captain of the Wolfbats.”
“A captain?” Tenzin’s eyebrows shot up. “And will he be penalized or, or disqualified for such indecorous behavior toward an opponent?” Tenzin cleared his throat. “I understand that, perhaps, a bit of competitive jockeying and banter is to be expected, but that was entirely uncalled for.”
“Tell me about it,” Mako grumbled. “And no, he won’t get penalized or disqualified. You get disqualified for fighting outside the arena. One of Tahno’s favorite strategies, actually, is to goad his opponents in a public place.”
Bolin cut in. “He gets them all riled up so they throw the first punch in front of witnesses, then cries victim and gets them thrown out.”
Tenzin looked aghast as they entered the practice room. “That… that’s incredibly bad sportsmanship.” He huffed and straightened his shoulders. “I am glad to see that you and Bolin are above such shenanigans.”
Ahead of them, Mako could see that Jinora was doing a good job of keeping Sakari occupied. He half-heard her asking a question about their training targets as he punched Bolin’s shoulder and replied, “This guy here keeps us on the straight and narrow.”
“Aw, bro, you’re making me blush.” Bolin punched Mako’s shoulder back. “Just doing my part. You’re the one who keeps us fed.” With that, he smiled and wandered over to Sakari and Jinora, joining in their conversation about the Fire Ferret’s training routines.
A glance showed that Sakari had perked up a bit, but Mako could still sense something odd about her. “Hey, uh, Tenzin,” he said, “maybe it’s just me, but Sakari seems to be a bit off today.”
Tenzin furrowed his brow. “In what way do you mean?”
“Like… emotionally.” Mako frowned. “The way she played today isn’t actually representative of how she’s been playing. She’s not normally that aggressive.”
“Ah, I see.” Tenzin stroked his beard. His frown deepened. “I think I might have some insight, actually.”
“Yeah?”
“Indeed. This is a… troubling anniversary for Sakari, and it will be the first time she’s faced this day without being around her family.” His expression shifted. “I’m going to go try and talk to her,” he said.
“Oh, uh, alright.” Mako crossed his arms as he watched Tenzin stride over to Sakari, Jinora, and Bolin. Unlike Bolin, he did not insert himself smoothly into the conversation. The three of them stopped talking as Tenzin came in beside Sakari, placing a hand on her shoulder.
Mako couldn’t quite hear what Tenzin said. Something about how they should go talk and, “given what day today is.”
Sakari’s reaction, however, was immediate and loud enough. “I don’t want to talk about that right now,” she snapped. “Just because it’s some… some holiday of mourning back home doesn’t mean I want to take it with me, wherever I go!” She yanked her shoulder out of his hand and took a step back to glare at him.
Mako started walking over as Tenzin made another attempt. “Then… would you be more amenable to talking with Jinora about it? Perhaps I was wrong to insert myself into that conversation.”
Bolin glanced uncertainly between the three of them as Jinora grimaced. “Dad, we were already having a conversation.” She glanced at Sakari with concern. “If Sakari wants to tell me something, she’ll tell me.”
“Ah.” Tenzin tugged on his beard again.
A heavy silence descended on the group as Mako came over. “Hey, thanks for coming to support us, Tenzin and Jinora.” He managed a smile as they turned toward him. “But, uh, it’s about time we hit the showers.”
“Yes, ah, it’s time for us to go as well.” Tenzin straightened his robes. “Thank you for the invitation to watch the match tonight,” he said.
“Yes, thank you very much.” Jinora smiled up at Mako. “Um, would it be alright if we came to watch finals?”
Mako hesitated. If Tahno’s nastiness came to bear against Sakari, he especially didn’t want Jinora to have to see that. But… Sakari was well trained. He’d drill her on some of Tahno’s usual tricks before finals. It would be okay.
Bolin answered, “Sure thing!” before Mako could finish collecting his thoughts.
“I’d like that,” Sakari answered. She seemed quiet, back to the distance he’d noticed earlier.
Mako nodded. “Do you need someone to walk you out?”
Tenzin shook his head. “We can see ourselves out. Thank you for having us.”
Another silence fell as the Fire Ferrets waited for Tenzin and Jinora to leave. As soon as they went through the doorway, Bolin turned back toward Mako and Sakari.
“Soooooo,” he said, “Wanna talk about that awkward.”
Sakari frowned. “No but, I—“
Ding-ding-ding!
She gasped. “The match is over already?”
Mako’s smile tightened. Tahno really wasn’t messing around today. “Looks like it,” he said.
“Whoops,” Sakari said, half speaking to herself. “Out of time. Uh.” She rubbed the back of her head. “Yeah, I need to talk to you guys about something.”
Mako frowned. “What’s wrong?”
“Uh, nothing is wrong-wrong,” she said. “I just kind of forgot to tell you that I met a pair of strangers yesterday and invited them to meet us backstage after the semis for a, uh, tour.” She paused, but when neither he nor Bolin responded, Sakari continued, “And, uh, semis are over.”
Mako pinched the bridge of his nose. “Why were you talking to strangers in the first place?”
“That’s not really a safe thing to do,” Bolin added. He paused. “Although you’ve basically travelled half the globe solo on your way to Republic City, but still.”
Sakari sighed. “When Naga got away from me yesterday, she totally crashed into this girl—she looked kind of Water Tribe—and pinned her to the ground.”
“Angry pinning?” Bolin asked.
“Happy pinning,” Sakari clarified. “Like… she wouldn’t stop licking her the entire time. It was super gross and kind of cute, but she was practically eating her in a friendly way and I needed to apologize somehow and then they recognized me from playing in quarterfinals and I sort of ended up inviting them.”
Bolin stroked his chin for a moment. “Did they root for us in quarterfinals?” he asked.
“I think so,” Sakari said.
Mako groaned. “Bolin, really? Not a priority.” He turned back toward Sakari. “That was really irresponsible, and you should have told us earlier,” he said. “What if they’re not safe?”
Sakari frowned and looked away, but Bolin cut in before she could answer. “Hey, bro. I know it sounds a bit sketch, but we’re here to protect her if things go south.” He smiled at Sakari. “In addition, Naga is an excellent judge of character and I’m always up for new friends. Especially ladies.” He paused. “How old are they again?”
“Same age as Mako, I’d guess?” Sakari shrugged.
“I’d love to meet a pair of ladies who come so highly recommended from Sakari’s dog,” Bolin said. He elbowed Mako slightly. “Don’t you want to meet your fans?”
Mako ran a hand through his hair. “Ugh, fine.”
“Yes! Thank you!” Sakari gave Mako a quick hug, then gave one to Bolin. She stifled a giggle as she did so.
“What’s that about?” Bolin asked, ruffling her hair.
“Oh, just.” Sakari giggled again. “They’re cute ladies, but I don’t think they’d be into you.” Bolin’s face fell, which made her laugh harder. “They seemed kind of into each other, if I’m any judge.”
At that, she blushed and fell into another case of the giggles.
“Well you’re not,” Mako said. “You’re thirteen. Stop giggling like that and go get your new friends.” He huffed as she ran toward the door. “You shouldn’t make assumptions like that anyway, not without asking first,” he called after her.
“Aw, no ladies for us this time, brother of mine,” Bolin said, slinging an arm around Mako’s shoulders. “But it’s been a while since we were, you know, social. We could use friends who don’t try to re-recruit you to the triads and end up getting you captured by Equalists.”
“That would be nice,” Mako said absently.
If a pair of ladies showed up in his life… that’d be nice, but Mako wasn’t even sure what he’d do about it. He was nineteen, a professional athlete, and not bad looking (if he was any judge), but he couldn’t seem to get a date. Or function around women in general, actually.
“Nice? That would be great!” Bolin gave Mako a shake. “You need to loosen up a little, Mako. Be open to new experiences, new people.”
Mako glanced at him before he started cleaning their helmets. “I’ll think about it,” he said.
And, as he worked on cleaning some of the sweat out of their helmets, Mako realized it was true. He would think about it. He’d consider it. If nothing else, maybe he could borrow a bit of Bolin’s optimism.
“For all we know, Sakari just met our two new favorite best friends!”
He just wouldn’t borrow too much of it.
* * *
The crowd pressed close around them and Korra reached back to grab Asami’s hand. “Stay with me,” she said.
“I’ll try,” Asami responded, half drowned out by the crowd. She gave Korra’s hand a squeeze.
The crowd around them seemed a bit put out by the second match’s abrupt ending. Korra could hear bits of comments and discussion as they made their way to the backstage door near the arena’s exit.
“—nasty match, was that really necessary—“
“—incredible shot! My money is on Tahno for—“
“Well Tahno has talent, I have to—“
“—interesting to see that finals match, I wonder—“
“—you see that shot? Totally illegal!”
Korra grimaced and reflexively held Asami’s hand a bit tighter. She hadn’t liked Tahno’s play style in the quarterfinals (Northern Water Tribe meets sleazy, she’d described it to Asami for her notebook) but she disliked him even more from the closer seats. He was flashy, aggressive, and, worst of all, really good.
Eventually, Korra and Asami made it to the door where Sakari was supposed to meet them.
“We made it here alive!” Korra grinned.
Asami smiled back, though she seemed a bit preoccupied. “Sometimes braving the crowd seems more dangerous than playing in the arena,” she said.
Korra shook her head. “I’d take the crowd over Tahno any day,” she said. “He plays nasty.”
“And yet in spite of that, or maybe because of it, the Wolfbats are the returning champions.” Asami wrinkled her nose. “Yet again.”
They shared a mutual expression of distaste before Korra realized they were still holding hands. It had been so nice she hadn’t even noticed. A mild blush colored her cheeks as she said, “So what are you most looking forward to going backstage for?”
Asami tilted her head. “I’m especially interested at seeing the overall layout of the arena behind the seats,” she said. “It’s so easy to get caught up in the public-access part that sometimes I forget there’s a whole facility here too. Training rooms, showers, storage, meeting rooms, all of that.”
Korra raised an eyebrow. It sounded almost as though Asami were talking about another recon mission. “That’s a very… engineer-type answer,” she said instead.
Asami chuckled. “I suppose it is,” she said.
They fell into a companionable silence, but Korra felt twitchy and couldn’t let it stand. She cleared her throat. “I’m not looking forward to seeing Sakari going head to head with Tahno,” she said.
Rather than rise to meet her in the conversation, Asami seemed to grow even more absent. “Yeah,” she said, gazing in the distance. “That… that’ll just be nasty.” She sighed. “It’s not going to be a good match.”
“Yeah…” Korra held back a frown and leaned against the door. Asami didn’t sound especially excited to go, which made it a bit awkward because, well, Korra had been hoping they could go together. This was, by precedent, an established way of hanging out. She sighed. Friendship was difficult. She could more easily pick the lock on this door than figure Asami out.
If they didn’t go to finals together, what excuse could Korra have to see her again? Did she need a reason, necessarily, to want to see Asami again? All she knew was that she wasn’t ready to say goodbye yet.
“Hey,” she said, “even if it’s not going to be a great match, I’d still like to go together if you do.”
She’d met dozens of strangers and put together just as many ad-hoc friendships that disappeared when the Red Lotus left town. Korra would be in Republic City for at least another few weeks. She refused to let go of Asami prematurely.
“Next match… that’s finals,” Asami said. She seemed troubled, and Korra got the sense she wasn’t looking for confirmation on that fact.
Still, she said, “Yep, that would be it. Last game of the season.”
Asami smiled, but weakly. She wouldn’t meet Korra’s eyes. “I’m sorry, Naga,” she said, “but this is the last match I can go to, actually.” Before Korra could say something, she hurried on. “I’m… I’m so glad I got to spend it with you, but I really can’t go to the next match with you.” A pause, and Asami’s voice took on an edged tone. “I’m not even supposed to be here!”
She glanced around, checking that nobody was listening, before she turned back to Korra and slowly met her gaze. “Naga,” she said, voice low, “you shouldn’t go to the next match either.”
“Why?” Korra searched Asami’s face for some hint besides regret. “What’s happening?”
Asami’s smile tightened. “It’s… just not a good idea,” she said. “It’s going to be nasty.”
“The match?” Korra asked, half hopeful.
Asami didn’t reply, and her silence said more than she had.
The door opened before Korra could say anything else. She leapt back to avoid it hitting her in the knee.
“Hi there,” Sakari said. She looked out of breath. “Sorry I’m late. I got kind of caught up.”
“It’s fine,” Asami said, smiling. And just like that she was back to normal. “We weren’t waiting long.”
Korra laughed. “We’re just glad you showed up.” She put on a smile to match. Asami wasn’t the only one who could pretend at being normal. Korra practiced every day.
“Good to hear,” Sakari said, and something in her voice sounded off, in the same way that Korra could half-hear Asami lying when she said it was fine. “Are you ready for your tour?”
“Born ready,” Korra said. “Let’s go.”
“We need to go pick up my brothers before we get the tour started,” Sakari said as they made their way down the hall.
“Brothers?” Korra asked.
“Mako and Bolin,” Sakari said. She smiled and it came more naturally than earlier. “We’re the Fire Ferret Family.”
“That’s cute.” Korra kept looking around as they made their way down the hall. The backstage was more spartan compared to the grandiose arena itself, but she liked it. Lots of clear signs to tell her where things were. Most recon missions weren’t nearly so helpful.
Asami chuckled, then blinked. “Wait, but... I didn’t realize Mako and Bolin had a sister...?”
“They do now,” Sakari said. “We adopted one another, kind of sort of.”
Korra smiled. “Found family is family still,” she said.
Sakari smiled back. “Absolutely.” She turned down a hall and threw open a door. “And here is the Fire Ferrets’ usual practice room in all its glory,” she announced.
Immediately, Korra liked the space. It was open and ready for serious bending practice. Targets and earth discs sat in stacks along the wall, ready for use. If she’d been alone, she would have been off and bending in an instant.
“And here are the Fire Ferrets themselves,” Sakari continued. She gestured to a pair of young men that Korra recognized from their build and recalled bending style. Mako was cool under fire with a contained, precise way of moving. Bolin had been bold and offbeat in his movements, clearly self-taught. Up close, Mako was serious with eyebrows to match. Bolin struck Korra as someone who probably balanced that out a bit.
Sakari turned and gestured back to Korra and Asami in the doorway. “Mako, Bolin, this is Naga, and this is Asami.”
Mako had been frowning, but at the introduction his mouth twitched toward a smile.
It was Bolin, however, who said, “Wait, you have the same name as Sakari’s dog?”
Korra’s face burned. “Yep, that’s me,” she said. “Polarbear dog girl.”
Worst. Alias. Ever.
She could have picked one of her old names! She had plenty.
Beside her, Asami seemed to find it funny. Korra smiled wryly at her.
Mako cleared his throat. “Before we get the tour started, I just wanted to say that we don’t, uh, normally do tours.”
He paused awkwardly and Asami stepped forward. “Thank you,” she said warmly. “It’s great to meet you, actually. I’m a big fan of the Fire Ferrets.”
Bolin grinned and opened his mouth to say something, but Mako elbowed him before he could. “That’s great,” Mako cut in. “Just... I just want it known that we don’t have a tolerance for any funny business here. No involvement with shady groups.”
Sakari rolled her eyes. “Mako, really?”
A bead of sweat rolled down Korra’s back. She quelled her nervousness. There was literally no way he could know about the Red Lotus. “Shady groups?” she asked. She glanced at Asami, who had frowned, but looked to be in control of herself.
Which was good. Because if there was ever a bad time to say, ‘yeah, actually I’m an Equalist,’ it was probably in the middle of a pro-bending training room, especially considering these pro-benders had actually fought against the Equalists at the Revelation when Mako was captured.
“Yeah, just.” Mako cleared his throat. “We’ve just had some problems with the Triads lately, so if you’re looking to cause trouble...” He crossed his arms.
Korra could have laughed with relief. Asami did laugh, but it was terse. “We’re not even benders,” she said, tone a bit stiff.
That seemed to relax Mako, but Korra felt a lump in her throat and fought to swallow it for a moment as she nodded along. After a beat, she managed to cough and add, “Yeah, no triads for us.”
“Then if we’re all in agreement, let’s get the tour started!” Bolin made a silly, sweeping bow and they set off.
Sakari started the tour in the gym, pointing out the various equipment and their uses. Pointing to a net hanging from the balcony wrapping around the side of the wall, she said, “And this is where Bolin practices his earthbending.”
At the mention of his name, Bolin grinned and lifted two of the earth discs, launching them into the net. “It’s good practice to keep me from getting too rusty.”
He winked and the group laughed. Even though she’d just met him, Bolin seemed highly unlikely to get rusty with his earthbending.
Korra’s gaze lingered on the earth discs as they moved on and her fingers twitched, and she fought down the urge to try out the exercise herself. Part of her really wanted to learn some pro-bending tricks, but it really wasn’t the time.
Asami was looking around at everything as they walked around the gym, eyes lingering on the layout of the windows over the balcony. “So do you have to share this training facility with all of the other teams, or are there other gyms inside the stadium?” Though her expression was one of friendly curiosity, Korra could almost see her brain taking notes behind her eyes.
Korra frowned. Asami’s warning from earlier echoed in her head and pieces started to come together. The notes she’d been taking had been mostly about the benders, but Korra hadn’t been able to see everything she’d written. If she was looking for intel on the arena layout itself, did that speak toward some sort of Equalist intent? As the tour continued, Korra took note of where her friend’s gaze travelled, trying to figure out what she was planning.
“There’s another gym on the other side of the arena,” Sakari said, leading them out a side door into the hallway. “But we still have to fight to get the best time slots.”
From there, the tour proceeded past a few nearby rooms. When Sakari was unsure as to what something was (she’d apparently only been there for a few weeks), Bolin or Mako would step in to clarify. Bolin, in particular, seemed to warm up to Korra and Asami quickly enough, eagerly doing his best to answer the questions Asami had regarding the architecture. As to whether his answers were entirely correct, Korra had some doubts.
More notably, however, her suspicions about Asami only deepened as her friend continued to express interest in whether or not some windows could or could not be opened.
By the end of the hall, which had taken them about half the length of the arena (if Korra could judge) Bolin had mostly taken over Sakari’s tourguide duties. Sakari, for her part, seemed increasingly distracted and potentially anxious. Korra largely split her attention between watching her and Asami. Sakari seemed almost surprised when they stopped at the corner near an inconspicuous door.
“Oh, and here’s our apartment,” she said.
“You live here?” Asami asked. She looked just a bit concerned at that, though it was hard for Korra to really judge her expression.
“Yeah,” Bolin responded. “It means we don’t have to get up quite so early when we’re stuck with the morning practice times since we just have to go downstairs and up the hall.”
Mako, who had begun to relax as they continued the tour, tensed again with a frown. “Uh, I think the tour’s gone far enough,” he said.
“Aw, come on, Mako!” Bolin said. “Just a quick peek. Just at the downstairs.” He flashed a smile back at Korra and Asami. “We have the best view in Republic City,” he said.
“It really is wonderful,” Sakari said, summoning a smile. Compared to Bolin’s genuine enthusiasm, the girl was clearly forcing it a bit.
Still, Korra sort of collected beautiful views. She saw enough of them in her travels. Everywhere she went, from small villages to huge cities, had a place (or twelve) that claimed to be the best. “I’d love to see it,” she said.
Mako’s frown deepened.
“Just for a minute,” Korra said.
He sighed. “Fine.”
Bolin opened the door and they went up a couple flights of stairs. He paused at the top to unlock a door, then stepped inside to reveal an open, though sparse, room with impossibly tall windows. Korra gaped as she realized they must be inside one of the four towers that adorned the outside corners of the arena.
“Oh, wow,” she breathed.
“I know right?” Bolin gestured grandly to to the windows. “Here it is, the best view!”
Korra walked over, with Asami right behind her, and smiled as she looked outside. The apartment sported a grand view of the bay, Air Temple Island, and the Avatar Aang statue. Though Korra had been closer to all three when she took the ferry to the island, the up-close view hadn’t given her the sense of space and height she got now.
“It’s quite the view,” Asami said.
Korra nodded.
Sakari came up beside them. “It’s one of my favorite parts about being here,” she said.
Despite the positive statement, there was something melancholy behind her words. Korra frowned and debated with herself a moment, unsure if she should say something. She exchanged a look with Asami and made a decision.
“Hey, Sakari.” Korra put a hand on her shoulder, and the girl looked up. The tension on her face was even more pronounced up close. “Thank you for the tour,” she said. “It’s been really neat going backstage here and getting to see all this stuff, but you seem kind of off today.” Immediately, Sakari opened her mouth and Korra hurried on. “I just wanted to say that you don’t have to do this.”
“It’s fine,” Sakari said, voice clipped.
“Naga and I really don’t mind,” Asami said. “We can just head out, or we can reschedule for another time.”
Bolin cleared his throat. “I know you didn’t want to talk about it earlier, but if you want to talk about it now, that is also a possibility.”
Sakari sighed and fidgeted with her bangs for a moment. “I don’t want to talk about it,” she said. “We talk about it every year and this year I wanted to just kind of carry on? I’m not home, so I didn’t want to make a big deal about it.” She took a deep, uneven breath, then sat down hard on the bench. “But... it actually kind of sucks, not talking about it or doing anything to process those feelings a little bit?”
Bolin sat down beside her and everyone else grabbed a seat on the nearby couch. “You mentioned a ‘holiday of mourning’ earlier,” Bolin said. “Did somebody pass away?”
Sakari shrugged. “I don’t know, actually. Maybe? I mean, might as well at this point.” She sighed. “We’re not even sure anymore.”
Korra was still struggling to parse out what Sakari had said when Mako cleared his throat. “So... someone may have died, but your family isn’t sure?” he asked.
Sakari looked out the window. She seemed tired. “I had a sister,” she said. A pause. “Have? Have a sister? It’s... complicated.”
“What happened?” Asami asked.
“I never knew her,” Sakari said, propping one leg on the seat so she could hug her leg. “She was kidnapped before I was born, fourteen years ago, so I never ‘had’ her, and I don’t know if I can say I ‘have’ a sister because... I don’t know her. I don’t really have her.”
Korra frowned. “Fourteen years ago?” she asked. Something about the statement unsettled her, but she couldn’t say quite what it was.
“Yeah, these evil people took her when she was just four years old,” Sakari continued. “We think we know why, but we’re not really sure. It... it’s kind of come to define my family. Apparently my own uncle was involved in some way too, but even that’s murky. He was found dead during the incident, apparently due to some disagreement he had with the other kidnappers? I’m not really sure.”
Sakari took a deep breath. “This is the anniversary of the day she was taken. Every year it’s kind of... anti celebrated, I guess? We take time and mourn and my parents tell me about her and try to imagine the sort of person she’d be if she were still with us. This is normally when we try and get some updated report about leads, but they’re basically all dead ends. There’s never good news or new news.”
She paused and made a face. “I guess I should probably mention that it’s also of historic significance? My uncle was kind of the chief of the Northern Water Tribe?”
A chill ran across the back of Korra’s neck. “Wait, really?”
Sakari nodded. “So this is also kind of the anniversary of the beginning of Water Tribe deunification, because my father became chief of the Southern Water Tribe right afterwards.” She ducked her head down. “I’m really sorry for not saying anything early, Mako and Bolin.”
“No, it’s... I can see why it’s complicated,” Mako said.
Bolin gave her a smile. “Not a problem,” he said. “Though I have to ask: does this make you a princess?”
Sakari smiled for the first time since she’d started talking about her sister. Something about the expression looked... oddly familiar. “No, that’s not how Water Tribe titles work,” she said. “At least not in the south.” Her face fell. “Back in the south,” she said, “I don’t really talk to strangers... ever,” she said, glancing up at Asami and Korra.
The motion made Sakari’s bobbed hair shift, and it occurred to Korra that they had the exact same wave to their hair. She banished thought as Sakari continued speaking. Lots of people in the Southern Water Tribe had slightly wavy hair.
“After the kidnapping, my dad became chief, but we retreated from public life as a family. I was born a little later, and my parents have always been... excessively protective of me. We don’t have a palace,” Sakari said. An edge of bitter humor crept into her voice. “But we do have walls. I barely left the compound as a child. The only people I really interacted with, aside from my parents, were my tutors and Katara, my waterbending teacher.”
“No wonder you ran away,” Mako murmured. He got off the couch and moved to give Sakari a hug.
Sakari immediately leaned into him and Bolin joined the both of them right after. “That would be the reason,” she mumbled. “I had to get out.”
“It’s not right to be kept in a cage,” Korra said. “You deserve to be free.” Her hand had clenched into a fist, but she refused to think about it.
Pulling out of the hug, Sakari’s blue eyes were watery. “I keep telling myself that,” she said. They were the same color that Korra saw in the mirror but most water tribe people had blue eyes and Korra’s particular shade was a common blue.
Asami reached across and put her hand on top of Sakari’s as Mako sat down on the floor beside the bench. “If I may?”
Sakari nodded and Asami squeezed her hand. “I understand how loss can... come to define a family,” she said. Her gaze drifted away. “When I was six, the Agni Kai Triad broke in. They killed my father.”
Korra put a hand on her shoulder as Asami continued. “Since then, it’s just been me and my mother. We get by well enough, but... it’s hard sometimes. I don’t remember much about my dad, and in many ways his memory has defined my life more than his presence did. We do the same thing, sort of... anti-celebrating the day he died.” She sighed and leaned into Korra’s hand. “And his death defined so much for us. It’s shaped my mother’s life choices and my own.” Her gaze met Korra’s and, for a moment, the Fire Ferrets seemed to disappear.
Benders had killed Asami’s father. This was why she was an Equalist, why her mother was also apparently an Equalist. She didn’t say as much, but Korra understood.
Korra squeezed Asami’s shoulder, and she gave Korra a quick smile before she continued speaking. “Lately though... I’ve been trying to make my own choices, kind of.” She smiled. “You probably already know this, but your family is going to have a really hard time understanding.”
Sakari smiled wryly. “Yeah, that’s accurate.”
“But you need to do what’s best for you,” Asami continued. “You can’t live in the past, forever holding on to a sister you never knew.”
Everyone was quiet for a moment. Sakari tugged on the ends of her hair, the same way Korra did when she was nervous. After another beat, she whispered, “Sometimes I wish she’d died instead. There would be closure, and no more wondering about whether or not we’ll ever see her again.” She sighed. “I’m never going to meet her, but there’s always that small hope, because she’s not dead. At least... we’re pretty sure she’s not dead.” Sakari rubbed her temples. “If she’d died, then our family could have moved on. The world could have moved on.”
Bolin rubbed a hand on Sakari’s shoulder. “Would it help if you, just in your own head, thought of her as dead? So you don’t have to wonder about what-ifs?”
Sakari chuckled, but without any humor in it. “She might as well be, for how far away she feels, but... not really. As ridiculous as it sounds, we... we’re actually pretty sure she’s not dead.”
“Um... may I ask how?” Mako tilted his head.
“No flash of light at the temples,” Sakari said.
Korra’s fists clenched. The hair on her arms stood on end.
There was no way.
“What do you mean?” Asami asked.
“My sister was—” Sakari paused. “My sister is the Avatar.”
For a moment, Korra felt as though she’d been dunked in a bucket of ice water. Her hand started to tremble, her breathing quickened, and her whole body tensed.
Then her training kicked in.
As though Zaheer was there, she could feel his spiritual presence. Her mental commands to relax her body and breath on counts of four came in his voice as she recalled her training. People talked about the Avatar sometimes. It was normal. It was okay.
No matter what they said, she didn’t need to worry about it.
From a distance, she heard Mako say something in reaction. He sounded surprised, but not alarmed.
Of course he wasn’t alarmed. They didn’t know who she was. She was safe.
No matter what anybody said, Korra was not to tell them her identity.
Bolin’s voice cut through, and Korra managed to parse out some of what he said. “Woah,” and something about, “She’d be eighteen now, huh.”
She felt absent from her body, and Asami leaning forward, out from under Korra’s hand, seemed to reach her at a delayed pace. She half-heard Asami say, “I just thought they were a few years late in revealing the Avatar.”
‘No matter what,’ Zaheer had trained her, ‘keep your reactions normal.’
If everyone else had responded with some sort of surprise, then that was the normal reaction.
“The Avatar, oh wow,” Korra said. Her voice sounded as though it were coming from underwater.
Korra longed for Zaheer’s ability to enter the Spirit World at will. She wanted to get away so bad. Being in her body felt like cause for panic, but no matter how she shoved herself away, spiritually, she could only get so far before running up against the blocks she always did.
And, as far as she got, Sakari’s voice seemed to cut through the distance, ringing in Korra’s mind like a clear bell. “I know she’s out there,” Sakari said. “Somewhere.”
Immediately, Korra scrambled to fit her spirit back into her body. She didn’t want to be far away anymore. She wanted to be present. She needed to be there with Sakari.
“If she were dead, the Avatar temples would have lit up,” she said. “The sages have some way of knowing when the cycle has changed, and it hasn’t. The new Avatar hasn’t been born in the Earth Kingdom yet.”
Settling back in her body, Korra’s spirit still felt agitated. She set her hands on her knees, struggling to maintain her composure. Thankfully, everyone seemed to be looking at Sakari.
Bolin said, “So that means she’s out there somewhere.”
“The Avatar,” Asami murmured. There was a depth of tension behind her eyes that Korra couldn’t parse.
Mako put an arm around Sakari and she whispered, “Korra.” She looked up from the floor. Her gaze met Korra’s.
For a moment, time seemed to stop. All the similarities between them, the familiar expressions from half-remembered faces, everything pressed against the inside of Korra’s body until she couldn’t stand it anymore.
She was looking at her sister.
And then time resumed.
Sakari’s gaze swept onward. She hadn’t even paused.
“I would have been fine growing up an only child,” she said, “but instead I grew up as a younger sister without anyone to balance it out.” She paused. “On the anniversary, I always feel the most alone.”
Korra cleared her throat. “I’m sorry you grew up so lonely,” she said. “I know something about not being able to make connections with people, and I know it can feel so isolating to grow up with an absence like that.” She struggled a moment, then managed a weak smile. “But I have some good news for you.”
Mako, Bolin, Asami, and Sakari all looked back toward her. “You do?” Sakari asked. Her voice sounded incredibly small.
“Yeah,” Korra said. “You’re not alone anymore, not at all.” She pushed herself to smile warmly. “Republic City loves you, and not because you’re anyone’s sister or daughter at all. They love you because you’re Sakari, everyone’s favorite waterbending prodigy.” Managing that, Korra felt stronger and more present. She needed to be present because she had stuff to say. “I saw a little girl in the audience dressed up as you today,” she said. “You’re basically a hero to all of Republic City’s little girls who want to grow up to kick some ass.” She gestured around her to the loft apartment. “You’ve found yourself a home here.
“And you are a little sister, no caveats” She nodded toward Mako and Bolin. “From what I can see, these two losers seem to be pretty good brothers for you.”
Mako and Bolin said, “Hey!” when she called them losers and Korra winked. The bravado felt hollow, but she had to do this, had to have something, some words to offer to Sakari.
“You’re not alone,” she said. “And that doesn’t mean you won’t feel that way sometimes, but... just remember that it’s going to be alright.”
Mako and Bolin leaned close against Sakari and she sniffled. “Thank you,” she said.
“You’re welcome,” Korra said. Piece said, she could feel herself drifting away from the conversation again. She needed to get away, to be alone.
“Thank you all for being so understanding,” Sakari said.
“Of course,” Asami said. Korra couldn’t tell if Asami sounded distant or if it was just in her head.
“We’re here for you, kid,” Mako said. Bolin nodded.
Sakari chuckled. A tear rolled down her cheek, but the smile seemed genuine. “I, uh, hope you enjoyed your tour, Naga, Asami. Complete with pro-bender backstory.”
“We’re just glad you’re okay,” Asami said. Korra wasn’t sure when they’d started speaking for one another, but she found she didn’t mind.
Mako glanced out the window at the dark sky. “I think we should head to bed early,” he said. “Long day of practice tomorrow.”
Bolin stood up. “I’ll show you ladies out,” he said.
“Thank you,” Asami said. Korra repeated it, and her voice sounded strange in her own ears.
Then they were on their way out and Asami stopped to put a hand briefly on Sakari’s shoulder before continuing. Since Korra was largely taking her cues from Asami, she did the same.
It was an innocuous touch, just a light moment to show some support.
It took everything in Korra’s being to keep herself from pulling Sakari up into a tight hug, the kind of hug that could replace thirteen years of absence.
But the moment was over before she could even begin to imagine what that kind of hug would feel like, and Bolin had shown them out the door. He chatted absently as they made their way down the stairs, past the landing they’d entered at. At the very bottom of the tower was a plain door.
“Sorry it’s not as fancy as the main entrance, but this is the side door we use to get in and out for the most part,” he said. “It’s close to the apartment and all.”
“Fancy doors are overrated,” Asami said with a small smile.
“In any case,” Bolin continued, “I just wanted to say thank you, both of you, for your kind words to Sakari.” He smiled. “I know we only just met, but if you’re good to Sakari that’s good enough for me. If you ever want some free tickets or another tour, this time perhaps minus the backstory bit, just reach out and contact me or Mako.”
They said thank you, and then Bolin waved goodbye before he disappeared back behind the door to the arena.
Korra’s lockpicks felt heavy in the small pocket she kept them in on her belt. It would only take a minute, and she could pop the door back open, rush inside, and tell Sakari the truth.
No matter what anybody said, she was not to reveal her identity.
Korra rolled her shoulders and shuddered.
“That was... something,” Asami said. The two of them started walking back toward the city.
“Yeah.” Korra was very glad that walking was something she could manage without having to think about it.
They walked together in silence until they were a block back into the city. Asami paused at the corner and turned to face Korra. “We made plans to hang out together after the match,” she said. “But, um, I actually don’t think I can.”
Korra stifled her smile of relief because she didn’t want Asami to think she was happy about not hanging out with her. “It’s fine,” she said. “It’s been a long night.”
Asami hesitated, then stepped forward and gave her a hug. “I had a really great time, Naga,” she said.
The hug lingered and, after a moment, Korra relaxed into her arms a little more. It was a nice hug, and she found her mind calming down in the process. Even with all the chaos, all the new knowledge, it didn’t seem quite so distressing with Asami’s arms around her.
If Korra struck up a brief tryst with some cute guy or girl in a passing town, she was usually a little more focused on kissing, so she didn’t do a lot of hugging. Silently, she, resolved to prioritize it more in the future.
Then Asami pulled back halfway and looked into her eyes with an intent gaze. “Please... don’t go to finals,” she whispered.
“What’s going to happen?” Korra paused, unsure if their friendship allowed a more direct question. “The Equalists are doing something, aren’t they.” By the end of the sentence, it wasn’t a question.
Asami averted her gaze. “I... can neither confirm nor deny,” she said, “but I really just want you to know that it’s a bad idea.”
Korra bit her lip. “Okay,” she said. Potential dangers to Sakari pressed at her mind, insisting on being acknowledged. Korra tried pushing them away, but was only half-successful. “Goodnight, Asami.”
“Goodnight, Naga.”
Asami gave Korra’s hand one last squeeze, then set off across the street. As Korra watched her go, she realized they hadn’t made any more plans to meet up. Though coincidence had favored their meetings so far, she didn’t think the odds were still with them.
As Asami turned a street, moving out of sight, the emotions Korra had pushed off, delayed and ignored, started coming to her in a flood. She stumbled down the street, fighting nausea as she made her way to the park.
It was only when she arrived that Korra realized it was after curfew. Police would be patrolling through, looking for loitering non-benders.
She didn’t have time to find another spot. Korra ducked behind a decent-sized bush and hugged her knees to her chest.
Almost immediately, tears began to flow.
She had a sister.
She had a sister, and the girl had been mourning Korra her whole life. Korra hadn’t even known she’d existed.
Her sister was a waterbender, and a damned good one. Korra smiled even as her tears tumbled over her cheeks and onto her lips. She’d watched her sister play in the arena, gotten to watch her go toe-to-toe with adult benders and (generally) come out ahead. Pride swelled up inside of her, and Korra smiled so widely she cracked her dry lips open.
She licked them and tasted blood and salt.
Of course Sakari was a bending prodigy. She hadn’t had anything else to do, locked up in some compound.
Alternate paths and histories flitted through her mind.
What if she’d found out about Sakari earlier? If she’d asked, would the Red Lotus have gone back to help liberate her too?
If they hadn’t, maybe Korra would have been able to break in and free her, introduce her to the freedom that she’d grown up wishing for.
What if Sakari had seen her and just known somehow? Would Korra be back at the arena now? Still sitting with her sister and crying together, but together?
If Korra had just told Sakari who she was, revealed her secret against all her training, against Zaheer’s instructions that echoed in her mind, would she be there now? Inducted into the family her sister had found for herself?
What if she’d never been liberated? What if she’d grown up with a younger sister in the South Pole, with no kidnapping to place them behind walls. They would have done bending practice together, and if Korra used fire or earth, Sakari would have crossed her arms and accused Korra of cheating, but they’d be smiling and laughing together and—
Korra stilled the fantasy. It was... so nice. It was almost too perfect. She closed her eyes and leaned her head back, letting her ponytail tangle in the leaves of the bush. She unclenched her hands and let the alternate paths go.
They were not the ones she had walked or could walk.
The Red Lotus had liberated her. It was not a choice for her own personal happiness, although she could imagine no greater happiness than the freedom with which they lived and for which they fought.
It had been a choice for the whole fate of the world.
Harmonic Convergence was coming. Korra fought a shiver at the thought. She’d been training for this her whole life. For as long as she could remember, her teachers (mostly Zaheer) had tried to teach her of its importance. Only the Avatar could reunite the spiritual and physical worlds. Only the Avatar could release Vaatu and allow the world its proper balance between order and chaos.
Korra took a deep breath and tried to rebalance the narrative of her life. Sakari... was wonderful. She was brilliant and friendly and everything Korra could have wanted in a sibling.
But Korra had set her own parents aside. They were distractions, earthly tethers that would only keep her from fulfilling her spiritual destiny.
It had been hard, for a while, to let go of the concept of loving, attentive parents. She couldn’t remember them though, and eventually she’d managed to set the tether aside. She just had to set aside her new attachment to Sakari. Discovering her sister could not derail everything she’d worked for.
Except she’d never met her parents beyond hazy memories of smiles.
Sakari was vibrant and present. She was only a few blocks away.
Everything fell out of balance again. Korra buried her head against her knees and hugged them closer.
White edged in. Korra threw herself into the welcome distraction of the vision.
A series of short scenes came into view: Sokka and Katara bickering, then Sokka and Katara fighting together, covering each other’s backs. More shots of them, just... being siblings.
Korra saw a flash of Katara bending a stream of water at Sokka’s face. For a moment, her form was so much like Sakari’s that she had to close her eyes.
She opened them and then Sokka was older, with the scraps of a beard beginning to form. “She’s my sister,” he said, “She can more than protect herself. She’s a waterbending master!” He chuckled. “But as much as I can, it’s my job to try and protect her happiness. I just want her to be happy. She’s my little sister and I have to look out for her.”
The vision faded to white and Korra felt herself sigh as she opened her eyes back in the dim park.
“I get it, Aang,” she whispered. As much as her heart ached, it was comforting to have that familiar annoyance to lean on. “Family and little sisters. Look out for each other.” She sighed again. “How about that airbending?” She asked. Even her grumbling tone fell flat.
In the distance, she heard the clock strike far too late an hour.
Korra’s joints ached as she stood up and dusted the grass off her pants. She felt way too old for just eighteen.
“That’s what I get for living a couple thousand lifetimes,” she joked to herself.
It sounded hollow in the dark.
Korra shook her head and started jogging back to the apartment. She kept her focus on the street, keeping her ears alert and changing tracks whenever she heard a police patrol.
Soon enough she was back home. Her hand hesitated on the door. She’d hurried home only to find herself delaying.
She took a moment to prepare a good cover story, something with just enough info that she could communicate the information about the probable Equalist plans for the pro-bending finals. As she reviewed her explanation, Korra half expected that she would need to debate with herself on whether or not to tell them about Sakari.
When she came to that question, however, it was no debate.
She could do so little for her sister. She’d offered some words of comfort earlier, but couldn’t give her the truth.
As much as she loved Zaheer, P’li, Ming-Hua, and Ghazan... they brought chaos where they went. Freedom too, but chaos and disorder. Sometimes pain.
She would make Sakari no safer by introducing her into their plans.
And, at least for now, they had no reason to know. She could do that much for Sakari at least.
Korra opened the door and tugged on her hair. “Hey Ghazan, Ming-Hua. Sorry I—” She blinked. Zaheer and P’li were sitting on the couch, apparently returned from their missions. “Oh, hey,” she said. She blinked. They weren’t supposed to be back for another few days, at the very least.
“Welcome back, Korra!” Ghazan strolled over and leaned against the couch. “The family’s all here again.”
She swallowed past a dry throat as she shut the door behind her. “Yep,” she said. “Here we are.”
Notes:
We hope you enjoyed this extra long chapter! You should be able to count on one more update before the end of the month, though it will probably not be this long.
So. The moment we've all been waiting for. Korra knows now. What did you think? How do you think this will affect her decisions in the future? What is Asami's role in this mysterious Equalist plot for the pro-bending finals?
Leave a comment and speculate!
Chapter 7: A Leaf in the Wind
Summary:
Asami reports back to the Equalists, Korra to the Red Lotus. Both find themselves at odds with their groups’ upcoming plans. They each plot an individual course of action regarding the upcoming Finals match.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter Seven: A Leaf in the Wind
(The Hurt Means You're Learning)
“So in summary, the mechas are on schedule despite the manufacturing setback.”
Amon nodded, though his mask was looking to the side and not quite at her. “That is acceptable,” he said.
Asami inclined her head. “Thank you. I also have the report on Tarrlok’s mansion for you and the Lieutenant.”
Liu smiled tersely. “Good. We need to make a decision today on which location to use.”
The three of them were meeting in one of the Equalist safehouses downtown—the easiest one to get to from the factory, where Asami had spent half the night awake and trying to fix a manufacturing error on one of the machines. It wasn’t a large room, which left Asami standing a bit to the side of the door. Across from a table strewn with reports from various parts of the Equalist movement, Amon was leaning back in his chair. Liu, standing beside him, had been much more engaged during her explanation of the issue at the factory.
He was also more alert as Asami gave a quick rundown on what she’d gleaned from breaking into Tarrlok’s mansion. She did not mention that she’d had to leave the premises earlier than she’d have liked.
“You have my apologies for not delivering this information earlier,” she said. “I’ve been tied up monitoring our factories during this critical time of production.” And staying out with Naga, but they didn’t need to know that. As Asami finished her report, she stifled a yawn. Amon seemed bored enough with her information. She’d rather not give off the opinion that she shared his assessment.
“That’s fine,” Liu said. He stepped forward and picked up a paper off the table. “Frankly, it sounds as though there’s equal risk in either location. The fountain you mentioned in his front hall is on-par with the waterfall he has running behind his desk at town hall.”
“Could the surrounding area be a decisive factor?” Asami asked. “Town hall is well-spaced from other buildings, but fully accessible to any who might intervene with our operation. Tarrlok’s home is close to other mansions, somewhat, but has a retaining wall to help filter out interlopers.”
Liu nodded. “It might be. Thank you for offering your opinions.” He glanced over the paper again before setting it down on the table. “Is there anything else?”
“Yes, actually. I have some additional information regarding the pro-bending arena, specifically some additional points of backstage entry and a potential cover for smuggling in our electrified gloves.”
“Perfect. What have you learned?” Liu’s smile was taut. The finals attack was his brainchild, and she knew the stress of organizing it was wearing on him. Hopefully her information could help alleviate that.
She pulled out a paper and slid it across the table to him. “I’ve made a map here of several alternate entry points. During my investigation, I took note of several windows which would be solid choices for our purposes. Our operatives should be able to get clean visuals on any police patrolling inside from these points. From there, taking them out should be easy.”
“This is very good,” Liu said. He tugged on his moustache. “I’ll probably re-route several of our rear infiltration teams to these points. The back doors in the towers are good, but offer zero visibility.”
Amon’s mask turned back toward her, though she couldn’t see his eyes in this low lighting. “When did you glean this information?” he asked.
Asami swallowed a lump in her throat. “Since my last report on the different bending styles, I decided there was more information still to be gathered from the pro-bending arena.” It had been an odd sort of decision, half-made by running into Sakari and having Naga as company, but a decision nonetheless. “I went back and gained access to the backstage area in order to do some more reconnaissance.”
Amon did not respond to her statement, but his mask turned away again. He seemed oddly pensive today.
“You said something about smuggling in our electrified gloves?” Liu set her map down on the table.
“Indeed,” she said. “I noticed while in attendance to the match that the popcorn buckets would be just large enough to hide a single glove within. It would allow our operatives to have them closer at-hand when it comes time for us to move.”
“How would you suggest sneaking them in?” Liu frowned. “We’d intended to sneak them in the back and organize a rendezvous within the arena to pass them off, so as to avoid security.”
Asami was briefly glad she’d stayed up half the night. The answer to that question had come to her sometime around three in the morning, while she was working on the steel rolling machine. “Play on the guard’s assumptions. They check people going in, but people tend to go in and out right near the entrance to meet friends. Send a few operatives inside to buy popcorn, then have them loiter near the gate and run out, away from the guards’ view, to meet up with another operative. They can quickly shove the glove in the bucket, then go inside together.” Asami smiled. “The guard thinks they’ve only seen someone with popcorn run out to meet someone, then run back, so they wouldn’t think to check the container.”
Liu was nodding. “It would spread us out somewhat, give us better coverage rates on the gloves. As things stand with the current plan, everything will fall apart if the one crate of gloves is uncovered or the one rendezvous is interrupted.” He gave her an approving smile. “Well done, Asami,” he said. “I’ll make the adjustments to our plan immediately.”
“There is one more thing,” Asami added. When she had Amon and Liu’s attention, she continued. “I have reason to believe that there is another party within the city with designs against Councilman Tarrlok.”
At this, Liu’s gaze narrowed. “Are they Equalist sympathizers? Opponents of some sort?”
Amon shifted his posture, but did not express further interest.
“I… cannot confirm,” Asami said, “though I suspect they are sympathizers.” Her thoughts drifted to Naga, who had yet to say one good word about the government of Republic City. Or of any of the places she’d traveled, actually. “If I were to guess, I would say they are an anti-government group of some sort.”
“How do you know?” Liu asked.
She paused a beat. “I saw another scout scoping out Tarrlok’s home,” she said. They didn’t need to know she knew the scout personally.
“Should we shift our plans, sir?” Liu turned his attention to Amon, who sat up slightly.
“Should they interfere, we will deal with them then,” Amon said. “Everyone will be equalized eventually.” He paused. “But it would be… disadvantageous to lose Tarrlok to another party. Taking him will send a message of fear to the city.”
“I will focus on moving our plans up so we can stage our attack as soon as possible after the pro-bending demonstration,” Liu said. “That way we will secure Tarrlok first.” He absently fiddled with his goggles for a moment. “It is time to finalize our strike location in any case,” he continued. “If the scout was looking into Tarrlok’s home, perhaps we should decide on City Hall instead.”
“No,” Amon said. “I have given the matter some more thought and, after hearing Asami’s report on the councilman’s home, I believe it to be the ideal location.” His voice shifted and Asami wondered if he was smiling behind his mask. “What better place for the mighty to fall than in their own home? It will send more specific message to Republic City, that even the most powerful benders, whether that power comes from combat prowess, money, or political clout, are not safe.”
His words seemed to ring in the small room, which was bare of decoration. Most of the Equalist safe houses were decorated with Amon’s image or other banners and propaganda pieces. In the areas frequented by high-level leaders, however, it was unnecessary.
Liu cleared his throat. “I will move forward on those preparations immediately.” He leaned down and made a note before glancing back up at Asami. “We’ll talk scheduling details later,” he said, “but can I count on you to join us for the strike on Tarrlok’s house?”
Asami felt her professional expression falter. She bolstered it and tried to keep her features smooth and unreadable. “Were my notes not to your satisfaction?” She’d drawn schematics and outlined four different ways into his house, along with her recommendations. Provided the team reviewed her documents, they really didn’t need her there.
She really didn’t want to be there.
“They’re excellent,” Liu said, “but in the absence of extenuating circumstances, I should like to be able to count on you that night.” He frowned slightly, and it wasn’t the frown of a superior officer so much as an expression an older sibling might make. He would want to talk about this later, she was sure of it.
“Thank you for the praise,” she said, inclining her head. “I was merely concerned for a moment. You’ll need to keep me abreast of your timing, but barring some catastrophic level of repairs needed after finals, I am available.”
Liu’s expression brightened. For a beat he seemed younger. Asami tried to remember how he looked before he grew his mustache.
Then the door opened.
Asami shifted into a combat stance as she whipped around to see who had entered. In the corner of her eye, she could see Liu and Amon startle.
She blinked. “Mother?”
Yasuko looked up from the papers she’d been reviewing. She blinked, surprised, then scowled. “So this is where you are! I have been looking for you everywhere, young lady,” she said. She smacked the pile of papers in her hand. “I came to drop these off, but I’m glad I found you. We have to assemble the factory report and I don’t have time to go hunting all over the city looking for you.”
Asami felt her cheeks turn red. She generally tried to avoid referring to Yasuko as her mother within Equalist circles. Not that it was a secret. Everybody knew; Asami had practically grown up in the movement after all. It was just a little difficult to assert herself as an independent adult with contributions to make and duties to maintain when her mother was there, basically asking if Asami had finished her homework and why she was out so late last night.
Her throat felt tight and Asami coughed to fill the silence. “I, um, already assembled the factory report,” she said. Out of everything Yasuko had harped on, she could at least answer to that. “That’s why I’m here. I just delivered it.”
Yasuko’s scowl lightened into a tight frown. Another awkward silence descended.
“Yasuko,” Amon said. “What is so important so as to require you bursting in without knocking?”
“Though you are the face of our movement, a messenger blessed by the spirits,” Yasuko said, “I should think those of us on the leadership board would be above such trivialities.” Yasuko’s gaze narrowed, and Asami was glad that it was no longer directed at her.
“Yasuko, you have my utmost respect,” Amon said, shifting in his chair. “You have been an Equalist since the inception of our movement and sacrificed everything for us.” His mask seemed to glance toward Asami for a moment. “You’ve raised your daughter here with us.”
“Recognizing those contributions,” Yasuko said, “I had hoped that the expectations you place on the rabble for the purposes of crowd-management would be mitigated in favor of us actually getting things done.”
Asami wanted to take another step back, away from the space between Amon and her mother. A glance revealed Liu looked as awkward and torn as she felt. On the one hand, Amon was unequivocally their leader. He had stepped into a movement without end-goals and given them spiritual justification and the ability to enact real change though his abilities.
On the other hand, Yasuko had been here first. She had told Asami in private that she did not care for the authority brought by spirits. Amon’s ability to remove bending was remarkable, but it didn’t automatically indicate he was the ideal or best qualified logistical leader.
Liu cleared his throat, breaking the silence.
“In the interest of getting things done,” he said, “let’s move on. All of us have pressing matters to attend to.”
Yasuko nodded. “Indeed.” She turned, refocusing her attention on Asami. “I haven’t seen you in nearly two days,” she said. “You didn’t leave a note or indication as to where I could find you if you were needed. It’s absolutely unacceptable.”
Asami stiffened. Spending time with Naga had meant she needed to compensate for lost time in other areas of her life. “I have two factories to manage,” she said. “I have been focused on preparing for the finals strike, which is what I’ve been assigned to do. I realize that you’re focused on the second-wave strike preparations, but I’ve been justifiably busy.”
Her hand clenched involuntarily and Asami tried to rein in the frustration that Yasuko had awakened. No, she hadn’t seen her mother much lately. But for almost all of Asami’s life, her mother had consistently prioritized the movement over quality family time, for better or worse. Asami wasn’t here to get upset over that now, but she refused to bow to the hypocrisy of such a complaint.
“As the lead engineer, I value your dedication and recognize that your prescribed duties differ from mine,” Yasuko said, taking a step forward, “but I am the one who presents our reports. I have been unable to do so because you have been excessively lax in informing me of your schedule and keeping me informed of developments on your end of manufacturing.”
Asami’s face felt hot and her fist clenched tighter. She had averted her eyes to stare at a corner over Yasuko’s shoulder. It was too difficult to look at her mother directly, and looking at Liu or Amon was too much to consider in the moment. She was not a child, and while she still operated under her mother’s authority, she had performed her duties exceptionally well.
A distant part of her curled in on itself. She had assumed, or maybe hoped, that her mother’s concerns were more… personal than that?
“I will expect better of you in the future,” Yasuko continued. “You sit on the board now, but you still report to me.” She paused. “It would not be an issue for you to deliver your manufacturing status reports directly to Amon, but I need to see them first.” That bit of compromise delivered, she arched an eyebrow.
The expression was one Asami recognized instantly. Despite the chastisement coming, largely, from her position as Asami’s superior within the movement, this was the expression of a mother, asking for confirmation that she’d been understood.
Asami chafed under the conflation, but she nodded. “Understood, ma’am,” she said. “But I had additional information that required delivering.” Yasuko had been at the meeting where Asami had volunteered to gather intelligence on Tarrlok’s home. Even if she had disagreed with Asami taking the mission, she couldn’t argue with the fact that she had one.
The arched eyebrow furrowed. “Yes, I’m sure,” Yasuko said, “but whatever petty bit of information you’ve brought does not supersede the need for us to maintain the chain of command.”
At that, Asami’s tight mouth deepened into an outright scowl. She opened her mouth to respond, but movement from the corner of her eye made her stop.
Liu stepped around the table. “Both of you make huge sacrifices and notable contributions to our movement,” he said. “You’ve both come here today with valuable knowledge and information. If there are issues with perceived and actual chain of command, we will deal with them another time. For now, let’s maintain focus on our tasks for today.”
Asami was, frankly, still ready to snap. But a glance at Yasuko showed her mother nod in agreement. Asami relaxed her shoulders. She was ready, but that didn’t mean she had to. If her mother was ready to let it slide, then she was too.
“Just to confirm,” her mother said, “you have not been neglecting your primary duties for tertiary tasks?”
Asami didn’t look at her, but she could hear a bit of bite in her own tone. “Yes, ma’am. I haven’t stopped doing what I’ve been doing for months just because I’ve had alternate assignments in addition to the usual load.” Between her new duties and sneaking out to see Naga, she hadn’t slept much, but sleep struck her as borderline optional anyway.
“Good.” Yasuko glanced down at her notes. “Then since you’ve finished delivering your scraps, I want you to head back to the mansion and wait for me there.”
Asami’s eye twitched. “The information I’ve delivered is the farthest thing from scraps. I have worked hard, late nights putting these reports together and, and—“ She turned back to face front. “And I’m not even done yet.”
Yasuko scoffed. “Aren’t you?”
Her pulse was pounding and her face felt hot. “No. I was just about to deliver some, some incredibly crucial information to Amon.” Part of her wanted to pull back, to bow her head and let the insults go. But while she was Yasuko’s daughter, she was no longer a child.
Her hands clenched. “I have identified the Avatar’s sister.” The words slipped out before she had time to reconsider.
To her right, Asami heard Yasuko gasp, “What?”
Liu straightened up. “Where is she?” he asked.
On his chair, Amon sat forward. It was his first notable display of interest all morning. “Are you certain?” he asked, eyes flashing behind his mask.
Anxiety seized Asami’s stomach in a vise. Though she’d been arguing with her mother for several minutes, her throat felt suddenly dry as she nodded. “I’m certain,” she said.
The dynamic of the room shifted as Amon propped his head on one hand. “This is an interesting development,” he said. “I was unaware our missing Avatar had any family aside from parents. Who is she?”
“Her name is Sakari. She plays for the Fire Ferrets as their waterbender.” Asami’s voice sounded distant and foreign. She didn’t like the sound.
She would have stopped at that, stopped to avoid hearing her voice saying these things, but then Amon nodded his head for her to continue.
Asami bit her tongue and hesitated a moment. Amon tilted his head, expectant.
Her gaze dropped as she continued, “Sakari’s existence has been kept a secret from the general public. Her parents have been excessively protective of her since the Avatar’s kidnapping. The girl herself is a waterbending prodigy. I took note of her during my pro-bending observations.”
Amon hummed and sat back in his chair. “Fascinating possibilities,” he murmured.
Liu’s gaze moved from Amon back to Asami. “How in the world did you find this out?”
To the side, Asami heard Yasuko mutter, “How indeed…”
She cleared her throat again, but it did nothing for the dryness or the sweating of her palms. “I snuck backstage to compile that infiltration map,” she said. “While I was there, I eavesdropped on a confession; she was telling the other members of the Fire Ferrets—“ Mako and Bolin, two upstanding young men who had dragged themselves up from nothing… “—about who she was.”
Amon shifted in his seat and attention refocused on him. “I have a great deal of interest in this Sakari girl,” he said. “Though the world lacks an Avatar at the moment, that absence has left an opening for other symbols to take its place.” He tapped the side of his mask, as though making a decision. “A sister would be a suitable device,” he said firmly, then turned to Liu. “The Fire Ferrets are fighting in the finals match, correct?”
Liu nodded. “Yes sir.”
“I want this girl captured,” Amon said, “I will not remove her bending until a later time, but I want her in our custody for later.”
“Understood. I will ensure measures are taken then.”
“We can discuss it after Yasuko’s report.”
Amon turned to Asami’s mother. “Yasuko,” he said, “your networks are well suited for this sort of task. Several days after finals, once she’s in our grasp, can you have her status as the Avatar’s sister leaked to some reputable, unconnected reporter?”
Yasuko delayed a moment, then nodded. “I can do that,” she said.
The pit seemed to drop out of Asami’s stomach. Her hand trembled a moment. She wished she could reach out and take all the words back.
Then Amon turned to her. “Well done, Asami,” he said.
She balked at the praise, but he didn’t seem to notice.
“From the discussion earlier,” he continued, “it sounds as though you’re quite busy, so I won’t hold you here any longer.”
Part of her wanted to object, to say it was no problem. It took her a beat to recognize that she wanted to stay to hear the revised finals plan, to hear what they had in store for Sakari.
But even thinking about it sent a wave of nausea to her gut.
Asami bowed her head. “Thank you, Amon,” she said.
Her eyes didn’t seem to see anything as she turned and left the room. The doorknob felt strange under her hand, as though she’d never touched one before.
Walking down the hall, her footsteps seemed to echo far too loudly, reverberating through the building and far away from her.
Asami was similarly certain that the repercussions of her actions today would carry similarly.
* * *
When she was a kid, Korra used to call the Red Lotus’ meetings “circle time.” Sometimes they just sat in the dirt to talk things over. Today, at least, they had actual furniture, even a table too.
Ghazan and Ming-Hua shared the couch as well as his soup. He elbowed her side lightly to grab her attention, then smiled and offered her a spoonful.
Ming-Hua cocked an eyebrow. “I can feed myself, you know,” she said. Within the bowl, Ghazan’s soup swirled for a moment.
Korra wrinkled her nose when Ghazan winked. “I know, Babe,” he said. “I just like treating you is all.”
The two of them were the worst. When Korra was younger, she used to gag and make faces when they kissed.
Korra took a sip of her soup and glanced past them. In the kitchen, Zaheer and P’li were intent on one another. Their quiet conversation seemed serious, but they always looked pretty serious together. They were a private couple. What she could see of their relationship seemed intense. Korra always felt like she was interrupting something between them, even if it was just breakfast.
A minute later, Zaheer and P’li finished their conversation and came over to join the circle, with Zaheer sitting on the floor near Korra and P’li taking the remaining chair. Zaheer cleared his throat and waited a moment for everyone to focus their attention on him. “I’ll go first,” he said.
“My mission to infiltrate the Equalists of the city was successful,” he began. “Or at least the best as could be done on short notice. They seemed fairly aware of the possibilities for spies in their midst and had set in place several barriers to prevent traitors from being integrated into the organization.
“However, they were also clearly in need of manpower. After putting myself forward as a potential recruit, I quickly found a role in moving boxes I was forbidden to open.”
Korra snorted. “What was inside of them?” she asked. Orders like that were practically an invitation to a scout. She found herself leaning forward, curious to know more about this group that held Asami in sway.
Zaheer smiled thinly at her. “Various types of technology, most of it weaponry,” he said. “We moved crate upon crate of electrified gloves, which I deeply regret being unable to try out during my mission. Aside from the gloves, we helped move crates of wheels and gears and engine parts.
“As I am more inclined toward the spiritual than the mechanical, I was largely unable to glean useful information from their contents.” Zaheer rubbed the back of his neck. “As best I can determine, they are pulling together various puzzle pieces of machines for the purpose of constructing some whole from the parts at another location.”
“What about Amon?” Ming-Hua asked. “What’s his role within the organization? Figurehead or real leader?”
Ghazan winked at her. “I’d say he’s the face of the organization,” he said.
P’li groaned, and Ming-Hua bent a small stream of soup at his face.
Zaheer ignored him and continued. “I only met him once, but my assessment is that he is both a practical leader as well as a figurehead. Once, while I was eavesdropping, one of my superiors made reference to a ‘council’ of some importance. It makes sense. For a movement of their size, Amon could not possibly micromanage all the various facets he would need to.” Zaheer paused a moment. “Amon likely sits in charge of this council, as opposed to being one of its members.”
P’li crossed her arms. “What are you basing that on?”
“The cult of personality,” Zaheer answered immediately. “After my first couple days, we participated in a highly reverent ceremony where we all met him and were formally inducted as Equalists. He brushed each of our foreheads with a finger dipped in red paint. Even setting aside his ability, however he has it, my induction had us very clearly swearing our loyalty to him and, by extension, his Equalist cause.”
“And… his abilities…?” Korra trailed off, unsure what her question would be or what she even meant by it.
Zaheer seemed to understand anyway. “I saw no second demonstration, but his abilities are unquestioned within the organization. No whispers came to me about mirrors or tricks, no benders who were ‘in on it’ to facilitate the show.” He paused and something shifted in his expression. “During the ceremony, when he touched each of our foreheads, I felt a slight disturbance within my body at each of my chakra points. I cannot say quite what it was, though I suspect part of it was him somehow verifying that we were all actually non-benders.”
Korra shivered. She was sitting with three of the world’s most capable benders and possibly the most capable non-bending fighter, but the idea of Amon touching her forehead chilled her. It was the same point he’d touched when taking the bending at The Revelation.
“Would this be a good time to cut in?” P’li asked. “I wasn’t able to discover much about him, but perhaps it can complement what you learned.”
Zaheer nodded her onward and P’li continued. “He came to Republic City several years ago, taking great pains to mask his previous travels. I was unable to determine a definite place of origin, especially due to the mask. As best I can speculate, he may be partly of Water Tribe stock, if we can judge by the shade of his hands.”
“But you know what they say about assumptions,” Ghazan said, holding out one arm for a moment.
“Exactly,” P’li said. “Seeking the origins of his powers, I tracked down two victims to the north of here. Prior to his arrival in Republic City, he seems to have taken the bending of two rural Earth Kingdom citizens. The mode of operation was very similar as well. Though they’ve obviously mellowed out in the years since then, both benders fit the archetype of their towns’ local bullies.” P’li smiled thinly. “Then a mysterious traveller passed through and took their bending.”
“Wait, how does a story like that, two stories like that, stay a secret?” Ming-Hua asked. She pulled her legs up and sat cross-legged on the couch. “That sounds like news to me.”
P’li shrugged. “They were very rural villages. Also, the two benders in question were highly reluctant to talk about the experience.” Her eyes flashed in a bit of amusement. P’li had a way of staring at people until they felt like talking. “If they were half the bullies they claimed to be, I can understand that too. They lost the ability to win all the fights they’d been picking. It’s not exactly something I would advertise either.”
“What about news moving the other way?” Korra asked. “Even if their stories didn’t travel, what’s going on in Republic City right now is… noteworthy.”
P’li pursed her lips. “You guys don’t seem to understand how deep in the middle of nowhere I had to go for this intel. No running water. I had to sleep in mud once. These people are not exactly cosmopolitan news-junkies.”
Korra hunched her shoulders. “Sorry,” she said.
“It’s fine.” P’li sighed. “I only wish I could find out more. Amon covered his tracks well.” She sat up a little. “However, while I was at it, I was able to touch base with some Red Lotus contacts. We have a clear route to the Northern Water Tribe when it comes time for us to leave for Harmonic Convergence.”
Zaheer nodded. “Good thinking.”
Korra blinked and closed her eyes a moment, trying to remind herself that, as much as Republic City’s issues felt visceral and present, immediate and whelming, they ultimately weren’t. The Red Lotus would move on from here soon enough.
The thought raised a thread of panic in her gut and Korra stomped it down, refusing to think about reasons she might not want to leave the city.
“Going back to my intel,” Zaheer said, “it looks like the Equalists are gearing up for some kind of large-scale action. I heard speculation about a big shipment coming in from somewhere in the mountains, but was unable to learn more about its purpose. Careful questioning revealed that they’re anticipating a pair of these shipments, possibly revealing a pair of attacks.”
“Any details?” Ghazan asked.
Zaheer shook his head. “Only that the first is soon.”
A shiver ran down Korra’s spine. Concern for Sakari pressed against the back of her throat, making it difficult to swallow. She cleared her throat. “Actually,” she said, “I believe I can supply both the time and location. The pro-bending finals in two days.”
Everybody blinked at her in surprise. Zaheer’s eyes narrowed. “How do you know this?”
For a moment, Korra thought of laughter and sitting next to Asami with their shoulders touching. About Asami’s notebook and loopy handwriting. The taste of the dinner out they’d had together.
“Um, while you were with the Equalists, I’ve been focused on some investigation in my own right,” she said. “I met with the Equalist who helped me after the Revelation, completely by chance. Based on what she’s said or implied, I’m fairly confident in confirming that this upcoming attack will be a strike on the finals match.”
“It’s a reasonable theory too,” P’li mused. “Time, location, and motive. It would be quite the blow to strike.”
Zaheer’s gaze hadn’t left Korra’s face. “And where, exactly, did you meet your Equalist again? Completely by chance?”
Despite her best efforts, a blush stole across Korra’s cheeks. She’d been caught. “I was, uh, at the pro-bending arena for quarterfinals,” she mumbled.
She peeked up and saw Zaheer glaring at Ghazan, who looked only slightly sheepish.
Before Ghazan could say anything, Ming-Hua cleared her throat. “However she ran into the Equalist again, Korra continued to exercise a great deal of initiative in pursuing the lead. She’s collected useful information.” Ming-Hua smiled and Korra sat up a little straighter. “Also, should we decide to take some sort of action at the arena, it will be useful to have someone familiar with the arena.”
Zaheer regarded her for a moment before his gaze shifted to Korra. She stiffened slightly under his scrutiny, but kept her chin up. She’d made her own decisions regarding how to handle the Asami situation, not all of them motivated by the Red Lotus’ goals. Still, she’d stand by them.
“It would be useful, and the intelligence you’ve collected has already proved its merit.” Zaheer nodded once. “However, we will not be taking any action save observation.”
Korra’s gut clenched at those words. She couldn’t think of why, didn’t want to think about why that was troubling.
“We came to Republic City to observe Equalist action,” Zaheer continued. “They are, in their own fashion, fighting for freedom in Republic City. We will not take any action against them.”
Korra huffed. “But—”
“Ghazan and I will be in attendance at finals,” Zaheer cut her off, “since Ghazan seems to be in a habit of taking people to matches.”
“I thought this was supposed to be a lesson for me,” Korra argued. “How am I supposed to learn if I’m back here?”
He regarded her coolly for a moment. “I will deliver the lesson upon our return,” he said. “Your priorities and the next phrase of your training will become clear shortly.”
From his tone, Korra knew the matter was closed. Absolutely. She wasn’t sure what he had in store for her next focal lesson, but she found herself sulking a bit as the topic of conversation shifted to Tarrlok, the Red Lotus’ new government target. She took a couple steady breaths and brought her focus back as Zaheer was giving them a quick rundown on how curfews and Tarrlok’s task force were interfering with the everyday lives of people in Republic City, mostly the average non-bending citizens.
“Many low-paying jobs available to non-benders are focused around late hours,” he said. “Some cannot help but be out after curfew, placing themselves at the mercy of random police patrols.”
Korra rubbed the back of her neck, thinking of how she and Asami often parted ways late in the evening. “I haven’t had an issue dodging patrols,” she said, “but I’m far more nimble than the average citizen.”
“Indeed,” Zaheer said. “Many of the new Equalists I worked with were coming from a perspective of frustration. Several had been driven to seek out Equalist membership after being pushed over the edge by the curfews.” He turned to P’li. “Were you able to discover any information on his motivations or origins?”
P’li closed her eyes a moment. “Between researching Tarrlok and Amon, I found myself staring down a great many people who had nothing of worth to say to me,” she said. “Tarrlok’s trail is oddly clean. Almost artificially so. He traces back clearly to the Northern Water Tribe. He moved to Republic City directly as a moderately skilled tradesman with no living family to speak of. He apparently moved right to the city, with no stopover phase between here and the northern tribe.
“As for his origins there, as best I could tell he came from a fairly isolated family. They lived in some backwater area with little connection to the cosmopolitan or political centers.”
“Weird,” Ming-Hua commented.
“He clearly picked up a decent eye for antiques at some point,” Korra added.
“That’s the weird part,” P’li said. “Nowhere in his past does it suggest that he should have the skills he does. In his work with the task force, he seems to be a formidable fighter. But, in the rumors I picked up, neither his father nor his mother were waterbenders. No hint of wealth to buy private lessons or political savvy.”
“Did he fall in with the triads upon arrival?” Ghazan asked. “If he had some natural talent and not a lot of cash, gang recruitment would have been an easy option.”
“Frequently suspected,” P’li said, “but any connection has yet to be proven. He’s been almost unnaturally clean since arriving to the city. Nobody with any political will is willing to make such an accusation, given Tarrlok’s current level of power.”
Zaheer hummed a moment, considering P’li’s report. After a beat, he shifted his gaze toward Korra. “Did your scouting mission bring anything of note to your attention?”
“I mean, he’s rich and has good taste. His house is moderately secure, but not in a way that would bring us trouble.” Korra shrugged. “He’s a waterbender with a water feature in his front hall. That assassination practically writes itself.” Everyone around the circle chuckled and she smiled. “I’ve drawn up a couple approaches for the attack and a few more for both neat and messy escapes. It’s very much suited to Ming-Hua’s style. Shouldn’t pose any issues.”
Ming-Hua regarded Korra fondly. “It should be fun for us.”
Korra blinked. “Wait. Us?”
Around the circle, her family exchanged a series of glances. After a pause, Ghazan cleared his throat. “We’ve all been talking,” he said. “And, uh, it’s time.”
“You are no longer a child,” Zaheer said. “And with Harmonic Convergence, with your fully realized destiny, almost upon us, it’s time you took on the mantle of membership. From now on, you operate with an equal capacity to us as a team member.”
Ming-Hua nodded, catching Korra’s eye. “I’m looking forward to working with you, Korra. You’re more than ready.”
Korra’s heart seemed to swell in her chest and she felt a wavering smile curl the edges of her mouth. For ages, she’d wanted more than just scouting or thieving missions. This was her time.
“Your spirit needs to be ready to accept the burden and significance of taking the life of another,” Zaheer said. “It’s no matter to be taken lightly, as each person you kill is robbed of their freedom permanently. However, you know as well as any of us that Tarrlok is a stain on the world. With his freedom, he chooses to deny freedom to others.”
“It’s unacceptable,” Korra said. Her body trembled a little. This was the first real mission.
“Does he deserve to die?” Zaheer asked.
Korra nodded. “Absolutely, yes.” Frankly, they’d killed people for less. But, for her first full mission, he seemed a fitting target.
“Good.” Zaheer smiled thinly. “While Ming-Hua will be there, you are the primary for this mission. We expect you to take charge of it. You are the Avatar and it is your duty, the burden you place on your own freedom, to protect the freedom and balance of the world.”
Briefly, Korra thought of Asami. Talking abstractly about throwing the city and world out of balance didn’t feel as real as the threat Tarrlok posed to her and the other non-benders like her. Killing him would protect them.
“I will end him and, with him, his imbalance,” she said.
Zaheer nodded. “Good.”
*
Korra trapped the paper under the edge of her foot so the wind wouldn’t carry it away. “And from there we slip back out the rear gate, using the ice we left in place as a quick key. The alley on the left side has a sharp turn just a few steps in, which would cut visibility on any pursuers.”
Ming-Hua nodded. “Definitely the simplest escape route.”
The wind tugged at Korra’s hair, pulling her gaze toward the bay. In the distance, she could just barely make out the tower on Air Temple Island. Nearby, she could see the upper spires that decorated the pro-bending arena.
Somewhere inside, the Fire Ferrets were probably practicing, making their own plans for finals and how to deal with different contingencies from the Wolf Bats. They weren’t aware of the Equalist attack that would follow.
Ming-Hua started talking again and Korra forced herself to focus. She leaned forward and and marked the map with strongholds, points of metaphorical higher ground that she or Ming-Hua could defend with relative ease.
“Korra… Korra!”
Korra sat up, blinking. “Yes? Huh?”
Ming-Hua frowned. “I’ve been trying to get your attention, girl.”
“Whoops, sorry.” Korra rubbed the back of her neck. “I, uh, I just got super focused on this.”
Arching an eyebrow, Ming-Hua didn’t seem convinced. “I would have said you seemed more distracted. I’m not Zaheer, but you seem… off.” She tilted her head. “Is it a spiritual issue, or do you want to talk?”
Korra paused. “I… no.” She shook her head. “I’m just a bit worried. I, uh, believe Tarrlok will be the focus of some sort of Equalist attack first.” Thankfully, in the moments after she said it, she realized it was a reasonable concern.
Ming-Hua considered her for a moment. She didn’t look entirely convinced that was the issue. “Then we’ll see about moving our attack up,” she said. “That way we’ll beat them to him.”
Korra nodded slowly. “That will work,” she said.
Ming-Hua hadn’t stopped frowning. “You still seem… off,” she said.
Rubbing the back of her neck, Korra sighed again. “My mind… is elsewhere,” she admitted.
“Then go.” Ming-Hua jerked her chin toward the bay. “Run off and find it, find your focus, and come back here when you’re ready to get back to planning.” Ming-Hua got to her feet.
Korra blinked. “Wait, really?”
“Yes.” Ming-Hua gestured to their papers with a foot. “Pack our maps up first, then head out. Take a look at the city for how it is and find a point to strengthen your resolve. Find an edge to keen your anger against and the focus will follow.” And with that, she hopped off the roof onto the walkway to their apartment, leaving Korra alone.
“I will,” Korra said to the wind. Her body moved automatically as she gathered their papers and moved them to the apartment. Something nagged for her attention at the back of her mind. She pushed it aside. She just needed to leave. Ghazan called out some joke on her way out the door, and Korra couldn’t even remember how she replied before she was gone.
Down the stairs and down a street, then another, and she made it exactly two blocks before realization caught up to her. She ducked down an alley and crouched in the dirt, trying to control her breathing.
The Equalists were launching a large-scale attack on the pro-bending finals. Something that required crates of supplies and weapons.
Korra wrapped her arms around herself and leaned against one of the buildings. Sakari was playing in the finals match.
Her sister was going to be a target of the Equalist attack.
A trickle of chill seemed run down her body, as if she were sitting underneath a dripping faucet. The tremble in her limbs stopped and Korra blinked away a tear as she took a deep breath.
Her sister was going to be directly in the Equalist line of fire, with Amon and his terrifying powers likely heading up the attack. Zaheer’s orders about staying away felt like nothing in the face of that. Korra could only do so much, but she couldn’t do nothing. Somehow, she had to find a way of protecting Sakari.
Briefly, Korra considered Asami Sato. She could… go to Asami. Somehow. She could track her down and demand… what? That Asami expose secret Equalist plans, betraying an organization to which she clearly felt loyal? Asami had seemed touched by Sakari’s story, but what if that wasn’t enough to move her sympathies?
Asami seemed to care for Korra. At least somewhat. If she knew Sakari was Korra’s sister, maybe that would make enough of a difference to afford her protection.
But Korra couldn’t admit that without confessing that not only was she not a non-bender, but she was also The Avatar, the most bending-y of benders.
Not an option.
Korra stood up.
“I never find solutions just sitting on the ground anyway,” she muttered to herself. At that, she smiled a bit. Because that meant she was seeking a solution. She would take some sort of action at finals and protect Sakari somehow.
She’d figure out the details later.
Korra quickened her pace. In the meantime, she would go out into the city and strengthen her resolve on killing Tarrlok. There were plenty of people to observe and plenty of reasons to hate him.
She walked aimlessly for a few blocks, watching the people around her. It wasn’t until she was walking along the waterfront that Korra noticed she had been unconsciously walking toward the pro-bending arena.
That wasn’t an issue though. Korra wandered the nearby streets, loitering and watching how the people went about their lives in the area. She kept to the edges of the streets, largely unnoticed. She watched the people and listened to the local gossip, especially tuning in to any talk about Tarrlok or the Equalists. At one point she even thought she heard the name ‘Sato,’ but by the time she located the speakers, they’d moved on.
Throughout her loitering, however, Korra always seemed to circle back around to a place with a view of the pro-bending arena. When she glanced over, her gaze would snap to the side door.
If Korra was remembering correctly, the Fire Ferrets would be getting out of practice soon.
She observed the people of the city half-heartedly as she slowly reconciled herself to the fact that yes maybe she was stalking the arena a bit. Maybe she wanted to see her little sister one more time before… before anything bad happened.
Her fists clenched. She had to do something. The anxiety from before welled up beneath her skin, urging her to take action somehow.
She glanced toward the arena and everything stopped as she watched three figures leave out the side door. Korra recognized Sakari, Mako, and Bolin immediately.
Sakari’s polar bear dog, Naga, came loping in beside them. As Korra started following them, walking down a parallel street, she made certain to keep her distance. It would be unfortunate if Naga were to scent her again. The brisk sea breeze coming in off the bay worked in her favor as she tracked the group to the pier.
She watched Sakari bound onto the ferry like a natural. Briefly, Korra wondered if the girl had spent a lot of time on the water, living in the Southern Water Tribe. She knew a bit of Water Tribe custom, but would Sakari have learned to sail a boat if their parents had kept her hidden away?
Either way, she seemed much more at-ease on the boat than the captain, who kept glancing at Naga.
As the boat pulled away from the dock, heading to Air Temple Island, Korra made her way to a less-crowded walkway. She hopped the fence separating the road from the water and, when nobody was looking, dove beneath the waves.
She pulled a bubble of air around her mouth and briefly wished she could move air above the water the same way she could almost control it beneath the surface. But even that desire faded as she swam across the bay toward Air Temple Island. Waterbending felt good. The rush of power, of speed that came from moving under the water, seemed to wash away all of her concerns, if only for a little bit.
Whenever her family arrived at a new place, she kept to whatever identity Zaheer gave her. Non-bender was always the hardest though. Korra had been born to do this, to command the water as an extension of herself, just as Ming-Hua had taught her.
She arrived at Air Temple Island all too quickly. Briefly, she considered taking an extra lap around the island. Then she remembered Sakari and even the pleasures of waterbending seemed to fade to something trivial.
Korra pulled herself onto Air Temple Island around a corner from the dock, being careful to stay downwind from Naga’s sense of smell. She shrugged once she was all the way out of the water, pulling the water out of her clothes and off her skin and hair. It collected down her arms and she held it off her fingertips a moment before directing it back into the bay.
When Korra peered over the edge of a rock, she saw that Tenzin had come to greet the group with Jinora and her younger siblings. They talked for a few minutes before the little kids leapt onto Naga’s back and convinced the dog to carry them away, up the stairs.
Korra was pleasantly surprised when Mako and Bolin patted Sakari on the shoulder and departed for the main building with Tenzin, leaving Sakari and Jinora by themselves. Korra followed them at a distance until they wandered over to the spinning gates and stopped. When they seemed like they would stay for a while, she took the time to carefully navigate to a closer position in the woods. After a couple minutes, she was within earshot.
They’d gotten onto the topic of bending. Korra found herself quickly wrapped up in their discussion. Jinora was demonstrating the circle walking technique that Korra had seen earlier. From the bushes, Korra put her hands up in a similar open position and tried to think about freedom and negative jing.
The stance felt unnatural to her hands, which wanted to curl into fists. Fists felt more defensive. Korra took a breath. Airbending wasn’t about solid defense so much as evasion. She studied Jinora’s movements for another minute, watching as she limited her footprint of space as much as possible, only expanding it when she stepped farther away with the intent of showing Sakari how airbenders kept moving while under fire.
Sakari imitated this a couple of times and Jinora giggled a bit when she had to keep correcting her friend’s stance, which kept shifting too wide.
“You’re not trying to ground yourself, preparing to redirect attacks like a waterbender,” Jinora said. “It’s more like… you’re here for now, your stance is here for now, but if something comes your way you’ll just leave and pick a different spot.”
Sakari huffed. “It feels wrong to my body, picking a spot if I’m not going to at least dig in a little.”
Jinora snorted. “Isn’t water the element of change?”
“Let me try again,” Sakari said.
In the woods, Korra ducked behind a tree and tried to take Jinora’s airbending stance. She blanched. Her feet were too far apart. She tried to set the stance again, but this time fought the instinct to ground herself.
It felt unnatural. Korra had excelled at earthbending. She was naturally stubborn. She couldn’t remember a time when she hadn’t been able to stomp the ground and make it move.
Peering back around the tree, she was briefly disappointed to see they’d moved on from airbending; Sakari was demonstrating how to redirect another waterbender’s attack. Pulling water from a nearby pond, Sakari had it fly at her, then twisted and captured the water, redirecting its momentum and sending it lancing away from her. Korra recognized the move as one Sakari had used in the quarterfinal. It was a classic Southern Water Tribe move.
Here, she felt a stab of sadness. Sakari was facing the other way, but Korra could just make out how she was talking about her teacher and how she’d learned to move in her waterbending lessons.
Korra had learned from Ming-Hua, a skilled master, but a little unorthodox. Her mind wandered as she watched Sakari show off a couple more stances. Sakari and Korra seemed to have the same issues with the airbending stances, but they moved very differently in their waterbending. Would Korra stand like that if she had been trained in the Southern Water Tribe?
Separate from that, she felt a swell of pride for her sister. She was good. Korra wasn’t sure she’d call the girl a master, but she wasn’t sure what qualified people for mastery anyway.
As the girls trained, Korra was struck by how natural they were with one another. Korra felt… almost aggressively happy for her. After being isolated all her life, Sakari deserved a friend. And Korra had met Jinora before. She was a good kid.
For a moment, she wondered how the Equalists felt about airbenders. She shuddered and put the thought out of mind.
“Hey, let’s do it!” Sakari grinned.
Jinora tilted her head. “Are you sure it’s okay?”
“Absolutely.” Sakari took a few steps closer to the pond. “I want to see if I can hit you.”
At that, Jinora’s trepidation turned to a sly grin. “You can try,” she said. She leapt back a certain distance, carried by a gust of wind, and moved closer to where Korra was in the woods.
Korra ducked behind a bush, but Jinora’s attention was wholly focused on Sakari across the clearing.
“Ready?” Sakari called.
Korra rolled to the side and picked herself up a few feet over, looking for a different vantage point. By the time she made it there, their match had started.
Almost immediately, Sakari seemed to dominate the energy of their match-up, sending attacks in Jinora’s direction and setting the pace. However, all that energy cancelled out when it reached Jinora. Although a couple of the first strikes glanced by and almost hit her, the airbender quickly fell into a rhythm of dodging.
Here, Korra could see there was definitely something to that small-footprint approach. By making herself into a small, highly-mobile target, Jinora just needed to catch on to Sakari’s timing to completely negate her attacks.
After a minute, Sakari stopped. She was scowling and squinting suspiciously at Jinora.
Jinora took the opportunity to send a wide blast of air back at her, but Sakari easily pulled some water up and blocked the attack, then turned her shield into a sweeping offensive strike back at Jinora.
They continued this way for a while. Korra wished she had Asami here so she could borrow a notebook and take notes to look over later. Between being able to watch Jinora (an airbender!) engage in combat from up close and observe her sister’s bending was far more interesting than any of the pro-bending matches had been.
Eventually, Sakari launched a series of attacks that positioned Jinora just right for a final strike that landed and sent her sprawling.
As that happened, Jinora’s air blast turned and knocked Sakari into the pond.
Within seconds, Sakari scrambled out of the water. She bent the water from her clothes and hair in a smooth, one-handed motion, sending it back into the pond. She looked around frantically. Her gaze found Jinora and her expression seemed to catch between triumph and distress. “Jinora, I’m so sorry!” she yelled, rushing over to the airbender.
“I’m fine, it’s okay,” Jinora said, starting to get off the ground.
Sakari grabbed her friend’s elbow, helping her up. “You were dodging so much that I stopped holding back. I honestly didn’t think I would hit you.”
Jinora chuckled as she straightened up, then flinched and rubbed her arm. “I’ll have a bruise or two tomorrow, but I’m really okay.”
From her vantage point, Korra couldn’t see Jinora’s face, but Sakari didn’t seem especially convinced. “Are you sure?” She squinted, looking Jinora up and down, then grabbed her wrists. “You skinned your palms,” she said, “they’re bleeding a little.”
Jinora looked down at her hands and blinked. “Oh. I guess they are.” She paused, as though unsure what to do with that information.
Korra got the sense that none of the airbender kids were especially well-acquainted with hitting the ground. It made sense.
"Let me help," Sakari said. She waved a hand and bent a small bubble of water over from the pond. When it reached her, she concentrated on it for a moment, purifying the water. After a few seconds, she said, "Give me your hands."
Jinora hesitated, then held her palms out. Sakari divided the bubble of water into two and laid them over Jinora’s hands. Immediately, the water started to glow.
“Woah.” Jinora and Korra whispered at the same moment.
Sakari half-glanced at the woods where Korra was hidden before refocusing on Jinora. “I know how to heal, at least enough for this,” she said. “I learned from Katara, and she’s the best.”
“That’s so cool,” Jinora said, peering down at her hands through the glowing water.
Korra agreed, frankly. She wished she could get closer, but she really couldn’t chance it with how close they already were. Her muscles were already getting a little sore from holding so still. But… if Sakari had learned healing, then Korra would know how to heal if she’d been raised at the South Pole.
She looked down at her hands and sighed. She’d never received a vision of Aang using waterbending to heal. Not that he was being especially useful when it came to airbending, but it would have been interesting at least.
After a minute of healing, Sakari pulled the water back. “There you go,” she said. “Good as new.”
Jinora turned her hands over and peered at them curiously. “That was really interesting,” she said. “Thank you so much.”
Korra quietly sighed from the bushes. She wanted to learn so many things: airbending, metalbending, chi-blocking, and now healing? She didn’t have time for all the cool skills in the world! Why couldn’t the Red Lotus have found her an extra master or two?
Back in the clearing, Sakari was stammering over another apology for hitting Jinora. Eventually, Jinora turned and Korra watched a sly look come over her face. “It’s fine, Sakari,” she said. “Actually, I have a challenge for you to try.”
“A challenge?” Sakari perked up at that and followed Jinora over towards the spinning gates. The wind shifted, blowing Korra’s bangs back from her forehead. It was getting strong enough that the gates were already turning slowly, rattling when gusts came through.
Korra relocated to a better position in the woods as Jinora explained how they worked, then demonstrated in the same way she had for Korra’s tour.
“If you can make it through,” Jinora finished up, “that’s the basics of moving like an airbender.”
Sakari grinned. “Oh, I’ve totally got this!”
From the woods, Korra chuckled. “Good luck, kid,” she whispered.
Jinora had a grin on her face as Sakari jogged up to the gates. “Ready?”
“Ready!”
The first time, Sakari moved in like a waterbender, trying to flow with the rhythm of the gates. Except the gates didn’t really have a rhythm. After a couple of steps, she smacked into one, which quickly became four as they tossed her out.
Sakari immediately leapt to her feet. “Let me try again!”
Jinora shrugged. “Alright.” She set them spinning again.
The second time, Sakari seemed to be trying the circle-walking that Jinora had shown her earlier. She made it another step farther before getting tossed out and landing flat on her back.
“Again!”
Sakari tried a few more times with no notable improvements. Her temper, on the other hand, seemed to be rising. She stalked over to the gates and glared at them.
“Did you want to go again?” Jinora asked. She seemed to be hiding a smile.
Sakari kicked one of the gates, sending it spinning. “No,” she grumbled. She looked back at Jinora and squinted. “I’m getting the sense that this was a challenge you knew I wouldn’t win.”
Jinora stepped back and hunched her shoulders. “Oh, sorry, I may have thought it would be a little funny…”
Heaving a melodramatic sigh, Sakari walked over and gave Jinora a light push. Though Jinora was younger, they were the same height. “I guess it’s only fair,” she said. “We both have bruises now.”
Jinora’s shoulders fell back into place. She tugged at her hair. “I guess so,” she said.
Sakari was about to say something else when a rustling noise drew their attention. Over near the main building, a bush seemed to be highly agitated. Korra tilted her head, trying to figure out what was happening.
A beat later, Naga burst out from the bush. Ikki and Meelo were riding on top of her and although Meelo yelled, “CHARGE!” Naga had stopped abruptly. She put her nose in the air and sniffed urgently.
Korra leapt to her feet on instinct, trying to figure out why all her senses were telling her to run.
Then Naga put her nose down and looked right at Korra’s hiding place.
The wind had shifted.
Naga charged right toward her.
Korra turned and sprinted for the edge of the island, no longer caring about stealth. They probably weren’t looking at her anyway, given the charging polar bear dog.
She reached the edge and leapt off. In the seconds before she hit the water, Korra could still hear Naga behind her, struggling to catch up.
Then she hit the water and dove deep, using waterbending to get away from the area in case Naga decided to go for a swim and take the airbender kids along with her. Once she’d circled back around to where she’d landed before, she came up to the surface again.
Naga… Korra sat back against the rocky side of the island and closed her eyes. The dog was clearly drawn to her for some reason. She paused. Maybe… Naga recognized her, remembered her? Was it possible…
“No way,” Korra breathed.
Distantly, she remembered picking up a small white puppy in a blizzard, her first memory.
A few other memories of the puppy surfaced. Feeding the poor thing, wanting it to sleep in her bed, and maybe… maybe something about her parents not wanting her to keep it?
Maybe she’d named it too. Maybe that’s why the name ‘Naga’ felt familiar.
“So… it doesn’t just sound like a dog’s name,” Korra grumbled to herself. “It is a dog’s name. Great.”
Briefly, she imagined telling Asami her real name so Asami could stop using the wrong one.
Korra looked up, seeking a distraction. Out at the dock, she could see Mako, Bolin, and Sakari getting on a boat with Naga. Tenzin and a few shorter people, maybe his children, were gathered on the dock. She couldn’t see all that clearly.
But still. Korra got to her feet. An electric feeling ran through her veins. If they were all leaving, the gates would be unattended.
A stiff breeze tugged on Korra’s clothes and sent her hair flying.
*
After her third attempt, Korra stopped and recited some of Guru Laghima’s poetry. New bruises called for her attention, but she was used to focusing around minor injuries.
“I can do this,” she breathed, stepping forward with the next gust to enter the gates. Like Jinora had, she kept her hands up with her elbows close to her torso. Following the pattern of steps, as best she could remember it, Korra consciously kept her feet light, but she felt sluggish, just barely staying away from the gates.
They weren’t even spinning as fast as Jinora made them go. How was she supposed to make it through if she couldn’t stay ahead of them at half speed?
As soon as the doubt hit, Korra crashed into one. One gate quickly turned into three, then five. Then she was out on her ass again.
“Augh!” Korra clenched her hands. It would have been nice to set the spinning evil things on fire, but that would draw attention in a seriously bad way.
She stalked around to the other side. Airbending was about approaching from different angles, not just charging through. Korra took a deep breath, but it wasn’t steady. She unclenched her hands and tried quoting some Guru Laghima poetry to herself, but it felt even more awkward than before. Fruitless practices with Zaheer had led to no more airbending than she’d started with.
“A vision would be handy right now, Aang,” she murmured, closing her eyes. “Airbending. Freedom. Poetry. Circle walking and spinning gates. Whatever will make it click.”
For a beat, the air seemed to move between her fingers.
Korra’s eyes snapped open, but then she saw the gates moving. It was just the wind again. “Thank a lot,” she said. “You’re super inconsistent, you know that?” She charged towards the gates again, hoping to make up for technique with speed.
The wind shifted right as she entered and the first gate smacked her in the forehead.
Sprawled out, Korra sat up and glared. “Lots of handy visions telling me to make friends and be myself, but actual airbending instruction is awfully absent.” No response came but a softening of the wind. “I’ve been dedicated to freedom my whole life,” Korra said, getting to her feet. “What am I getting wrong?”
“Hello? Is someone here?” A familiar voice (was it Tenzin’s?) rang out from near the building.
Korra turned around and sprinted off the island again, this time staying underwater until she reached Republic City. Waterbending provided some level of peace, but she remained agitated as she wandered around, absently grabbing a cheap dinner from a street vendor.
When she’d passed by the arena three times, each time half-hoping to run into Sakari, Korra decided to head back to the apartment. Halfway there, she passed by a street-stand selling masks and paused. The seller was just starting to pack up, probably so she could get everything put away in time for curfew.
Korra blinked. The vision took her by surprise in a flash of white.
Aang was chained up. It felt wrong to see him imprisoned. The room was decorated in old-style Fire Nation designs.
Aang was struggling with his bonds when he looked up suddenly. Korra could hear noises coming from the hallway. Abruptly, the sounds of struggle stopped. Then came the sound of a key turning in a lock.
A figure in a blue mask ran in, brandishing twin swords. Aang screamed and flinched, but the newcomer merely cut his bonds. Aang pulled his arms back in surprise and his rescuer came closer and cut the other chains.
“Who are you? What's going on?” Aang asked, “Are you here to rescue me?”
He received no response, but the masked figure opened the door and motioned for him to follow.
“I’ll take that as a ‘yes,’” Aang said, following after.
Korra blinked and glanced around to catch her bearings. Thankfully, Aang hadn’t sent her the vision in the middle of the road.
The mask merchant was still packing up. Korra jogged forward when she recognized the blue mask from her vision. “Excuse me!” she called. “Can I take a look at this mask?”
The merchant turned. She raised an eyebrow. “This one?” She pointed at the mask, which was blue with white features.
Korra nodded. “Yeah, uh, what’s its history?”
The seller handed it to her, then leaned back. “Well, it used to be much more popular than it is now. This is the mask that the evil water spirit wears in ‘Love Amongst the Dragons,’ an old Fire Nation play.” The seller tucked some hair behind her ear. “The play is a bit old fashioned, and it’s not very popular anymore, what with better relations between the Fire Nation and Water Tribes.”
“Huh, I’ve never heard of it,” Korra said. She turned the mask over in her hands. The details weren’t all identical to the one from the vision, but it was clearly intended to be the same character. “What made the water spirit so evil?”
“He cursed the dragon emperor to be trapped in a mortal form or something.” The seller shrugged. “Sometimes schools in the Fire Nation boroughs put the play on and I sell a few masks for it. It’s a bit of an old-fashioned design though.”
She felt an odd pressure from her spiritual plane, like she was being urged on.
“I’ll take it,” Korra said impulsively. She paid the woman and went on her way, not quite sure why she’d bought it.
Once she was around the corner, Korra ducked down an alley. She glanced around before looking down at the mask. She turned it over in her hands and looked at the inside of it. The eye holes seemed to glow a little.
She brought it up to her face and stepped into another vision.
Zuko chuckled. “My mother took us to see Love Amongst the Dragons every year,” he said. “My sister always made me play the evil water spirit when we played together.”
She blinked and it was Zuko again, but older. He looked about twenty, and was wearing the Fire Lord’s hairpiece. Beside him, Aang sipped some tea. He blanched and set it down. “You never did explain why you picked the Blue Spirit as your alter ego,” he said.
“Huh.” Zuko sipped his tea and frowned. “I chose the mask because it reminded me of old times,” he said. “I put it on that day when I rescued you, and time and time again after that, to act when banished Prince Zuko could not.” He smiled. “It felt thematically appropriate as I was chasing you too,” he said. “I was chasing the Avatar, trying to bring this spiritual figure down to the mortal plane. Ultimately, I discarded the mask when I was ready to merge the masked persona with myself, to reconcile the prince with the rebel spirit.”
Aang snickered. “We probably would have reacted a lot differently if you had showed up at the Western Air Temple wearing a mask like that,” he said.
Zuko rolled his eyes. “I immediately screwed everything up again when Azula showed up, but… at least at first, bringing those identities together was an act of discarding the prince part, not the mask part.”
The vision vanished and Korra found she was holding the mask tightly to her face. She lessened her grip, but didn’t take it off. Once the white light faded from her sight, she found she could actually see through it fairly well.
Tentatively, she tied it on. It fit snugly, though Korra would have preferred having a headband or hood on to cushion it a little more. She took it off and turned it around before stashing it in a pocket and starting to head home.
She noticed, tonight in particular, how people looked over their shoulder as they packed up shop. Curfew hadn’t even descended and the city felt jumpy.
Especially the guy walking about half a block ahead of her. Korra’s eyes narrowed as she watched him look around suspiciously. She recognized the body language. It was the way she walked when she was tailing someone, except Korra had been trained to do it less obviously.
Farther ahead of him was a nervous man who kept glancing around, but with no purpose. He seemed anxious, but without enough focus to realize he was being followed.
Sure enough, a block later she watched the suspicious guy hurry up and follow the nervous man down a narrow side street.
Korra jogged to catch up. Before she turned the corner, she found herself fingering the edge of the Blue Spirit mask. She hesitated, then peered around the corner.
The scene was weirdly predictable. Suspicious guy had pulled a rock out of the street and was bending it into a spike as he demanded the other guy’s money.
Korra slipped the mask on and burst around the corner with fire in her hands. It took only a few seconds to scorch the mugger’s boots and send him scrambling. He dropped the wallet as he ran away and Korra picked it up, then tossed it to the victim.
“T-thank you,” the man said, still trembling.
Korra resisted the urge to reply. She just nodded, then ran down the side street and ducked down a series of alleys until she wound up back on a main street.
She yanked the mask off her face and wiped the sweat off her brow. Her heart was pounding as she started back toward the apartment.
She couldn’t keep herself from smiling.
She picked up the pace, going from a fast walk to a jog, then an all-out sprint as she laughed into the wind.
For once, Korra felt like the Avatar.
She had been able to step in and help someone. It had been simple. Nothing complicated to solve. No need to kill anyone or stop and have an identity crisis over it.
She’d just done the right thing. It felt good and she laughed again as she slowed her pace. Still, the wind caught her hair and Korra’s fingers twitched to summon a fire in her palm. She’d picked fire on instinct. Earth would have torn up the street and she didn’t have any water on hand. It was fitting too, to subvert the ‘evil water spirit’ role with some firebending. Plus, it set an entirely separate identity for her to use as-needed.
The thought gave her pause. Korra smiled. She didn’t need to be dressed as herself to act as herself.
Korra checked that the mask was tucked in her pocket. Before heading inside, she glanced out at the bay. The light at the top of Air Temple Island was just barely visible.
Korra went right to her room when she got inside. She crouched and stashed the mask with a set of black stealth clothes. Before she went back to the main room, she smiled down at the supplies. It would be prudent, after all, to have a costume for attending finals. Zaheer had said that Korra couldn’t go, but he hadn’t said anything about spirits.
* * *
Asami rubbed at her eyes. She didn’t need a mirror to know there were circles under them. But, frankly, she wasn’t sure she deserved sleep after the meeting.
Briefly, she thought of Sakari. The kid was thirteen. Asami had dragged her into the Equalists’ spotlight.
She picked up a wrench and smashed it against her workbench before going back to making notes. She’d been using the wrench for that purpose for the past several hours.
When she finished making notes for her current round of testing, she found her mind a little clearer. Just a bit. The testing didn’t require an undue amount of focus, but it was distracting in its own right.
Across the workshop, she had a standard satomobile prototype idling. Aiming at it with her new invention, she grit her teeth and fired.
A prong shot out, trailing a fine wire behind it. When the prong hit the satomobile, it stuck to the surface. Asami hesitated a moment before pressing a second button.
Sparks flew where the prong was attached to the satomobile. Then the idling stopped.
Asami approached and wound the device back up. She gave the satomobile a quick inspection to make sure it hadn’t been damaged, then allowed herself a smile. The systems had stopped, but with no immediate damage to them.
That was the goal. It would have been simple enough to create a general-area device, something that would shut down all electronics in a certain radius. But anything like that would mess with her own equipment as much as an enemy’s.
What Asami wanted was something targeted. A device that would hit what it should and take out only the system she wanted it to.
The thought made her think of the Fire Ferrets. She’d been so angry in the meeting, but she hadn’t wanted them caught in the crossfire. She’d meant to make her mother back off, to push back against her.
She sat down on the dusty floor and set her invention down beside her. Asami buried her face in her hands. There was no reason to involve an innocent thirteen-year-old, bender or not. She would have been in plenty of danger anyway, playing in finals.
But no, Asami had to get her specifically targeted.
She wished she were at her workbench, so she could hit it with the wrench again. If her mother hadn’t challenged her, hadn’t just let Asami be, then she wouldn’t have said anything about Sakari.
Asami bit her lip. Her mother hadn’t made her say anything.
She needed to be responsible for her own actions.
Asami leaned her forehead against her knees. The Fire Ferrets were benders, yeah, but they lived at the arena. She hadn’t realized people lived there when the Equalists were plotting their attack on the place. It was home to at least three people.
Three decent people, benders or not. Mako and Bolin had taken the kid in and treated her like their own sister when they already didn’t have a lot. Naga hadn’t seemed to notice, but Asami recognized that it was an extremely modest living space, nice view aside.
The Fire Ferrets were more of an intact family than Asami and her mother were lately, now that she thought of it.
She didn’t want to see them hurt. It was bad enough that they’d be playing Tahno…
Asami blinked, then got to her feet. Amon and Liu were supposed to come onto the the main stage and take out the winning team. It was going to be the perfect display of equalization, to take the bending from the championship team in the moment of their big victory.
She couldn’t do anything for the Fire Ferrets if they won. Amon would have them and that was that.
But Asami honestly wasn’t sure who would win a match-up between the Wolfbats and the Fire Ferrets. Each team had their strengths and weaknesses. And of course she’d prefer the Fire Ferrets to win, but… knowing what was waiting for them along with that victory, Asami found herself hoping they would lose.
And if they lost, especially if it was a knockout, then Mako, Bolin, and Sakari would all be off-stage.
Maybe, just maybe, she could do something for them then. They were talented benders. Buying them a bit of time might give them a chance to escape.
Not a huge chance, but enough.
Asami would just have to ensure they lost, and badly. She started walking to the door, grabbing her coat as she went.
She could talk to Liu and get herself placed on the squad set to go after the losing team at finals. That would put her in a place to run interference, to maybe ‘let’ them escape.
At the workshop door, she hesitated and glanced back at her invention. It was her pet project, something that hit what she wanted it to, something that didn’t cause additional destruction, not even to its own target.
This was a plan that could easily get out of hand. It was one thing to have reservations with the directions the Equalist movement had taken. It was another to actively sabotage their efforts.
Asami pushed the door open. She would need subtlety. Nothing could be traced back to her.
The wind whipped at her hair as she made her way out of the factory complex and started heading toward the arena. She could help the Fire Ferrets, but only if they lost finals. As for ensuring that, well, a well-placed bribe with the referees, combined with the Wolfbats’ play style, would take good care of that.
Notes:
OKAY so sorry for the delay. I was laid out and sick for about half of January and then Skye was in a car accident!? We are okay now, btw.
What did you think of the chapter? How is finals gonna go down? Will Korra ever get to the skills on her to-learn list? Also, happy International Fanworks Day!
Chapter 8: And the Winner is...
Summary:
Get ready for some jaw-dropping bending and shocking moments as Korra sneaks into the pro-bending finals to protect the Fire Ferrets while Asami finds her own plans disrupted by the appearance of a masked vigilante.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter Eight: And the Winner is...
(Nobody. Nobody wins.)
Korra wasn’t concerned about security. It would be easy enough to sneak past them with the crowd and enter through the main entrance. It would be even easier to pickpocket a ticket off of the many people milling around the main doors. She peered down at them from the roof. Really now, security ought to know better than to let the crowd bunch up like that.
Security was a joke. Korra’s primary concern was getting spotted by Zaheer and Ghazan. She had picked the lock on the side door the Fire Ferrets had shown her, then kept working her way up until she found a window near the roof.
The night felt uneasy, the wind gusting and rattling a loose windowpane as Korra made her way to the great glass dome that covered the arena. She frowned a little as she approached the rattling windowpane. There seemed to be something stuck in the mechanism, holding it open just a bit.
She went to peer through and bumped the nose of her mask against the glass. “Ow,” she muttered. While visibility was decent, she was still getting used to wearing the thing.
Korra slipped the mask up and put her face to the glass so she could look through.
Her eyes widened. An Equalist was stationed at the edge of the sub-roof that encircled the arena just below the dome. He seemed to be using a tool to secure a large, rolled-up banner just a half step back from the ledge.
She slipped her mask back on and pulled the stopper out of the window. It creaked a bit as she opened it, but the Equalist didn’t seem to hear through the din of the arena’s crowd and the announcer’s excited voice.
Once inside, she carefully replaced the window block exactly as it was. Around the edge of the sub-roof, at regularly-spaced intervals, other Equalists were doing the same task as the one she’d already seen. Korra crouched back into the shadows and considered her options for a moment.
If she could hazard a guess, she’d assume that the Equalists meant to drop the banners at some predetermined signal once they made their big move, whatever it was. Korra didn’t want to call attention to herself, but she also needed to get closer to see the match. The other banner-setters seemed pretty absorbed in their tasks, and they were spaced pretty far apart. From a distance, Korra’s black stealth outfit was probably a decent match for their Equalist uniforms.
Korra kept her footsteps silent as she rushed up on the guard. He only struggled for a moment before her sleeper hold knocked him out. From there, it was simple enough to tie him up with the bolas she found in his belt. She cut off a bit of his sleeve to gag him.
The lights went off. Korra jumped for a second, then relaxed. This was part of the match. Down in the arena, the spotlights had converged on the ring announcer.
“Introducing the challengers,” he said, “The Fire Ferrets!”
Korra smiled as Mako, Bolin, and Sakari walked out. Bolin did some sort of trick with his pet before the spotlight on them went out.
The announcer sounded distinctly more enthused as he declared, “And their opponents, the four time defending champions, The Whitefalls Wolfbats!”
A spotlight appeared on the Wolfbats, who were dressed in some seriously bizarre wolfbat costumes. Korra raised an eyebrow. She wasn’t sure whether or not dressing after the moniker of your team was common, but she wouldn’t call herself a fan of the practice, personally. They looked ridiculous.
The crowd hushed as the teams set up for the match. Korra glanced around. Even the Equalistsaround the ring seemed to be focused down below. She wasn’t sure what cue they were waiting on, but since they weren’t looking at her, she might as well watch the match.
If she was lucky, maybe she’d get to see Sakari knock Tahno’s ass offstage.
The match started off well enough. Korra silently cheered on the Fire Ferrets, Sakari in particular. From the beginning, her sister seemed to be in top form. Korra grinned when she managed to knock the Wolfbats’ firebender back one zone.
From there, however, things quickly disintegrated. The Wolfbats pulled off a couple of nasty moves that looked pretty sketchy from where she was, but the ref didn’t call anything.
Then Sakari went off-balance suddenly, lifting her foot like the disc was moving under it. Korra whispered, “No,” when Sakari looked down. A breath later, Tahno hit her with a long arc of water that sent Sakari careening past Bolin in zone three and all the way off the stage.
Mako and Bolin played well, but defensively, until the clock ran out, leaving both of them right on the edge of zone three
Korra gripped the ledge and grit her teeth. She was too far away to honestly say whether or not the Wolfbats were outright cheating, but it certainly didn’t look like a fair match to her.
As round two started, Sakari seemed to have recovered from her bad knockout. She almost seemed to be playing better, dodging faster.
For a moment, Korra thought she saw hints of circle walking in Sakari’s stride. Mako and Bolin seemed to have regained their momentum as well, working in tandem to launch a series of attacks that knocked the Wolfbats back a zone.
Despite the Fire Ferrets’ excellent showing, however, they were faring poorly against the Wolfbats’ growing repertoire of dirty tricks. Korra found herself seething as she watched several attempted headshots and even a broken up earth disc mixed in with Tahno’s water.
For a moment, she reached out her hand. Most benders didn’t have the ability to move the elements so far away from them, but most benders weren’t the Avatar. She could give the Fire Ferrets a hand and even out the match.
After a beat, she lowered her hand. It was a bad idea, and would potentially just get the Fire Ferrets in trouble for fouls they hadn’t committed. As it was, the ref seemed to have it out for them.
Korra heaved a sigh of relief when the match ended in a close tie. The Fire Ferrets hadn’t lost yet.
“Round two will be decided with a tie-breaker,” the announcer declared.
The referee tossed a coin in the air, but seemed to pause a moment before he revealed it. His hand twitched. Korra squinted. She wasn’t very good at sleight of hand, but she could recognize a cheat when she saw it.
“The Whitefalls Wolfbats win the coin toss,” the referee declared.
“Of course,” Korra muttered.
“What element do you choose?” the referee asked.
The blood drained from Korra’s face as Tahno tossed his hair and stepped forward. “C’mon, Sakari,” he called, “it’s time to quit playing in the kiddie pool.”
Sakari visibly startled at the sound of her name. Korra tried to imagine stepping up for a public one-on-one bout when she was thirteen. Her gut clenched as she watched her sister stride forward into the center circle.
They took up their stances and gauged one another for a moment. Tahno made a gesture that looked like an asshole way of saying, ‘give me your best shot’ and said something Korra couldn’t hear.
Before he’d withdrawn his arm, Sakari surged into action. A pair of blows arced toward Tahno, who dodged the first and captured the momentum of the second.
He ducked Sakari’s third blow and stayed low to the ground as he sliced his arm in front of him. Water swept Sakari’s feet out from under her.
As she scrambled to her knees, she kicked a hard thrust of water up toward his face. Tahno’s helmet flew off his head, but not before his own attacks landed solidly on Sakari’s shoulders.
She went spinning backward off the platform and landed heavily on the stage.
“Round two goes to the Wolfbats!” the announcer cried.
The crowd went wild, split between cheers and booing.
Korra hissed. If the opportunity arose, she would cherish the chance to meet Tahno in a dark alley and show him some serious waterbending. He was a bully, however talented.
Bolin helped Sakari to her feet while Mako stood in front with his arms crossed, glaring at the Wolfbats.
Korra attempted to calm herself and slip into the spiritual plane. There was a chance she could listen there and hear Bolin and Sakari’s quiet conversation.
Unfortunately, the requisite calm refused to make itself apparent. But Sakari gave Bolin a solid nod and the Fire Ferrets assumed their positions for the last round. They were down, 2-0. Unless the Fire Ferrets notched a total knockout, they would lose.
Round three felt doomed from the start. Emboldened by the referee’s apathy to their tactics, the Wolfbats engaged in more and more blatant cheating. Mako and Bolin managed a combo that knocked the Wolfbats’ earthbender into zone three, but then the ref dinged Mako for a completely nonexistent headshot foul and made him move back.
Sakari seemed a little slower, and Korra could tell she was favoring the shoulder she’d fallen on. Not long after Mako’s foul, Tahno and the Wolfbats’ firebender launched a series of attacks that pinned her against the ropes, then sent her spiraling offstage.
Korra seethed. Her face felt hot behind her mask. For a moment, she had the urge to turn and complain about the match to Asami.
Except Asami wasn’t there. Korra’s skin crawled. She’d almost forgotten about the real stakes of the finals match.
Right as the timer went off, the Wolfbats notched a dirty knockout that sent both Mako and Bolin out of zone two and into the water below. Korra knew better than to expect the ref to call the foul. Sakari had already swam to the platform and was leaning heavily against a pillar as she healed her shoulder.
“And the Whitefalls Wolfbats are the winners! Take a look at your champions, folks,” the announcer cried. “For the fifth time running, the Wolfbats are victorious!”
Korra bit her lip and muttered a few choice words. Then a spark caught her attention from the corner of her eye.
She’d noted the police standing at each of the doors. Now, she saw them convulse and drop to the floor. All around the arena, sparks flew. Several dozen audience members seemed to have smuggled in electrified gloves. Then the center platform of the stage began to drop.
The announcer was slow on the uptake, but Korra immediately recognized the Equalist plan going into motion.
Her blood chilled as she listened to the announcer getting knocked out in his booth. Korra glanced nervously at the other Equalists stationed at the banners. One of them raised their head and started to turn toward her. She immediately ducked down and stared at the banner release.
From the side, her black outfit casually resembled an Equalist’s uniform, but the mask definitely did not.
Down below, Mako and Bolin were treading water. They seemed confused. Sakari had stopped healing her shoulder, but had kept the water on-hand.
Korra refocused on the stage as the crowd burst into frightened murmurs. Amon and six Equalists were rising up with the center platform.
Tahno took a step back. “What’s going on here, ref?”
“I don’t know!” The referee looked equally shaken.
Tahno took another step back, then grounded his stance. “Alright,” he said, “You want a piece of the Wolfbats? Be my guest!”
He sent a water whip zipping toward Amon’s face, but Amon dodged easily and raced forward. By the time the Wolfbats’ firebender and earthbender had launched attacks, Amon was already engaged with Tahno at close quarters.
Korra wanted to look away. The biggest advantage of benders versus non-benders was ranged attacks and maintaining control of the distance in combat. Tahno had lost that, which meant Tahno had lost.
She couldn’t look away though, not as the Wolfbats were easily subdued and pinned, waiting for Amon.
“Wait, please don't do this!” Tahno begged. “I'll give you the championship pot, I... I'll give you everything just please don't take my bending!”
Korra’s vision flashed with white and a series of images from Aang, mostly unclear. She saw a courtroom and an older man. His eyes twitched and he laughed. Then she saw an older Sokka arc his back in pain.
She came back to the present as Tahno hit the ground. Korra recoiled and tried to steady her breathing, tried to think of something useful to do.
Briefly, she tried to reach for the spiritual plane. If Amon’s power came from the spirits, surely she’d be able to sense something. As she watched the rest of the Wolfbats lose their bending, however, Korra felt nothing. She wasn’t sure if it was because she was too agitated to reach the spiritual plane or if there was just nothing to sense.
Korra glanced toward the Fire Ferrets’ side of the arena as the Equalists dropped the Wolfbats offstage. Her eyes widened at the sight of several Equalists surrounding Sakari. Mako and Bolin were still in the water.
A bit of motion in her peripheral vision distracted her. A beat too late, she recognized it as the banners dropping. She fumbled for the switch and pulled it, releasing her banner only a little late.
She turned to see if any of the other Equalists had noticed her slip just in time to spot three of them racing toward her. Either the banner had cued them in, or they’d just finally noticed she was wearing the wrong mask.
“Maintain distance,” Korra whispered to herself. She backed away from the ledge, glad that the mask hid the fear on her face as she kicked out a series of fiery arcs toward her attackers. She needed to deal with them quickly so she could get down to Sakari.
They all dodged the first arc, but her second managed to catch two of them and knock them back. The frontrunner just ducked and kept rushing forward, swinging a set of bolas.
Korra stomped a foot down, sending out a wave of fire along the floor. The Equalist jumped high above it and threw the bolas. Korra had already moved forward, under their trajectory. As the Equalist landed, she grounded herself and launched a fireball toward them.
It connected and send her attacker flying back, right into the maintenance box near where she’d entered the dome. She saw them slump and turned to focus her attention on the other two.
While she’d been fighting the first Equalist, they had spread out and were coming at her from a wide angle so she couldn’t hit them both at once.
She thought of Ghazan as she swept the floor in a kick that coated the space between her and the Equalists in a flash of fire. Lava-bending only worked with earth, but some of its combat strategies worked well enough with regular fire.
Sure enough, her attackers paused a beat. Korra charged one and took her out with a burst of fire. The Equalist hurtled through the glass dome and crashed to the roof outside.
Her last opponent had closed the distance between them and the fire died down. Korra felt a stab of anxiety as she parried a series of rapid-fire strikes. She did not want to get chi-blocked. She did not want the Equalist so close to her.
She leapt back toward the ledge with the banner to gain some space and sent a trio of fireballs toward her pursuer.
Then someone kicked the backs of her knees. Korra cursed herself as she hit the floor. She’d landed near the first Equalist she’d tied up, but hadn’t realized he’d woken up already. Still lying on the ground, he pulled his trussed legs back for another kick.
Korra rolled out of the way, just in time to dodge her other attacker. The fireballs hadn’t slowed them at all. As they turned to strike, she got to her feet in a circular fire kick and blasted them toward the ledge.
The Equalist teetered a moment. Korra’s heart stopped. She reached out a hand as her attacker lost their balance and fell backwards, down toward the stands below.
She raced to the edge, terrified that she’d see a still body crushed over the seats.
She heaved a sigh of relief when she saw that the Equalist had grabbed the banner during their fall. Not dead then.
But now wasn’t exactly the time to dwell on that. She’d figure out emotions later. Her priority was finding Sakari and making sure the Fire Ferrets got out of the arena.
She sprinted toward the ledge and jumped. For a breath, Korra relished the moment of falling. It was almost like flying, almost like airbending.
Then she punched her hands down by her sides and sent out a blast of fire behind her, controlling her trajectory and aiming right for Sakari and the Equalists around her.
* * *
Asami peered through the doorway, then pulled back. “The girl was knocked out earlier, so we’ll need to subdue her separately. She’s already out of the water.”
“It’s not a huge change of plan,” Liu said. He adjusted the set of his goggles. “I’ll shock the water to incapacitate the men. You can lead the rush on the girl.”
Biting her lip behind her mask, Asami was glad Liu couldn’t read her face. She paused a beat longer, then asked, “Can we switch?”
He frowned at her. “Why?”
“I… I’ve never run lead on a combat portion before,” she said. It wasn’t a lie. “Can you lead the others on Sakari? I’ll shock the water with my gloves.”
Voltage numbers rushed through her head. Liu didn’t know them well enough, but Asami knew that the gloves didn’t have the power to incapacitate Mako and Bolin for long, not at a distance like this. Liu’s kali sticks had a private generator. She’d designed it version herself.
If Mako and Bolin woke up soon enough, they could grab Sakari and escape. Maybe.
A spark caught the corner of Asami’s eye. She and Liu turned at the same time to glance through the doorway. Around the edges of the arena, sparks were flying.
Liu cursed quietly. “That’s the signal,” he said. “We need to move now.”
Before Asami could ask if they were switching, he’d signaled the retrieval team to follow him. “Hit the water with both gloves,” he said as he dashed through the door, the other Equalists behind him.
Asami kept her focus on the water as she sprinted through the doorway. Even still, she could see Sakari in the corner of her eye. Despite the surprise attack, she was (barely) managing to hold her ground.
Mako and Bolin had started swimming for the platform. Asami bit her lip again as she crouched by the edge of the water and sent a pair of shocks through her gloves. “Sorry,” she breathed.
The brothers convulsed and screamed for a moment before passing out. Asami grabbed the line from her belt and started to pull them in.
Behind her, she heard Sakari cry out. She turned to see that Liu had run a shock along some water on the floor. The girl crumpled and the retrieval team swept in to chi-block and secure her for transport.
If she’d been hit with one of Liu’s shocks, at her size, there was no way she’d wake up in time to escape. Asami huffed as she heaved Mako’s frame out of the water and onto the platform. If the boys woke up in time, she could let them overwhelm her and then go rescue Sakari.
Everything would be fine.
“Sorry, sorry, sorry, sorry,” Asami murmured as she hefted Mako against a column.
“What was that?” One of the retrieval team appeared beside her and immediately started pulling Bolin out of the water.
“Nothing,” Asami said.
For a moment, it was quiet around them, save for Amon’s speech. He had taken out the Wolfbats while Asami’s group made their move. She allowed herself some bitter satisfaction at the thought of Tahno sans bending. If anyone deserved it, it was him. Him and the triads and anyone who used their powers to bully and oppress others.
She didn’t pay attention to Amon’s speech; she’d heard a couple others like it. They had just managed to heave Bolin’s bulky frame against the same column as Mako when Asami heard a strange noise from above, like a burst of fire.
She looked up and stared. Around the arena, the crowd burst into murmurs that briefly overrode Amon’s speech.
A masked firebender, clad in black, had leapt from the ceiling by one of the Equalist banners. Asami only knew she was a firebender because, a second after jumping, she’d sent out a powerful burst of fire behind her.
For a moment, Asami could only gape at the sight. The bender was using fire to direct her flight through the air. Even as she watched, incredulous at the sight, part of Asami was calculating and estimating the masked bender’s flight path.
Her blood ran cold. The bender was headed right for them.
“Dammit, they can fly too?” The Equalist next to Asami grumbled, reaching for his bolas.
Asami didn’t respond. The firebender was upon them.
Coming out of the sky like some sort of spirit, she landed on the platform bathed in flames. Three members of the retrieval team rushed her as she landed and were immediately thrown back by a powerful burst of fire that rolled out as she punched the ground.
For a beat, something seemed off about the pose. Asami could almost hear Naga in her ear, saying something about earthbending stances.
Then the firebender looked up and Asami watched the blue and white mask sweep across the platform and stop at Sakari. The bender rushed forward.
Liu was almost done tying up Sakari. “We have to hurry,” Asami said. She and the other Equalist worked together to tie Mako and Bolin to the post as another pair of Equalists ran forward to meet the firebender, gloves raised.
“Please no,” Asami whispered. She’d sabotaged some of the retrieval team’s gloves so that Mako and Bolin had a chance to escape.
Asami held her breath as the glove sparked, then died. The firebender seemed to hesitate a moment, surprised it hadn’t worked. Then she came in with a sweeping kick and a burst of fire that sent her opponents tumbling hard across the platform and into the water.
“Finish securing the benders. I’ll take her out.” The chi-blocker who had been helping Asami took off running. No glove meant there was nothing to sabotage. Maybe he could disable the firebender.
But the masked fighter seemed determined to maintain distance. She flipped and whirled, leaving trails of fire on the ground as she refused to let the chi-blocker get any closer. A few seconds later, the firebender had knocked him into a column, hard. He slumped and didn’t move.
In the corner of her eye, Asami saw Liu pick up Sakari and move her to the doorway. They were ready to mobilize and escape.
The bender glanced that way, then turned away from Sakari and charged at Asami next.
Asami flexed her gloves and pushed down her fear as she stepped forward to meet the bender. Immediately, the firebender tried to control the distance, sending out a sweeping cascade of fire.
Asami ducked under it and maintained momentum. The firebender sent out another set of fireballs, but Asami kept moving. If her opponent wanted her to be far away, then Asami’s priority was to disrupt that strategy.
In a matter of moments, she was in range. Her gloves weren’t sabotaged. She slid forward and moved to shock the bender, who just barely dodged out of the way. The motion was delayed, as though she hadn’t expected Asami’s gloves to actually work.
She recovered quickly, however. A set of punches, followed up with an elbow strike that nearly clipped Asami’s jaw and sent a wave of fire where her face had just been.
The move left the bender overextended. Asami reached out to shock her, sparks flying off her glove. Right before she could strike, the bender pivoted.
Asami felt a hard blow across her face and felt her goggles fly off, but didn’t feel herself hit the ground.
She came back to consciousness a moment later. It could only have been a moment, because Asami woke up staring at a blue mask crouched over her. The bender was close enough that Asami could see her eyes matched her mask. Asami couldn’t move for another long second, but she blinked and noticed her hands felt empty.
Before she could retaliate, the bender pulled back and kicked her into the water. The blow wasn’t hard, but Asami seemed to drift farther from the platform than she should have.
Her head hurt so bad. Swimming back felt impossibly slow, like she was swimming through molasses.
Ahead of her, the rest of the retrieval team was closer to the platform, but not close enough to help Liu as the firebender turned her attention to him.
Having set Sakari by the door, Liu was rushing toward the firebender. She seemed to wait longer this time, letting him get closer before she struck. They sparred back and forth for a moment, well-matched and moving too fast for Asami to follow.
Then, strangely, Liu slipped on some water on the platform.
He hit the ground and rolled, but the firebender was a step ahead of him, sending a massive wave of fire at his new spot and sending him sprawling backwards.
The masked bender glanced at Sakari’s tied form by the door, then rushed back to Mako and Bolin. Asami realized they’d woken up and felt glad and conflicted as the firebender pulled out an odd, hooked knife from her boot and cut their bonds.
“Thank you,” Mako said.
The masked firebender only nodded toward the door.
Asami heard Bolin say he would grab Sakari as the three of them started running for the door.
Asami was almost at the platform when they reached Liu. Mako and the masked firebender didn’t say a word, but fell into a decent attack pattern almost immediately.
Liu was holding his own, but the series of blows was keeping him occupied enough that Bolin could duck past. As Asami pulled herself out of the water, she saw him pick up still-unconscious Sakari and call back to Mako, “Bro, we gotta go!”
Asami bobbed in the water as she pulled herself up onto the platform. She blinked and missed some crucial move from the masked firebender. By the time she could follow the fight again, Liu had been knocked back and Mako had retreated to the door. Two of his fingers were outstretched.
“No!” Asami scrambled, but she was too far to do anything but watch as a bolt of lightning left Mako’s fingers and connected with Liu’s body. She watched him convulse for a moment, then fall to the ground.
“How’s it like on the receiving end?” Mako called as he turned on his heel and sprinted out.
Bolin vanished through the doorway, carrying Sakari. Mako wasn’t far behind him. Asami dimly registered the masked firebender backing through the door, covering their escape.
Liu wasn’t getting up. That meant she was in charge. Panic pressed in on her as she tried to process the decisions she needed to make. Amon’s speech was ending, familiar words coming to a close in the background. The arena seemed to echo with too many sounds, all pressing in.
Three members of the retrieval team had gotten out of the water. They started dashing for the door, going after the Fire Ferrets.
“Stop,” Asami called. She looked around, trying to get a headcount on their people as she ran over to Liu. “We’ve lost them,” she said. “Mission priority is a clean extraction. Escape plan B.”
Behind them, she heard the glass dome shatter. Amon would be leaving soon, and with him, their cover. The stadium was under control, held in sway by the Equalists at the exits. Once he left, it would be chaos and they would be trapped in an arena filled with people who either hated or feared them.
She divided up roles in 20 seconds. Two to carry Liu, two to carry another unconscious Equalist, and someone to run rearguard as Asami led them out.
The stadium seemed to tremble as they sprinted down the halls. If someone had told Asami it was an earthquake, she would have believed it. A steady rumble all around them marked trampling feet running for exits. They were going to be cutting it pretty close on a clean escape.
She bruised her shoulder bursting out the side door where they’d parked their van. So much of her hurt that she hardly noticed. They tossed Liu and the other unconscious member inside. Before the doors were even shut, they were barreling down the road, away from the arena.
Asami slumped against the side of van and closed her eyes. Her mission, to let the Fire Ferrets escape, had been a success. But she had never meant it to cost the Equalist mission so badly.
“Asami…”
Her gaze snapped to Liu, lying on the floor. “Don’t sit up too fast,” she said. He immediately tried to. She put a firm hand on his shoulder. “Don’t,” she warned.
He glared at her a moment, then lay back. “Did we get her?” He blinked and squinted, as though just now seeing her properly. “What happened to your goggles?”
“The girl escaped,” Asami said. Her sigh was relief and regret in equal measure. “And my goggles…” she touched her face and winced. Her hand came away with a bit of blood where the goggles had cut into her. “They must have flown off when that firebender kicked me in the face.”
“Are you okay?” Liu looked like he was about to sit up again, so Asami put a hand on his shoulder again.
“I’m fine,” she said. “Don’t sit up.”
He relaxed again. “I’m glad you’re okay,” he said. “What matters is that you got us out when we needed to escape. You did well.”
Guilt churned in Asami’s gut as the truck rattled them on their way to a safe house. Part of her was certain that the Fire Ferrets would have escaped no matter what she did. The masked firebender’s interference had been absolutely catastrophic to the Equalists’ plans.
Asami had gotten them out, but her intent from the beginning had never been their success. She had just gotten lucky that the masked firebender had shown up with the same goal and covered her intended sabotage.
“We’ll get her another time,” Liu grunted, closing his eyes.
“Yeah,” Asami said.
She wasn’t sure whether or not she meant it.
* * *
Mako slowed his pace as they rounded a corner. “Wait, where did she go?”
“I dunno. We’ll thank her later.” Bolin hadn’t slowed down at all. He glanced back at Mako urgently. “Bro we gotta go.”
The masked firebender was still nowhere in sight. She’d followed them out the door and covered their escape through the past couple of hallways. Then she’d vanished. Mako hesitated a beat before he put on a burst of speed and caught up with his brother. No time to look now. No time to think now.
Bolin kicked open a side door and ran through, then skidded to a halt. Mako narrowly avoided crashing into him. “I thought we had to go?” Mako snapped.
Then he followed his brother’s gaze upward. Hovering in the sky above the arena, a giant airship had blocked out the stars in the night sky.
Mako felt his heart racing. They had been so close. So close to losing everything all over again. The ground seemed to tremble beneath his feet for a moment and he wondered if they were setting off another bomb. He’d heard the pro-bending stage blow just as they were running out.
Then he realized the shaking ground felt more like… footsteps?
Naga rounded the back corner of the arena, dripping wet with Pabu riding on top of her head.
“Good Pabu! And good Naga!” Bolin declared. “Didn’t we leave her with Ikki and Meelo?” Bolin asked.
“Who cares,” Mako said. They’d left her on Air Temple Island so the finals crowd wouldn’t bother her. Apparently she hadn’t stayed there. “I have never been so happy this dog doesn’t listen.”
It took them a moment to get Naga to stop sniffing Bolin and Sakari frantically, but they eventually managed to clamber on Naga and get her running before the arena started to empty.
Mako still wasn’t sure how to steer the dog. Frankly, he wasn’t sure how Sakari did. But Naga seemed to understand him well enough. He took them north along the bay, past the docks and ferry to Air Temple Island.
“Uh, where are we going?” Bolin asked once Mako turned Naga down a side street to take them inland.
Mako could feel Sakari begin to stir as she woke up. “We’ll go to Tenzin tomorrow. Maybe we can seek shelter with him,” he said. “Tonight… I don’t know if it’s safe there or not.” Nowhere felt safe, but he didn’t say that to Bolin. He paused at an intersection, trying to make sure he remembered the turn. “We’re gonna crash in that old spot of ours off the manufacturing district. Remember the one with the overhang?”
Bolin hesitated a beat. “Yeah,” he said, “I remember.”
When they dismounted, Mako glanced back with a grimace. Hopefully nobody had been following them; Naga had left a trail of droplets almost all the way to their hiding place.
Bolin leaned Sakari against a wall and started clearing out trash and debris from their onetime squat. “Well, at least nobody else has been staying here?” Bolin sounded like he meant it to be jovial, but it just made things sound more sad.
Mako opted not to reply and walked a quick perimeter around the spot. All their old traps, stacked objects and tripwires to alert them if someone bumped into them, had worn out ages ago. Most of them weren’t reparable, but he rigged up a couple as best he could.
He couldn’t shake the feeling of being watched, but there was nothing he could do about it, so he let it go. He wasn’t about to leave Bolin and Sakari chasing a feeling.
Walking back to them, Mako was struck by the contrast of their pro-bending uniforms with their surroundings. Sakari and Bolin practically glowed in the dark with how clean and light their outfits were. It made him want to rub dirt in them, to disguise the three of them somehow.
He and Bolin had always dressed in darker colors for a reason. Mako sighed. “I hope we’re able to go back and get our stuff from the arena tomorrow,” he said.
“Yeah,” Bolin said. “That... that was something else. The Equalists...” He shivered, and Mako didn’t think it was entirely from the cold. “Amon...”
Mako slumped to the ground. “I can’t take any more close calls,” he said. “This is the second time now.”
“It’s a good thing that firebender showed up,” Bolin said. “Those ropes were loose enough we could have gotten out, but I don’t know if it would have been in time...”
“Me neither,” Mako admitted. “Who do you think it could have been? She was really good.”
Bolin considered. “Yeah but... she wasn’t fighting like a pro-bender. We would have recognized somebody else from the circuit.”
“Maybe,” Mako said. He took a breath to say something else, then stopped when Sakari stirred. He moved and knelt down beside her. “Hey kid,” he said, “You okay?”
She groaned. “I feel like… I got the whole arena dumped on top of me.” At the sound of her voice, Naga dropped to the ground and bumped her muzzle against Sakari’s hand.
Bolin chuckled. “Well that’s why lightning isn’t allowed in pro-bending.”
Sakari absently pet Naga for a moment. “What happened?” she asked in a small voice.
Mako met Bolin’s eyes. “There was… there was an attack,” he said. “The Equalists attacked the arena. One of them shocked the water before Bolin and I could get to the platform.” He clenched his jaw. “And then when I woke up, they’d tied us to a post.”
“But that’s when the spirit mask firebender showed up,” Bolin interrupted. When Sakari looked confused, he continued, “When we came to, there was this firebender in a blue mask who was totally kicking Equalist, uh, butt. She’d taken almost all of them out by the time we came to.”
“Anyway,” Mako cut back in, “she cut us loose and the two of us took out the last guy. Bolin grabbed you and we ran out of the arena.” He ruffled the dog’s ears. “Naga and Pabu found us promptly, of course.”
“Of course…” Sakari absently touched her wrists and frowned. “Was… was I tied up too?” she asked.
Mako hesitated a beat, then nodded. “They had you tied up separately from us,” he said. “I’m not sure why.” It had looked almost as though… the Equalists had wanted to take her? Bolin cast him a look, probably thinking the same thing.
Sakari put a hand to her head. “I remember they came out of nowhere. I… I tried holding them off, but one of them had these sticks? He ran a shock through some water on the floor. I think.” She frowned. “And there were sparks flying all around the arena, way above us?”
“We saw that from the water before one of the Equalists shocked us,” Bolin said.
“Wait, is Jinora okay?” Sakari grabbed Mako’s sleeve. “She was watching the match with Tenzin, remember!”
Mako froze. Sakari’s wide eyes looked desperate for confirmation, but he couldn’t give it to her. “I… I have no idea,” he said. He didn’t know if Tenzin was okay either. “Tomorrow we’ll go to Air Temple Island and figure things out.”
“Tomorrow?” Sakari made to sit up. Bolin put a gentle hand on her shoulder.
“Tomorrow,” he said. “Tonight, we all need to rest. You especially.”
She glared at them a moment. Mako was reminded of the faces Bolin would make when he told his brother it was bedtime, back when they still lived on the street.
“Fine,” Sakari said. She yawned. “Tomorrow…” The burst of energy she’d had seemed to disappear completely. She settled into a spot and closed her eyes.
Mako and Bolin sat in silence until her breathing evened out. The furrowed eyebrows, however, did not relax.
Bolin put a hand on Mako’s shoulder. “I’ll take first watch, bro,” he said.
Mako shook his head. “I couldn’t sleep right now anyway, so I might as well stay up. You sleep first. You’ve always been able to fall asleep whenever.”
Bolin argued with him another minute before shaking his head and curling up on the ground next to Sakari. Pabu settled himself in between the two of them and promptly fell asleep.
“Never thought we’d end up back here,” Bolin murmured after a beat.
“Me neither.” Mako leaned his back against the wall and tugged off his pro-bending gloves. He preferred firebending without them anyway.
After a minute, he buried his face in his hands. Everything had fallen apart so fast. They’d dropped from the center of Republic City to the streets. Again.
He looked over at Bolin and Sakari and clenched his hands. He’d sworn to himself that Bolin would never have to sleep in the dirt again. Even if they took shelter with Tenzin at the Air Temple tomorrow, Mako wasn’t sure how quickly he could forgive himself for the failure.
A chill breeze swept through. The streets were colder than he remembered.
* * *
“Everybody! Remain calm as you are processed through the line!”
Ghazan snorted and leaned closer to Zaheer. “Somebody should tell Captain Saikhan to take his own advice,” he whispered. “The guy looks like he’s likely as not to have an aneurism before the night’s over.”
Zaheer raised an eyebrow. The two of them shuffled forward in line. “That would be quite entertaining, actually.”
“Would probably hold up the line though.”
“True.”
They took another two slow steps forward. Ghazan sighed. The police investigation of all exiting attendees was even slower than their sloppy security check on the way in.
“They’re not gonna find anything anyway,” Ghazan muttered. “This attack was well-planned and clearly the Equalists had a way of getting their tech in.”
“It stands to reason they’d have a way of getting it out, along with their people,” Zaheer replied. “But pay attention to how the police treats the crowd here. Then, in particular, how the crowd responds.”
Neither was good. Ghazan didn’t particularly appreciate Zaheer making the already-unbearable line into a teachable moment, but he did watch for a minute. “Yeah, it’s shitty,” he murmured. “But c’mon. We’re expecting that.” He elbowed Zaheer a little as they stepped forward. “Let’s talk about the unexpected. What about the blue-masked firebender, eh?”
They had watched, almost fascinated, as a woman sitting near them pulled a scarf over half her face, then seemed to summon an electrified glove out of nowhere to subdue the crowd. Amon had came out of the stage and done his whole routine. It was interesting enough to see in person, but Ghazan’s attention had shifted focus partway through to the firebender that flew to the Fire Ferrets’ defense down below. Their view of that match hadn’t been great, but Ghazan had seen enough to recognize the vigilante for who she was.
Zaheer didn’t respond. Ghazan elbowed him again. “She seemed… familiar?” He winked. Part of him was proud that Korra had found a way of getting involved anyway. But for now he wanted to know what Zaheer was gonna do about it.
“We shouldn’t talk about that here,” Zaheer said. “Later.”
“Do you think she’ll get home before us?” Ghazan asked.
Zaheer ignored him for a minute. Eventually he said, “Given this line?” The two of them chuckled and shuffled forward again, aiming slightly for one of the younger guards who seemed to be processing people faster. “Almost certainly.”
Ghazan ducked his head when Saikhan passed by. It wouldn’t do to be recognized tonight. Around them, the press of the crowd became more agitated with the captain’s presence. He clearly wasn’t a calming influence.
“Do we confront her about it?” Ghazan asked.
Zaheer’s eye twitched. “We will talk later,” he said. “But… no. In fact, this is an interesting case study for seeing where she stands and how she responds. I’m curious to see where she aligns herself given her new freedom in Republic City.”
Ghazan frowned. “If you say so,” he said. “But I would be wary about leaving these impulses unchecked for too long. I don’t want her to get into too much trouble.” Amon’s powers, demonstrated on the Wolfbats tonight, had been a significant warning. Ghazan resisted the urge to shudder.
“There may come a time when it will be advantageous to bend this new role of hers to our own purposes, but for now we will let her be.” Zaheer smiled. “Republic City could do with a little more chaos.”
Notes:
Hey there! Check out that chapter turnaround time!! March will definitely be a double update month, which we know is an exciting prospect.
You may have also noticed that this chapter is a bit shorter. I've been feeling some bloating in my writing and will be trying to trim down a bit with the coming updates. There's a lot of plot to cover, but keeping things a bit more trim helps keep the down time between updates shorter.
SO what did you think of finals??
Chapter 9: The Aftermath
Summary:
Following finals, Korra checks in with her mentors and with Asami, who uses an unexpected day off to show ‘Naga’ around the city. Meanwhile, the Fire Ferrets go to Air Temple Island and check in with Tenzin and Jinora following the attack on the arena.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter Nine: The Aftermath
(But the Dust Never Really Settles)
Korra woke up sluggish. She blinked away the blurriness in her eyes and squinted at the light filtering in under the closet door. It most definitely shouldn’t have been that bright.
She winced as she sat up in her bedroll and stretched, reaching for her toes. Part of her definitely wanted to lie back down, but she didn’t let it win. Her primary goal was to grab some food and get out the door to track down the Fire Ferrets.
She’d tailed them out of the arena, hiding before they met up with Naga. They got ahead of her then, but tracking the dog to their hiding spot was simple enough. By the time she arrived, Bolin and Sakari were already asleep, with Mako keeping watch. She hadn’t wanted to leave them, but it was enough to know they had a safe place, or at least a safe enough place. She suspected that the group would seek shelter on Air Temple Island. The Arena was both clearly unsafe and not in the best condition, considering the attack.
The trick to getting out would be getting out the door. Once dressed, Korra leaned against the closet door and stilled. She could hear a few voices in the apartment. All she had to do was make it out the front door without getting snagged aside for a conversation.
She opened the door. “Morning,” she said. Without hurrying, she started moving for the front door.
Ghazan said, “Good morning, sleepyhead,” and smiled. Around the room, Ming-Hua, Zaheer, and P’li all turned toward her.
Just a few more steps. Once Korra made it out the door, she could pretend not to have heard anybody trying to call her back.
“Korra, wait a moment,” Ming-Hua said.
Korra took the last three steps to the door and paused, turning around. “Yeah? What’s up?”
“We need to have a talk this morning.” Zaheer set down his tea.
Korra resisted the urge to cross her arms. “About what?” It came off a little defensive despite her efforts. She took a steady breath. So Zaheer wanted to talk. That didn’t mean that they knew she’d snuck out last night.
“I assumed you would want a recap,” Zaheer said. “Ghazan and I have been waiting to tell everyone about the Equalist attack until you woke up.”
Korra winced. “Oh yeah,” she said, “I, uh, forgot.” She rubbed the back of her neck. “I guess I’m just not quite used to being a ‘full’ member of the team yet,” she said. It wasn’t quite a lie, but it wasn’t the reason she’d forgotten. The only reason she’d want a recap is if she hadn’t been there herself.
Thankfully, her guardians seemed the buy the excuse. P’li didn’t look up from her book as she gestured to a chair. “C’mon then,” she said.
Korra sat down and blinked. She hadn’t realized there were so many newspapers on the table. At a glance, it looked like every one of them was open to a page covering the Equalist attack.
“Last night Ghazan and I attended the final match of the pro-bending season,” Zaheer said. “We noticed some minor suspicious behavior on our way in. We later confirmed this to be part of the Equalist plot. From the beginning, however, there was definitely a tension in the arena. The match-up between the Fire Ferrets and the Wolfbats was not a friendly one.”
Zaheer went on to summarize the match that Korra had seen, with a few of his own perspectives. Of note was his opinion on the Wolfbats’ and Fire Ferret’s abilities: Korra nearly interjected when he named Tahno’s team the superior benders, regardless of the obviously bribed referees. Zaheer mentioned the one-on-one matchup between Sakari and Tahno as evidence of this point and Korra bit her lip.
Ghazan, at least, seemed to agree with her. He spoke more favorably about the Fire Ferrets and had clearly been bothered by the fixed nature of the match.
Korra kept her expressions controlled when they reached the topic of the masked bender.
“Even at a distance,” Zaheer said, “I recognized the Blue Spirit mask. It’s not an uncommon one, though Love Amongst the Dragons has fallen out of style lately. In any case, there was some sort of scuffle near the roof, above the stands. We weren’t at a good angle to see it, but we saw one of the Equalists fall and catch a banner. After that, the attacking firebender leapt from the ceiling and flew down to the Fire Ferrets’ side of the arena.”
“The firebender clearly has some firepower under her belt,” Ghazan interjected. When everyone else shot him an exasperated look, he held up his hands. “I’m serious. It takes a lot of strength to direct flight like that.”
Perhaps more important, it takes skill to safely land,” Zaheer mused. “We saw her land on the platform where the Equalists had apprehended the Fire Ferrets, but not as much after that. The view was unfortunately obscured. There was some sort of fight between the Blue Spirit and the Equalists. This eventually resulted in the Fire Ferrets escaping. The Equalists escaped shortly after, before the arena erupted into a frantic exit-rush.” His thin lips pulled into a frown. “We were unable to make it out before the Republic City police started a queue and insisted on checking everybody at the door.”
Ming-Hua furrowed her brow. “Ghazan, were you noticed?”
He shook his head. “I angled toward a line with a younger cop. Between that and my new facial hair, I don’t think they recognized me. It was fairly chaotic. Captain Saikhan wasn’t doing very well at maintaining order.”
“And Chief Beifong,” Zaheer said, “was up in the air. She went after Amon when he and the other Equalists took a wire up through the roof. They seemed to be escaping by airship. I’m not sure how that confrontation went, but Beifong didn’t make an appearance for the rest of the evening while we waited in line to leave.”
P’li was the one who leaned forward and raised an eyebrow. “Okay then, a packed night for sure. What are our takeaways from this?”
“The police are incompetent,” Ghazan scoffed.
“They lack an understanding of scope,” Zaheer amended. He hummed. “And I do not fancy their odds against the Equalists in the future. The attack was precise and well done, but the real advantage came from the staging. Amon arranged an event where everyone was hanging on his word.”
“Even with the firebender and Fire Ferrets fighting the Equalists down below?” Korra asked. She hadn’t been able to get a general sense of the crowd while she was fighting.
Zaheer considered a moment, then nodded. “There was a murmur, certainly, when she went flying by. But Amon didn’t even pause and, since she didn’t attack him, it didn’t derail things too much.” He considered for a moment. “Still, I would like to know more about the Fire Ferrets’ mysterious ally.”
Ghazan pulled one of the newspapers out from the stack. “And we’re not the only ones. Despite the crowd's fixation on Amon, our resident spirit vigilante got some mention from the press.”
Korra snatched the paper from him, and scanned for the information on herself. “It seems like a lot of people are aligning themselves with the spirits lately,” she said. “First Amon claims that’s where he gets his powers. Now this vigilante person is wearing a Blue Spirit costume.” She pointed to an article with a blurry photograph of her flying.
“Maybe vintage spirituality is in again,” P’li remarked drily.
“The people are looking for spiritual validation. Their leaders have neglected that need in building their cities and civilizations,” Zaheer said. “It’s merely more evidence of the trend. This is why we need to remain focused on Harmonic Convergence, even as we observe the situation here in Republic City.”
Korra ducked her head and focused on the newspaper, skimming over headlines to distract herself. She could explain everything to them later. They would understand then.
Some days she almost forgot Harmonic Convergence was coming. Which was pretty bad, since connecting the spiritual and physical worlds was basically her purpose for living, her destiny as the Avatar. It’s why the Red Lotus had liberated her, why they’d been traveling the world to show her its necessity.
But everything about the city was distracting. From the airbenders and the pro-bending to her sister and Asami Sato—
Korra stopped and blinked. Several pages into the paper, she’d caught sight of a familiar face by the headline, “Future Industries in Financial Trouble?”
Upon squinting, she realized it wasn’t Asami, but an older woman who looked remarkably like her.
“One more takeaway,” Zaheer said. “The Equalists are going to change the city for the better. Their chaos has already given birth to another exercise in freedom.” His gaze swept the group and Korra thought his eyes rested on her a beat longer but couldn’t be sure. “I am certain their actions will prompt more anarchy in the future.”
Korra thought about the non-benders she passed in the streets at night, hurrying home before Tarrlok’s task force descended to enforce curfew. Her lips tightened. Those people had missed the ‘increase in freedom’ memo unfortunately.
She would use her mask to help those people now, limit the impact of Tarrlok's corrupt government, and explain her Blue Spirit actions later. The Red Lotus would take out Tarrlok and Korra could explain everything then. Once they understood, they would approve and forgive her for the secrets.
The conversation started wrapping up. Korra’s eyes drifted back down to the newspaper in her lap. The article about Future Industries questioned some recent decisions by the woman in the photograph, apparently ‘Yasuko Sato.’
Most notable to Korra was a paragraph about the increasing role of Yasuko’s daughter, one Asami Sato. Korra’s eyes widened.
The conversation ended, but she barely heard it. She stood up and moved to the door, newspaper in hand.”
“Where are you going?” Ming-Hua asked.
Korra shrugged. “I dunno, I just really want breakfast out today. I like those Water Tribe fish balls they sell from a stall down the street.”
She vanished out the door and down the stairs before anyone else could question her. She checked that they hadn't followed, then peeked under the loose board she’d stashed her mask and stealth clothes under. She didn’t want them on her now, but they’d be easy enough to go back for later.
And she did drop by the fish ball stand, munching on the snacks as she read the paper. Making small talk with the stand-owner proved quite enlightening too. A few careful questions revealed to Korra that anybody from Republic City had a passing familiarity with the Sato family. Hiroshi: the inventive father, murdered too soon. Yasuko: the enduring mother who continued to run their company. Asami: the brilliant daughter, now inheriting quite the legacy of innovation.
And yes. The Satos were definitely connected to the Satomobile.
On her way to the manufacturing district, Korra tried not to beat herself up about that fact. There’s no way she could have known.
Thankfully, strangers she passed were especially helpful in directing her to the Future Industries factory. And by the time she arrived, Korra was pleased to see she recognized it as the place Asami had taken them the night they met at the Equalist rally.
She situated herself in a spot across the street to wait. Given that she’d kicked Asami in the face last night while rescuing the Fire Ferrets, it was only polite to try and check up on her.
Korra frowned. She was more than curious about what exactly her friend had been doing at finals, going after the Fire Ferrets with the Equalists. In particular, they’d seemed to be targeting Sakari, which worried her. Korra settled her back against the wall and hoped Asami’s answers proved satisfying.
* * *
Asami bit back a yawn and squinted to make the screw-head come into focus. Once it was clear, she tightened it a few turns, then gave the whole piece a shake.
It was mostly not coming apart. Kind of like her, actually
Asami yawned. She’d forced herself up this morning when the sun rose. She wouldn’t sleep well on the cot in her workshop anyway. After that, it had been natural to get right to work. And if she was maybe a little tired still, maybe a little sore with a serious black eye... well, at least she was still making progress.
The door to her workshop slammed open. “ASAMI!”
She jumped at the sound. “Mother?” She turned and saw Yasuko storm into the room. The door slammed shut behind her.
“What are you doing here? I swear you couldn’t get to where you’re supposed to be if I invented a car that took you there,” her mother snapped. “Why didn’t you come home? I waited up for you and worried about you.”
Asami blinked, making her black eye pulse. She should probably take something for that. “What?” She wasn’t sure how to process her mother’s anger. Nothing was making sense. Maybe she was more sleep-deprived than she’d thought.
Her mother’s glare broke as she came closer. Asami saw tears watering in her eyes. “I was so worried about you,” Yasuko said as she wrapped Asami in a tight hug. “When I heard things didn’t go as planned, I got so concerned about you.”
Asami blinked again. “Oh.” It took her a beat to relax into the embrace. “I… I’m fine, mother. Our mission failed, but I made it back okay.”
Yasuko pulled back and looked Asami over from head to toe. “Are you?”
“Yes.” Asami took a half-step back and crossed her arms. There was no way her mother could know about how Asami had attempted to sabotage the mission. “I did my best last night at finals. Things went badly off plan, but we got all our people home and that’s what matters. I’m just at the factory because it’s so much closer to the safe house than the mansion. I was tired.”
“Oh, I’m certain you did the best job you could,” Yasuko said, moving forward to put a hand on Asami’s shoulder. “I just want to see you and make sure you were okay.” With a gentle pressure, Yasuko guided them to go sit on a bench against the wall. “Now let me take a look under that bandage.”
Slowly, Asami relaxed against the bench. Her mother wasn’t suspicious. She was just… worried. Concerned about her. Caring for her. “Yeah,” Asami said. “I, um, cleaned it up earlier, but the swelling makes it look much worse than it is.”
Yasuko chuckled. “I’ll be the judge of that,” she said. She walked over to the workbench and pulled out Asami’s medical kit. “You know I don’t use the skill much anymore, but I remember collecting quite a few bruises in my chi-blocking courses.”
A smile tugged at Asami’s lips as she carefully pulled her bandages off. “I remember,” she said. As a child, she’d watched her mother’s lessons from the sidelines until she was old enough to take them herself.
“The media is butchering this portrayal. It's horrible,” Yasuko said. She touched Asami’s face gently, fingers skimming close to the cut from her goggles. “Half the newspaper articles I read this morning are portraying that… that firebending brute as some sort of hero.”
“Oh?” Asami watched her mother’s hands quickly snip a length of bandage and apply some ointment to it. “I haven’t had the chance to read the papers yet today. What are they saying about our actions in general?”
She closed her eyes as Yasuko cleaned the area. “The reviews are mixed, but there are a few highlights. I noted the Republic City Post in particular. They said that, since the Wolfbats had so obviously cheated, that they kind of deserved to lose their bending.”
Asami opened one eye and tried to look over toward the door where the papers were delivered. “Oh, wow! Really?” Yasuko put a firm hand on Asami’s shoulder to keep her from moving.
“Not in so many words,” Yasuko said, “but the vibe was there.” She sighed, but the sound was lighter than it usually was. “Now all that’s left is to show them how all benders are, essentially, cheating at life. Once they see that, they will understand our mission.”
Asami didn’t reply. Once the wound was cleaned and dried, Yasuko went about applying a fresh bandage. Her mother hadn’t patched her up in years; it reminded Asami of scraped knees and the first time she’d burned herself soldering. Reminded her that this was how things were supposed to be. She relaxed against the bench again, unaware she had another layer of tension to shed.
She and her mother were speaking civilly. Yasuko thought she’d done her best. She wasn’t lambasting Asami for the mission having failed. Asami had Yasuko’s full and undivided attention as her mother pulled back and looked over the bandage she’d secured.
All it had taken was a couple injuries in the name of the cause.
Asami rubbed her arm and winced.
Yasuko frowned. “Are you sore?”
“A bit.” Asami shrugged. “This is the arm I landed on after getting kicked in the face.”
Yasuko’s eyes narrowed to slits. “I will have this ‘Blue Spirit’ if I have to drag her from the Spirit World myself,” she said. “Let me put some bruise balm there.”
“Okay,” Asami said. She rolled up her sleeve. “Do you think we’ll make another attempt on the Sakari girl?”
“Probably, but not soon,” Yasuko said. She shook her head in frustration. “I’m not sure why Amon seems to think she’s so important anyway, but I will defer to his judgement here.” She scooped out a small amount of the bruise balm and started rubbing it into Asami’s skin. “But let’s not talk about that now.”
“No?” Asami frowned. “Why not?” They always talked business. Equalist business or family business, not that the two were especially distinct lately.
“I want you to take the day off,” Yasuko said. Her gaze drifted toward the engineering project Asami had been working on when she walked in. “The rest of the day, anyway.”
Asami’s jaw dropped. “W-what?”
The late-morning light softened her mother’s features as it filtered through the skylight. “I want to apologize for being harsh with you,” Yasuko said. Her fingers were gentle as she finished applying the balm. “I have seen you too much as a comrade in the movement and not enough as my daughter lately. There are also moments I know I’ve treated you too much like my daughter and not enough as my comrade.”
She eyed the bruise, which was a fetching shade of violet, and wiped her hand clean before closing the balm. “With the Equalist movement so close to success, it’s been difficult for me to keep things in perspective. To remember that you are both my daughter and an adult. Both a comrade and my long-time student.
“This is everything we have fought for. We are so close and you know that this movement means everything to me.” She sighed. “But I don’t want you hurt. I want you to be safe and okay, even as you grow into being your own woman in the midst of our revolution.” Yasuko squeezed Asami’s hand. “I couldn’t be prouder of you, even if it’s hard for me to say it sometimes.”
Before Asami could find the words to respond, her mother stood up. “Go home,” she said. “Or take a walk. Whatever you need, but take the rest of the day off. We have a few days before the Tarrlok strike. Please, take some time to rest and heal.”
They gazed at one another for a moment. Then Yasuko nodded and turned. Her heels clacked on the floor as she strode toward the door.
As her mother reached for the doorknob, Asami tripped over the words, “I love you, mother!”
Yasuko paused. A tension dropped from her shoulders. She glanced over her shoulder and smiled. The expression was not warm, but it wasn’t as tight as usual. “I love you too, Asami,” she said. Then she left.
Asami cleaned up her workshop in a daze, glad of her habits. She had no attention otherwise for the world as she played her mother’s words over in her ears.
“What’s a day off?” she murmured to herself as she unlocked her scooter. Asami got on and turned the key, but wasn’t even sure where she was going as she drove out the factory’s front gates. She only made it ten seconds out before nearly crashing.
“Hi Asami!” Naga had practically materialized in the middle of the road.
Asami slammed the brakes and skidded, narrowly missing her friend. In fact, if Naga hadn’t dodged, they probably would still have connected. She steadied her scooter and put a hand up to her racing heart. Her daze evaporated.
“Naga? What are you doing here? Are you okay?”
Her friend had leapt out of the way and landed with one knee on the ground, but she quickly popped up. “I’m fine,” Naga said. Her eyes landed on Asami’s bandaged face with concern. “But you’re not looking too hot yourself. Are you okay?”
Asami blinked. “I have a day off,” she said. It didn’t even make sense, but she wasn’t sure how to explain everything to Naga, so she didn’t try. She glanced back over her shoulder at the factory gates. Her mother was likely going to be working for some time, and the window in the front office could see the goings-on in front of the gate.
“That’s, uh, that’s great, actually,” Naga said. “I was wondering if, uh, maybe you and I could spend some time together today.”
Getting Naga out of sight of the factory felt important for some reason. Between lack of sleep, soreness, and the conversation with her mother, Asami felt outrageously out of it. She got the sense that Naga and her mother wouldn’t get along. Despite meeting her at the Equalist Revelation, Naga hadn’t exactly been asking how to join the cause.
And, maybe, Asami was okay with that. But her mother wasn’t a fan of unknown factors.
Naga was in the middle of asking some long-winded question about how Asami’s eye was feeling, but this wasn’t a good place for them to catch up.
“Get on,” Asami said, interrupting.
Naga blinked.
“I said I’d show you around the city a bit more, right?” Asami pulled a second helmet out of the compartment under the second seat. She held it out. “Let’s go. Hop on.”
“Right now?” Naga took the helmet.
“Right now.”
Naga put it on and clambered on behind Asami. “I’ve never ridden one of these before,” she said. “Where, uh, where do I put my hands?”
“Wrap your arms around my waist,” Asami said. It would have been fine for Naga to just hold onto her shoulders, but if she’d never ridden a scooter before it was best to be safe.
Naga fit comfortably behind her and hesitated as she slipped her arms around Asami’s waist. “Like this?” She gave Asami a little squeeze.
She’d noticed that Naga had rather well-muscled arms, but the fact was a bit more noticeable in this position. Asami patted the back of Naga’s hand. “Yeah, uh, that’s good,” she said. “Let’s go.”
She started her scooter up and off they went, zipping down the road.
They’d made it a few blocks when Naga shouted, “So where are we going anyway?”
Asami could take them all over the city on her scooter, but she couldn’t deliver a coherent tour while doing so.
“Uh…” They’d ended up in a familiar neighborhood. Asami cast her eyes around, unsure what she was looking for until she found it. “A park,” she called back, turning left as she directed them to a familiar grove of cherry blossom trees.
Asami parked her scooter. “This is Sakura Park,” she said. “It’s the one we passed by the other day, when we were nearby for the semifinals.”
“Oh, okay,” Naga said. She looked around, probably trying to place where they were. “We’re just on the other side of it now, right?”
“That’s right,” Asami said. She looked out over the park. She hadn’t been here in ages. “I used to go to school near here,” she said, hanging her helmet on the handlebars.
Naga removed her helmet and stowed it under the seat. “I remember you saying that the other day. Where did you go to school?”
“Republic City Preparatory Academy,” Asami said. “But only until I was fifteen or so.” They started to walk down the path into the park.
“Why did you leave?” Naga asked.
Asami paused as she considered her answer. “My interests turned more toward mechanical engineering as I got older. My mother thought a better use of my time would be studying with her personally. I kept up my general studies with a private tutor until I was eighteen, but stopped attending school.”
“Hm, that makes sense,” Naga mused.
“Why do you say that?”
A sly smile tugged at the corners of Naga’s lips. “It just makes sense. Of course you would be focused on engineering. Got that Sato family legacy to continue, huh?”
Asami almost chuckled. Then she remembered that Naga hadn't known about her family history and her blood ran cold. “Wait, what do you mean by that?” She wanted to smack herself. It had been awfully fortuitous to run into Naga right outside the Future Industries factory. She’d just been too preoccupied with her mother realize how convenient.
Naga reached out and squeezed Asami’s hand. “I mean, there was a feature in the paper this morning on the future of Future Industries. I figured there could only be so many ‘Asami Sato’s in the city. I posed a few questions to pedestrians. Turns out it's more than mere coincidence that connects you to the satomobile.”
Asami’s steps felt stiff as they walked together down a hill. She was glad the park was almost empty. The only other people there were sitting on a bench on the far side of the trees. “I… I am sorry to have lied to you,” she said. “I just wasn’t sure… we’d only just met and I generally don’t meet people who know me as an Equalist and then find out I’m, uh, the Asami Sato.” She cleared her throat. “It’s not exactly, um, good PR.”
Naga squeezed her hand again. “No apology necessary. I… I understand that sometimes you have to keep some secrets. I brought it up because I just wanted you to know that I know. That way you don’t have to keep it a secret with me if you don’t want to. I’m here if you want to talk.”
After a beat, Asami leaned her shoulder against Naga’s. “That… might be nice,” she said. “I will consider it.”
They walked a few more steps, then Asami pulled away and Naga’s hand slipped out of hers. Above them, the clouds were forming dramatic shapes that spanned the Republic City skyline. Asami tried to remember the last time she’d simply been present enough to notice the sky. It might have been the last time she was out walking with Naga, but she couldn’t say for certain.
Naga cleared her throat. “So… how was finals? I mean for you personally? I, uh, read about the general sequence of events in the newspaper this morning.”
“You didn’t go?” Asami could hear the relief in her own voice. She hadn’t let herself think about it much, but she’d been hoping against hope that her warnings had made an impact on Naga. Her friend opened her mouth to say something else, but Asami turned and swept her into a hug. “Thank you for listening to me,” she said. “Thank you so, so much.”
Naga’s cheeks were slightly pink when Asami let her go. “Um, yeah.” Naga was looking at the ground and unsuccessfully trying to hide her blush. “That. Of course.” She cleared her throat again. “You clearly were in attendance though. How... how did that go?”
“Not great,” Asami said. “I was among those assigned to take out the Fire Ferrets and, uh, it didn’t go so well. But it’s okay. It’s actually fine.” Her thoughts drifted to her mother for a moment, approving despite Asami’s failure. “It’s probably for the best anyway,” she said. If they’d successfully apprehended Sakari, Asami wasn’t sure how she would have lived with herself.
“Hm.” Naga’s curiosity seemed sated, but only just. “Sounds like an... eventful evening on your end. So how was the match?”
“Rigged.” Asami pursed her lips. Bribing the refs had been effective, but that didn’t mean she’d enjoyed it. The results hadn’t been pretty either. “The match was dirty from the start. Someone must have paid off the match officials.”
“How bad did it get in the ring?” Naga asked.
Asami hadn’t exactly been watching the match, but she’d seen how Sakari, Mako, and Bolin had looked flying off the stage. She sighed. “The Fire Ferrets seemed to sustain at least one minor injury each round, if that gives you any indication,” she said. Asami’s fingers brushed the bandage under her eye before she ran a hand through her hair.
The motion caught Naga’s attention and her gaze locked on Asami’s injury. A complex flicker of emotion crossed her face, but Asami couldn’t identify it. “This is likely jumping forward in the evening’s events a bit, but what happened to your eye?”
Asami chuckled. “Oh. You know. I got kicked in the face later that night.” Naga winced and Asami added, “Whoops?”
Naga frowned. “‘Whoops’ doesn’t seem to cut it in this case.” She took Asami’s elbow and guided them to a bench. Once they were sitting, she gingerly brushed her fingers along the edge of Asami’s bandage. “I’m so sorry you were hurt,” she said. “Is it just a bruise, or are you cut…?”
Earlier that morning, Asami had picked out a new pair of goggles to add to her uniform. “Just a small cut,” she said. “My goggles mostly flew off my face when I was kicked.”
Naga’s hand shifted and cupped Asami’s cheek. “Can you go see a healer?”
Asami blinked. “A healer… as in a waterbending healer?”
Naga pulled her hand back. “Yes?”
“Um…” Asami resisted the urge to pull Naga’s hand back to her face. “I’ve never been to see a waterbending healer.”
She watched Naga stare at her blankly for a moment, uncomprehending. After a beat, Naga asked, “Why not? If you’re The Satos, then surely you can afford it.”
“It’s not a matter of price,” Asami said. “It’s a, uh, bender thing…”
If she hadn’t felt conflicted about the exchange herself, Asami would have found Naga’s expression humorous. Her friend had clearly forgotten to keep certain facts in mind. She stammered, “Oh, uh, yeah. That,” and cleared her throat.
Naga seemed to take the slip-up as a cue to continue, however. “Sorry for forgetting,” she said, “You just don’t… seem especially Equalist-y.” She glanced away as she muttered, “Not most of the time anyway. Pro-bending matches and all.” She chewed on her lip for a moment. “I forgot that small things like that would be significant.”
Asami pursed her lips. “I’m… a special case, in some ways.”
“Oh?” Naga tilted her head, but still didn’t look at Asami.
Around them, the park was bright with late-morning sunlight. The cherry blossom trees for which the park was named had just begun to bloom though it would probably be another week or two before petals overtook the park.. The people she’d seen earlier, on the other side of the park, had moved on out of sight. Despite the sight of buildings beyond the edge of the park, the two of them were as alone as they were likely to get.
“You’re not an Equalist,” Asami stated. Naga opened her mouth to respond and Asami raised a hand. “Let me finish. Answer later.”
Naga’s lips tightened into a frown, but she nodded.
Asami continued, “I knew from the start that you weren’t a part of the organization. What I meant is… you’re not philosophically an Equalist. You were at The Revelation, but not as a supporter, even a casual one. You haven’t expressed any interest in wanting to join, even though you’ve had a couple different openings to ask me about it.
“Maybe because you do work for… someone. Something.” Asami’s eyes narrowed. “I ran into you scouting Tarrlok’s house. You’ve probed me for information. Subtly, but still.” Naga’s eyes dropped. “Between your comments at the pro-bending matches and the slip just now about waterbending healers... I take it your group doesn’t have an issue with benders?”
Asami had intended to keep going, to list all the small pieces of evidence. But, when her statement stopped partway and turned into a question, she let it hang there. Yes, she wanted to air all her suspicions, to clarify all her points. But… if she got just one answer out of Naga, she wanted it to be this one. From the start, her friend hadn’t proposed anything overly in favor of bending. She hadn’t voiced much anti-bending sentiment either. The neutrality grated against the polarized world Asami lived in day-to-day.
Naga seemed to measure her words carefully before responding. “It’s… complicated,” she said. “We… we don’t have an issue, in particular, with benders. You’re right in saying that I’m not philosophically Equalist, but…” She trailed off and chuckled. “I don’t know, we kind of have a problem with everybody, it feels like sometimes. Not infrequently with benders, though that’s on an individual basis.”
Immediately, Asami thought of Tarrlok. You didn’t need to be an Equalist to have issues with him on an individual basis. “I see,” she said. Her list of evidence came back to mind, a dozen different pieces she wanted to ask Naga about. But… she had to prioritize. The cut on her face throbbed and she grimaced. “Do you have a problem with Equalists?”
Naga put a hand on Asami’s shoulder. “Oh no,” she said. “No no no, by ‘everybody’ I really meant more like… worldwide. We have a lot of issues with a lot of people.”
Asami was still trying to parse out that answer when Naga hurried onward. “We’re, um, we’re anarchists. Basically. We’re largely anti-government and anti-structure.”
“So…” Asami mused, “you don’t have an issue with the Equalists right now. You probably have more issues with, say…” She thought of the moment she ran into Naga a couple days ago as she was escaping Tarrlok’s house. “Councilman Tarrlok, the council in general, and the police?” She hadn’t missed how Naga’s eyes always tracked the metalbending cops they passed in the street, or how she stiffened a little under the security check outside the pro-bending arena.
“That’s fairly accurate,” Naga said. A smile twitched at her lips. “We’re for freedom,” she said, “above all things. We believe in freedom for all, no matter the cost.”
Freedom. Asami pondered the word a moment. It was a principle she could agree in, absolutely. She supported the freedom for non-benders to live without fear in a world set against them. That was the point of the Equalist mission. However… the point of Equalizing the world was not in freedom for all.
Though Naga had said she didn’t have an issue with Equalists, Asami could sense a distance in her friend’s words. Right now the Equalists were the rebels. After the takeover of Republic City, she wasn’t sure she and Naga would feel the same anymore. Frankly, Asami wasn’t even sure how she’d feel about the rebels becoming the government.
“May I ask you a question?” Naga asked.
Asami nodded.
“Do you have a problem with Equalists?”
Asami hesitated a moment, then leaned her shoulder back out from under Naga’s hand. “I have a lot of problems with Equalists,” she admitted, “it… it comes with the territory of working together in an organization.” Her mother’s face came to mind, as well as a dozen people within the organization whose personal philosophies were just… too extreme for her.
She didn’t want benders broken. She just wanted them to stop oppressing non-benders. Amon’s mask came to mind, and the glint of eyes she could sometimes see behind it. Was that too much to ask, or too little to demand?
Naga sat back and pulled one knee up to her chest. “I meant organization-level conflict. Personal conflict will always exist, no matter how well-balanced a group.”
Asami didn’t answer for a long minute. A chill breeze swept through, rattling the tree branches. Around them, the sounds of city bustle felt distant. The park wasn’t that large, but it felt as though they could be alone there, completely apart from the rest of the world. Just for a moment, an hour maybe.
Decisions loomed on the horizon like Republic City’s skyline, waiting to sweep her away with their necessity and conflict.
Asami had already defied her orders once in sabotaging the Fire Ferrets’ capture. The arrival of the masked firebender had been a convenient cover, but but the actions she’d taken still stood out as treason in her mind. She’d criticized her mother the other day for laundering money from Future Industries for the Equalist cause. Was Asami much better, taking funds from her personal account, to bribe the pro-bending referees on behalf of the Wolfbats?
“Sometimes,” she began to speak. She stopped and cleared her throat, unable to meet Naga’s eyes. “Sometimes causes change,” she found herself saying. “I have been a part of the Equalists since I was a child.” Now that the answer had started, it felt like the right one, even if it wasn’t a direct response to the question. “After my father was… was murdered, my mother was broken and completely distraught. I was just a child, six years old, and suddenly my world had collapsed.
“Joining the Equalists, helping found the Equalists, was part of what saved us and pulled us out. At first, it was just us and a few others. Liu was there almost from the beginning, seventeen and hurt like we were. The group became an extension of our family…” She trailed off. It hadn’t felt that way for years, but she couldn’t have said exactly when the change happened. Was it with the arrival of Amon, or the steady drift from ineffectual political protest to their current strategy of highly effective terrorism?
“If you could be anyone,” Naga said, “who would you be? What would you be out there doing, if there was nothing in the way, no rules you were breaking, none of that?”
Asami pursed her lips and tried to imagine a world in which she wasn’t an Equalist. Honestly, she wasn’t sure what she would do with such an abundance of free time. “I’m not sure,” she said, “but if I were to hazard a guess, it would probably involve a lot of engineering.” Her mind drifted to the last invention she was working on for herself. It was the only ongoing project left of a dozen she’d scrapped along the way for lack of time. Maybe, in some other life, she had more time for them.
But she wasn’t about to spend the morning reflecting on a life she didn’t live. At least not alone. Asami’s eyes narrowed. “And what about you? If you weren’t a… what, traveling anarchist?” She paused and Naga made a face that said, ‘close enough’ and nodded. “If you weren’t living that life, what would you be doing with yourself?”
Naga’s eyes shifted slightly, focusing on a spot over Asami’s shoulder. “I… I can’t say, but probably… probably just lessons of a different kind.” She shrugged. “I’d still try to help people…” She rubbed the back of her neck. Asami got the sense that her friend had a more specific vision in mind, but didn’t feel like sharing it.
“How would you help people?” Asami asked.
A smile quirked at the corner of Naga’s lips. “Any way I could,” she said. “I would stop ‘observing’ and get out there to actually help people…” she trailed off. Asami though she’d leave it at that, but then Naga’s gaze hardened. “I’d help non-benders—fellow non-benders who aren’t Equalists or anyone special—evade the curfew police and stay out of the fight.” She leaned forward. “Don’t you worry about them too? The average citizens caught in the middle here? The non-benders who can’t help but get lumped in with you guys?”
A gust of wind rolled through, cooler than before. Asami shivered. “Yes,” she said, “I do.” The words came out more terse than she’d intended, but she didn’t correct her tone. “I worry about them all the time, and that’s why I’m an Equalist. Once we’re done, once everything is as it should be, those people will be safe. The city will be in balance.”
Asami noticed Naga twitch at the word ‘balance’ before she sat back. “Do you… truly and honestly believe that the Equalist culminating action will bring balance?”
It took effort to fight the jerk response to say, ‘yes,’ without thought. But… Asami paused, and she thought about it. She had so many moral compunctions with the Equalists’ slow drift into extremism. With the kidnapping and torture they subjected to captured benders, mostly average citizens, could they call themselves a rebellion of the people? Even if they rid the city of benders, what was the end-result? The nations of the world surely wouldn’t stand for it.
They’d been out of balance since Amon joined. Under him, the Equalist agenda started spiraling farther and farther away from their original purpose. When she was a child, Liu had told her that he hated benders, sure, but more than that he hated how their world had been shaped to cater to them. At least at first, he hadn’t wanted equality by cutting down benders to the non-bender level. The Equalist goal was to raise awareness of inequalities so they could be fixed. The goal was to make society adapt and start treating non-benders the same as benders.
“No, I don’t think so,” Asami whispered. She hugged a knee up to her chest. “Things… things got off-track at some point. Less about fixing societal problems and more about hate.” She closed her eyes. “And there is a place for hate. I hate ‘benders’ as a group because they discriminate against me and hurt me, because my father was killed by one.” She ran a hand through her hair, processing her feelings as she voiced them aloud. “But you know I don’t hate Sakari, Mako, or Bolin. I’m even glad that they got away. They’re good people, benders or not. I hate Tahno, but that’s because he’s a bully who abuses his powers for his own means. If he were a non-bender, I’d still hate him on virtue of him being an asshole…” She trailed off.
If her mother could hear her now… Asami shuddered to think of it.
“I’m not saying this is what you’re saying,” Naga began, “but, um, if you ever need an ‘out’ or something, if you ever need help with anything outside of your control… I would help you?” Her voice ended the statement on an upswing, but then she cleared her throat and continued firmly. “If you need to go, if your disagreements take you too far, I would help you get out,” she said. “Or if you just needed help with one thing you disagreed with them on. Anything.”
Asami’s first reaction was to disavow any possible inclination she had toward running. But… Naga had already seen through that. There was no point in pretending everything was fine. She sighed. “I… am in some ways disinclined to carry out our plans to their eventual extreme, but I have to trust in the plan.” She paused. “Thank you for the offer, I should have said. But… I don’t even know what this anarchist group of yours is about. If you helped me escape, where would I go?” Asami pulled her knee closer to her chest. “My whole life is wrapped up in this movement, for better or worse. My family, my job, basically all my acquaintances.”
“Except me,” Naga added. Though she brightened while she said it and flashed Asami a smile, the grin didn’t reach her eyes.
“Except you,” Asami said. “And… thank you, truly.” She chewed on her lip for a moment. “For you, Naga… you can tell me anything. No matter what.” She sat forward and put a hand on Naga’s shoulder. “Our friendship is… complicated. I’m not really in the position to make friends right now, but you and I have anyway and I don’t want to let go of that.”
Naga put a hand over Asami’s. “Me neither,” she whispered.
“You can tell me anything,” Asami said. Her smile tightened. “Even if it’s something the Equalists would disapprove of. Your secrets will be my secrets.”
After staring at Asami for a long moment, Naga opened her mouth. She breathed in, but words seemed to catch in her throat on the exhale. Asami saw something stir in her friend’s blue eyes, but the moment extended with nothing said.
Asami withdrew her hand and sat back. She turned and tried to focus on the park, but Naga occupied her thoughts. She resisted the urge to turn back and take the statement back. If it was something important, could she really trust herself not to say anything.
A harsh blush streaked across her cheeks. Asami hadn’t kept Sakari’s secrets, to disastrous effect. Who was she to claim she could keep Naga’s?
She only noticed Naga had moved closer when she leaned her head against Asami’s shoulder, looping a hand through her arm. “Thank you,” she whispered.
Asami’s muscles relaxed after a moment. She wasn’t sure whether she would be able to keep Naga’s secrets, but damn if she wouldn’t try, whenever her friend started sharing them with her. “You steady me,” she said impulsively. “When I’m around you, I remember that there’s more to life than just fighting all the time.”
It wasn’t until she said it that Asami realized that was her own sort of secret. She was still puzzling that when Naga cleared her throat.
Her voice seemed to catch on the wind, coming breathily to Asami’s ears. “When I’m with you,” she said, “I feel more free.”
They sat in comfortable silence for a long minute. Asami watched a distant figure cross from one side of the park to the other. Eventually, she asked, “Is that a secret?”
Naga nodded into her shoulder. “I think so,” she said.
Asami smiled and pulled her arm out of Naga’s grasp so she could loop it over her shoulders. “I won’t tell a soul.”
* * *
“Is this everything?” Mako wasn’t sure if he was relieved the packing was done or if the feeling was more like disbelief. Surely they owned more in the world than the small pile of boxes and patched bags by the door.
“I think so,” Bolin said, carrying over their one good pan. It had a dent in it, which was why the seller had agreed to lower the price. Pabu popped out of a box and scurried up to perch on Bolin’s shoulder when he packed the pan away.
Mako was almost sad to say the apartment didn’t look all that different, now that they’d packed up. He and Bolin had never been much for decorating, but he’d thought the place would look at least a little changed by their presence and, now, departure. Instead, the barren room just seemed to emphasize that they’d never really belonged there.
“I’m all packed,” Sakari said. She had even less. While he and Bolin had packed up the apartment, she’d spent the time repeatedly rearranging her rucksack, the same water tribe bag she’d brought to the city in the first place.
Mako bit his lip. He’d taken the kid into his care. From the weeks she’d stayed with them, she didn’t have anything to take away but her pro-bending uniform, carefully folded and placed on top.
Everyone jumped at the sound of a knock on the door.
Mako hand-signaled for Bolin and Sakari to align themselves along the inside wall as he approached the door. If an enemy came straight at him, they would be out of line of attack.
Mako kindled a bit of flame in his hand and braced his foot just an inch back from the door. In the corner of his eye, he saw Sakari pull a stream of water from the bottle she’d strapped to her belt.
“Who is it?” he called.
The visitor hesitated a moment before answering, as if they expected Mako to open the door first. “I’m a messenger from Tenzin,” she responded.
Mako heard Bolin and Sakari breath a sigh of relief. Before coming to the arena for their things, they’d stopped by the docks and sent word to Air Temple Island that they were safe after the attack on the arena, but out of a home. It stung his pride a bit to come begging at Tenzin’s door for help, but Mako knew it was the best course of action at the moment.
If no message had come back, either because they weren’t welcome or because Tenzin hadn’t fared so well after the attack, well, Mako would have figured out somewhere else for them to go.
Thankfully, he didn’t have to. Mako unbolted the door and extinguished the flame in his hand. He opened the a crack to reveal an air acolyte, one he distantly recognized from their last visit to Air Temple Island.
After a beat, he opened the door all the way. “Sorry for the caution,” he said. “Tenzin sent you?”
“Yes, and with the utmost haste,” she said, stepping inside. “He says the three of you are welcome to stay on Air Temple Island under the hospitality of his family and sent me, along with some others downstairs, to help move your things.”
Bolin gestured at the small pile. “We probably don’t need more help than you, actually.”
If the acolyte was surprised at their lack of belongings, she didn’t show it. “Are you ready to go then? Master Tenzin asked me to conduct you there with all haste as these are dangerous times.” She nodded toward Mako, and he smiled, glad she hadn’t taken his caution at the door personally or anything.
“I think so,” Mako said, glancing around the room as he picked up his stuff. Sakari had picked up her bag, but seemed anxious, bouncing on her toes. Mako frowned. “You okay kid?”
She nodded, paused, then shook her head and turned toward the acolyte. “Sorry Ms. Acolyte, but is Jinora okay?”
The words fell out in a tumble, but the acolyte seemed to understand well enough. She nodded. “Jinora is fine,” she said. “Though a bit shaken from last night. I do not know specifics.”
Sakari heaved a sigh of relief. “Thank you,” she said. “I’m ready to go.”
“Me too,” Mako said.
He glanced at Bolin, who was absently petting Pabu. His brother was looking the other way, across the place they’d called home for the past several years, the place he’d earned through honesty and perseverance. The view of Air Temple Island and the bay was great from here.
“Bro,” Mako called softly.
Pabu made a noise and tilted his head at Bolin, who turned back slowly. “I’m ready,” he said.
Mako didn’t believe him, but they had to leave anyway. “Let’s head out then.”
The acolyte led them downstairs, where Naga refused to let any of the acolytes touch her until Sakari introduced them. From there, it was a short enough trip to the docks, with their few belongings parceled out to the accompanying acolytes. Then everybody piled in a boat and they set off on their way.
As they approached the island, Mako recognized Tenzin and Pema standing on the docks and the dust clouds from three air scooters racing down the steps. By the time they arrived, the airbender children were all standing with their parents. Jinora leaned anxiously against her mother until she caught sight of Sakari, half-hidden behind Naga’s bulk.
Sakari started racing toward the airbender family even before the ship had finished docking. She nearly tackled Jinora with her embrace, a stream of words racing from her mouth. Mako caught “Are you okay?” and “I was so worried” before turning his attention to Tenzin and Pema.
“Thank you so much for letting us stay here,” he said.
“It is no problem at all,” Tenzin responded.
“We were so worried when we saw that Equalist airship hovering over the arena,” Pema added. “Naga raced off before we could stop her. I’m glad that you she found her way back to you unharmed.”
“We’re lucky she found us,” Bolin said. “Helped us make our dramatic escape.”
Mako managed a strained smile at that. He could do with a little less drama in his life. And fewer escapes too, while they were at it. He wasn’t sure how they’d have managed without Naga’s help last night.
Sakari and Jinora were still inseparable, speaking in hushed tones a few feet away.
Tenzin cleared his throat. “If you’ll follow us, we will show you to your new quarters.”
“Right.” Mako nodded and turned to retrieve his belongings only to find that the air acolytes were already in the process of carting them up the stairs to the temple. A part of him wanted to protest, but the others were already following Tenzin up the steps.
At the top of the stairs, Tenzin hesitated and exchanged a few quiet words with Pema. She corralled Ikki and Meelo with a few words, but failed to snag Jinora, who glared and looped her arm through Sakari’s at the suggestion she leave. Pema pursed her lips, looked at Tenzin for a moment, then sighed and started herding her children back toward the main building.
Tenzin turned to Mako and Bolin. “The two of you are welcome here,” he said, “but Sakari should really go home now, back to the South Pole.” He sighed. “Republic City is not a safe place at the moment, especially considering what I’ve heard about the events down below during the Equalist assault on the arena.”
Sakari opened her mouth to interrupt and Tenzin held up a hand. “Wait a moment,” he said. “I also have a letter for you. Your parents have written again. They are not able to easily leave the South Pole, considering your father’s position, but they will come north to collect you soon, if you do not return of your own volition.” He pulled an envelope out of his robes and held it out.
Snatching it, Sakari grimaced. She skimmed it for a few moments, then crumpled it up. “So when are Pema, Jinora, Ikki, and Meelo leaving?” she asked.
“What?” Tenzin blinked.
“We’re not,” Jinora said firmly.
“If it’s so dangerous here, then why aren’t you sending your family to the South Pole to be with Master Katara?” She crossed her arms. “And if my parents come to Republic City, I’ll deal with them then.”
Before Tenzin could respond, Mako cleared his throat. “If Amon wants to rid the world of benders, this tidy pile of the Last Four Airbenders would be quite the target,” he said.
He felt bad a moment later when Tenzin’s face paled. In the corner of his eye, Mako saw Jinora shrink back a little. He really hadn’t meant to suggest there was a direct threat to their family.
“Events… have not yet reached a point where I would send my family away from me,” Tenzin admitted. He tugged his beard. “Though… should it reach that point, could I count on you to go with them?”
Sakari’s mouth pulled into a deeper frown, and she seemed disinclined to agree with him until Jinora tugged her arm. She cast Sakari a questioning look.
“If it gets that bad, I would go with them,” Sakari said.
Tenzin nodded. “Thank you, Sakari.”
Bolin nodded. “And not to butt in here, but Mako and I would be up to go along too, help protect everybody.”
Mako smiled. “Definitely.”
A layer of tension dropped from Tenzin’s face. “Thank you both,” he said.
“The White Lotus guys on the island are cool and all,” Bolin said, “but having some extra security around, out of uniform, hanging out with the kids… see, we’re super useful to have around!” He grinned. “Undercover, and we don’t even need disguise mustaches.”
Tenzin chuckled before explaining to the group how the men and women slept in separate buildings on the island and dividing their party up. Mako wondered however, as Tenzin led him and Bolin to their room, if his brother’s suggestion had been a joke or a statement of security. Tenzin and the folks on Air Temple Island were nice enough, but Mako and Bolin had been tossed more than a few times when their usefulness dried up.
If guarding the airbender kids kept a roof over him and Bolin, Mako was more than happy to do it. Thankfully, they already liked the kids well enough, and it would basically be double-duty with protecting Sakari too.
Mako cleared his throat. “I’m a little concerned actually, with having Sakari so far away in the other building. Is she gonna be safe?”
Tenzin laughed outright. It was a strange sound. “Oh she’s very safe,” he said. “When Jinora found out the three of you were moving to the island, she insisted that she and Sakari share a room. Between the two of them, you probably won’t find a more protected pair of 11 and 13 year olds.”
“You’re probably right,” Bolin said.
It was the work of a few minutes for the three of them to unpack Mako and Bolin’s belongings into the room. At first, Mako felt a bit self-conscious about their lack of property. But Tenzin didn’t express even the barest hint of judgement and then Mako remembered that the Air Nomads were kind of minimalist anyway. The room he and Bolin were sharing wasn’t the largest thing, but it easily fit all their possessions.
Tenzin hummed to himself as they finished unpacking. “I read the news and received a variety of reports last night after the attack,” he said. “So I must ask: what do you know about this… Blue Spirit who aided you last night?”
Mako and Bolin exchanged a glance, then shrugged in unison. “Nothing,” Mako said. “I mean, she was… maybe a bit shorter than Bolin?”
“She was a firebender,” Bolin added. “If we knew any more we’d be writing her a thank-you card.”
“Yes…” Tenzin mused. “Thank you. I am… concerned about the Equalist threat. I would be lying to say I was not also concerned about this Blue Spirit character, who seems to be a fan of former Fire Lord Zuko’s early work, but I am also grateful for her role in protecting you and Sakari last night.”
“Same,” Mako said. They started walking down the hall. “So what happened up the stands with you and Jinora last night?”
Tenzin’s steps faltered a moment, but he pressed on. “I was standing with Police Chief Beifong when we were ambushed by Equalists with electrified gloves.”
“That sounds uncomfortable,” Bolin said. “We didn’t even get hit directly and I can tell you that.”
“Indeed,” Tenzin said. “No direct harm came to Jinora, but… she was sitting in the stands right behind us.” He sighed. “The events from last night have… shaken her. My family has not been exposed to much direct violence, living as we do on the island.”
Bolin opened the door to the courtyard. “Makes sense.”
“It was incredibly frightening for her,” Tenzin continued. “As best I understand, she sat, frozen, after I went down. She came to my side at some point, as I woke up several minutes later with her clinging to me, crying.” He sighed again, deeper this time, and stopped walking. “May I ask the both of you a favor?”
Mako stopped walking and paused. “Sure,” he said.
Bolin nodded. “What can we do?”
“Since last night, Jinora has expressed interest in more… practical training.” Tenzin pursed his lips. “The two of you seem to be a natural fit for such a course of study.”
“So… you want us to work with Jinora on pro-bending combat drills?” Bolin asked. A smile hinted at the corner of his mouth.
“Noooo,” Tenzin said. His frown deepened. “Just… advanced practical dodging techniques.”
Mako saw Bolin’s half-smile widen a little and he interjected before Bolin could push the issue. “We’ll be working with both the girls on a little more self-defense,” he said.
Tenzin’s shoulders dropped some of their tension. “Thank you,” he said. He tugged his robes. “Now, I need to get back to Republic City. The Council has a meeting and I suspect I will be arguing with Tarrlok from now until past dinnertime.”
They said goodbye and parted ways. Around the back of the main building, by the spinning practice gates, Mako and Bolin found Jinora sitting with Sakari. The girls had clearly been talking and, while they still seemed upset, Mako thought the both of them seemed a bit more settled.
“Hey you two,” Bolin said, sitting down beside them.
“Hey,” Sakari said. She leaned against his shoulder.
Mako sat down on Jinora’s other side. “You okay, kid?” he asked.
Jinora averted her eyes, but nodded.
Mako opened his mouth, but before he could start bringing up some sort of lesson, Sakari stood up. “We should practice together,” she said. She strode forward a few steps before turning around. The wind whipped her bangs to the side. “The pro-bending season is over, but the real fight is just beginning.”
Beside him, Jinora shrunk down and hugged her knees to her chest. “I doubt this is the last time we’ll be up against the Equalists,” she said. “I want to be ready. We should be ready.”
Bolin jumped up and slung an arm around Sakari’s shoulders. “Let’s get started on some drills then!” he said. “Next time, the Equalists won’t know what hit them.”
Mako’s heart weighed heavily as they walked toward the open training grounds. Jinora and Sakari were just kids. But, when he saw their expressions, it gave him pause. Mako remembered that face on himself, too young.
He’d give anything to keep them out of this situation somehow. And yet… they were asking him for instruction, for guidance and ways to fight back against a world that had it out for them.
Kids shouldn’t have to fight. Not outside of the arena. But he would never deny them the training to do so, not when they were asking for it.
“Alright, Jinora,” he said, “what are you looking for in this training. What do you want to get out of this?”
She paused, uncertain. After a long moment, her expression hardened. “I saw my father taken down, right in front of me. I was too shocked to move. I… I don’t ever want to freeze up again. If I’d been ready, I could have taken out the Equalist before he got to my father.”
“Reflexes and instincts,” Mako said. “Got it. Pushing past the freeze response.”
“If… if I’d protected him,” Jinora continued, “then we could have fought off the Equalists together.” She looked down. “I don’t want to fight alone.”
Sakari threw an arm over Jinora’s shoulders. “You won’t ever have to,” she said. “We’ve got all four elements now. The Equalists won’t see it coming!”
Jinora sniffled, but she was grinning. “I think we’re the first four-element team since my grandfather’s original Team Avatar,” she said.
“Then clearly, we’re destined for great things,” Bolin declared, ruffling both girls’ hair. “Let’s get practicing! Maybe by next pro-bending season, we can get you in as an airbender!”
* * *
Korra crouched on a rooftop, away from the edge so the streetlights wouldn’t catch her. Her fingers picked at the Blue Spirit mask and she had to resist the urge to put it on just yet.
She didn’t want to arbitrarily attack the police, anarchist or not.
As she watched the scene unfold below her, however, the possibility felt less and less arbitrary. Tarrlok’s task force had been called down on an after-curfew meeting of non-benders. They’d been gathering in the basement of a teriyaki shop for weeks now, according to the conversation Korra had eavesdropped on.
Apparently they weren’t Equalists either, which had intrigued her enough to investigate further. Unfortunately, the police seemed to have a heads-up about the meeting as well. While Korra was approaching the shop, she spotted some task force members closing in and moved to the roof to observe.
Her frown tightened as the task force, led by Tarrlok himself, signaled each other to break into the shop at three different points. They stayed silent inside for a long moment, followed by screams of terror as she heard them breach the basement.
Korra closed her eyes and scowled and she raised the mask to her face. As she tied it, white light started waxing through her closed eyelids.
She blinked her eyes open and found herself in a vision. A younger Sokka, maybe 15, was shaking his head. “No, we can't waste our time here. We have a bigger mission that we need to stay focused on. These people are on their own.”
Katara chased after him and grabbed his shoulder. “These people are starving! But you'd turn your back on them?” She put her hands on her hips. “How can you be so cold and heartless?”
Her view shifted, and Korra could see Aang approaching them.
“I’m not turning my back, I'm just being realistic. We can't go around helping every rinky-dink town we wander into.” Sokka’s voice firmed. “We'll be helping them all by taking out the Fire Lord.” The vision jittered, jumping to another point, and Sokka continued, “You know our mission has to come first.”
The next images came in flashes, bits and pieces that seemed to suggest a mysterious person was helping the town. The townspeople referred to ‘The Painted Lady’ as their savior.
When the vision steadied again, Korra could see Aang standing with a disguised Katara, who had hidden her face behind a broad hat and veil.
Aang’s jaw had dropped open. “You're the Painted Lady? But how?”
“I wasn't her at first, I was just trying to help the village.” Katara took the hat off. “But since everyone thought that's who I was anyway, I guess I just kinda became her.”
The vision jumped, and then Katara’s hat was on the ground. “I can't believe you lied to everyone, so you could help these people,” Aang said.
Katara looked down. “I'm sorry, I know I shouldn't have…”
Aang’s voice brightened, and the vision drew Korra closer. “No, I think it's great! You're like a secret hero!”
The words lingered with emphasis before the vision faded out into white, then back to the nighttime streets of Republic City.
Korra grinned. “Glad to know you approve,” she whispered.
Down below, Tarrlok’s task force was corralling the non-benders from the meeting away from the building, using an earthbender to make barriers.
But they’d only left two to do that. The rest of the task force was still in the building, probably sorting through evidence and trying to fix it to look like they’d nabbed some Equalists.
Stopping an unfair arrest seemed like something a secret hero would do. Korra grinned as she checked her mask. The task force would never see her coming. And if they did, well, spiritual retribution was something she’d like them to think on a little bit, once they woke up.
She dropped down from the edge of the roof. Unseen earthbending silenced her landing. Fire kindled in her hands as she rushed up on the guards. The only warning they had was the widening eyes of the non-benders they were guarding, but the task force had proven itself more than capable of ignoring that segment of the population.
Notes:
This chapter took a lot of finesse to get quite right, but HERE IT IS! What are your thoughts? Feelings? Worries? Suspicions? Leave a comment below!
Hint of what comes next? Sure!
Chapter Ten is titled Tales of Republic City! It will be more evenly co-written than usual, feature several unexplored POVs, and be pretty damn shippy, if the outline is any indication. ;D Do you have any predictions?
Chapter 10: Tales of Republic City
Summary:
Nobody's plans have stopped since Korra started off her vigilante kick. Instead, everyone in Republic City seems to be busier than ever. The Fire Ferrets are practicing some new moves, the Equalists are training new recruits, and Asami has finally made time to show Korra her home. Even Pabu has an agenda of his own, setting off across the city to help his friend, Naga.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter Ten: Tales of Republic City
(There's Always Another Side to the Story)
Sakari blinked and found herself awake. Living on the road, she'd become a lighter and lighter sleeper. She stretched and stayed in bed a moment, taking in the room around her. Even after a couple days, Air Temple Island felt foreign to her.
She could hear the distant voices of acolytes getting ready for the day. A faint clink suggested toward breakfast prep. Droning underneath all this, the radio’s announcer was audible only as a wordless buzz. A light breeze tugged at the shutters to Sakari’s and Jinora’s room.
Sakari sat up as she glanced over at Jinora. Her sleeping friend was, for once, not tossing or turning. Still, it was time to get up. Sakari rolled out of bed and changed into her day clothes before sitting on the edge of Jinora’s bed.
She moved slowly, as smoothly as she could, when she put a hand on Jinora’s shoulder. “Hey sleepyhead,” she whispered. “Time to get up.” She gave Jinora a gentle shake.
Jinora startled as she woke. “Morning friend,” Sakari said, rubbing Jinora’s shoulder. Sakari couldn’t hold back a frown as she asked, “More nightmares?”
Jinora blinked and rubbed her eyes as she sat up. She yawned, then hesitated before saying, “I… I don’t think so, actually.”
Sakari smiled. “That’s great!” She’d been staying in Jinora’s room for three days. Every morning so far, Sakari had woken up and seen Jinora tossing and turning across the room. When Sakari asked about it, Jinora always mumbled a description of a nightmare about the Equalist attack.
“It… it’s strange to wake up without one,” Jinora said. A tentative smile crept to her face. “Thank you for being here for me,” she said.
“Absolutely.” Sakari nodded. She would fight every Equalist in the city before she’d let them anywhere near her friend ever again. “Let’s get up and get to breakfast!”
Jinora seemed reluctant to rush off, but the shadow of nightmares faded from her face as they made their way to the dining room and met up with everyone else for breakfast.
The vegetarian stuff was strange, but Sakari tucked in without hesitation. After she’d left the South Pole, traveling north hadn’t left her much room to be picky about her meals. She stuck her tongue out at Bolin across the table when she saw him nudge a root off to the side of his plate.
He stuck her tongue back out at her and turned beside him toward Mako, who was discussing a training idea for the four of them to do later.
Beside Sakari, Jinora was full-on ignoring Ikki, who was talking too fast for Sakari to follow. Meelo, on Ikki’s other side, had taken the opportunity to steal his sister’s food. When he caught Sakari looking at him, he grinned sheepishly.
Sakari still wasn’t quite sure how to interact with the younger kids. She hesitated a beat, then winked and smiled so he knew she wouldn’t tell. Meelo winked back, then finished removing a portion of Ikki’s food to his own plate.
At the head of the table, Tenzin fussed over Pema, but Sakari noticed he kept glancing at the clock on the wall.
Sure enough, just a few minutes into breakfast, Pema gave him a kiss on the cheek and Tenzin rose to his feet. “I’m afraid I must leave you,” he said. “I have a council meeting this morning, and it is one I cannot afford to miss.”
The airbender kids all got up to hug him before he left. Meelo used airbending to flip himself over the table and into Tenzin’s arms, and Sakari giggled.
“I hope your meeting goes well,” Mako said when Tenzin was at the door.
Tenzin nodded. “As do I,” he said. “Oh, and I heard you discussing a possible training idea?” Mako nodded. “Please be careful,” he said.
“Will do,” Bolin said, giving Tenzin a thumbs-up. Beside him, Mako nodded again.
“Thank you. I’ll see you all later today,” Tenzin said before leaving.
Sakari found herself quiet for the rest of breakfast. Joining the airbenders on Air Temple Island meant getting to join their family for a time, but it also meant accepting Tenzin as an adult authority figure, at least temporarily.
She didn’t trust adults. They generally tried to force their will on her, and she didn’t like that. She’d avoided them as much as possible on her trip north, relying on other kids and people around Mako’s age to get by.
But… despite initially trying to force her to leave, Tenzin was turning out to be okay. He was less stifling than her own parents were, and Mako always backed her up whenever Tenzin started getting too authoritative, which helped.
The rest of breakfast passed quickly enough. It ended a bit messily when Ikki realized that Meelo had taken her food though. In the ensuing chaos, Jinora tugged Sakari’s sleeve and signaled for them to sneak out.
They ran into Mako and Bolin outside. “Perfect timing!” Bolin said. “Looks like we’re pretty in-tune as a team already.”
“Let’s see how that works on the practice field,” Mako said. They started walking out towards the spinning gates. “We’ve been working on dodging and individual defense for the past couple days now, so I think we should mix it up today and start talking offense.”
“Mixed-element offense!” Bolin added. He was practically bouncing as he walked. “I’m so excited. We obviously bend together in the arena, but that’s different from bending in the street.”
Jinora frowned. “What’s the difference?”
Sakari said, “In the arena, you’re not supposed to do certain combinations of elements that are against the rules.” She grimaced as she thought of their match with the Wolfbats. “Like… you can’t mix rocks into water and use waterbending to chuck rocks at people.”
Mako motioned for them to stretch when they reached the training grounds. “Outside of the arena, there’s a lot more possibility, especially for water and earthbenders, who can do a lot more with the environment. Even something as simple as bending a puddle under someone’s foot can be a game-changer. Earthbenders can’t bend earth outside their zone in the arena. It cuts off a lot of possibilities.”
Sakari glanced over at Jinora, who was definitely more flexible than her, and tried to stretch farther, reaching past her toes. “So today is offensive bending combos?”
Mako nodded. “That and working with techniques we don’t use outside the arena. Waterbenders can’t use ice and firebenders can’t use lightning. We should try and practice with those more.
Jinora popped to her feet with a gust of wind. “So… how does that work with airbending?”
“We have no idea!” Bolin used a pillar of earth to vault himself to his feet. “That’s what we’re gonna try to find out!”
“Air and water!” Sakari leapt into a ready stance. “Let’s try it!”
The combination ended up creating a dense mist when Jinora’s air blast collided with some water Sakari was bending in the air.
“If it was summer, I would find this really refreshing,” Bolin said.
“Not summer yet,” Mako said, rubbing his arms. “That was actually kind of cold.”
Jinora ducked her head. “Sorry,” she said.
“It’s fine, no worries,” Mako said with a smile.
Mako and Jinora eventually figured out how to bend a steady stream of warm air, but it wasn’t much good aside from drying out their clothes, which had gotten a bit damp from the mist.
“I’ve got an idea,” Bolin said to Jinora as he finished drying off. “What if we mix earth and air, using the same combination that you and Sakari did to create the mist?”
Sakari frowned. “Wouldn’t that just put a lot of dust in the air?”
“Exactly!” Bolin said.
“Hmm, we probably can ,” Jinora said. “What would we try and use it for?”
“Diversion. An airbender or earthbender-controlled smokescreen.” Bolin wrung his hands together. “And this is totally poor sportsmanship, but in a real fight… Well, getting dust in people’s eyes generally impacts their ability to see and fight. A rough cloud of dust can make people double over coughing too…”
Everybody stared at him. Bolin rubbed the back of his neck. “Too much?”
“No!” Mako shook his head and put a hand on Bolin’s shoulder. “Just wasn’t expecting it from you, bro. They’re good ideas though.”
“Definitely,” Sakari added. “But… shouldn’t that be possible with earthbending alone? Is airbending really necessary to make that happen?”
“No, but it’ll probably help a lot,” Bolin said. “Bending tiny particles of earth like that is difficult for me to manage, especially when it’s dispersed into the air so much. I couldn’t be precise enough to do more than a general smokescreen effect, which wouldn’t help much if we want to target individual opponents. If I practiced with sand, I could probably do it on my own, but we don’t exactly have a ton here.”
“Plus, I imagine it’s just a really different way of bending,” Jinora mused. “I’m used to working in the air and manipulating currents and such. I’d assume that earthbending just feels a lot different.”
“You’d assume right!” Bolin said. “Let’s give it a try!”
Mako and Sakari stood off to the side and watched as Bolin stomped a foot on the ground, then jerked his arms upward. A dense screen of dust rose off the ground in front of him.
Jinora moved forward, arcing her hands as she started getting the dust moving. After a couple seconds, she’d made an effective moving smokescreen.
Bolin leaned over and whispered something to Jinora, who grinned and nodded. The two of them started expanding the reach of their smokescreen, whirling it around them.
Sakari squinted. “Is it just me or is it even harder to see through when Jinora has it moving like that?”
Mako nodded. “Not just you. I’m having trouble seeing them too.”
A couple of seconds later, Jinora and Bolin were entirely obscured.
The smokescreen shifted from whirling around them to pressing forward, toward where Mako and Sakari were sitting. Rather than dissipating the dust, the air currents seemed to only concentrate it. Or maybe Bolin was pulling more dirt into the air? Sakari couldn’t tell.
They weren’t exactly keeping the smokescreen localized either. Sakari stood up. “Let’s move a bit away,” she said.
Mako followed her lead. “Yeah, I like that idea.” They walked around to the other side of the pond. “Plus, I think it would be cool if we came up with a water-fire combination.”
“Yeah?” Sakari rocked on her feet. “What’re you thinking?”
“Mobility.” Mako stroked his chin. “All the other elements have a solid way of moving the bender around without losing offensive capabilities. You can surf around on water or slide on ice. The airbenders have their scooters and I’m sure a dozen other ways of getting placed quickly. Earthbenders can move rocks or dirt beneath them.”
“With firebending, you can launch yourself in the air or use it to kind of skim the ground,” Sakari pointed out. “Plus we both saw the Blue Spirit flying at finals.”
Mako nodded. “Yes, but those techniques aren’t good for moving and attacking. They take a lot of firepower and concentration. I was thinking we could come up with a way of leveraging the offensive capabilities of my firebending with the flexibility and movement speed possible with waterbending.”
Sakari reached an arm out to the pond and pulled a stream of water up towards her. “You might get wet,” she said.
Mako took up a stance and chuckled. “I can accept that,” he said. “Let’s go.”
Sakari grinned as they began. The Equalists wouldn’t know what hit them the next time they tangled with the Fire Ferrets.
* * *
“Wow, you live here?”
Asami’s lips quirked into a smile as she parked her moped. “What, have you never seen a mansion before?”
Naga’s arms tightened around Asami’s waist as she laughed. “Don’t mistake me for some country girl, Ms. Sato,” she said. “I’m a certified mysterious world traveller!”
Since their talk in the park, Naga had been more open about her background. Not excessively open, of course. Most of it was embedded in jokes and hints, but Asami took note of each piece.
“I see,” Asami said as they dismounted the moped and removed their helmets. “Well how does it compare to those other mansions you’ve appraised?”
Naga pursed her lips as she genuinely considered the question. “Favorably, for the most part,” she said at length.
Asami paused at the door and looked around irritably. The Sato Estate was practically a palace. They’d entered the gates and parked in front of two sweeping staircases made of marble. “For the most part?” she grumbled.
“I didn’t mean it like that!” Naga said, following after Asami as she strode through the door. “I’m honestly just not much of a judge, to be honest? I’ve only ever been in a place like this when I’m either scoping it out or robbing it.”
They’d run into each other at Tarrlok’s estate for a reason… Asami filed that perspective away and smiled over her shoulder at Naga. “Let’s make it a bit more familiar for you then.” She winked. “You can steal that vase over there; I hate it.” The bird motifs weren’t terrible, done in shades of blue and green with red accents. But the egg-yolk yellow backdrop rendered the vase garish.
She gestured at the vase as they passed, and Naga wrinkled her nose. “Probably because it’s hideous. I would never steal that!”
Asami pressed a hand to her chest in mock-offense. “Naga! I am so offended!” She couldn’t keep the smile out of her eyes though.
They bantered as they walked, joking about what Naga was willing or not willing to steal and what Asami was okay letting go of. For the most part, Naga’s tastes seemed inclined toward items with bold geometric patterns. Unfortunately, the Sato Estate was more inclined toward items with soft, thin lines as decoration.
Asami was just apologizing for not having more stuff Naga would want to steal when they rounded a corner and practically ran into one of the maids.
“OH! Ms. Sato, I am so very sorry!” Tham fussed over Asami for a moment, checking even though they hadn’t actually run into one another.
Taking a deep breath to calm her racing heart, Asami composed herself. “It’s perfectly alright, Tham. That was my fault.” She frowned. “But what are you still doing here? I gave you the day off.”
“Yes, yes,” Tham said. “I was just on my way out.” Her gaze flickered over to Naga.
Asami winced. She’d have to explain her guest somehow. The whole point of giving all the maids a day off had been so she wouldn’t have to. “This is, uh, Naga,” she said.
“Asami was just giving me a tour of the estate,” Naga helpfully suggested.
Tham seemed slightly suspicious. “I see. I hope that it is all you expected, and more.” She gave a slight bow.
Asami was about to answer when Naga’s voice shifted, pulling in an element of charm. “It’s stunning, actually,” she said. “You must really work hard to keep it in this condition. I’ve been so impressed by how put-together and clean everything is.”
Tham softened toward Naga a bit. “We do our best,” she said.
Still, her eyes flickered between Asami and Naga, trying to ascertain the purpose of their trip. Tham was one of the more discreet maids, aware of their Equalist affiliations and supportive of the cause. She was also pointedly loyal to Yasuko.
It really wouldn’t do for Asami’s mother to find out what she’d been up to.
Asami slipped an arm around Naga’s waist. “I was just taking my… friend here to my private wing,” she said, lacing her voice with what she hoped was a mildly suggestive tone.
Naga stiffened under her hand as Tham regarded at her with renewed, but altered curiosity. “Ah, I see.” She smiled and gave a small, polite bow to Naga. “A pleasure to make your acquaintance,” she said.
“Uh, no. Yeah. Um, pleasure is my—I mean the pleasure is all mine?” Naga hunched her shoulders, a flush spreading across her cheeks. Her skin felt almost unnaturally warm under Asami’s hand.
It was the perfect cover. Asami could tell Tham was completely convinced, and rather amused, by the turn of events. When Asami leaned forward and requested that Tham not mention the liaison to Yasuko, the maid agreed with a wink.
Asami relaxed as they said their goodbyes and Tham passed them to leave. The maid had served their family for years. Despite her loyalty to Yasuko, she’d kept certain of Asami’s childhood secrets, even when those eventually grew into less-than-childish secrets.
Not that Asami had entertained a… visitor in quite a while. The movement had kept her too busy for such things.
“Soooo…” Naga drawled, her face finally returning to mostly the correct hue, “you prefer women?”
“Gender is a non-issue,” Asami said. “I only attended finishing school until I was fifteen, but that was long enough to figure things out.” She’d managed a couple fleeting romances with former classmates after that, but nothing lasting. Her schedule hadn’t permitted anything serious. Lately, it hadn’t allowed anyone at all.
“How about you?” she asked. “Any gender preferences?”
Naga shrugged. “Nope. I’m good with whatever.” The answer was casual, but she pursed her lips after, as though debating on another question.
Before she could ask, they made it to the training gym. If Naga wanted to ask something else, she could bring it up later. “Okay, are you ready?”
Patience and planning. Asami was not the fastest chi-blocker or the strongest. But, above all, she was strategic and in complete control of her body.
So she waited. It felt like an eternity as she let a second pass, then two.
Naga’s combat stance seemed... oddly familiar. Asami set the thought out of mind.
Naga’s expression shifted to slight confusion. Asami repressed the instinct to tense her muscles before moving.
She waited another breath.
Naga blinked.
In a flash, Asami was on her. She attacked with a flurry of blows up Naga’s left arm.
Before Naga’s arm could even go limp, Asami pulled back, ducking Naga’s right fist that quickly followed her.
“Woah!” Asami jumped back as Naga advanced with a kick. “Relax, I’m not going to do it again. That was just a demonstration.”
Naga stopped, though she still seemed guarded. Her blue eyes were wide with alarm, and Asami felt a little guilty for scaring her.
“A demonstration.” Naga said, rubbing her limp arm. “Yeah maybe let me know next time?”
Asami nodded. “Alright.” She took a step forward and Naga tensed, but didn’t back away. “I wanted to make sure you got, uh, the full experience, I guess.” She reached out for Naga’s elbow, but stopped when she leaned away. “I’m not going to hurt you,” she said. “I’m going to explain what I did and where I struck.”
Regarding her with no small amount of suspicion, Naga eventually nodded. “Alright,” she said.
“Let’s sit down,” Asami said, hoping that sitting on the floor would de-escalate the mood somewhat.
Sure enough, Naga seemed to relax when they sat down and left their combat stances. “It feels… so strange. Like my whole arm is tingling, but also like I’m not in my arm? If that makes sense?”
“Actually, it makes perfect sense,” Asami said. “The way chi-blocking works is by, well, temporarily blocking the flow of chi in your body. By landing a series of quick, precise jabs against these pressure points, it essentially blocks your spirit from your arm. So… in a sense, you aren’t in your arm.”
Naga stared at her fingers with an intense expression. She seemed to be trying to move them through pure will.
As expected, they didn’t move. Asami continued, “When chi-blocked, you can’t move those muscles. Also, because the flow of chi has been disrupted, benders can’t make use of their abilities through the channels we’ve blocked.”
“Hm… It’s… a disconcerting feeling.” Naga shivered. “I don’t think I like it much.”
“Nobody does.” When she’d first started learning chi-blocking, Asami had been eight or nine. It hadn’t exactly been fun. Asami moved closer. “Okay, so now I’m going to show you the different pressure points in your arm and bring some of the feeling back.”
Naga frowned as Asami took her hand. “I didn’t think you could undo chi-blocking. I thought it had to dissipate on its own.”
“Restoring the flow of chi takes time. It’ll come back on its own eventually.” Asami began to rub at a spot on Naga’s forearm. “So benders need to wait it out before using their bending. However, restoring muscular control doesn’t actually take quite as long.” She pressed with her thumb until Naga’s arm jerked slightly.
“Is that one of the pressure points?”
“Yes.” Asami worked her thumbs against Naga’s skin, reaching for the pressure point to work out the muscular block. “I’ve been doing this long enough that I know how to undo the muscular portion, at least somewhat. Your arm will still tingle, but you should be able to use it in a few minutes if I work on each of the pressure points in your arm.”
Naga grimaced. “That kind of hurts.”
Asami shrugged. “It’s a pressure point. I’m not quite sure what you expected. While I’m working on it, let’s talk about how to find these points on someone else. The pain should actually help a bit, since it’ll cue you in to exactly where it is in your arm. The reason I chi-blocked you first was also so that you could feel the pressure point in contrast to everywhere else in your arm.”
Adjusting how she sat, Naga moved a bit closer to Asami and reached towards her with her right hand. “This pressure point is… here?” She placed two fingers against a spot on Asami’s forearm.
“Close,” Asami said. “Move your fingers up a bit and press again. Now left. No, my left.” She frowned when Naga moved too far. “Move back just a bit?” Naga followed her directions as she gave them, though an odd smile started creeping over her face. “A little over… there.” Naga pulled her fingers back to where they’d been. “Now try and press a little more against that spot.”
Naga shifted so it was her two knuckles pressing against the spot and applied more pressure. Asami felt a tell-tale tingle and smiled. “That’s the spot. I can feel it now.”
The weird smile widened and Naga suppressed a snicker.
“What’s so funny?” Asami’s knees bumped into Naga’s as she moved and started working on the pressure point on Naga’s bicep.
“Just… I was thinking about your maid.” Naga’s cheeks were turning reddening. “And how that dialogue probably sounded if there was someone listening at the door.”
A harsh blush stole over Asami’s face. “O-oh.” She ducked her head and focused on the bicep pressure point, which was actually fairly pronounced due to Naga’s musculature and tattoos. For some reason this just made Asami blush further.
Naga laughed outright and poked a couple of times at the pressure point on Asami’s arm. “You’re blushing,” she teased, sticking her tongue out. Then the poking turned to a soft brush of Naga’s thumb and Asami found herself paying more attention to the feel of Naga’s skin on her own than the lesson.
It had been a while since she’d entertained a visitor. She’d kept saying she didn’t have the time. Somehow, however, she’d certainly made time for Naga to come here and visit.
Asami dispelled the thoughts and shook her head. “You’re ridiculous,” she said. “Let’s stay focused. Can you feel where the bicep pressure point is? Here under my fingers?”
Naga nodded and moved her hand to Asami’s bicep, trying to find the same spot. “Direct me again?” she asked, then winked. “I promise not to make any more innuendos.”
Rolling her eyes, Asami agreed. “I’m sure you’ll make them in your head anyway, but make sure you’re paying attention. It’s much easier to locate the pressure points on someone sitting on the floor with you than on someone standing and attacking you.”
Determination flashed in Naga’s eyes and Asami could practically feel her friend shift into focus. “Got it. Let’s go then.”
* * *
Tenzin felt some of the tension fade, sloping off his shoulders the moment he saw his wife waiting on the dock. Somehow, she’d contrived to meet him with only a sleeping Rohan in tow.
She took one look at him when he disembarked the ferry. “I take it the council meeting didn’t go too well?”
He heaved a sigh as they began walking up the stairs together “Not in the slightest. I swear that Tarrlok is more preoccupied with his image than the good of the city.”
A smile twitched at Pema’s lips. “Moreso than usual, you mean?”
At that, Tenzin cracked a smile of his own. “I’m finding it more irritating than usual,” he said. “Because his priorities seem absolutely ludicrous at a time like this. The Equalists are growing bolder by the day and Tarrlok wants to go after that Blue Spirit vigilante because she’s been taking action against his task force and ruining his PR moments with the press. If there are no non-benders rounded up, there’s no photo to take.”
Pema hummed for a moment and shifted Rohan on her hip. “Personally,” she said, “I’m more inclined to thank her for how she intervened at the Finals match and saved the Fire Ferrets. But maybe that’s just me.”
Tenzin shook his head. “No, I am in agreement,” he said. “I am, perhaps, perplexed by her recent actions. She stood against the Equalists at her Finals debut, but since then has been devoted to preventing non-bender arrest.”
Lightly pressing her shoulder against his own, Pema’s aura calmed him. “Sometimes people are contradictory and perplexing,” she said. “Whoever this firebender is, she clearly has a lot of complicated views.”
“Indeed…” Tenzin tugged his beard, but relaxed into the silence with his wife. It wasn’t often that they were able to seize more than a few quiet moments together.
And on that note, he frowned. “Pema,” he said, “where have you stashed the remainder of our children?”
She brightened. “You’ll see,” she said. “Mako and Bolin can be fantastic babysitters without even realizing it.”
In the distance, Tenzin could hear sounds of bending and combat.
He resisted the impulse to quicken his stride and immediately go see what was going on. Speed-walking did not befit his station overmuch, and he would be able to see the practice yard when he and Pema turned the corner.
They entered the courtyard to an impossible view.
Bolin charged forward into a defensive stance and threw a small rock forward. He followed with an odd series of motions that split the rock in midair, scattering the pieces into a fine dust.
Jinora swept forward, propelled by an air scooter. She stopped by Bolin and began to whirl her hands, manipulating Bolin’s artificial cloud of dust into a smokescreen.
“Ooooh! Go Jinora!”
Tenzin had just enough time to take in Ikki and Meelo, cheering on the sidelines, before his attention switched to Sakari and Mako, who were charging forward.
“Now!” Mako shouted.
Sakari took the water she’d been levitating and swept it forward in an arc along the ground, right under Mako’s feet and into the cloud of dust.
But, instead of making him slip, the thin wave of water steadied at Mako’s heels and sent him careening through the smokescreen far faster than he could have run.
Tenzin couldn’t see through the dust, but he saw the flash of fire from Mako’s attack before Sakari swept the stream of water back to the center with them.
“Jinora!” Bolin yelled.
“Got it,” she responded, making a complicated series of unconventional gestures. Tenzin squinted, trying to figure out what she was doing with the air.
A beat later, the smokescreen condensed oddly, the air forcing the dust into an array of smaller sections.
And from there, Bolin stepped back in and brought his palms smashing back together. The dust sections coalesced into an array of pebbles, suspended in the air for a beat. Then Bolin punched his fists forward and Jinora stepped in and turned her hands, giving the air some spin.
The small stones rocketed forward. Bolin had given it power, but Jinora’s added turn set mass spinning.
The resultant attack hit the trees with a staccato series of thwacks.
Tenzin felt frozen for a long moment, then said, “I thought they were working on dodging.”
“They have been, the past couple days,” Pema said, stroking Rohan’s hair.
He huffed, watching carefully as the four benders regrouped and started an avid discussion about the techniques they’d used. “I am… concerned about this new focus on combat,” he said. “I was under the impression they’d mostly be working on evasive techniques.”
“Today they started on combining the elements for offensive and defensive techniques. It’s not just aggression, or I wouldn’t let Ikki and Meelo watch. They got going right after you left for your council meeting.”
It was lunchtime. Past lunchtime, really. “They’ve been at it that long?” he asked. “How long have Ikki and Meelo been watching?” The two of them kept interjecting their own comments into the discussion, but seemed to behaving well enough.
“As soon as they found out there was a show to watch.” Pema heaved a sigh. “I tried to keep them away at first, but they agreed to stay out of the way if it meant they could watch. And it’s only the last couple runs that they’ve managed to combine everything without Mako slipping or Jinora accidentally sending dust back in everyone’s faces. Ikki and Meelo have been rather entertained.”
“Hmm.” Tenzin pulled his beard. As they started the routine again, he was struck by the visual impact of seeing the four elements working together in tandem.
Had such a thing happened since his father had been alive? Zuko and Toph had worked together with Tenzin’s parents in a four-element team, back when they were younger. As time passed, it had happened less and less as their duties pulled them apart.
A smile touched his face. Jinora was the spitting image of Aang. He had the feeling her grandfather would have approved.
Sakari ran forward, sweeping in the same arc of water as last time, and Tenzin could see Katara’s training in how she held her hands.
He and Pema watched as the group finished their routine one more time. He managed to catch Jinora’s gaze before turning to leave. For a beat, her eyes widened. He smiled gently and nodded for her to get back to training.
The grin she returned was worth all the contradictions he could stomach. Even if she was mixing traditional forms with the Fire Ferrets’ pro-bending stances.
Tenzin put his arm around Pema’s shoulder as they started back toward the house.
“So… what did you think?” she asked.
He grasped for words adequate to express his feelings. Something to say that would capture how incredible this combination was, how this was the balance the world needed, the four elements in tandem when the Avatar was missing again. “She should be down in the South Pole,” he said instead.
“She should be,” Pema said, “but Sakari is definitely benefitting from her sojourn here.”
“I mean… we all should be.” Tenzin sighed as he opened the door. “Sakari should be in the South Pole, safe with her parents. We should all be down there too. It’s about the time when I would be teaching airbending to Korra.”
Pema shifted Rohan and put a hand on Tenzin’s back. “Life isn’t how it ought to be, but is it ever?” She pulled him closer. “So it’s not what what anyone wanted or planned. The Avatar will surface eventually. Sakari will return home. In the meantime, these wrongs have brought together something right and we are blessed by the spirits to see it.”
Tenzin couldn’t have resisted the smile that came over him if he tried. “You’ve been paying far too much attention to my spiritual rambling,” he said, leaning down to press a kiss to her forehead.
“Only because it’s from you,” she said.
* * *
Pabu knew the scent Naga was looking for, even if he’d only met the brown-haired human once.
He wasn’t a big fan of the fire and dust that Mako and Bolin were making, so he wandered around the island until he got to the docks. The humans there were running around one of the boats like they did before the boat would leave. Pabu paused, looking at the boat.
Naga couldn’t leave the island without being noticed, but Pabu could. Maybe he could find her person. Sakari was also Naga’s person, but not her first person. Like how Mako was Pabu’s person, but Bolin was his most important person.
He wanted to make his friend happy, so he snuck out on the boat to see if he could find Naga’s missing person.
The city always felt big and kind of scary. It was safer since Bolin saved him, but Pabu kept to the edges as he tried to find the scent that Naga was looking for.
“Look, mommy! A fire ferret!” A small human started running toward him, arms outstretched.
Pabu already had a human. He did not need another one. He scampered around a corner and down an alley until the little human stopped following him.
He sniffed around the bits of trash on the ground, trying to catch a whiff of that scent, but all he could smell were other humans and animals. Not the one Naga was looking for.
Still, Pabu wasn’t going to give up. Naga’s missing person had to be somewhere in this city, so he just had to keep looking. Nose to the ground, Pabu set off down the alley.
Unfortunately, several blocks later, Pabu still had no scent to track. He glanced at the people walking by, trying to see if one of them looked like Naga’s person, but they all looked too similar. If he were a female human, where would he go?
A loud honk from the street scared Pabu, and he darted around a corner. He would go somewhere away from the loud, stinky cars.
Lifting his nose to the air, he caught the faint scent of cherry blossoms. Bolin had taken Sakari to a park with flowering trees, and Pabu had gotten to climb all over their branches. Sakari had really liked that park, so maybe Naga’s other person would too.
He took off racing down the street.
When he reached the park’s’ edge, Pabu could smell just the faintest trace of Naga’s person. He ran through the park, looking for the human. When he couldn’t see her, he scurried up a tree, looking out over the park. He watched all the people, looking for a flash of brown hair.
Near the gate ahead, he saw a human with long black hair climbing onto a small, narrow mini-car. She wasn’t Naga’s person, but she had been with Naga’s person at the arena. Maybe she knew where Naga’s person was.
Running as fast as his legs could take him, Pabu zipped down the tree and bolted toward the girl. She had just finished putting some round thing on her head when he reached her side.
She smelled like Naga’s person! Pabu brushed her leg to get her attention.
The human turned to face him and took off that round head-thing. “Hello there,” she said with a smile. She had a very friendly smile. “What are you doing here?” she asked, reaching down to pet him.
Her hand smelled like Naga’s person, so the brown-haired human had to be close.
Pabu squeaked, wishing he could speak human. Bolin always seemed to know what he meant, but he didn’t think this human would understand him very well.
He sniffed at her hand, nudging it with his head. He had to make sure he memorized the human’s scent.
“Did you get lost?” the human asked. Her eyes narrowed. “You kind of look like the Fire Ferrets’ fire ferret. What are you doing out here?”
Pabu sniffed the ground. He could smell Naga’s person now, heading away from the park.
He squeaked and nuzzled the human’s hand in thanks. He wished he could do more, maybe give her one of those flowers, but he had to leave before he lost the trail.
“Hey!” she called after him, but Pabu kept chasing the scent down the street.
The scent took him down several alleys once he had left the park behind. Pabu paused when the path branched and sniffed the path to his left, shadowing by the buildings around it.
The trail grew stronger! Pabu raced around the corner and squeaked. There she was! The brown-haired human that Naga was looking for!
She looked up when he squeaked. “Oh, hey there,” she said. She was working on putting fabric on herself, even though she was already wearing some. “What’re you doing out here, little guy?”
Pabu padded forward and sniffed her just to be sure. The new fabric smelled weird. It was very dark. But this was definitely Naga’s human. He squeaked and nuzzled against her hand.
She chuckled. “You’re cute, but I can’t take you with me.” She rubbed behind his ears, then pulled her hand back and rubbed it. “It’s still tingling,” she muttered. Looking around first, she lit a small fire in her hand. “But enough time seems to have passed.”
Pabu nosed at something on the ground beside her.
The human glanced over and picked it up. “It’s a mask,” she said. She held the object to her face and Pabu jumped back. Her face changed! A scary monster appeared!
Immediately, she put the object back down. Her face went back to normal. “Sorry,” she said. “It’s not exactly a pretty face.” She paused. “Not that my face is normally super pretty. I’m not Asami or anything, but I don’t normally have blue skin and scary fangs.” She reached out and scratched behind Pabu’s ears, which was nice.
It was so nice he almost forgot what he had to do.
When he remembered Naga, he tugged on her human’s fabric. He had to get her back to the island somehow! Then his friend would be happy!
“Hey there,” she said, “you’re cute but I can’t go with you.”
Pabu didn’t understand what she said, but he got the gist of what she meant.
He’d have to figure something else out. But... in the meantime, he could bring something back for Naga.
Nuzzling up under her hand, Pabu bit off a piece of the fabric she had on her arm.
“Hey!”
Before she could grab him, he darted off around the corner. The piece he’d taken wasn’t large, just a small rip, but it would be enough to bring home and show Naga, just enough to give her some hope and refresh the scent.
They would track her down again another time.
* * *
“He looks ridiculous.” P’li crossed her arms. “You really want to go out?”
Ming-Hua just smiled cheekily. “If I waited until Ghazan didn’t look a little ridiculous, we’d never go anywhere.” She shrugged. “And besides, we need to make sure he’s not recognized by the police.”
“Ideally, you shouldn’t attract their attention at all,” P’li said. “It’s just a date.”
“C’mon, Ming-Hua,” Ghazan called from the door. He tugged at his groomed mustache. “I’m ready to head out.”
“Ideally,” Ming-Hua said. “But you never know.” She winked and sauntered toward the door. “You take forever to get ready, and now you’re in a rush?” She bumped her hip into Ghazan as they walked out the door.
P’li could hear them bickering for a few moments longer as the went down the stairs. When the sounds faded, she turned her attention to Zaheer.
“You’re quiet,” she said.
“I’m focused.” He was sitting on their bed, newspapers spread out all around him.
“Take a break.” P’li stretched as she stood up and walked over. Even though the house was empty, she shut the screen behind her. “You’ve been reading all day.”
She could see his eyes racing to finish reading a line before he looked up at her. His eyes crinkled in a mild smile. “I meditated earlier too,” he said.
She chuckled. “Meditation for you is a given, like breathing. I would take more note if you stopped.”
He moved a newspaper aside so she could sit beside him on the bed. “I should hope you’d take note if I stopped breathing,” he said. “I have not yet discovered a way to transcend the requirement, but for now it’s critical for meditation.” He paused. “And for chi-blocking, apparently. I was instructed to do some breathing exercises in anticipation of my lesson tonight.”
P’li stiffened as she sat down beside him. “Tonight?”
He nodded. “It has taken a great deal of effort to strike the balance, but the Equalists have finally accepted ‘Yorru’ into an accelerated course of Equalist study. The main issue was trying to avoid appearing over-eager, but I was able to make my good qualities stand out without arousing suspicion.” An odd smile touched his face. “Tonight I’m heading out to begin my chi-blocking instruction.”
“That’s great news,” P’li said. It was a super creepy art, but she recognized that it was a useful one She frowned. “When do you need to head out?”
“Another hour or so,” Zaheer said. He leaned closer over a newspaper. “I can do some research in the meantime.”
She laid a hand on his shoulder. “You’ve worked enough. Take a break before you leave.”
He remained focused on the newspapers. “I think there might be some important leads in this paper,” he said.
P’li slipped her hand around to his other shoulder. “And they will be available to read later,” she said. She glanced down at the papers strewn over the bed. Her lip curled. “Wait. You’re reading the ‘Republic Enquirer’ for your leads? Isn’t that the tabloid that said Tarrlok and Amon were twin brothers?”
“No journalistic source is right all the time,” Zaheer said, “but we have to consider alternatives and think outside the box. Yes, some of these are wrong, but we have to think through how people are responding to the theories as if they’re true.” He picked up one paper and flipped through it. “For instance, some people in the city are sure to believe that the ‘Blue Spirit’ supports Amon’s spiritual authority.”
P’li squinted at him. “But Korra doesn’t…”
“Of course not,” Zaheer agreed. “But let’s play it out. How is she coming across to the city with her recent foray into vigilantism? What can we take from that?”
She withdrew her arm from his around his shoulder and picked up another paper. The headline ‘Are there two water spirits in the city?’ was accompanied by a pair of blurry photos of Korra in her Blue Spirit getup. “Uh, no,” P’li said. “There’s only one. We know that. We know who she is. The matter is settled.” She tossed the paper on the floor. “Next theory. I’ll clear this bed one by one.”
Zaheer massaged his temples. “Of course we know that, but let’s think about it: what’s to stop some other person in the city from buying a mask and going out on their own?”
“Common sense, I would hope,” P’li said. She picked up another paper and flipped to the section Zaheer had marked. “Young mustachioed man seen exiting the Sato estate at an indecent hour. Clearly Yasuko Sato’s scandalously young lover…?” she read. “You can’t be serious. Why do we even care?”
He took the paper before she could toss it on the floor. “I actually suspect I know who that is,” he said, pointing to the blurry photo. “I think this is the Equalist Lieutenant I’ve seen a couple times. He’s not my primary supervisor, but I’m almost certain I recognize his silhouette.”
Pausing, P’li found herself nodding. She wanted to discount the whole subject so they could get on with other pursuits, but Zaheer did have a point. “Okay that’s actually fair. So if it is him, then… assuming he’s not Sato’s lover, that would connect the Satos to the Equalists in some way.”
His lips quirked in a smile. “Exactly. And it would be the perfect complement to some crates I was moving for the Equalists, which I’m fairly certain were to frame Cabbage Corp. That and the Lieutenant frequenting the estate implicate Future Industries as the Equalists’ tech provider.”
She sighed. “Alright,” she said, “I’ll admit there’s some use to poring over the papers but…” She slipped her arm around him again and trailed her fingertips up the back of his neck. “We only have so much time with one another.” She pressed a kiss to his cheek and read ‘Wolfbats unaware referees were paid off! Are innocent!’ over his shoulder.
Zaheer turned into the kiss and met her lips briefly. “I suppose it wouldn’t be so terrible,” he murmured, “to pause for a moment.”
P’li shivered as she kissed him again. “Far from terrible,” she whispered, grabbing a paper around him.
The headline read, ‘Electrified Equalist glove found to have alternate sexual use!’ She tossed it on the floor with the others.
Zaheer’s hands settled on her waist. “Though I do think that the Enquirer has a point about the Republic City Post being in the pocket of the Equalists,” he said.
She didn’t respond, opting to gently press his shoulders down to the mattress and kiss him again, deeper this time. Trying her damnedest to distract his brilliant mind, to tether his spirit to the earth, to her, just a little bit longer.
* * *
Liu watched the latest class of chi-blockers move through an advanced drill. While not all had mastered the technique yet, they all showed above average proficiency with the skills.
“Gin says that this class should be ready for field duty any day now,” the woman standing next him said. She nodded toward the instructor overseeing the class.
Liu nodded. “I want each of them assigned to a squadron by the week’s end then. Priority goes to the squads that see the most direct action or those short of fully trained chi-blockers.”
The woman nodded. “Yes, sir.”
“And how are the newer recruits coming along?” Liu asked. While Gin tended to handle the more advanced students, his sister Kin focused on the newcomers. Her infamous temper made short work of any bad habits or laziness.
“We ran some of the newer recruits through some basic drills,” Kin said. “Most were about average. We can train them to handle the gloves and basic equipment. Some have driving experience, so they may be screened for pilot duty. Unfortunately, we just don’t have the time to teach most of these any kind of advanced techniques.”
Liu nodded. He was grateful that the electrified gloves were very intuitive to use, so most people could easily adapt their fighting techniques to include it. It had taken Yasuko and Asami years to iron out all of the glove’s kinks, but the end result was more than worth it.
“Although,” Kin continued, gaze sharpening, “there are a few recruits whom we’ve started on an advanced training regimen.” She nodded her head toward a group of five who were watching Gin demonstrate one of the chi-blocking techniques on a training dummy.
“What are their names?” Liu asked. While it was impossible to know every Equalist by name, he tried to keep himself informed about the combatants, so he knew the strengths and weaknesses of each squad when it came time for deployment.
“Bao and Duong,” Kin said, pointing to the two tallest men. “They’re brothers who worked on the docks. They don’t have much formal combat training, but they have years of physical labor to hone their strengths and they’re both extremely disciplined.” Pointing to the much shorter girl next to them, Kin continued, “Yuna, who’s a dancer. She’s not very big, but all of her movements are very precise. She’ll need the advantage of chi-blocking in a fight.”
Liu watched as the girl repeated the strike that Gin had just illustrated. He could see her dancing background in the elegance of her movements, and she replicated the technique almost perfectly. The determination in her eyes reminded him of Asami when she got absorbed in one of her engineering projects. Liu had no doubt that this girl would prove just as focused in her training.
Kin pointed next to a tall woman with a honed physique. “I’m told you’ve met Hayun already as she has a background in swordplay.”
Liu nodded. While the electrified gloves had proven more than sufficient in dealing with benders and could be given to members with little combat experience, the Equalists always welcomed members who had experience with different weapons. He was sure that Yasuko and Asami could develop some kind of electrified sword for Hayun to use.
“And the last is Yorru,” Kin said. She indicated the remaining man. He seemed reserved in appearance but was clearly listening to everything Gin had to say. “He doesn’t say much, but I suspect that he has some prior combat experience. I haven’t been able to judge exactly how much.”
Liu watched Yorru step forward and go through the series of attacks that Gin had outlined. Though not a perfect imitation, the poses had a great sense of flow. The man was clearly at-ease in a combat environment.
Kin nodded in approval and gestured to him. “You see what I mean?”
“I do... I would be shocked to learn he had zero combat experience.” Liu regarded Yorru for a moment, trying to place his style, which was precise, but flowing. “He always has the next stance in mind,” Liu said. “Before he even starts a move, he knows what the next one is, and he’s keeping it in mind.” Or something like that. Liu strongly favored practical fighting over theoretical fighting.
“He actually listens when I explain the drills, which is more than can be said for most of the newcomers.” Kin scowled. “Every batch, there are those idiots who think they can just put on the gloves and start zapping benders. I’m going to have to spend the next few weeks working them to the bone to make sure that they don’t get themselves killed in their first battle.”
“And that’s why you’re assigned to work with the new recruits,” Gin said, walking over to them. His class was busy working through the latest drill that he had demonstrated. He briefly saluted Liu.
Liu nodded in greeting. “Put those five on an accelerated training program then,” he told Kin. “Keep me informed of their progress as we’ll need as many men and women in the field as possible.”
“Understood,” Kin said.
Liu turned his attention to Gin. “Good job on your latest mission. The story of Cabbage Corp’s ties with the Equalists made every paper.”
Gin smirked. “It was child’s play sneaking those gloves and supplies into the warehouse. An anonymous tip to the police set things up nicely.”
Framing Cabbage Corp had been quite ingenious, taking all suspicion off of Future Industries for the moment. Yasuko had been “speechless” to learn of her rival’s involvement with the Equalists. All of her interviews stressed her disbelief in Lau Gan-Lan’s involvement in such “illicit activities” and was deeply concerned for the fate of all the innocent employees whose jobs were now in jeopardy.
Liu was always impressed with how well Yasuko handled interviews, keeping herself removed from any suspicion. He had sacrificed maintaining a civilian identity years ago; putting up with bender-sympathizers took more of his patience than he cared to donate.
“Though our mission at Cabbage Corp wasn’t the only news that made the papers today,” Gin grumbled.
Liu scowled, already knowing where this was headed. He had thrown the paper away after reading about “The Blue Spirit: Republic City’s Masked Hero.” Apparently the firebender who attacked them during the Pro-Bending Finals had decided that attacking non-benders wasn’t enough and had turned her attention to attacking Tarrlok’s task force.
“We’ve been fighting Tarrlok’s task force ever since its formation, but not one of the papers sided against it until a bender takes action,” Gin continued. “Typical bending rubbish. Not once did they ever cover our attacks on Tarrlok’s task force in favorable terms. But now half of the papers are praising this bender for resisting such oppressive laws targeting non-benders. Where were these non-bending sympathies when Tarrlok imposed his ridiculous curfew laws? Not one of them spoke up then.”
“Everyone knows that the papers are firmly within the Council’s hands,” Liu said. “They wouldn’t dare criticize any of the Council’s decisions unless they had some kind of hero to hide behind.”
Knowing that didn’t make reading any of the articles praising the masked firebender easier. The papers may be eager to portray the ‘Blue Spirit’ as some kind of hero, but Liu remembered all too well the fury of her attacks. He wasn’t going to forget the panic in Asami’s eyes, blood welling up from the gash above her nose, when he had awakened in their getaway truck.
While she had handled their retreat exceedingly well, he could tell that she was still a little freaked out over how badly the mission had gone.
If he ever encountered that firebender again, he would make sure to land in a few blows for Asami.
“I’ve even heard some citizens regarding her as some kind of hero,” Kin was saying. “Just this morning, I heard a woman commenting about how good it was that they had such a powerful ally to defend them. It took all I had not to laugh in her face.”
Liu’s expression turned grim at that. Bending allies would play along until you crossed some invisible line, and then they would turn on you in a second. He had seen it happen time after time during the early days of the Equalist movement. Proposals and bills that never made it to the Council’s attention. Protests shut down with barely a mention in the paper. Any non-bender who foolishly believed that this masked vigilante was on their side would only encounter disappointment.
“This vigilante is only looking out for her own personal gain,” Gin said. “Either she’s looking for fame or she’s part of some power play against Tarrlok. Protecting non-benders has nothing to do with this.”
“Her fame will be short-lived,” Liu said. “Amon will meet her eventually and she’ll be Equalized like all the other benders.”
Anything else he had to say about the matter was stalled when the door to the training room flew open. A young man in civilian garb, with an Equalist mask covering the lower half of his face, raced inside. “Tarrlok’s task force is raiding that closed restaurant several streets down. He might conduct a more thorough search of the area if he realizes that it’s just a decoy.”
Liu scowled. After the task force had raided one of their chi-blocking training facilities in the Dragon Flats borough, they had been forced to take extra precautions to avoid a second incident. All facilities had evacuation drills planned and recently they had begun staging decoy gatherings to divert the task force’s attention from their true facilities. It seemed that Tarrlok and his men had taken the bait.
“How many members of the task force did he bring?” Liu asked the scout.
“About twenty task force members. There’s also a police airship, but I don’t know how many officers are on board.”
Too many men to risk any kind of frontal assault. But they could certainly pick a few benders off to make things more difficult for the task force.
The students had all stopped their lessons, waiting for his orders. He addressed Kin first. “Have your students go through the evacuation drills. This will be good experience in case they come under attack during an actual raid.”
“Yes, Lieutenant,” she said. She barked out several orders to her students, telling them where equipment needed to be stowed and where the backup gloves were if they were needed.
Liu turned his attention over to Gin. “Pick five of your best students and have them follow me. Let’s see if we can take out a few benders before the night’s over.”
Gin nodded with a grim smile and turned to gather his students.
Liu adjusted his goggles and made sure that his kali sticks were ready if he need be. As much as he might enjoy taking out every single member of Tarrlok’s task force, he knew that a hit-and-run attack would be more prudent given their numbers.
Besides, the Equalists would be taking out Tarrlok very soon, so any grievances against the councilman could wait until then.
He waited until most of the class had dissipated before exiting the building. The task force was not on their street, but he could see one of the police airships hovering overhead, spotlight illuminating an area several blocks from them. Liu turned to address Gin and the other five chi-blockers. “Spread out and keep to the back alleys. This is a hit and run operation. When I give the signal, attack the nearest task force members and then retreat. Try and draw more after you, but don’t be reckless. I should not have to say that getting arrested will not help our cause. Understand?”
“Yes, sir,” the chi-blockers chorused.
Liu slipped into the shadows of a nearby side street and made his way toward the raid. The presence of the airship kept him from climbing onto the roofs, but he still moved through the back streets quickly. He found a spot behind a restaurant sign several yards from the raid. The task force was preoccupied with searching the building in question, an old restaurant that had stood vacant for almost a year.
“If you can’t find anything, then search the building more thoroughly,” Tarrlok was telling one of the task force captains, irritation obvious in his voice. “Three different witnesses saw Equalists enter this building, so they have to have been using it for some purpose.”
The captain nodded and motioned for some of the benders to follow him back inside.
Liu smiled at that. He took a moment to survey the scene and was pleased to see that nearly half of the benders present were still searching the old restaurant. Most of those outside seemed focused on their raid and not their larger surroundings.
Catching Gin’s gaze across the street, Liu signaled an attack. Without waiting for Gin’s response, he drew his kali sticks, thumb hovering over the button that would electrify them.
The two task force members closest to Liu never had a chance to react to him. He lunged forward, jamming his kali sticks into their backs. Both cried out and crumpled to the ground.
Several yards down, Gin and his chi-blockers sprung into action. Five more benders fell before the task force realized it was under attack.
They mobilized quickly though, launching into a series of counterattacks aimed at the chi-blockers. Liu watched as a waterbender near him shifted forward before sending a whip of water toward him. He easily dodged the water’s trajectory and closed the distance between them before the waterbender could strike again.
He smirked as the bender collapsed. Those notes that Asami had provided were proving quite useful.
Tarrlok himself moved into action, bending water into a rapid whip aimed at one of the chi-blockers further from Liu. His attack collided with enough force to knock the woman off her feet.
Thankfully another chi-blocker was nearby to drag her back up.
“Fall back!” Liu yelled, zapping another task force member who got too close. The Equalists knew these back streets far more intimately than the task force. They could easily take out a few more benders before disappearing into the night.
Tarrlok was shouting orders to capture them. Above, Liu could spy a few metalbending officers descending on their cables.
He didn’t waste any more time lingering in the area. Noting the three task force members charging him, Liu pivoted and darted down an alleyway. He kept to the shadows, turning corners at every opportunity to make it harder for his pursuers to launch an attack.
Spying an intersection ahead, Liu reached for the smoke grenade on his belt. He threw it to the ground behind him, smirking as the smoke billowed up into the street. Combined with the darkness, the smoke obscured Liu’s form from the benders. He took the opportunity to slip behind a pile of crates and pull himself onto the roof. While the police airship was still hovering in the area, its spotlight was currently following a trail south of him.
Liu would have to trust that Gin and his chi-blockers would evade arrest.
Below him, he could hear the task force members grumbling as they tried to locate him. Liu held perfectly still, pressed against the side of a chimney to keep himself from view.
After a few minutes, he could hear the sound of their voices drifting away. He planned to remain in place for a little bit longer when a shout down the street came from the task force.
They marched back into sight, dragging a young couple behind them. The man’s shirt was halfway unbuttoned, and the woman was pulling her cardigan back over her shoulders.
“What are you up to at this hour?” one of the task force members demanded.
“Just, just walking my girlfriend home,” the man stammered.
“Curfew began over an hour ago,” another one of the task force said, a note of suspicion creeping into his voice.
“We weren’t doing anything wrong!” the woman shot back.
“Such as attacking the task force with your Equalist allies?” the first bender asked.
“What!?” Both members of the couple seemed shocked at the accusation.
Liu tightened his grip on his kali sticks. Tarrlok’s task force had lost any semblance of due process in the weeks since its formation. He shifted his weight in preparation to jump.
“Let’s take them in for questioning,” the first bender continued. Whatever he was about to say was lost when Liu dropped down, jabbing his kali stick hard into the man’s back.
The couple used the distraction to turn and flee. Although Liu moved to engage the second bender, he couldn’t keep the third from pursuing the couple.
A bright flash of orange and a billow of heat shot down from the sky between the couple and the bender. In seconds, the man was on the ground unconscious.
Liu finished off his opponent with a well-placed strike of his kali stick.
Straightening, he turned his attention to the source of the orange flash. The masked firebender from the finals attack stood calmly a few yards away, crouched in a defensive stance.
Liu’s grip on his weapon tightened, and he adopted his own fighting stance. It would be easy to charge forward and start a fight. A large part of him wanted to return the favor from the finals attack. She didn’t have the element of surprise this time, and he wasn’t burdened with trying to escape with a hostage in tow.
The sound of more task force members approaching reminded him that now was neither the time nor the place for this.
He straightened. “I haven’t forgotten our encounter at the arena,” he said. “Today doesn’t make us even, but I don’t have time to deal with you right now.”
The Blue Spirit nodded curtly before leaping up onto a nearby roof, her firebending propelling her upward.
The light from the fire seemed to have caught the attention of the nearby task force members because he could hear them yelling something about pursuing her.
Liu sighed as he slipped down a dark side street. He’d have time for revenge against the vigilante later. For now, he had other tasks to attend to. Seeing Tarrlok in action reminded him that for all the man’s odious qualities, he was a powerful fighter. He would have to make sure that all of his fighters, especially Asami, were ready to defend against advanced waterbending techniques.
* * *
“How did you like dinner?” Ghazan asked.
Ming-Hua considered for a moment. “It was a bit bland, but we’ve both had worse.”
He grinned and slipped an arm around her waist. “I’m glad you liked it.”
She cocked an eyebrow at him. “I wouldn’t go that far.”
“I think I will anyway.”
“You always do.”
They walked together for a minute in a comfortable silence. Their steps seemed to naturally draw them down an alley. Ghazan glanced both ways before earthbending a pillar to lift them to the roof. He quietly returned the dirt to its place while Ming-Hua settled herself in a comfortable spot leaning back against the chimney.
“May I ask you something?” Ghazan asked as he sat down beside her.
“You will anyway, so go ahead.” She softened her voice a bit, so he knew it was fine.
He rolled his eyes. “Was the bun too much?”
Earlier that afternoon, Ghazan had shown up at the apartment with his shoulder-length hair in a bun and some disguise makeup on. He’d even procured a nicer set of clothes to wear. Sweeping a bow, he’d asked her out to dinner.
And he’d looked ridiculous, but she’d agreed to go with him because he was her ridiculous partner.
She shook her head. “It was just right. I think your hair looks nice in a bun.” A smile quirked at her lip. “Besides, then we double matched. Names and hair.”
He groaned. “I can’t believe you did that. The waiter didn’t even ask what our names were. You didn’t even have to.”
Ming-Hua leaned against his shoulder and he slipped his arm around her. “I know, that, ‘Naghaz,’ but it’s more fun that way, throwing a little chaos into your perfectly planned date.”
“Plans change. We always adapt.” Ghazan pulled his hair out of his bun and scoffed. “But I’m going to call you ‘Nag-Hua’ for the rest of the week.”
She twisted around and pressed a kiss to his cheek. “I wouldn’t have it any other way.”
They sat together, her curled against him with Ghazan’s arm around her, for a while. The wind tugged at Ghazan’s loose hair and it tickled her nose. She let it do that a while before turning and itching her nose against his shirt.
In the distance, she could hear the sounds of a raid. Probably Tarrlok’s Task Force, after some gathering of Equalists, real or imagined.
“This can’t last forever,” she said. The wind seemed to snatch her words away before she quite heard them herself.
“Yeah,” Ghazan said, “the makeup is already coming off and we’re gonna have to—“
“No. This… this moment. Here in Republic City.” She leaned heavily against him.
He hesitated a long moment before replying, “Well… we have to go home eventually. Everyone will be waiting for us.” A strain entered his voice, and she could tell he didn’t want to talk about it.
“And just how long will ‘everyone’ be waiting?”
He didn’t respond.
“Harmonic Convergence is approaching,” Ming-Hua continued. “We need to talk about the implications. You and me. Our happy little anarchist family won’t stay this way forever.”
His arm tensed around her, but he didn’t pull away. “Yeah, I know…”
She sighed and opened her mouth to say something else, but he kissed her before she could.
“Not tonight though?” His voice held a strain she didn’t normally hear. He didn’t normally let her hear it. “Plans change and chaos will always come through. We always adapt. As long as we have each other, it’ll be okay.”
Twisting her body, Ming-Hua straddled Ghazan’s lap so she could face him directly. “Yes, but we will talk about this another time.” She held his gaze a long moment before her eyes dropped. “If… if our plans change, I want to make sure you and I are on the same page.”
Ghazan stilled. Pulling her gaze back to his, she knew he understood.
He nodded. “We will talk another time.”
Ming-Hua leaned in for another kiss and he slipped his arms around her waist. As long as they were together, she could trust that everything would be okay.
Notes:
WHEW that was super fun to write. Also, this chapter was partially written by both me (emirael) and Skye. For the other chapters, we outline and plan everything together, I do the bulk of the writing, and Skye mostly edits. For this chapter, we divvied up the scenes a bit more evenly and split editing duties accordingly. It was good to try something different, but set a small delay as we figured out the new system.
Hoping you enjoyed the chapter! Which POV was your favorite? Did you miss getting to sit with Korra's perspective? What do you think is going to happen next?
(Hint: Shit hits the fan)
Chapter 11: When Extremes Meet
Summary:
Korra sets out with Ming-Hua to assassinate Tarrlok, unaware that Asami and the Equalists have their own plans for the councilman that night.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter Eleven: When Extremes Meet
(Crossfire Happens)
Korra’s feet made no sound as she ran to the corner of the alley, stopped, and checked the road. A sliver of the moon hung low in the sky, casting the street in a faint light. It meant her and Ming-Hua’s waterbending wasn’t quite as strong as usual, but Tarrlok would be equally affected.
And between the three of them, Korra suspected that she and Ming-Hua would win in a battle of technique.
Korra waited until a drunk passerby had stumbled past before waving Ming-Hua forward. Her teacher was silent as she followed Korra across the street, back into the dim light of another alley.
“Almost here,” Korra murmured. In the distance, she could see a pillar of smoke rising up toward the sky. P’li and Ghazan’s distraction to draw away the police was clearly going well.
“Good. My tolerance for sneaking around at night wanes with each passing year.” Ming-Hua snorted. “Can’t we just kill people during the daytime? High noon assassination, and maybe a nap afterward.”
Korra paused and glanced back. She raised an eyebrow. “Uh huh. Don’t even try to tell me you don’t like the thrill of the night mission, the high of the approach.”
Ming-Hua didn’t answer as they advanced another block. They were almost at the back entrance of Tarrlok’s estate.
“I won’t deny there is a draw,” Ming-Hua eventually answered, “Though I can’t say I’m as enamored as you are.”
Korra glanced at her oddly. “Huh?” She pulled a tendril water out of the leather pouch on her belt and fed it into the lock. They’d decided the best approach was to leave no trace. Leave the front gates untouched so as to leave the mystery of Tarrlok’s death as ominous as possible.
“The thrill. You’ve been going out a lot lately.” Ming-Hua leveled Korra with a look. “It must be nice to be getting so much use out of those stealth clothes.”
A chill ran up Korra’s back as she bent the water inside the lock. “What do you mean?”
Ming-Hua took a step closer so her shoulder nudged against Korra’s arm. “I know you’ve been sneaking out. I don’t need to be present to recognize your handiwork with the Task Force.”
Even distracted, Korra popped the lock open in short order. She’d dropped by at least once a day for a week to practice unlocking and relocking it. “So you know.” Korra kept her voice level as she started pushing the door open. Just because Ming-Hua knew didn’t necessarily mean that Zaheer and the rest did. Still, she’d be wise to start rehearsing how she’d explain things to them.
Thankfully, she didn’t anticipate needing the Blue Spirit mask so much once Tarrlok was out of the picture. The Task Force would fall apart without him.
“I do know.” Ming-Hua stepped up and bumped her hip against Korra’s. It was the equivalent of putting her arm around her shoulder. “I simply hope you will trust us, trust me, more in the future. Times are coming where we will need to rely on one each other and secrets get in the way of that.”
A smile twitched at Korra’s lips. “We’re just a big happy family here.”
Ming-Hua rolled her eyes. “Don’t get carried away. Are you ready for this mission?”
In answer, Korra forged ahead through the door and dashed to the hiding spot behind the shed she’d marked. It was their landing point for inside the estate. Here, they would wait for the guard to pass the kitchen service door and round the corner of the building before taking her out.
As Korra evened her breathing, she fought down a rush of pressure against her chest. She wouldn’t have to kill the guard, just incapacitate her. She’d done the same on other Red Lotus missions before.
The pressure in her chest refused to subside. For a moment, she wondered if she was getting lightheaded. Then it seemed as though the courtyard was lightening.
Finally, she recognized the pull of the vision and tried to resist it. White washed out her view before she could blink.
She recognized the twitching hands and the bulging eyes from before. Now, though, she saw the man they were attached to: A well-dressed man from the Northern Water Tribe.
Korra tried to push the vision away, but it persisted. She saw flashes of what looked like a courtroom. She recognized Sokka, who twitched and seemed to cry out in pain.
“Korra, what are you doing?”
Ming-Hua’s voice brought her back abruptly. Korra blinked and discovered that the guard had rounded the corner several paces ago.
She decided to skip the explanation in favor of rushing the guard. Her feet were less than silent on the grass, but speed was in her favor as the guard turned.
Korra opted for close-quarters and an elbow strike to the jaw. Her hit connected just as fire kindled in the guard’s hand. Korra watched the flame sputter as the woman went limp. She caught the guard’s shoulders on her way down and lowered her to the ground.
Once there, it was quick work to pull a length of cord out of her pocket and tie the guard’s hands behind her back.
“Firebender,” Korra muttered. She rolled the woman toward Tarrlok’s house and set her with her back to the foundation. This way, if anyone looked out the window, they would need to look straight down to see her.
Ming-Hua appeared at her side. “Better late than never, I suppose,” she said, pulling some water from the nearby pond as she did.
“I got her, didn’t I?” Korra stuck her tongue out as, together, they bent the water into ice and secured the guard to the building. It would melt eventually, but in the meantime she was unlikely to go anywhere. If she woke up too soon, she’d have to be very careful in how she let herself loose. Firebending against a building was generally not a great idea.
Ming-Hua didn’t answer, but signaled Korra to take point and move toward the entrance they’d agreed on. Korra started jogging around the building, Ming-Hua close behind her. The side-door to the atrium, a minor entrance so that servants could move in and outwithout clogging the main doorway, was their best entry point. The atrium had a large fountain in the center of the room which would allow Korra and Ming-Hua to draw water before they rushed Tarrlok’s quarters.
A minute later, they reached the door. Ming-Hua stood guard as Korra used some water to pop open the lock. As she slipped through the door, a flash of white overtook her vision.
Aang was reaching out, struggling to move. He seemed unable to do so. The Water Tribe man from before was laughing triumphantly, hysterically.
“Korra,” Ming-Hua hissed.
“Sorry, sorry,” Korra whispered back. She could feel the pressure of another vision threatening to slip over her, but held it back. Now was not a good time, Aang. This was her first full mission. She’d wanted this since she was old enough to understand that sometimes her guardians left on missions where she couldn’t follow. Zaheer had explained that, sometimes, the only way to bring freedom to people was to remove it from others.
“You need to focus,” Ming-Hua said, shutting the door behind them. “What’s going on?”
Korra heaved a sigh. “Visions. From Aang.”
Ming-Hua looked irritated. She wasn’t spiritually inclined. “Well tell him you’re busy and to call again later.”
Scowling, Korra was about to reply when another vision intruded.
The Water Tribe man was smirking from his place on the stand. Someone, a lawyer?, was speaking. The vision kept jumping, making it difficult for Korra to understand the whole message.
“Yakone—ruled Republic City's criminal empire—managed to stay out of the law's reach—testimony, from dozens of his victims—using an ability—illegal—Bloodbending.”
The vision flashed back to an older Sokka’s face. He narrowed his eyes as Korra blinked.
Finding herself back in Tarrlok’s mansion, she clenched her fist. “He keeps sending me messages about some trial?”
“Tell him to take his corrupt justice system elsewhere.” Ming-Hua’s gaze was trained on the far doorway, across the atrium. “We’re taking matters into our own hands with a real criminal tonight.”
Korra smiled grimly. Tonight they were righting Aang’s mistakes. The council system was corrupt, overly favored benders, and left open the possibility for corruption from people like Tarrlok. The reminder pushed the next vision away from her, kept her focused on the present. “I’m ready.”
“Are you?” Ming-Hua’s voice sounded far away.
“I’m trying.” She felt the mental pressure again, but it felt fainter. She got the sense that Aang only had enough energy to send one more vision. Maybe he’d gotten the message. Maybe she was only connected enough to let one last one through. “Just gimme a second,” she muttered, closing her eyes and letting the vision take over.
She was back in the courtroom. The Water Tribe man, Yakone, was leering from the stand. The vision started in the midst of his lawyer speaking.
“—entire case—the make-believe notion that my client is able to bloodbend—at any time on any day.” A flash of white, and then Korra found herself trained closer on Yakone’s face. He seemed slightly familiar. “—bloodbending is an incredibly rare—only be performed during a full moon.”
As the vision closed, Korra felt the spiritual pathway dwindle, the connection with Aang fading for the time being. “The visions are over,” she whispered.
“Good, because he’s here.” Ming-Hua shifted to a crouch. “Get ready.”
Korra could hear footsteps coming from the other side of the atrium’s water feature. Her hair stood on end as she tried to shift back into her mission frame of mind.
They were here to remove Tarrlok from the world, to help bring balance to Republic City.
Whatever history lesson Aang had in store would just have to wait.
An eternity seemed to pass between the sound of each footstep. Korra could hear the sound of bare feet on wood and the swish of a robe. He was probably in his sleeping clothes.
The original plan was to take water from the atrium to augment their supply, then charge up on his private quarters. Korra had marked them as being the most isolated from the front gates, that way the guards stationed there wouldn’t hear.
But, as Tarrlok walked into the doorway across the room and stopped, Korra shifted her rehearsal to plan B. Another front hall job, but at least they could tell Ghazan they’d tried to mix it up.
“I know someone’s there,” he said. “Trust me when I say you really don’t want to rob this house. Come out with your hands up and I’ll mitigate your charges.”
Korra was in the middle of wondering how the hell he knew they were there when she caught Ming-Hua’s smirk.
The smile was infectious. Korra found herself restraining laughter as Ming-Hua stood. The older woman could never resist the double-take.
“Your partner too,” Tarrlok said. Ming-Hua took a step forward, keeping a supply of water hidden behind her back, out of his sight. Korra could almost hear Tarrlok frown. “I said put your hands up—“
They didn’t have to plan the moment for Korra to know the signal. Right as Tarrlok said ‘hands,’ she burst into action with Ming-Hua.
Her first stream of water streaked across the room as shards of ice. He threw an arm up to deflect, giving Korra the chance to vault over the pool of water that dominated the center of the room, pulling a wave with her as she went.
Ming-Hua moved in-step with her on the move and they sent the water at him in a harsh blade.
Korra saw his wide, angry eyes for a moment before he deflected the attack and struck back. His response was more powerful than she would have guessed of him and she locked down her stance, settling in for the fight.
* * *
It took conscious effort for Asami not to glance over her shoulder more often than was necessary. Illustrious leader or not, Amon was an unsettling person to have at her back. She kept her eyes focused on the streets in front of her and breathed steadily to ease the tempo of her pulse.
Half a step behind her, Liu used hand signals to direct both Asami and the squad of Equalists behind them as they made their way down back alleys and side streets toward Tarrlok’s house. Amon followed at the rear of the group, his presence rolling forward as they went.
Asami stopped at the corner and nodded at Liu, who stepped forward and peered around with her.
Tarrlok’s estate was ringed by a wall. Not impassable, but inconvenient. A pair of benders—water and fire according to their colored armbands—guarded the front gate. Asami tensed. When she’d sat in on the planning meeting with Liu and Amon, she had advised that the strike team go over the wall at the northwest corner. It was closest to some other buildings and had a shed to facilitate them getting down on the other side.
His aura preceding him as he moved from the back of the group, Amon approached until he was just behind Liu. He held up a hand and Asami saw the chi-blockers behind him stiffen to attention. Amon flashed two fingers to indicate squad two, and then pointed forward.
At the meeting, Amon had rejected Asami’s suggestion and told Liu they were going through the front door.
Three chi-blockers rushed the gates, silent save for the small kick of dirt with each step. Only the firebender had time to react, yelping as he kicked out a horizontal wave of fire. While one chi-blocker subdued the waterbender with a series of strikes, the other two slid under the flames and released a volley of blows on the guard.
The flames petered out. Liu took point again and signalled for the group to move to the gates.
By the time they got there, someone on squad two had picked a key from guards and unlocked the gate. Asami helped drag the unmoving guards inside and someone else shut the doors behind them.
It had, in all, been less than a minute since they’d come in sight of the gate.
“Asami.” Liu called her name quietly and gestured for her to come over to where he was with another chi-blocker.
She could hear a gasp behind her as she walked toward him. Asami was glad she had a reason not to watch Amon take the guards’ bending, a distraction from confronting her own conflicts with the practice.
“San will scout with you. Confirm the route, then lead us in.”
Asami nodded. “Affirmative.” Her voice was steadier than her body felt. Her hands trembled a little as she and San started jogging toward Tarrlok’s home. She was only serving as point for the mission, but the fact remained that she was back in the field. Last time, at Finals, it hadn’t gone as well as she could have hoped.
She couldn’t have confirmed it, due to his mask, but Asami thought she felt Amon’s gaze on her back as she and San ran towards the mansion. Just before they got out of earshot, Asami heard the second guard’s gasp before her body, now bereft of bending, crumpled to the ground.
They circled around the house to the rear entrance by the kitchens. Asami had scouted a small service door there during her first visit to the house. It was on the opposite side of the mansion from Tarrlok’s quarters, but entering that way would enable them to do a full sweep (or close enough) of the house as they closed on their target.
The route there was the same as she remembered, even with the differences that darkness brought. The silver crescent of the moon provided enough light for them to navigate the rolling gardens of the estate. She could just make out the silhouettes of hedges trimmed in a wave motif. A cobblestone path curled around the house, leading to the kitchens.
As they approached the back entrance, Asami slowed her steps, listening for any indication that the guard was nearby. They were right in the path of one of the guards she’d spotted, but they apparently wasn’t on this section of their round yet. Satisfied that they were safe for the moment, she motioned her partner toward the door.
San produced a set of lock picks from the pouch on his belt and stuck one into the door lock. While he picked the lock, Asami stayed on watch, tensed for action. The guard was due to appear at any moment.
A minute later, the lock popped open.
He reached for the handle and Asami touched his elbow to get his attention and stop him. “Wait,” she whispered.
He tilted his head. “What is it?” he asked.
“Something isn’t right.” The gardens were quiet. Maybe too quiet. Asami shifted on her feet. “The guard... they should have come past by now.”
“Maybe... they just haven’t come around yet?”
Asami shook her head. “I recall it was a short route. If they haven’t come by yet, then something is off.” She knew there was supposed to be a guard here. Part of their role in clearing the path was making sure they left no one behind to alert the police.
“Hm.” She could see San’s mask shift as he frowned. “We’re either lucky tonight, or we’re really not.”
Asami pursed her lips and held up a finger for him to wait. Briefly, she peeked around the corner at the rest of the courtyard. It was completely empty. Not a guard in sight.
She shook her head as she returned to San. “No sign of the guard.” Maybe it was a trap. Maybe the guard had already spotted them, somehow, and snuck away. Maybe something else was going on. Asami fought the cautious urge to turn around and report back to Liu.
But she was supposed to be running point, making sure the route was clear so that the rest of the Equalists could approach undetected. It would be unnecessarily complicated to sneak six chi-blockers, Amon, Liu, and Asami all through at once, no matter how quiet they were. All Asami needed to do was confirm the path through the mansion was clear from their entry point to Tarrlok’s quarters.
Reasonable possibilities for the guard’s absence presented themselves to Asami’s thoughts, everything from bathroom break to patrol shuffling to someone’s sick day. Everything was possible. So long as the guard didn’t show up out of nowhere and call an alert, they would be fine.
Still. More dangerous possibilities flirted with her worries. Every sense on edge, Asami pushed open the door and slipped inside. She took a deep breath to steady her nerves.
The small foyer that welcomed kitchen deliveries was as empty as Asami expected. She paused a moment to let her eyes adjust to the darkness, searching for anything out-of-place. Everything looked the same as she remembered, down to the placement of the pots on an overhead rack. Asami crossed the room, then paused at the door leading to the rest of the house, pressing her ear against the wood.
She could just barely make out the sound of footsteps on the other side. She pressed herself against the wall to the right of the door, so that she wouldn’t be immediately seen if it were opened. San followed her cue and ducked behind a serving cart pushed against the side of the room.
A pair of guards entered after a minute. “At least we’re getting paid for these unnecessary rounds,” one of the them grumbled. “Seriously, there was nothing here half an hour ago, and there won’t be anything—”
His words cut off as Asami lunged forward, striking the chi points along his back.
When the other guard turned to attack her, San leapt from his hiding place. The water that had begun to whip toward Asami splashed onto the ground as the second guard collapsed.
“We’ll hide them in the pantries,” Asami said, pointing out a door to their left.
Her partner nodded and helped her drag the two guards away.
They crept into the hallway afterwards. Asami kept her footsteps light as they skulked down one of the hallways. The sound of each step seemed amplified in the darkness even though Asami knew that she was barely making a sound. She followed her mental map, turning right when the hallway branched. They were only a few yards to the front entrance. Once they determined that the way was clear, then they could report back to Liu and—
A loud crash shattered the silence, coming from somewhere near the front of the house. If Asami strained her ears, she could discern the sound of water whipping through the air.
Behind her, San cursed. “Not an auspicious sign.”
A second crash followed suit seconds later, and the sound of waterbending combat grew louder.
Asami swallowed. “Someone else is here.”
Which was not good news. There was at least one unknown assailant facing off against Tarrlok, and the Equalists did not need any extra variables interfering with this mission.
Her pulse felt like it was pounding throughout her body. She had known that the Equalists were not the only group after Tarrlok, but surely—
Asami turned to address San. “Double back and alert Amon and the Lieutenant. Inform them that the way inside is clear, but that there are unknown hostiles inside. I’ll investigate the situation further to determine what we’re dealing with and rendezvous outside the front atrium.”
He nodded and took off running back the way they’d came.
Asami watched him leave before letting out a shaky breath. No way, there was no way that Naga’s group had chosen the exact same night to plan their attack on Tarrlok. The odds for that were so absurd that it was almost laughable.
But improbability did not always equate impossibility.
First things first, she’d have to analyze the situation further. Just because Naga’s group had some kind of interest in Tarrlok did not mean that they were the intruders. But if Naga were here…
Asami swallowed. She couldn’t make plans to account for Naga’s presence until she confirmed that Naga was here in the first place.
Steeling herself, she raced toward the front atrium. The growing sounds of combat hid any noise her footsteps might have made. When she neared the atrium, she slowed her pace and crept toward the side door leading inside. On the other side, she could hear water and ice colliding into the walls. Heart racing, she placed her hand on the door and cracked it open.
Tarrlok was facing off against a woman with flowing dark hair across the atrium, near the entrance to a sitting room. A large fountain complete with its own waterfall took up most of the wall to Asami’s right, opposite the front entrance, and its long pool extended down the middle of the room, separating Asami from the fighting. Tarrlok pulled water from that pool to counter his assailant’s attacks.
It took Asami a moment to realize that the woman did not have arms. Instead, she lashed out with watery appendages ending in icy blades. The ferocity of her attacks forced Tarrlok back another step into the sitting room.
That viciousness was not the force one used when they wanted their opponent kept alive.
A second wave of water joined the woman’s a beat before another figure leapt into view, clad in dark clothing. Something about her build was painfully familiar, but it was only when the figure shifted to the side, moving to flank Tarrlok, that Asami understood why.
Her breath left in a rush, and she took a step back in shock.
It was Naga. She’d partially covered her face with a cloth mask, but Asami could still recognize her friend in the stance and the low ponytail that whipped behind her as she lunged around Tarrlok.
Asami pressed a hand to her chest to try and slow its beating. The scene in front of her didn’t make any sense. She peeked her head through the doorway a fraction more, trying to see if there was another waterbender where Naga had come from, but she only saw the tapestries and display cases lining the long walls.
Had the armless woman sent the second wave to catch Tarrlok off guard? Was there another waterbender in the room that she couldn’t see?
The woman had pressed Tarrlok back another foot, and Naga closed in from the right. Her friend had said that she fought with a knife, but Asami couldn’t see a weapon in Naga’s hand. Instead she planted her feet, stance eerily mirroring her waterbending partner.
“No.” Asami’s fingers clenched tight on the doorknob. In an instant, she tried to remember if Naga had ever directly said she was a non-bender.
Around Naga’s partner, an array of sharp icicles rose up from the water pooled on the ground. Naga had just begun to imitate the other woman’s motion when Tarrlok twitched.
“Enough!” he shouted. Tarrlok’s features darkened, and he threw out both his hands, fingers splayed.
Naga’s entire body seized up, limbs moving at unnatural angles. She let out a gasp of pain and struggled against some invisible bond, like a puppet rebelling against its strings.
Asami stared at Tarrlok, unable to process what she was seeing for a moment.
Bloodbending. A chill rushed down Asami’s spine, and she had to swallow past the lump in her throat. Bloodbending was only possible during a full moon, she thought. Asami had learned about the forbidden art from her self-defense instructors, one of the many reasons waterbenders were more dangerous during a full moon.
She’d noted the silver sliver on her way in. The Equalists had waited purposely until the moon was just a crescent to take out Tarrlok, so that his power would have waned with the moon’s shape.
In the midst of the anger and fear, a thread of deep frustration wove itself into her chest. Of course Tarrlok was a bloodbender. It was not enough that he terrorized non-benders and abused his power by conventional means. The metaphor was also literal: he could bend others to his designs against their will, one way or another. Full moon or not.
Tarrlok clenched his fist and Naga screamed in pain. He reached toward the other woman and grimaced as she sent a volley of icicles his way. Despite his twitching fingers, he couldn’t seem to grab hold of her the same way he’d grabbed Naga.
Irritation written across his face, Tarrlok grimaced and tried bloodbending the other woman one more time. When she aimed another slash of water toward him, he grunted and spun around to avoid her attack, then threw one hand out in Asami’s direction.
Naga flew backwards across the atrium. Her body twisted through the air before she landed in the shallow pool in the center of the atrium. Naga skipped across the surface of the water and tumbled off the ledge on the other side. Her head struck the stone wall and she crumpled, limp, to the ground.
Asami bit back the cry that leapt up her throat as she watched her friend’s still body hit the tiled floor. For a moment, her ears rang and Asami felt frozen, forever attached to the doorframe at the edge of Tarrlok’s atrium.
Then Naga stirred, only slightly, but it was enough. Relief washed over Asami and her mind started working again. Time seemed to slow as her thoughts started racing.
She needed to warn the Equalists about Tarrlok’s bloodbending. San would be leading them to the front door of the atrium to rendezvous with her. If she didn’t make it in time, Liu would lead the others into the mansion without any idea of the true danger awaiting them. Tarrlok would incapacitate them all if they came in unprepared.
Her eyes flashed to Naga, still crumpled on the ground, but breathing. When the Equalists came in, they would see her almost immediately, unconscious and lying in a puddle of water, in no condition to fight or run.
Asami blinked. Looped across Naga’s body, resting at her waist, was a leather pouch decorated with blue Water Tribe designs.
Asami’s eye twitched, but she refused to dwell on the possibility. Not yet. She could get the truth later.
Her eyes flickered over to Tarrlok and the other waterbender. Their attention was fixed on each other, and Tarrlok seemed to be having difficulty restraining the other woman with his bending. She lashed out with a curved blade of ice, forcing Tarrlok to redirect his attention to his defense. They were on the other side of the atrium, and the fountain separated Naga from the rest of the fight.
The fountain itself was ostentatious, and Asami lived in a mansion. To her right, a huge waterfall took up the entire wall and emptied into a deep pool. She could hardly make out the feature in the dim lighting. A shallow section of the pool stretched out into the center of the atrium, dividing the room.
Asami looked back at Naga and her eyes fell on the water pouch again. For a beat, she was so angry she almost ran to the front door. If Amon found Naga, he would only hurt her if she was a bender.
If Naga had been lying to her this whole time...
The sounds of Tarrlok’s fight seemed distant and slow. For the long space between two heartbeats, Asami wondered if she would stay in this moment, this decision, forever.
Naga started to roll onto her side and groan in pain.
Asami’s body sprung into action, dashing forward to her friend. Her mind caught up a moment later. Her friend needed help. If she moved quickly enough, she could hide Naga and still make the rendezvous at the front door.
* * *
Korra’s head struck stone and she saw white.
For a moment, she wasn’t sure where she was. The street before her was deserted of people. Around her, around Aang, the wind whipped. His eyes glowed bright, despite the daylight.
The Avatar State.
She blinked, and then she was looking down at Tarrlok, no, at _Yakone_, encased in rock in the middle of the road.
Aang reached out his hands, one to Yakone's forehead and one to his chest. The motion seemed familiar in some way. “I’m taking away your bending. For good.”
Another bright light flashed, growing until it overwhelmed the scene and washed Korra’s vision back to normal.
She blinked in the darkness of Tarrlok’s house as she tried to force her body into movement. It refused. Her ears were ringing, and although she could distantly hear Ming-Hua’s continued fight with Tarrlok, she couldn’t make out much more than the general sounds. “Bloodbender,” she muttered, “I get it now. Thanks, Aang.
“Tarrlok, the bloodbender…” Gloved hands and a soft, bitter voice pulled her shoulders forward and granted Korra something to focus on.
“Yeah,” she said. “Over there.”
“I can see that, Naga.” The voice shook. One arm slipped under her knees and the other went behind her back. “You need to shut up now. We’ll take care of him.” Something about the musculature was familiar. Toned, but not overly built. It occurred to Korra that she could have found all of the chi-blocking points on these arms fairly easily.
In the other room, she heard Tarrlok roar with rage. Apparently he was still having trouble bloodbending Ming-Hua.
Korra squinted as she was picked up, trying to return the dark vision to her eyesight. There was only one person who called her by that name, at least only one she was likely to run into while at someone else’s house. She recognized Asami, despite the Equalist mask, from the crack in her goggles where Korra had kicked her in the face at Finals.
“We have to stop meeting like this.” Korra flashed a smile at Asami. Her head felt fuzzy and her body wasn’t quite cooperating. She managed to turn toward the sounds of combat and distantly saw Ming-Hua and Tarrlok, blurry shapes in frantic motion.
Asami was moving to the head of the room, where the fountain was largest. “Naga, you owe me answers later, and I will have them. Right now though, Spirits take you, you will be still and silent if you value your life. Don’t move and trust me.”
And with that, she dumped Korra feet-first into the deep end of the fountain. Asami pressed Korra’s shoulders down for a few seconds after she entered the water, keeping her from immediately splashing and standing up. Korra’s face was exposed enough for her to breathe, however. The head of the fountain was about four feet deep, enough for Korra to crouch and stay relatively out of sight. “Don’t. Move.” Asami’s eyes flickered up, toward where the front door was. “Amon is here,” she said.
Before Korra could gather her senses enough to ask a question, Asami dashed away from the fountain to the front of the room.
She opened the doors, and it was almost like a stage cue. Amon stood on the other side, hands clasped behind his back and line of chi-blockers arrayed behind him. The mustached Lieutenant Korra had fought as finals stood at Amon’s right hand.
Korra sunk a little lower in the water as fear gripped her heart into a frantic beat. Now was not a good time to be a bender. Definitely not a good time to be a bender.
Through the wide doorway, she could see Tarrlok and Ming-Hua still fighting. He reached out a twitching hand and now Korra recognized the motions that Yakone had used.
Unlike before, however, the gesture took more effect on Ming-Hua. She dropped to her knees. Water still surged around her, however. She twisted her torso and a stream of water shot out toward Tarrlok. Trying to maintain his bloodbending hold, he barely managed to dodge.
“You may have some fancy tricks,” Ming-Hua taunted. Even brought to her knees, she hadn’t lost a bit of her power. “But I think we both know who the better waterbender is!”
Tarrlok didn’t reply, but redoubled his efforts in response.
Neither of them were aware of the group that had just walked in the door.
Korra wanted to cry out, to warn them, to get Ming-Hua out of there, but fear only gripped her tighter as Asami greeted Amon and pointed toward the doorway. Korra couldn’t hear her, but recognized the status report for what it was.
She could even tell the very moment Asami said ‘bloodbender.’ The Equalists behind Amon stiffened and the Lieutenant’s eyes narrowed.
Amon, for his part, displayed no reaction. No tilt of the head or stiffening in the shoulders. He put a hand out to move Asami out of his way; she stepped aside before he could touch her.
As he approached the doorway, he flashed a series of hand signals. The chi-blockers behind Amon surged forward in formation. The six of them split into two teams of three and charged in.
They hit Ming-Hua first, closer to the doorway and facing away from it. Trapped on her knees from Tarrlok’s bloodbending, she couldn’t dodge or pull back from the series of blows along her spine and collapsed to the floor.
Tarrlok made good use of his extra reaction time, releasing his hold on Ming-Hua and seizing the chi-blockers in his grasp. One of them, the fastest, almost reached him. The chi-blocker’s gloved fingers stopped just short of Tarrlok’s forearm pressure point.
“You fools,” he hissed. “You’ve never faced bending like mine.” Still, holding that many people in his grasp was clearly trying. Tarrlok barely managed to stop the Lieutenant when he entered the doorway, kali sticks drawn.
The tense air seemed to chill as Amon stepped into Tarrlok’s view, Asami behind him.
“Amon,” Tarrlok hissed.
Amon’s voice was cooler than she’d heard it at finals or at the revelation. “It is time for you to be Equalized.”
“I’m not like the other benders you’ve faced,” Tarrlok shot back. The line seemed to lack the bravado it should have carried. He twitched his fingers and grit his teeth.
The chi-blockers crumpled to the floor. Even the Lieutenant, leaning heavily against the doorframe, slid slowly to the floor. Asami, the farthest away, fell to one knee before collapsing.
Amon remained standing, unaffected.
Korra’s eyes widened.
Tarrlok gasped. “No,” he whispered. He shifted his stance and the set of his fingers, reaching out again. His whole body tensed, and his fingers trembled. Around her, Korra could feel the water in the fountain shift and pull, like with a slow tide.
Korra’s heart pounded in her ears as Amon’s stride slowed, but did not stop. The sound of his footsteps, steady and ominous, echoed across the room.
Tarrlok took a step backwards. Korra didn’t blame him. “What… what are you?”
Amon’s voice seemed to chill the water around her. “I am the solution,” he said. His steps quickened. He closed the final paces between him and Tarrlok and seized his arm. In an instant, he’d twisted Tarrlok around until he was standing behind him. He jabbed his right hand at the base of Tarrlok’s neck and lowered his left toward Tarrlok’s forehead.
Korra ducked down, unable to watch. She pulled her head all the way under the water, holding her breath as she heard Tarrlok scream. The sound was muted, but only slightly, by the water around her.
The shift and roll she’d felt in the water, a side effect of Tarrlok’s bloodbending efforts, stopped. The water stilled.
Distantly, it occurred to Korra that Tarrlok had known she and Ming-Hua were there through bloodbending. He must have lost track of her when Asami dumped her in the fountain.
Korra pulled her head out of the water to breathe at the same time the Equalists groaned, pushing themselves off the ground.
Staying silent, Korra slowly lifted her head enough to see over the edge of the fountain. Her eyes widened when she saw Amon standing in front of Ming-Hua, crumpled on the floor.
Korra’s breath caught in her throat.
“Who are you?” the Lieutenant asked, making his way to stand by Amon’s side. “Who sent you?”
Behind them, a trio of chi-blockers picked up Tarrlok and started to carry him from the room.
Ming-Hua did not answer.
The Lieutenant looked toward Asami. “Is she a member of this other group?”
Korra read hesitation all over Asami’s body. Her shoulders, held stiff. Her stance, guarded. “I… cannot say,” she answered at length.
“It does not matter.” Amon’s voice cut in before the Lieutenant could say more. He took a step forward and his mask tilted in contemplation. “I’m impressed. Tonight was a display, it seems, in rare and unusual waterbending.” He walked around her prone body. “It is almost a shame, to take the bending of someone so ingenuitive.”
“No,” Korra whispered. She cracked and trembled on the word, trying to force her knees to rise. She couldn’t let this happen.
Ming-Hua’s quiet voice came clear and steady. “Please.”
Korra’s body refused to listen. Her heart pounded in her ears and a roaring filled the rest of her hearing as Amon lifted Ming-Hua up from the ground. He rested a hand on the back of her neck.
“I am not in a position to grant requests,” he said, lowering his other hand to her forehead.
Korra’s body still refused her orders, trembling instead of leaping forward.
Her body only moved with she bent her head, unable to watch.
Unlike Tarrlok, Ming-Hua did not scream. Even underwater, Korra could still hear her strangled gasp. It sounded like a last breath.
“Let’s move out,” Amon said. Korra heard a thump as Ming-Hua hit the floor.
“What about the woman?” the Lieutenant asked.
“Leave her. There is no point in killing a messenger when we need her to carry the Equalist threat back to whoever she works for.”
Korra refused to lift her head. If she stayed underwater, then maybe the world would return to how it had been before she went under. Her lungs burned and her joints ached as she held herself under the water as long as she could stand it. The sound of pouring water mimicked the rush of blood in her ears.
Distantly, she heard retreating footsteps and the front door shutting.
Raising her head above the water, Korra couldn’t tell her tears apart from the rivulets that ran down from her hair. Her limbs were like lead as she slowly climbed out of the fountain. It would have been the work of an instant to bend the water from her clothing and body, but she couldn’t make herself do so.
She’d taken a single step towards Ming-Hua’s prone frame when the front door flew open, crashing into the wall. A frigid blast of air swept in, chilling Korra in her soaked clothes.
The cold slowed her reflexes, but she managed to take a combat stance just in time to recognize the intruder as Asami. Before Korra could decide whether Asami was an enemy or not, her friend had closed the space between them.
Asami seized Korra’s shirt, and the height difference between them seemed to multiply. Korra stumbled backwards and Asami bore forward until Korra was pressed against the harsh edge of the fountain. She loomed over Korra, eyes narrowed behind her goggles. “I will have answers, Naga.” With her other hand, she grasped the leather water pouch strapped to Korra’s hips. “Tomorrow. Sakura park, at sundown. You will meet me there and tell me the truth.”
Asami’s trembling fist clenched Korra’s shirt tighter. For a moment, Korra wondered if Asami was going to punch her. Anger and betrayal and something headier rolled off Asami in waves, almost as paralyzing as Amon’s terrifying aura.
“T-tomorrow,” Korra stammered. Her voice sounded foreign.
“The truth,” Asami snapped. She yanked on Korra’s water pouch, then dropped it with disgust. A beat later, she released Korra’s shirt.
Their gazes remained locked on one another for a long moment.
Asami turned and ran. She slammed the front door behind her.
Korra wanted to drop to her knees. Everything had gone so wrong. As her eyes swept away from the door to Ming-Hua, resolve filled her muscles. She pushed away from the fountain and approached her teacher.
Ming-Hua’s unconscious frame seemed smaller than she ought to be. Korra kept her mind focused as she picked up the smaller woman. They had a plan for emergency escape. She followed the route out of Tarrlok’s house, out the back door, and onto the streets of Republic City and the remnants of Spring’s last chill.
Notes:
Yeah.
(We know. Just... trust us and hold on. It's a wild ride for the next few chapters.)
Chapter 12: Skeletons in the Closet
Summary:
The Fire Ferrets are shocked to hear about Tarrlok's abduction. Meanwhile, Korra deals with the Red Lotus in the aftermath while Asami faces down her internal contradictions in the wake of what she's learned
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter Twelve: Skeletons in the Closet
(Secrecy is a temporary status)
Mako woke up as the sun was rising. It had taken him several days to adjust to schedule of Air Temple Island, but there was something nice about waking up without the fatigue from a late night at the arena or the factory.
Across the room, Bolin sprawled across his bed, mumbling something in his sleep. Pabu had curled up above his head at some point in the night.
“Hey Bolin, time to get up,” Mako said, stretching until his back popped. “We’ve got more training today.” He moved about the room to get dressed, running through some basic stretches afterwards. As he looped his scarf around his neck, he glanced back at Bolin.
His brother was still asleep and had pulled one of the blankets over his head.
“Bolin, wake up,” Mako said. “Come on. We’re working on the lightning drill today.”
Bolin finally rolled over and cracked open an eye. “It’s too early,” he grumbled.
“That was kind of the point,” Mako said. “Unless you want Ikki and Meelo running around while we’re working with lightning.”
Jinora’s siblings had been increasingly interrupting their afternoon practices, demanding to be let in on the “fun.” Mako didn’t mind a few lighthearted sessions, and it meant he could sneak in some self-defense lessons for them in the disguise of a game. However, the interruptions left him, Jinora, Sakari, and Bolin with little time to improve the formations they had been working on.
And since Sakari wanted to see if they could incorporate lightning-bending into their strategies, they had agreed on an early morning practice to avoid Ikki and Meelo.
“Alright,” Mako said when Bolin still hadn’t made an effort to move out of bed. “We’ll get started without you. Though it’ll be hard to practice a four-element defense with only three benders.”
“I’m getting up,” Bolin said, sitting up. He winced as the morning sunlight shot through the window onto his face. “Just give me a minute to adjust to the light trying to stab my eyes.”
Mako just shook his head with a chuckle and resumed his stretching while Bolin got ready for the day.
Sakari and Jinora were waiting in the dining room for them, chatting animatedly about some topic. It was probably one of the books Jinora was making Sakari read, which she seemed to do just so they could talk about it together. Both looked up and smiled at Mako and Bolin’s arrival.
“Finally,” Sakari said. “I was beginning to think that we’d just be working on air and water drills.”
“Hey, blame this guy,” Mako said, pointing at Bolin as he joined them at the table. The girls had laid out two plates for Bolin and him, and he pulled one in front of him. “He didn’t want to get up.”
“I only took like ten minutes longer than you to get ready,” Bolin protested.
They finished their breakfast with a few more teasing exchanges. Having regular meals was definitely one of the benefits to living on Air Temple Island. Mako didn’t even miss meat as much as he thought he would, though Bolin still complained.
When they were done eating, they made their way outside. As they headed down a hallway, Mako noticed that the door to Tenzin’s study was open down the hallway. It seemed that they weren’t the only ones getting an early morning start. He could hear a pair of voices inside.
“Something has to be done about Tarrlok’s task force,” a female voice was saying, irritation clear in the woman’s tone. “It’s been nothing but a nuisance since its creation, and the raids have been interfering with our police work. Tarrlok has yet to apprehend any leading member of the Equalists; all he’s done is disrupt people’s daily lives and cause unrest throughout the city. My men should be stopping crimes, not policing unreasonable curfews and acting as riot control at Tarrlok’s beck and call.”
“I agree with you,” came Tenzin’s response.
“Good. Then I’ll need your assistance in presenting a request before the Council to disband the task force.” A moment of silence followed. “We’ve had our…disagreements in the past, but I’ll need your help presenting this to the Council. As it is, I’m sure Tarrlok will still try to make it look like I’m merely jealous of his position as head of the task force. But if we present a united front…”
Whatever the woman had been about to say trailed off as she glanced up and caught sight of them lingering in the doorway. “May I help you?” she asked, a curt edge to her voice. She wore a police uniform, and it took Mako a moment to recognize the woman as Chief Lin Beifong.
Mako stiffened at the words. “Sorry,” he began. “We were just on our way outside.”
“Starting your training already?” Tenzin asked.
“Yes, sir,” Bolin responded.
“Tenzin, who are these kids?” Lin asked.
Tenzin rose and walked toward them. “This is my daughter, Jinora,” he said, motioning to Jinora first. “These two young men are Mako and Bolin, pro-benders. And this is Sakari, Chief Tonraq’s daughter and the Avatar’s sister. The three of them have been staying with us since the attack at the Pro-bending Arena.”
Lin’s eyebrows shot up faintly at Sakari’s mention.
Sakari huffed, glaring at Tenzin. Mako knew that she was touchy about her family, particularly her sister, being brought up.
“Hey, it’s okay if she knows,” Bolin whispered. “Her mom is the Toph Beifong, who traveled the world with the previous avatar.”
Jinora also whispered, so quietly that Mako barely caught it, “Plus, she’s my dad’s ex, so she’s trustworthy even if it makes everything awkward.”
That statement caught Mako off-guard. He resisted the urge to glance between Tenzin and Lin, and he hoped that they hadn’t heard that last bit.
The words seemed to ease some of the tension in Sakari’s shoulders, though she still regarded Lin warily.
The telephone rang, halting any further conversation. Tenzin picked it up. “Councilman Tenzin speaking.”
A frantic voice came on the other side, loud enough that Mako could hear it from the office doorway. “Councilman, has Chief Beifong arrived yet? We have an emergency.”
Tenzin and Lin exchanged a worried glance as he passed the phone over. “What happened?” Lin asked, voice clipped and authoritative.
“Last night, there was an Equalist attack on Councilman Tarrlok’s house. The Councilman is missing.”
“What!?”
Mako’s eyes shot open at that. He swallowed. If the Equalists were attacking members of the Council, how long before Tenzin and his family were targeted?
“His Chief of Staff reported the attack this morning when he arrived and found the guards unconscious,” the officer on the phone said. “We dispatched officers to the premises and have not found a sign of the Councilman. Captain Saikhan is currently overseeing the investigation.”
“Get me Captain Saikhan on the line immediately,” Lin said. She turned to the others and made a shooing motion with her hands. “Everyone, out of the room.”
“What?” Sakari asked. “But...”
“This is confidential police business,” Lin said, “not a discussion for children.”
Mako frowned. “I understand this call is a highly confidential matter, Chief Beifong,” he said. “But Bolin and I have been helping to watch after Tenzin’s children, acting as unofficial guardians. If the Equalists are beginning to attack Council members, then Air Temple Island could be one of their next targets.”
At those words, he glanced over at Tenzin and could see worry setting into the man’s features. If Mako could get Tenzin on their side, he at least stood a chance in convincing Lin to let them stay.
“If Bolin and I are to help protect the people on Air Temple Island, then we need to be informed about any potential threats, especially the Equalists.”
Lin regarded him coolly before turning her attention to Tenzin.
“He…admittedly makes some good points,” Tenzin finally said.
Lin scowled, rubbing the bridge of her nose. “Fine,” she finally said. “You two can stay.” She pointed at Mako and Bolin. “But I expect you to be quiet.”
“What about us?” Sakari asked, crossing her arms. “We’re part of this team too.” She stared Lin down, and tried to puff up her shoulders. With her small stature, the gesture had little effect.
“We’re done with this discussion,” Lin said, finality in her tone.
“But—”
“Don’t worry,” Bolin said with a reassuring grin. “Mako and I will fill you in on all the details later.”
Sakari attempted a glare that came across more like a pout.
“Why don’t you and Jinora get started on our training?” Mako said. “You two can be in charge of the drills today.”
Jinora placed her hand on Sakari’s arm. “Come on,” she said. “We’ll still get the information about what happened later. We can make Mako and Bolin do extra pushups when they show up.”
Sakari huffed. “Fine.” She linked arms with Jinora and the pair reluctantly left the room.
Though Chief Beifong’s flat gaze made it clear she didn’t appreciate their presence, she didn’t shoo Mako and Bolin away as they moved closer to the phone.
Shortly afterwards, a male voice came through the line. “Saikhan speaking.”
“This is Chief Beifong,” Lin said. “Along with Councilman Tenzin. What happened?”
“We’re currently piecing together the events from what few witnesses we have,” Saikhan said. “The guards posted at Tarrlok’s front gate reported that a team of Equalist chi-blockers ambushed them. After they had been incapacitated, they had their bending removed by Amon.”
Mako remembered his own experience at the hands of Equalist chi-blockers and suppressed a shudder. Thankfully Bolin and Sakari had arrived before Amon could have taken his bending.
“Two guards found in the kitchen pantry corroborate these details. They were taken out by a pair of Equalists and knocked unconscious, though it seems Amon was not present in their group. After that, it gets harder to piece together what happened as it seems there were no witnesses to Tarrlok’s fight against the Equalists.”
“Have you interviewed the other guards and servants?” Lin asked.
“We’re finishing up interviews as we speak,” Saikhan said. “Because of the late hour, the servants had either retired or gone home for the evening. So far the servants have reported seeing nothing. The attack could only have lasted a few minutes at most. Also, there may have been another intruder on the premises at the time of the Equalist attack. One of the guards was found partially frozen to the side of the house. Additionally, a pair of guards who had been patrolling outside reported that they had been responding to the sound of combat inside the atrium before they were ambushed by the Equalists.”
Lin frowned at that. “I want all of these interviews compiled into a report for when I get back,” she said. “I want as many details about the Equalist movement and this other intruder. Record all major damage and missing property. I will be heading to the crime scene as quickly as possible.”
“Yes, Chief. I’ll have that report ready for your arrival.”
Silence filled the room once the call had ended. A part of Mako couldn’t believe that Tarrlok was just gone. He had never personally met the Councilman, but he was under the impression that the man was a powerful force to be reckoned with.
And yet the Equalists had just invaded his house and abducted him with barely any resistance.
“I’m afraid that I’ll have to cut our discussion short, Tenzin,” Lin said, straightening as she set the telephone down. “Given Tarrlok’s abduction, I believe our concerns about the task force are no longer a priority.”
“Yes, the Equalists and their recent actions are certainly where our focus should be,” Tenzin said, shock still apparent on his face. He glanced at the picture of his family on his desk, concern in his eyes.
“I’ll have permanent guards stationed at City Hall and on the island,” Lin said. “My men and I will make tracking down information on the Equalist movements our top priority.”
Tenzin nodded. “And what do you make of the possibility of a third-party intruder?” he asked.
“My guess would be that the intruder is some kind of thief with bad timing,” Lin responded. “I will check with Tarrlok’s Chief of Staff to see if anything of value was stolen during the night.”
“Maybe the intruder is actually working with the Equalists,” Bolin said before frowning. “Do Equalists have bending allies? Or maybe one of the Equalists is secretly a waterbender?”
Both Lin and Tenzin regarded him with raised eyebrows. “I’m fairly certain that any bender trying to infiltrate the Equalists would be quickly discovered,” Lin said.
“The waterbender may not be allied with the Equalists,” Mako said. “But it’s possible that they were there for more than just theft. If some of the guards heard the sound of combat before the Equalists struck, then it’s possible that Tarrlok was already engaged in a battle with the first intruder.” He thought back to some of the less-reputable friends he and Bolin had met when they lived on the streets. “Thieves usually try to avoid straight-up fights.”
“It is possible,” Lin conceded. “Though this waterbender must think very highly of their skills if they faced Tarrlok alone. And if they had allies with them, we don’t have the evidence. There’s also the matter of motive. While there are probably plenty of reasons someone might attack the councilman, he tends to be more popular with the bending population. The only bender who has actively stood against Tarrlok and his policies has been the firebending Blue Spirit. And even then, her attacks were centered more on stopping the task force than attacking Tarrlok personally.”
“The Blue Spirit could have waterbending allies,” Bolin said. “Or, or maybe even a waterbending sister. They could be a fire and water duo, kind of like how Mako and I have fire and earth covered.”
Something in Bolin’s words stirred a memory of flashing blue and silver. “I think the Blue Spirit had a Water Tribe knife,” Mako remarked. At Lin’s questioning look, he elaborated. “She used it to cut us free during the Equalist attack at the Pro-bending Finals. I didn’t really get a close look at it, but I remember that there were blue triangle motifs decorating the hilt.”
Lin nodded. “Anything else you can tell me about the Blue Spirit?”
Mako frowned. Most of his memories of that night had been focused on getting Bolin and Sakari safely out of the arena. “She was a bit shorter than Bolin, by about an inch or two. Athletic build. She wore a hood and a mask, so I couldn’t see any details about her face.” He glanced at Bolin to see if he had anything to add.
“She was really good at firebending,” Bolin offered. “And, uh, she was wearing black clothes. Though a lot of people wear black clothes, so that’s probably not very helpful.”
Lin sighed. “No, unfortunately, that doesn’t give us much to use when trying to identify who the Blue Spirit is. As of right now, her involvement in the events of last night are purely conjecture. If you remember anything else that might connect the Blue Spirit to this waterbending intruder, let me know. Now if you’ll excuse me, I have a crime scene to investigate.”
“And I must alert the other council members of this news,” Tenzin said as Lin was leaving the room. He paused in the doorway and glanced back at Mako and Bolin. “I know that you don’t always appreciate Ikki and Meelo interrupting your practices, but if you could keep an extra eye on them today…”
“Of course,” Mako said.
“We won’t let them out of sights even if we have to chase them across the entire island,” Bolin said. “I mean, that’ll probably get tiring, but you can count on us.”
“Thank you,” Tenzin said before following Lin down the hallway.
“Come on,” Mako said, turning to Bolin. “Let’s go tell Sakari and Jinora what happened.” And then they’d really work on their formations. The Equalist threat loomed much closer over them, and he wanted the four of them to be ready if the worst came to pass.
* * *
“Korra, if you don’t move, then prepare to fight me.” Ghazan's eyes blazed as he stepped forward.
“Ghazan, we have to wait for Zaheer,” Korra pleaded. She raised her hands, palms out. “I don’t want to fight you.”
He crossed his arms, but didn’t take another step toward the door. “Then who do you want to fight, Korra?” he snarled. “You let yourself get tossed out of the fight against Tarrlok, even though he’s—“
“I didn’t ‘let’ myself get tossed anywhere,” Korra interjected. “We didn’t exactly have a contingency plan for Tarrlok being a bloodbender!”
Ghazan’s eyes twitched. “We are all masters of strange and uncommon bending practices,” he shouted, gesturing wildly to himself, Ming-Hua lying down on her bed, and P’li sitting beside her. “We trained you to adapt to chaotic battle circumstances and you let yourself get tossed out of the fight, leaving Ming-Hua by herself.”
He took another step forward and Korra grimaced. “I said I don’t want to fight, Ghazan,” she said, firming her stance. Her gaze flickered to P’li, but the other woman was impassive as she met Korra’s eyes. Since Korra had returned with Ming-Hua, P’li hadn’t left her friend’s side.
Ghazan had swung between focusing on revenge plots against Amon and blaming Korra for what had happened. At the moment, however, he seemed determined to combine them into one activity.
“If you don’t want to fight me,” he said, “then come with me and make it right. Track down Amon with me. We’ll torture him until he explains how he did this and how to fix Ming-Hua.”
The idea had its appeal. Fury simmered under her skin, threatening to rush over her whole body. Part of her wanted nothing more than to toss open the door and tear Republic City apart until she found Amon.
Then she remembered seeing his mask the night before. Her whole body had frozen, unwilling to move.
“I… I want to help,” Korra said slowly, “but I don’t think… we shouldn’t rush off yet. If that’s the plan, then we need to at least wait for Zaheer to get back from his mission with the Equalists.”
“The plan is out,” Ghazan snapped. “No more balancing crap. It’s time to break shit until Ming-Hua is healed. There are more important things than ‘the plan’ and one of them is family.”
Korra stiffened at the word. What did ‘family’ even mean? A half-dozen people flashed through her mind, none of whom were related to one another.
“We need to wait,” she repeated, “because… If we want to attack the Equalists, Zaheer is our best source of information.”
At this, Ghazan’s frantic energy stilled, somewhat. “He is…”
Korra heaved a sigh of relief and ignored the voice that said she was lying. She knew a better source, but she couldn’t reveal who. “He was helping them move equipment last night,” she said. “He’s our best bet at finding Amon.”
Farther up than Zaheer on the Equalist chain of command, Asami was a far better opening, far more likely to know where Amon was. But last night she’d saved Korra, dumped her in the fountain to keep the Equalists from seeing her.
Anger and exhaustion were about to boil over within her, but Korra owed Asami that one favor. She owed it to her friend not to give her up to the Red Lotus, just once to make them even.
“Ghazan…” P’li’s voice was low, but steady.
“Is she waking?” He walked away from the door immediately and crouched by Ming-Hua’s beside.
Korra’s shoulders lowered as she followed. Ming-Hua had briefly woken when Korra carried her into the apartment, but had fallen asleep again the moment she was laid down on the bed.
P’li didn’t acknowledge Korra’s presence as she moved aside to allow Ghazan more space.
Korra stood back and chewed on her lip as Ming-Hua shifted in her sleep. The older woman’s eyelids fluttered a moment before they stilled, half-open. Her expression seemed vacant, as if her spirit wasn’t fully inhabiting her body.
“Ming-Hua, are you awake?” Ghazan had discarded all the harsh tones from his voice. He laid a hand on her hip and leaned closer.
She nodded absently. “Yes,” she said. Her voice cracked.
Immediately, P’li reached for a glass of water they’d kept by her bedside. Ghazan slipped an arm behind Ming-Hua’s back and sat her up halfway.
Korra took a step back as P’li brought the water to Ming-Hua’s lips. There was a feeling in water that all waterbenders felt after training for a few years. Even if she wasn’t actively bending the water, it always felt alive to Korra’s touch. Water was change, was possibility. Even the slightest touch and waterbenders could sense the potential within.
Ghazan slipped one hand behind Ming-Hua’s neck to steady her as P’li tipped the glass forward.
For a beat, everything was fine. Ming-Hua swallowed some water and P’li and Ghazan exchanged a look.
Then Ming-Hua froze and yanked herself back from the cup. “No!” she yelled.
P’li pulled the glass back, but some water still spilled on Ming-Hua’s robe.
Ghazan moved forward to wrap his arms around her. “Ming-Hua…”
She recoiled and pressed her back against the wall. “No, no, no,” she breathed, staring down at the water P’li had spilled on her.
“I’m sorry,” P’li said. She reached a hand out slowly, waiting so Ming-Hua had a chance to move before she rested the hand on her foot.
Ming-Hua’s expression shifted too quickly for Korra to follow: Rage, confusion, desperation, and, finally, a deep-seated emptiness.
Ghazan rested his hand on Ming-Hua’s knee. “Ming-Hua, I will do whatever you need me to do,” he said, voice feverish. “Anything you ask, anything you require.” He leaned forward and rested his forehead on the back of his hand.
Korra wished she could evaporate like water and vanish from the apartment. From the city, maybe even the world. She was a failure to this woman, who had raised her like a mother. She was an intruder to this moment.
Ghazan lifted his head and met Ming-Hua’s listless gaze. Something sparked in her eyes as she looked down at him.
Everyone jumped as the door opened.
“That took far longer than I anticipated,” Zaheer said as he walked in. He slipped out of his overcoat and shut the door behind him. Korra watched his eyes skim over the scene in the apartment and narrow. “What happened?” he asked.
Korra was steeling herself to go over the previous night’s events again when Ghazan leapt to his feet and stormed over to Zaheer. “What happened was that your info on when the Equalist raid would happen was worse than useless!” he yelled. “Ming-Hua and Korra showed up right before Amon did.”
Zaheer opened his mouth, either in shock or to ask a question. Ghazan did not pause to give him the chance. “And apparently Tarrlok is a bloodbender. He apparently made our Avatar here completely useless and put her out of commission while Amon swept in and took Ming-Hua’s bending!”
His yelling had brought him closer and closer to Zaheer, who now reached out and set a steady hand on Ghazan’s shoulder. “I understand that you’re angry right now,” he said, “but I need you to calm down while I figure out what happened.”
Ghazan stiffened. For a moment, Korra thought she felt a tremor in the apartment’s foundation.
Zaheer turned to Korra, though he did not let go of Ghazan’s shoulder. “What happened to Tarrlok?” he asked.
Korra swallowed hard and tried to find her voice. “A-Amon removed his bending, then the Equalists took him.”
Returning this focus to Ghazan, Zaheer squeezed his friend’s shoulder. “We will take action,” he said. “It will be swift and terrible to behold. Amon is going to pay for this, but right now we need to contain our emotions. This is a hitch, but we become worse than useless if we run off without a plan.”
Ghazan ripped his shoulder out of Zaheer’s grasp. “This is not just a hitch in the plan,” he snapped. “This is a complete plan-breaker. Whatever other objectives we had are nothing in the face of this attack.”
Korra glanced at P’li, but the woman’s face was impassive as she watched Ghazan and Zaheer argue. Ming-Hua’s eyes had closed, and she had laid back down.
“Our goals, both long and short-term, are not without purpose,” Zaheer stated. His voice was level, but Korra could see his eye twitching a little. “We are here to bring freedom to the city in anticipation of—“
“Stop acting like you’re above it all!” Ghazan yelled, giving Zaheer a small shove. “Don’t you care?!” He flung a hand back toward Ming-Hua. “We are effectively family, and you don’t even look like you give a—“
“Of course I care,” Zaheer cut in. His voice had started to take on an edge. He walked around Ghazan toward Ming-Hua. “But I also care about our mission, as the Red Lotus. It’s a mission you seem to be on the edge of abandoning entirely, just because you’re upset and destabilized in the moment.”
Korra took a small step back from the center of the room. She was glad Zaheer had moved, because Ghazan looked as though he was about to punch him. When he spoke, his voice dropped from yelling to a deadly snarl. “I swear to the Spirits if you tell me I need to ‘let go of my attachments’ or ‘earthly tethers’ or anything of the sort, I will bury you in lava.”
Seeming to take the words to heart, Zaheer waited a long pause before responding. “I am, perhaps, not in a position to understand the personal implications of this loss.” He regarded Ghazan with a measured look, cautious and expectant.
Ghazan’s temper abated, but only slightly. Contempt replaced anger in his voice as he sneered, “Of course you wouldn’t understand.”
Korra winced as Zaheer’s eye twitched. Her teacher was slow to anger, but wrathful when provoked. He’d been patient enough with Ghazan so far, but the other man was drawing close to the edge of ‘too much’ and Korra didn’t want to see what happened if he went over.
“I am sorry,” Zaheer said, “that I am not better equipped to understand this loss.” His voice was still level, but Korra could hear a rising tide behind it. “Under this circumstance, however, you try my patience, Ghazan, as I attempt to fathom why this setback has completely superseded years of planning. We came together for a purpose.”
For a breath, Korra thought Zaheer’s gaze flickered toward her, but she couldn’t say.
Ghazan growled. “I’m not sure how to make you understand without making it a personal bending demonstration.” He took a step forward.
Zaheer’s foot slid back and he settled into a combat stance, and not one of his usual ones. Korra felt a stab of recognition. The stance was the same on Asami had used in their chi-blocking lessons.
“Wait,” Korra said, moving forward. She didn’t know what she would do, but she couldn’t let this fight happen.
As they turned to look at her, Ming-Hua spoke from the edge of the room. “It would be like chopping off your hands.” Her voice cracked on the words, husky and uneven.
Ghazan immediately dropped his stance and ran back toward her. “Ming-Hua! I’m here,” he said, falling to his knees beside her bed.
P’li, who had been silent throughout Ghazan and Zaheer’s exchange, gave Ming-Hua’s knee a squeeze and stood up. She did not look at Korra as she made her way over to Zaheer. He fell out of his stance as she drew closer and they began to confer in hushed tones.
Feeling like an intruder on their exchange, Korra made her way back over to Ming-Hua. Ghazan’s face was rested against Ming-Hua’s lap, his arms loosely draped around her waist. Korra could faintly hear him whispering into her robe, a borderline incoherent stream of promises and questions, neither of which Ming-Hua addressed.
Korra awkwardly sat in P’li’s spot. She hesitated before resting a hand on Ming-Hua’s knee.
Ming-Hua still bore the vacant expression from before, but her spirit seemed to have come into focus slightly with Ghazan’s presence.
Korra couldn’t place it, but now that things were quiet, she thought she could feel something… different about Ming-Hua now. Something she hadn’t noticed before when carrying her home. She frowned and closed her eyes, trying to reach a lower meditative state. She didn’t need to meditate into the Spirit World to get a sense of the spiritual energies here in the room.
The trying was the hard part. Korra always tried when the trick was to let herself fall into it, to find the part of her that rushed and make it still. If she could step away from the part of herself that naturally resisted the stillness, she would tumble into the meditation naturally.
After a minute, she found it. Or maybe it found her. Stilling the frantic energy, she opened her eyes to find the room changed.
And… there! She could see, now, the shift in Ming-Hua. A faint blue remained, but… tempered and restricted. The other woman’s spirit had shrunk and grown faint, but Korra could still see the waterbending within her. Something was blocking it from spreading past the very core of Ming-Hua’s being.
Reaching out a spiritual hand, however, she found herself unable to grasp it. Her touch seemed to slip past the blockage no matter how she tried.
Frustration threatened to toss Korra from the meditative state, so she stopped her efforts and sat in silence with herself, listening to the tides of the world around her.
The spiritual listening came naturally after that. It magnified the spoken words around her, whichever ones most resonated with the spirits of the people who spoke them.
Ghazan’s whispers became clearer and more immediate.
“Whatever you need… anything… I’ll kill him… Anything for you…”
Near the door, Zaheer and P’li’s whispered conversation made its way to her in bits and pieces.
“Our mission here has shifted.”
“I know, Zaheer, but… need to be sensitive…”
“…nothing I could lose… make me lose sight of the mission…”
“…not as strong as you…”
Ghazan’s voice cut back in. “What do you want me to do… I promise I will make it right…”
Ming Hua’s response cut across the room, both on the spiritual and the physical planes. “Stay,” she said, “please.”
Ghazan put so much of his spirit behind his response that the words seemed to reverberate and echo across Korra’s meditative listening: “I will not leave your side.”
Korra made one more failed effort to reach out for Ming-Hua’s spirit before she began to withdraw from the meditation. As she did, she could hear Zaheer’s voice one last time.
“…watch him… when I’m not here…”
Korra opened her physical eyes and saw Zaheer kiss P’li, then start heading over. She stood up, not keen to occupy the same small room with both him and Ghazan.
As she walked through the small doorway that marked Ghazan and Ming-Hua’s room, Zaheer caught her elbow and guided her toward the kitchen. “A word, Korra.”
She nodded stiffly. “Of course.”
“I simply want to clarify the series of events, as you were the one there.” He turned and met her gaze steadily in the kitchen. “Can you explain, from the beginning of Tarrlok using bloodbending, what happened last night?”
Korra nodded, though a bead of sweat rolled down her back. Zaheer was more likely than P’li and Ghazan to notice the exclusion of Asami from the narrative, more likely to realize she was leaving something out. Still, she recounted the events as truthfully as she was willing.
It would be much simpler to give Asami up. But no matter how Ming-Hua asked, Korra knew that Ghazan would leave her side if he knew there was a guaranteed meeting with one of the Equalists from the night before.
Korra thought of the spark in his eyes, the simmering nature of his spirit. She owed Asami too much to give her up to that rage.
At least not yet. Korra refused to allow herself to feel that anger. Not now.
As she smoothed her own temper into check over those feelings, Zaheer considered the story she’d told him. He frowned. “Korra… are you afraid?”
“What?” Korra shook her head. “Of course not.”
“You may tell me,” he said, regarding her steadily. “From your account, it sounds as though you froze up rather badly when Amon entered the atrium. You mentioned several bodily reactions that prevented you from intervening when he turned his attentions to Ming-Hua.”
Korra couldn’t maintain his gaze. “I… I tried to move, so hard.” Her shoulders slumped. “But I absolutely failed to protect her.”
He put a hand on her shoulder. “Fear can be a force more paralyzing than bloodbending,” he said. “but to overcome it you must own it and acknowledge it. Only by addressing it can it be overcome.”
“I… okay.” Korra nodded.
He squeezed her shoulder and glanced over to Ghazan and Ming-Hua’s room. “I noticed you stirring on the spiritual plane earlier,” he said. “May I ask your perspective?”
“Of course,” Korra said. “I… I can’t tell much, but I think Ming-Hua’s bending is still… within her, in a way.” She frowned. “I can’t reach it. Something seems to have contained it, or maybe just reduced it. It’s hard to say.”
Zaheer’s eyebrows drew together and he hummed in contemplation. “I will see what I can observe, myself.”
“Tell me what you see?” Zaheer seemed a bit puzzled at her words, and Korra cleared her throat. “I… I know Aang had the power to take someone’s bending away. Energybending is, er, is thought to be the Avatar’s power alone.” She swallowed the lump in her throat. “Maybe… maybe I could learn how to give it back?”
“To do so would be quite the spiritual feat,” Zaheer mused. “I do not think it’s impossible, but I doubt it will come easily.”
Korra laughed humorously. “Well, it is me. I’m probably the least spiritual Avatar ever.”
“There are also different types of spirituality,” Zaheer countered. He gave her a brief hug. “Pursue that road, if you choose.” Meeting her gaze steadily, he said the next part seriously. “But I would advise you not to tell the others what you’re working on.” His eyes flickered toward the room where Ghazan, Ming-Hua, and P’li were. “It’s a great hope, but I would not like to see that expectation sour. If you tell them it’s possible and then fail, I do not see that going well for you.”
Ghazan’s rage multiplied with Korra’s imagination of his disappointment. It was not a pleasant vision. She didn’t fancy P’li’s judgement and scorn either. Worse than both, however, was the idea of giving Ming-Hua hope, then dashing it on the ground.
“I won’t say a word,” Korra said.
“Good.” He nodded. “In the meantime, I’m going to try and smooth things over.”
Korra wished him luck, and he made his way over to the room.
As everyone shifted their attention to him, she slipped out of the apartment.
Korra wasn’t even sure where she was headed. She had hours to burn before her meeting with Asami, but she knew she couldn’t spend them there with the others. She needed space to process everything and maybe find a solution.
Reaching back to her Avatar connection yielded no help. The connection to Aang from the night before, so urgent then, felt distant and more absent than anytime since she’d arrived in Republic City.
“Where is your guidance now, Aang,” she whispered, “since it was so urgent last night.” If he hadn’t been distracting her with visions, maybe she and Ming-Hua would have had more warning that Tarrlok was in the atrium.
Aang didn’t respond. Not even the slightest shift on Korra’s spiritual plane.
“Just like an airbender to cut and run,” she muttered, rounding a street corner.
When fuming at Aang lost its novelty, Korra started making her way to the Republic City library. If she had time to burn before meeting Asami, she might as well spend it doing research.
The thought of meeting Asami started anxiety curling in Korra’s gut. If she had time to burn, it would likely benefit her to spend some of that time managing her emotions on the matter while she was at it. If she’d just lied to her guardians to keep her friend safe, it wouldn’t do to set Asami on fire out of anger the moment she saw her.
* * *
Even though she was working on a few hours of sleep, Asami felt a restless energy coursing through her. She’d left the mansion as early as possible that morning, but been unable to avoid her mother, who subsequently insisted on accompanying her to the manufacturing district. On the way there, Yasuko read aloud every single newspaper account of Tarrlok’s kidnapping.
Normally, Asami wouldn’t have minded her mother rehashing Equalist victories. Honestly, it was par for the course.
But every small reminder grated against her efforts to put the previous night out of her mind. Asami found some success shutting herself in her workshop and testing her electromagnetic disturbance invention. There was something darkly satisfying about hooking up the prongs and being able to completely shut down the target device with a button press.
Eventually, even that lost the ability to distract her, and Asami found herself unable to properly focus even on paperwork. Future Industries ledgers were being more and more of a wreck due to the funds Yasuko kept funnelling to their Equalist manufacturing. Fudging the numbers was almost impossible at this point.
When she finally admitted to herself that no more progress would be made, Asami headed out for the park. The sun was still a hand’s breadth from setting, but Naga was already there when Asami arrived.
Naga leapt to her feet from the bench where she was sitting, but didn’t say anything. A dozen different greetings flashed through Asami’s mind, from, “I’m glad you showed up, I was worried you wouldn’t,” to, “At least you were honest about showing up.”
Both possible statements curdled guilt in Asami’s stomach, which just made her angry. In the end, she closed the distance between them without saying a word.
Looking down at Naga, Asami found she couldn’t read her friend’s face very well. Lines of tension kept Naga’s expression taut and wary, but her eyes held a vulnerability that Asami recognized. Whatever her friend’s lies, it hadn’t been all lies.
Asami just hadn’t been able to tell the difference until now.
She turned on her heel and started walking down the path to Naga’s right. Her friend fell into step beside her without breaking the silence. Despite their height difference, Naga kept pace with Asami without noticeable effort.
They needed a quiet place to talk, somewhere Asami could be reassured they weren’t being overheard. She knew the park had a few more isolated corners. Asami recalled taking a couple of her school-romances here to kiss in the relative privacy that the dense groves of trees offered.
Thinking about that in Naga’s presence felt uncomfortable, so Asami forced the thought aside and quickened her pace.
Even then, Naga easily kept pace beside her. Their steps seemed to sync up without effort, and the silence felt comfortable despite the tensions in the air. They’d done this often enough on their various jaunts through the city: walking side by side, the backs of their hands brushing together every few steps.
It was so compatible and familiar that Asami gritted her teeth. Dammit, but after everything they’d gone through, they shouldn’t be comfortable with one another. They walked into the clearing in the middle of the grove and Asami spun around to face Naga down.
The two of them shouldn’t fit, but they seemed to mirror each other, even in the tension.
That Naga was a bender made so much sense now. Asami could see it in the set of her legs and her friend’s muscled arms. Their conversations about bending techniques at the pro-bending arena fit perfectly into the studies of a waterbender. Her friend’s low ponytail was a nondescript hairstyle, but would keep her hair out of the way during a fight. When she’d been teaching Naga about chi-blocking, her friend’s default stances were all waterbending ones.
The evidence made Asami want to yell. In their conversations at the arena, Naga had given her all the pieces she’d needed to realize later.
“You’re a waterbender,” Asami snapped. She’d meant it to be an accusation, but her voice jerked higher on the last syllable, making it more of a strangled question, a harsh plea that maybe she was wrong.
Naga inclined her head, but met Asami’s gaze steadily. “I am a waterbender,” she said.
The ready admission gave Asami pause, but only for a beat. “I’ve poured over our conversations in my head,” she said, “Every word I could remember, every moment your lie was relevant.” She regarded Naga with a steady gaze. “And I think what pisses me off the most is that you’re probably standing there thinking to yourself that you never technically lied to me. As best I can recall, you never actually said you were a non-bender.”
“I never did,” Naga said. “You assumed, and I never corrected you.”
“But you did make statements that corroborated my assumptions,” Asami snapped. “You said stuff that implied it, that you knew would maintain the lie.”
At this, Asami saw a ripple of anger disturb Naga’s cool demeanor. Her friend had been quiet and calm up to this point, but the force keeping her that way seemed to be waning.
“I did,” Naga said, a new edge to her voice. “Because as much as I was grateful to you, curious about you…” Naga grimaced. “Spirits, as much as I just genuinely liked you as a person, I couldn’t let you know I was a bender because you were an Equalist.”
On the last word, Naga’s voice seemed the rip through the air. The calm demeanor she’d been maintaining started to crumble and Asami saw, for the first time, that her friend was angry with her as well. Asami’s eyebrows drew together. “Oh is that it!” She stepped toward Naga. Behind her friend, the reddening sunset sky felt like the conversation’s first blood being spilled. “This whole time you sat there and smiled, letting me think you were an ally. Really, you’ve been judging and hating me for what I am the whole time.”
“I haven’t, actually.” Naga rolled her eyes. “But can you hear yourself? Now that you know what I am, you’re doing your damnedest to catch up on the judgement and hatred you didn’t know you owed me.”
“Not for you being a bender!” Asami’s hands clenched into fists. “For the fact that you lied about it! You let me think you were something you’re not and let me talk myself in circles like an idiot while you sat on the truth.”
Naga’s temper abated somewhat at that. She frowned and stepped closer, but not in a threatening manner. “And if I had told you, could we have become friends then? Would you have spoken to me at all?”
Asami bit her lip. Of course she wouldn’t have, but that didn’t mean she regretted the times they had spent together in friendship.
“Honestly, probably not,” she said. “But I didn’t have that choice. You did. You got the chance to choose to be my friend.” Despite intending the words to cut, Asami found her resolve softening as she said them.
Naga, a bender, had chosen her friendship despite knowing Asami was an Equalist.
Her words only seemed to incense Naga, however, who stormed around to lean heavily against the back of the bench. “I did choose you, and look where it got me.” She sighed roughly. “After what happened last night with… after that, I don’t know if I can choose you anymore.”
Naga’s expression went vacant. For a beat, Asami knew they were both back in Tarrlok’s house. Tarrlok was being carried away. Amon was approaching the armless woman, complimenting her on her waterbending skill.
Unlike Tarrlok, she hadn’t roared or gone for theatrics. She’d just said, “please,” before Amon said he didn’t grant requests.
Asami had trembled when the woman dropped to the floor. Some benders didn’t deserve to be stripped of the ability.
A terrible possibility dropped like lead into Asami’s stomach. The man Naga had introduced as her Uncle Naghaz shared her skin tone. The woman didn’t much resemble Naga, but if they were both waterbenders… “She… she wasn’t your mother, was she?” Asami forced herself to look up from the ground.
Naga blinked at her, face blank with confusion. Relief flooded Asami’s veins a beat before her friend confirmed it. “No, she’s not my mother,” Naga said.
An audible pallor settled over their conversation with the shift in topic. For a long minute, neither of them said a word. The sky flushed and soared a dozen hues of gold. Naga didn’t seem to notice. Asami couldn’t find it in herself to care for the sight.
“I… what happened to her was wrong,” Asami managed. “I’m sorry.”
Naga’s lips tightened. Her expression hadn’t softened. “She’s raised me since I was four,” she said. “She’s been like an aunt to me, my teacher, my friend, my confidant.”
“I’m sorry,” Asami repeated, with feeling.
“Augh!” Naga pushed up and away from the back of the bench, storming around toward Asami. “I’m glad you’re sorry, I genuinely am! It would be pretty sick if you weren’t. And I know I’ve lied to you and hurt you, and we can deal with that later. Right now I need to know if there’s a cure. Is there a way to restore bending that Amon has taken?”
Asami bit her lip. The possibility had been broached years ago, during some board meeting before she’d grown up enough to attend them.
Yasuko had come home crowing with triumph. “This is the beginning of the end,” she’d declared, sweeping Asami up in her arms. “We finally have a way to level the playing field for good. We finally have a way to make the world equal.”
She’d explained Amon’s powers, decreed to him by the spirits. It had sounded beyond the impossible.
“Can they get their bending back after?” Asami had asked.
Yasuko had never seemed happier to her than in the moment she smiled and answered, “No, no they cannot.”
Asami took a step back, away from Naga. “If there’s a cure, it’s not one we know.”
The clearing seemed to darken faster than the sun ought to be setting. Naga tore her gaze away from Asami. “I think I hate what you are,” she said. Her voice had gone quiet, but no less heated.
“I think I hate what I am too,” Asami whispered. “But at least you knew,” Asami muttered, unable to meet Naga’s eyes. She backed off and paced around the edge of the clearing. “However you feel about Equalists, at least you knew I was one. You had the option to walk away at any time. You knew from the beginning; I didn’t hide that. Even now, you have the option to walk away from this. I… I have no such luxuries.”
Naga walked over to the bench and sat down heavily. “You do,” she said at length. “You are the master of your own destiny, Asami. The cost of that control might just be higher than you’re willing to pay.”
Asami didn’t turn around. “What about the costs of friendship?” she asked.
“What about them.”
“Are they worth it?” She walked closer to the edge of the clearing and put her hand on a tree. “Is this worth it when all we seem to have done is hurt one another?”
Naga laughed bitterly. “Is that all we’ve done? We’ve smiled and laughed together. I lied to you, yes. I hid something vital from you, but my friendship wasn’t a lie.”
Asami looked over. “Can I trust you?”
All of Naga’s anger seemed to have drained from her body and the set of her shoulders. “I don’t know,” she said, “but I am sorry.”
A grim smile tugged the corners of Asami’s lips. “We’re both sorry,” she said.
Naga tilted her head. “Are we both friends?”
Asami regarded her across the clearing. Sunset had stripped the colors from the sky and rendered the copse around them in varying shades of shadow. Briefly, it occurred to her that it would be handy if Naga was a firebender instead, to give them some light.
She crossed the clearing.
Naga stiffened as Asami drew close, pursing her lips. Her eyes studied Asami cautiously as she sat down.
As they sat beside one another, gazes locked, Asami felt herself relax. The tension fell out of their silence and, with mild chagrin, Asami realized they’d come back to where they’d started. The quiet was comfortable, despite everything.
She watched Naga mirror her reactions as her friend’s shoulders dropped. A few moments later, even the somber set of their expressions lifted. Not much, but Asami detected the slightest lilt of a smile at the corners of Naga’s lips and a softness in her eyes that had vanished while they were talking.
“We are,” Asami said. “We are friends.”
“Just friends?”
A sudden flush rushed across Asami’s face. She met Naga’s eyes and realized the other woman had watched Asami gazing at her lips for longer than was generally acceptable.
Before Asami could summon her wits for a response, Naga stretched and rolled her shoulders. And Asami had to admit the sight was an attractive, distracting one. “I have been less than prudent,” Naga said, “in matters involving you.” She sighed. “For a lot of reasons. You’re a good person, Asami. I sincerely believe that. You’re also a good friend. And… and a lot of other stuff.”
Naga’s burst of courage and honesty seemed to be waning. She shrugged awkwardly and gestured vaguely with one hand. “And… you’re just really great and part of why I’m upset is that… I know I should have backed off before now. But I didn’t and I didn’t want to and I’m kind of angry with myself for letting those feelings get in the way.”
Asami reached out and took Naga’s gesturing hand. “I understand,” she said. “I… I haven’t been very prudent either, for much the same reasons.”
The sparse moonlight filtering through the trees highlighted Naga’s face in profile. Under the cover of darkness, Asami let herself indulge in the attraction, just for a moment. She’d resisted admitting it to herself for so long that it felt like letting go of a breath she’d been holding. Her eyes lingered on the curves of her friend’s lips, on the shape of her nose. When Naga turned to face her, the moonlight just barely caught in her blue eyes.
Naga’s hand was warm in hers. Without quite thinking it, Asami reached out and held Naga’s hand with both of hers.
“Now isn’t a good time,” Asami whispered.
“I know,” Naga whispered back. “I can’t any more than you can.” Her other hand covered Asami’s.
They were both leaning closer, drawing nearer to one another on the bench.
Asami shook her head and smiled. “The city is about to start falling apart around us, and here you are distracting me.”
“I will find you when the dust settles,” Naga said. “We are still friends, against all the odds.”
“If you don’t find me, I will find you,” Asami replied, squeezing Naga’s hands in her own. “We’ll figure us out later?”
Naga tilted her head to the side. “When the fallout is over… will we be able to?”
It felt like less of a theoretical question and more of a practical one. Asami drew away until only their fingertips were still touching. “The coming days… will not be good ones,” she said.
“I can take care of myself,” Naga offered.
“That’s not the issue.” Asami met her gaze flatly. “I’m well aware of that now,” she said.
Naga at least had the grace to look away. “I will also be taking care of more than just myself,” she murmured.
“If you keep your heads down, you should be fine,” Asami said, trying to hurry back to safer conversational territory. Not that the impending Equalist takeover was that much better. “There… there will be a sweep of the city. Do the people around where you’re staying know your bending status?”
Naga shook her head.
“Just… stay inside. Let the trouble pass you by.” Asami couldn’t meet Naga’s eyes. She’d managed enough cognitive dissonance to ignore this part of the plan in her thoughts, at least so far. She found she wasn’t capable of putting the innocent benders—innocent people—out of her mind now.
This takeover would strip many of them of their bending and hurt more than that.
It wasn’t until Naga spoke that Asami realized she’d fallen silent, lost in her thoughts, for too long. Their fingertips had slipped out of contact while Asami’s mind drifted.
“If I could shape the world,” Naga whispered, “everyone could live together equally. Truly equally. Non-benders and benders alike, without fear, without shame. Without prejudice. We are all born with different abilities, the same as we’re born of different lineages, but… the world doesn’t have to be set into structures that emphasize and deepen the divides between people.” She sighed, closing her eyes. Asami could just barely make out her expression in the dark. “Peace and balance are possible while maintaining freedom.”
They sat another minute in the dark, in the silence and the quiet noises of the park around them. The sound of distant Satomobiles pressed in, a reminder that this small peace between them would draw to an end.
The world outside was waiting.
“Let’s go.” Naga stood first, holding out her hand.
Asami took it without hesitation. Together, they walked out of the trees and along the path until it came to a fork. Naga slowed her steps and Asami came to a stop beside her.
Briefly, she fought the desire to know where Naga was staying. She could look into who was doing a sweep of that neighborhood and ensure she was safe.
She put down the temptation to ask. It was likely better for her not to know.
That question quickly birthed another one, however. Naga turned to Asami with her mouth open, likely to say good bye. Asami cut her off before she could speak.
“What’s your name?” she asked.
Naga blinked. Even in the dim light, Asami could see her expression had frozen. A mild panic moved behind her eyes.
“The truth this time,” Asami added. Naga had moved to let go of her hand, but Asami gripped it tighter and stepped closer.
Still, Naga didn’t reply. She dropped her gaze and licked her lips.
Asami put her other hand on Naga’s shoulder. “Please,” she said. “I deserve this much. If you… if we are… friends, at all. And if we might be, later… Please tell me who you really are.”
She was close enough to hear Naga swallow hard, to see her eyelashes flutter in the darkness as she slowly raised her head to meet Asami’s eyes.
“I’ve used various aliases over the years,” she said, voice slow, “but my name is Korra.”
“Korra…” Asami turned the name over her tongue. It felt familiar, but she couldn’t place where she’d heard it.
She smiled. For now, she was just glad to see the truth on her friend’s face. Korra seemed hesitant, almost fearful. Her lips were poised to say something else, but Asami could tell her from her eyes that Korra hadn’t decided what exactly she was going to add.
“Thank you, Korra,” Asami said. She felt her expression soften as she said the name again. “It suits you,” she added. “The name. This truth.”
She wasn’t sure, but Asami thought she saw Korra blush. “O-oh. Thank you…”
Standing together, Asami resisted the urge to lean closer. The moon was dim, their bodies close. Asami had pulled Korra over by her shoulder, but never let go. Their hands were clasped, and Asami could feel Korra’s other hand hovering above her waist.
Asami bit her lip. Her judgement had been far from ideal. Even now, the reasons they’d voiced against starting… something—whatever the two of them might be—felt distant.
Korra’s hand slipped out of her own and she wrapped her arms around Asami in a tight hug. “Goodnight, Asami,” she whispered. “I’ll find you after.”
“If I don’t find you first,” Asami shot back. She returned the hug warmly, letting her body relax against Korra’s. For a moment, everything was okay. She could allow herself this indulgence, this space and time to just be and to be happy.
Their bodies fit together in a way that made Asami wish she could extend the contact. If it was in her power, she’d push the whole outside world away and live in this moment, away from the contradictions and responsibilities and decisions that threatened to sweep in and wash her away.
Even the thought of them, the barest reminder, was enough to make her let go. Asami stepped back slowly, letting her fingertips linger at the edge of Korra’s robe for as long as possible.
Their eyes met and locked, but Asami couldn’t think of anything to say that wouldn’t cheapen the moment. Since they’d been so comfortable in silence together, however, it seemed right enough to retreat there now.
She took a step back, then another.
Korra didn’t move as she watched Asami turn to leave the park. Asami refused to look back until she reached the entrance she’d come from. When she reached the gate and looked back, Korra had vanished.
Notes:
Emi: Well.... one could argue that things are better now? At the very least I think we can safely say it hasn't gotten worse. Also, Skye and I are starting to settle into a good rhythm for co-writing the chapters, which led to decent turnaround time on this one. Also, I've finally convinced her to leave her own bit for the end notes lol
Skye: Idk, um... the plot thickens. dun dun dunnn. Send us your questions, comments, conspiracy theories, etc.
Chapter 13: Out of the Past
Summary:
The Fire Ferrets are in the middle of training when breaking news casts them in an unexpected spotlight. Returning from a research trip, tensions with the Red Lotus catch Korra off-guard, while Asami faces down difficult decisions after learning the full extent of the Equalists’ plans.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter Thirteen: Out of the Past
(and into the papers)
Morning light filtered through the window, carrying a sea breeze. In most ways, today was exactly like all the others Jinora spent working in the Air Temple Island library. Still, she found something unsettling about the distant crash of water this morning.
Putting her thoughts aside, Jinora hefted a tome under her arm and went searching for its place on the shelves. Most of the people who read the volumes at Air Temple Island were acolytes. Occasionally, the library saw visitors from the city itself, but the Republic City library tended to cover most people’s tastes. Jinora herself liked to visit to pick up novels to read. As much as she enjoyed historical and spiritual texts, she didn’t want to read them all the time, and that’s mostly what occupied the Air Temple’s library.
Placing the book in its spot, she paused. Gilded lettering read, ‘A Political History of the United Republic’ along the spine.
A chill breeze swept through the library. Jinora went to go shut the window.
The world didn’t seem to be particularly safe for political figures. At least not lately. Even before the Equalists took Councilman Tarrlok, Jinora had read newspaper accounts of other mysterious depositions. Different leaders around the world, most of them relatively minor or local, would vanish. Some turned up dead in their own front halls.
Her unease abated when Jinora shut the window. She normally liked letting some fresh air into the stuffy library, but at the moment it seemed more comforting to add some insulation from the outside world.
Her father tried not to alarm her, but the recent news gave Jinora pause. After Tarrlok’s kidnapping, Jinora had come to the quiet conclusion that nobody in Republic City could guarantee they were ‘safe.’
She went back to the stack of books to shelve, but found herself staring blankly at the titles.
Not even the Avatar had been safe, taken before Jinoa was born. Could she honestly say that anybody was?
Since the Equalists had started rising into public notice a year ago, it had become increasingly clear to her that the city was in crisis. Benders looked over their shoulders, nervous that the Equalists would take them next. Non-benders had grown skittish of the police since Tarrlok put his task force into effect.
Somewhere in the world, the Avatar was eighteen and completely absent from the world’s political and spiritual spheres.
Jinora took two scrolls to shelve with the older volumes.
She could not change the world yet, but she could keep working. Every hour spent in practice or in study was progress toward her mastery. And twice a week, that meant service hours in the form of library duty.
Since her grandfather had died, the world had been left with just one airbending master. And Avatar Aang had received his mastery at twelve, so why not her?
Resolution firmed, Jinora shook off the fears that rattled the windows and threatened to sweep through. If the only change she could make in the world, for now, was shelving books and scrolls, then she would shelve them as best she could.
“Uh, hello?”
A voice at the door startled her. Jinora whipped around to see an older teenager standing in the doorway. She looked vaguely familiar. Belatedly, Jinora realized the woman had probably come to the library looking for something. “Yes! Can I help you?”
“Heh, yeah, actually.” She walked in, looking around at the shelves. “I was looking for some information at the Republic City Library and they said I should check the Air Temple one instead.”
Jinora raised an eyebrow. “Oh really? What kind of information were you looking for?”
“Oh, uh, I need to read volumes four and fifteen of The Complete History of Avatar Aang and, um, I was looking for something on, uh, energybending?”
Odd choices, but it was nice to get to help someone look for something for once. “Sure thing,” she said, gesturing for the woman to follow her, “let’s get the histories first.” Most of the library’s patrons were acolytes, and they were generally able to find what they needed without her help.
On their way down the histories aisle, Jinora snuck another look at the visitor. The tattoos on her upper arms reminded Jinora of something she couldn’t place, maybe a Water Tribe design? It would fit with her hair and skin tone. “You seem kind of familiar,” Jinora said, “do I know you from somewhere?”
The woman nodded. “Mmmhmm. I came to Air Temple Island once and you were my tour guide. You probably lead a ton of those, so I’m not surprised you don’t remember me.”
“Oh!” With the added context, Jinora could almost place her. “I think I remember now. You asked really good questions when we were by the spinning gates?”
The woman chuckled. “I tried, anyway.”
Briefly, Jinora felt a strange sense, almost like vertigo. A beat later, she was able to place it as a spiritual feeling, like a disturbance on her spiritual plane.
Something about this visitor seemed… different.
She stopped walking when they reached the histories of Avatar Aang. The weird sensation stopped, reducing itself to a prickle at the back of her neck. “Here we are,” Jinora said, shaking off the feeling. “Let’s see… you’re lucky we have the volumes you want. One of the acolytes has been checking out the volumes three at a time for this project she’s researching.”
“Oh, that’s neat,” the woman said, “so, uh, how long can I take them out for?”
Jinora winced as she pulled out volumes four and fifteen. “You actually can’t,” she said. “The Air Temple library only allows residents of Air Temple Island to remove books and scrolls from the building. You’re welcome to come here and read whenever you need to, and I can pull the books you want and have them set aside for you so that nobody else can check them out.”
“Ah, hm.” The woman frowned. “I’d best get reading then.”
“I can hunt down some stuff on energybending while you do,” Jinora offered. “There’s a bench over in the corner if you want, or a desk over there.”
“Oh, thank you very much.” The woman flashed her a smile. “I’ll be reading over here if you find anything.”
Jinora watched her open both books almost as soon as she sat down at the desk. The woman definitely had something specific she was looking for.
They didn’t have a lot of information on energybending, mostly because there wasn’t exactly a lot that they knew. As far as Jinora knew, her grandfather was kind of the only known practitioner. Some of the super old histories bore mentions of similar practices, but they also talked about giant turtles and Jinora wasn’t exactly sure it was the same thing.
She was halfway through combing the spirituality section when she remembered that Avatar Aang’s personal writings were in their own special section. Jinora hadn’t read through all of them yet, but she was pretty sure she’d seen something on energybending.
It took her several minutes to skim through the scrolls and find the one she needed. Anticipating his passing, her grandfather had apparently spent the last few months of his life writing down his personal knowledge on various subjects. One of them was on energybending, though he didn’t seem to have much to say on the topic. It was, out of all the slim volumes, definitely the thinnest.
Jinora pulled the scroll and brought it over to her visitor. “Here you go,” she said. “Have you found what you were looking for in the histories?”
“Eh, for the most part,” she replied, shrugging. “It’s definitely fleshed out my understanding of certain situations, but I’m not sure I found what I need. I think I’m done with them though.”
“Maybe it’ll be in that scroll then?” Jinora smiled. “Do you want me to put the histories back for you?”
“That would be great, actually.” The woman flashed her a smile. “Thanks, Jinora.”
When she placed them back on the shelf, Jinora tried to place which eras of her grandfather’s life those two histories would cover. Volume four definitely covered the end of the hundred years’ war. She’d read that one pretty recently. It was more worn than volume fifteen, which wasn’t checked out as often.
Jinora actually wasn’t sure what that was about. She pulled it back off the shelf and paged through it, trying to place the events. It seemed to be about some minor incidents in the middle years after Republic City’s founding. Skimming seemed to suggest some drama about the council and a crackdown on organized crime.
For a minute, Jinora stood in the stacks and tried to connect the two volumes somehow. She couldn’t figure out what they might have in common, however, and placed volume fifteen back.
She was on her way to the study desk when a tap at the library window caught her attention. She chuckled when she went over and saw Bolin outside.
“Hey!” he shouted through the window. “Practice is starting soon. You coming out?”
“Oh.” Jinora glanced over at the desk, where the visitor was looking up at her with mild interest. “Uh, yeah.” Realizing that Bolin probably couldn’t hear her through the closed window, she nodded and held up a finger to tell him she’d be out in a minute.
“You’ve got… practice?” the woman at the desk asked.
“Oh, um, yeah.” Jinora rubbed the back of her neck. “I’m really sorry, but I kind of have to kick you out now. My library duties just ended, and I can’t stay late today.”
A brief frown touched the woman’s features, but if she was irritated she hid it well. “That’s fine,” she said. “Where do I shelve this scroll?”
Jinora glanced up from updating the library’s log. “I can get it,” she said. First though, she needed to record all the books and scrolls she’d finished shelving and which ones had been referenced or checked out by visitors to the library.
“No, really. I can put a scroll back, I promise.” The woman chuckled as she made her way to the cabinet by the library’s door. “You got it from over here, right?”
She peeked up and nodded. “Yeah, actually. Thank you!”
Jinora saw her open the cabinet and place the scroll in from the corner of her eye, right as she finished updating the log. Shutting the giant book, she made her way to the door.
“Mind if I walk with you partway?” the woman asked.
“That’s fine,” Jinora said. They started making their way out of the complex. “Are you heading back to the city now?”
“Yeah… so who are you practicing with? That voice didn’t sound like your father, or one of your siblings.”
“Oh.” Jinora blinked. She’d forgotten it wasn’t really public knowledge that the Fire Ferrets had moved to Air Temple Island. “Did you watch much pro-bending this past season?”
The woman shrugged. “I caught a few matches.”
“Because they lived in the arena, the Fire Ferrets had to find a new place to stay after the finals attack,” Jinora said, “and they ended up moving here, actually.” She didn’t need to explain to the stranger why the Fire Ferrets had ended up moving here. Sakari made it clear that she preferred her familial status to remain out of public knowledge. “I’ve been practicing more combat-adapted bending techniques with them.”
“Hmmm… that’s the team with the prodigy waterbender, right? Sakari? Is she okay?” The woman’s tone was a bit affected on the first question, and Jinora suspected that she already knew the answer.
But Jinora didn’t want to be rude, and it was innocuous enough. “She’s here too,” she said, “and she’s doing alright. It’s kind of nice to practice with someone the same height as me, actually.”
They reached the edge of the air temple complex, where Jinora needed to go right to get to the practice grounds and the visitor needed to go left to get down to the docks. “You should come back tomorrow morning,” Jinora said. “If you get here a bit earlier, you can have more time with that scroll.”
“I’m not sure I’ll have time,” the woman admitted as she started walking down the stairs, “but I’ll try! Thanks again for all your help.”
“Not a problem!” Jinora waved, then turned to the right and spun herself an air scooter so she could get to the practice grounds quicker.
As it zipped her along, she thought about how Avatar Aang had invented the air scooter, a new technique then, to secure his mastery when he was twelve.
The wind spun faster under her and zipped her along. She almost stumbled when she leapt off the ball and hit the ground running at the practice field.
Bolin ribbed her a bit for taking so long, but nodded when she said she’d been walking a guest out.
Jinora looked around cautiously as she sat down to stretch. “Where are Ikki and Meelo?”
Sakari winked. “Naga’s taking care of them. They should be well-occupied on the other half of the island with airbending-assisted fetch.”
“That actually sounds pretty fun.” Jinora giggled.
After a minute of stretching, they flew into action, dividing up to work on various techniques together. She smiled at Mako. “Ready?” she asked.
He nodded and rolled his shoulders. “Let’s give it another shot.”
They did some practice with all four elements in tandem, but it was easier to start off with two-element combos. One of their most recent additions revolved around managing the volatile combination of air and fire. If Jinora and Mako worked together, matching the commensurate level of wind with Mako’s blasts, they could create small fireballs that quickly surged into small explosions, then immediately dissipated. The result came with an impressive flash of light and a loud pop.
The first time they’d successfully balanced it, Bolin had yelped and slipped on some of Sakari’s ice. It was kind of funny, actually.
However, if Jinora didn’t control the gusts of wind just so, the air would extinguish the fire instead of feeding it. Bending with Mako was all about balance. Unlike water and earth, they didn’t need to reach to find their elements; Mako found fire at hand as easily as Jinora grasped the air.
“Alright Jinora, I’m ready when you are.” Mako held a bit of fire between his hands.
Jinora nodded and stepped in time with the movement on her hands, feeding a stream of air into the fireball. Mako’s focused expression didn’t shift as he moved the fire in a whirl with the air. Unlike Bolin, he didn’t crack jokes during practice. It was still fun to work with him though. Even when they were in the middle of a drill she could tell just how well the fire suited him and jumped naturally to his fingertips.
When the mixture of air and fire was just right, Jinora fed the airstream to the flames and Mako threw the fire away from him. Several paces out, it exploded with a flash of light and a loud boom.
“WHOO HOO!” Bolin shot them a thumbs up from the other side of the field. “I love explosions! I didn’t freak out at all this time!” From the looks of his clothes, he and Sakari were enjoying their mudbending entirely too much.
Jinora giggled as Mako shook his head. “Ready to try again? I think we can reduce the time by half if we get a little more practice in.”
They weren’t able to get it down by half, but they did manage some progress by the time they switched off partners with Sakari and Bolin. Thankfully, her friend had managed to get cleaned off from the mudbending section.
She and Sakari were working on a less combat-applicable technique, but it was still pretty cool.
“Are you ready?” Sakari asked.
Jinora nodded. “Let’s give it a shot.”
When Jinora had taken Sakari up on Oogi, they’d discovered they could work together to bend the clouds. It had been an exhilarating and exciting discovery.
Trying to make clouds on the ground was not so effortless.
Sakari pulled some water out of the pond and held it in the air, concentrating. Jinora started working her hands around, creating a gentle current of air to cycle around the circle of water. When the air was steady, she gave Sakari another nod, ready to incorporate the water vapor into the air’s movements.
Turning her wrists, Sakari tried to pull the water apart into vapor. It was hard for Jinora to understand the process, but her friend had described it as being the opposite of hardening water into ice. It was also, apparently, quite difficult. Jinora’s air ball caught a wisp of water vapor as a bead of sweat rolled down Sakari’s face.
It took several minutes to successfully incorporate the air and water, but by the end of it they’d managed to create a small cloud.
Sakari immediately sat down. “Okay, that’s enough cloud-making for today. Is it naptime yet?”
Jinora used the air to whirl their cloud in a circle. “I don’t think we can nap yet, but we can definitely call it a day on the cloud-making.”
Seeing that they were done, Bolin grabbed Mako’s shoulder. “Look, they did it!”
“Nice!” Mako jogged over. “I think that’s the biggest one yet.”
“It definitely is,” Sakari said. She’d dropped from sitting to lying on the ground.
“There’s gotta be a faster way to do that,” Bolin said. “Or at least a way that’s less exhausting for Sakari.”
“I would like that,” Sakari mumbled. The process had gotten less tiring with practice, but it was still far from being useful on a practical level.
Jinora frowned, pulling the cloud into a tighter formation. Its colors shifted depending on how dense she pressed the air and water. “I’m not sure how we could, but unfortunately it’s not really feasible for combat applications yet.”
Mako glanced up. “Could you practice with the ones in the sky? Last I checked, they come ready-made and free to use.”
Sakari weakly kicked his ankle, then sat up. “Yeah, but they kind of like being, you know, in the sky. We tried pulling one down on Oogi once and it didn’t wanna budge too much.”
“We’ll practice with that too,” Jinora said, reaching an arm down to pull Sakari up. Once her friend was on her feet, Jinora passed her their small cloud with a puff of wind. “I think if we could get some practice and some more volume, the cloud-bending could be really useful in a combat setting.”
“I can sense anything that’s in it,” Sakari said, pulling the cloud down near the pond so it enveloped the tips of some reeds. “And we can expand and condense it as needed to manipulate visibility.”
Bolin stroked his chin. “And as much as I like our dust-cover technique, Jinora, it kind of sucks trying to actually walk through it.”
“Yeah…” Jinora winced. Even with the two of them able to manipulate the dust cloud, she always ended up rubbing her eyes afterward, and her clothes got really dirty. The worst that happened when moving through the clouds was getting her clothes wet, and she and Sakari could both easily dry off.
Her father’s voice startled her. “I’m very impressed with all the ingenuity I see the four of you employing,” he said.
Jinora whipped around to see him walking over from the main building. “Oh, hi Dad!” He couldn’t normally attend their practices, and she was always a little nervous when he did. The combat techniques and combined bending they practiced weren’t exactly part of the traditional thirty-six tiers of airbending.
“Thank you, Master Tenzin,” Mako said. “Even though I offered to help teach Jinora more practical bending combat, I gotta say I think she’s taught us plenty too.”
Sakari flashed Jinora a smile and passed her the cloud in a spiral shape as Bolin added, “I already feel much lighter on my feet.”
Her father nodded. “It’s all a bit different, but I’m very happy for the four of you.” He met Jinora’s eyes with a warm gaze as she bent the cloud into two smaller ones. “You’ve put for the a lot of effort. I don’t believe there’s been a four-element team like this since my father was a young man.”
“That’s so cool,” Bolin said, practically bouncing. “Maybe when life gets back to normal, we can petition the pro-bending establishment to give airbending a place in the arena!” Bolin’s wide grin fell as Tenzin’s expression froze.
Jinora winced and exchanged a look with Sakari. She’s heard from her friend how badly her father had reacted when he’d found Sakari at the pro-bending arena. He wasn’t exactly a fan of the sport.
Mako chuckled and inserted himself in front of Bolin. “Uh… we just mean to say that your daughter has a prodigious level of skill. She’s a master airbender and it’s great to train with her.” Jinora’s gaze swept toward her father. His eyes flickered toward her, but he seemed impassive to Mako’s faux-pas. Mastery wasn’t as well-defined a concept with other bending arts; Mako probably didn’t even know he’d said something awkward. “We would not actually advocate for the inclusion of an eleven-year-old airbender in the pro-bending circuit. Sir.”
An awkward pause followed Mako’s hurried conclusion.
Then Jinora’s father laughed. She blinked and swapped surprised looks with Sakari.
“I highly doubt the pro-bending establishment would allow the Fire Ferrets to be the one team with four benders,” he said. “And I must admit I would be… less than thrilled at the prospect. Still, the idea does bring some amusing possibilities.”
“… It does?” Sakari asked. She crossed her arms.
“Well of course!” Tenzin chuckled. “Why, my father would retell this story whenever he needed to poke fun at Chief Beifong, the elder. He first met her at Earth Rumble Six, an underground earthbending competition. He was able to easily—and accidentally—defeat Toph—“
“He defeated Toph?” Bolin whispered.
“—who was even then a master earthbender, because the win condition was simply to knock the opponent off the stage.” Tenzin smiled. “I would not be the biggest fan of Jinora’s inclusion in the pro-bending circuit, but I suspect if she were allowed, she could win the championship single-handed. Airbending has a significant advantage in that form of contest.”
Jinora glowed with the praise. For a moment, she felt as though she could float away happy with her father’s admission and praise of her skill.
“Master Tenzin!” An alarmed cry from a White Lotus soldier broke Jinora’s reverie.
They all turned toward her as she ran over, a newspaper in hand. Jinora recognized the soldier as one of the ones who made frequent trips into the city.
“What is it, Sonam?” Tenzin asked, brows knit together.
She held out a newspaper and Tenzin took it. “The cover story of the Republic City Post,” she said. “It hit the stands late this morning, but I don’t think they’ll have any problems selling it out.” Sonam’s eyes flashed toward Sakari.
Jinora felt a pit of dread drop into her stomach. “What’s the headline?” she asked.
Her father’s face lost all traces of his previous humor as his eyes skimmed down the front page.
The cloud whirled around Sakari, small spirals that reflected nervousness. “What happened? Did the Equalists take someone else?”
Mako stepped forward. “Was there another attack?”
“Nothing like that.” Tenzin’s face tightened. “But it’s still bad news, I’m afraid.” He hesitated, then held the paper out. “I’m sorry, Sakari.”
The Republic City Post headline read, ‘Still No Avatar, But Secret Sister Discovered! Fire Ferret’s Sakari is a Water Tribe Runaway!’
The cloud fell to the ground as water, splashing around Sakari. “H-How did they find out? I…” Whatever Sakari tried to say next caught in her throat.
Jinora turned and swept her into a tight hug as Mako took the paper. She watched him skim down the article. “It just says… unnamed but reliable sources,” he said.
“Hardly anybody even knows I exist,” Sakari whispered. “Not even in the Southern Water Tribe…”
Bolin put an arm around Sakari and Jinora as he read the article around Mako’s shoulder. “They don’t seem to have too much actual information on you from the south,” he said. “Just that your dad is the chief and your parents kept you a secret.”
To the side, Jinora was dimly aware of Sonam telling her father that she’d run the paper across the bay as soon as she could, but that the next boat in would likely have reporters.
“Let’s get inside,” Jinora said, gently tugging Sakari’s shoulders. Her father would instruct the White Lotus to intercept any reporters. If one of them snuck by, however, it would be better to stay away from the island’s public areas.
They said hurried goodbyes to her father, who left in the other direction to deal with the issue.
As they made their way inside, however, Jinora could feel Sakari start to simmer with anger. Her hand was trembling in Jinora’s own by the time they made it to the dining room. If her friend had been another type of bender, Jinora was fairly certain she’d have caught fire by now.
“Who was it?” she said abruptly. “Do you think it was that woman Tenzin told the other day?”
Mako frowned. “Chief Beifong? No way. She has no reason to do that.”
“And she’s Toph’s daughter,” Bolin added. “She would never do anything bad!”
“Then who was it?” Sakari ran a troubled hand through her hair. “There’s only a handful of people who know. Even... even those two women from the arena, even that doesn’t make any sense. It’s been weeks since they found out, and Sonam said the paper was delayed in printing this morning, like it was fresh news.”
Jinora didn’t know who Sakari was talking about, but her reasoning seemed sound. “We don’t know yet, but we’ll figure out who it was eventually.” She put a hand on Sakari’s shoulder.
“Sakari half-heartedly shrugged. “I guess it doesn’t matter who leaked it anyway,” she mumbled. “It was bound to happen eventually.”
Mako frowned. “Hey, Sakari—”
“I’ve been trying to make myself into someone on my own here,” she cut him off. “I traveled half the world to get here, just me and Naga, and I got to choose who that person was.” She sat down heavily against the wall and Jinora sat down beside her with Mako and Bolin. “I’ve never gotten to do that before. In the Southern Water Tribe, I was just ‘The Avatar’s Sister’ to everyone that knew me. All, what, five people?”
Sakari’s shoulders slumped. “Now whoever I am doesn’t matter. I’m just back to being defined by a missing person again.”
Jinora moved to the side so she could take Sakari’s hand in her own and meet her eyes. “Who you are definitely matters,” she said, “because that’s who you are to yourself. Whether the Avatar is around or not, you still have your own story and your own journey and at all points of it, you’re still Sakari.”
A mild smile touched Sakari’s face and Jinora squeezed her hand in response.
“Think about the last book Jinora loaned you,” Mako said. “The world may define the Avatar as the main character, but you don’t have to accept that.”
Bolin put his arm around Sakari’s shoulders. “As a matter of fact, I don’t think you should.” He put his other hand to his eyebrows, like he was looking off in the distance. “I don’t see her around anywhere, which kind of sucks, but we’ve been managing well enough with her so far.”
The smile on Sakari’s face grew a bit. “Only well enough? We made it to finals, didn’t we?”
Jinora smiled as Mako chuckled and ruffled Sakari’s bangs. “We sure did, kid. In no small part thanks to you.”
At that, Jinora was relieved to see Sakari practically glow with pride. After a moment however, the positive reaction seemed to temper itself. She bit her lip, then said, “Can I ask you guys a favor?”
“Of course!” Bolin ruffled her hair further, nearly knocking it out of the short ponytail she had it in for practice.
Mako nodded his agreement and Jinora smiled at her. “What is it?” she asked.
“If… if we do get word… Of her, of Korra’s whereabouts or something like that…” Sakari swallowed hard. “Would you help me find her? I know that as soon as we know something, that means that Tenzin and my dad and everyone else will know too, probably, but… I don’t want to sit around waiting for the adults to bring her home. I want to track her down and drag her back into my story.”
“I’ll go with you,” Jinora said. “No matter what.”
Mako nodded. “I’ve always wanted to be a detective. If we get a hint, let’s go ferret her out.”
“Retrieval mission is a go,” Bolin said, grinning.
Even though she wasn’t any bigger than Jinora, Sakari somehow managed to sweep the four of them into a group hug. “Thank you,” she said. “With a team like this, she’d better watch out.”
* * *
Korra made a small detour on her way back to the apartment. The scroll she’d stolen from the Air Temple Island Library wasn’t something she’d want to be caught with at the apartment. She’d only had a little time to peruse it before Jinora had to go, but Aang’s writings on energybending were clearly going to be key to understanding the art.
Checking that she wasn’t being watched, she stashed the scroll with her Blue Spirit mask. Her other reason for taking it had been concern for the library’s safety. Korra wasn’t sure what exactly the Equalists planned for it, but it seemed prudent to keep the text she needed out of their hands.
Climbing the stairs to the apartment, Korra listened carefully. Lately, fights were more common than not. When she couldn’t hear anything abnormal though the door, she let herself in.
P’li, Ghazan, and Zaheer were all standing in the middle of the living room. They immediately stopped talking and looked up when she came in.
For a moment, everything was quiet. Korra stepped inside, feeling out-of-place, and shut the door behind her.
“Where have you been?” Zaheer asked, voice clipped.
Korra pulled out a packet of tea leaves. “You guys sent me to get this from the pharmacy, remember?”
Ghazan strode over and snatched the packet from her. “You were on a quick errand and were gone for over two hours. Where the hell were you?”
“I was just… out?” Korra tried to catch Zaheer’s eyes, but he seemed oddly preoccupied. If she could get him to understand that she’d been on her energybending quest, he could cover for her to the rest of the Red Lotus.
P’li stepped forward, gently taking the packet of tea leaves from Ghazan. She laid a hand on his shoulder before he could shout at Korra again. Leveling Korra with a steady gaze, she said, “You went to contact her, didn’t you.”
It wasn’t a question.
Korra felt the pit of her stomach drop out, and she wasn’t even sure if she was guilty. “I literally do not know what you’re talking about,” she said. “Who do you think I contacted? Why?”
Ghazan huffed. “Do you think we’re stupid, Korra?”
“No, but I think you’re being ridiculous right now,” she snapped back. Tensions had been running high for the past few days, but she was starting to reach her boiling point. “I went off to run the errand. The pharmacy with that tea is all the way by the docks. So yeah, it took some time, especially since I had to check several on the way. Now you’re accusing me of… something? I don’t even know what I’ve supposedly done!”
At that, her guardians exchanged several looks with one another. Korra couldn’t understand the silent conversation, but it seemed like they were discussing whether or not to believe her.
“I don’t think she knows,” Zaheer said, a moment later.
“How could she have missed it?” Ghazan said.
P’li sighed and walked back to the table. She plucked one of the newspapers up, roughly folded it, and tossed it at Korra.
“What does this have to do with anything…” Korra grumbled. She unfolded the paper, a copy of the Republic City Post, and blinked.
Sakari, in her pro-bending uniform, was on the front cover. The headline: 'Still No Avatar, But Secret Sister Discovered! Fire Ferret’s Sakari is a Water Tribe Runaway!'
“What!?” Korra blinked and read it again. “No… This can’t be.”
Somehow, the press had gotten ahold of Sakari’s secret. Someone must have leaked the information to the post.
The news must only have reached Air Temple Island right after she’d left. There was no other explanation.
Zaheer stepped toward her and put a hand on her shoulder. “We know this must be a shock.”
“What?” Korra felt dumb, just repeating the word as she skimmed the article. It was mostly about Sakari, but reading how the post addressed the Avatar’s absence was equally disconcerting.
“Okay.” Ghazan deflated somewhat. “Okay you’re right, she clearly didn’t know.” He stepped forward. “I’m sorry for snapping Korra, we just… we thought that you’d seen the news. And that… you were late because you’d run off to go see her, since she’s your sister.”
Several emotions swept through Korra at once. First came a strange catharsis from hearing someone else refer to Sakari as her sister. It was a truth she’d whispered to herself, but had yet to hear from someone else’s voice.
Then came alarm and fear. Korra had been reacting to the news, the fact that Sakari’s identity had been leaked to the public. Clearly, however, the Red Lotus had interpreted her reaction differently because they didn’t know she knew.
Korra tried to imagine how she’d react if she’d only just found out Sakari existed. How had she felt that night after the arena?
“I have a sister,” Korra whispered. She moved to go sit down on the couch and the others followed her. “Like… right here in Republic City.”
When P’li sat down beside her, it occurred to Korra that she did have one question. She looked across the table at Zaheer and met his eyes. “Did you know?” she asked. “Did you know she existed?”
Zaheer met her gaze steadily, then nodded. “Somewhat,” he said. “We have not been back to the Southern Water Tribe since liberating you, but some Red Lotus agents reported their suspicions. It seems the girl was kept a secret in the palace, separated from the rest of the world.”
“We were unable to confirm much aside from rumors that she did exist,” P’li continued.
“I see…” Korra propped her elbows on her knees. “I… I would like to meet her,” she admitted.
Zaheer sighed. “In time. Now is not… an opportune moment.”
Ghazan huffed. He had not yet sat down. “That’s an understatement,” he muttered, walking over to P’li. She silently passed the tea packet back, now that he wasn’t in danger of crushing it, and he went into the kitchen.
“We need you here, Korra,” P’li said. “Here and now. Not there.” She sighed. “Family is a complicated beast. On the one hand, they are supposed to be those closest to us. On the other hand, our families can often make terrible decisions for us with little oversight.”
Korra nodded mutely. She knew that P’li had been kidnapped by a warlord when she was a kid. Instead of trying to free her or looking for someone to help do so, P’li’s family had chosen to accept the warlord’s bribe to stay silent about the kidnapping.
“Just because someone is your family doesn’t mean they have your best interests at heart,” Zaheer said. “Your own family, complicit in the world’s system of unbalanced power, would have raised you in a compound not so dissimilar to this Sakari girl. The proof is in her upbringing, really. They would have kept you separate in order to indoctrinate you into their philosophies and keep you ‘safe.’” He smiled slightly. “We liberated you so that you might experience true freedom. We are not your family, but with us you have seen the world.”
Korra nodded and sighed. “I know… but… that’s my parents. That’s the White Lotus and Master Tenzin and all of those people. Sakari is just a kid. She’s thirteen. She may be confused or something but like… she can’t not have my best interests at heart. She probably just wants to meet me…”
When she looked up, Korra saw Zaheer and P’li having a silent conversation. A beat later, Zaheer pursed his lips. “When things have calmed down,” he said, “we will help you arrange a meeting with the girl. We understand that this is important to you.”
Korra nodded. “Yeah. That’d be great… just…” She sighed. “I guess I was wondering… couldn’t we liberate her too?”
She hadn’t been able to spend much time in Sakari’s company, but Korra could easily imagine her at ease with her Red Lotus guardians. Her quick wit and bending prowess would be a natural fit into their family. And even if Sakari was a bit cautious at first, Korra could explain everything to her in time.
Zaheer and P’li stared at her blankly. Korra could hear the clinking noises of Ghazan making tea in the kitchen.
“You know… because this has been such a good life for me,” Korra continued, “I guess I was just thinking that we could help her too. And yeah, then we could be together.” She shrugged. “I just found out I have a sister. Of course I want to meet her. Of course I want to be a part of her life.”
Whatever sort of practice they were doing on Air Temple Island, with Mako, Bolin, Jinora, and Sakari, Korra had no doubt it was something she wanted to be a part of. But if she couldn’t be there, maybe she could figure out a way of getting Sakari here.
“We… can see about arranging it,” Zaheer said at length. “After Harmonic Convergence.”
P’li gave him a sharp look, but Korra couldn’t figure out what she meant by it. She smiled at him. “Thank you, Zaheer,” she said. “Thank you thank you!”
“The details may change,” P’li cut in. “We don’t know exactly how this will play out.”
“But the plan stays the same,” Zaheer said. He smiled across the table at Korra, but his eyes drifted over to look at P’li. “We always have a plan.”
* * *
Asami pulled her jacket close as she followed her mother onto the airfield. Though the city itself had mostly warmed to spring temperatures, the mountains hiding this Equalist base were surrounded by snow.
“We have sentries posted to alert this base of any approaching vehicles,” Yasuko was saying as she led Asami to the large hangar in the center of the airfield. Five branching runways traveled from the hangar to the cliff’s edge. “In addition, I’ve deployed an invisible fence around the perimeter in case any intruders attempt to infiltrate the base.”
Asami let her gaze wander around the edges of the airfield, lingering on the metal poles spaced around the perimeter. The voltage they carried would be enough to knock out most people. Combined with the airfield’s remote location, that electric fence would make attacking this base almost impossible.
“I wanted to make sure that you were familiar with this base and the biplanes,” Yasuko said, opening the doors to the hangar. “I’ll likely need your help in keeping the biplanes functional. I trust you’ll be quite impressed when you see them.” A proud smile stretched across her face.
It was a little odd. Yasuko didn’t smile often, but Asami had seen that same expression when they had released their first updated Satomobile model together.
She’d also seen it when they had finally created a working electrified glove, and again when they were holding the first field-test results.
Asami forced her lips into a smile as she stepped inside... and promptly gasped at the rows of biplanes. Polished metal plates and gleaming rivets caught the light and reflected curved shapes along the hangar walls. “These are incredible, mother,” Asami said. She wandered closer to one, inspecting it from different angles. The planes were sleek in design, accented in red, with a three-blade propeller. Her gaze turned to the wings, analyzing their structure.
A part of her wondered exactly how much her mother had embezzled from Future Industries to construct these plans, but she forced the thought aside. Asami was good at mental math, but didn’t trust herself to handle equations of that size.
Yasuko beamed at the praise. “It took a few models to find the right aspect ratio for the wings,” she said. “But I am confident that these biplanes will perform in a variety of combat situations, including high-alpha maneuvers. I have no doubt that we will have the superior air power. We moved the pusher engines to the top of the wings to improve the plane’s ability to dive bomb if need be. Underneath the wings, we can load four torpedoes in addition to the bombs stored beneath the plane’s body.”
Asami froze at the words, unable to swallow the bitter taste in her mouth. Her eyes fell to the torpedo racks, and she couldn’t help but start calculating just how much destructive power a single plane contained.
She turned her gaze down the rows of planes sitting in the hangar and frowned at the number of them. “Do we really have this many pilots among our numbers?” she asked. Equalist membership had grown in the wake of Tarrlok’s oppressive laws, but there were very few registered pilots in Republic City.
“We’ve been training several former delivery drivers as pilots,” Yasuko said. “And many of the engineers also volunteered to undergo pilot training as well if need be.”
Asami frowned at that, turning to face her mother. “I was under the impression that the biplanes were only to provide air cover for our ground forces.” Even as she spoke the words, they tasted of ash.
“That was the original plan,” Yasuko said, walking over to one of the planes, “when we thought we were going to have fewer pilots than we do. But after reviewing the numbers, we realized that we will have enough pilots to launch a decisive offensive against the United Forces. One of our spies at City Hall will call in a distress signal to the United Forces and give us their estimated time of arrival. She’ll also pass on false information about the timing of our attack to lure their navy into a trap. Our pilots will swoop in and take out the ships when they reach the bay. The attack should quickly turn the tide in our favor.”
Her mother opened one of the plane’s engine hatches and started fiddling inside. She might have said something else about how they’d handle the next wave of the United Forces, but it was lost in the maelstrom of Asami’s thoughts.
If the Equalists launched nearly all of these biplanes at once, fully equipped, they would decimate the United Forces’ navy. Even deployed in waves, the attack would be devastating.
A naval ship was more than just the soldiers on board. There would be sailors, engineers, cooks, and various other crew members. Hundreds of noncombatants, bender and non-bender alike, killed in a matter of seconds.
Asami swallowed. “Surely we could use the fact that we will have air superiority to force the United Forces to retreat or surrender?” She tried to keep pleading out of her tone as she spoke. If she could just reason with her mother, then maybe... “We could use the biplanes and mecha tanks to force the United Forces into a corner. Force them to surrender, since we’ll have taken over the capital of the United Republic…”
“They would never agree to our demands,” Yasuko said. She pulled a small gear out of the engine hatch and held it up to the light. “The Council, the city, and the United Forces have made it clear time and time again that they will continue to place benders above non-benders. For our movement to succeed, we have to make our attacks decisive. We have to show our enemies our true strength.”
Asami wanted to say something in protest, but the words froze in her throat.
Yasuko shook her head and pocketed the gear, then pulled out a new one to replace it. “When we destroy the first wave of the United Force’s navy, we will send a loud message to all benders that we will not rest until they have submitted to our rule and agreed to be equalized. The fight will be ours from the first strike.”
“But that’s…”
Too extreme? A part of Asami wanted to laugh at that thought. Because individually kidnapping benders and forcibly stripping away their bending wasn’t extreme? Building an army of mecha tanks and supplying the Equalists with a range of weapons wasn’t?
The Equalists had turned extremist long ago, and Asami couldn’t say when the shift from political movement to militant terrorism had occurred.
“This attack is necessary if we wish to turn the tide of the battle in our favor quickly,” Yasuko added absently. “Instead of a long, drawn-out battle, we’ll eliminate the brunt enemies in one fell swoop and minimize casualties on our side.
Looking at Yasuko, Asami wasn’t even sure when the shift in her mother had occurred. She remembered her mother’s wearied but determined smile years ago after a piece of legislation on non-bending rights had been pushed aside by the Council yet again. It was hard to reconcile that memory with the jaded engineer and Equalist leader standing before her.
“I understand,” she said, the words ringing hollow in her ears.
Yasuko nodded and began describing more of the biplanes’ features, pointing at different parts as she did so. Her words sounded like gibberish in Asami’s ears.
Every time she looked at the planes, she could see them soaring over the bay, loosing their torpedoes on the unsuspecting ships.
When the explanation lulled, Asami plastered her best apologetic smile. “I’m sorry, mother, but I really need to get back to my factory and finish my work there.”
“I was hoping you would have more time to inspect these planes with me,” Yasuko said.
Asami swallowed. “The last batch of mecha tanks is finishing up. But I’ll look over the blueprints on the biplanes that you sent me to make sure I know how they work.”
“All right,” Yasuko said, giving Asami a small smile. It did nothing to ease the tension coiling in Asami’s gut. “I wish you could stay longer and help me out here, but I know you have your own duties to finish up before our attack.”
“I’ll see you later,” Asami said, turning to leave.
“Oh,” Yasuko called as Asami started for the exit. “Make sure to pick up a copy of The Republic City Post on your way back to the factory. A certain story was finally leaked to the news in preparation for our plans, so I thought you’d like to see it.”
Asami frowned. Her mother’s words carried a sense of foreboding, but she couldn’t think of what story she should be anticipating. Honestly, the amount of propaganda they discussed in council meetings was astounding. “I’ll go check it out then,” she said.
The trip from the base back to the city took far longer than Asami wanted it too. Her arms and shoulders shook faintly as she drove, but she kept a tight rein on her emotions. She just had to make it to her workshop and process everything.
The Satomobile rumbled under her. It was one of her family’s oldest models; her father had designed this one himself. It pre-dated the new road-building techniques and had a fairly robust suspension as a result. Winding down the rickety mountain roads, it was a better transportation choice than some of their newer models, designed for the comforts of a more modern Republic City.
Asami wore her thumb against a polished bit of leather where Hiroshi used to hold the wheel. If he were still alive, was this the direction he would want for their family? What about the city or Future Industries?
Her thoughts chased themselves in circles until she was back in the city proper. Navigating to the manufacturing district, she hopped out of her car on one of the many streets that served as hubs for factory workers to gather on breaks.
A small crowd was mingling around one of the newsstands. Asami approached and found that the stack of Republic City Post copies had almost sold out—and this appeared to be the second printing. The story Yasuko had mentioned was major news then.
“It’s been such a crazy week for news,” the vendor was saying to another customer as Asami paid for the newspaper. “First Councilman Tarrlok goes missing and now it turns out that the Avatar’s sister has been in the city for months now.”
“What?” Heart racing, Asami stared at the front page in growing horror.
‘Still No Avatar, But Secret Sister Discovered! Fire Ferret’s Sakari is a Water Tribe Runaway!.’
Asami stepped away from the newsstand. “No...”
She distantly heard the vendor respond, “Oh yeah! They delayed the release this morning to print it!”
They had failed to capture Sakari during the Finals, and the Equalists had lost track of her after that. She should have been safe from their schemes for the moment. All the attention had been focused on the upcoming attack. Why focus on one thirteen-year-old girl?
Someone jostled Asami as they reached for one of the newspapers, breaking her out of her thoughts. She glanced down and found the paper shaking in her hands. Folding it back up and gripping it tightly, she started off toward her workshop at the factory. She felt like a machine held together by only a few loose screws, ready to fall apart at any second.
When the factory gates came into view, Asami sped up her pace. She spared only a moment to greet the manager on duty, who informed her that production was moving as scheduled. Thanking the woman, Asami turned and headed toward her workshop.
Once inside, she tossed the paper away and collapsed to the ground. A part of her wanted to scream in frustration, but all she did was sit there with her face buried in her knees.
Was this where she finally drew the line? The biplane assault would slaughter hundreds of people in a vicious surprise attack. She could picture the damage done by the torpedoes and bombs all too clearly, and the image left her chilled.
The attack would harm more than just the United Forces as well. Innocent civilians just trying to live their lives would be affected by the invasion. They could lose their homes, their livelihoods, and even their lives. Already the Fire Ferrets had lost their home to an Equalist attack. How many other families would be hurt by this invasion?
At the thought of the Fire Ferrets, Asami’s gaze fell on the newspaper on the floor, and she reluctantly picked it back up. The Fire Ferrets, and Sakari in particular, would once again be in the Equalists’ sights. Though she didn’t want to read the article, she owed Sakari that much. Sakari’s situation was entirely her fault after all.
For such a big headline, the article itself was rather terse. It only briefly touched on her parents, Chief Tonraq and Senna, from the Southern Water Tribe. There was even less information about her missing sister. Just that a source revealed that the Avatar’s name was Korra. (And now that she thought about it, that conversation with Sakari must have been where she heard the name “Korra” before.) The rest of the article focused on Sakari’s pro-bending accomplishments and insinuations that her prowess was due to her lineage as both Water Tribe royalty and a member of the Avatar’s immediate family.
She studied the picture of Sakari in her pro-bending uniform and frowned. Though the photo was a bit blurry, she couldn’t help but think that Korra—Asami’s friend Korra—and Sakari really did resemble one another. It was more than them both being from the Water Tribe too. They had remarkably similar facial features, particularly with the shape of their eyes.
Korra. The Avatar’s name was Korra.
Her breath left in a rush. That her friend shared the same name as the Avatar had to be coincidence. She wasn’t very familiar with what names were most popular in the Southern Water Tribe, but surely there were multiple Korras in the world.
And yet as she continued to stare at the black-and-white image of Sakari, she kept imagining how similar a younger Korra would look, especially if Sakari had longer hair.
Asami read through the article again. It mentioned that the Avatar vanished fourteen years ago, when she was four. That would put the missing Avatar at eighteen years of age, close to Korra’s age.
She’s raised me since I was four. She’s been like an aunt to me, my teacher, my friend, my confidant.
Korra’s words about her waterbending mentor came back to Asami. The Avatar had gone missing at age four, and Korra had been taken in at age four. The name and age she could pass off as coincidence, but the timing of Korra’s “adoption” couldn’t be brushed off so easily.
Then there was the time she and Korra had learned of Sakari’s relationship to the Avatar. They had both been shocked at the news, but Korra had been uncharacteristically dazed during and after the conversation. Perhaps Asami was projecting some of her suspicions onto the memory, but she didn’t think Korra would have reacted so strongly if there wasn’t some kind of connection between her and Sakari’s story, if it wasn’t personal.
The idea of Korra being the Avatar felt ludicrous, but it could explain so much. Why Korra knew so much about different bending styles and forms. Why her fighting style easily switched between different forms. Why she hadn’t really spoken about her personal life or history, aside from allusions to continuous travel.
Why travel so much if there was nothing to hide?
Asami closed her eyes. If Korra was the Avatar, how did that fit into everything?
Even from the start, there was something off about her. Asami would have been immediately suspicious of a stranger who demonstrated so much knowledge of different bending forms if not for the fact that she’d met Naga at the Equalist Revelation. She had been convinced of her assumption that the woman was a non-bender and had learned about the different bending forms for self-defense. But only a bender could have that much specialized knowledge.
Most benders would only have that knowledge of their own form though. Would the Avatar be more likely to know about the other bending arts?
In their chi-blocking lesson, Korra had initially started with a certain style of stance. In hindsight, Asami would label it a waterbending stance. As the lesson went on, however, Korra’s footwork changed and adapted depending on what they were doing. Was it evidence of being able to switch between different styles of bending?
Asami stilled. At the beginning of the lesson, Korra had hesitated before saying she fought with a knife, but she did have one. It had seemed familiar too.
Asami sat up and tried to focus. She had let too many hints pass her by to forget now. Korra had said her knife probably resembled the ones they’d seen at Tarrlok’s house, but that wasn’t it. Asami actually thought she’d seen the knife after the run-in at Tarrlok’s house.
For some reason, her mind was placing it at the pro-bending arena, but that didn’t make any sense. Korra had been sitting with her in the stands both times they went. Asami would definitely have remembered her pulling a knife out.
So she must have seen the knife during the Pro-bending Finals. She closed her eyes, searching her memories for that flash of blue and silver. The only time a knife could have been used during that fight was when the Blue Spirit vigilante had cut Mako and Bolin free.
Asami swallowed, letting the implications wash over her. During her confrontation with the masked firebender, there had been a moment, right after the goggles had been kicked from her face, when the battle had seem to pause around them. The Blue Spirit had held back after that even when tossing Asami into the water. The other Equalists had not fared as well as she.
And despite the mask, she’d seen the firebender’s eyes. They were blue, the same shade as Korra’s.
This, she knew without a doubt, because she’d spent an inordinate amount of time lately looking into her friend’s eyes. They matched the Blue Spirit’s as certainly as they matched Sakari’s.
Asami leapt to her feet, only half-aware that she was pacing the length of her workshop. Korra being the Blue Spirit explained how the firebender had been so prepared to ambush the Equalists at the finals match. She knew of the attack through Asami’s warning, and she had also been on the backstage tour. She would know the best places to sneak inside. And if she had seen Asami’s face after kicking off her mask and goggles, she would have recognized her friend and known to hold back her attacks.
If Korra was the Blue Spirit, then she had to be the Avatar. A part of Asami didn’t want to believe it, yet she could find nothing to contradict the theory. There were too many coincidences, too many pieces of evidence that now fit neatly together concerning Korra.
Asami sighed and collapsed into the chair by her workbench.
Okay. So Korra was the Avatar.
The missing Avatar was hiding in plain sight in Republic City, attending pro-bending matches and making friends with an Equalist. Fighting against the Equalists and Tarrlok’s task force as a masked vigilante. Wishing for a world where everyone—bender and non-bender alike—could live in peace and freedom.
In a way, her friend’s wishes were similar to the what the Equalists had originally fought for before years of frustration, political inactivity, and Amon’s agenda had taken over and transformed the movement into something Asami no longer recognized.
The Equalist movement wasn’t going to return to the those previous ideals. The extremism had permeated the entire organization from the newest recruits to the highest leaders. Asami couldn’t keep lying to herself and pretend that if she kept her head down and followed orders that things would be okay. They hadn’t been for some time, and she had to accept that.
She buried her face in her hands. The corners of her eyes burned, but she refused to let the tears fall. She couldn’t go through with this plan. Taking over Republic City and ambushing the United Forces would result in hundred of casualties. So many people would have their lives destroyed or disrupted in the chaos, most of them innocent civilians. And her machines were part of that, machines that she had either designed or helped design. It was her responsibility to put a stop to it.
But she couldn’t do it alone. It was one thing to sabotage the finals mission. Disable a few gloves and manipulate the situation to give the Fire Ferrets a fighting chance.
It was quite another to stand against the entire Equalist army where there were mechanics to fix any sabotage attempts and even more fighters ready to take her out if she was caught.
No, if she was going to oppose the Equalists, she needed allies. Asami briefly considered the metalbending police, but she crossed them out. The police were already stretched out thin enough following the dissolution of Tarrlok’s task force. They simply didn’t have the manpower to take out the Equalists. Any attempted raid would only end with the police captured and stripped of their bending.
To fight an army, she would need an army. If she could warn the United Forces about the threat posed by the Equalist biplanes, give them information on the exact type of firepower they’d be facing, she could help level the battlefield. The United Forces were her best bet at quelling the Equalist threat. They would have the numbers necessary to keep the Equalists at bay.
But the Equalists would still have the advantage in terms of technology. Asami knew that the gloves, mecha tanks, biplanes, and other weapons were designed to be efficient and durable. If the United Forces couldn’t find some way to combat or disable those weapons, they would have a difficult battle…
Asami turned slowly to stare at the electromagnetic disturbance device sitting on her workbench. The United Forces would need some way to disable the Equalist technology, and she had spent the past few weeks designing a portable device that could do just that. Whenever she had been frustrated by her work or problems within the Equalist movement, she had poured her energy into modifying the device.
Perhaps she had been subconsciously breaking free from the Equalists all this time.
Her first successful test had proven the device capable of halting a satomobile. Stopping a mecha tank or a biplane wouldn’t be too different, just a shift in scale.
Jumping to her feet, Asami began gathering the tools and materials that she’d need to construct a a few additional devices. She could bring them with her when she went to warn the United Forces, proof of her sincerity in stopping the Equalists. They would probably not take kindly to her arrival, but she would get them to listen to her. She would have quite a number of Equalist secrets to leverage.
She only had a few days. And she would need to take care to keep her mother or Liu from discovering her plans. With the preparations for the attack on Republic City, it would be difficult. The challenge paled in comparison to her newfound determination. For the first time in months, she was finally doing the right thing.
Notes:
Tensions are on the rise! The next three chapters constitute the 'finale' of arc one of the fic. We've decided to set a finale schedule that puts Endgame part 1 on IoaFB's ONE YEAR POSTING ANNIVERSARY! Chapter one went up on August 26, 2015. It's been a wild and crazy ride since then, and we are far from done. Talking to some readers, we decided to write and post the endgame chapters back-to-back so that it's not too painful to read. Also, that gives you 48 hours to scream/cry at us over tumblr/in comments.
UPDATE SCHEDULE FOR THE ARC ONE FINALE:
Chapter 14: August 7
Chapter 15: August 26 (IoaFB's BIRTHDAY)
Chapter 16: August 28SO, that said! Thoughts? Questions? Feelings about Jinora's first POV section and her personal priorities and motivations? Speculation about the finale? Plot points you're dying to see addressed? Think you've figured out who wrote which POV sections? Skepticism about our ability to keep the schedule? Leave it in the comments!
Chapter 14: Turning the Tide
Summary:
The Equalists are invading Republic City! As chaos engulfs the city, Mako and Bolin face off against the Equalists on Air Temple Island. Asami meets new allies as she stands firm on her decision to defy everything she grew up with, and Korra finds that the city's takeover has only stoked the tensions at home. As the dust settles, however, The Red Lotus always has a plan.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter Fourteen: Turning the Tide
(Shifting waters only drown some)
The airship pressed forward, into the sunlight. Yasuko smiled. Underneath her feet, she could feel the distant engine pulsing and whirling. Familiar calculations teased the edges of her thoughts as she watched Republic City appear just beyond the mountains.
“We’re here,” she murmured.
The corners of a picture frame pressed against her leg through her pocket. She didn’t need to pull it out to see Hiroshi’s face. Her husband had not lived to see this moment, had not even lived long enough to imagine its necessity. But Yasuko, and Asami too, had seen the movement through to this point. They had honored his memory.
The morning sun reflected off Yue Bay and Yasuko closed her eyes against the light for a moment.
She heard measured footsteps draw up beside her. She didn’t need to open her eyes to know it was Amon. When the light had lessened, she glanced to the side at him.
“Yasuko,” he said in greeting.
She nodded. “Amon.”
Side by side, they watched the airship rolling toward Republic City. At the edges of her vision, Yasuko could see the rest of the Equalist’s airship fleet bearing down alongside theirs.
“I’ve dreamed of this day for so long,” she said.
“Yes,” Amon said, “the time has come for the Equalists to claim Republic City as their own.”
It bothered Yasuko, as it sometimes did, that he referred to their movement in the third person—‘as their own’ instead of ‘as our own’—but she set it aside. In the minutia of phrasing, it didn’t matter. Amon was accustomed to speaking to the masses, appealing to the undecided and such.
“What’s the status on the council?” she asked.
“All secured, minus Tenzin,” Amon answered. “We just got radio confirmation. He escaped and made it to police headquarters.”
“Plan B then?” Yasuko had thought capturing Tenzin on a rooftop unlikely from the start.
“Indeed. Our operators are on standby, waiting for him to send his wire to the United Forces. Once it’s out, we’ll cut the lines and move in. Chief Beifong and Councilman Tenzin should be secure within the hour.”
Yasuko nodded. “Sounds as though we’re right on schedule.” She had been curious, at first, about Amon’s fixation on the council. As the ruling body of the United Republic, they were obviously of some importance. Time seemed to reframe his interest as a fixation on Tarrlok himself, even after they’d captured the councilman. Amon had ordered the man be kept under total solitary confinement.
She’d been mildly curious to see if he’d treat the other members of the council with the same odd hand, but it seemed thus far as though he didn’t care so much for them. The exception was Tenzin, but their plans for the airbenders placed him in a different category altogether.
An aide approached with news, so Yasuko and Amon retired from the window to the planning room. Consulting aides and reports, they updated a map of Republic City, noting which quadrants of the city were secure and which ones were demonstrating strong groundswell bender resistance. Special markers were placed to note the position of different squadrons and important Equalist leaders.
Despite the excitement, Yasuko felt she could hardly focus.
This map, these changes. She couldn’t have dreamed any of it ten years ago when the movement was young. Even in her wildest, most furious imaginations after Hiroshi’s death, rewriting the city was impossible.
“And where is Asami?”
Amon’s question brought her back to the present moment. “She’s with the mecha-tanks outside of Police Headquarters,” Yasuko said, placing her daughter’s marker on the map. “She’s either piloting one or she’s on standby.”
The aide frowned. “I don’t believe I heard her name in the last status report from that team…”
Yasuko pursed her lips. It wouldn’t make sense for Asami to be anywhere else but on the ground with her inventions. Her daughter had masterminded their ground forces and Yasuko had taken care of their air power.
She had opened her mouth to ask the aide a question when another aide ran in.
“Status update!” the aide announced.
Amon turned to the first aide. “It doesn’t matter.” Shifting his attention to the second aide, he nodded. “Go.”
She bowed briefly. “Our forces are approaching Air Temple Island, Amon. Quadrants four, eight, twenty-three, and twenty-seven are secure.”
“And Councilman Tenzin?” Yasuko asked.
“Confirmed captured.” The aide glanced down at a piece of paper. “In the battle outside Police Headquarters, we secured Councilman Tenzin and Police Captain Saikhan, at the cost of two mecha-tanks.”
“Where is the Chief of Police?” Amon asked, terse.
Swallowing hard, the aide glanced away. “The chief’s whereabouts are unknown, sir,” he said. “Forces are sweeping Police Headquarters as we speak.”
Amon was silent for a long moment. If Yasuko could have seen his expression, she doubted he would look pleased.
“Find Chief Beifong. And I want the rest of the airbenders secured, as well as the Sakari girl,” he said. “Shift our course to Air Temple Island. If required, I will deal with this matter personally, as it seems we’re having trouble with notable persons today.”
* * *
“We need to evacuate the island,” Mako repeated, reaching out a hand.
“Tenzin?!” Pema ignored him, slamming the radio button again. “No no no no. Air Temple Island to Police Headquarters. Air Temple Island to Police Headquarters.”
“Pema, I think they cut the line,” Mako said. “I’m sure Master Tenzin is fine, but we need to get out of here now.”
The door crashed open. Mako twisted around, ready to fight. Instead of Equalists, however, he found Bolin and Sonam, one of the White Lotus soldiers.
“Bro we gotta go,” Bolin said, seizing his shoulder.
Sonam moved into the room and laid a hand on Pema’s shoulder. “We’ve prepared a bison,” she said. “Pema, your children will not evacuate without you.”
As Bolin tugged Mako out of the room, he saw something harden in Pema’s gaze. She nodded. “Tenzin will join us later,” she said, turning toward the door.
“Did you guys get anything different off the White Lotus radio?” Mako asked as he and Bolin jogged to the courtyard.
“No, the Equalists are cutting lines all across the city,” he said. “Last thing we got was Tenzin sending a wire to the United Forces.”
Mako glanced over his shoulder. The airships were drawing over the city like a dark cloud, covering the sky along with the smoke that came from explosions on the ground. “Reinforcements would be nice.”
Somehow, Jinora and Sakari had managed to wrangle Ikki and Meelo onto a bison. Mako could see Pabu standing on the top of Meelo’s head, likely part of the plot to get him to stay on the bison. One of the acolytes was holding Rohan, who seemed to have picked up on the agitation around him and was crying. “Where’s mom?” Jinora called out when she saw them round the corner into the courtyard.
“Right behind us,” Bolin called back. “Get ready to fly!”
On the ground, Sakari had her face pressed against Naga’s nose, whispering frantic instructions.
“She’ll be fine,” Mako said, putting a hand on her back. “The Equalists aren’t after dogs, and she’s plenty smart. She’ll meet up with us later.”
Tears prickled at the corners of Sakari’s eyes when she turned to look at him and silently nodded.
“She’s a smart dog,” he said, cupping his hands together and holding them out. She planted a foot there and he boosted her up onto the bison before clambering on after her. Bolin launched himself up with an earthbending boost a beat later.
Sonam and Pema rounded the corner as Naga ran into the woods.
“The Equalists are on the island,” Sonam shouted. “The White Lotus will hold them off. Get the airbenders off the island!”
Sonam lifted Pema onto the bison with an earthbending platform. Pema had only just made it on when Equalists rounded the hill.
Somewhere behind him, Mako heard someone say ‘yip yip’ and the bison lifted into the air. All his focus was trained on the ground, however.
The mustached lieutenant was leading the pack, and they’d already closed the distance against multiple soldiers. Taken by surprise, the White Lotus failed to land more than a couple shots as the chi-blockers closed the distance between them. Within seconds, half the soldiers were incapacitated; the rest were quickly losing ground.
Then, from the back of the Equalists’ forces, he saw something coming for the bison.
“Get down!” he shouted, covering Jinora and Pema, who were closest to him.
A long cable shot out and arched over their heads, looping over the bison and dividing the saddle in half. Mako felt their momentum slow; the bison was already weighed down with so many people.
Then the cable yanked and everyone tumbled to one side. Mako looked over the edge to see where the force was coming from. “They have some kind of crank,” he said. “They’re going to pull the bison in!”
Just as he spoke, another cable came flying up toward them.
“Bolin, anchor me,” he shouted as he stood up.
Reaching back blindly, his hand found Bolin’s. He locked his grip on his brother’s forearm; Bolin matched the gesture and Mako didn’t need to look to see his brother had grounded himself into a solid base.
When the cable drew close, the end sprung open into a net with weighted ends. Mako pivoted, kicking out a wide blast of fire to knock it away. Only Bolin’s grip kept him from flying off the edge of the bison.
On the ground, the Equalists had pushed the White Lotus even farther back.
On the bison, Sakari, Jinora, and Pema were loosening the first cable’s grip on the bison.
In the sky, Mako could see more airships drawing closer, each of them bearing the Equalists’ red and black symbol.
Unless something dramatic changed, they weren’t going to make it away from the airships in time.
He stood up. “Don’t stop, no matter what.”
“Mako what are you doing?” Jinora sounded panicked behind him.
“We’ve almost cut the cable!” Sakari snapped.
He could see another two cables almost ready to fire on the ground. “Just. Go.”
All he had to do was sweep the courtyard, clear the Equalists’ ground forces just enough to let the the bison get out of range. From there, he could escape into the woods, then run the perimeter of the island; he knew the layout far better than the Equalists did.
Dimly, he recalled the hazy sight of the masked firebender, soaring through the arena on finals night. She’d guided her flight, a controlled falling really, with fire. When she’d landed, she’d softened the impact with a burst around her that conveniently took out the Equalists standing nearby.
“I’m gonna jump,” he said. “Don’t worry.”
Mako had spent a lot of time with airbenders recently. It would probably be fine. He’d been hearing a lot about gliding, and theory had to count for something.
Launching himself off the bison, his stomach seemed to fall into his throat. A frantic heartbeat later, he blasted a wave of fire out behind him. His arc wasn’t pretty, but a solid wave of fire carried him forward and he aimed himself for the center of the Equalist mass as he shifted his body for the landing.
Pulling up all the heat within himself, Mako took a deep breath. As he landed, he exhaled and sent every ounce of fire within him out and down. The balloon of flames under him steadied his landing, though the impact still rocked Mako’s knees, and flowed outward, knocking down a dozen Equalists.
But not all of them.
As the familiar, infuriating mustached lieutenant approached, standing between him and the cable-shooting devices, Mako kindled lightning in his palms. “Is it time for a rematch already?”
The lieutenant twirled his electrified sticks so they crackled and sparked. “Ready when you are, bender boy.”
“Mako, watch out!” Bolin’s voice sounded altogether too close.
Mako looked up right as his brother came hurtling out of the sky. Without any fire to guide his flight, all of the power came from his landing.
Leaping back as Bolin landed, Mako narrowly avoided the shockwave Bolin brought with him. The Earth rumbled out in a circle around him, launching the Lieutenant back against the wall of one of the Air Temple buildings.
“Bolin what are you doing here,” Mako snapped.
“Just following my favorite role model!” Bolin grinned at him and Mako couldn’t help but smile back.
Behind them, the White Lotus had managed something of a comeback, since Mako had disrupted the Equalists’ formation with his landing.
Then a roar reverberated across the island, at once familiar and terrifying.
Mako and Bolin’s focus swiveled from the lieutenant to the cable devices. Out of the woods near them, Naga surged onto the battlefield. She knocked the cranks aside with massive swipes of her paws, sending their Equalist operators scattering in the same motion. With one bite, she cut the cable still attached to the bison.
“Go Naga!” Bolin shouted.
To the side, Mako heard the lieutenant groan and move. Mako tapped Bolin’s shoulder as he turned toward the sound. “Naga’s taking care of the bison threats. I think you and I have a rematch to attend though.
Around them, some of the Equalists Mako had initially knocked down were starting to get up.
“I think we have some new match-ups to take care of too,” Bolin added.
They squared their stances back to back.
“I’m ready when you are,” Mako said.
“Born ready, bro.”
Mako spun, sending an arc of fire at the approaching Equalists’ feet. When they leapt into the air, they were met by a barrage of rocks to the chest. Catching movement out of the corner of his eye, Mako whirled and unleashed a series of fireballs at the chi-blockers. Bolin joined his attack by causing the ground beneath their feet to roll, enabling Mako to take them out with a few attacks.
A quick survey of the battlefield showed that the remaining White Lotus members had managed to regroup and were pushing back against the Equalists. Mako watched as Sonam and another earthbender took out a trio of chi-blockers. Sonam shouted orders for her troops to retrieve their chi-blocked comrades and fall back.
Meanwhile, Naga was proving quite capable of keeping the Equalists around the cable devices at bay. She clawed at any that dared to get too close. The chi-blockers had trained against human opponents, and their darting attacks had little effect against her. Even those armed with electrified gloves couldn’t land a solid blow. Occasionally Naga let out a whimper when one of the gloves zapped her, but the voltage wasn’t strong enough to hinder the polarbear dog.
“Mako, Bolin, time to retreat!” Sonam’s voice cut across the battlefield.
Mako dodged a chi-blocker’s strike, twisting out of the way to let Bolin get in another attack. His gaze flickered to the escaping air bison. It had pulled away from the airship above, and he estimated that they were finally outside of the range of the cables. He kicked at another assailant, repelling the attack with a wave of fire. “All right, let’s get out of here,” he said to Bolin. Calling back to Naga, he shouted, “Get out of here, girl!”
“Right behind you!” Bolin called. The ground shook for a moment, and a long column of earth shot upwards, clearing a path toward the woods as the remaining Equalists scrambled out of the way.
Mako grinned. “Nice work!” He took off running toward the trees. Taking a deep breath to center himself, he shot a wave of lightning behind him to discourage any pursuers. Bolin kept pace beside him, and they slowed to a quick jog once they reached the cover of the trees.
“Remember that route Ikki and Meelo showed us?” Mako asked, searching for the smaller trail that the younger airbenders had discovered.
“Way ahead of you,” Bolin said, darting ahead of him. The path took them closer to the cliff, but it would be harder for the Equalists to pursue them in numbers along the route.
They kept running until they reached the end of forest, following the winding trail along the island’s edge. The water from the bay stretched before them when they broke free of the trees. Mako glanced behind them and couldn’t see any sign of the Equalists.
For a beat, Mako thought everything was gonna be okay. He took a breath. Then Bolin stopped in his tracks. “The airship caught up to the bison!”
“No!” Mako watched in horror as the airship started corralling the bison. It couldn’t maneuver as quickly, but it was faster and its bulk allowed it to cut the bison off before the airbenders could leave the bay for open water.
At this distance, it was difficult to follow the action. Still, Mako tracked multiple nets and cable weapons firing at the bison. At first, the airbenders seemed to be doing a good job of keeping them at bay. Then he saw another figure stand up.
The sky shifted. Mako blinked. “No way…”
Sakari was pulling a cloud over. The sky was largely clear, but a piece of cloud was positively soaring their way. From the twin motions he could see, Jinora and Sakari were working double-time to pull the cloud toward them.
If they could bring over the cloud, they could obscure the bison and maybe escape. Or Sakari could pull the water out of the sky. With access to ice, to something solid, they could do more than just bat the cables away. They could trap the weapons or block them with a shield or, or—
The airship fired two nets at once. The bison swerved downward, but couldn’t escape.
One of the net’s weights clipped the shoulder of one of the standing figures. Mako shouted as he saw one of the girls fall.
“I think that’s Jinora,” Bolin said. It was hard to tell at this distance whether the colors were blue or orange.
Mako’s heart hammered in his chest. The falling figure was twisting in midair, but wasn’t gliding, wasn’t swirling the air around her. “It’s Sakari,” he said hoarsely, watching her tumble helplessly through the air, trying to stabilize her flight.
Above her, the airship snared the bison securely. The nets kept the airbenders on-board, securely trapped to the saddle.
Mako didn’t even turn at the sound of thundering footsteps. Then Naga dashed past him, leaping off the edge of the island toward Sakari.
“If she can pull the water toward her, break her fall against the water, she’ll be okay,” Bolin said. “Right?”
In the distance, it was hard to see, but the water seemed to move strangely around Sakari as she struck the surface. Below them, they heard Naga hit the water and start swimming.
“We gotta get off the island now,” Mako grabbed Bolin’s shoulder and pushed him into a jog. “We can rendezvous with Sakari at the contact point. She’ll be fine, and Naga will get to her soon.”
“Roger!” Bolin dug in his heels and put on a burst of speed, pulling ahead a few paces as the path wound away from the cliffs and back into the woods.
In case an emergency separated them, Mako had arranged for them to meet back up at the spot they’d taken shelter at by the manufacturing district. He’d had dropped by once or twice after they’d moved to Air Temple Island and it seemed as untouched as it did after Finals. They’d practiced this. They were gonna make it.
“We’ll rescue the airbenders after we rendezvous with Sakari,” he called forward to Bolin.
Mako’s only warning was a rush of air behind him. Then someone crashed into his back, feet right between his shoulder blades. It knocked the breath out of him and sent him sprawling on the ground.
Before Mako had even stopped rolling, a foot planted itself on the back of his head.
“Hello again.”
“Augh!” Mako roared as he recognized the voice. It was that damn Lieutenant!
Behind him, he could hear the man’s kali sticks crackling with electricity. Mako grimaced and ground his face into the dirt so he could twist his body, shooting lightning up at the man.
The Lieutenant dodged, but in the process he moved his foot off of Mako, who swept the ground with fire as he leapt to his feet.
“Here for another rematch?” he asked. He and Bolin had kicked his ass before. Mako knew the range of his kali sticks now. He could do this.
To Mako’s surprise, the other man smiled. “No,” he said. “I’m just an escort.”
He stepped to the side. The fire kindling in Mako’s hands flickered at the sight of Amon, flanked by two more Equalists.
“No,” he whispered.
Like at the Revelation, Amon’s eerie presence seemed to roll out ahead of him in a wave. Fear was almost paralyzing, but Mako choked it back.
“Get the other brother,” the Lieutenant ordered the two other Equalists, pointing them in the direction Bolin had been running.
“Oh no you don’t.” Mako drew a line of lightning between his fingers, but before he could shoot it at them, the Lieutenant was back on him. It took everything Mako had to keep him from closing the distance between them and bringing the kali sticks to bear.
Keeping Amon visible in his periphery was even harder, but the man seemed content to simply stand and watch the battle for the moment.
Mako needed to get away. He’d gotten away at the Revelation. He’d do it again.
Drawing on his reserves, he waited for the Lieutenant to be charging right at him, then loosed a blast of fire and dropped into a foot-first slide. If Mako could take the man off-guard, knock him off his feet and get behind him, then he’d be clear to dash into the woods. He’d set them on fire behind him and cut off the Lieutenant and Amon so he could find Bolin.
The slide carried him forward, knocking him right into the Lieutenant’s ankles and sending the man sprawling. As he fell, however, the tip of his kali stick clipped Mako’s shoulder.
Mako felt slow as he scrambled to his feet at the end of the slide. He’d made it to one knee when a cold hand seized his neck from behind.
“Don’t leave so soon.”
Amon’s touch froze him as though he’d been dunked in ice-water from the inside out. Whether it was fear or something else, every part of his body came to a halt.
Behind him, Mako could hear the Lieutenant getting to his feet, laughing darkly.
“Where are you meeting up with the Sakari girl?” Amon asked.
“Ha!” Mako summoned a hollow laugh. “As if I’d tell you,” he said.
All he had to do was turn his wrist and shoot Amon with lightning. That’s all he needed, just a small turn to point his fingers in the right direction. Unlike fire, he didn’t need to move to generate lightning.
“I believe you may want to reconsider,” Amon said. He gripped the base of Mako’s neck a little tighter, pulling his head back.
He was almost there. Something more than fear was holding him in place, some power of Amon’s that had seized his whole body. He was so close though, his fingers trembling with the effort. He just had to keep Amon talking, get him careless.
“If I told you where she was going, it would take all the fun out of tracking her down,” he said.
Bolin could always jabber on and get people talking with him, but the talent felt far from Mako’s reach. It was easier to gather the lightning up from his core and pull it toward his fingertips. The heat within him welled up, pressing back against Amon’s aura.
Above him, Mako could see Amon’s other hand, held out in a threat. “If you tell me where she’s going, I’ll let you keep your bending.
Mako twisted his hand the last inch. “I don’t cut deals with monsters,” he said. Heat flooded his body, almost superseding Amon’s chill touch as lightning kindled in his palm.
In the heartbeat before the electricity left his fingertips, Amon dropped his other hand and pressed his thumb to Mako’s forehead.
“We’ll find her anyway,” he said as the heat died at Mako’s fingertips.
In an instant, the cold from before returned. This time it seemed to flood his body and set in his bones.
For a beat, his mind didn’t recognize his body as his own. Amon released him and Mako distantly felt himself fall to the ground as a chill ocean gust rolled through the clearing. Dirt pressed against the scratches on his face and the heat of the pain was the only familiar feeling.
He’d heard that firebenders ran hotter, that their bodies ran warmer than other benders and non-benders.
Above him, the Lieutenant and Amon were speaking and Mako couldn’t hear anything but a muted rumble. The world seemed to be falling away around him. Another cool breeze rolled through and he shivered. He’d never felt their edge like this.
The ground seemed to shiver with him and the falling sensation intensified.
Mako blinked his eyes open and squinted as a crack appeared on the dirt in front of him.
The earth fell away under him right as the Lieutenant said, “Wait…”
Mako tumbled gracelessly through the ground, into the ground. No, into a tunnel!
He squinted and caught sight of his brother’s face an instant before Bolin closed the tunnel above them. “Bolin?”
“I’m right here Mako,” he said. He reached out and found Mako’s shoulder in the dark, then pulled him to his feet. “I’m here now, are you alright?”
It was pitch black in the tunnel and Mako felt his fingers twitch instinctively as he reached for light to result. None did, and he shivered again, struggling to keep his feet as Bolin started moving forward. “No…”
Normally he’d have tried to shield Bolin from the truth, tried to protect his kid brother as best he could.
He felt Bolin stiffen through their held hands. He stopped and paused to close more of the tunnel behind them. “I… I was too late, wasn’t I,” he said.
Mako wanted to deny it, wanted to brush it off and make an excuse. He could protect Bolin from the truth, just for a little bit. Just for one more second.
But that wouldn’t insulate his brother from the threats beyond their escape tunnel.
“Amon took my bending,” he rasped. “It’s gone.”
Mako tried to look down at his hands, eyes straining in the darkness. His legs wobbled again and he stumbled against Bolin.
His brother caught him and pulled him into a tight hug. “I’m so sorry, Mako,” he whispered. “It’s gonna be okay. We’ll figure something out.” He paused a beat and Mako could feel Bolin shouldering his weight, testing if he could carry him.
“Let’s get out of here,” Mako said. The tunnel was too cold, too dark. Too distant from the fire he was missing. If he could only get back in the sunlight, he would be that much more whole.
“Roger,” Bolin said. He hefted an arm under Mako’s shoulders without asking, supporting him as they started walking down the tunnel.
In the distance, Mako could see a small light. Around them, the tunnel had widened. Bolin must have dropped into one of the maintenance tunnels from when they first built Air Temple Island. It would have taken some fast thinking to calculate where Mako was, relative to where the maintenance tunnel ended.
He let his eyes close, but could still envision the speck of light behind his eyelids. He’d protected them for so long. For now, he could let Bolin take over.
Exhaustion overtook him then. The last thing he felt was Bolin picking him up to carry him out.
* * *
Asami thought the hardest part about reaching the United Forces’ mid-ocean base would be convincing them not to shoot her down before she could land. She quickly realized, as she began climbing out of the cockpit of her stolen Equalist biplane, that convincing them to listen to her before arresting her was going to be the greater challenge.
Nearly two dozen soldiers surrounded her, regarding her with cold eyes and combat stances. They didn’t immediately swarm to seize her, so Asami took that as a good sign. One of the soldiers, a woman wearing an officer’s uniform, approached. “You will state your name and reason for landing here,” the woman said. Her gaze hardened at the sight of the Equalist insignia on Asami’s plane.
Asami had considered removing the symbol before she took off flying, but she had to prove that the Equalists had an air force ready for deployment. “My name is Asami Sato, and I’ve brought urgent news about the Equalist plans concerning the United Forces. I must speak with one of the generals present.”
From what she could glean from the Equalist reports, Asami knew that General Iroh was present on this base. It had taken her most of the morning to fly out of here, and she had to plead her case soon or she would run out of reasonable excuses for her absence. In the chaos of the ground-invasion of Republic City, her absence wouldn’t be overly-missed. If she didn’t get back by that evening, however, there was no way her mother could miss her.
“And where did you get this information?”
Asami held the woman’s gaze, refusing to duck her head. “I was a member of the Equalists.” The past-tense felt strange on her tongue.
A murmur broke out through the crowd, and one of the soldiers started forward as if to attack her.
The officer held up a hand to stop him. “You admit to being a member of the Equalists, fly here in an Equalist plane, and expect us to believe a word you have to say?” Though her tone had hardened, she seemed more skeptical than angry.
“My brother lost his bending because of you!” one of the soldiers shouted.
“You expect us to believe your lies?” another voice called.
Other angry shouts joined the first, many calling for her detainment.
“What is going on here?” A male voice cut across the airstrip, and all chatter died. The soldiers around Asami shifted, and a man wearing a red military jacket approached. The soldiers parted to accommodate his approach, then closed ranks around him. The man appeared to be in his mid-thirties and wore authority like a cloak around his shoulders.
Asami straightened. Hopefully she could convince this man to listen to her.
The man stopped a few feet from her, regarding her for a moment. His eyes flickered to her plane before settling on the officer. “Colonel Yi, report.”
“Sir, this woman claims to be an Equalist with information,” the colonel said. “She is acting alone as far as we can tell. She made radio contact ten minutes ago, claiming to be a non-combatant and requesting permission to land. Our scouts have not reported any other planes in the area. I can have her apprehended—”
The man shook his head. “I will speak with her first.” Turning to Asami, he said, “I am General Iroh.”
Her eyes widened. General Iroh was a well-known name. He was the grandson of the former Fire Lord Zuko after all.
After a beat, he prompted, “And you are?”
She bowed her head slightly. “My name is Asami Sato.”
His eyebrows jumped. “Sato? As in the Sato family that owns Future Industries.”
Asami took a deep breath. There was no turning back from this confession. “Yes, the very same.” Her mother would be taking a public role in the Equalists starting with the takeover anyway. Preserving the family reputation was pointless at this stage.
Another round of shock whispers relayed through the crowd.
General Iroh frowned at that, expression thoughtful. After a moment, he said, “And you say that you have information concerning the Equalists?”
Asami nodded. “The Equalists have planned a trap for the United Forces navy. I’ve come here with information regarding the attack.”
General Iroh’s eyes widened a fraction. “Very well,” he said after a moment. “I will hear what you have to say. Follow me.”
Relief coursed through Asami. “I have also brought some technology to combat the Equalist machines,” she said. “I just need to retrieve them on my plane.”
“Very well,” General Iroh said.
Asami could feel the stares of all the soldiers as she climbed back up to her cockpit to retrieve the suitcase holding her electromagnetic disruptive devices from the second seat. Though she tried to ignore the words, she could hear Colonel Yi speaking with the general.
“Sir,” Colonel Yi started to say. “She could be lying.”
“And if she is telling the truth, she could be saving us from this alleged trap,” Iroh continued. “At the very least we should hear her out before making any judgments.” He said something else in a softer tone that Asami couldn’t catch. When she glanced back at him, his gaze was focused on her biplane, frowning at the sight of it.
She climbed back down and turned to face General Iroh. “I’m ready to go,” she said.
Colonel Yi intercepted her before she could approach the general. “I need to inspect this case before you go any further. Your plane will also be inspected while you deliver your information.”
Asami pursed her lips. They didn’t have time for this, but she wasn’t in a position to argue. Trying to circumvent their search would only waste more time. “Of course.” She set the case on the deck and opened it, then stepped back.
Around them, General Iroh had dismissed most of the gathered crewmembers, though they lingered at the edges hoping to catch a glimpse. Colonel Yi motioned one over to her and they pulled out one of Asami’s inventions, turning it over in their hands.
She’d worked nearly all night to repackage it from a prototype into something portable and usable. She’d built the original prototype into the suitcase itself, then made a set of smaller versions shaped like a remote.
Asami pointed to the red button in the center as Colonal Yi brushed a finger over it. “Don’t press that,” she said. "It will shoot out a pair of spring-loaded prongs, attached to the device by electrical cords. Upon both of them making contact with something that completes the circuit, such as the side of an airplane, it will send out a localized electromagnetic pulse that will disable the device it’s attached to.”
“Intriguing, if it works as you’ve described,” the colonel said, passing the device to the soldier she’d motioned over. The two of them whispered back and forth, appearing to debate the plausibility of Asami’s device, when General Iroh stepped forward.
When Colonel Yi made to object, he held up a hand. “You’re holding one and it hasn’t hurt you yet,” he said, reaching into the case to pick up one of the handheld units. “This certainly doesn’t look like any weapon I’ve ever seen,” he said. “But it should be able to disable the Equalist technology? The information we’ve received has mentioned... mecha tanks, of some sort.”
Asami nodded, casting her eyes downward. Her mother had done the initial tank sketches, but Asami had been their primary designer. Her attention to the tanks, along with the idea to design the forklift interiors suited for double duty, had freed Yasuko to focus her attentions on the Equalists’ devastating air power.
If she could convince the United Forces to work with her, maybe she could undo the devastation of both their inventions.
“Okay, follow me,” Iroh directed. “You can give me the full explanation after you’ve told me about this attack.” He turned his gaze to the crowd that had re-gathered around them. “Return to your posts. Now is not the time to be shirking your duties. I want a standard engineering team looking over this plane immediately. And Colonel Yi, you will act as Ms. Sato’s escort for the duration of her stay on our base.”
“Yes, sir.” Though Colonel Yi did not look as suspicious, she still regarded Asami coolly.
Asami had expected suspicion and hostility when she arrived. Cool looks were fine. She would just have to do her best to prove that her information was true and that she was sincere in wanting to stop the Equalists. Retrieving her devices and closing her suitcase, she followed after the general.
Iroh led her to a meeting room inside the base. A map of Republic City and the surrounding area had been spread across a conference table, and various figures marked the positions of the United Forces and Equalists. Asami was dismayed to see how much of the city had already fallen under Equalist control. She knew that they would quickly gain the upper hand in the fighting, but she had hoped that the takeover would last longer.
More disturbing still were the gaps in the map where the United Forces apparently had no intelligence. Apparently the Equalists’ plan to cut the city’s connections with the outside world had been largely successful.
Other officers had gathered around the table, and they looked up at Iroh’s entrance. “General, we’ve received a message from Councilman Tenzin requesting reinforcements to help repel the Equalists,” one of them said. “Our fleet is ready to deploy at your command.”
Asami’s heart leapt into her throat. “The message is a trap,” she blurted. At her words, all attention focused on her. She straightened instinctively, her mother’s lessons on how to keep a room’s attention cycling through her head. The memories mixed with their last council meeting, when they’d reviewed the final plan of attack on Republic City. “The Equalists have an air force ready to attack your navy the moment it sails into Yue Bay. They allowed the councilman to send the message before taking him captive.”
A moment of silence followed her statement.
“Where did you come by this information?” one of the officers asked.
“I was with the Equalists,” Asami said. “I’m an engineer, the designer of their ground forces’ technology.”
“What?” An officer with a thin mustache glared at her before addressing Iroh. “General, why have you brought a known Equalist here? We can’t trust a word she says. She just admitted to developing those mecha tank monstrosities!”
Iroh ignored him. “How many planes could the Equalists deploy at once?”
“About three dozen,” Asami said.
A ripple of concern rolled out at the number. Beside her, Asami sensed the colonel stiffen.
“General, surely you don’t believe this woman’s nonsense,” the officer said. “We have no proof that the Equalists have an air force aside from their airships, let only one of that size.”
“Ms. Sato brought the proof with her,” Iroh countered. “She flew one of the Equalist planes to our base, even at the risk of our forces shooting her down. None of the reports I received on the Equalists mentioned planes, so I was surprised to see one on our airstrip. And if the Equalists have successfully crafted one biplane, they have the capability to construct others.”
Asami met his gaze sharply, and she caught the faintest smirk on Iroh’s face. It seemed that he’d figured out her reason for arriving in an Equalist plane. And so far he believed her. Having his support made the task before her less daunting.
“The Equalists built the planes in a secret base in the mountains northwest of the city,” Asami said. She walked over to the map and indicated the location. “The plans were kept a secret to make the ambush of your navy as devastating as possible.”
An officer with a scar crossing her left eyebrow studied the map. “Hm. That location is close enough that the Equalists could hide their planes there and easily deploy them against our forces.” After a pause, he set a marker on the location.
Asami set her case on the table and opened it. In addition to the electromagnetic pulse devices, she’d brought two sets of blueprints: one of her device, hastily pulled together from her notes and the last-minute build; the other was the set her mother had given her, laying out the design for the biplanes. “While I don’t have any photographic proof of the number of biplanes that have been constructed, I have brought the blueprints to give you more information about the planes and their capabilities.”
The officer with the moustache took the blueprints from her and flipped through the pages.
“Each plane is capable of carrying four torpedoes in addition to multiple bombs,” Asami said, for the benefit of the officers who couldn’t see the plans. “They were designed specifically to combat the United Forces battleships.” She paused. “Oh, and the Equalists are likely scattering naval mines throughout Yue Bay as we speak.
The scarred officer frowned. “If she’s telling the truth, then we would face heavy casualties if we deployed our fleet now.”
Iroh frowned, studying the map. “And if we do nothing, we’ll abandon Republic City to Equalist control.”
Asami took a deep breath. Time to bring up her second point. “I’ve built a device that uses a controlled electromagnetic pulse capable of disabling the Equalist planes, but I can’t cause any lasting damage on my own.”
Iroh turned his attention back to her. “What are you proposing?”
“If you delay the deployment of your fleet, I could sneak a small contingent of your soldiers into the Equalist airfield. The security to the rear of the base is not as tight because of its remote location, and I can disable the electric fence surrounding the airfield. If we disable the biplanes, you could then deploy your fleet to take back Republic City.”
Silence greeted her words, and Asami remained still, waiting for the United Forces’ response.
“It could be a trap,” the woman with the scar said with a frown.
“But our fleet will not be of much help to Republic City if the Equalist planes ambush us,” Iroh added. “Our fleet is capable of dealing with the airships with existing surface-to-air capabilities, and that would buy a squadron of waterbenders time to clear the bay of mines.”
“How does this device of yours work?” the mustached officer asked.
Asami procured the second set of blueprints and held up one of the devices. “It shoots out a pronged wire that carries an electromagnetic pulse that disables the electricity in a device.”
The man studied the blueprints, brow furrowed.
“Well, Commander?” Iroh asked after a moment.
“In theory it looks like her device would work, but I would like a demonstration if possible.”
Iroh nodded. “I too would like to see how this device works. Lieutenant Zhu, have one of the automobiles in repair brought up for a demonstration.” He paused. “And one of the micro-tanks too, for good measure.”
The lieutenant in question nodded and left the room.
“We will delay sending our forces for now,” Iroh said. “If we are cautious, we can prevent the Equalists from gaining the advantage over us. If we can prove that your device works, then I’ll deploy a squadron of soldiers overnight by speedboat to rendezvous with you here.” He indicated a location near the mountains housing the Equalist airfield. The officer from before added another marker to the map. It was located just far enough away that the United Forces’ arrival wouldn’t be noticed immediately by the Equalists. “The earliest my troops could get there is by tomorrow morning.”
Asami released the breath she had been holding. A part of her wanted to rush over to the airfield now and incapacitate the planes, but she knew that a rushed plan would fail in minutes. If she was to help the United Forces take out the biplane threat, then she would have to be patient. “Very well. I can meet your forces there and lead them to the base.” She could come up with an excuse for her mother in the morning. Soon enough, she wouldn’t need to make any excuses anymore.
Iroh nodded. “Then it’s decided. Now onto this demonstration of yours.”
The other officers filed out of the room. Colonel Yi put a hand on Asami’s elbow to keep her back until everyone but General Iroh had left.
Then he stopped her on her way out of the room. “Thank you for this information. A lot of lives would have been lost if you hadn’t warned us about this trap.”
“Thank you for believing me,” Asami responded. “I’m... honestly surprised that you trusted me, even after I admitted that I was an Equalist.”
Iroh smiled. “My grandfather chased the Avatar across the world for months until he had a change of heart and became one of Aang’s strongest allies. Because of his story, I believe in the ability of people to change. No matter your past with the Equalists, I can see that you are honest in your desire to stop them now. I believe you’re in the middle of finding the right path just as my grandfather was decades ago.”
“I—thank you,” Asami said, ducking her head. The words felt inadequate, but she didn’t know how else to respond.
Iroh nodded. “Now let’s go see what your device can do.”
Asami nodded. She’d show them what she'd made, and then she’d need to rush back to Republic City before her absence caused a stir. The hours until the next morning stretched dauntingly before her, but the first steps in her plan were already in motion.
Tomorrow, she could stop the violence before it got any worse. Despite the tension in her muscles, Asami’s heartbeat felt steady in her chest. Finally, she had found the right path.
* * *
The radio station crackled again, layering the jazz music with static.
“Korra, would you go readjust the knob?” Ghazan asked without looking away from Ming-Hua. She was doing better, but not exactly great. When they brought her food, she ate. When they pressed a cup of water to her lips, she drank. As time passed, she she spoke more and she answered direct questions. Still, her primary mode of communication seemed to be in silent, weighted looks she levied at Ghazan. In return, he would crouch by her bedside with rapt attention.
The exchanges could last for an hour at a time. They were enough to make anyone feel like an intruder.
“I’ve got it,” Korra said, getting up from Ming-Hua’s bedside. Beyond the apartment, the distant sound of fire and rioting had been the day’s persistent soundtrack. She fiddled with the radio, trying to get back to the half-clear music from before. Every radio station within the city had been shut down; this jazz station, based on the other side of the mountains, was the only thing left.
Trying to fix the signal only seemed to make the problem worse, however.
“Try the other way, Korra,” P’li called from across the room.
“I’ve tried both ways,” she replied, almost letting an edge slip into her voice. Though P’li was speaking to her more lately, Korra felt as though something still lay unresolved between them.
The radio crackled under her hand, roaring with static for a beat before coming into focus.
“Good Evening, Republic City.”
Korra whipped her hand away from the radio. “That’s Amon,” she whispered
“What?” P’li walked over as he continued.
“This is your new leader, Amon.”
P’li and Korra exchanged a look. “That was fast,” P’li noted.
Korra nodded. “Yeah…”
“As you know,” Amon continued, “today was our day of liberation. Today, we secured the council and successfully swept over the city. Though a few minor pockets of resistance are still fighting, they will soon be eliminated or equalized.”
Korra’s heart ached. In that moment, she ached to be out in her mask, fighting alongside the benders of Republic City.
Even if she did figure out how energybending worked, how could she cure half the city’s bending population?
“Though we still have several challenges to face in the way of fully establishing the city’s new order,” Amon continued, “you may rest assured that life will assume a better, more equal, sense of order soon. We will be restructuring the whole United Republic into an equalized nation, so look forward to being a part of the next chapter of this glorious history.”
“Gotta say, I’m feeling the urge to skip town just about now,” P’li said, voice dry.
Korra didn’t reply, caught between the urge to run and the desire to fight Amon until the city came crumbling down around her. His vision of Republic City wasn’t the place she’d fallen in love with since the day she’d arrived. Aang had envisioned the city differently, a place for peoples of all nations to live and call home. His plans were flawed, but the idea was solid; Korra refused to let it die.
“Though the coming days will bring more announcements, for now I leave you with an invitation,” Amon said. “Join me, tomorrow at noon at the former pro-bending arena. You’ll hear speeches from several Equalist leaders, including some you already know through their other roles in Republic City’s public life. Then, for the main event, I will rid the world of airbending. Forever.”
“No,” Korra breathed. She’d hoped the airbending kids had escaped before the invasion started.
Amon’s message ended, leaving them with static and crackly jazz music.
P’li reached out a hand and shut the radio off. “Zaheer will want to hear about this,” she mused.
Korra nodded. “Yeah. When is he—“
The front door crashed open. Korra and P’li whipped around. They had already flown into combat stances before realizing that the intruder was Zaheer.
“You’re back! Oh, spirits, Zaheer,” Korra felt herself verging on babbling as she ran over to him and tried to suppress it. “On the radio, Amon. He just announced an event tomorrow about the—“
“The airbenders,” Zaheer cut in. “I’m aware.” He shed his coat and took a moment to exchange a smile with P’li, who’d followed after Korra. “I want you to calm down, Korra. I already know and I have a plan.”
“Why are you late?” Ghazan’s voice was biting. The fact that Zaheer had continued his undercover role in the Equalists was still a point of contention within the group. Korra understood the need for them to gather as much information about Amon and the Equalist movements as possible, but Ghazan had been making caustic remarks all day about how Zaheer had taken it too far in participating in the city’s takeover.
Korra turned. Across the main room, Ghazan had left Ming-Hua’s side to stand protectively in front of the door to their bedroom. He crossed his arms. “It’s past the time you said to expect you back from the Equalist undercover stuff.”
Her gaze swiveled back to Zaheer and Korra briefly felt a sense of vertigo. In some reversal of everything normal, Ghazan was the one angry and stern, demanding an explanation in regards to curfew. Zaheer was the latecomer, busy attending to non-Red Lotus matters.
“The sector I was assigned to took longer than expected to subdue,” Zaheer said, voice level. “In the process, Yuna was injured. I stayed back at the end to assist her back to her dwelling-place. As soon as I was able, I returned.”
Awkward silence fell over the apartment. Korra tried to exchange a glance with P’li, but the other woman’s gaze was fixed, perplexed, on Zaheer. Zaheer, for his part, was meeting Ghazan’s eyes steadily. Across the room, Ghazan had crossed his arms and pursed his lips, as though unsure how to respond.
Zaheer was always the one who pointed out when someone else’s priorities were out of line with the Red Lotus’ mission. Korra wasn’t even sure how to broach the topic when the situation was reversed in some fashion. She couldn’t even say for certain that P’li, Ghazan, and quiet Ming-Hua were thinking the same thing as she was.
A light rain began to fall on the roof above them, softening the silence with the soft rhythm of droplets.
Korra’s focus shifted to the bag at Zaheer’s side, where he’d kept his Equalist garb. She briefly wondered where, in the Equalists’ invasion, Asami had found herself.
“He’s a world leader now.” Ming-Hua’s voice pierced the quiet, even from the other room. “Amon just announced himself the leader of Republic City.”
Ghazan had spun around when Ming-Hua started speaking. Now, he turned back to Zaheer with a vengeance. “Now then!” he crowed. “Surely, finally! Our mission is to take him out!”
All eyes moved to Zaheer.
Korra could hear her heartbeat in her ears, second only to the sound of Ghazan’s heavy breaths.
By the door, Zaheer’s expression was inscrutable. Attuned to his spirit, however, Korra felt it fluctuate.
After an eternity, he inclined his head. “It is time,” he said.
Before Ghazan could interject, Zaheer continued, “I have a plan now. It has to do with Amon’s announcement.” His eyes met Korra’s. “We must not allow him to eliminate the airbenders. That aside, his power has overreached. His actions are an offense against the freedom of Republic City. He has conveniently deposed of the council and neutered the police force. I have no doubt that the Equalists have similar plans for the United Forces, although that information is above my clearance in the organization.
“If we eliminate Amon, I have no doubts that the Equalists will crumble or fold inward after. They have no other public figures who can assume Amon’s mantle and it’s a cult of personality. They have nobody else who can take his place, nobody else who holds his power.”
P’li cut in. “So if the Equalists do all the legwork in eliminating Republic City’s existing power structures, all we need to do is kill Amon and prevent them from fully establishing a new order.”
Zaheer smiled. “Exactly.”
“Saving the airbenders in the process, though,” Ghazan said. “Because that’s the important part?” He sneered at Zaheer. “For a moment, I thought you’d remembered to care about us.”
Zaheer’s smile vanished. “It’s not about that. Now is the optimal time to strike, all other factors aside—“
“Maybe I don’t want to set the other factors aside!” Ghazan yelled, crossing the room. “Now is the conveniently ‘optimal time to strike’ now that the last scraps of Guru Laghima’s people are about to vanish! It wasn’t the optimal time after Amon took Ming-Hua’s bending though! You couldn’t even go on the mission with them that night because you were attending to Equalist duties for your cover.”
Just a few paces from Zaheer now, Ghazan spat on the floor. “If it’s even a cover anymore. Everything is more important to you than being here right now. Who is this Yuna anyway? Did she fight with you on Whale Tale island? Did she risk her life to kidnap the Avatar out of the Southern Water Tribe?” He stepped closer, until his pointed finger was almost touching Zaheer’s chest. “Is she going to help you off Amon?”
The question rang in the air.
The air between the two men seemed to shimmer, and Korra felt a disturbance roll off Zaheer’s spirit in a wave. When she had to blink, Korra half-expected Ghazan’s finger to be gone when she looked again.
P’li shifted, taking a subtle step behind Zaheer’s shoulder. She leveled a cautious look at Ghazan.
“No,” Zaheer said. “She isn’t.” His tone was a masterwork of control. Korra could sense a veneer of his agitation, but not a bit of it showed in his voice.
“But neither are you, Ghazan,” he continued.
Ghazan recoiled, mustache pulled in confusion. “What?”
“Look at me and tell me you’re stable enough to maintain control on a critical mission.” When Ghazan didn’t immediately reply, Zaheer continued. “Taking out Amon will require that we eliminate the symbolism of his authority. The hold he has over the city is due, in large part, to public perception of him as a dominant spiritual authority. The hold he has on the Equalists is a more intense version of the same, he’s a messiah to them.”
Zaheer turned toward Korra. “In one move, we will both eliminate and replace him.”
“Wait, you mean me?” Korra stepped back.
“It’s time to finish Ming-Hua’s mission,” Zaheer replied. “And, conveniently, you already have a persona to employ, a mask to match his.”
Korra’s gut clenched. She felt a dinner threaten to make a reappearance. “W-what are you talking about?”
“We know about the Blue Spirit, Korra,” P’li said. She glanced at the others. “We’ve known for a while.”
Despite the continued tensions between him and Zaheer, Ghazan managed a tight smile. “We watched you at Finals,” he said. “Your style is unmistakable, even at a distance.”
Korra hunched her shoulders. “Oh.” She felt suddenly childish, as though her guardians had caught her playing dress up. It had been one thing for Ming-Hua to know. It was another to realize that all four of them, all along, had played along with the charade, let her pretend she’d been keeping a secret.
“Republic City has been good for you,” Zaheer said. He stepped away from Ghazan to approach her. “Your freedom has led to great things, and we’re proud of the efforts you’ve made using your Blue Spirit persona.” He laid a hand on her shoulder. “Now, in fact, it’s critical to the plan.”
“So what is the plan?” Ghazan asked. He’d crossed his arms again, but had backed down the confrontational notes in his voice. Still, the potential rumbled beneath the surface, carving lines of tension across his forehead.
“We’re going to reveal Korra as the Avatar,” Zaheer said, “and the city’s new spiritual authority. All this at the same time she eliminates Amon.”
“What!” Korra stepped back. “That’s crazy.”
Ghazan squinted. “That undoes all the secrecy we’ve maintained for years.”
Zaheer shook his head. “There’s no point to building up the secrecy and maximizing the value of that lotus tile unless we’re willing to play it at some point. Now is the time.” His eyes met Korra’s. “I will be in the crowd to influence the reaction. Tonight, we’ll review your script. I will give you the words to say. More than anyone here, I’ve explored all sides of the current conflict in Republic City. I’ve worked out the perfect angle to win you Equalists, sympathizers, benders, and the undecided.”
“And in the end, Korra will take out Amon?” P’li asked.
Zaheer nodded. “In front of the whole arena, ideally.”
Korra swallowed the massive lump in her throat. Before she could speak, however, Ming-Hua appeared in the doorway of her room.
“This is dangerous,” she said, voice ringing like an omen. Though Ghazan had done all he could to take care of her, combed and pinned her hair, cleaned her face, washed her clothes, he couldn’t clean the hollow expression from her face. Ming-Hua’s gaze pierced the room and landed on Zaheer. “And if she fails? You are gambling everything on this fight.”
“Only because I know the odds,” he said. “We stand to win everything and more. We position the Avatar publicly and win the whole city in one swoop and then we ready ourselves for Harmonic Convergence.” He nodded to Korra. “She will need to be public by then anyway, to announce the uniting of the spiritual and physical worlds.”
Ming-Hua just shook her head and leaned heavily against the doorframe. Ghazan was by her side in an instant. “And what about Tarrlok?" he asked, looking across the room at Zaheer.
Zaheer pursed his lips. “There is no room in the plan for distractions,” he said. “Tarrlok is not a priority.”
Ghazan’s eyes narrowed. For a moment, Korra thought he was about to pick another fight with Zaheer. Instead, however, he returned his focus to Ming-Hua. As Zaheer gestured for P’li to come over, Korra could hear Ghazan asking Ming-Hua if she wanted something to eat and helping her back to bed.
“And what role am I to play in this plan?” P’li asked.
Zaheer sighed. “If I could trust Ghazan to stay here, I would have you in the arena with us, ready to assist from the upper reaches by the dome. As it is, I believe it best if you stay back for this one.”
Korra frowned. “I don’t think that’s necessary,” she whispered. “Ghazan wouldn’t leave Ming-Hua alone.”
“If his temper gets the best of him, I don’t think anything would stop him from going after Tarrlok and Amon,” Zaheer said. His voice invited no argument. “Earlier today, I overheard something that suggests Tarrlok has been moved to Air Temple Island. His death is no longer critical, though I am curious about Amon’s odd treatment of him.”
P’li hesitated, then nodded. “I understand,” she said. “I’ll stay back and keep things calm here.”
“Good.” Zaheer turned his focus to Korra. “Our focus right now needs to be your confrontation with Amon. I have the layout for the spectacle tomorrow at the arena. We’ll review your script and your cues. As an Equalist, I can get you into the arena without inspection. From there, we’ll need to separate and you need to know your part in order to kill Amon.”
Her whole body seemed liable to start trembling, but Korra nodded. “Alright,” she said. “What do I need to do?”
Notes:
We are in finale territory! Repeat, we are in finale territory! The next update is a couple weeks away, and we are going to be working fast and furious to get both chapters written at a pace that lets you guys read it with minimal interruption. After the finale, we will likely take a slightly longer break to more thoroughly plan out arc two. We will also be announcing a shift in the plans for the fic, post-arc one.
UPDATE SCHEDULE FOR THE ARC ONE FINALE:
Chapter 15: August 26 (IoaFB's BIRTHDAY)
Chapter 16: August 28In the meantime, if you want to encourage our work, please leave a comment below and/or come bother us on tumblr (emi and Skye). SO QUESTIONS? REACTIONS? MAKO?! FEELINGS? SPECULATION? Disbelief that we did it AGAIN? Lay on all the speculation and then go tell a friend and have them read before we post the finale so you can ruin them too.
Chapter 15: Endgame
Summary:
Mako and Bolin learn about the upcoming Equalist rally and make plans to rescue the airbender family. Meanwhile, Korra infiltrates the rally on her own mission, and Asami leads the United Forces to the Equalists' hidden airfield.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter Fifteen: Endgame
(Finale Part One)
Mako shivered and briefly considered the slim possibility that Bolin might come back with a hot breakfast. Honestly, he would be lucky if his brother came back with any breakfast at all, but it was good to dream.
A small part of Mako whispered that, if he still had his bending, he would be able to heat up whatever breakfast Bolin came back with. As a kid, it had been one of the streets’ small mercies. Whatever the two of them scraped together to eat, Mako could always make it a hot meal.
Around him, their hiding spot was much the same. Since they’d checked back a few times since finals, it was somewhat cleaner than before. At first, Mako was grateful it had shown no signs of habitation. But if it was untouched, that also meant that Sakari hadn’t made it here either.
He chewed on his lip. Sakari had plenty of time still. She could have gotten away and hidden with Naga in the city, then had to hunker down to avoid capture.
But there had been two airships above and Amon on the ground. The Equalists had managed to take the Airbenders right out of the sky, on top of a flying bison. Maybe they could capture a waterbender right out of the water too, polarbear dog or not.
He buried his face in his hands. And this was all assuming she’d managed to survive the fall. He’d wanted to stay and watch the water, but it hadn’t been safe. His fingertips felt cold against his face, so unlike his own skin.
As it was, they’d already been too late enough for one. They couldn’t have stayed and watched Sakari a moment longer, or else Bolin would have been taken too.
“Hey, Mako.”
Mako startled and pulled his hands back into his lap. Bolin smiled uncertainly from the entrance of their hiding spot. “I’ve got breakfast,” he said. “Nothing fantastic, but it’s edible.”
“Edible is all I ask,” Mako said, making himself match Bolin’s smile.
They sat down and cleaned up the food before eating. For dumpster fare, it wasn’t bad. Mako guessed that most of the trash-pickers had chosen to fall back on their emergency stores after the Equalist invasion. Unfortunately, he and Bolin didn’t have one anymore, or he’d never have let Bolin go out on the streets alone.
Halfway through his account of where he’d found which bits of food, Bolin stopped. His face grew grave. “I also have some news,” he said, pulling a folded paper from his pocket. “I saw this poster about seven blocks east,” he said, passing it over.
Mako took it and went pale when he unfolded it. The poster was in the same design as the other Equalist propaganda posters, but this time with the silhouette of Amon crushing a blue arrow as he stood astride the Republic City skyline. ‘Victory’ was spelled out at the top, and event details further down.
“Today at noon… they’re holding an assembly at the old pro-bending arena,” he read aloud. “Some speakers regarding their victory, and then—“ Mako’s breath caught in his throat. “Amon will rid the world of airbending forever?”
His hands crunched around the poster. If he had his bending, he would have set it alight. “That’s why they wanted the airbending kids?”
Bolin nodded, mouth a thin line. “We have to do something Mako. We can’t just let this happen.”
“Of course we’re doing something. Just.” Mako dropped his gaze. “I’m not sure how much use I can be.” He glumly chewed on some mostly-clean kebabs.
“Uh, plenty!” Bolin fixed him with a steady look. “First off, you and I know all the back ways in and out of the arena. We probably know it better than anyone else. Whether or not you can bend, you’re still Detective Mako.” Bolin paused and did a brief impression, stroking his chin and narrowing his eyes. In a fair impersonation of Mako’s voice, he said, “Based on the evidence at hand and my own superior powers of observation and deduction, I know it was you, Bolin, who took an extra rice ball from the bowl!”
Despite the circumstances, Mako found himself moved to laughter. Bolin’s impression was spot-on, all the way down to how he’d pitched his voice and somehow made his face look twice as long and serious. He even took his next bite like Mako, trying to look contemplative as he chewed.
“Alright you’ve got a point,” Mako said. “So we break in. How do we break the airbenders out if I can’t firebend? I’m not an Equalist. I don’t have any training in chi-blocking or something.”
“Um…” Bolin screwed his eyes shut with concentration for a moment. When he opened them and caught Mako’s gaze, his eyes glimmered. “Then we levy your experiences against the supplies at hand.” He paused, then grinned. “Ha, get it. Hand?”
Mako squinted and took a bite. He shook his head. “Uh, no. Don’t get it, Bolin.”
Bolin’s smile didn’t falter a bit. “You’re good with lightning. You know how it handles. Let’s steal one of those Equalist lightning gloves.”
“What.” Mako bit back his immediate reaction of distaste. He hated those gloves. He’d been on the bad end more than a couple times. Every time he saw them, he got a little more pissed off.
“Hear me out, Mako,” Bolin said. “You’re used to lightning. You know how it works, how it flows. We’ve even practiced close-quarters lightning techniques as part of our routines on Air Temple Island.” He grinned. “We’ll take an Equalist by surprise and steal their glove. Maybe see if we can get some uniforms too, so we don’t arouse any attention sneaking into the arena. Disguised and armed, we sneak in, locate the airbenders, and break them out!”
Bolin broke out hand motions to accompany the last bit, ending in a triumphant skyward punch.
Mako finished his kebab and shook his head. “You’re insane, Bolin,” he said.
His brother deflated slightly.
“Let’s do it.”
“Yes!” A light caught in Bolin’s eyes, burning hot and fierce.
Mako grinned back. Bolin wasn’t a firebender, but they were both the sons of a Fire Nation colonist. In the pit of his chest, Mako felt a small flame still smoldering. Some fires couldn’t be stripped away or put out. He tucked the feeling away, to be recalled when he next needed the steadiness.
After that, the morning seemed to fly by. The two of them finished breakfast, disguised their hiding spot once more, and talked through a strategy for taking down an Equalist to steal the glove.
When it seemed like they had everything in order, Mako wrote a note, just in case Sakari came to the rendezvous spot late.
“You know,” Bolin said, “Sakari could have gotten away, then found these posters.” He held out the announcement poster. “If she saw it, she’d be so worried for Jinora that she’d probably start planning on breaking out the airbenders herself.”
Mako considered the possibility. “That… is exactly what she’d do,” he admitted. “Maybe we’ll run into her on the break-in?”
“Let’s hope we recognize one another,” Bolin added drily. “It would really suck if she ended up clocking us with some ice to the head.”
“Understatement,” Mako said. “So, how are we gonna find an Equalist anyway?” After making their way toward the arena for a few minutes, the two of them had yet to come across anybody at all, much less a uniformed Equalist to take down and disarm.
“Uh… we could put out bait?” Bolin said. “Make a sign that says ‘innocent benders’ with an arrow pointing down a dead-end alley. Lure them right to us?”
They turned a corner and froze at the sight of a pair of Equalists walking right toward them.
“Speak of a spirit,” Mako muttered, “and it will appear.”
“You two!” The Equalists noticed them and immediately approached. “What are you doing?”
Mako and Bolin exchanged a glance.
“Uh, walking?” Mako said. He felt a hot rush of hatred course through him. If these two had their way, they would take Bolin right to Amon and strip him of his bending too.
The Equalists adopted combat stances. “I think I recognize them,” one said. “Aren’t those the two pro-bending brothers?”
“No time like the present for autograph signing,” Bolin quipped.
In the corner of his eye, Mako saw his brother slide into an earthbending stance. He tightened his lips to a thin line. “Go!”
Mako charged forward, sweeping into the foot-first slide he’d been practicing with an arc of fire. Without the firebending, it wasn’t quite as smooth, not quite as powerful.
Still, the low kick came outside the Equalists’ expected attack range. He swept the right one off his feet and knocked the left one off-balance.
Bolin charged in, a beat behind him, and immediately slammed the left one into a wall with a slab of earth.
Mako flipped around and tackled his opponent, keeping the larger man pinned to the ground. He wouldn’t be able to keep him down for long, but thankfully he didn’t have to.
Bolin secured his opponent to ground, trapping her feet in the dirt. He turned to Mako and yelled, “get up now!”
The moment Mako leapt off the man, Bolin sent a pair of earthen slabs over him, keeping him pinned to the road with one arm sticking out.
“I’ve got his glove,” Mako said. “You got her?”
“Affirmative,” Bolin said.
Turning his attention to the trapped Equalist, Mako grimaced and set about removing the glove from his hand. As soon as the man figured out what he was trying to do, he clenched his hand into a fist. It took Mako leveraging his knee against the man’s arm for him to wrench the glove off.
But, then he was holding a glove. Mako’s eyes lit up. Here was the possibility to re-level the playing field.
To the side, Bolin had managed to relieve his captive of her glove, then shut her in an earthen box.
“Can she breathe in there?” Mako asked.
Bolin nodded. “Yeah, but she shouldn’t be able to break out on her own. When the Equalists come through, they’ll be able to dig her out with a shovel.” He turned to the man Mako had disarmed and put a similar box over him as well. “Let’s get out of here.”
“Agreed.”
Once they’d secured a secluded alley, Bolin gave Mako the glove he’d won. “Try it out, try it out!”
They had, conveniently, stolen both a right and left-handed glove. He hesitated, then slipped the right one on. It felt strange around his wrist and on his skin. He fought the urge to say it was constrictive, because it really wasn’t. It took a moment longer for Mako to place why the glove felt odd.
If he’d been able to firebend, a glove this thick would have prevented him from doing so safely. His lips tightened. For now, it would do the opposite, temporarily granting him the power of lightning again.
He flexed his hand, feeling for the trigger in the glove. Briefly, blue lightning sparked at his palm.
“There it is!” Bolin grinned at him.
Mako tried to return the smile, flexing his hand again and trying a few different motions. His control over the lightning itself was limited. The glove couldn’t move it, so much as create it in a localized environment. It wasn’t firebending any more than striking a match was.
But still. He slipped the other glove on and tried them simultaneously. It was heat under his hands and the sound of lightning at his fingertips. The crackling sound in his ears reminded his body of what it was like to feel right again, made it feel almost possible that he’d be back to normal one day.
Mako’s expression tightened. If he placed his hands against Amon’s chest, he would still feel the man shudder before he dropped.
And, with two of them, more of his forms were available again. He ran through a few motions, seeing how the electricity interacted with itself and with the gloves paired together.
“It looks great from over here,” Bolin said at length. “But how’s it going on your end?”
Mako sighed. “Been better, but this… this is as good as it’s gonna get for now.” He looked up and met Bolin’s eyes. “I think we have an arena to break into. Let’s go.”
* * *
The vision opened on a training exercise. Korra placed Aang around thirteen years old as he dashed forward. Around him, his friends were fighting a legion of stone soldiers, controlled by Toph at the top of the hill. Flaming boulders, coated in grease and lit before Toph tossed them out, provided a heady level of realism.
Aang’s focus was on a scarecrow figure at the top, just in front of Toph. Korra identified it as the mock-target of their training exercise as Sokka called out, “Now, Aang!”
Aang leapt through the air, but Korra felt a shift in his energy before he landed. Swinging his staff downward, he stopped just short of the melon lord’s head.
A beat later, he backed away.
“What are you waiting for?” Zuko yelled. “Take him out!”
Aang shook his head. “I can’t.”
Sokka walked over and the whole group started to draw close. “What's wrong with you? If this was the real deal, you'd be shot full of lightning right now.”
Aang’s gaze dropped. “I’m sorry, but it just didn't feel right. I didn't feel like myself.”
The vision faded out as Sokka drew his sword and sliced the melon to pieces. “There, that’s how it’s done,” he said.
The vision faded in, and Korra got the sense that not much time had passed. Katara was holding a painting of a happy, dark-haired baby, but the group’s expressions were somber.
Zuko’s voice cut in. “Well, that sweet little kid grew up to be a monster, and the worst father in the history of fathers.”
Aang looked contemplative. “But he's still a human being.”
“You're going to defend him?” Zuko snapped.
“No, I agree with you.” Aang stood up. “Fire Lord Ozai is a horrible person, and the world would probably be better off without him, but there's got to be another way.”
The vision faded for a beat, and then Aang was in the middle of pacing back and forth. “This goes against everything I learned from the monks,” he said, “I can't just go around wiping out people I don't like.
“Sure you can,” Sokka said, “You're the Avatar. If it's in the name of keeping balance, I'm pretty sure the universe will forgive you.”
Turning to Sokka, Korra saw Aang twitch. “This isn't a joke, Sokka!” he snapped, “None of you understand the position I'm in.”
His friends protested, insisting they understood, as the vision drew back out and faded to white.
Korra opened her eyes to the wide dome that capped the pro-bending arena. Beyond the panes of glass, she could see Yue Bay. Air Temple Island looked the same from a distance, though Korra knew it was anything but since the Equalists had attacked. The Avatar Aang statue in the bay wore its changes openly; the Equalists had placed a huge Amon mask over the statue’s face.
“You’re both wrong,” Korra whispered toward the statue and its mask. “But I’m gonna set the world to balance between you.”
She turned away from the dome as the current speaker finished up. Korra had, at first, tried to really listen and pay attention to the Equalists speaking before Amon, but none of them had his flair or draw. Lukewarm applause escorted the speaker from the stage that the Equalists had set up at one end of the arena, where the team locker room used to be. A massive banner with Amon’s victorious visage stood at the back of the stage.
The lights dimmed and the announcer’s voice echoed around the arena.
“And now: the voice of the spirits, the new supreme leader of Republic City! I present the man we’ve all been waiting for, Amon!”
The whole arena seemed to lean in at the announcement. Korra walked closer to the edge, where the Equalist banner hung down, so she had a better view. She took care not to get too close; it would not do to fall from the roof too soon.
Zaheer wanted her to make her entrance at the right moment during Amon’s speech.
“You need to counter his mystery and aplomb with your own,” he’d said. “Amon is a master at holding attention, in part with how he seizes it from the first moment. Counter that and you will swing the city’s focus to you.”
Amon raised a hand to silence the cheers his entrance had triggered. The effect was immediate. When the quiet was to his liking, casting its own aura over those gathered, he spoke.
“Thank you all for joining me on this historic occasion,” he began. “This movement, our rise, has been a long path. Many of you have already heard, but my story began when I was a boy. A firebender struck down my entire family and left me scarred. Too many of us have similar tales. This tragic event began my quest to equalize the world.
“My family shattered, I left home in search of truth and meaning. It was evident to me that bending was a blight on the world, but I wanted to know why.”
Korra scanned the crowd, trying to see if she could spot Zaheer from her vantage point. He’d said he would galvanize the crowd to action when she made her move.
“I traveled the world, broken and scarred, in search of the truth,” Amon continued. “Why do benders exist at all? Why has bending caused so much imbalance in the world? I sought out spiritual leaders the world over, seeking to understand.” His voice hardened. “I came to understand that bending has not caused imbalance in the world. Bending is the imbalance in the world.”
The crowd roared. Amon put up a hand to quiet them and they stilled.
At the top of the arena, Korra stirred. She couldn’t imagine how Zaheer would sway this crowd. Was the arena packed with Equalist sympathizers only? Would there even be enough traction for him to get some people excited about the Avatar’s return?
“There was once a time,” Amon continued, “when bending was a temporary power. My search revealed a hidden history. We have not always been divided between benders and non-benders. Everyone used to be a non-bender. Occasional groups were granted the power of bending only for the benefit of the people around them, so they might hunt or gather food. When the time to gather food had passed, the people would be stripped of their bending until the next trip.”
Korra raised her eyebrows. She hadn’t expected Amon to have actually done some of the research he’d talked about. Furthermore, she wouldn’t have expected him to give an explanation that was, at least for the most part, true.
“But those days are not now,” Amon said, an edge lining his voice. “Bending is no longer used for the benefit of all. The spirits regret that humans are now so tainted with the power that the world has fallen out of balance. On my journey, I proved to them my intent and worthiness.” He raised a hand out toward the crowd. “They gave me the power to equalize the world, to strip benders of their bending and restore us to how we used to be!”
Korra shifted in place and mouthed out the words to Zaheer’s script. She needed to wait for the right moment to crash his speech. Timing was everything if she was going to supersede him as a spiritual authority.
“Use his flair for the dramatic against him,” Zaheer had said. “Let his speech be the introduction to your entrance.”
“Today, we will take on giant step forward,” Amon declared. “Today, I will rid the world of airbending forever. We will be one step closer to an equal world.”
Korra tensed. Her secondary criteria for choosing the right moment to interfere was making sure he didn’t lay a hand on any of the airbenders.
Even if Zaheer hadn’t given that command, she wouldn’t let it happen anyway.
“Councilman Tenzin is thrice condemned in the issue of the world’s imbalance. As a political leader of this city, he is complicit in rejecting stewardship of Republic City’s nonbending population. As an airbender, he is a blight on the spiritual balance of the world. And, as Avatar Aang’s son, his misguided spiritual leadership has only exacerbated these issues.” Amon’s fist clenched. “Today, he comes down to a level playing field with the rest of us.”
Korra knelt and laid her hands on the corner of the ledge. Any moment now. Her muscles twitched, tensing for the leap.
“The spirits have chosen me,” Amon said, “to usher in a new age of equality!”
A portion of the stage to the right of Amon began to rise.
“The city’s benders have stood by and done nothing but further our oppression. The old Avatar’s son has provided no spiritual leadership. And the new Avatar? Missing twice over now, irrelevant, and powerless. The spirits have abandoned that ancient concept.”
Korra’s heart thudded in her chest, pounding in her ears as the stage platform continued to rise, bringing with it a line of posts. As the top of Tenzin’s head became visible, Korra counted five posts and froze.
Tenzin only had three airbending children.
“I am the spirits’ new messenger,” Amon declared. He gestured to the rising sight of his captives. “So may the benders of Republic City despair! The Avatar is not even here to save her own sister.”
Risen out of the stage, all five captives were now visible. The whole arena gasped at the sight of Sakari, tied to the last post by Meelo.
“No…” Korra breathed.
Time seemed to stop as rehearsed scripts and controlled entrances slipped out of her mind’s grasp.
Korra felt a familiar pressure from behind her eyes. White crept in at the edges of her vision, but she couldn’t feel Aang’s presence behind it. Instead, the light threatened to engulf her with… more of herself. More power, enough power to pull the whole arena down around Amon.
Her fingers gripped the ledge so tightly that they trembled. Around her, a tremor seemed to sweep through the arena for a moment.
Her gaze locked on Sakari, gagged and bound to a post. Korra squinted and tried to force the light back. She needed focus, not blind rage, to get Sakari to safety and take down Amon.
Amon, who tore down her name and was so confident of the Avatar’s absence that he’d made a terrible mistake. She could almost hear Zaheer in her ear, whispering a quick and steady analysis that rushed faster than her thoughts could follow. He would say something about justifications and reversing the logic of Amon’s phrasing.
A second had passed. The crowd’s gasps were dying into an intake of breath.
Now was the moment. She knew this as sure as if Zaheer were standing behind her to shove her off the ledge.
Amon raised a fist, said something. She couldn’t parse his words as anything but the rush of her own anger. The fury rose, and it took everything Korra had not to fall into it completely. She needed to stay in-control of herself.
What had Zaheer told her about the Avatar State? What had he told her about how to make her entrance, calm and controlled and… what else?
There had been a plan. She could remember half a script, maybe.
Amon took a step toward his captives.
Korra leapt off the edge, into the open air of the Arena.
* * *
Asami leapt to her feet at the sight of the two speedboats approaching the shore. She’d been up for hours before sunrise, anxious energy churning within her. For the last half hour, she had worried that the United Forces wouldn’t actually show, but it seemed those fears were unfounded.
As the ships approached, she estimated the number of soldiers. There looked to be about two dozen men and women between the two boats. Given the number of Equalist staff regularly at the base, it could be a close battle. But the United Forces would have the element of surprise to give them the upper hand at the beginning.
The sight of the man standing near the front of the second boat caused Asami’s eyes to widen. General Iroh? Didn’t he have the navy to oversee?
She waited on the shore while the boats landed. General Iroh spoke to Colonel Yi for a moment before he made his way over to her.
“Miss Sato,” he said, bowing his head in greeting. “It is good to see you here.”
“You as well,” Asami said. “Although I am surprised to see you. I had assumed that you would be needed to lead the navy in Republic City.”
The general smiled. “I prefer to attend to matters myself when they are critical. And our navy will be useless if we cannot disable these biplanes. Commander Bumi will lead our navy into Republic City as soon as he receives word that the planes have been downed. I will rendezvous with our existing ground forces once our work here is done.”
Asami frowned. Existing ground forces? She hadn’t been aware of any United Forces presence within the city. So far any skirmishes had been between the remaining police officers and vigilante benders. Some of them had started wearing Blue Spirit masks.
Iroh inclined his head toward her. “We made a few adjustments to our plan following our meeting with you.”
Asami supposed it made sense that she didn’t know all of the United Forces’ plans. Even if she had impressed them with the demonstration of her device, wariness was understandable.
Iroh’s expression sombered. “Are there any last-minute changes to the Equalist plans that we should be aware of?”
“The planes have yet to be launched, so the pilots are on standby. Most have only basic combat training, but they will make attacking the base more difficult.”
“Then it is a good thing that I brought my best soldiers with me,” Iroh responded. “Go grab your disruptors and let’s get moving.”
“My what?” Asami frowned, then realized. “Oh, the portable electromagnetic disruptor devices.”
A smile quirked at the corners of Iroh’s mouth. “That name was a bit too long for the radio, so we just shortened it to disruptor,” Iroh said. He called Yi and two lieutenants over.
“That makes sense,” Asami said. She moved back to her Satomobile to retrieve the suitcase containing her electromagnetic disruptors. Using the full name didn’t bother her, but she could see the practicality behind shortening it.
She did a quick scan of the suitcase to make sure that all of the disruptors were ready to go. She had agreed to distribute her extras to soldiers so that they could take down multiple planes at once. They might even be able to use the device against the handful of mecha tanks at the base.
As soon as the selected soldiers had been equipped, Iroh issued a call to move out. He turned to face Asami. “Lead the way, Miss Sato.”
There weren’t really any sentry stations at the back of the airbase. There were no trails on this part of the mountain, and the electric fence would keep out any trespassers.
Still, every one of Asami’s nerves was on fire as she approached the base. It felt like every shift in the wind heralded an Equalist attack. Her heart was hammering beneath her ribs by the time they arrived at a ledge overlooking the airfield.
Beside her, Iroh and Yi were surveying the airfield. There were three smaller hangars in the back that stored the back-up planes and mecha tanks. The main hangar housed the planes ready for takeoff, and five runways branched off of it.
“We’ll need to have the earthbenders take out those runways,” Iroh said. “Make it harder for the planes to take off.”
“I’ll have to take out the electric fence first,” Asami said, motioning to the fence posts spread evenly around the base. “It should only take a minute.”
Iroh nodded. “We’ll move into position and wait for your signal.” He relayed a series of commands through Yi and motioned for the other soldiers to begin making their way down the cliff toward the base. They split into four groups: three smaller ones to take out the rear hangars and one larger one to attack the main hangar. The pine trees provided the squads some cover.
Asami waited a minute before sneaking down the ledge. If the Equalists had installed sentry posts around the base, they would have spotted her approach.
Perhaps her mother had a bit too much faith in her electric fence.
Asami crouched by one of the fence posts hidden by the rear hangars. Time to see exactly how good her disruptor was. Taking a deep breath, she lined the prongs up with the fence post and fired them.
The prongs darted forward, embedding themselves into the post. Seconds later, the entire fence activated, electricity crackling between the poles. It died just as suddenly.
The silence was broken by the sound of an alarm blaring through the base.
Asami cursed. So much for their surprise entrance. She jerked the prongs of her disruptor from the post and leapt to her feet, trying to catch sight of General Iroh to signal the attack.
The general was already moving toward the base, flanked by several other soldiers. Fire gathered in his palms, and he launched a series of fireballs at the Equalists scrambling to investigate the disturbance.
Returning her disruptor to her belt, Asami adjusted her electrified glove and rushed forward. She had been tasked with taking out the planes in the main hangar.
A wave of Equalists, most in pilot uniforms, came running toward the United Forces. Over half were pulling on electrified gloves. There wouldn’t be too many chi-blockers on the base—most of the chi-blockers had been assigned to the ground forces in Republic City—but the electrified gloves could be troublesome by themselves.
One of the earthbenders near Iroh dug his feet into the ground and thrust his fists forward. Chunks of earth rose from the ground and bolted forward. Two struck the incoming Equalists in the gut, sending them sprawling backwards. The rest were dodged, though not as skillfully as Asami would have expected.
Granted, most of the pilots had focused on learning how to operate the planes, and they would have only received basic hand-to-hand training.
The ground rumbled faintly, and Asami could see a pair of earthbenders begin to dismantle the leftmost runway. When a group of Equalists moved to intercept them, Colonel Yi and a waterbender responded in kind with blades of water and ice.
To her left, a trio of mecha tanks were advancing on Iroh and his soldiers. Though the general hurled fireball after fireball at them, the attacks did no damage. Frowning, he stopped and took a deep breath. Lightning crackled at his fingertips and tore through the air, racing toward the mecha tanks.
Even the lightning did nothing to slow their advance. Asami had designed them to withstand benders’ lightning attacks, redirecting the current to a ground.
The tanks had no built-in defense against an electromagnetic pulse.
Asami veered to her left toward the mecha tanks. The ground beneath her feet shook as the earthbenders with Iroh had more success at halting the tanks. She readied her disruptor as she approached the first of the mecha tanks.
The tank operators never once looked her way. Even though she had stripped the Equalist insignia from her uniform, she was still dressed close enough that they would likely picture her as an ally.
She activated the disruptor, and the prongs shot forward to strike the closest mecha tank.
The tank rolled forward for a second before it came to an abrupt halt. Asami could see the driver inside the cockpit frantically pressing at buttons, trying to get the tank to respond.
The operator glanced up and saw her. He pulled the lever for the manual release. The cockpit slid open with a hiss, and he sprung toward Asami.
Gritting her teeth, Asami ducked under his attack. She dodged to the left and dropped her disruptor on the ground. She just barely parried the next kick aimed at her. When the man attacked again, Asami grabbed his arm and twisted it behind his back. One touch of the electrified glove was enough to render him unconscious.
Her distraction gave Iroh and his soldiers time to halt the remaining two tanks. She retrieved her device from where it had dropped and rushed over to the mecha tank, yanking the prongs free.
A familiar thrum carried over the din of the battle, and Asami cursed. Iroh’s forces had damaged two of the runways, but if the Equalists managed to launch some of the planes, they could still damage the United Forces’ fleet.
“General!” Asami called, eyes darting to search for Iroh.
He met her gaze and turned his attention toward the main hangar. Fireballs flew from his hands toward the hangar entrance. It struck one of the plane’s tails, setting the empennage alight.
Colonel Yi and the other soldiers on the runways turned their attention to the planes trying to leave. Yi and the other waterbender threw a layer of ice over the ground to hinder any takeoffs.
They had to get to the hangars quickly. Asami sprinted forward, taking out two chi-blockers along the way. She reached the main hangar just as a pilot with an electrified glove darted outside. The woman, probably only a few years older than Asami, started to attack but pulled back at the sight of her.
“You’re—” she started to say.
Asami lunged forward and struck her in the gut with her own charged glove. The woman crumpled to the ground. “Sorry,” she muttered.
She was lucky that more people hadn’t recognized her and her role in the attack, but that luck wouldn’t hold out forever.
Four more pilots rushed outside to try and defend the hangar. Asami braced herself for the battle, but a wave of fire rushed past her and knocked the pilots back. She glanced over her shoulder as Iroh and another soldier arrived to take care of the pilots.
Iroh pulled Asami aside as more of the United Forces reached the hangar. “My men should have this hangar covered for now. I don’t suppose there would be some kind of room here that has paperwork in it?”
Asami frowned. “Paperwork?”
“Any additional information we can get about the Equalists would be helpful: blueprints, mission reports, roster lists, etc. Our fight for Republic City won’t end here.”
She nodded. “My mother’s office is in the back of the hangar. I can take you there.”
She just had to hope that her mother was responding to the attack elsewhere on the base. Yasuko spent most of her time on the base working with the planes or speaking with the other mechanics, so her office should be empty.
“That’ll work,” Iroh said. “Let’s be quick.”
Asami led Iroh to a side door that led into narrow hallway, just wide enough for three people to walk side-by-side comfortably. Several crates lined the right wall, filled with spare parts and various tools. “My mother’s office will be at the end of the hall and around the corner,” Asami said. “I’m not sure how many useful documents she’s kept here though.”
“Anything will work,” Iroh said.
They had only traveled a few feet down the hall when Asami heard a different set of footsteps resounding from the far end of the hallway. The approaching heels clicked in a familiar cadence; Asami cursed. “Quick, hide!” she said, motioning toward the set of crates on her right.
Iroh slid behind the crates seconds before a figure rounded the far corner.
Asami’s breath caught in her throat, and her entire body froze.
It was her mother.
Yasuko’s eyes widened at the sight of her. “You were reassigned too?” she said, closing the distance between them. “Good. We need to hurry to the mecha tanks before the United Forces can cause more damage.”
“Affirmative,” Asami said automatically. She half turned to continue down the hallway with her mother, then froze. If her mother walked past Iroh’s hiding spot, she might not see him. But could Asami take that chance?
Her mother had taken a step forward, but stopped when Asami did. She frowned, impatient. “Come on, Asami.” Then she paused. Asami turned as her mother’s eyes narrowed. “Why are you already wearing a glove?”
Asami’s heartbeat seemed to soar to a new level as the sound pounded in her ears. “I wanted to make sure I was prepared before... before...”
Yasuko cut her off, voice shifting from impatience to suspicion. “That’s not a hangar model glove,” she said, flexing the hand in her own electrified glove. Her sharp eyes flew from the glove to Asami’s jacket. Asami saw her mother’s gaze linger a moment on the space where the Equalist insignia used to be. Then Yasuko looked up and her expression accused Asami even before she could say, “You were the traitor?”
Unable to look her mother in the eye, Asami dropped her gaze. A dozen different explanations froze in her throat.
The silence felt damning.
“Asami you will tell me why.” Yasuko’s voice sliced the silence, as sharp as any blade.
“I... I couldn’t...” Asami wilted underneath her mother’s gaze. “I couldn’t stand it,” she said finally. “The movement has strayed so far I can hardly recognize it anymore, Mom. So much death, so much loss of life—”
“So you turn it on your comrades?” Her mother took a step forward, gesturing to the distant sounds of battle with her gloved hand. “There will always be death, there will always be hurting. We started this movement to turn it away from non-benders and you’ve betrayed us just to return it?!”
Asami turned her reasons over in her mouth, but couldn't open her mouth to say them. If she did, she would cry, and she refused to do so. Not right now.
“You are Hiroshi’s daughter.” Yasuko seemed to have steeled her temper into something duller, but heavier. She sounded older. “I will give you one moment to redeem yourself. After this, you will never have another chance.”
The ‘never’ thudded in Asami’s chest, but she’d already made her decision. She looked up and met her mother’s wary eyes. Her mother’s taut stance spoke to readiness.
Asami dropped her gaze and let her hands fall by her side. “One of the United Forces generals is here,” she said, stepping to the side and gesturing to Iroh’s hiding place. “He... he ordered me to take him to your office for intelligence.”
Yasuko started, clearly surprised. She took a step forward. “Wha—”
Asami pivoted from her hips so her shoulders wouldn’t project the motion and punched her glove forward. The shock caught her mother in the chest just as Yasuko was raising her own glove. She couldn’t say if the motion had been intended for her or for Iroh.
Yasuko shuddered and Asami caught her body in time to lower her to the floor. She looked up as Iroh stood from behind the crate.
“I’m sorry,” she said. “I didn’t mean for it to seem like I was betraying you.”
“I can’t imagine that facing your mother was easy,” Iroh said. He rested his hand against her shoulder as she straightened up.
She stared down at her mother’s prone figure. Like an echo, she could almost imagine her mother’s voice, alternating with Hiroshi’s. When Asami was a child, when there used to be three of them, she would ask them an endless stream of questions, trying to understand how the early satomobile worked.
Reaching for the memory, it seemed to slide out of focus. The years had faded her father’s voice to the memory of a memory. And her mother’s harsh voice, the condemnation from a moment ago, felt closer than the kind and patient explanations she’d once given to Asami’s every question.
Asami clenched her hands into fists and released the breath she had been holding. Her mother had made her choices, and she had made her own. “Come on,” she said, only the slightest waver in her voice. “Her office is this way.”
Iroh removed his hand and nodded. Thankfully he let the matter drop as Asami led him down the hallway.
They turned the corner, and Asami pointed out her mother’s office. The door had been thrown open, revealing a plain desk covered in various papers. She knew that her mother kept copies of the plane and mecha tank blueprints for reference.
Iroh began rifling through the papers the moment he stepped inside the office. A few pages he glanced at with interest, but most he set aside in a neat pile.
“I’m afraid my mother keeps most of her documents in her home office,” Asami said. “There may be some in one of the back drawers, but I believe they are mostly filled with tools.” She took a step toward the back cabinets, but Iroh held up a hand to stop her.
“Sorry, but I can’t have you handling any of this evidence,” he said, offering an apologetic smile. “I trust you, but many would view any documents you handled with suspicion. I’d rather avoid that.”
“I understand,” Asami said, lingering in the doorway. For a minute she remained there, pointing out various pieces of paperwork, but Iroh seemed to know exactly what he was looking for.
After a moment, she sighed. “If I am unneeded here, would it be alright if I checked on my mother?” She hadn’t wanted to leave Yasuko unconscious in the hallway like that, but the mission had come first.
Iroh’s expression softened. “Of course. I should be finished here shortly.”
Asami turned to leave when Iroh called her back.
“Sorry,” he said, holding out something to her. It took Asami a moment to recognize the item as a pair of handcuffs. “I know,” he said, responding to her silence. “It’s not a pleasant request, but I can’t have your mother escaping.”
The sight of the handcuffs left a bitter taste in Asami’s mouth. But Iroh was right. “Understood.” She tucked the handcuffs into her belt and left the office.
Her mother was still where Asami had left her, slumped against the wall near the crates. Even from a distance, she could see the rise and fall of her mother’s breathing, and relief coursed through her. She knelt beside her mother to check her pulse. Thankfully she didn’t detect any irregularities.
“I’m sorry,” she said, keeping her voice low. “I never wanted it to turn out this way. But I couldn’t let you go through with destroying the United Forces like that.” She carefully moved her mother into an upright position and reached for one of her wrists.
Heavy footsteps came down the hallway from the direction of her mother’s office, familiar in their gait. Iroh must have finished collecting the Equalist documents.
“She’ll be okay,” Asami said, keeping her gaze on her mother. “A shock to the chest isn’t advisable at her age, but she’ll be fine after some rest.” She brought her mother’s hands together. Releasing a deep breath, she put the handcuffs on.
Her mother would be furious with her once she woke up, but Asami couldn’t let her walk away after everything that had transpired with the Equalists.
She looked up, about to ask Iroh if he had finished collecting what he needed, but the words died in her throat.
Liu stood a few feet away, staring at her in shock.
Asami felt as if she had been dunked in ice. “You’re not supposed to be here.” He should have been at the Pro-Bending Arena at Amon’s side or overseeing the fighting in the city.
It took him a moment to respond. “Amon suspected betrayal, so he reassigned me to the airbase.” Liu let out a rasping laugh. “I never would have suspected that the traitor was you.”
She swallowed, rising to her feet slowly. “Liu, listen to me. The situation—”
He drew his kali sticks and activated them. The blue-white lightning crackled to life, and the hum of electricity reverberated through the narrow corridor. “I have nothing else to say to you.”
* * *
“I am the spirits’ new messenger,” Amon declared.
Sakari stiffened as he gestured toward her and the captive airbenders.
“So may the benders of Republic City despair!” Amon continued. “The Avatar is not even here to save her own sister!”
Her hands trembled against their bindings, and she dropped her gaze, squinting away tears under the harsh spotlights. The crowd gasped as she came fully into sight with the airbenders.
Anger tore through her body, hot as the flush that burned her cheeks and the fear that had set her muscles burning with the urge to fight. Flee. Something, anything. The fear-strength was so overwhelming that, for a moment, Sakari thought she might be able to rip her hands free solely out of her desire to leave, to be elsewhere, anywhere. Even back in the bay would be better than this, sinking and lightheaded until the Equalists pulled her out of the water.
She trembled again and it felt like the whole arena trembled around her.
To her right, Sakari could feel Jinora’s eyes on her. Even though her friend was closer to Amon, of course Jinora would be worried about her. Any time the Avatar was mentioned, Jinora always remembered to check in on Sakari, to make sure she was okay.
“Now bear witness, Republic City!” Amon declared. “For now is the first moment of a new age!”
He took a step toward Tenzin, the closest captive to him.
In the corner of her eye, Sakari saw someone leap from near the roof of the arena.
She turned her head as the figure, dressed in all black, flipped around in midair, steering her flight with a long train of fire. As the figure drew close to the referee platform, she punched her hands toward the sky.
Sakari startled as the pro-bending moat surged and crashed against the arena walls below.
The figure landed on the referee stand with an explosion, a wave of fire shooting out from her feet to crash into the Equalist guards, knocking them off the platform. She wore a blue and white mask, and Sakari realized the newcomer must be the Blue Spirit from finals. With a sweeping motion of her arms, the Blue Spirit called a wheel of fire to spin around her.
Then, she dug her feet into the ground and reached out a hand. The concrete wall beside her fractured. A cry of surprise tore through the audience. Chunks of the concrete lifted into the air and whirled around her in a rush, twining the earth and fire together.
No… Sakari couldn’t even whisper the word from behind the gag.
A heartbeat later,the Blue Spirit raised both of her arms into the air. The water from the moat soared up around the woman in a column. Spinning her hands in a motion so familiar to Sakari that it ached, the Blue Spirit pulled the water around her to join the dance of fire and earth.
Sakari’s throat had constricted to nothing. The whole audience seemed to lose its breath with her for a moment.
“The Avatar is here,” the figure roared, mask locked on the stage where Amon stood.
Notes:
As promised, we will post Chapter Sixteen: The Avatar and the Equalist (Finale Part Two) late afternoon CDT on Sunday, August 28th. We'll attach some notes about when to expect arc 2 to start and some changes to the fic's overall direction then.
In the meantime, leave a comment! Reactions? Responses? Questions? Plot points you REALLY hope get addressed in the last chapter of arc 1? PREDICTIONS FOR THE END OF THE FINALE/ARC 2?? Have you hit the kudos button like 7 times and it only lets you leave 1 kudos? Comment and you will be seen! Your words will feed our energy as we kick it into overdrive to try and finish this last chapter in time.
Chapter 16: The Avatar and the Equalist
Summary:
The lost Avatar has returned! Mako and Bolin use the Avatar's arrival to rescue the airbending family while Korra faces off against Amon. Meanwhile, Asami is forced to battle Liu as chaos falls on Republic City.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter Sixteen: The Avatar and the Equalist
(Finale Part Two)
P’li stole a glance across the living room at Ming-Hua and Ghazan. Zaheer’s insistence that she stay home to keep an eye on them had probably been unnecessary.
After Korra and Zaheer left, Ghazan grumbled and paced. His anxious energy had filled the apartment, then petered off as his focus returned to Ming-Hua. For the most part, he’d only been picking fights when Zaheer was around. She had tried to explain this to her partner, but he’d insisted she stay.
P’li sighed. Ming-Hua was better, one day at a time. Ghazan was a large part of that. This was all that mattered.
Though her friend still had her darker moments from time to time, P’li was glad to see her recovered enough to be sitting up (and in the living room no less) and alert enough to play a game of Pai Sho with Ghazan. For his part, P’li knew he wasn’t fond of the game, but he moved Ming-Hua’s pieces to the spaces she called out and tried his best.
More importantly, he would play the game without pause until Ming-Hua no longer wanted to play. So far, he’d lost four matches in a row. P’li studied him from across the room. Despite his losses, Ghazan seemed to still be in a good humor as he set up the board for a fifth match.
He wouldn’t have left Ming-Hua, even if P’li hadn’t been here. Of this, she had no doubt.
She sighed. She was wasting her time here. Zaheer had underestimated Ghazan; as a result, the Red Lotus was spread thinner in the field. This wasn’t the sort of in-fighting they needed at this stage of the plan.
She walked over to the couch to observe this Pai Sho match personally. Zaheer was a better player than all of them, but P’li knew it fairly well. Since she was stuck here anyway, she might ask if Ming-Hua would play her for the next match.
Ming-Hua looked up at her approach, alert and looking more like herself than she had in days. “Come to steal my strategies?” she asked. A smirk ghosted at the corners of her mouth.
“No, she’s definitely here for mine,” Ghazan said, crossing his arms and tossing his hair.
“I’m here to play,” P’li said, voice flat. “Finish your game. I’ll play the winner.”
“So... you’ll play me?” Ghazan winked and they all laughed.
For a moment, everything felt outrageous and normal. She sat beside Ming-Hua and let her friend lean against her while she and Ghazan finished their game. It was closer than usual, but P’li couldn’t tell if it was because Ming-Hua was distracted or generous.
When they were done, P’li swapped seats with Ghazan. He put an arm around Ming-Hua and helped P’li reset the board.
Whenever Ming-Hua said her moves, Ghazan would move the pieces for her. As the game lengthened, however, he started to take longer before he registered that Ming-Hua had said her move.
P’li tensed. She didn’t want to break the status quo and begin moving Ming-Hua’s pieces. Better to let the issue sort itself out than disrupt the existing balance.
But then he didn’t seem to hear Ming-Hua say her next move. Ghazan was gazing out the window with an odd expression on his face.
P’li was about to clear her throat when Ghazan said, “Do we get indirect justice this way?”
“What?” P’li frowned, trying to reconcile his statement with the board game.
“If Amon killed Tarrlok, and if Korra kills Amon, then can we say that worked out?” Ghazan turned back toward P’li and Ming-Hua, who had stiffened.
P’li frowned. Amon hadn’t killed Tarrlok, but beyond that… “That logic isn’t quite workable,” she said. “The same way that ‘the enemy of my enemy is my friend’ doesn’t work either.”
“Hmm.” Ghazan’s gaze dropped.
Ming-Hua fixed P’li with a look. “Tarrlok’s not dead, is he.” It wasn’t a question.
“Uh…” If Zaheer hadn’t told her, P’li would have been able to answer that she honestly didn’t know, but…
“Of course,” Ming-Hua mused. “Amon stripped Tarrlok’s bending and took him. Why go through the trouble just to kill the man.”
“That… sounds logical,” P’li managed, trying to figure out the best course of action. Zaheer hadn’t wanted them to know, but that possibility was quickly slipping out of reach.
Ming-Hua’s eyes narrowed. She seemed more alert and present that P’li had seen her since the Tarrlok mission went wrong. Looking at her from across the Pai Sho board, Ming-Hua seemed to read right through P’li.
“You know where he is, don’t you,” she said.
P’li didn’t let her gaze drop. It wouldn’t be easy, but she could lie.
But Ming-Hua looked like herself for once. Her eyes locked on P’li’s. This woman had been her best friend, her closest confidant after Zaheer, since they were teenagers. She had been deeply, irrevocably hurt and she was asking P’li for the truth.
“I do know where he is,” she answered.
“Tell me!” Ghazan leapt to his feet.
Ming-Hua looped an ankle around his and yanked him back beside her on the couch. “Shut up, Ghazan.” She spared him a glare, then returned her gaze to P’li. “Finish my mission for me,” she said.
“What?” P’li blinked.
“Take him out. Finish my mission. You don’t need to tell us where he is. Ghazan will stay here with me; we’re not going anywhere while you’re gone.” Only now did a bitter note creep into Ming-Hua’s voice. “He’s not a waterbender anymore, so it should be simple enough.”
P’li pursed her lips. Zaheer would not like this.
But, in the end, it did not matter who killed Tarrlok. By finishing the mission, she wouldn’t hurt their cause.
And even if it didn’t matter, it felt like it mattered
“I’ll be back shortly.” P’li stood up. “Ghazan, finish my game while I’m out.”
* * *
Mako and Bolin had raced through all the back-routes they knew to make it into the stadium to the back of the Equalist stage. It helped that it had been constructed over the locker room that the Fire Ferrets used to use.
“I am the spirits’ new messenger,” Amon declared.
Mako held out his hands and Bolin dashed forward, planting a foot in Mako’s grip to get a boost up onto the back of the stage. Once he was on, Bolin reached down and helped pull Mako up.
“When do we make our move?” Bolin whispered.
Mako stole forward to the edge of Amon’s banner and peered through the gap between the banner and the scaffolding holding it up.
“So may the benders of Republic City despair!” Amon continued. “The Avatar is not even here to save her own sister!”
Right as Amon said it, Mako caught sight of Sakari. He cursed under his breath.
Bolin moved in beside him. “They have Sakari?” he asked, looking through the gap with Mako.
“Yeah,” he said. “We can’t let him take anyone’s bending, no matter what.” His grip tightened inside the electric gloves he wore, and he repressed a tremor.
“Now bear witness, Republic City!” Amon punched a fist in the air. “For now is the first moment of a new age!”
Bolin nodded. “On your signal, Mako.” His hands moved, turning one of the rocks he’d brought with him into a sharp stone knife and handed it over. “I’ll keep them at bay while you…” he trailed off, staring out at the arena.
Mako took the knife and looked back out just in time to see a figure land on one of the referee stands in an explosion of fire, tossing the Equalists guards there . He could feel that heat on his face all the way from the back of the stage; it was an outrageous display of power.
“I can see the Blue Spirit mask!” Bolin grabbed Mako’s arm. “She’s here!”
Mako’s eyes widened at that. He had not expected to see the Blue Spirit again, but her presence would definitely play to their advantage. Maybe this time he’d actually get to thank her for saving them during the finals.
Then the Blue Spirit extended her hand to the wall behind her. Cracks spread throughout the concrete, and fist-sized chunks broke free to join the fire swirling around the woman.
“No way,” Bolin breathed, eyes almost comically wide.
Mako’s breath caught in his throat, and he could hear a surprised cry ripple through the crowd.
Below them, the water churned ominously. The Blue Spirit raised her hands, and a pillar of water shot upwards. Twirling her hands in a gesture Sakari sometimes used, the Blue Spirit pulled the water to spin around her.
“The Avatar is here,” the figure roared, mask locked on the stage where Amon stood.
“The spirits have sent me, the bridge between our worlds, to tell you that freedom is arriving!” She pulled more chunks of rock from the wall of the arena, whirling them around her like orbiting asteroids. “Amon does not represent the people of this city any more than the council did, just a different heel on your neck. I will not stand for the enslavement of any peoples. Rise up, Republic City, and claim the freedom that is your right!” She raised a hand to point at the stage. “Amon, you will never take anyone’s bending ever again!” she declared. “I am here to end this.”
Mako’s mind raced, making a dozen connections that he didn’t have time to process. If the Blue Spirit was the Avatar and the Avatar was Sakari’s sister...
The Avatar’s words echoed through the arena, casting a speechless awe over the crowd. Then the moment shattered into gasps as she leaped off the referee stand in a blast of fire and a whirl of stone and water, flying toward the stage, right at Amon.
Mako grabbed Bolin’s arm. “We move now,” he ordered. “Go!” He used the stone knife to slash a gash in the banner.
Bolin burst through with his rocks and faced down the Equalists that ran toward him. Mako came right after and went for Sakari, the closest captive.
“Get some water if you can! Our goal is to get the airbenders and get out,” he shouted as he cut the ropes binding her wrists. Beyond the stage, Mako distantly noted that several fights had broken out in the crowd. Fights between Equalists and the Avatar’s new supporters?
From the corner of his eye, Mako saw Bolin knock an Equalist clear off the stage with a rock to the gut.
Beyond him, the masked Avatar had landed in an explosion of fire. Thankfully, she’d kept it directed forward, away from the captive airbenders. The torrent of flames raced toward Amon, but he calmly evaded the attack.
As soon as Sakari’s hands were free, she ripped off her gag. “Korra!” she shouted, stumbling away from the post.
Mako grabbed her shoulder, abruptly turning her to face him. “Free Jinora!” he ordered.
In the corner of his eye, a huge chunk of rock went flying as the Avatar presumably faced off against Amon. She may have been Sakari’s sister, but she clearly had her own agenda, and Mako didn’t think now was a good time for a family reunion.
Thankfully, Sakari’s eyes snapped into focus when he said Jinora’s name. She nodded and ran over to her friend.
Mako followed after and started cutting Meelo free. “Once you’re free, stay beside me,” he said. “We’re getting your family and getting out of here.”
The whole arena rumbled around them. Mako couldn’t tell if it was from earthbending or the riots that seemed to be starting out in the crowd. He glanced over. The Avatar seemed to have pushed Amon back, as well as collapsed the scaffolding that had held Amon’s banner. Sakari had freed Jinora and gotten some water from somewhere—the Avatar had brought a wave with her onstage—the two girls had turned to free Tenzin. Bolin seemed to have borrowed one of the Avatar’s large rocks, forming it into a wall to keep spillover from the Avatar-Amon battle from reaching the captives.
Mako cut Ikki free as soon as he was done with Meelo, giving her the same order. Thankfully, there was enough chaos that the airbender kids seemed to be listening to him for once.
Then a trio of chi-blockers leapt onstage from the opposite end.
“Sakari!” Mako shouted, scooping Meelo and Ikki up under his left arm and backing away.
A thin stream of water raced past Mako’s feet, under the chi-blockers. “Maneuver seven!” Sakari shouted back.
Time seemed to slow as Mako took another step away from the approaching chi-blockers.
Sakari didn’t know he’d lost his bending yet.
His mind raced. Maneuver seven needed lightning. He couldn’t make any, but he could fake it.
Dropping to one knee as he took another step back, Mako dropped his gloved hand to the floor and loosed a shock along the water stream.
The chi-blockers stopped, bodies jolting for a moment, then collapsed to the stage.
The crowd roared, simultaneously angry and triumphant, as Mako scrambled up to his feet and set Ikki and Meelo down. For a beat, he felt almost like he was in a pro-bending match and they were cheering some bit of firebending he’d done.
“Amon just fled offstage, Korra behind him!” Tenzin appeared beside him, holding Jinora’s shoulder. Sakari trailed behind them, looking over her shoulder “This arena is packed with Equalists and quickly turning into a riot. We need to get Pema and Rohan get out of here!”
“Roger!” Bolin ran forward, leading the way out. Tenzin and the airbender kids followed after him.
“Yes, sir!” Mako reached out and grabbed Sakari by the arm. “Time for a family reunion later, somewhere safer,” he said. “We need to escape.”
She seemed distracted, but she nodded and followed him as the group ran off the back of the stage.
Bolin lead them down several back corridors of the arena, yelling back and forth with Tenzin about where Pema and Rohan were being kept.
As the group ran down a hallway, a bathroom door flew open and an Equalist walked out. He tripped over Meelo, who yelled, “Aaah, evil guy, evil guy!”
Mako was closest, though Sakari was just a hair behind him. He dashed forward and electrocuted the man before he could raise his glove against the airbender kids. The electricity danced along the palm of the glove, just out of reach, just out of feeling.
But it was almost like lightning. Almost.
The group let out a breath as the Equalist collapsed to the floor. At the front, Bolin shot Mako a thumbs up, then called back, “We gotta keep moving, people!”
As they started running again, Ikki looked up at Mako with confusion. A bit of fear danced at the edge of her voice. “Why are you using one of their gloves?” she asked.
Mako looked forward, hoping to make eye contact with Bolin. Instead, he found Tenzin looking back at him significantly.
“Gotta fight fire with fire,” he said. His voice felt hollow and he followed the group with his mind half-elsewhere until they rounded a corner and Jinora paused to fall back from where she’d been up beside Tenzin.
Her expression froze as she looked back. “Mako, where did Sakari go?” she asked.
He looked back. She was nowhere to be seen. She must have slipped away while he was distracted.
The arena shook around them again. The sounds of distant bending—the kind that made the building shake—echoed through the building.
“She’s at a family reunion,” he said, blood draining from his face.
* * *
The crackle of Liu’s electrified kali sticks reverberated in the narrow hallway. Asami’s mind raced through all of her limited options for escape even as her body felt frozen in place. “I don’t want to fight you.”
“You seemed to have no qualms fighting your mother,” Liu said with a pointed look toward Yasuko.
Asami swallowed. If she closed her eyes, she could still remember her mother’s exact expression when she had shocked her. “I never wanted it to come to this.”
“And yet here you are,” Liu said. His expression was frigid as he regarded her, the same look he wore when speaking about benders. “You betrayed us.” He took a step toward her.
Asami stepped back on instinct. Liu had taught her to control the distance between her and her opponent during a fight. She had never once imagined that she would be facing him. “Liu, please.” Her voice cracked on the words. “If you would just listen to me—”
He lunged forward, lashing out with one of his kali sticks. “I have no words for a traitor.”
Asami leapt backwards, watching as the tip of one of the sticks swung only a few inches in front of her torso. She had sparred with Liu countless times, but those bouts had always been focused on hand-to-hand combat, chi-blocking and work with electrified glove.
He attacked again, slashing with the other stick. Asami stumbled to the right, dancing out of the way. She had to move them away from her mother’s body. The narrow space didn’t give her much room to maneuver, but it would work against Liu as well.
She feinted to the left before switching to attack at Liu’s right side. However, he anticipated the move and blocked her attack. It was one that he had taught her years ago. He landed a kick that sent her sprawling backwards.
Asami rose to her knees as Liu charged forward. Activating her electrified glove, Asami raised her hand to intercept the blow crashing toward her head.
The glove was insulated to protect its user from being shocked, but the gloves also handled a lower voltage than the kali sticks. Her glove could block out most of the electricity, but small sparks danced down the its side to her arm. She hissed in pain. Though it was nowhere near the pain of a direct strike, it was enough to leave her arm faintly numb.
Liu shifted to attack with his other stick. To counter, Asami tightened her grip on the first kali stick and threw it to the left. Liu stumbled in that direction, and Asami landed a kick to his knee.
She scrambled to her feet as Liu recovered his balance only to find the wall at her back.
Liu turned to face her, and for a moment, silence stretched between them.
Then he charged forward, and Asami lunged to the right to escape his attack. She was forced into a pattern of dodging: left, right, left, back.
Her heel caught on something, and Asami found herself falling backwards. Too late did she realize that Liu had maneuvered her back toward Yasuko’s fallen form. She landed on her back in front of the crates beside her mother, breath knocked from her lungs.
Liu closed the distance between them in seconds, kali sticks raised.
Asami rolled to the side as Liu brought his attack down. He struck one of the crates with enough force to dislodge the boards near the corner.
Asami scrambled for one of the loose boards, yanking it free. Liu lashed out with a second attack, and she blocked it with the board. Though the wood kept her from being electrocuted, it did nothing to mitigate the shockwaves reverberating up her arm. She gritted her teeth and held on to her defense.
Liu moved through a volley of attacks, but Asami parried all of them. She kicked out toward his hips, forcing him back.
Asami darted to her feet, slightly winded. She had to find a way to end this fight quickly before her endurance flagged. Liu might have her beat in speed and strength, but she had always been the smarter one. She just had to out-strategize him.
Her hand brushed against the disruptor on her belt, and her eyes zeroed in on the generator Liu wore on his back.
Liu charged again, but this time Asami held her ground. She blocked his first three attacks with the board. But then Liu switched the direction of his fourth attack mid-strike, wrenching her makeshift weapon from her hands.
Dread coursed through Asami as she leapt backwards. If she wanted to get her opening, she needed to do more than dodge. She surveyed the hall. Though the ceiling was tall, she doubted that she could leap high enough to evade Liu’s kali sticks.
Taking a deep breath, Asami started forward.
Liu’s eyes narrowed beneath his goggles, and his raised his sticks to intercept. As she neared, he slashed toward her.
Pulse pounding throughout her body, Asami put a hand on the disruptor and dropped into a slide at the last moment. She watched sparks dance as the electrified kali stick traveled inches over her face.
Asami twisted her upper body as she slid past Liu. Taking a heartbeat to aim, she fired the disruptor.
Liu had started to pivot to better face her, but the prongs traveled faster. They struck his generator backpack on its side.
Asami pressed the button to activate the device.
Bolts of electricity erupted from the generator, coursing through Liu’s body, and he cried out in pain.
“No!” A surprised cry tore itself from Asami’s lips as the electricity died. She rushed forward as Liu crumpled to the ground. “Please don’t be…”
His pulse hammered beneath her fingertips, and relief flooded Asami at the sight of his slow breathing. He was alive.
“I’m sorry, Liu,” she said. “I don’t expect you or my mother to understand, but your hatred is not a path I could follow.”
“Asami.”
The sound of her name startled her, and Asami jerked her head up to see General Iroh making his way down the hallway. “Are you alright?”
“I’m fine,” Asami said, unable to keep a tremor from her voice. She rose to her feet and raked a shaky hand through her hair. When Iroh regarded her skeptically, she added, “I am unharmed at least.”
He nodded, studying Liu. “What happened?”
“I was attacked when I came back to check on my mother.”
“By someone you knew it looks like,” Iroh observed.
“Yes.” Asami motioned to Liu and forced the words past the lump in her throat. “This man is the Lieutenant, Amon’s second-in-command.” In a softer tone, she added, “He was like a brother to me.”
“I’m sorry.” Iroh’s expression softened marginally. “It is never easy fighting family.”
Asami swallowed, turning her gaze from Liu. “Did you get everything you need?”
Iroh nodded and indicated the roll of papers tucked into his belt. “I had a run-in with some Equalists on my way back, but nothing I couldn’t handle.” He pulled out a second set of handcuffs. “I hate to ask this of you again, but we need to finish up here and head back to the battle. My men should be securing the base soon. We’ll have a perimeter formed before they wake up; I’ll send a squad to take them into custody shortly.”
Asami nodded. She helped Iroh disarm Liu and cuff his hands behind his back. They left him propped up against the wall near Yasuko.
“Let’s go,” Iroh said, straightening. “Our job isn’t over yet.”
Asami cast one last look at her mother and Liu before turning away to finish her mission.
* * *
A trail of fire blazed in Korra’s wake as she used a blast to swing her around the corner. She couldn’t let Amon escape, no matter what.
Down the hall, she saw the heel of a boot disappear behind a door.
Korra leapt forward, landing on a slab of stone she’d been earthbending. She surfed down the hallway on the rock, gaining speed until she was almost level with the doorway.
At the last second, she hopped off the slab and pivoted, sending it crashing through the doors and ripping them from their hinges.
That cleared out the possibility of an ambush. Korra swept in right behind the rock. “Come on out, Amon!” she called as she moved to the center of the large room. It was the same training room that Sakari had shown her and Asami when they’d gone backstage in the arena.
No reply. No sound. Korra slowed, but did not lower, the rocks and water revolving around her. Amon’s power was all at close range. If she could protect against that, keep him at a distance, she could take him out without any personal danger.
“Come out and face me!” she yelled.
The mask pressed tight against her face and Korra fought the urge to rip it off. She’d done well enough with her street-vigilante fighting, but it wasn’t comfortable to wear long-term.
“What an interesting turn of phrase, Avatar.” Amon’s voice echoed around the room.
Korra whirled around, trying to find the source. “And what’s so interesting about it?”
Zaheer’s advice echoed in her thoughts. Better to keep an opponent talking and set up the perfect moment to strike. As long as the head-games only went one way, there was never a problem with keeping up some dialogue.
“I thought it a little humorous, considering everything we have in common.” Amon chuckled, and Korra gritted her teeth.
“We have nothing in common,” she said.
She still couldn’t say where his voice was coming from, and she didn’t want to approach any hiding spaces to look for him. Her advantage in this fight was the ability to attack at range and keep that distance between him, keep him from putting his hands on her.
“Don’t we though?” Amon asked.
Korra thought his voice was coming from the right corner now. She pulled a rock close, ready to strike. “Nope. Can’t think of anything.”
“What about the masks?” Amon stepped out from near where Korra had been eyeing. He had his hands held up in a non-aggressive gesture. “I, like most people, thought you were rather thoroughly missing. However, I believe we might be able to come to an understanding.”
Korra bent the stone beside her to a point.
“I don’t think so.”
Amon’s reflexes were good. He’d done some improbable dodging against her attacks so far. This room was more enclosed than the stage, however. If she could attack him with his back to the wall, that could turn the tide.
She tensed and pulled the stone closer, ready to strike.
He laughed, and the sound grated on her ears. He tugged at the chin of his mask. “I’ll show mine if you show yours.”
Korra paused. There was one thing she was curious about. “I don’t care about your face or your scars,” she said. “Tell me though, what is the true source of your powers?”
Amon shook his head. “I’m afraid that’s a secret I’m not sharing,” he said.
Korra bit her lip. A bead of sweat rolled down the inside of her mask, pressed tight against her forehead. “Once you’ve taken it, can someone’s bending be restored?”
“I have never thought to try, Avatar.” He tilted his mask. “Though this sounds like a personal concern. Have I met a friend of yours?”
At the thought of Ming-Hua, Korra felt white creeping in at the edges of her vision and fought it off with a roar. She needed to stay in control here.
She threw the stone lance and charged forward with a blast of fire at her feet. The water around her became a dozen pointed icicles. As Amon dodged the stone, she shot the ice forward.
There were too many of them, in too broad a spread. He couldn’t dodge them.
Whirling around on his heel, Amon punched both arms out toward her.
An inch from his fist, the ice stopped in midair.
Then Korra stopped, and the fire sputtered out behind her as her body trembled, caught in an invisible hold that felt terrifying and familiar.
Tarrlok had held her in a bloodbending grip like this, a moment before he tossed her out of his sitting room.
“No…” Korra could hardly force the words out.
Around Amon, the dropped ice had made a puddle of water on the floor. His footsteps splashed as he crossed it. Lowering his arm, Korra was pushed back through the air to the center of the room, then dropped to her knees.
“I hope this is a satisfactory answer,” he said.
Locked on her knees, Korra struggled to move her arms, then stopped trying to. Ming-Hua couldn’t teach her the full breadth of armless waterbending, but they’d done more than a few training exercises.
If she could bend that puddle behind him, maybe she could turn the tables and take him by surprise.
Amon looked at her sharply as he walked over, then pointed a hand toward her and made a fist. The control Korra had started to gain over the water vanished. “It really is fascinating,” he said, “how we’ve both come to this city. I’m sure you, as well as I, have come with a mission, some vision for this place. And for our own reasons, neither of us felt that we could do so with our faces showing.”
Amon walked around her in a slow circle. Korra couldn’t turn her head, and she could barely follow him in her peripheral vision with the Blue Spirit mask on.
“Your interruption today has stymied my momentum,” he continued, “so I will return the favor.”
His footsteps stopped behind her. Cold sweat trickled down Korra’s neck.
“You made quite the entrance today, but I wonder how the world will look on you now. An Avatar, stripped of her bending.” Amon gripped the back of her neck. “A vigilante stripped of her mask. A symbol stripped of all meaning, lacking even the moderately interesting trait of being missing.”
Distant footsteps sounded in Korra’s ears, competing with the hurried pounding of her heart.
Amon was about to remove Korra’s mask when Sakari burst through the ruined doorway, a broad stream of water in her wake.
“I just found her, and I will not let you touch her!”
Amon let go of Korra’s neck and she felt his attention shift a fraction away from her.
Korra managed to shout, “No!” as Sakari charged, about to slam a wall of water toward Amon. “Don’t! He’s a—“
Her words were lost in rush as Amon raised a hand to split Sakari’s wave. Korra was soaked as he divided the water to either side of himself, then raised a hand out at Sakari.
Korra’s heart stopped as her sister froze mid-motion, body twitching unnaturally under Amon’s control. Her face twisted, half-angry and half-terrified, as Amon sauntered closer.
“This would be touching, if not for how it’s going to end,” Amon said. An odd note laced his voice. “Sisters reunited... siblings with so much in common…” He trailed off as he lowered a hand and brought Sakari down to her knees, in a mirror pose of Korra’s.
“It will not be the future you imagined, but you two do have a future together.” He paused and brushed some hair from Sakari’s face. The gesture seemed almost paternal. “So I will impart to you a lesson now, girl. It’s one I’ve learned more deeply and truly than bloodbending: Family will always disappoint you. Siblings will always let you down. The sooner you see this, the better.”
Something in Sakari’s expression broke. Her anger faltered, and Korra could see tears dancing at the corners of her eyes as Amon walked behind her and put a hand on her neck.
“No!” Korra felt new strength rise as she fought against Amon’s bloodbending hold. Her whole body trembled, and anger edged her vision in white as Amon lowered his other hand to Sakari’s forehead.
Light overcame her vision.
"I just found her, and I will not let you touch her!”
Korra heard her own voice, and behind it the multitudes of Avatars before her.
Power, more than she’d ever felt, coursed through her body. She felt the bloodbending hold dissolve before it, like a grain of salt in a waterfall. Amon looked up and Korra felt herself charge forward, fire at her feet and kindling in her hands.
The world blurred as she struck him, sent him flying back through the doorway, away from Sakari. Then she struck him again before he could get to his feet. Chunks of stone arena pillars ripped from the walls as she flew by them. Her body sent them hurtling down the hall after Amon and Korra roared. Behind her voice she could hear Aang amongst the multitudes of voices.
Ten thousand years of Avatars rushed through, uninhibited, unrelenting. Korra blinked and found herself at the end of the hall with an explosion about to burst from her skin. One of her stones had burst through the wall and left a massive hole, silhouetting Amon against the light outside.
Then Korra sent a blistering wave of fire down the hallway, sending Amon hurtling out of the arena.
She raced down the hallway and caught sight of him crashing into the bay. Water wouldn’t stop him though. Korra launched herself out the window after him, summoning fire to propel herself toward the ground. Even with the heat around her, she seemed to experience her own actions through a fog. Her connection the the present seemed to flicker in and out in the moments before she landed. As her feet touched the ground outside the arena, a shockwave knocked back some nearby civilians.
Then Amon spun up from the bay in a waterspout, clothing singed, mask missing.
The crowd gasped as red paint, a fake scar, washed down his face.
“Amon is a liar!” Korra heard her layered voice announce to the crowd. “A waterbender who has used bloodbending to take people’s bending!”
Korra reached out and seized control of Amon’s water spout before he could get away. Around them, the crowd had burst into gasps and exclamations. She blinked and lost track of herself in the Avatar State for a moment, floating in the whirling rage and emotions her former lives brought as they raced through her.
When Korra came back to her body, she had wrenched Amon from the water and slammed him down on the walkway.
“This perversion of bending makes him the kind of bender who should be stricken from the world!” Korra declared. She couldn’t remember if this was Zaheer’s script or not.
Amon threw both arms forward, desperate, and forced out the full weight of his bloodbending.
“No!” he yelled, “Not like this!”
Around them, a dozen civilians flew backward, but Korra’s steps did not slow. She felt the Avatar spirit shrug off his power.
She slammed her hands together, pulling slabs of the stone walkway up to trap Amon. “Some benders abuse their powers to lord over others, benders and non-benders alike.” Korra stepped forward and slipped out of her body for a moment.
When she came back, she was standing mere paces from Amon’s trapped form. “I am the Avatar, and I will not allow it!”
Fire kindled in her hand and Korra saw herself raise it, though she couldn’t feel what guided her arm.
Then she blinked out.
When her spirit returned to her body, it returned alone.
She stumbled as her vision faded in, acclimating to the absence of white light. She managed to stay standing even as she started hearing again.
Around her, the crowd was silent, frozen.
Before her, Amon was unmoving.
Dead. He was dead.
Korra took a step back. Then another.
She had a script. Something like that.
“Now Republic City is free,” she said. Her voice cracked. “Free of Amon’s oppression. Free of the council’s tyranny.”
Around her, the crowd had begun to stir. Some of them looked at her with relief. Some with fear. On some faces, she read curiosity and a dozen other feelings she couldn’t name.
“I stand against those who impose themselves on the freedom of others.” She made a vague gesture. “Do with yourselves what you will.”
She turned and took a pair of faltering steps toward the bay.
“Korra!”
She hesitated as she recognized Sakari’s voice.
“Korra wait!”
She couldn’t face her sister now.
Trembling, Korra took another step forward, then another, stumbling forward into a sprint before she threw herself into the bay, diving down down down, deep and as far from everything as possible.
* * *
Sakari surfed unsteadily down from the hole in the wall on a stream of water.
“Korra wait!”
She ran out of water before she quite reached the ground and lurched forward on her landing.
As Sakari recovered her balance, Korra hesitated at the edge of the dock, shoulders slumped. Then she dove into the bay.
Sakari clenched her fists. “No. No no no!” She sprinted to the spot where Korra had jumped, raising her arms to pull some water to her, to gain speed so she could catch up underwater.
She was two steps from jumping after Korra when someone tackled her from the side, knocking her off-track and down to the dock.
Before she struck the ground, however, a pillow of spinning air appeared beneath her to soften the landing. A beat later, Sakari dropped lightly to the ground and blinked to see her tackler had been Jinora.
Tears gathered in the corners of her eyes. “Why did you stop me?” she asked. “I… I could have caught up to her.”
“I know, Sakari, I know you could have,” Jinora said. “I just… I don’t think now is a good time.”
Sakari closed her eyes for a moment. She heard a pair of footsteps approaching as she took a deep breath and resisted her gut instinct, which was to yell at Jinora and say she was wrong.
Because Jinora was probably right.
Sakari didn’t know much about the Avatar State, but after what she’d seen, watching from the hole in the arena wall, it seemed like Korra needed some time.
When she opened her eyes, Mako and Bolin had joined them, crouching around and forming something of a barrier against the increasingly-curious crowd.
Sakari sniffed and wiped her eyes. “I’m going to find her.”
“We know,” Jinora said. She smiled.
“And you don’t have to find her alone.” Bolin put a hand on her shoulder. “No running off like earlier. We’re gonna pull this off as a team.”
“We promised, remember?” Mako put his hand on Sakari’s other shoulder and she blinked at the touch of his glove.
Everything had been so harried earlier, she hadn’t quite processed what it meant, that Mako was wearing one of the electrified gloves.
She nodded. “It’s… not okay right now,” she said, “but it’s gonna be okay, right?”
Jinora gripped her hand. “We’ll make it okay. Somehow. We’ll find Korra, and the city will heal.”
“The rioting got pretty bad inside,” Mako said. “We avoided the worst of it being in such an isolated part of the arena to get Pema and Rohan. Most of the violence moved outside, but there are a lot of people who got injured or trampled.”
“Republic City could use a good waterbending healer,” Bolin offered.
Sakari nodded. “Then let’s get to work.”
* * *
Asami breathed a sigh of relief when the remaining Equalists surrendered to the United Forces. The battle to secure the airfield was finally over. Iroh’s squad had kept the threat of the planes contained, thanks in part to her device, and the relative silence that moved in was almost unsettling.
Colonel Yi passed her on her way to report to Iroh. “Your device did well out there,” she said.
Asami figured that would the extent of praise that she got out of the colonel, but it was more than she expected.
“Sir, we have secured the radio tower,” Yi said, saluting the general.
Iroh nodded. “Good. Contact Commander Bumi and give him the go ahead to lead the fleet into Yue Bay. And contact our ground forces and get their current status.”
“Yes, sir.” Yi turned and strode toward the radio tower.
Iroh called a pair of soldiers over and said something that Asami couldn’t quite catch. He turned to face her after a moment. “We need to go collect your mother and the Lieutenant. If you would rather not come…”
The thought of facing either of them again made Asami’s stomach twist. If either of them had regained consciousness, they would have no kind words to give her. But Asami needed to see this mission through to its end. “I’ll accompany you,” she said.
Iroh simply nodded and headed toward the back hallway of the main hangar.
Asami followed a few paces behind, bracing herself for whatever her mother or Liu might have to say to her. A part of her hoped they would still be unconscious, but she knew that she had to brace herself for the alternative. They approached the hallway, and Asami stepped inside.
It was empty.
She gasped, staring at the space where her mother and Liu should have been. Only splinters from the broken crate and the glint of something metallic littered the floor.
Beside her, Iroh turned to address the soldiers with him. He gave them some kind of order, but the words barely registered in Asami’s ears.
They were gone. Her mother and Liu were gone.
They couldn’t have gotten far. Even with their legs free, they wouldn’t be able to get away from the base on foot. The mountains could be difficult to traverse, especially in handcuffs.
Iroh knelt and picked up something from the ground. It took Asami a second to recognize the glint of metal as half of a handcuff. The chain had been broken almost exactly in the middle.
“We’ll put out a bulletin with their descriptions,” Iroh said, holding up the broken handcuff for her to inspect. “In the meantime, I’ll assign some of my men to scan the area. They couldn’t have gotten too far.”
Asami took the handcuff and nodded numbly. She turned the metal around in her hands, studying where the links in the chain had been forced apart. Her mother or Liu must have managed to find some way of getting enough leverage to break the chain. If one of them had broken free, they could find a way to pick the lock on the other set of handcuffs to escape.
They would know the area better than the United Forces. Even if they couldn’t travel fast on foot, they still had the advantage in escaping.
“We will find them,” Iroh said.
Asami nodded again though she didn’t really believe the words.
“General!” Yi’s sharp voice cut through the air around them.
“What happened?” Iroh asked, turning to face the colonel.
“We’ve given Commander Bumi the orders to send the reinforcements in,” she said. “But we’ve also received word from Chief Beifong and the ground forces that there has been some kind of disturbance at the pro-bending arena.”
“At the arena?” Iroh frowned.
“The Equalists were holding some kind of victory rally there,” Yi reported, “but riots have broken out around it. We don’t have many details yet, but Chief Beifong suspects some vigilante benders may have instigated some kind of attack. She will lead her remaining officers and the other ground forces to route the streets. She’s requested any backup we can send.”
“When will Bumi’s troops arrive?” Iroh asked.
“Within the hour. Sir, Chief Beifong reports that whatever has happened at the arena has sent the Equalists into disarray. This could be our chance to land a decisive blow against them.”
“Understood. Locate any kind of transportation on the base that you can find to take us into the city. Leave some of our forces here to guard the prisoners, but have the rest ready to leave.”
“Yes, sir.”
Yi’s report cycled through Asami’s head, but she could barely process the words. Some kind of disturbance at the arena. The Equalists in disarray. A decisive blow.
If something had happened to put the Equalists on the defensive, it could be enough to give the United Forces the upper hand in the ensuing battle. The Equalists had hundreds of members, but they were small compared to the entire strength of the United Forces.
Surely even Amon and his powers couldn’t take on an entire military.
Asami tightened her grip on the handcuff and closed her eyes. No matter how long the upcoming fight took, it would end with the Equalists’ defeat. Their plans to take out the United Forces’ fleet had failed, and they would only hold out for so long against a fully trained army.
“Asami.” Something about the tone of Iroh’s voice let her know it wasn’t the first time he had called her name. “A couple quick questions about some technical specifications.”
“Oh, yes.” She walked over to where Iroh stood with several officers. They had some questions for her about the mecha tanks. Numbers, sizes, deployment spread.
Asami answered automatically until the had everything they needed to know and Iroh dismissed them.
She was about to drift back to the wall she’d been standing against when Iroh said, “Wait a moment.” His eyes, when they met hers, were kind. “Is there anything I can do for you, Asami?”
“No...” She fiddled with the half-handcuff. “There’s nothing, General...”
She couldn’t ask Iroh to vouch for her forever. Her defection from the Equalists would win some to her side, but not all, especially as the duration of her Equalist service came to light.
It would be easy to slip away as the dust settled, distance herself as far from the Equalists as she could. But that didn’t change the fact that she had been responsible for a great deal of the technology that had powered the Equalists. She and her mother had spent several years on these projects.
And with her mother vanished without a trace, someone had to take responsibility for the crimes committed with that technology.
Asami took a deep breath. “Actually, I do have a request, General.”
Iroh turned and glanced at her curiously.
“I would like to turn myself in for my involvement with the Equalists once we reach the city.”
He regarded her in silence for a long moment, eyebrows raised.
“I have a lot to answer for concerning my role within the Equalist movement,” Asami elaborated.
“We would have faced much higher casualties without your warning,” Iroh remarked.
“Yes, but my assistance here does not cancel out my previous crimes. I helped design the technology used by the Equalists, and I sat on their leadership council, however briefly. Because of my inventions, countless people have been hurt. I need to answer for that.”
Iroh studied her for a moment, impassive. Finally he said, “You have a strong sense of justice, Miss Sato.”
She didn’t know how to respond to that.
“We can place you under temporary custody until the city has been secured,” he continued. “Then you can turn yourself over to Chief Beifong. As a non-combatant, I think a military tribunal would be... inappropriate.” He offered her a faint smile. “The Chief knows we had an Equalist source supporting us in this attack. I will ensure she is informed of your tremendous assistance, at great personal risk and distress.”
“I…thank you, General.” She stared down at the broken handcuff in her grip. She could feel the ghost of its other half tightening around her wrist. A part of her whispered to turn and run far away from everything, but she forced that part down.
The Sato family name would be ruined. The company would be dissolved. Her family was broken, in every sense.
But Asami could still stand with honor. She’d done the right thing, the best she could manage. Whatever the consequences were, she would face them with her head held high.
* * *
Korra surfaced at Republic City’s southern edge and crawled ashore on the empty stretch of beach. Before she’d cleared the tide’s reach, her trembling arms gave out and she collapsed to the sand.
If she’d ever been so physically exhausted in her life, she couldn’t remember it. Every moment since the Avatar State left her had been excruciating to her sore body.
She lay in the sand with her eyes closed, listening to the waves. When she opened them, she could see the Blue Spirit mask in her hand. She’d ripped it off underwater, but held onto it for reasons she couldn’t name.
“What now?” she asked it, pushing herself to sit up and brushing sand from her body.
Zaheer had planned on her making a flashy exit, to disappear as astoundingly as she’d appeared in the first place. After that, she was supposed to make her way back to the apartment in the most roundabout way possible, just in case she was followed.
Korra carefully wiped damp sand from the mask as the water ebbed and flowed at her feet.
The spiritual connection she’d felt to the previous Avatars felt distant. Even if she stretched herself, Korra couldn’t sense Aang’s presence.
“No advice now?” she asked the sky.
No answer came.
She sighed. “Fine. Be that way.”
Korra slowly, achingly, got to her feet.
The city would be in chaos, just as planned. For some reason, that didn’t feel as satisfying as she’d thought it would.
But it meant it would be simple enough to disappear, at least for a time.
She started a slow, stumbling walk toward the city with the mask under her arm. “I’ll figure it out on my own then, Aang. Zaheer. Whoever.”
Korra knew before she’d left the beach that, wherever she was going, it wasn’t back to the apartment. It was time to face Republic City on her own terms.
* * * End Arc One * * *
Notes:
And that's a wrap for Arc 1! Skye and I are taking a month to finish planning arc 2 and REST. Whew. Thank you so much for being here with us on this adventure! It's been one year since the fic started, and along the way it's become something really special. Thank you for all the comments, all the questions and screaming and praise. We look forward to another arc with you, our incredible readers!
Arc 2 will begin on September 30th.
Skye and I will be doing a non-spoilery question-answer session on tumblr on September 23rd, starting 7:30pm CDT. If you have questions about the AU or the story or the characters or the fic in general, please leave them in a comment below, at my askbox, or at Skye's askbox. (if you ask a question here, we'll leave a link to the answer in a reply so you can find it once we post it lol)
If you have no questions but are screaming forever into the void, please note that in a comment below as well. Comments feed writer motivation, and we have a LOT of planning to get arc 2 ready for posting. This includes an extension to the listed chapter count above. The story has expanded a bit and will be longer than initially planned.
and idk maybe an arc 3 we gotta decide if we're going there or notedit: I've started collecting art for IoaFB under this tag on my tumblr
Chapter 17: The Runaway
Summary:
Arc 2 begins! Korra finds a place to lay low as she begins learning Republic City on her own terms, and Asami arrives in prison to atone for her Equalist past. Meanwhile, the Fire Ferrets begin making plans to track down Korra.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter 17: The Runaway
(
everyone where they chose to be; nobody where they ought to be)
Korra woke up in the dirt and pushed herself off the ground. A hazy sunrise reflected off a nearby building. She sighed. Time to move.
Grabbing her bag, found yesterday in a dumpster, from under a porch where she’d stashed it, Korra straightened her clothes and tried to look presentable.
At some point in the chaos of her fight with Amon, her sleeve had ripped across her bicep. Korra had attempted to keep the black shirt together, but it didn’t seem to be doing so well on that front. After a moment’s hesitation, she took out her knife and cut the rest of it off, tugging what remained of the sleeve down over her tattoo.
Zaheer’s warnings about recognizability drifted through her mind and she steadily ignored his voice as she trimmed the other sleeve to match.
Just because it was good advice didn’t mean she had to imagine it coming from him.
Yesterday, she’d traveled around the city easily enough, mostly by rooftop. The United Forces and police had been mopping up Equalist cells all over the city, and nobody really had time to take note of a black-clothed figure who wasn’t bothering anybody.
Korra unconsciously reached into her bag, fingertips brushing the energybending scroll. It had taken her hours to get to its hiding spot, but she needed to have it with her. There would be no point to stealing the thing if she couldn’t try to use it. Try to fix everything.
Before she pulled her hand out of the bag, Korra’s hand bumped against the Blue Spirit mask hidden there too. She stiffened, as if someone were watching her, then forced herself to relax.
Blending in today would mean fewer rooftops and more sidewalks. Korra ducked down a few side alleys into the Dragon Flats borough. Here, her torn clothing meant she fit in well enough, but the black stealth clothes felt conspicuous on the street.
A couple blocks in, Korra spied a water tribe woman carrying a basket of laundry home from the cleaners.
After a little cajoling, Korra managed to spend a few coins and buy a robe that wasn’t too tattered. The woman was a bit shorter than her, but Korra relaxed as soon as she pulled the robe on over her black shirt and pants. She didn’t look so different now from the people around her. Plus, it was getting colder and the extra layer was a welcome addition.
Next, she’d need a base of operations. Between the weather and the police, she’d be better off inside than outside. In most of the cities the Red Lotus passed through, she and Ghazan would pick the house they’d squat in. Korra was scoping out an abandoned house and steadily refusing to think about the Red Lotus when a sound gave her pause.
Listening closer, Korra frowned. It sounded like… music.
She made a note of the house’s location and set off toward the noise. Something about it felt irresistible, this small sign of humanity and celebration in the midst of the chaos.
It was a thin sound, not overly polished. Still, it was… festive. The melody seemed at odds with the run-down neighborhood, with the city’s broken spirit. As Korra drew closer, she recognized the sound of a Water Tribe-styled flute.
She rounded a corner and found the source. A child (maybe seven?) sitting in front of a rickety house, was playing the tune. Up on a ladder, a woman in her 30s was hanging a row of paper lanterns across the house’s porch.
It felt absurd. Korra stopped and watched them for a minute, trying to figure it out. They were clearly preparing for a celebration of some sort. In the middle of the city’s tragedy, they were decorating and playing music. Passersby would glance at them, then hurry on their way.
The woman on the ladder leaned over, reaching out to try and place one more lantern. Her balance wavered and Korra’s heart skipped a beat as she watched the woman yelp and grab the roof for balance.
Before she quite knew it, Korra was across the street. “Do you need a hand?” she called, reaching out to steady the ladder.
The little boy stopped playing his flute and looked up at the woman. The woman on the ladder glanced down at Korra, surprised, before clambering down to greet her, lantern still in-hand. “For a moment, perhaps,” she admitted. “Would you brace the ladder for me?”
“Of course.” Korra dropped her bag by the porch and helped move the ladder over so the next batch of lanterns could be hung. “Are you sure you wouldn’t rather I climb up instead…?”
“No, no, that’s just fine.” The woman collected the lanterns on one arm as the boy started playing his flute again, the same tune as before. Korra suspected it might be the only one he knew.
Korra braced the ladder as the woman climbed up. At the top, she nodded. “Oh that’s much better.” She smiled down at Korra. “Thank you, stranger. What’s your name?”
“Uh.” Korra blinked. “Naga,” she said, unable to think of a better cover. “How about you?”
“My name is Jia,” the woman replied. She nodded toward the boy playing the flute. “And that’s my son, Hai.”
He stopped playing the flute at the sound of his name, looking up at Korra curiously. “Naga sounds like a dog’s name,” he said.
“Hai! Apologize!” Jia sounded mortified.
Korra chuckled and smiled at the kid. It took all of her concentration not to think of Sakari. “I get that a lot, actually,” she said.
Hai’s prompted apology segued into a lecture from Jia on not making fun of people’s names. By the end of it, Hai seemed genuinely sorry, correcting his earlier statement by saying that Naga sounded like the name of a really nice and great dog.
Before Jia could correct him again, Korra cut in. “So what are you decorating for, anyway?”
They’d finished hanging the last batch of lanterns. Jia climbed down and looked up at her work with approval. “We’re getting ready for the Glacier Spirits Festival,” she said with pride. “My wife is from the Southern Water Tribe and has celebrated every year since she left. We’re not about to stop now.”
Korra blinked. She felt short of breath. “Even… even with everything that’s happened?” she heard herself ask.
A shadow passed over Jia’s expression. “Sometimes it’s when things are darkest that you most need the guidance and light,” she said. “I’m not sure if the festival can give it to us, but if we stop seeking it out, we give up.”
The wind shifted, a chilly breeze, and Korra caught a whiff of cooking from the house. Her mouth immediately watered at the scent of seaweed noodles and five-flavor soup. Unsure how to respond to Jia’s statement, she found herself asking, “do you, uh, need any more preparation help?”
Jia breathed in, and Korra saw a smile touch her face at the smell of the cooking. Her eyes appraised Korra, lingering on the blue trim of her worn robe. “Anyu could probably use another pair of hands in the kitchen,” she said. “Why don’t you come in?”
A weight Korra hadn’t noticed lifted from her chest and shoulders. “Thank you,” she said, grabbing her bag from in front of the house.
“Please don’t mess up mom’s food,” Hai said gravely as he put his flute away in an old seal-leather sleeve. Looking at it again, Korra guessed that the instrument was far older than the child playing it. She’d developed an eye for Water Tribe original pieces over the years. Mostly from stealing them.
“I won’t mess up the food,” Korra said, chuckling. “Or at least I’ll try not to.” Jia cast an amused eye back as she opened the door and waved the two of them in.
The inside was shabby, but well-loved and with good bones. From what Korra could recall, the Dragon Flats used to be a nice enough neighborhood during the first wave of Republic City’s development. Since then, it had run downhill. That the house had a main room and two bedrooms marked it a cut above the abandoned shack Korra had been scoping out earlier.
At a thick wooden table, a young girl, a year or two older than Hai, was cutting seaweed into strips. She looked up sharply when the door opened and her expression tightened at the sight of Korra. Fear and anger passed over her face before she ducked her head back down to focus on her task.
The kitchen took up one of the room’s walls with lots of counter space, although not all of it was level. An older woman, maybe 40, turned when the door opened. Cooking steam had set her hair in a faint frizzy halo around her face, which crinkled with a smile towards Hai and Jia.
The woman, who must be Jia’s wife, tilted her head as Korra followed sheepishly behind them.
“Naga, this is Anyu, my wife. Hai’s sister, Hotaru, is the kid at the table.” Jia gestured to the two of them in turn. Hai ran in and immediately grabbed for a piece of seaweed his sister was cutting. She pulled it out of reach and cast him a glare.
“A guest?” Anyu chuckled. “It must be a festival then,” she said.
“Naga here was helping me hang the lanterns,” Jia explained. Korra smiled and tried to project helpfulness as she debated if she should set down her bag or not. “Could you use another pair of hands in the kitchen?”
A note of exasperation touched Anyu’s face. Jia struck Korra as the type of person who routinely brought in stray animals off the street. Korra felt very much like a stray dog of some sort, unsure where she should go without her usual family at hand.
“If she’s already helped out, she’s more than earned an invite to the table,” Anyu said after a beat.
Jia smiled and skipped over to place a kiss on Anyu’s cheek. “Thanks darling. I’ll be back in a moment.” And then she swept back out the door on some errand, pulling Hai away from the seaweed on her way, leaving Korra alone in the house.
“Can you cook?” Anyu asked Korra. Her gaze touched on Korra’s water tribe robe, her hair and complexion. A smile touched her lips. “It’s alright if you can’t very much, I just need to know what I can have you do.”
“Oh, uh,” Korra cast an anxious eye toward the various dishes in the midst of being prepared. “I’m a fair hand in the kitchen I just, um, don’t have a lot of experience making Water Tribe food.” She dropped her eyes. Ming-Hua did the least amount of cooking in the Red Lotus. Lots of fishing though.
“I’ll take care of the hard parts,” Anyu said. No trace of judgement touched her face. Korra was grateful for that. “In the meantime, you can cut the octopus. We want bite-sized pieces.” She thrust an octopus, a knife, and a worn cutting board into Korra’s hands.
Hotaru was still solidly ignoring Korra. A wave of anxiety and mistrust rolled off the child, giving Korra pause as she set up to cut to octopus at a corner of the kitchen counter. Once she’d set up a good rhythm of chopping, Korra pushed her mind toward the spiritual plane on a hunch.
Immediately, she winced. Her own spiritual self was wildly out-of-balance. Zaheer would be so disappointed. But Korra could hardly stand to look at herself since coming out of the Avatar State.
In the physical realm, her hands faltered. Korra took a breath to steady herself. She didn’t need to do painful introspection in order to take a peek at Hotaru.
Like Ming-Hua, Hotaru’s spirit seemed oddly contained. Korra could see the flickering core of earth and stone within the girl, but something had rendered it out of reach.
Amon.
The sound of Anyu’s voice and Korra’s aching heart pulled her back from the spiritual realm. She pushed Hotaru and Amon out of mind, giving all her focus to the task at hand and Anyu’s voice.
“—always reminds me of home. I’ve lived here over twenty years, believe it or not. Jia and I took the kids south to see my mother one year and we could hardly recognize the festival.” She chuckled.
“Was it weird to see the tradition had changed?” Korra asked, sliding a pile of finished octopus pieces to the side.
Anyu pursed her lips. “Yes and no,” she said. “Traditions change. It’s foolish to resist time, although I think it could use a bit of guidance sometime.” Her gaze felt piercing as she met Korra’s eyes. “Do your folks celebrate the festival away from the south?”
Korra shook her head. “Not really. I… I can’t even remember celebrating it as a kid. I was too young when we, uh, left.” Ming-Hua’s family was from the Southern Water Tribe, but she’d grown up away from it too, and they’d never visited Water Tribe lands on their travels, so it didn’t exactly come up much.
Anyu peered around Korra’s shoulder—she was too short to peer over—and nodded in approval at her cutting job. “Nicely done so far,” she said. “I hope you enjoy your first Glacier Spirits Festival. We don’t have a glacier here, and not so much in the way of games like the festival down south is sporting nowadays, but we do light a couple candles for the spirits. We scrounge up some music and lanterns every year. Hai only knows his one song, but it’s nice enough.”
“The music is actually what brought me here,” Korra admitted. “I heard it and couldn’t help but walk over… It just seemed impossible, I guess. Everything is…” she made a vague hand gesture.
“Chaotic?” Anyu supplied.
Korra glanced away. “Yeah… it’s so messed up. But there was music, coming from somewhere, and it made me think that there must be something right, something good and okay, somewhere in the city.” She finished cutting the octopus and her shoulders sagged.
This was all her fault. Republic City, the chaos, the haunted looks in the people’s faces that she’d passed.
“Alright next step,” Anyu said. Her tone had warmed since Korra finished prepping the octopus.
As kitchen prep continued, Korra found she couldn’t wallow too long. Anyu just kept her too busy to do so. When she did manage a stray thought, she spared them for Sakari, wondering if her sister celebrated the festival. Where was she? Was she safe? Had Sakari ever seen the festival the way it was now, with games and carnival rides? What was Korra supposed to do, show up at Air Temple Island and say, ‘hey sis, it’s me!’
Then Jia came back with candles and Hai played his one song again as they set the table. Hotaru dashed into the room that she and Hai shared to put on her one nice robe for dinner.
Lighting the candles, Anyu led the offering. She placed aside some of the food they’d prepared, along with a few handmade items. Standing while the rest of them sat cross-legged at the table, she began.
“Though we are far from the glaciers, we know the spirit world is closest on the solstice.”
Korra blinked. She’d hardly realized it was the solstice already.
“As our worlds pass each other, close but out of reach, we present these offerings and an invitation to our feast for any spirits passing through,” Anyu continued. She glanced again at the offerings clustered around the candles. Korra thought she caught a flash of self-consciousness cross the woman’s face.
“We don’t have a lot to offer,” Anyu said, ad-libbing hurriedly, “but we still offer our hospitality and warmth. A blessing on visitors to our house.” She turned and bowed toward the door, which prompted the rest of them to get to their feet and do so as well. A gesture to honor the spirits who might come by.
They sat down and began to eat. Korra’s stomach had been grumbling for hours at this point. The food was twice as good as she’d hoped it would be while she’d been helping. As she spooned warm five-flavor soup into her mouth, the tension seemed to melt off of Korra’s shoulders.
“Are there any other blessings we would like to invoke?” Anyu asked, breaking the silence once they’d all been eating for a minute or two.
“A blessing on you, my darling, for the amazing food!” Jia leaned over and kissed her wife’s cheek.
A charming blush touched Anyu’s cheeks as she smiled and shook her head. “In that case, a blessing on kind strangers.” She looked across the table and Korra. “For being part of our celebration today and for helping with the preparation.”
“For reminding us,” Jia added, “that this darkness will pass. That our visitors need not be spirits in order for them to bring a blessing to our house.”
“And keeping mom from falling off the ladder,” Hai added, giggling. Jia wrinkled her nose at him.
For a moment, Korra couldn’t find her words. “I just… no, but.” She took a breath. “All the thanks should be to you,” she insisted. “You’re the kind strangers. You don’t know the first thing about me, but you’ve taken me in and fed me and made me feel welcome.”
“The festival is meant to welcome visiting spirits, passing close to our world,” Anyu said, “but we would be ridiculous not to welcome guests on the physical plane too.”
“A blessing on your house and family then,” Korra said. The shabby residence felt resplendent now. Korra could hardly remember the last time she’d felt so at-home.
Anyu and Jia thanked her, and then it was Hai’s turn. He smiled hesitantly across the table at his sister. “Can I do a blessing for Hotaru?” he asked.
Hotaru glanced up. Though she’d been as quiet as the rest of them, she hadn’t eaten nearly as much as Korra would have thought. She shrugged at her brother.
“Of course you can,” Jia said, casting an encouraging look toward Hai.
“Then… a blessing for her too.” His smile wavered, but he forged on. “It’s really hard right now, but it’ll get better.”
Hotaru managed a ghost of a smile, and Anyu thanked Hai for his blessing. Jia reached out and patted Hotaru’s shoulder.
Something about their response felt odd. Briefly, and abruptly, Korra found herself reminded of Zaheer.
Before she could push him from her mind, she remembered how he’d looked the morning after Amon took Ming-Hua’s bending. Not callous, but uncomprehending.
Hotaru was the only bender in the family. Had been the only bender in the family.
Her deep-seated rage against Amon, the desire to see him crushed to dust, stirred in the deepest oceans of her feelings. Korra took a breath and let the emotion settle.
“Would you like to offer a blessing, Hotaru?” Jia asked. Her voice was gentle and kind.
The girl looked up from her food and briefly glared at Korra.
If it had been within her power, Korra would have vanished from the house. Jia and Anyu had been kind to her, kind beyond measure, but Korra wished it hadn’t come at the cost of invading Hotaru’s safe space.
Then, in a blink, Hotaru’s whole demeanor changed as she glanced at something behind Korra. “I do have a blessing!” she said, eyes alight. “A blessing on the Avatar!”
Korra felt as though she’d been dunked in icy water.
“The Avatar?” Anyu asked.
“Yes,” Hotaru said. Her mouth tightened. “A blessing because she came back and, and she killed Amon!”
Though her voice trembled, the triumph in Hotaru’s tone was unmistakable.
Korra’s skin went from chill to blazing. Fragments of memory, blazing white like an overexposed photo, flashed across her eyes. Amon flying out the side of the arena. Amon, de-masked, reaching out to her. Fire racing along her skin and a thousand voices echoing behind her own. And then Amon’s corpse.
She took a shuddering breath and found herself back at the table.
Jia had pulled Hotaru over and was having a quiet conversation. Something about it being inappropriate to celebrate death at a festival. Or maybe it wasn’t okay at the dinner table. Hai looked on, expression caught between concern and confusion as he slurped at a noodle.
Something about the scene felt absurd. Children weren’t supposed to glory in someone’s murder. Okay, sure Korra had as a kid, celebrating the Red Lotus’ victories, but that was different. Children like Hotaru weren’t supposed to be hurt like she had been. Hurt so much that she was happy he was dead.
The blessing fell like a weighted shawl around Korra’s shoulders, and she found herself quiet as dinner resumed with a more normal conversation. Somehow, they managed to avoid current events as a topic altogether. Korra couldn’t have said how.
When she stole a peek behind her, to see what Hotaru had been looking at before her blessing, Korra saw a stack of newspapers. From the look of them, they were current.
It was only as they started cleaning up that Korra glanced out a window and noticed the darkness. “Oh, I… I should probably be going soon.”
Anyu swept over from where she’d been helping Jia clean the table. “Before you do, could I have a word, Naga?” she asked.
Korra nodded and followed Anyu out onto the porch. “What is it?”
“Do you have a place to stay?” Anyu’s eyes crinkled with concern.
The temptation to lie crossed her mind, but Korra resisted. No stealing. No lying, except about her name. She refused to add to the city’s chaos. “I… do not,” she managed. Admitting to vulnerability felt… surreal, almost.
Anyu nodded, as though Korra had confirmed her suspicions. “I thought not. Nobody goes wandering around the Dragon Flats unless they have to.” She pursed her lips. “Next question: are you a bender?”
Was it better if she answered yes or no? Korra debated, briefly. Then she thought of Asami’s face, of how she’d been so betrayed by that lie especially. Korra couldn’t even have said if it was safer to be a bender or to not be one, at this point in the city.
Either way, it should be the family’s decision whether or not to take her in on that basis too.
“I’m a waterbender,” she admitted.
Anyu sighed. “That must make doing the dishes easier,” she muttered. “In any case… I was just talking with Jia. We have a small space in the attic of the house. It’s hardly glamorous, but it’s indoors. You could stay awhile, if you’d like.”
“That is so generous and kind of you.” Korra bowed her head. “But I’m afraid I don’t have money to pay any rent. I couldn’t possibly impose on your generosity like this.” Korra had taken the coins she’d hidden with her energybending scroll, but half of them had gone toward buying the water tribe robe off the woman from earlier.
“If you’re willing, we could use a hand around the house.” Anyu smiled wanly. “As you noticed earlier, our ladder is none too stable. And Jia, though I love her, is less than coordinated. If you could do some basic repairs, I think that would serve for a time.”
Korra hadn’t done much home repair, but she and Ghazan were usually the ones to construct the Red Lotus’ outdoor shelters. The basic principles couldn’t be that different.
“I can probably manage that.” Korra smiled.
Anyu mirrored her expression. They heard the house creaking above them and Anyu chuckled. “I told Jia to wait before prepping the space, but she seems to have gotten started early.”
In the distance, Korra could just make out the sounds of a raid. Sirens and shouting. A crash, like a door breaking inward.
Anyu looked away and a shadow crossed her face. “And I think it will be good to have a bender around as well. A little extra protection, maybe.”
“I’ll do my best,” Korra said.
She would see half the city in flames before she let anything happen to this family.
“And Hotaru… If you are able to talk to her at all, please do.” Anyu turned back to her and looked up at Korra with concern. “You may have noticed her… outburst earlier. Hotaru is an—was an earthbender. During the Equalist sweep of the city, she was among those taken. Thank the spirits one of our neighbors was taken at the same time. He made sure to bring her home after… after they were stripped of their bending.” She shook her head.
“It’s all beyond me. My grandfather was a waterbender, and I know Jia’s sister is an earthbender. It’s hard to comprehend what she’s lost. The nightmares she has, of the line of people being led to him… I cannot imagine the feeling…” Anyu trailed off and regarded Korra with tired eyes. “We’re trying to keep things as normal as possible, and that’s why we celebrated the festival today, but these past three days have been a lifetime.”
“I know exactly how that feels,” Korra said. Three days ago, this time of the night, Zaheer still hadn’t come back, still had yet to reveal his plan for her to kill Amon.
Anyu opened the door and ushered Korra inside. “Is there anything we can do for you before we settle you in the attic?”
Korra was surprised to find that Jia, Hai, and Hotaru had finished the cleaning while Anyu and Korra had been outside. “Um, I don’t think so… Maybe a pillow if you have one spare, or at least a blanket to roll up?”
“Of course. I suspect that Jia already put one up there for you, actually.”
Korra grabbed her bag from beside the door. Her eyes lingered on the newspapers as she did so. “Actually, one other thing. Could I bring a couple papers up to read? I’ve been, um, a bit out of touch with the news.”
“Take them all if you want.” Anyu waved a hand as she set the rickety ladder from before against the entrance to the attic. “I can hardly stand to look at them any longer than it takes to read them.”
Anyu even gave her a couple candles to take up with her. Once Korra was settled in the space, she kindled a flame in the palm of her hand. Burning their candles when she didn’t need to felt further wasteful to Korra. She’d have to burn a couple so they wouldn’t get suspicious, but she’d save what she could
Yesterday, she’d avoided the news as much as possible, unwilling to look at the front cover. The handful of blurry photos of her, in the arena, and then in the Avatar State outside of it, had been plastered across every front page.
Korra took a deep breath and skipped past them. She didn’t need to read what she’d been there for. She needed to know what she hadn’t seen.
Riots, all across the city. And enduring Equalist cell that refused to give ground, holed up in an underground bunker lined with platinum. The triads, taking advantage of the disorder to seize territory and launch a gang war.
Tarrlok found dead on Air Temple Island from an explosion in one of the towers.
Korra narrowed her eyes and paused. Explosions didn’t just happen for no reason. And P’li had been there with Korra when Zaheer mentioned where the Equalists were holding Tarrlok.
She shook her head. Maybe she’d find out later. Maybe she wouldn’t.
She felt no satisfaction in his death. She’d expected to feel alive and vengeful, but she just felt numb. After Amon… death didn’t feel like a victory anymore, however justified.
Turning to another paper, Korra froze. For once, it wasn’t her (masked) face on the front page.
It was Asami, standing tall by the police station by a man in a United Forces uniform. Her hand gripped half a handcuff as if it were a lifeline. Korra’s eyes flew to the headline.
THE ASAMI SATO STORY: HOW REPUBLIC CITY’S DARLING INVENTOR WENT FROM SECRET EQUALIST TO HEROIC REBEL
“What,” Korra hissed, eyes flashing down the page. Asami was, apparently, in prison.
* * *
Asami had thankfully never had reason to visit the Republic City Prison before, but it was far more crowded than she had envisioned.
Most of the cells were filled with men and women who had been part of the Equalists. Faces that Asami recognized even if she didn’t know their names.
They recognized her as well. Somehow word of her arrest had gotten to the newspapers. The Asami Sato story was apparently front page news.
“It’s the traitor,” someone said, voice carrying across the cells.
The other prisoners shifted to catch a glimpse of her. Those who had been Equalists sneered at her. Even the other prisoners, bender and nonbender alike, regarded her coldly.
Asami squared her shoulders, keeping her gaze fixed ahead. She remembered her mother at a gala shortly after her father’s death, moving across the room with an impassive expression to fend off the whispers about the young, tragic widow. Asami would need a similar fortitude here.
“Acting all high and mighty like you’re above us,” another prisoner spat. “But look where you ended up. Colluding with the benders got you arrested just like the rest of us.”
A laugh came from somewhere to Asami’s left. The woman matched the description of an Agni Kai Triad leader arrested months ago. “Maybe she’s a bender too,” the woman said, lips twisted in a vicious smirk. “Maybe all of your leaders were benders.”
“He wasn’t a bender!” someone to Asami’s right shrieked.
“The whole thing was staged,” another voice yelled. “A lie created by your runaway Avatar.”
“Well at least she’s not dead!”
Several other enraged shouts joined the argument from both benders and nonbenders alike. The aftermath of Amon’s fight against the Avatar had left more questions than answers, particularly in regards to the revelation of Amon’s secret bending. Eyewitnesses like Councilman Tenzin were good enough for most of the city’s benders. Various non-bending civilians and a few arrested Equalists had reported the same story. Some others insisted it was a setup, that the Avatar had just made it look like Amon had been bending. But the largest group, by far, were those too shocked by events to give an accurate recap.
What was certain that Amon was dead.
Asami had read about his downfall in the newspaper that Iroh had provided while she had been under the United Force’s custody. She hadn’t truly believed that Amon was dead at first. The man had seemed untouchable while leading the Equalists. Every bender he had fought had fallen. His powers seemed, truly, gifted by the spirits. His very death seemed farfetched.
Then again, so did the idea that he was secretly a waterbender, a bloodbender no less. That had been a hard claim to swallow at first, but Amon’s bending would explain how easily he had resisted Tarrlok during their confrontation. And it wouldn’t be the first time Asami had seen a waterbender pose as a nonbender.
Korra’s face flickered through Asami’s thoughts, but she forced the image away. She didn’t know enough about what had truly transpired at the arena or Korra’s role in the events, and she couldn’t afford to focus on those thoughts on the way to her own interrogation.
She’d have time to process everything once she was installed in the prison here.
The officer walking in front of Asami rapped her baton on the bars of a cell. “Quiet down, the lot of you,” she barked.
Asami’s eyes followed the movement, and her eyes landed on a figure in the darkness of the cell. Amber eyes, full of blazing hatred bore into her. She stumbled on her next step, and the prisoner smirked.
It was Kin. Asami hadn’t expected to see any of the Equalist leaders, especially not one of their most talented chi-blockers. Once upon a time, Asami had trained vigorously under Kin, hoping to earn one of the woman’s rare compliments.
Now, she was deeply grateful for the bars separating them and the police officers escorting her. Without both, Asami was certain that Kin would have tried to kill her.
A hand settled on her shoulder for a second, a silent show of support from General Iroh. She flashed him a grateful look. He continued to go out of his way to show himself as her ally, even throughout her time under the United Forces’ custody.
They passed the rest of the cells without incident, though Asami could feel Kin’s gaze on her the whole way.
Her escort led her to an interrogation room beyond the cell block. Inside was a single metal table and three plain chairs. A stern woman with a scar on her right cheek stood inside with her arms crossed. Asami recognized her as Chief Lin Beifong.
“Sato. So you’re the famed Equalist Traitor,” the woman said.
“Chief Beifong,” Asami said with a faint bow of her head.
The police chief appraised her in silence for a moment before motioning to the chair by the table. “Have a seat. We have several questions for you.”
Asami nodded, expecting as much. The United Forces had questioned her about Equalist plans and technology at several points over the last two days. She took the indicated seat.
“If you are uncooperative or initiate a physical altercation, you will be restrained for the duration of your questioning.” The chief’s voice was flat. She clearly said this to everyone.
“Understood, Chief Beifong,” she replied quietly. Asami absently ran a hand over the metal restraints on her chair. If this metalbender wanted, Asami would be bound to the chair in a blink. She resisted old habits of thought, justified fears of benders, as Iroh sat forward.
“Lin, I told you that won’t be necessary,” he said.
“It’s standard procedure, Iroh,” Lin said. She waved a hand and the two police officers from Asami’s escort posted themselves outside the door and shut it. Iroh sat down to the side while Chief Beifong remained standing.
Lin picked up a folder from the table, absently opening to a page in the middle. “You’ve become quite the celebrity overnight, Sato. Already I’ve received calls from nearly every major newspaper requesting an interview with you—as if the police department functioned as your press secretary. Lau Gan-Lan had some choice words for you upon his release. I’m half-tempted to set his lawyers on you so they get out of my hair.”
Asami remained quiet, unsure of how to respond.
“The city seems ready to deem you either a hero or a traitor,” Lin continued. “And yet you’ve turned yourself in, and the reports from the United Forces indicate that you’ve been cooperative throughout everything.”
“Miss Sato has been extremely helpful with all of her assistance,” Iroh remarked. “Thanks directly to her information, we’ve located and disabled two major Equalist bases.”
Lin gaze flickered toward him for a second before she returned her attention to Asami. “I’m curious how a nineteen year old becomes a leader within the Equalists to have access to such information.” Her gaze fixed expectantly on Asami.
Asami blinked. She had expected further questions about the Equalists’ plans or her inventions, not about herself. “I’m afraid it’s a bit of a long story,” she said. “But I was raised in the movement from its earliest days. My mother has long been one its primary supporters.”
“Why did you and your mother join?”
Asami swallowed. “When I was six, a firebender broke into our home, looking for valuables. In the process, he killed my father.”
“I remember the case,” Lin said. “The man was caught and sentenced to life in prison. Died two years later.”
Lin seemed unaffected by that detail. Yasuko had raged for days. She’d wanted him to pay for what he’d done, and he’d skipped out on the consequences.
“After my father’s death, my mother was so lonely and empty. It felt like our family was just barely holding itself together. My mother was left with a deep mistrust of all benders, and in her grief, she met others who felt the same way. Families and friends who had been harmed by benders in some way. They could see that the laws greatly benefited benders, and too many were able to get away with harming or exploiting nonbenders.”
“And so these people began making plans to take out all benders?” Lin asked. Asami was grateful she’d said it as a question, not a statement.
“The Equalist movement wasn’t about removing benders from the world,” Asami said. “Not in the beginning.” The movement had originally been about justice, not revenge. “It started out as a political protest. We just wanted equal rights for nonbenders. More job opportunities. Equal pay. Representation on the council. After Councilman Sokka died, nonbenders could never get a seat.”
Her mother, Liu, and the other original members had been young. Filled with a passionate enthusiasm at making a change. It had been electrifying to Asami as a child.
But that idealism hadn’t lasted. “When nothing changed, the Equalists began contemplating other measures. Then Amon arrived and the movement transformed rapidly from there. He galvanized everything to greater heights, farther extremes... At some point, a line was crossed, and the cause I fought for was no longer recognizable.” Asami sighed. “And I wasn’t willing to see it until it was too late.”
Lin regarded her with an impassive expression. If even a part of Asami’s story had moved her, she didn’t show it. “So I can assume that Future Industries has been financially supporting the Equalist movement since its inception?”
“Yes.” Despite Asami’s best efforts.
“And all of the factory workers were confirmed Equalists?” Lin asked.
“No.” The word left Asami’s mouth empathically. “No, only a small portion of our employees were directly involved in Equalist activities, mostly at the management levels. I can give you the names I remember, and if I had a list, I could provide more. The majority were kept unaware of where the parts they constructed were heading. We developed a system of interchangeable units. The assembly line workers would construct forklift interiors, some of which we did install into forklifts. But some shipments were diverted to a separate plant where the Equalists would install the interiors on mecha tanks.”
“I’ve already opened up an investigation into Future Industries,” Lin said. “We’ve searched your mother’s office and the secret factory beneath your house already, but it seems that someone arrived before us and took a great deal of paperwork with them, including information on the finances and employees. Until we have more information, I’m afraid that anyone under your mother’s employment is under suspicion.”
“I understand,” Asami said, dropping her gaze. Her mother and Liu must have raided both locations after they had escaped from the airfield. The documents they had stolen would make it harder for the police to conduct any kind of thorough investigation. Asami would provide what information she knew, but even she hadn’t been privy to every detail of the Equalists’ plans in the way her mother had been.
She hoped that the employees who had not been involved with the Equalist work could at least start rebuilding their lives though. Losing their jobs would be hard enough without the adding burden of police suspicion.
Lin turned a page in the folder. “So you were the primary inventor of all the Equalist tech?”
“My mother was the primary inventor,” Asami said. “I worked as her assistant on most projects because I was young. It was only in the last few months that I was given my own assignments, primarily overseeing the work in the main factory. But I was also sent to gather intelligence and scout out locations for attacks.”
Lin nodded. The interrogation moved away from personal questions and shifted toward inquiry about the Equalists as an organization. When had the Equalists began developing weapons? Estimates on the number of electrified gloves and mecha tanks that had been produced. Estimates on the number of active members. Even a question about how the explosion that had killed Tarrlok had happened. (Asami hadn’t even known that he had been killed.)
Eventually the questions ran out. Lin snapped the folder close with a grunt. “That’s all for now. I’m sure I’ll have more once my investigations turn up more information.”
“I’ll answer anything you ask,” Asami said.
Lin regarded her for a moment as if unsure what to make of Asami’s compliance. “Hm. All that leaves is the matter of your placement. Given that the story of your betrayal has already gone public, we can’t exactly place you with the other Equalist trash, so you’ll get a nice, cushy cell all to yourself, Sato. We finally got the clearance to place you there until your sentencing.”
Asami remembered Kin’s gaze fixed on her, and she suppressed a shudder. She would be very grateful not to be placed in a cell with other Equalists.
“Chief Beifong,” she said as the woman started walking toward the door. “If I may ask, what happened at the arena with Amon? I’ve seen varied accounts in the papers, but I have yet to hear the official story.”
Iroh had answered what questions he could, but he’d been too busy with the city to talk to her outside of information-gathering sessions.
“The Avatar arrived to prevent Amon from removing the airbenders’ bending,” Lin said, tone matter-of-fact. “They fought, and the Avatar unmasked Amon as a waterbender before killing him.”
So Korra had been the one to kill Amon. Too many emotions raced through Asami for her to say what she felt at the confirmation.
“I don’t suppose you would have any other information on Amon as an Equalist leader,” Lin said, an unspoken question in her words.
“I had no idea that Amon was really a bender,” Asami said. “I don’t think anyone in the Equalist movement knew.” He would have never risen to power had that secret been discovered. Liu... Liu would have been devastated. He’d devoted years of his life to the man, looked up to him as a father.
“Then if you have no new information at the moment, we’re finished here,” Lin said. She opened the door to the interrogation room and ordered the guards to escort Asami to her cell. She continued down the hallway, a briskness to her steps that hinted at a great deal of work to be done before the day’s end.
The two officers led Asami down a series of short hallways and up a set of stairs to a surprisingly spacious cell. She blinked. The space looked more like a hotel room than a prison cell. Plush, burgundy carpeting covered the floor. A vanity with a polished mirror sat against the left wall by a four post bed covered in blue sheets. An upholstered armchair sat near the front beside a small mahogany table to greet visitors. She spied an en suite bathroom to the back.
Asami frowned at the sight of it. She hadn’t thought luxury prison cells were a thing, and she certainly didn’t expect to be placed in one if they were.
One of the officers unlocked the door and motioned her inside. “Enjoy your stay, prisoner,” she said with a sneer. The woman locked the door behind Asami and left with her partner.
Asami stood in the middle of the cell, glancing around her surroundings. The room reminded her of one of the guest rooms at her house. If she kept her back to the bars, she could almost forget that she was in prison. It didn’t feel right, being assigned to this cell after everything she had done.
“Not a bad set of circumstances all things considered,” Iroh remarked.
Asami turned to face him. “Did you arrange for this?” she asked, motioning to the contents of the cell.
Iroh shook his head. “I had nothing to do with which cell you were assigned to. To be honest, I didn’t even know they had a cell like this here.” His lips quirked in a wry smile. “But perhaps it might be best not to look a gift ostrich-horse in the mouth. Perhaps they just had no other solitary cells available. I doubt Lin is extending it out of a personal kindness.”
“I doubt that too,” she muttered. Asami sighed, but he had a point. She eyed the bed for a moment. The thought of sleep tempted her. She hadn’t gotten much rest under the United Forces’ custody, woken at odd hours to confirm some new information or answer a new set of questions.
“I’ll speak with Lin more about your situation,” Iroh said. “I won’t let your contributions to our victory just get swept under the rug.”
“Thank you, Iroh,” Asami said. “You’ve really done more than enough for me.”
He offered her a faint smile. “The way I see it, I owe you my life. We had no idea that the Equalists had built planes to ambush our navy. I would have led our troops straight into an ambush. I would have lost most of my troops and probably my life. I have no intention of downgrading your contributions to our victory. So thank you.”
“I was only trying to do what was right,” Asami said. She sighed, running a hand through her hair. “I assume from what Chief Beifong said that no one has found my mother yet.”
“I am not at liberty to give you any details as it’s still an ongoing investigation,” Iroh said. “But I will let you know what we find as soon as I am able to.”
“I understand.” She sighed again, wondering where her mother and Liu could be. If they were still in the city somewhere, they had likely seen the story of her arrest. Did they take some small victory knowing that she wouldn’t be walking away free anytime soon?
“I’ll let you get adjusted to your new quarters for now,” Iroh said. “I may not have much time to visit over the next few weeks, but Commander Bumi may drop by in my stead. He’ll keep you informed of events while you’re here. And we may have more questions about the Equalist technology. I’d like to start implementing some of it with our nonbending forces if possible, so we’ll need a better idea of how to construct and operate the weapons.”
“I’ll tell you what I can.” Her mouth pulled to the side. Almost a smile.
“One last thing,” Iroh said. He pulled a folded newspaper from his uniform jacket. “I brought you a current newspaper to get a better idea of what the situation is like. Don’t worry, this issue doesn’t feature anything about you.”
Asami accepted the paper, glad that she didn’t have to read whatever sensationalized version of her story was circulating through the press. “Thank you for everything, Iroh. I really mean it.”
“You’re welcome,” Iroh said. “I’ll see you when I can.” With a brief bow, he turned and left.
Asami sighed and sunk into the armchair. She unfolded the paper Iroh had given her and scanned the front page.
AVATAR RETURNS! KILLS AMON, BREAKS EQUALIST HOLD ON CITY!
Asami closed the newspaper back up, setting it on the side table. A grainy photograph of the Avatar sat under the title, blurry flames flickering around her. Though the Avatar wore a mask and dark stealth clothes, Asami recognized Korra’s physique.
A part of her wanted to escape and track down Korra. Ask her what had happened during the arena fight, without all of the embellishments and distortions from the various news stories filtering events. Asami couldn’t reconcile the friend who had laughed beside her at pro-bending matches with the omnipotent figure pictured in the paper, eyes glowing from behind the mask.
Amon had to be defeated. Logically, Asami could see the need to eliminate him. Amon’s powers likely made it too difficult to just capture him, and he had a long list of crimes to answer for. With his death, the Equalist movement had been struck a harsh blow.
But the thought that Korra had been the one to kill him left Asami wondering just how well she knew her friend.
Still, she wouldn’t know exactly what had transpired on Korra’s end unless she asked Korra herself. And as much as she wanted to track her friend down, she wasn’t sure Korra would want to see her at the moment. Besides, even if she did manage to find Korra, she would probably lead the police straight to her. And Korra definitely didn’t need to deal with that.
In the meantime, she would do what penance she could. Serve her time. In luxury, but in solitude. Asami forced herself up from the armchair to look around the cell.
She would answer any questions the police had, anything to mitigate the impact and help her atone. She would tell them everything she could about the Equalists, about her mother and Liu and where they might have gone.
She’d hold back just one secret: the identity of the missing Avatar.
* * *
After dinner, Jinora slipped out to the pagoda so she could finally meditate. It was the first time since returning to Air Temple Island that the White Lotus guards allowed her out of the main complex.
Everything was wrong, all over the island, all over the city. Around her, new horrors seemed to rise and make themselves known every day. From the body they’d discovered in the charred remains of the tower to the nightmares that had begun to plague her and Sakari again. In the two nights they’d been back in their room, they seemed to take turns every few hours to wake up crying.
But there was something else. Something on the spiritual plane. Setting the pain aside, she closed her eyes and let her shoulders drop. The tension fell away slowly, reluctant to leave.
Jinora crossed her legs and exhaled as she settled into the pose. She breathed through her nose and caught the saltwater scent off the bay. With her eyes closed, the sounds around her seemed nearly the same. Although she could see the smoke rising from different parts of the city, she couldn’t hear it from Air Temple Island.
She focused on the physical sensations. The press of the wood under her legs. The sound of the waves, crashing against the island. The smell of the seawater and the faint scent of incense from the temple complex.
The odd feeling grew, a thread tugging at her from the spiritual plane.
When the stress and tensions of the city had faded, Jinora let go of the sounds and smells.
When her focus had narrowed only to her breath, she fell into the in-between place.
She couldn’t meditate into the Spirit World, not yet. Her father had been evasive whenever she tried to ask him about the subject. So Jinora couldn’t go all the way, but she could reach this in-between place.
The strange tug was stronger now. She reached out and tried to grasp it, but her hand passed through as if she were made of air.
The spiritual tie felt almost like a beacon. And it felt familiar.
Jinora reached for it again, willing her spirit to let her grasp and follow it. Her spirit wouldn’t leave her body, but as she passed her hand through the tie, she felt a semblance of a path.
The tie was connected to… something, or someone, in the city. She could feel leading across the water.
And it felt strangely familiar.
She’d felt this presence before. Once? Maybe twice?
As Jinora applied more effort to the mystery, she felt her grip on the meditative state slip as she overextended herself.
For a scrambling second, she tried to regain her balance, fall back to focus on her breathing.
A breath later, she was no longer in the in-between place. She was just Jinora, sitting in the pagoda and staring at the city in consternation.
“Oh hey, there she is.”
Jinora turned at the sound of Mako’s voice. He was walking over with Bolin and Sakari. Naga padded along behind. She hadn’t left Sakari’s side since they’d been reunited yesterday.
“Hey, what’s up?” Jinora asked. She turned around as the three of them sat down in the pagoda with her, forming a small circle. Sakari leaned back against Naga when the dog curled up behind her.
“I’m glad you asked!” Bolin said. Pabu popped up from inside his collar. “Now that we’re back on Air Temple Island, safe at home base, I think it’s time we put our heads together and see what we can figure out about Korra. We may not be able to track her down or something, but we can pool our knowledge for sure.”
Mako nodded. He seemed a little self-conscious, but supportive. Jinora wondered if he was feeling insecure without his bending. She was never sure how to bring it up with him.
Sakari hunched her shoulders and tugged at a bit of Naga’s fur. “I want to find her so bad but… what if she just doesn’t want to have anything to do with me? I called out after her and she ran away.”
“I… don’t think that has anything to do with you, to be honest.” Jinora reached out and rubbed Sakari’s shoulder. Jinora had only just staggered out of the Arena with her family when the Avatar had blasted Amon out into the bay. Her father had grabbed Meelo and Ikki, pulling them back inside and covering their eyes. But from what Jinora had seen, Sakari wasn’t the only one in a lot of pain right now.
“We have no idea what she’s been through, the Equalist confrontation aside,” Mako added. “She was kidnapped by some anarchist group when she was, what, four?”
“And she did show up to rescue you.” Bolin absent pet Pabu, who was making faces at Naga from his perch on Bolin’s shoulder.
Sakari nodded. “I guess it’s frustrating because… she was right there, within reach.” She opened and shut her hand. “And now she could be anywhere. How are we supposed to find her?”
“Let’s start by assuming she’s still in Republic City.” Mako sat forward a bit. His voice grew more animated. “The United Forces have sealed the borders and hardly anyone’s been able to get in or out.”
“Uh, powerful bender? Waterbender in particular?” Bolin gestured to the bay. “The border patrol can’t exactly stop deep sea divers.”
“But she’s not alone.” Jinora frowned. Her father had mentioned the Red Lotus a couple times, but she didn’t know much about them. “She was kidnapped and raised by a group of anarchists. And they’re not all waterbenders. Some sort of water escape would be possible, but not exactly an easy trip.”
Sakari furrowed her brow. “And it’s not like they keep her locked up or something. She was out and operating on her own against Amon. So… whoever has her must expect her to come back on her own. If that’s the case, I don’t think she’d leave town without them.”
“So she’s in the city. Somewhere.” Mako glanced over the water at the skyline, then back to the group. “There was, uh, a lot going on the other day. But does anyone remember any details about her that might help us narrow down who she is?”
“Okay, to clarify.” Bolin cleared his throat. “Details aside from the fact that she was outrageously kickass and mega insane powerful?”
There had been so much going on, but Jinora remembered the overwhelming heat of the fire she was bending. The way the arena had shaken, the sight of the water rising up.
Mako was in the middle of estimating Korra’s height when the details clicked together.
Jinora blinked. “Korra can’t airbend."
“What?” Sakari frowned. “Are you sure? There was so much going on… maybe we just missed it.”
“She had everything going at once,” Bolin said. “Maybe we missed it. Air is kind of the least visible after all.”
“No, I… I’m pretty sure.” Jinora ducked her head a little. She was the youngest one in their group, but she was also definitely the foremost expert on airbending. “And it makes sense that she wouldn’t be able to. She doesn’t have an airbending teacher.” Jinora shrugged. “We’re kind of all here in one spot.”
For half a second, Jinora flashed back to Amon, to her dad, Ikki, and Meelo tied up with her on the stage. They were all in one place, and they’d nearly been wiped out.
She shivered, but it was cold enough nobody really noticed.
“No, that totally makes sense,” Mako said. “Airbending teachers aren’t exactly easy to come by. And wouldn’t that be, like, the last element she should learn? If she’s supposed to be going in the old order or something.”
Sakari nodded and opened her mouth to say something, then froze. A flash of realization crossed her face. “I just remembered something,” she said.
“What is it?” Jinora leaned forward.
Her sleeve ripped. During the battle with Amon.” Sakari touched her upper arm, just below the shoulder. “I could see that she had a tattoo here.”
“That’s fantastic,” Mako said. “That’s a surefire way to narrow it down. Do you remember what it looked like?”
Sakari’s smile faltered. “Maybe? Everything was happening so fast… It was black, or maybe dark blue. it seemed to be mostly straight lines…”
“Idea!” Bolin grinned and made a series of quick gestures. Pabu squeaked in alarm and jumped off his shoulder as Bolin bent a chunk of earth over to himself from outside the pagoda. He caught it deftly, then crushed it between his hands to make a layer of fine dirt on the floor in front of them. “You can draw it here,” he said. Pabu sniffed the dirt curiously.
“We could have ran in and gotten some paper,” Mako muttered.
Bolin pouted. “This was quicker.”
Sakari leaned forward. Her hand hovered over the dust for a moment, then she traced a couple hesitant lines. A few horizontal, some vertical. It was a poor rendering, but it seemed oddly familiar.
“Sorry it’s not a better picture,” Sakari mumbled. “I only saw it for a moment. Maybe we should head inside? I can re-draw it.”
The four of them got up and started making their way back toward the buildings, Naga in tow.
Jinora frowned. An upper arm tattoo. A girl about eighteen or so. Water tribe.
Mako said. “We have a general idea about what the tattoo looks like now. So if we see someone with one like that, we’ll know.”
Jinora stopped walking. “I... I think I already have.”
“What!” They all shouted at once.
“When? Where?” Sakari grabbed Jinora’s arm, yanking her a little.
“Twice, actually!” Jinora was certain of it now. A grin crossed her face. The pieces fell into place faster than she could place them. “I saw her here, on Air Temple Island. Once as part of a tour group, once when she came to visit the library.”
“What did she look like?” Sakari’s grip tightened on Jinora’s arm. She didn’t let go as they started walking again.
Mako tilted his head. “Did she say anything to you?”
“Wait but… why did she come here…?” Bolin frowned.
Everyone turned and looked at him. He shrugged. “I mean… if she’s kind of undercover or something, not supposed to be keeping a low profile and stuff, then why show up where you know people would be interested in identifying you?”
“She was looking for airbending instruction the first time,” Jinora said. She flashed through vague memories of the conversation they’d had. “She came on a tour and asked about the gates and about footwork. She seemed interested in how airbenders moved.”
“Because she doesn’t have a teacher! That totally makes sense,” Sakari said, opening the door to let them in.
“And the second time was at the Air Temple library?” Mako asked. “Was she looking for books?”
“Nah, she was definitely looking for a pot of sticky rice.” Bolin poked Mako’s shoulder and Mako slapped his hand away.
Jinora nodded. “She was looking for some specific volumes from The Complete History of Avatar Aang. One was the book on the end of the Hundred Years’ War. The other was from when my dad was just a kid. It mostly had to do with various social order things in Republic City.”
“But why did she want those?” Mako stroked his chin. “We should check the books out and see if it has any clues.” Though he hadn’t seemed the type, he was actually nerdier than Jinora first thought. With unspoken agreement, they started heading toward the library. One of the acolytes had hidden all the keys before the Equalists took over. When the United Forces retook the island, they’d found the door broken down, but the books hadn’t been touched yet.
“Anything else?” Sakari asked.
“Yeah… she took a look through one of Aang’s original writings, a scroll on Energybending.” Jinora paused to see if the others had understood, but they were looking at her blankly. “Energybending,” she prompted again. “That thing that grandfather used on Fire Lord Ozai to end the Hundred Years War? He took away Ozai's bending?”
“Oh yeah,” Bolin said. “I always forget that part.”
Mako’s eyes widened. “If it can take bending away… could it give it back?”
“I don’t know,” Jinora admitted. “But it seems like Korra thinks so.”
“If she does figure it out… if we find her, do you think…?” Mako’s question trailed off, as though he couldn’t stand to even voice the distant hope.
“She will figure it out,” Sakari stated. “And we will find her.” She turned to Jinora. “Can we get a general description? You’ve seen her out of the mask. And in normal clothes too. What does she look like?”
Jinora paused in front of the doorless library and considered Sakari for a moment. “Like you,” she said. This brought a smile to Sakari’s face. “But older. Taller.” Jinora paused and glanced at Mako and Bolin. “Not that much taller though. She’s Bolin’s height? Maybe a bit shorter. She has longer hair than you. She had it in a loose ponytail that hung over one shoulder.” Jinora frowned and tried to remember. “She was wearing a tan robe over a green shirt?” She shook her head. The clothes were fairly generic. Nothing very nation-specific.”
“Generic clothing makes sense if you’re trying to lay low,” Mako observed as he followed Jinora into the library.
Naga whined when Sakari made to enter. She sighed. “I’ll stay out here.”
The other three went inside. Mako pushed a pile of newspapers to the side of a table, and Bolin absently grabbed one to read. “We can keep the books over here to read through them,” Mako said.
Jinora pulled the heavy volumes off the shelves and set them on the space Mako had cleared.
His eyebrows rose at the sight. “Okay, maybe I won’t read it all tonight.”
Jinora laughed. “I honestly wouldn’t recommend it.”
Bolin yelped. “Guys, I think I figured it out!” He shook the newspaper in his hand, eyes alight. “And I think we’ve met her too!”
“What!?” Sakari raced into the library, ignoring Naga’s whines of protest. “When? Where?”
“Look, remember her?” Bolin pointed to a photograph on the first page.
The picture was of a young woman standing next to General Iroh at the police station. The article was about the arrest of an apparently famous Equalist. Jinora frowned, studying the woman’s features. She didn’t seem familiar.
“Asami Sato?” Mako asked, reading the headline with a frown. “Like the Satomobile? What does that have to do…?”
“No, but we’ve met her before,” Bolin said. “Sakari invited her backstage, remember?”
“Oh, after the semifinal match, right?” Sakari asked.
“I don’t think I was here for this,” Jinora said. “Was this after Dad and I left?”
“Yeah,” Sakari said. “I ran into a pair of teenagers a couple weeks ago when Naga dragged me down an alley. Naga just tackled this one girl and started licking her face. I invited them backstage and offered to give them a tour to make up for it.”
“And apparently we were giving a tour to one of the Equalists,” Mako said, having finished skimming the article. He frowned. “We probably showed her how to sneak into the arena undetected.”
Bolin’s expression fell. “Okay, maybe, but that’s not what I wanted to talk about. Her friend! Remember, the girl with Naga’s name? That’s got to be Korra!”
Mako frowned. “No way. That’s dumb, Bolin. Like, what are the chances…?” He trailed off, expression shifting into one of contemplation.
“Think about it,” Bolin said. “I bet Naga recognized Korra’s scent in the alley. That’s why she attacked human Naga. I’ve never seen Naga just randomly tackle anyone. Plus, what are the odds that some random girl and Naga have the exact same name? I mean, Naga’s more of a dog’s name anyways.”
At the sound of her name, Naga whined from the doorway, sticking her nose inside. Sakari walked over to pet her. There was a hesitant, growing hope on her face. “Naga did match Jinora’s description.”
Mako had taken the paper away from Bolin entirely. He was reading intently now, no longer skimming. “So we sat down with an Equalist and the Avatar? What are the chances?”
Jinora’s head was whirling. “Wait, so did she know who you were when you met?”
Sakari’s expression went from triumph to a steadily deepening hurt. “Not… not at first… but then… then I told them and she knew.” Sakari slumped to the floor and turned to lean into Naga. “She knew who I was. She was sitting right there and didn’t say anything to me.”
“Maybe she couldn’t.” Jinora said, kneeling down beside Sakari. She reached out a hand and rubbed her shoulder.
“But no one was there to stop her… why couldn’t she—“
“Hey, Sakari!” They all looked up to see Ikki running down the hall toward them. She took in their expressions and asked, “Is this a bad time?”
Jinora scowled at her sister. “Yes. Go away, Ikki. We’re busy with important stuff.”
Ikki’s smile faltered and Jinora immediately regretted her words. After everything they’d gone through, she should be nicer to her sister. After a beat, Ikki regained her attitude and pouted. “I actually was asking Sakari,” she said. “Because my news is important too and it’s for her and not for you.” She glared at Jinora.
Sakari answered before Jinora could figure out what to say. “Go ahead, Ikki. What is it?”
“I was listening to dad on the phone and I kind of maybe wasn’t supposed to, but I thought Sakari would wanna know since he was talking to her parents,” Ikki said. “Apparently they had some festival thing, but it’s over now, so her mom is on her way to Republic City.”
“Now?” Mako asked.
“Right now!” Ikki piped.
She watched their shocked faces for a moment, then skipped off down the hallway. “You’re weeeelllcooomme!” she called back.
It was only after she’d rounded a corner that Bolin replied with a faltering “Thank you…”
“Mom’s coming here,” Sakari said, placing her head in her hands.
“I guess it makes sense,” Mako said after a moment. “Your parents have probably heard the news about Korra’s appearance. Plus, they’re probably worried about you as well.”
“Maybe... we can arrange a healing, relationship-restoring, family reunion?” Bolin offered.
Jinora rubbed Sakari’s back. From her friend’s expression, Bolin’s idea didn’t seem likely.
Notes:
Arc 2 is HERE. Next update is October 21st!
If you were curious about the q&a and missed it on tumblr, you can read a whole host of fun questions and answers here.
So... what are you looking forward to most in arc 2? Comment below!
Chapter 18: A Breath of Fresh Air
Summary:
Korra adjusts to life with her new host family as Asami adjusts to living in prison and receives her first visitor. Meanwhile, Sakari deals with her mother's arrival on Air Temple Island.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter 18: A Breath of Fresh Air
(Life under a new status quo)
On the third day after Anyu and Jia had taken her in, Korra sat down to breakfast and let herself feel human. It was an odd feeling, but one she was finding herself increasingly attached to it. No grandiose plans, no talks of destiny and anarchy at the table. Jia normally made breakfast and Korra chatted with Anyu and the kids.
This morning, however, Anyu was nowhere in sight and Hai seemed as despondent as Hotaru normally was. She squeezed in beside him and elbowed him in the arm. “What’s wrong, kiddo?” she asked. “You don’t look like a kid who’s about to get fried seaweed fritters for breakfast, and I’m pretty sure those are your favorite or something.” Jia had made them the first morning after Korra arrived and her son had been ecstatic.
Hotaru smiled faintly. Korra could tell that seaweed fritters were one of her favorites too, even if she wasn’t nearly as forthcoming about her emotions as her brother was.
True to form, Hai heaved a dramatic sigh. He flopped his face down against the table and muttered against the wood grain, “Ooday us the pirst day ob scpool.”
“The first day of school?” Korra tilted her head. She’d never gone to school, really, but a place dedicated to learning always sounded kind of fun to her. She’d received her lessons alone on the road with the Red Lotus. A group of peers to work and learn with sounded great.
Her thoughts flashed to Sakari, growing up in secret isolation in the Southern Water Tribe. Her education probably wasn’t dissimilar from Korra’s, except probably with private tutors instead of her parents.
“Yep! You were patching the eaves when the announcement came through last night.” Anyu swept into the kitchen, dressed in a mechanic’s uniform. She kissed Jia on the cheek, then reached around her to grab a pair of finished seaweed fritters. “Republic City is going to reopen the public schools today, or at least try.”
Korra raised an eyebrow. “Yeah? That’s great!”
“And about time too,” Jia murmured. She turned away from her cooking to sweep Anyu into a hug. Korra thought she heard her whisper, “Be safe.”
Anyu winked and smiled as she stole another fritter off the pile. “School is great. I didn’t like it much, but it’s still great. So do your best, kids.” She folded one of the fritters over shook it toward them before taking a bite.
Hai and Hotaru mumbled something about promising to try their best. Hai even smiled a little.
Anyu swept by the table and kissed the tops of Hai and Hotaru’s heads on her way to the door.
“Where are you going?” Korra asked.
Anyu paused by the door. Her expression soured a little. “Future Industries’ branch of the factory workers’ union is meeting today to figure out what to do next.” She shook her head. “So much of leadership was in on the Equalist plot, but I don’t think anyone on the ground was. Anyway, one of the union reps said to spread the word we were meeting with someone important today to talk about the future.” She shrugged, opening the door. “As long as the future involves a job somewhere, I’m up for just about anything.”
Korra’s smile tightened. With Asami’s mother on the run and Asami herself in prison, Korra wasn’t really sure how the business would continue to function. Would the interim government let it function? Maybe Anyu would come back with some news later that night. “Good luck,” she said.
The rest of the room said goodbye and Anyu promised to be home for dinner before heading out the door.
Korra spent the next few minutes trying to convince Hai that school was gonna be fun. She was hampered by the fact that she’d never gone to one herself, but she tried not to let on to that fact. Despite her usual gloom, Hotaru seemed a bit happier than Hai to be going back to school. When Korra asked, she even mumbled a couple lines about wanting to see some friends again.
With a pang, Korra wondered if any of Hotaru’s friends had lost their bending too. The thought of Equalists rounding up children seemed unspeakable.
Jia finished cooking and breakfast seemed to set dark thoughts at bay. At least for a time. Korra snuck Hotaru an extra fritter off her plate, winning a rare half-smile, and Jia asked Korra to walk Hai and Hotaru to school and her son grumbled that they didn’t need an escort. Jia was in the middle of replying that ‘they probably didn’t need one, but it was better to have one anyway’ when Korra glanced out the window.
A group of three stalked by, each wearing a Blue Spirit mask.
Korra briefly choked on her food. By the time she’d stopped coughing, the masked trio was gone.
“Are you alright?” Jia asked.
“If Naga chokes and dies, can we skip school?” Hai smiled hopefully.
“No.” Jia shot him a terse look, then turned back to Korra, who was finally recovering her breathing. “Feeling better?”
Korra nodded, clearing her throat. “Yeah, sorry.” She took a sip of water. “I was just surprised, was all. I was looking out the window and saw a group of people wearing, um, that blue mask the Avatar wore. It was kind of startling, was all.” Thinking back over what she’d seen, two of the masks were obviously homemade, the paint color a bit off, the details a little crude. Only one of them looked like it had been purchased from a mask shop like Korra’s was.
Jia nodded. “That’s understandable, especially if it’s a surprise.”
“You shouldn’t be scared though.” Hotaru’s voice surprised Korra. “The Guardian Spirits are the good guys.” Her eyes glinted, and a grim smile tugged at her mouth.
“The good guys?” Korra turned toward Jia.
“At least for now they’re not the bad guys.” Jia’s smile had a veneer of dark humor. “I haven’t seen them out in the morning before. It’s usually a nighttime thing. You’ve already gone upstairs to the attic by the time they normally patrol.”
“They do regular patrols?”
“At least the past couple nights,” Jia said.
Hotaru nodded. Her eyes had a little more life in them than usual. “They’re benders, here to keep us safe. The police don’t come through the Dragon Flats a lot, but the Guardian Spirits are here for us.”
“They wear the Blue Spirit mask, inspired by the Avatar, I suppose,” Jia said. “The first couple appeared during the Equalist takeover though, before they even knew the masked vigilante from before was the Avatar. It protects their identities, but neighborhood gossip gives us a pretty good idea of who they might be. As best I can tell, it’s mostly the same group that keep watch here in the Dragon Flats.”
“Are they gonna protect me from school?” Hai asked.
“Hmm.” Korra pondered a moment. “If they’re not normally out in the morning, they’re probably here to do a sweep of the streets before the kids here leave for school.”
Hai groaned and slumped in his seat. “Some heroes,” he grumbled.
But Jia’s eyes had brightened. “You’re probably right, Naga. Thank the spirits, but the Dragon Flats has been mostly peaceful lately. They started fighting against the Equalists, but they kept going even after that. The Guardian Spirits in other neighborhoods have been trying to quell triad violence where the police haven’t had time to come in yet.”
“Inspired by the Avatar…” Korra kept an eye on the window for the rest of breakfast, but no more masked people passed by the house.
Then it was time to go to school. Jia tugged at the sleeves of her robe as she fretted around her children, making sure they had all their things three times over. When the inspection was complete, she turned and looked up at Korra.
“I would go myself, but I have a friend dropping by this morning to pick up the regular batch of sardine snaps I make her. In exchange, she does our laundry half-cost.” Jia shook her head. “So much chaos, but the world turns on. Clothes get dirty, and we just have to keep going…”
“The whole city will,” Korra said. “One day at a time until everything’s okay again.” She opened the door and waved Hai and Hotaru outside. The three of them started down the block toward where Jia said the school was. When she glanced back, the older woman was standing in the doorway, watching them until they turned a corner.
A block down from the corner, Hai was explaining to Korra how there wasn’t a point to city-wide emergencies unless they got you more than a week of school off. He stopped when a voice behind them called his name, then Hotaru’s.
Korra turned warily. Two men and a young girl were jogging closer. The girl called Hai’s name again and waved. “Wait up!” she yelled, sprinting ahead of the adults she had in tow.
“Saeko!” Hai yelled back, a broad smile stretching his face. He waved back and tugged Korra’s arm. “That’s my friend, Saeko,” he said. “She lives down the road, but I haven’t seen her since, um…” He glanced toward Hotaru and drew his eyebrows together.
Whatever he might have said was lost in the arrival of his friend and the younger of the two men, just a couple years older than Korra. His golden eyes said ‘firebender,’ but his complexion was only a tad lighter than Korra’s. Before Saeko could leap forward and hug Hai, he put an arm in front of her.
“Wait,” he said to her. Directing his attention to Korra, he narrowed his eyes. “Who are you? Why are you with Hai and Hotaru? Where are Jia and Anyu?”
Korra held her hands up in a peaceful gesture. “Woah, chill out. Jia’s at home. Anyu’s at work. I’m staying with them right now, and they asked me to walk the kids to school.”
“Her name is Naga,” Hai added as the older man finally caught up. “She’s staying in our attic and helping our moms out.”
“Hm.” The younger man dropped the suspicious expression, but didn’t uncross his arms. “Well, nice to meet you, I guess.”
“Really Akio? Our mother raised us better than that.” The older man shook his head and extended a hand to Korra. She felt something odd as she shook it. “It’s good to hear someone’s helping out Anyu and Jia. My name is Yuuki; I’m Saeko’s father and I’m very sorry for my brother.”
“It’s fine,” Korra said. “There’s plenty cause to be wary nowadays.” She jerked her head down the road. “How about we walk the kids to school together? Strength in numbers, or something like that.”
“Yeah!” Saeko cheered. She darted forward and slung an arm around Hai, who didn’t seem quite so down about the idea of going to school now as they fell into step together.
To Korra’s surprise, Hotaru drifted to walk beside Yuuki after they’d gone a few paces. Briefly, she reevaluated his age. He couldn’t have been older than thirty, but shadows under his eyes added at least another five years. He asked Hotaru how she was feeling and something in his voice tipped Korra off.
In response to Yuuki’s question, Hotaru sighed and leaned against him as they walked. Then she mumbled an answer Korra couldn’t hear. In the days Korra had been with her, she hadn’t seen the girl respond honestly to that question, even from her mothers.
When Korra arrived in the Dragon Flats, Jia had said a neighbor was taken by Equalists at the same time as Hotaru.
Her eyes widened as the details clicked. Immediately, Korra reached for the spiritual plane to confirm. After a few days of practice, she was getting better and better at being able to see the effect of lost bending on people’s spirits.
“Will you stop that?”
Akio startled Korra out of her reverie. She turned and resisted the urge to glare at him. “Stop what?” she said.
“Staring at my brother,” he said. He was not resisting his urge to glare at her. A chill breeze swept through and seemed to sour his expression even more.
“I’m not,” Korra said. “I’m just…” she trailed off and sighed. “I guess I’m just really surprised to see Hotaru opening up with someone,” she said. It was only half a lie.
Akio’s expression softened. “She’s doing as well as can be expected, I guess?”
Korra nodded and glanced toward Hotaru for a moment. “This is probably the most open I’ve seen her since I got here,” she said.
A few steps ahead of them, Hai and Saeko were chattering happily. They looked carefree, like children should. Korra didn’t need to ask to know that the girl was a non-bender.
“When did you get here again?” Akio asked. At least some of the hostility had filtered out of his tone. “How’d you fall in with Jia and Anyu?”
“I got in three days ago,” Korra said. “I managed to evade the Equalist sweep, but it wasn’t safe to go back home. I was squatting in an abandoned building when I heard Hai playing the flute, actually. I came over as Jia and Anyu were getting ready for the Glacier Spirits Festival.” She shrugged. “I ended up helping with the setup, then staying for dinner, and then they invited me to stay.”
The conversation paused as they arrived at the school. Hai gave Korra a hug before running off after Saeko. Before she followed, Hotaru paused by Korra and looked up. “Will you be here to walk us back?”
Korra wasn’t sure what Jia would need help with today (the woman ran a small business bartering and selling things out of her kitchen to support the family), but Korra was certain she wouldn’t mind.
“I’ll be here,” she said. She cast about for a landmark and pointed a nearby lamppost. “Standing by that, so you so you can find me.”
Hotaru didn’t run in for a hug. She didn’t even smile. But a layer of tension dropped from her face and she nodded before turning and heading into school with the rest of the students.
Korra steeled her determination. She would figure out the energybending puzzle. If it meant working in the day and staying up all night with that scroll, she’d do what it took. In the meantime, she could be a source of stability. If not for the city, then at least for Hotaru.
“You seem nice enough,” Akio said, strolling over from saying goodbye to his niece, “but I promise you’ll regret it if you hurt that family.”
The open hands gesture hadn’t worked, so Korra crossed her arms and frowned right back at him. “Look, I can promise you that I have zero intention of hurting Jia, Anyu, or the kids. After the kindness they’ve shown me, I’d fight a horde of angry wolfbats before I let anything happen to them.”
Akio frowned a beat longer. Then a slow grin crept over his face. “Alright, Naga,” he said. “I’ll keep you in the loop then and let you know if any wolfbats are headed over.”
Yuuki hurried over. “Naga, I’m sorry. Is Akio bothering you again?”
“No, no. We’re getting along fine, actually.” Korra smiled.
He slung an arm over his younger brother’s shoulder. “Well, let us know if you need anything while you’re here…” Yuuki trailed off and sized her up a moment, then asked, “Waterbender?”
Korra nodded. “Yep.”
“Called it,” Akio muttered.
A ghost of a smile flitted across his expression. “Me too, or used to be.” He sighed. “I never did much bending anyway, but it does feel… odd.”
On an urge, Korra reached out and put a hand on his shoulder. There was something there. Something in the energy she could sense, just out of reach. Aang wrote about it as something beyond description, which wasn’t very helpful. “You tell me if you need anything too,” she said.
Yuuki nodded, said he would. Korra tried to hold onto the spiritual energy a moment longer, before she pulled her hand back and the brothers started down another road.
* * *
Asami hadn’t expected life in prison to be so…dull.
Her first day had been pretty much what she had been expected from the cold glares of the officers to the heckling from the other prisoners. But now that she had been placed in her solitary cell, the last three days had passed without remark. She hadn’t realized how busy her schedule had been until there was nothing to fill it.
She absently turned a page in the magazine was she reading, barely registering the characters on the page.
Finding a stash of engineering magazines, even if they were nearly three years old, in the nightstand drawer had been a surprise. Asami had discovered them while exploring every nook and cranny in her ridiculously extravagant cell. She was fairly certain that the magazines hadn’t been left there on her account, so then who had put them there?
It made her more curious about why a luxury prison cell had been constructed in the first place and who had approved its installation. She certainly hoped that tax dollars hadn’t been used to fund this.
Huffing, Asami glanced down at one of the pages. Something about how scooters would be the latest transportation trend to grace Republic City. Her thoughts briefly flickered to her own scooter. It had been her preferred method of getting around town, and for one long moment, she closed her eyes and remembered the feeling of the wind whipping past, pulling her hair behind her, Korra’s strong arms wrapped around her waist as she laughed at some comment.
Asami turned the page, cutting the thought off.
Her eyes scanned the following advertisement: a set of platinum-coated wrenches that claimed a high durability and versatility. Asami had a similar set back at her workshop, nearly four years old. They had served her faithfully throughout various projects. Her hands itched for a wrench or screwdriver and a project to work on. Whenever she had needed to think, she had always retreated to her workroom to tinker with whatever scraps were lying around.
She doubted that she’d ever be allowed to keep tools in her cell, and it was probably for the better. She had done enough damage with her inventions for the Equalists.
The next page brought Yasuko’s face smiling next to the headline.
Asami slammed the magazine shut and shot to her feet, ice racing down her spine. Her feet carried her from the armchair to the edge of her four-post bed and back.
“Ah, here’s the woman of the hour,” a cheerful voice said, shattering the silence around her.
Asami glanced up sharply at her visitor.
It was a man close to sixty in age, wearing the red officer’s jacket of the United Forces. He had an easygoing air about him, relaxed shoulders and a friendly smile. He held a small box in his left hand. The characters on it indicated that the contents came from a well-known bakery in downtown Republic City.
“It’s a pleasure to meet you,” the man said, extending a hand through the bars. “Commander Bumi, at your service.”
Asami couldn’t help but return his smile. “Iroh said you would visit,” she said, walking over to return his handshake. “I’m Asami.”
“I actually meant to come a little bit earlier today,” Bumi said. “But then I thought that I should probably make a good first impression and bring a gift.” He lifted the lid of his box and held it out for Asami to see. Inside, half a dozen mooncakes nestled together, the floral designs on the top baked to a perfect golden brown. “Go on, take one. I figured prison food skips out on the dessert part, and, between us, that’s the best part of any meal. Just don’t tell Lin I smuggled you food. I’ve been on her bad side before, and I would really rather not go back there.”
“I won’t say a word,” Asami responded, plucking one of the pastries from the box. She bit into it, savoring the sweet red bean paste filling. While the prison food wasn’t nearly as terrible as Asami had feared, this pastry was the most delicious thing she had eaten in days. “Thank you.”
He grinned, biting into his own mooncake. “Pull a chair up.” Bumi motioned to her armchair as he lowered himself to the ground. “No need to converse standing up.” He set the box of pastries beside him.
Asami opted to join him on the floor. The plush carpet sunk beneath her weight.
“Next time I’ll remember to bring a blanket,” Bumi said. “This is almost like a picnic. Well, if people had picnics in the middle of a prison.”
“It’s not the most picturesque of locations,” Asami agreed.
“Oh, before I forget…” Bumi rummaged through his pockets for a moment before he procured a broken handcuff. “Iroh wanted me to give you this. I assume that it has some kind of value to you.”
“I…” Asami swallowed and accepted the handcuff. “Thank you.”
After a moment, she slipped the handcuff over her left wrist. She had taken to wearing it like a bracelet in the days following her mother’s disappearance, but she had relinquished it upon her arrival at the prison. Its familiar presence locked around her wrist, a constant reminder of her last meeting with her mother and Liu.
“Probably shouldn’t be telling you this,” Bumi said, “but we raided an Equalist base in the sewers. It looked recently abandoned, so I imagine that the remaining Equalists are running out of places to hide. If your mother’s still in the city, she’s very good at laying low.”
Yasuko might not even be in the city, and if that was the case, she could have fled anywhere.
“But I’m sure you don’t want to hear a bunch of dreary news,” Bumi said, pulling Asami from her thoughts. “Which admittedly cuts out any and all talk of current events as well. How has prison life been treating you? I mean, it’s prison, so things can’t be too great. But hopefully Lin’s not giving you too much trouble.”
“I’ve only spoken with Chief Beifong once since my arrival,” Asami said.
“Probably for the best,” Bumi said. “She seemed kind of harried when I dropped in.”
“I imagine you’re equally busy with the United Forces.”
Bumi shrugged. “Honestly, I was about to retire before all of this busy with the Equalists started. My major role ended once we got control of the city back. So now I’m mostly just going where they need me.”
“And that includes interrogating prisoners?” Asami asked.
“Hey, no one said anything about an interrogation,” Bumi said. “Iroh asked me to check in on how you’re doing, so I’m here. Plus, I wanted to meet the young woman who saved our navy. That was pretty impressive work with your technology-killing device. I hope you don’t mind that we’ve used it to take a few mecha tanks the remaining Equalists had been using.”
“I did make extra devices to share with the United Forces,” Asami said.
“You certainly know how to negotiate, that’s for sure,” Bumi said. “But you really helped us out. So thanks.”
“I was only trying to do what was right,” Asami said, glancing down at the red carpet beneath her for a moment. It was nice to receive praise since the two guards who alternated bring her food seemed to view her with nothing but suspicion.
“And while we’re on the topic of your engineering,” Bumi said, “I actually wanted to speak to you about the technology developed for the Equalists.”
Asami folded her hands in her lap. “I’ll answer any questions you have.”
“It’s not questions so much as personal curiosity,” Bumi said. “I volunteered to help test out some of the Equalist tech that we confiscated. See how it compares to the technology we currently have implemented among our non-bending forces. I was shocked how much more usable the Equalist weapons were.”
“In what way?” Asami asked, cocking her head to the side.
“In every way,” Bumi said. “The mecha tanks handle great. Better than I was expecting.” He held up his hands like he was piloting a mecha tank. “I was expecting a lot of resistance between the controls and the tank’s movements, but everything worked very smoothly.” He mimicked attacking with one of the tank’s arms. “So smoothly that I might have accidentally damaged the tank next to mine, but that’s just hearsay.”
Asami’s lips quirked into a slight smile. “My mother and I did design the tanks to have as quick a response as possible.” Timing was everything in a battle. Slow-moving tanks would leave their pilots as easy targets.
“It certainly made fighting against them a pain,” Bumi said. “But I think we’ll enjoy getting to use them. They were also surprisingly easy to control once I got a hang of how to drive them. The United Forces had been developing something similar, but our tanks needed a thick manual in order to operate. I was able to figure out the basic controls on your tanks after a few minutes of exploration. The controls you developed will greatly cut training time down.”
“Well, the mecha tank controls evolved from those used with the Future Industries forklifts,” Asami said. “And when my mother and I were designing those controls, we had to make them as intuitive as possible. We knew that a lot of factory employees wouldn’t have a history of operating heavy machinery, so we had to design controls that could be taught quickly to new workers.”
“And then you applied that same mindset to the mecha tanks,” Bumi said. “I can see that. Not a lot of Equalists came from a military background, so you had to use controls that would be instinctive to use.”
“That was exactly our reasoning.”
Bumi grinned. “If only we had more engineers who thought like that in our science department. Not that they don’t do good work, but sometimes they forget that not everyone is as technical as they are.”
“It took a lot of test runs for my mother and me to find a good balance between function and usability.”
“Well, I think it paid off in the end,” Bumi said. “You did a good job with both the tanks and those electrified gloves.”
“Thank you,” Asami said. Her expression turned wry after a moment. “Though I’m not sure if you should be complimenting your enemy’s technology.”
“You’re hardly my enemy,” Bumi said. “Besides, it’s just technology. I’ve been urging the United Forces to adapt it for use among our non-bending forces as quickly as possible. Particularly the gloves. What I would have given for one of those on some of my previous missions. Ever fought a bender unarmed before?”
The memory of taking out Tarrlok’s guards flashed through her mind. She had her glove on her then though. “I have not... though I was trained in chi-blocking if the situation arose.”
“Oh, you actually learned that?” Bumi regarded her for a moment. “Actually, you probably would learn that well. Me, I tried to. Never got the hang of it. Uncle Sokka taught me to use a sword, but no one really carries around swords anymore even in the military.” He sighed.
“That’s why my mother and I developed the glove,” Asami said. “Because chi-blocking takes a long time to learn, and most recruits wouldn’t have the time or patience to develop the skill. And while some of the Equalists had training with swords or knives, those weapons take a lot of training to use properly.” She brushed a lock of hair behind her ear. “Besides, we were initially only trying to develop a weapon to be used in self-defense. The gloves could take out benders without killing them.”
“Whereas a knife or sword to the chest wouldn’t end pleasantly for the person on the receiving end,” Bumi concluded. “It makes perfect sense.”
Asami nodded. “When it came to designing the glove, my mother and I tried to think of a design that could easily call forth the necessary electricity while still maintaining its mobility. It would be difficult to combine practical self-defense with a bulky glove that hindered your movements.”
Bumi grinned at her. “You’ve really got a head for this engineering stuff. I can tell you put a lot of thought into these designs.”
“Yes, I…” Asami’s voice caught in her throat. The excitement of discussing her engineering deflated. “I put a lot of thought into designing technology that hurt a lot of people.”
Bumi let out a soft hum at that. “Which is why you asked to be arrested,” he remarked.
“Yes. I have to take responsibility for the damage my actions caused.”
Silence surrounded them for several seconds. After a moment, Bumi said, “It seems a bit unfair to take on all of the blame for the Equalists.”
“I am hardly innocent of their plans,” Asami said.
“Perhaps not,” Bumi said. “But at the end of the day, your main involvement was as an engineer. You saw a problem and worked toward creating a solution for it. And the weapons you developed will go a long way toward leveling the playing field between benders and non-benders in combat situations. Trust me, as a non-bending officer who’s had to fight hostile benders, it’s not a fun situation to be in. It’s part of why I’m pushing for our engineers to start adapting your technology.”
Asami studied the commander for a moment. “I’m not sure other the other officers in the United Forces would think the same,” she remarked. Iroh had mentioned the idea of implementing the Equalist technology among the non-bending forces, but Bumi spoke of the process with much more urgency.
Bumi shrugged. “They’re good people, but it’s different for them. Most of our officers are benders, so they don’t get it. A lot of the non-benders they interact with on a regular basis are in support roles, so they don’t realize how imbalanced a combat situation can get.”
After a moment, he added, “The Equalists had some honest grievances against Republic City and the government. They went about it in the completely wrong way, but they had some valid points.” He caught Asami’s gaze, and his lips twisted into a wry smile. “You won’t hear very many other officers admitting that though.”
“No,” Asami said, remembering some of the looks she had received from benders within the United Forces. “I didn’t think so.”
They fell quiet for another moment.
“If you’re worried about creating devices that hurt people,” Bumi said, “then why don’t you just do the opposite?”
Asami blinked, staring at him in confusion.
“Build technology that helps people. Like how elevators help people like me get to the top of buildings without heading up twelve flights of stairs on bad knees. Not that my knees are necessarily bad, but you get the point. It doesn’t have to be anything big or fancy. Just think of a problem and start looking for a solution.”
“I…” Asami shook her head, refusing to entertain that thought. “I’m not sure that’s a good idea.”
“I think it’s a great idea,” Bumi said. “It could give you something to do in here. I can’t imagine that you have a staggering to-do list here. Especially since prison socialization isn’t exactly an option for you.”
Asami remembered Kin’s dark gaze and was once again grateful for her relative isolation.
“But I can’t force you to do anything,” Bumi continued, dusting off his pants as he rose. “Just think about it, okay? It just seems like engineering is a big part of you, so I’d hate for you to just give up on it.”
“I’ll consider it,” Asami said after a moment.
Bumi nodded. “Well, I need to be heading out. It was a pleasure talking with you. I’ll try to drop by around the same time tomorrow. Unless the UF whips up another task for me. So much for retirement I guess.” He took a second mooncake from the box and tore a large bite from it. “I’ll leave the rest of these you. Just hide them some place where Lin can’t find them.” He awkwardly passed the box through the bars.
Asami accepted the gift. “Thank you,” she said. “For more than just the desserts.” His words circled through her head. Build technology that helped instead of harmed.
Bumi saluted her. “Anytime, Asami.” He turned and started down the hallway away from her cell.
“Bumi, wait,” Asami called. When he glanced over her shoulder, she said, “Would you bring some paper and pencils with you the next time you visit?”
A wide grin stretched across his face. “Will do. Think up something good to start designing while I’m gone.”
Silence accompanied his departure, but for once the quiet of her cell refused to press in on Asami. She had no idea where to start designing something, but that was always part of the challenge. Perhaps Bumi’s words about creating helpful devices simplified the situation. But it had been so long since she had focused on designing something that wasn’t a weapon. She couldn’t do much from her cell, but maybe she could use her engineering skills to help mend the damage her other technology had caused.
* * *
“So you expect us to just sit here?” Ghazan crossed his arms. “We’ve waited long enough. I think it’s pretty obvious at this point that Korra isn’t about to pop back up on her own.”
Zaheer shook his head. “She needs to find her way back on her own. It’s essential that we not interfere with that process.”
Though there were not corners on the round table they were sitting at, P’li felt very much as though she were watching this conversation from the metaphorical edge of the room.
Ming-Hua sat forward. Most of the light had returned to her eyes now, but P’li didn’t think she would ever see her friend returned to full vitality. “I warned against the soundness of sending her up against Amon,” she said. Her voice wavered with a dark urgency. “We sent her up against a threat we didn’t fully understand, hedging our bets on the Avatar State to save the day if needed.”
“Which worked,” Zaheer said. “Korra accessed the Avatar State, presumably while under a real threat from Amon. She killed him, revealed him as a bloodbender, and left a massive impression as the Avatar. All according to plan. We are ready to move on to the Harmonic Convergence stage and she is ready to move on too.”
“Yeah, if she was here, sure.” Ghazan crossed his arms. “We can’t move on to the next stage of the plan without the Avatar, Zaheer. Last I checked, she’s kind of necessary for the whole ‘unite the worlds’ bit.” His tone bordered on insulting. Since the Equalist takeover, the tensions between them had simmered. P’li worried that all it would take was a little more heat and they would boil over again.
“I’m aware,” Zaheer stated. “Our plans are also her ambitions. She’s spent her life preparing for this; she’s not going to miss it. She’s grown into someone who chooses to use her freedom for the greatest good, and she knows that Harmonic Convergence is key to that.”
P’li stirred in her seat. She believed in their cause. The four of them had committed to doing whatever it took, but… that didn’t make it uncomfortable sometimes. People shouldn’t be raised for a purpose.
“Look at her vigilante activities,” Zaheer said. “Given the whole city to run through and any number of distractions, she spent her time trying to fight for what’s right, regardless of the sides involved.” He inclined his head toward Ming-Hua. “She is likely feeling confused and conflicted after fighting Amon. It’s no small task to take a life, and the first one is the hardest to grapple with.”
P’li nodded. Even being groomed by the warlord for destruction and murder, she had fallen asleep crying the first time one of her blasts had killed someone. Across the table, Ming-Hua had inclined her head back, acknowledging Zaheer’s point. Ghazan hadn’t changed his expression, but his shoulders dropped some of their tension.
“She needs to come to the truth on her own,” Zaheer continued. “That for everyone to have freedom, sometimes you need to eliminate the freedom of some. If we interrupt her now, she won’t find that on her own.” His voice stiffened. “We need her to come to this truth on her own.”
P’li pursed her lips, withholding her reservations. From the beginning, almost fifteen years now, she’d been skeptical of the plan. Yes, the Avatar was the only one who could choose to open the connection between the physical and spiritual worlds. But some decisions couldn’t be forced. Just because they’d raised her in certain opinions didn’t mean she’d always agree. But… she did trust Zaheer. And if he was confident in the ideological upbringing he’d instilled in Korra, then P’li wouldn’t dream of interrupting whatever emotional processes he’d plotted out for her.
“I have a compromise,” P’li said, sitting forward. “I’ll go check in on her. Just… observe. Make sure she’s okay.” Before Zaheer could say anything, she held up a hand. “I will not interrupt her growth moments. She can still come to all her conclusions on her own. Ideally, I won’t make contact at all. Just… on the 5% chance she just up and left the city, sitting on our asses is going to make thirteen years of childcare look pretty stupid then.”
Ming-Hua nodded with a wry smile. “Seriously though. I don’t know how we made it through the bedwetting stage.”
Zaheer chuckled at that, then tilted his head, considering.
“Once we’ve found her, I still think we should bring her back,” Ghazan said. “Gently and nicely and stuff. So she’s back home.”
P’li shook her head. “You know I will not, and cannot condone, dragging back runaway children.”
Years ago, P’li had run away from the warlord who had been keeping her as a weapon. She’d made it home, only to find that her family had accepted the warlord’s bribe. A pair of handlers showed up shortly after to return her.
“We won’t have to,” Zaheer repeated. “And knowing her location is enough. She has the freedom to return, and when her sojourn is done, she will chose to do so. She knows we have travel plans coming up.”
And more than travel plans too.
Unspoken, the other choices they needed Korra to make seemed to hang heavy in the center of the table, obscuring them from one another like a fog. Sometimes, the secrets they kept felt too familiar. P’li had been here before, on the other side.
She stood up and the fog cleared. “I’ll start tracking her immediately then.” Before she left to get a bag together, she paused and walked over to Zaheer. She leaned down and kissed him. He was the man who had shown her what freedom could be. She smiled against his lips. This would not be an easy path, but as long as they stood together, she was certain she could walk anywhere.
* * *
Three knocks at the door.
“Sakari?”
Briefly, Sakari debated the merits of announcing a name change. Then she could reply, ‘She’s not in right now, sorry.’ Maybe then Jinora could send an air blast to open the window, and the-girl-formerly-known-as-Sakari could run out and away, far away. Naga wouldn’t be able to jump through the window, but she could probably crash through the wall without an issue.
Instead, she took a deep, steadying breath, exchanged a glance with Jinora, and said, “I’m here.”
Pema opened the door. “Hi girls,” she said. A kind smile touched her face as she walked in, carrying Rohan. “How was your evening? I didn’t see you two vanish after dinner.”
Sakari looked at Jinora, who looked back at Sakari. Naga glanced between the two of them from her place on the floor. Neither of them responded, although Jinora made an odd expression, a sort of asymmetrical frown. With Sakari’s mother due to arrive at any moment, they hadn’t exactly been the most lively pair. After another moment, Jinora shrugged. “Not great,” she admitted.
Naga ducked her head and nosed the side of Sakari’s foot.
Pema nodded, understanding. “I thought so,” she said. “But it’s time to straighten our backs a bit.” At this, she shifted the way Rohan was sitting against her hip. “A ship just docked, and it has Water Tribe markings.”
Sakari felt the blood drain from her face. “She’s here?”
Pema nodded and jerked her head to the side. “Mmmhmm. I’ve set up a room so you two can meet in private, away from any of the acolytes. There’s even room for Naga.”
The polarbear dog perked up at the sound of her name, wagging her tail slightly.
Sakari scraped her feet along the floor for a moment before standing up. “Thank you,” she said. “I don’t suppose you could do me a bigger favor and drown me before she gets up here?”
Jinora popped to her feet. “No drowning!” she said. “It’s gonna be alright.”
“No drowning,” Pema agreed.
The three of them headed outside, with Naga close behind. Sakari glanced around for an escape, but no scheme made itself apparent. Mako and Bolin were covering one of the White Lotus’ guard shifts. Burrowing her face against Naga’s fur so she never had to face her mother again was still an appealing idea, but Jinora had explained why it wouldn’t work earlier.
So instead she just walked a little slowly as she followed Pema to the meeting.
“I don’t think it’s going to be as bad as you’re worried,” Pema said, pausing outside a door. Sakari took this gesture as a sign that this was the door.
Still, she summoned a blithe smile. “You’re right; it’ll probably be worse.”
Neither Pema nor Jinora laughed. Naga whined and butted her head against Sakari’s shoulder.
With a sigh, Pema stepped over and put a hand on Sakari’s shoulder. “I mean, I think your mother’s priority right now is just to see you again, safe and sound.”
Sakari blanched. In the Southern Water Tribe, ‘safe and sound’ meant a private suite of rooms with a single entrance and fewer visitors than she could count on both hands.
“I ran away though,” she mumbled. “I don’t want to be ‘safe and sound’ like that anymore.”
Pema squeezed her shoulder. “And that’s something you’ll have to talk about, but probably not tonight.” She reached over and put her other hand on Jinora’s shoulder. “If my daughter had run away from home, we would definitely have a talk… but first I would just want to see that she was okay. Everything else could wait.”
Sakari chewed on her lower lip for a moment. She’d been so angry at first. The anger had practically carried her over the ocean, and then on foot across half the Earth Kingdom.
But maybe waterbenders weren’t meant to keep that kind of fire inside of them, because she couldn’t quite find the anger now. Terror, yes, but more and more of an ache she couldn’t quite ignore.
What was the point of running away if she was just going to miss her mom anyway?
Pema smiled, and Jinora gave Sakari an encouraging nod.
Sakari took a deep breath and pushed open the door.
Kneeling at the table in the center of the room, Senna seemed more tired than Sakari had ever seen her before. Some of the differences she could immediately chalk up to travel, the loose hairs in her mother’s braid, and maybe the hints of shadows under her eyes.
Senna turned and looked toward the door, where Sakari stood, frozen.
Behind her, Jinora (or maybe Pema) gave her a nudge, and Sakari took a few stilted steps into the room.
“Sakari…” Senna stood up.
A smile faltered on Sakari’s lips. “Hi, Mom.”
In a moment, Senna had crossed the room. She hesitated a beat, eyes scanning Sakari’s face, before sweeping her up in a tight hug.
“You’re safe,” she whispered. “Oh, thank the spirits, you’re safe.”
Sakari stiffened and pulled out of her mother’s grasp. “And I’m free,” she said. Naga padded into the room after Pema and Jinora and Sakari reached out and clutched the polarbear dog’s fur for strength. “I… I’m not going back home to how things were.”
Senna took a step back. “I understand,” she stated, moving back around to the spot she’d been kneeling. “Why don’t you come sit down?” She had a cup of tea that Sakari hadn’t noticed earlier.
A little taken aback, Sakari hesitated, then frowned as she walked around to the other side of the table. “If you try to hide me away again, I will run away,” she warned. And if it came to that, Sakari would do a better job this time. She would disappear for real.
Senna took a long draught of her tea, then looked up at Sakari. “Then I promise you, on my word as your mother, that I will not attempt to hide you away or lock you up. I promise to never give you a reason to want to run away again.”
The room hadn’t been lively before, but it seemed to still now to a full stop as Sakari considered the oath. For all that she and Tonraq had made unilateral decisions about Sakari’s life that she hated… her mother wasn’t a liar.
Sakari sat down. Pema and Jinora took discreet places at the table to her right. “Then… why are you here, if… if you’re not just going to drag me back and stuff me inside again?” Naga settled down behind her and Sakari leaned back against the dog’s side.
“I’m here for my daughters,” Senna said. A glint in her eye gave the statement an ambitious bent. “I’m here to make things right with you, to make sure you’re okay, and, just maybe, I’m here to find Korra.”
Sakari met Jinora’s eyes for a beat. She smiled, despite herself. “Well… it seems like we have a pastime in common then.”
Her mother’s eyes crinkled with mirth. “I would like that,” she said. Her gaze swept over to Jinora and Pema. “But how about some introductions? I’m afraid we’ve been quite rude.” She inclined her head toward Pema. “I’ve met Pema, but only very briefly.”
“Oh, yeah.” Sakari refused to feel embarrassed about having the confrontation with her mother in front of other people. If her parents were ashamed to discuss their decisions in front of company, that wasn’t Sakari’s problem.
“Well, you know Pema, Master Tenzin’s wife. She’s carrying Rohan, their youngest. And this is Jinora, their eldest daughter. She’s my best friend.” Sakari resisted the urge to add a giant pile of awesome facts about Jinora to the end of that. But she thought them and shot her friend a smile.
“It’s good to see you again,” Pema said. Rohan had fallen asleep in her arms.
Jinora bowed her head respectfully. “It’s good to meet you,” she said.
“Likewise,” Senna said. She raised an eyebrow. “I don’t suppose you’re to credit for Sakari’s haircut?”
Pema and Jinora turned and blinked at one another in unison. Jinora glanced back at Senna with confusion. “Her haircut?”
Sakari shook her head. “No, I cut it myself, after leaving the South Pole. Short, bobbed hair isn’t really common on Southern Water Tribe Women, so I cut my braids off once I got the chance.”
Senna’s eyes crinkled as she smiled. “You look like your father,” she said. “It’s a good look on you.”
Sakari blinked. She couldn’t decide whether or not she was pleased with that response. She was saved the trouble of figuring out how she wanted to respond by a series of staccato knocks at the door.
Grateful for the distraction, she leapt for it. “I’ve got it!” She tossed open the door to reveal Mako and Bolin, out of breath.
“Your mom’s here?” Bolin looked around wildly.
Mako furrowed his brows. “We came as soon as we could.”
Unbidden, a smile crept into Sakari’s expression. Although her mother seemed unlikely to spirit her away from Republic City, the chances of that happening dropped to zero with Mako and Bolin present. “Thank you,” she said. Her shoulders dropped a layer of tension. “Why don’t you guys come in. We just did introductions.”
“Sure, why not,” Pema said, though Sakari suspected this was a disruption to Pema’s plans for a quiet reintroduction, just moms and daughters.
Mako and Bolin grabbed spots on either side of Sakari. As they got settled, Sakari heard Jinora whispering a few lines into Bolin’s ear to catch him up.
Across the table, Senna seemed solid. Her smile was unflappable and something in her expression said she would happily be introduced to every person in Republic City if it meant patching things up with Sakari again.
“Um, this is my mother, Senna.” Sakari made a gesture toward her. “And, Mom, this is Mako, and this is Bolin.” She motioned to each of them in turn. After hesitating a beat, she lifted her head and added, “They’re my brothers. They adopted me and took me in after I arrived to Republic City.”
“It’s very nice to meet you both,” Senna said. “Any brothers to my daughter are welcome family to me.” She seemed unsurprised by the familial label. Senna’s eyes flashed toward Pema and Sakari began to suspect that Tenzin had not been the only one writing letters to the South Pole regarding her wellbeing.
“Thank you for taking care of her,” Sakari’s mother continued. “You’re pro-benders, as I understand it?”
Sakari exchanged a series of awkward glances with Jinora, Mako, and Bolin. Pema took the moment to fuss with Rohan’s sling. Apparently, whatever letters Senna had received hadn’t mentioned Mako being stripped of his bending. Even now, he wore a pouch strapped to his belt that carried an electrified glove.
“Yeah, we competed together this past season, made it all the way to finals.” Bolin swept in to save the room from an eternity of silence. “We actually met Sakari when she came in to waterbender tryouts for our team, the Fire Ferrets.” On cue, Pabu scampered out of Bolin’s shirt and moved to a spot on top of his head. Bolin pointed at their mascot with a grin.
Senna probably didn’t notice, but Sakari saw that Bolin’s smile wasn’t quite as wide as usual. He glanced at Mako for a beat, so fast she almost missed it, before pulling Pabu off his head and settling down.
“As I understand it,” Senna said, “the two of you have fought beside Sakari outside of the arena as well.”
“Jinora too,” Sakari added reflexively. “All four of us fought together.”
Senna stopped then, and looked at the four of them with a new layer of sadness. “I would give the world for you to not have to fight at all,” she said. “But… as you had to, I’m glad you have each other stand beside.” She smiled.
Another knock sounded at the door, a formality before the door opened and Tenzin let himself in. “I’m very sorry to be late,” he said. “I only heard you’d arrived just a few moments ago, Senna.”
“Oh, Tenzin, it’s good to see you.” Sakari’s mother smiled. “We’ve just been doing introductions and reintroductions.”
At this, Tenzin seemed to notice the number of people in the intimate room. “Oh my, quite the prospect with this table.”
“Mmmmm,” Pema hummed. “This is turning into quite the crowd.” From the tug at the corner of her mouth, Sakari got the sense that this was definitely not the small, intimate mother-daughter reconnection she’d wanted to facilitate.
Tenzin edged his way around the table, oblivious. “Well, since we’re all here, I suppose it’s as good a time as any to go over the Korra situation with you, Senna.”
“Do you have any leads on my daughter?” Senna leaned forward as Tenzin sat down next to her.
Sakari swapped a wide-eyed look with Jinora. Despite their protests, they’d been left out of most of the adults’ conversations surrounding Korra’s whereabouts.
Tenzin sighed. “I’m afraid we don’t have many leads. In the immediate aftermath of the Equalist takeover, police resources were focused on reclaiming Republic City and the United Forces had their hands full neutralizing and seizing the Equalists’ machines.” He shook his head. “By the time we’d taken back the sky, there wasn’t really a trail to pick up on, since she fled the arena by water.”
Sakari’s smile tightened. She understood why Jinora had stopped her from going after Korra right after she came out of the Avatar state, but… still. The possibility that she could have caught up to her sister right then haunted her.
“Have there been any sightings since then?” Mako asked.
“Yes, actually. Dozens of claims, none of them substantiated.” Tenzin sighed, shaking his head. “During the Equalist takeover, a few scattered benders around the city started using Blue Spirit masks as a way to conceal their identity while they fought back. Now, of course, we know that the vigilante from before was Korra. Since her standoff in the arena, the number of benders using the mask as a cover has continued to grow. If Korra is still using her Blue Spirit alias somewhere in this mess, it would be almost impossible to tell, especially since she could masquerade as any type of bender.”
“But… we’ve mostly cleaned the Equalists out now,” Bolin pointed out. “So… why are the masked people still running around?”
Tenzin looked, for a moment, as though he were about to answer with a big shrug. Seeming to think better of it, he stroked his beard for a moment before answering, “Honestly, we’re not at a point where we can say for sure. They were initially fighting back against the Equalists. The loose coalitions, if we can call them that, of masked benders, seem to now be focusing on localized… neighborhood-watch activities. Unfortunately, that’s let to some clashes with the triads, who—“ He waved a hand, as though batting away the complications. “None of that matters though. As far as finding Korra, our leads are almost none. She could be anywhere.”
“No leads…” Senna’s voice trailed off. Her gaze fell down to her cup of tea.
“We’ve been doing the best we can,” Tenzin said, “but the city is in too much chaos right now for us to really track her down.”
Jinora caught Sakari’s eye. She raised an eyebrow and nodded her head toward Tenzin. They’d been trying to get ahold of him for the past three days.
“Well… The four of us may have figured out part of the puzzle,” Sakari offered.
Pema, Tenzin, and Senna all turned toward her. “You have?” Pema asked.
Bolin nodded. “We got together and started talking over what we knew and, surprise! Long story, but it turns out we’ve all actually met her before with her mask off. So we know her face!”
“My daughter!” Sakari’s mom looked just about ready to leap across the table. “What does she look like?”
“Uh, like her, but older.” Bolin pointed to Sakari.
“A bit taller,” Mako added.
“More like Bolin’s height,” Jinora said.
“Her hair was longer,” Sakari recalled.
Even that sparse description seemed to satisfy something in Senna’s expression. She settled back to her seat and took a deep breath.
“If the four of you can verify her identity, then perhaps we can formulate a plan anyway…” Tenzin mused.
“We want to go out and track her down,” Sakari said. She reached back and ruffled Naga’s ears. “We realized yesterday that the way Naga was reacting around Korra, even though we didn’t know it was her, would totally fit with the idea that Naga recognized her.”
“We may have no leads that humans can find,” Mako added, “but maybe a polarbear dog can sniff out a few.”
Before he’d finished speaking, Senna, Tenzin, and Pema were all shaking their heads, wearing expressions in various degrees of ‘no.’
“That’s too dangerous,” Pema said, holding Rohan’s sleeping form a little closer.
Bolin shrugged and wiggled his hand in the air. “Okay, so the city’s a little bit unstable right now. We could go disguised! The four of us can handle ourselves.”
Tenzin’s mustache had drooped into a severe frown. “Absolutely not,” he said. “It’s not even about Republic City, honestly. This would be an inadvisable mission even in the best of circumstances. The four of you going after Korra is absolutely unsafe.”
“But she’s my sister.” Sakari clenched her fists on the table. “She’s not going to hurt me. She rescued us at finals! She’s not a threat!”
“I was heartened to read about her heroism during the Equalist takeover,” Senna began. Though her voice was quiet, she immediately commanded the table’s attention. “And I agree with you, actually. I don’t think my daughter is a threat to any of you. Not at all.”
A tightness in Tenzin’s expression seemed to indicate his opinion might not be so solid, but he said nothing.
“Our caution is less about Korra and more about the company she’s probably in,” Senna continued. She sighed deeply. “It’s public knowledge at this point that the Avatar was kidnapped as a child. Attempting a worldwide search meant we couldn’t very well keep that a secret. Less public is the identity of her kidnappers, a group known as the Red Lotus.”
“I don’t suppose they’re cousins to the White Lotus?” Bolin asked.
“In a way, yes,” Tenzin said. “As much as we know, it seems the Red Lotus was started by a former member of the White Lotus who disapproved of the direction the organization took after the Hundred Years War. They went underground after that, operating in secret all across the globe in anarchist sleeper cells. Advertising their existence, and their victory, after they kidnapped the Avatar seemed… imprudent. It’s not a terribly deep secret, but only some relevant heads of state and members of the White Lotus know who took Korra.”
And Jinora had mentioned them the other day. Sakari assumed she’d heard Tenzin mention them at some point.
He sighed, deeply. “We’d received a warning from Unalaq, Tonraq’s brother and chief of the Northern Water Tribe, that someone might try to take her. So we mustered a defense on short notice. I was down in the South Pole along with Tonraq, her father. Fire Lord Zuko and the late Chief Sokka were there as well.” He shook his head. “But at the last minute, the Red Lotus discovered Unalaq’s treachery. In the process, they revealed him as a member of their organization, and that’s when everything fell apart.
“In the chaos, Unalaq died, Sokka was badly injured, and the Red Lotus made off with Korra.” He shook his head. “In the aftermath, just to make it more complicated, it became apparent that Unalaq had only warned us to try and maneuver some of us into the line of fire and get us killed. That scandal, we couldn’t keep private. Thus the subsequent independence of the Southern Water Tribe.”
Pema cleared her throat. “So yes, while Korra may not be a threat to you, we cannot say the same for the people she’s with.”
“Especially given some of her decidedly anarchist rhetoric,” Tenzin muttered.
Sakari grappled with the new facts for a moment. Why hadn’t she gotten this full story before? She set her questions aside. “Okay but… when we met her, before the Equalist takeover, she was just walking around. No creepy adults, no anarchists.” Mentioning that Korra had been in the company of an Equalist probably wouldn’t help matters, so Sakari didn’t mention Asami Sato. “Jinora even saw her visit here to Air Temple Island.”
“Twice,” Jinora added.
“Twice!” Bolin emphasized.
Tenzin and Senna exchanged a look. If anything, this reveal seemed to make them more troubled.
“If they’re letting her just walk around…” he muttered.
“Maybe they have some other hold on her,” Senna suggested.
Tenzin sighed. “Unlikely.” Turning back to the table at large, he said, “Honestly, that’s only more disturbing. If she’s free to come and go as she pleases, that’s only because the Red Lotus must trust her to come back at the end of the day. You must understand, Sakari. I’m certain Korra, upon finding out you existed, cares deeply for you. But these people, her handlers really, have raised her since she was a child. Korra has been deeply entrenched in their philosophy and anarchism for years and we just can’t say for certain that it’s safe.”
Before Sakari could muster some other objection, Mako said, “If it’s not safe to go to her, why not try to get her to come to us?”
“Yes!” Pema snapped her fingers, which made Rohan stir. She winced and lowered her voice as she added, “If she’s free to come and go, then let’s set it up so she knows it’s safe to come here. Offer asylum or something. Since the kids have seen her face, we can verify her identity that way.”
“I mean… couldn’t we have just verified she’s the Avatar by asking anyone who showed up to bend more than one element?” Jinora asked.
The table fell silent for a moment. It felt like such an obvious suggestion.
Then Tenzin shook his head. “Also too dangerous. Inviting strangers in and giving them an open opportunity, with no defenses up, to randomly start bending? That’s almost inviting an assassination, or strike of some sort, in the city’s current climate.”
“So we’re gonna… what? Sit here and tell Republic City, ‘hey we know your face, Korra, so come on by and we promise it’s okay?’ and just wait for her to maybe show up?” Sakari raised an eyebrow. “There has to be more we can do.”
Mako rested a hand on her shoulder, steadying her temper a little. “Actually, it’s not a bad first step. We have no idea what’s going on with Korra right now. Even telling her we know her face, telling the whole city we know her face, might be a bad idea. So… let’s start off easy.” He nodded across the table toward Tenzin. “And safe. We can stay here on the island and say we’re offering asylum to the Avatar, if she wants to show up.”
“And then,” Bolin cut in, “at least she knows we’re on her side and it’s safe, even if she doesn’t take us up on it.”
Slowly, faces around the table began to nod. Sakari sighed, then nodded too. The plan felt too passive. Hadn’t they waited long enough? Zero leads for years, for over a decade and at the first sign of something concrete they were going to… wait?
Sweeping her gaze around the table, Sakari stopped when she found her mother looking back at her.
She looked more tired than the last time Sakari had seen her, months ago now.
And, at some point in those intervening months, the anger had dissipated a bit. At least for now, Senna wasn’t trying to drag her back to the South Pole. A glint of steel in her mother’s soft eyes reminded Sakari of herself, and of something they had in common. Here in Republic City, their goals were aligned: Find Korra.
“I’ll draft a statement and have it sent out to the papers.” Tenzin stood up. “This has been a wonderfully productive and unplanned meeting, but I believe it’s time for most of us to retire.”
They filtered out of the room in a cloud of goodnights and goodbyes. Mako and Bolin went back to the men’s side of the compound. Tenzin took Rohan from Pema and the two of them walked off to have a quiet word together. Sakari blinked and found herself standing in the courtyard with her mother and Jinora. Naga sniffed curiously at Senna’s sleeve, then wandered over toward some grass.
Senna watched the dog for a moment, then turned to Jinora. “When I asked, one of the guards who escorted me up from the docks said that Sakari has been sharing your room, Jinora. Is that right?”
Jinora blinked. “Oh, um, yes. She’s been staying with me since she moved to Air Temple Island with Mako and Bolin.”
Sakari’s mother turned to Sakari. “When I got here, my things were brought up to a set of guest quarters. Given the current situation… am I right to guess that you would rather stay with Jinora than move over to my room?”
The prospect of being made to move out of Jinora’s room hadn’t even occurred to Sakari. At the idea, she felt some blood drain from her face. “Yeah, I’d rather just stay,” she said, reaching out and grabbing Jinora’s shoulder.”
Senna nodded. “Completely understandable.” Her expression softened. She smiled at the both of them. “I’m so glad you’ve found a friend here, Sakari.” Then a yawn overtook her for a moment. “I’m afraid the travel has all but wiped me out. I’m going to go to bed now, but I’ll see you both at breakfast.”
She reached out and put a hand on Sakari’s shoulder, but didn’t swoop in to hug her like Sakari expected.
“Goodnight, Sakari. And goodnight, Jinora.”
Sakari hesitated, then placed her hand over her mother’s on her shoulder. “Goodnight, mom.”
“Goodnight, um, Sakari’s mom.” Jinora shuffled her feet.
Senna gave Sakari’s shoulder a quick squeeze before walking off. And then it was just her and Jinora, standing outside in the early night.
Jinora reached out and slipped her hand into Sakari’s. “You did it,” she whispered.
Sakari nodded, then fought off a yawn. “That was exhausting. Is it bedtime?” They started walking back toward Jinora’s room. Naga followed after them a beat later.
“Past bedtime, actually,” Jinora said. She seemed slightly smug about it. “Mom and Dad didn’t even send me to bed when they were here.”
“Well they didn’t, but I am.” Sakari elbowed Jinora in the ribs, and they kept laughing and joking together all the way back to their room.
Lying in bed, Sakari let exhaustion and relief overtake her. Her mother was back, and her new life hadn’t vanished out from under her.
It was enough for an easy, dreamless sleep.
Notes:
Sorry for the delay, everyone! We both got sick and ended up out of commission for about a week. But the chapter is done and here for you and all is well.
Next chapter will be up NOVEMBER 20th! What do you guys think is coming up next? What are you excited for? Dreading?
unrelated note: I, emi, will be doing an original fiction project for NaNoWriMo with updates posted online daily for people who request a slot as a reader. If you would be interested in reading it, message me on tumblr and I'll add you to the list.
Chapter 19: In Harm's Way
Summary:
The Fire Ferrets realize that finding Korra will prove harder than expected. Meanwhile, Korra learns more about the masked neighborhood vigilantes following in her footsteps, and Asami gets an update on Future Industries.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter 19: In Harm's Way
(What is safe, really?)
Sakari and Jinora were only five minutes into their morning lesson when a knock sounded at the door frame.
A smile jumped to Sakari’s face at the interruption, only to freeze when the interrupter was her mother, standing uncertain in the doorway.
“May I come in?” Senna glanced at Jinora’s tutor, an air acolyte who wouldn’t stop dropping hints that Sakari ought to be farther ahead of Jinora at her age.
Nevermind that Jinora was way ahead for her age, and Sakari hadspirit kind of not done any school for a few months while she was busy running away from home and joining a pro-bending team.
She crossed her arms as the tutor nodded. “That’s fine. You’re Sakari’s mother, correct?”
Senna nodded as she walked in and took a seat in the corner. “I just want to observe,” she said. “See where Sakari is with her lessons.”
The tutor pursed her lips, which was the expression she always seemed to make when Sakari got questions wrong. “Of course,” she said. Turning her attention back to Sakari and Jinora, she smoothed her expression. “Let’s move on to our math review. I don’t suppose either of you took the time to practice in the past few days…?”
Sakari exchanged a look with Jinora. Math was actually one of her better subjects, and one of Jinora’s least favorite. And since Jinora wasn’t keen to do their math practice and Sakari wasn’t keen on studying in general, they hadn’t gotten to it.
Jinora bowed her head in contrition and Sakari copied. “We’re very sorry,” Jinora said. “We’ve been somewhat preoccupied lately with current events.”
Sakari, grateful for her inclusion in the apology, nodded. She glanced at her mother in the corner. “It’s been hard to focus,” she said, “Knowing my sister is out there and not being able to do anything about it.”
The tutor frowned. “Of course.” She seemed slightly mollified at the reminder of the circumstances and her eyes flashed toward Senna in the corner.
When Jinora’s gaze followed, the mounting eye contact seemed to spur Sakari’s mother into an update.
“Tenzin did put the notice out just this morning in the Republic City Post,” Senna said. “The other newspapers will run reprints and comment pieces for the rest of the week. If Korra is in the city… she’ll hear about it.”
The four of them sat in silence for a long moment.
The tutor cleared her throat. “I believe we were talking about your math work. Let’s do a review of the last unit completed before we move on to the next one.”
Approximately ten minutes into the review, Sakari was just starting to relax over her mother being in the room. She did know the work. She’d just been a bit preoccupied to think of algebra lately.
Right as the tutor started transitioning into the next segment, the door burst open. Meelo whirled into the room on an air scooter.
“THE AVATAR HAS ARRIVED!” he declared.
Senna dropped the notebook she’d been holding. Sakari thought she felt her heart skip a beat.
“She’s gonna be at the main entry hall!” Meelo added as he started scootering away. “Stop everything!”
Behind him, Sakari could see Meelo’s exhausted tutor bent double as he rounded a corner. “Tenzin got the news while he was observing Meelo’s lesson,” he panted.
Sakari discarded her books and leapt to her feet, with Jinora half a step behind. “Let’s go!” she shouted.
She could hear her mother stammering something to the tutor as she and Jinora took off down the hall. It felt like all of the math was falling out of her head at once. Why in the world would she let herself be shut in with another tutor when her sister was out there. Was right here?
They nearly crashed into Jinora’s mom as they rounded a tight corner into the main entry hall.
“Is she really here?” Jinora asked.
Pema nodded tightly. “She showed up almost right after the newspapers went out this morning. We can’t confirm until you see her, but she very well might be.”
Sakari’s breathing wouldn’t slow down. She had to force deep breaths into her lungs. When her mother caught up and jogged into the room, Sakari saw her own expression mirrored there, on a familiar face. Bright, excited eyes. A half-nervous smile that seemed to be resisting an all-out grin. Then something shifted in her mother’s eyes.
“It… it might not be her,” Senna said.
Sakari hesitated, then reached out and took her mother’s hand. “But it might be.”
They stood together, and it felt okay.
When Mako and Bolin arrived, they stood with Jinora and Pema off to the side. Behind Pema, Ikki had apparently thwarted her own tutor and joined Meelo, who was crouching behind a potted plant in the corner.
Tenzin appeared at the doorway and Sakari instinctively stepped forward.
“Shortly after the newspapers put out the message this morning, we had someone approach the ferry to Air Temple Island, claiming to be Avatar Korra,” he said. “We immediately transported her here, to verify her identity. She understands that any bending here will be taken as a sign of a threat.” He locked eyes with Sakari, then glanced over to where Jinora, Mako, and Bolin were standing. “We will want as quick an identification as possible,” he said. “To make this a simple affair. Understood?”
Sakari nodded. Her mother squeezed her hand. The rest of the room seemed to have drawn back behind them, leaving the two of them in the center of the room.
Tenzin opened the door behind him slightly, nodded to someone in the other room, then stepped to the side.
A blue-masked figure, garbed in black from head to toe, stepped into the room. Sakari’s eyes flew over the details, from the exposed brown hands to the hints of muscled shoulders underneath the costume.
“I… I’ve waited for this moment so long,” the masked woman said, inclining her head in a slight bow. “Please, Sakari, forgive me if I’m at a loss for words.”
Beside Sakari, her mother’s breath caught in her throat. “Korra…?”
The masked face turned. “Mother?” Her voice cracked slightly, familiar and unfamiliar. Korra had been speaking normally as ‘Naga’ that night at the arena, but closer to memory was the fight with Amon.
I just found her and I will not let you take her!
Korra’s eyes had blazed white through the mask, and her voice had dropped into the echoes of previous Avatars. The fight with Amon had shifted from silence and the sound of his footsteps in puddles into a roar that only abated when he was dead. Reaching back for the conversation with Naga, Sakari felt the memory slip through her fingers as she tried to match it with the voice in front of her now.
Hadn’t the black costume been more ripped in the fight? Or had Korra mended it?
Maybe-Korra reached up and undid her mask. “Mom,” she said, “it’s me.”
Brown hair tumbled around her shoulders as the mask fell, and bright blue eyes met Sakari’s matching gaze. A bold smile trembled at the corners of her mouth.
“Oh, Korra!” Senna gasped, then stumbled forward.
Sakari’s hand shot out and caught her mother’s arm. “No,” she said.
Her hopes quietly crumpled themselves into a neat ball that sunk like a heavy pit into her stomach. She couldn’t have drawn the face she was matching her to, but this girl, as close as she passed, was not Korra.
Senna ripped her gaze away from the pretender, turning back to Sakari with deep-seated agony etched in the wrinkles of her face. “No?”
“I’m sorry, mom,” she said. “That… that’s not her.”
* * *
Korra silently, but very thoroughly, cursed the Red Lotus as she bent over Hotaru’s homework with a frown. Pretending to be a non-bender was nothing compared to pretending she had experience with formalized schooling. The Red Lotus’ private tutoring hadn’t included math worksheets.
“I think you, um, forgot to carry the one,” Korra hazarded a guess.
Hotaru took the worksheet back and Korra took the opportunity to tap the back of the girl’s hand. “I’ll try it again,” she said. She hesitated, then favored Korra with a brief, grateful smile.
Korra tended to be better help with Hai’s homework, which was only a mild comfort, since he wasn’t even ten yet. She was trying to win Hotaru’s trust, however, and that meant long division, apparently. Korra couldn’t quite recall P’li’s math lessons with a helpful level of accuracy, but she was trying her best.
And opportunities to examine Hotaru’s spiritual blockage gave her more of a chance to try and see what Aang wrote about in his scroll. She poured over the short passage every night, trying to make sense of the ‘physical manifestation of spiritual chakras’ he spoke about. Since Amon was a bloodbender, he couldn’t have made an inherently spiritual change. It had to be something like the injury Aang had sustained to his back.
In the scroll, he wrote about having a barrier to the Avatar state, and seemed to link it (in part) to a bolt of lightning that had struck him in the center of his back. The block also had something to do with attachments, but Aang had skimmed over that part in his writing.
Later, Aang connected a breakthrough to re-injuring his back in the same place, along with some other unspecified spiritual realization. And then he started talking about lion-turtles. Korra sighed.
“What’s wrong, Naga?” Hai asked.
“Aw, nothing much.” She smiled wryly. “Homework sucks, huh.”
Hai threw his arm across his forehead. “You’re telling me!”
At least Korra was finally getting the hang of certain spiritual concepts Zaheer could never quite teach her. She’d finally memorized the chakra list, if only from straining her eyes over the scroll every night. Before, it was a list of pointless memorizations. Now? It was real. And real mattered. She’d memorize whatever it took to be able to bring people’s bending back. Hotaru. Ming-Hua. All of Republic City.
And, if she managed to fix the damage Amon had wrought, at least that bit of it, maybe that would help Asami…
“I don’t think I forgot to carry the one,” Hotaru said.
Korra was going to destroy long division once she finished with the blockages. “Let me see it again.” She looked over the numbers. “Okay… I’m gonna put some real-world items to the numbers, so we have something to think about. If we have two hundred fifty-eight, uh, blankets, and there are fourteen community shelters, we’d want to distribute them as evenly as possible right?” Hotaru nodded and Korra scratched out some numbers as she continued, “Our goal is to give the shelters an even number of blankets to each shelter. But that gives us some extra at the end since it doesn’t divide evenly. We need that remainder so we can figure out how many blankets are left over and decide where they’re most needed.”
Hotaru crossed her arms. “Can’t we just go to the shelters one by one? We can leave one blanket at each one until we don’t have enough to make another loop.”
“What? No.” Korra shook her head. “If we really had these blankets, that wouldn’t make any sense. We’d end up making, uh.” Korra tried to divide it in her head and came up with an answer she was pretty sure wasn’t too high. “Over sixteen loops. The goal is to make one loop and leave the correct number of blankets at each shelter.”
Hotaru raised an eyebrow. “Then couldn’t we just divide the blankets into fourteen piles? One for each shelter? And then set the extra aside.” Korra hesitated, and Hotaru plied on, “And actually, then we could divide up the stacks and have multiple runners hit the different shelters simultaneously!” Her eyes brightened. “That would be the most efficient method of distribution.”
“Isn’t the point to… not make things into word problems?” Hai asked. “It sounds like more work…”
“Some people deal better with problems when they have a real-world application,” Korra said, resisting the urge to make the comment snippy. And, admittedly, Hotaru had brightened up quite a bit. She hadn’t figured out long-division, but she’d managed to solve a blanket distribution problem.
Korra reached out and patted her shoulder, taking a mental snapshot of the girl’s spiritual alignment as she did so. “Good job,” she said.
Hotaru smiled. “Thanks, Naga,” she said. Turning back to the worksheet, her smile turned into a grim sort of determination. “I think I’ve got this now. And we can use the remainder blankets to shore up whichever shelter is most crowded.” She scratched out a few numbers, actually using the school-sanctioned method this time, and showed it to Korra. “How’s this look?”
Korra did some quick multiplication to make sure the answer was right, counting on her fingers under the table. “That… looks good to me!” She shot Hotaru a thumbs up.
As Hotaru and Hai got back to their homework, she took stock of the changes in the girl’s spiritual alignment. Just because she couldn’t bend didn’t make her like Hai. Her non-bending brother didn’t have the inherent potential to bend at all. Amon had just blocked the inner energy flow that normally allowed benders to bend.
Physical manifestations of spiritual chakras. There had to be a way to tap into the link directly from the other side.
If Korra figured this out, she might even be able to use the process to reverse chi-blocking, which was kind of a localized, but temporary, sort of blockage.
Korra smiled as Hai bugged her to look over his writing homework. The more she worked at the problem, the more she was certain it was solvable. Amon had blocked the bending from the physical side with bloodbending. Korra couldn’t have begun to figure out where she’d learn bloodbending to reverse it that way, but she didn’t have to. Energybending could fix the problem from the other end of the blockage.
And, like Hai’s homework, her work on the problem wasn’t done yet. But, also like Hai’s homework, she was getting closer and closer to finishing it.
*
That night, she was on her way upstairs to review the news and re-read Aang’s scroll when a knock sounded at the door.
Jia exchanged a worried glance with Anyu. It was well past the hour for normal callers although the family tended to have visitors randomly throughout the day.
“I’ll get it,” Korra volunteered. She finished water bending the dishes and flicked the rest of the water off her hands.
There was plenty of water at the sink, close at hand, but Korra found herself wishing for a hip flask of water as she strode to the door. It would have been nice to have some close at hand. Maybe she’d ask if it was possible for Anyu to make one for her. The water flasks were a standard water tribe craft, although Korra had never learned to make one herself.
The tension dropped, but did not vanish, when she opened the door to see Akio. He seemed slightly surprised to see her at the door. “Ah. Hello, Naga.” He nodded, and Korra wondered why he was so stiff. She’d seen him just earlier that morning walking the kids to school. He’d even stopped being quite as openly suspicious of her.
“Akio. What’s up?” she asked.
Anyu poked her head around the doorframe. “Yes! Come in! Is there anything we can do?”
He scuffed his foot. “Hi, Anyu. I was, um, actually coming by to see if I could chat with Naga for a bit.”
Anyu brightened. “Of course.” Somewhere to the side, Jia cleared her throat and Anyu amended, “If Naga doesn’t mind, of course.”
“I don’t mind,” Korra said, although she sincerely hoped Akio’s awkwardness didn’t stem from a sudden crush on her or something. He had to be at least seven or eight years older than her, and she was a little busy for romance at the moment. “Did you want to, uh, go for a walk?”
He nodded, more sure. “That’ll work,” he said.
Korra grabbed the spare coat she’d been borrowing and told Anyu and Jia she’d be back soon. From Anyu’s smile, she got a sense the older woman would have been thrilled if Akio had come calling to take Korra on a date.
Briefly, she imagined a life like her two hosts had, but with her and Asami. Was it possible for the Avatar and a convicted Equalist to have quiet lives? At all, if not together?
She shook off the thought as she followed Akio into the cool evening.
“So… I’m still a bit suspicious of you,” he said immediately, “but I think you mean well, at least.”
“Is this the question game again?” she asked drily. For the past two mornings, he’d been plying her with questions about her exercise habits and waterbending experience. Korra had been doing her best to reply with relatively truthful normal-person answers, grateful that the coat hid some of her muscle definition. Hai had decided Akio’s questions were a fun game and had added a few of his own.
Akio shook his head. “Not the question game.” His face was tight. “I wanted to talk to you about something. You may have guessed, but I’m one of the members of the Dragon Flats’ Guardian Spirits.” He glanced sidelong at her. “I wanted to talk to you about maybe joining up.”
Korra blinked, then tried to steady her expression. “The Blue Spirit mask vigilantes?” She paused, unsure if she’d sounded too fake-confused. “Um… Why me, in particular…?”
Akio shrugged. “I’ve been watching you with Hai and Hotaru in the mornings. You don’t just walk them to school. You keep an eye out, and you’re aware of your surroundings. That kind of awareness can be honed into action.”
Korra resisted the urge to be snarky, but she had been trained in situational awareness. She glanced around. She actually had the feeling she was being watched just then, but it would have been conspicuous to grab Akio and dash down an alley. She did steer them off the main road though.
“Is that what got you started?” she asked. “Situational awareness?” A tiny bit of snark drifted into her voice, but Akio didn’t seem to catch it.
“No, it was the Avatar.” He flashed her a smile when she startled. “I know, it might sound a bit crazy, but I kinda forgot we had one of those. Obviously, I knew Avatar Aang helped found Republic City, but his story feels almost like a myth. He was frozen for a hundred years or whatever, then woke up and whirled around the globe in a year, defeating the Fire Lord and ending the hundred years’ war?” He shook his head. “That’s a story of spirits and gods. Almost as hard to swallow as the play the blue masks are from.”
Korra raised an eyebrow. “You’ve seen it?”
“Found a copy at the library.” He wrinkled his nose. “Not my taste.”
“Ah.”
They walked a few steps in silence, but then Korra couldn’t resist asking, “So if Aang is this distant figure—“ Something she understood very well. “—then what makes our masked Avatar so different?”
Akio shrugged. “She’s here, for one. Second, she was helping out before we knew who she was. And she’s not trying to cash in on the fame or whatever. Or use her status to keep her safe while the rest of us fear for our lives in the streets. I saw the news this morning, about her being offered asylum on Air Temple Island. Did you see that?”
Korra blinked. “What? No?” Anyu and Jia had stopped reading the papers in the morning, and Korra had been too busy helping out around the house to page through them during the day. She’d been about to catch up on the news when Akio came by.
“The airbender Tenzin put out a notice, since I guess he’s keeping the Avatar’s sister at the island, saying the Avatar could show up and be safe and stuff.” He shook his head. “Never mind the rest of us out here, eh Naga?”
“Never mind us…” Korra’s mind whirled. If she went to Air Temple Island, she could see her sister again. But… she would lose her freedom to move about.
“Anyway, the Avatar inspired the Guardian Spirits to start fighting for our families, friends, and neighborhoods. We do it behind a mask because we’re not looking for fame or glory.” Akio poked her shoulder. “To be honest, I started thinking about asking you to join because you’re a waterbender, but we have some non-bender members who are showing that not all non-benders are Equalist sympathizers.”
Korra pursed her lips. “Some non-benders used to be benders.”
His eyes darkened. “I’m aware. My brother won’t join; he says he needs to be focused on his daughter, but we have a few former benders in our ranks.”
“And you’re recruiting now?”
“A bit.” He frowned. “I don’t like that you’re new to the neighborhood, but we need more power for our new plan. Are you interested?”
“Can I… hear a bit about the plan, before I commit to being interested?” Korra could hear herself wheedling a bit.
“Just a little,” Akio said. He glanced around them, then ducked them down another side alley. “There’s a former Equalist hideout in the neighborhood. Tarrlok’s task force raided it, but we’ve noticed some people ducking in and using it sometimes, just for brief stints. We think it’s Equalists using it as a base for movement through the city.”
“And Equalist foot traffic isn’t the kind we want.”
“Exactly.” He sighed roughly. “The Guardian Spirits of the neighborhood don’t have enough coverage to catch these people. We have lives and families and the point isn’t to become a police force. The point is to take decisive actions to keep our neighborhood safe, and the best defense is an aggressive one.”
He reached out and put a hand on her shoulder. “I’d like to float the idea of you joining up to help wreck the hideout. The building was owned by an Equalist sympathizer who fled a week ago. There might be some combat, but not much. We just want to sweep in and make it unusable, then clear the area before police or Equalists show up. We have some earthbenders to close the escape tunnels. I’ll be with the firebenders charring the place out. We could use an extra waterbender to knock things down and help keep the fire contained.” He chuckled. “So basically: do you wanna wreck a building?”
Korra laughed, feeling herself relax for the first time since leaving the house. Finally, a mission she could get behind. “Count me in. I’m good at breaking things.”
They turned around and started heading back. “You’ll need a mask,” Akio said after a few steps.
“Oh yeah. Uh, can I borrow one?” It would probably be super suspicious if Korra showed up with a perfect replica of the Avatar’s mask. The more homemade it looked, the better.
And then she blinked and was elsewhere.
"You’re not the Painted Lady, you’re that colonial girl!”
A robed woman in a broad-brimmed hat stood in front of a crowd. She lifted a hand to her face and pulled it away to reveal smudged makeup. Korra could see fear glimmer in Katara’s eyes.
A little boy stepped forward. “Yeah, you're the lady that gave me a fish.”
Anger surged over the first speaker’s shock. “You've been tricking us. You're a waterbender!”
The crowd flipped from gratitude to anger. “She’s a waterbender!”
“How dare you act like our Painted Lady!”
The crowd surged forward in anger, and the vision blinked out for a moment. When it came back, Katara was speaking.
“I shouldn't have acted like someone I wasn't, and I shouldn't have tricked you. But I felt like I had to do something. It doesn't matter if the Painted Lady is real or not. Because your problems are real, and this river is real. You can't wait around for someone to help you. You have to help yourself.”
The vision faded out on her last words, and then Korra was just stumbling in the middle of the road.
“Woah!” Akio caught her elbow before she could totally faceplant. “Watch yourself.”
“Thank you, sorry!” Korra grimaced. “I just, um, got lost in my thoughts there for a moment.” And Aang apparently had time to teach her lessons about masks and acceptance, but no time to give her insights on energybending. Great. “What were you just saying?”
“I have a spare mask you can borrow,” he said. “Then I asked if you had any other questions and you tripped.”
“Ah yes. I do have a question, actually.” She hesitated, trying to re-center her thoughts on the problems of the moment. “I’m up for the raid on the hideout, and for some patrolling maybe, but are there any other big plans on the horizon…?”
They slowed their steps as they turned onto the road with Anyu and Jia’s house. “Maybe. I don’t want the Dragon Flats’ group to get involved, but we’ve been communicating with the Guardian Spirits of other neighborhoods and some factions are much more aggressive.” He huffed. “It’s foolish plans that will overextend us and that don’t have anything to do with keeping our immediate neighborhoods safe. That’s not our job.”
“What do they want to do?”
“Less want, more planning.” He hesitated, then said, “Some hotheaded idiots are planning a raid into the prison to take out some Equalist prisoners.”
Korra felt like she’d been dunked in ice water. “What?!” She’d at least hoped Asami would be safe in prison.
Akio grumbled, “I’m a hotheaded idiot and I think it’s a stupid idea.”
“Wait, when is that going to be?”
He seemed surprised at her interest. “I’m not sure. No sooner than a few days. No further than a week.”
Korra’s throat constricted. She couldn’t be everywhere at once. But there was suddenly somewhere she really needed to be. She seriously doubted that guardians that aggressive would take a sympathetic angle on Republic City’s most divisive public prisoner.
“Can we count on you then? For the raid on the former safehouse?” Akio regarded her with more favor than before as they drew up to Anyu and Jia’s house.
She gave her word, with the caveat of a day’s notice. It wouldn’t do for that mission to fall on the same night as her new trip.
She had a breakout to plan.
* * *
Meelo crashed through the doorway. “THE AVATAR HAS ARRIVED! POTENTIALLY!”
Mako glanced up with a yawn. “Another one?”
“We just finished the last batch,” Bolin whined. “They’re not even evenly spaced on the ferry anymore.”
“Maybe this one will be older than me,” Jinora chuckled, “or younger than Mom.” One of the last ‘Korra’s had been very tall for her age but turned out to be the same age as Jinora. Two had been at least over thirty years old.
In the corner, Senna sighed. Sakari pivoted toward her and frowned. “It… might be her though.” She summoned a smile.
Her mother matched her with a faint grin in return. “I’m just very tired of this.” She winked. “Some of these imitation Korras could pass for my sister. You could have an aunt, Sakari.”
Sakari wrinkled her nose. “No thank you,” she said. “No more surprise family, if possible.” She paused. “Also, I already have Aunt Malina, right?”
Senna’s expression soured. “The less we have her, the better.”
At the door, Meelo huffed. “I said, THE AVATAR! HAS maybe ARRIVED!”
Sakari exchanged reluctant glances with Mako, Bolin, and Jinora. The latter two were playing a game of Pai Sho in the corner and seemed loathe to leave it. Or maybe they’d started the game so they wouldn’t have to.
Sakari stood up. “I’ll get this one, team. We only need one person to make a negative identification. If I have any doubts and think it might be her, I’ll probably cry or something. Then I’ll ask Meelo to come get you guys or something.”
Meelo grumbled, “I’m not your messenger boy, lady, but I’ll do it. Anyway, come on, let’s go!” He grabbed her hand and practically dragged her into the hallway. Throughout the process of vetting various Korras, Meelo was the only one who had yet to show a drop in enthusiasm for the process. He interrogated all of them, even after Jinora or one of the Fire Ferrets said it wasn’t actually Korra.
“I’ll come with you.” Senna followed after Sakari into the hallway.
Sakari tugged her hand out of Meelo’s grip and slowed to a more reasonable pace. “You don’t have to, Mom. It’s not gonna be Korra. We don’t have to go through this again.”
Nothing had hurt so much as the first Korra, who had seemed so right at first. After she left, Senna had excused herself, and her puffy eyes gave away what she’d done while she was out. After that, they’d only had a couple tense moments. While they were eating lunch, Bolin went to check over a new batch of Korras and found himself hesitating over one of them who, by chance, strongly resembled Sakari.
The close calls were the worst.
“It probably isn’t, but, if you’re going to be there, I wouldn’t leave you alone for that moment.” Sakari’s mother reached out and touched her shoulder for a moment.
And… her proximity wasn’t so bad. Sakari still felt a bit weird having her mother around, after weeks of having the run of Air Temple Island without her.
She set complicated thoughts aside as they opened the door where the new prospective Korra waited.
Sakari even let herself hope, half a moment, as they walked in.
Then the young woman turned around and Sakari quietly crushed the hope into a tiny crumpled ball.
“Really?” she spat.
The young woman was clearly of Fire Nation origin. She was wearing a poor wig and had smeared her skin with some kind of makeup to darken the tone. She’d been unable to change her features, however, and her straight nose was definitely not a match.
The imposter Korra sniffled. “I know I’m not, but I would be your sister if you let me stay! I would listen, and, and brush your hair, whatever you wanted!” She clasped her hands together. “Please consider it!”
Sakari recoiled and Senna put a protective arm around her shoulders. One of the White Lotus soldiers tapped the visitor’s shoulder, steering her out the door to leave.
The young woman pulled away and started pleading with the guard to let her stay, that the last ferry had already left, and something else that Sakari didn’t catch as she hurried back out of the door she came in, her mother right behind her.
She ran smack into Tenzin, who had been about to come in the room. He quickly stepped aside, putting a hand on Sakari’s shoulder. “Whoa, what’s all this about?” he asked as Senna closed the door firmly behind them. “Another imposter?”
“Why do they do this?” Sakari tugged at her hair. “Why dress up as her and show up and even try to pretend to be her? What’s the point, other than to drive me mad?”
Tenzin furrowed his eyebrows. “I cannot speak for all of them, but some have mentioned a desire to get out of the city. Travel is highly restricted right now, while the city is still under martial law. With most of the citizenry on lockdown, some were willing to put on a charade to try and get out, even if it was just temporary.”
Senna reached out and gently grasped Sakari’s hands, keeping her from pulling on her hair anymore. “The general public also doesn’t know that we have people who can confirm Korra’s face. If it was just me here, for instance, or if you and your friends hadn’t seen Korra, we would have no choice but to keep the imposters around for a bit. Some of them may have been banking on some backlog in the verification process. If it had gotten too long, Tenzin would have had to feed them.”
Sakari heaved a sigh and slumped into her mother’s arms. “Remind me again why we can’t just take Naga into the city and track her down?”
Tenzin immediately answered, “Loose Equalists and unregulated vigilantes wander the streets, the triads have started another turf war, and your father would kill me if anything happened to you.” He glanced over Sakari’s head at Senna and cracked a smile. “To say nothing of your mother.”
“There has to be something…” Sakari mumbled, leaning into her mother’s arms. It was nice, getting a seriously quality hug after an emotional day. “We can’t track her down. She probably won’t just come here, even though it would be way easier. We know her face, but nothing about where she is or what she might be up to…” Sakari blinked. “But we know someone who might.”
She straightened up and flipped around. “We need to talk to Asami Sato. As soon as possible.”
“What?” Tenzin blinked. “Why her?”
“Because!” Sakari started pacing in the narrow hallway. “We saw her with Korra. Twice, even. They were clearly friends of some sort.” Or something like that. “If anybody would have a clue of where to find Korra, or what she might be doing now, it’s her. She’s the best lead, and we even know exactly where she is! It’s perfect!”
“What’s perfect?” Jinora appeared at the end of the hallway, looking worried. “Meelo said you seemed upset and scootered off” She tilted her head at Sakari. “Are you okay?”
Sakari nodded. “I’m fine now. But I just had an idea. We should go talk to Asami Sato!”
Senna put a hand on Sakari’s shoulder, this time in a restraining gesture. “This Asami was an Equalist, she probably doesn’t know that the girl you saw her with is the Avatar. Didn’t you say that Korra was using an alias...?”
“Yes, she was going by Naga at the time, but... still.” Sakari shook her head. “Even if she doesn’t know she’s Korra, the Avatar, Asami might know where her friend ‘Naga’ is.”
The hand on her shoulder tightened. “You can’t just show up at a prison to talk to notorious terrorists, Sakari,” Senna said.
“That’s why we have phone lines!” Jinora said brightly. She turned to her dad and grinned. “You said just earlier today that the main lines were done being repaired. We should be able to call Chief Beifong, no problem.”
Tenzin’s face got a bit red. “Well, I don’t. The Air Temple Island phone isn’t for social calls to the chief of police, Jinora.”
“Well, I should hope not.”
Everyone jumped and turned to see Pema at the end of the hall. She looked less-than-pleased. The hallway was also getting rather crowded.
“Pema, no.” Tenzin pinched his furrowed brow. “I mean… they want to talk to Asami Sato for some reason—“
“Good reasons,” Sakari interjected.
“—which would mean a call to Lin, and—“
“We can all fit in dad’s office a lot better for the phone call,” Jinora said. “And that way we can all hear!”
Pema crossed her arms. “I think that’s a great idea, actually. I’d like to hear this call.”
And, despite Tenzin’s increasingly incoherent explanations, they did make it to his office. Senna seemed quietly amused at Tenzin’s frustrations, and a little hesitancy still. But, beneath that, Sakari thought she detected a genuine curiosity at the possibilities too. Her mom wanted to find Korra as much as she did.
Pema pursed her lips as Tenzin requested the operator connect him to Chief Lin Beifong.
Tense silence permeated the room as Tenzin waited to be connected. Pema had yet to uncross her arms.
Finally, Sakari heard the chief’s voice on the other end of the line.
“It’s past business hours, Tenzin. What do you want?”
“I have a favor to ask, actually.” Tenzin fiddled with the phone cord. “Is now a good time, Lin?”
“No.” The answer was immediate and clipped. “But what is it, councilman?”
Tenzin’s mouth tightened. “I have a hunch about a sensitive matter, important to the security of Republic City. I need to talk to Asami Sato.”
“You and half the city!” The chief didn’t sound pleased. “Contrary to what every newspaper thinks, and apparently you as well, Tenzin, the Republic City Police Department is not Miss Sato’s PR office!”
Tenzin seemed to deeply regret having picked up the phone. He cast his eyes around the room, as though looking for someone to hand the call off to. He paused the longest on Jinora, as though considering it, then sighed and continued, “I will come there myself, Lin, if need be. Whatever is least complicated for you.”
“Tenzin… why haven’t you just talked to Bumi then? He’s by here almost every day to talk to her, a favor to Iroh while he runs the city, but the two of them seem to have hit it off, spirits only know why.”
“Bumi?” Tenzin’s eyebrows jumped up. “I had no idea.”
“Talk to your siblings for once,” Chief Beifong snipped.
Tenzin pursed his lips. “The hypocrisy is blistering, Lin. But, thank you. We won’t bother you about this again. Goodnight.”
Sakari heard a gruff grunt in response, then a click. As soon as Tenzin set the phone down, he frowned. “I don’t want to get Bumi all wound up in this. The less he knows, the better.”
Jinora frowned. “Why, dad?”
Tenzin tugged on his beard. “Your Uncle Bumi... says things to the wrong people at the wrong time. And this Asami hunch is iffy at best. You saw her with Korra, who was in disguise at the time. The chances of her knowing where Korra is now are slim at best.”
He held a finger up before Sakari could interrupt with a plea. “But, we can at least send him over with a couple of carefully-worded questions. Maybe a drawing of Korra, as best we can put together between you.”
“Why a drawing?” Pema asked. “The kids saw them together, isn’t that enough?”
“Even with eyewitnesses, it’s still possible there was some sort of mixup. ‘Asami’ isn’t an especially uncommon name, and I’m sure there’s more than a few girls who look like her in the city. Before we give an Equalist, even a repentant jailed one, more information about our search, we should verify that she does know Korra, maybe fish for some clues that way. If she can give any identifying information about Korra without knowing why we want to know about her, that would be best.” He glanced aside. “And if we keep it simple, my brother doesn’t have to get all involved in this mess.”
Sakari’s shoulders slumped, but she nodded. It did make sense, but she was almost certain the woman she remembered was the same face she’d seen in the paper. Still, it seemed like she’d pushed more than enough for tonight. “Thank you, Master Tenzin,” she said. This was… something at least.
“And it’s just about bedtime,” Pema said. “So I’m glad we could wrap this up.” She seemed much happier now that the call was done.
Everyone exchanged goodnights. As Senna was about to leave, however, Tenzin caught her arm. “One last thing, Senna. A wire came this evening from Tonraq.”
Sakari lingered outside the doorway after they shut the door. From inside the room, she could hear Tenzin hand over a paper, then say, “He’s still tied up with the spirit troubles at the south pole, but will be on his way as soon as possible.”
“Hm.” Sakari thought her mother sounded pleased. “Well, at least he’s gotten rid of the other solstice pests.”
“Small favors.”
Sakari snuck back down the hall and joined up with Pema and Jinora before they could open the door. Small favors seemed to be the only ones she could get lately.
* * *
Bumi arrived nearly thirty minutes later than usual, but he had brought another box of mooncakes to share. It had become a ritual over the last few days. Arrive in the early afternoon with dessert and conversation. Asami had expected more questions from the United Forces, but it seemed they were content with the information she had provided for now. Instead, Bumi alleviated the monotony of prison life with much more lighthearted topics of discussion.
“I actually have some things for you today,” he said. “Well besides dessert.” He handed her the box of pastries while he fiddled with the folding chair tucked under his arm. “See, I passed by the mailroom, and apparently you got a letter. I volunteered to deliver it since I was on my way to visit.” His expression sombered for a moment as he traded the letter for a box of pastries. “I’m not sure it’s good news, but I figured you would want to know what it was about anyways.”
The corner of the envelope had bent slightly during its transportation, but the Future Industries logo was clear on the front.
Asami’s heart leapt into her throat, and a sour taste filled her mouth.
A quick glance at the sender showed that it had come from the Future Industries Engineering Union.
No doubt it was full of condemnations for her involvement with the Equalists and the state she was leaving the factory in. With a grimace, Asami set the letter aside, hidden beneath the stack of engineering magazines by the armchair. “I’ll look at it later,” she said. She didn’t want to spoil Bumi’s visit with whatever news the letter held. “Thank you for bringing it.”
“You might not be thanking me when you read it,” Bumi said. “But I figured you were the type who would rather hear bad news than remain blissfully ignorant.” He opened the box of mooncakes and held it out. “Here, I’ll let you choose first this time.”
Asami surveyed the mooncakes. They all looked roughly the same, but she avoided the largest out of politeness. As with the first time, she savored the sweet taste.
Bumi bit into his own pastry. “The other thing I have is a question from my brother.”
“Your brother?” Not a question from the United Forces or the police?
“Yeah. Tenzin over at Air Temple Island.”
“Oh!” Asami’s eyes widened. “You’re brothers with Councilman Tenzin?” That would make him Avatar’s Aang son.
The thought of the Avatar brought to mind Korra, and she hoped that her friend was somewhere safe for the moment. Asami got the newspapers a day late, so their contents could be reviewed beforehand, but there hadn’t been a mention of Korra in the news lately.
“Yeah, I’m Tenzin’s older brother. Avatar Aang’s firstborn at your service.” Bumi gave an exaggerated bow.
“I had no idea,” Asami said. She’d thought his familiarity with Iroh had just been part of their connections through the United Forces.
Bumi shrugged. “Yeah, well, it’s not like I can go around airbending to prove it.” Though he might have meant the words as a joke, there was a bitter edge that lingered in the following silence.
“I’m sorry,” Asami said. “I didn’t mean to bring up a bad memory.”
“Eh, don’t sweat it. It comes with being the nonbender in the family.”
Asami couldn’t imagine what it must have been like growing up as the son of the Avatar while being a nonbender. In her family, everyone had been a nonbender; she’d never felt out-of-place.
Suddenly, the older man looked a bit more tired. If the Satos had been in a spotlight, she couldn’t imagine what the Avatar’s family had gone through.
And, despite Bumi’s immediate family having been specifically targeted by Equalists, he’d never looked at her with the derision she saw on the guards’ faces. He’d known who she was from the start, and she’d never detected a hint of a grudge.
Bumi heaved a sigh. “Anyways, my little brother, the councilman, wanted to know if you know anything about this woman. Maybe where she could be found, or something.” He pulled a rolled up piece of paper from one of his pockets and held it out for Asami to see.
A rough sketch of a woman adorned the page. The artist’s skill was clearly that of an amateur. Only the basic features had been drawn, so generic that the woman could have been anyone. Asami couldn’t even tell if the chin was supposed to be more pointed or squared. It looked like the artist had changed their mind halfway through.
“Well,” Asami said, “based on the picture, I can tell you that she has long hair. Maybe bangs? And she’s probably closer to my age. I think.” It really was hard to pick out any identifying features from this sketch.
Bumi actually laughed. “Yeah, I figured out that much as well. I guess Tenzin thinks you might know her or something. Or that you’ve seen her before. He didn’t really give me a lot of information to go off of.” He leaned forward conspiratorially. “I guess she’s someone from the Equalists.”
Asami squinted, studying the picture. “I honestly have no clue who this woman is supposed to be, so I’m afraid I can’t identify her. If she is someone from the Equalists, then she’s not one of the mechanics. But even I didn’t know every one of the members by name or face. Only those I worked with regularly.”
“Fair enough,” Bumi said. He turned the page to look at the drawing and snorted. “It is a pretty crappy sketch. Don’t tell Tenzin though. He can be sensitive about these things.” A teasing note snuck into his words.
“I won’t say anything then,” Asami said. “Sorry I wasn’t more help.”
“Eh, don’t sweat it. If she was someone important, Tenzin would have given me more information. So, now that my official business is done, how have you been?”
Asami shrugged. “All things considered, I can’t really complain.” Her cell was beyond comfortable, and she received regular meals. The police made period rounds to check in on her, but she was left to herself for the most part.
“I suppose if you’re going to be stuck in prison, this is the cell to be stuck in.” Bumi’s gaze drifted lazily about the cell’s furnishings.
“I suppose,” Asami said.
His gaze landed on the notebook sitting atop the side table. “So, got any invention ideas to share yet? I wouldn’t be surprised if you’ve already filled up that entire notebook with ideas.”
Bumi had brought her a notebook and pencils the day after their first meeting. Though she had spent most of that day staring at it blankly, she had since crammed several pages full of notes and sketches. While absorbed in her brainstorming, she had almost been able to forget that she was stuck in prison.
“Don’t worry. I still have plenty of space left in the notebook,” Asami said. “But I did actually have an idea to share.”
Bumi leaned forward in his seat, eyes bright. “Exciting news. What do you got?”
“It’s a really small idea,” Asami said. “But it was a bit drafty in this cell earlier, and I was thinking about how your bed is always cold when you first get into it during winter.”
“Ugh.” Bumi’s face twisted. “Yeah, cold beds are always unpleasant. Firebenders are lucky that they’re walking heaters.”
“So I was wondering if there was a way to make a heated blanket that could keep you warm when it’s cold.” Asami shrugged. “It’s not a big idea, but…”
“No, I love the idea,” Bumi said. “There are times when I would have given anything for a self-heating blanket. There was this one time I was on this mission in the northern Earth Kingdom in the middle of winter. And I had to hole up in a cave, cut off from the rest of my squad. I kept thinking I was gonna have to cut my toes off from frostbite…you know, you probably don’t want all the details of that story.... But it was cold, and I wanted a hot blanket.”
No, she probably didn’t want all of the details of that ordeal. “Well, the model I had in mind requires an outlet,” she said.
“Yeah, I guess it would be hard to have an electric blanket in the middle of the wilderness,” Bumi said. “Well, the other night it felt like Kya was icebending in my room. Actually, one time she did icebend my room, but I kind of deserved that one. Still, a heated blanket would have been nice afterwards. So how does it work?”
“It’s actually interesting trying to figure out to get the blanket to work,” Asami said. “You would need heated coils in the fabric, but they would have to be flexible enough so you could fold the blanket or drape it over your shoulders. Then, you’d need to find a way to regulate the temperature. It can’t get too hot or you might burn yourself using it.”
“And if it gets too hot, it might catch fire,” Bumi said.
“Exactly! So there’d have to be a maximum temperature setting and some kind of safety mechanism to shut off the heat once the blanket reaches a certain temperature. Maybe it could work on a timer. Like, after two hours, the blanket shuts off to avoid overheating.”
“Makes sense,” Bumi said.
Asami opened up her notebook and flipped to the page where she had begun sketching out blanket ideas. She showed the sketch to Bumi. “See, there would need to be some kind of cord attached that would plug into the wall. And there also needs to be a switch that lets the user control the temperature.” She pointed to a drawing at the bottom of the page. “I also thought there could make a heated pad that goes under the sheets to warm the bed.”
“I like it.” Bumi grinned. “And I want twenty of both.”
“That…might be a fire hazard.”
“Right,” Bumi said. “I’ll take one of each then.”
Asami smiled. “I’m glad you like the idea.”
“I love it. Everyone could use a heated blanket,” Bumi said. He held out the box of mooncakes. “So I think a good idea deserves a reward.” He grabbed one of the pastries and took a huge bite out of it.
“Bumi, you should know better than to smuggle contraband items into a prison.” Chief Beifong’s sharp voice cut through their conversation.
Bumi’s eyes bugged out as his head jerked around to stare at Lin. He shoved the rest of the pastry into his mouth, looking very much like a child caught trying to sneak something past his parents.
Asami straightened in her seat instinctively. She had been so engrossed in their conversation that she hadn’t heard Lin’s approach.
Bumi swallowed his food. “Lin, how are you doing today? Asami had this wonderful idea to make an electric blanket that heats itself. Doesn’t that sound amazing? Personally, I think such a blanket would be a great thing to own.”
“It sounds like a fire hazard to me.” Lin sighed. “I’m going to assume that this isn’t the first time you’ve smuggled food into the prison,” she said, pinching the bridge of her nose.
“Relax,” Bumi said. “Just a half dozen mooncakes. I hardly consider a pastry a contraband item.”
“People have tried to hide weapons or lock picks into outside desserts before,” Lin said. “That’s why all outside material being delivered to prisoners has to be inspected.”
“Do you really think I’m going to try and smuggle Asami something like that?” Bumi asked. “I’m offended you would even think that.”
“It is standard procedure,” Lin retorted. “The moment I start ignoring my own rules is the moment I invite others to find loopholes to manipulate them.” After a moment, she sighed. “Look, it’s for the prisoners’ safety as much as it is to prevent them from escaping.”
Asami paled at that. The walls of her cell seemed to press in on her. Her imprisonment had made the news in Republic City. It would be, almost too easy, for someone to try and mail her a death threat or worse. Had the police already dealt with such an incident without her even being aware of a threat?
She had turned herself in because it was the right thing to do, not to make herself a target.
“If you must bring Miss Sato outside food, clear it with security first,” Lin finally said.
“Duly noted,” Bumi muttered. “Oh, did Tenzin tell you why he wanted to speak with Asami here? He didn’t give me a lot of information.”
“He just said he wanted to speak with her, so I told him to go through you,” Lin said, a curt edge to her voice.
“Ah.” Bumi pulled the picture from his jacket again. “Apparently they were looking for this girl.” He held the drawing out. “Do you recognize her?”
Lin’s eyebrows rose at the sight of the drawing. “That girl could literally be anyone with a face and long hair.” She glanced over at Asami. “Was she one of the Equalists who attacked Air Temple Island?”
“I don’t recognize her,” Asami responded.
“Well, Tenzin’s hardly an artist,” Lin muttered. “Anyways, I got a call from General Iroh a few minutes ago. He’d like to speak with you about an issue as soon as you’re done here, so I suggest you keep the rest of your meeting brief.” She turned and left without a farewell.
Bumi sighed. “Iroh needs to take a break,” he muttered.
“I imagine he’s quite busy right now,” Asami said.
“Yeah, the city’s mostly calmed down, but we’ve still got a few locations…” He winced and trailed off awkwardly. “Uh, no offense, but I actually shouldn’t be sharing all the details with you.”
“I understand,” Asami said. “And I understand if you need to leave.”
“Yeah,” Bumi said. “The sooner I meet with Iroh, the better. Sorry about this.” He handed the rest of the pastries over with a sheepish grin. “But I’ll drop by tomorrow to talk some more. How does that sound?”
“That sounds lovely,” Asami said, offering him a reassuring smile.
“Great.” Bumi fiddled with the folding chair for a moment before tucking it under his arm. “I’ll see you then,” he said. With a wave goodbye, he headed down the hallway.
The cell felt forebodingly quiet after Bumi had departed. In the background, she could hear the radiator pipes clanking, but they did little to dispel the chill that had settled in her cell. She walked over to a table by the wall to place the remaining mooncakes there.
After a moment, she finally turned her attention to the Future Industries letter. It was better to read the news now and get it over with. The prison had already opened the letter, likely to inspect the contents. At least she didn’t have to worry about anything other than the words in this letter.
The (NON-EQUALIST) remaining majority shareholders of Future Industries (the new owners) would like to inform you of a recent union meeting to discuss the new direction of the company, as you are (technically) still on the mailing list.
Asami blinked and read the message again. That was it? No censure, no outrage, just a dismissive memo. While the words still felt like a slap to her face, they weren’t as heated as she had expected.
The note itself was strange. While most of the message had been neatly printed out, someone had added parenthetical remarks in a garish cobalt ink. It was hardly professional.
She read through the note a third time, finally letting the words sink in. So the factory was now under new leadership. Though she didn’t know all of the shareholders of Future Industries, most had some kind of Equalist affiliation even if not all had directly been members. She tried to remember who hadn’t been involved with the Equalists, but no names immediately came to mind.
The fact that there were new leaders left her feeling empty. Future Industries had been her father’s company. He had poured his heart and soul into building it. Asami had worked so hard to keep the company afloat in recent months, to keep her father’s legacy alive. And now, that legacy had fallen into a group of strangers’ hands, with no telling which direction they’d take the company in.
But maybe that wasn’t such a bad thing? She had thought Future Industries lost the moment her involvement with the Equalists had come to light, but perhaps now the company could live on through these new leaders. And maybe the non-Equalist employees would be able to keep their jobs.
Though Asami’s eyes remained dry, her throat constricted like she was going to cry. It was silly to mourn this loss. Even if the Equalists had succeeded in conquering Republic City, Yasuko would have likely dissolved the company to become one of the leaders of Amon’s regime.
Still, Asami felt like there was something more she could have done to save her father’s company. Found some way of keeping the Future Industries name away from her Equalist associations.
But there was little point in dwelling on the matter now. If she wanted to restore the Sato name to good standing, then she needed atone for her mistakes. For now that meant serving out her time in prison. She would face whatever the future brought when it came.
Notes:
Hey everyone, sorry for the late update. NaNoWriMo and the holidays conspired to leave us very little free time. So consider this our holiday gift to you. We will get the next chapter up sometime in January while we work out a schedule we can maintain. Happy Holidays!
Chapter 20: Imprisoned
Summary:
Asami is surprised by some unexpected visitors to her cell, as well as the dangers revealed by their presence. Meanwhile, the Red Lotus decides to change tracks in how they're handling Korra's absence.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter 20: Imprisoned
(but not inaccessible)
Jinora didn’t know the specifics of how her father was helping to restore order to Republic City, but she could see the effects his efforts had on him, personally. He missed family breakfasts. He seemed tired all the time.
As much as she wanted to support Sakari and her mom in finding Avatar Korra, Jinora couldn’t help but feel bad as she tapped her father’s arm on his way out the door. He’d been gone before breakfast today, and had only dropped by to check in on Jinora’s mom and Rohan before heading back out.
As a consequence, he hadn’t run into Sakari or Senna, and didn’t seem to recall there was something they’d very much like to know.
“Um, Dad? I don’t suppose you got, um, any updates from Uncle Bumi? On the Asami question…?” Jinora trailed off as her father drew his eyebrows together.
“It went nowhere, of course.” He huffed. “Bumi told me that Ms. Sato, ‘doesn’t know any Equalists who look like that,’ which is not what we asked, of course.” He paused. “He also conveyed Ms. Sato’s express regret, saying that she is ‘extra sorry’ about the attack on Air Temple Island and the subsequent kidnapping of my family.”
Jinora frowned. “Nothing else that suggested she might know anything about the Avatar? I’ve been reading about priming questions, and if Uncle Bumi primed the question wrong with something about Equalists, then maybe she made the wrong connection...?”
Her father waved a hand as he started down the hallway and she followed beside him. “I doubt your uncle primed anything. If Ms. Sato can comprehend his ramblings, she’s welcome to them I suppose. He was barely able to give me his report in between complaining about how climbing the prison stairs to Asami’s cell makes his knees hurt and grumbling about having to walk all the way to the northwest corner or something.” Tenzin shook his head. “All nonsense.”
“I’m sure he tried his best,” Jinora suggested. “But… maybe it would be beneficial if someone else talked to her then, who isn’t Uncle Bumi?”
Her father paused outside to pet Oogi, who had been ferrying him back and forth from the mainland over the past few days. “I don’t think there’s very much point in pursuing the lead with Ms. Sato.” When Jinora opened her mouth to object, her father held up a finger. “Despite Sakari’s desperation, I think you’d be better served soothing your friend right now than indulging in long-shot hopes, Jinora.”
He whirled his arms and leapt lightly to the spot behind Oogi’s saddle. “I’ll be back later tonight for dinner. Hopefully.” He shook his head. “All this nonsense about elections is the biggest political headache since Tarrlok was appointed to the council.” At the man’s name, Tenzin sighed. “I could almost wish for Tarrlok’s… firm-handed style of leadership right now,” he mused.
Before he could tug the reins, Jinora spun the air around her and leapt lightly onto one of Oogi’s horns. “But Dad, what if Asami does know about Korra? We can’t just let this lead go.”
“Jinora, get down,” he said sternly. “I can’t tell you and your friends everything, but allow me to assure you: Ms. Sato was an extremely high-ranking Equalist. Her mother was second or third in command after Amon himself. Despite her recent change of heart, Asami Sato is no bender’s friend.” He softened a bit. “If you were the Avatar, would you go around befriending Equalists?”
Jinora heaved a sigh and hopped off Oogi’s horn. It was only after her father and Oogi were well in the sky that she crossed her arms.
“Yeah? Maybe I would?” she grumbled to the empty courtyard. “How else are things supposed to change?”
But, at the thought of a masked Equalist in front of her, Jinora shivered. She still had nightmares about the kidnapping, about seeing Sakari fall and not knowing if her friend was alive until masked captors tossed her damp, unconscious form into the cell with Jinora and her family.
Then, standing on the stage, the terrifying figure of Amon himself.
But, if she dreamed long enough, sometimes she’d make it to the moment the Avatar appeared, swathed in fire and light as she made the earth shake. The stage had flooded with her arrival. Missing, all of Jinora’s life, and then returned. Her reappearance felt as miraculous as Gran-gran wrote about the first moment she realized that Grandfather was the Avatar.
And Jinora had met her twice. Spoken with her. The older girl was patient and friendly to Ikki and Meelo. She hadn’t seemed especially bookish, but she was smart. She’d had a friendly smile, though maybe a bit guarded in hindsight. She’d been consistent with cover stories and had managed to be both genuine and careful. Showing up to Air Temple Island, alone, had to be daring. From what her father had said of the Red Lotus, that meant that Korra must have seen the island as full of enemies and danger. It hadn’t stopped her from asking Jinora questions about airbending or using the library.
It wasn’t much information to make a character sketch on, but even if Korra had known Asami was an Equalist as they were becoming friends, Jinora couldn’t see that stopping her.
If any bender was capable of befriending an Equalist, it would be the Avatar.
And if Asami Sato didn’t know Korra was the Avatar, Jinora was still pretty sure she’d remember her friend, ‘Naga,’ if they cued her to think of a water tribe girl with nicely muscled arms or something.
Now what they needed was a way to get another chance with Asami.
When Jinora wrangled Sakari, Mako, and Bolin together after breakfast, they were as frustrated as she was.
“I feel like there has to be more to the situation than that,” Mako muttered.
Bolin chuckled, but the smile didn’t quite reach his eyes. “What, you don’t want to spend another day wading through fake Korra’s in bad costumes? Their wigs are getting better now. I think some of them are repeats.”
Sakari huffed. “Now they are starting to make me angry,” she said. “The repeats must know there’s no point in showing up anymore. Word has to have spread by now that we basically know what Korra looks like. Why show up and waste our time like this?”
“Probably because we feed them,” Jinora admitted. “When we get a boat-load, it takes time to process them. Due to Air Nomad custom, we can’t let guests go hungry, and a lot of them seem to be showing up hungry.”
Mako sat back against the wall of the small meditation room they’d managed to snag. Even with Tenzin off the island, Senna picked up enough parental slack that it was getting harder to find solitary spots where they could talk alone.
“That and there are guards here. Guaranteed safety,” he mused. “As long as we keep letting them on the boat, there’s no reason not to try and make a go at being fake Korra, I guess.”
Sakari crossed her arms. “There is for me.”
Jinora rubbed her friend’s back for a bit. “We can’t let go of the lead with Asami Sato,” she said. “The more I think about it, the more I’m convinced she knows something.”
“We could try calling Chief Beifong ourselves,” Bolin said. “I’m actually a super huge fan of her mother. Maybe some Toph Trivia would open her up a bit.”
Jinora winced. “Based on what I know, I don’t think that’s a good idea.”
“Then we talk to her directly!” Sakari said. “Demand answers! Cut out the middleman. If Tenzin and Bumi and Chief Beifong are just going to mess up our questions, let’s cut them out of the equation.”
“No good,” Mako said. “They won’t let us off the island, and unless Commander Bumi is willing to bust Asami out and dress her up in a Korra costume, I kind of doubt the notorious Equalist is getting let onto the island.”
Sakari sat forward abruptly. “They’re not the only ones who can wear costumes!” She whirled and pointed at Mako and Bolin. “You two have been doing White Lotus guard shifts. That means you have uniforms. Jinora and I are small. We can hide or something. We ignore the ferry; Naga can carry us across the bay in combination with some waterbending! They won’t even know we’re gone here on Air Temple Island. It’s perfect!”
“So… what are we doing, exactly, once we make it to the mainland…?” Jinora trailed off. She could feel her face pulling into a grimace.
A pit dropped through her stomach as Sakari turned and grinned. “We sneak into the prison and talk to Asami ourselves, of course.”
* * *
P’li returned to the apartment as Ming-Hua and Ghazan were in the middle of a drill. Ghazan held ‘pads’ of loosely packed dirt with his bending, moving a set of six in a rotating pattern as Ming-Hua rotated and whirled, striking at each one
Zaheer glanced up as P’li slipped through the door, but said nothing until Ming-Hua had finished a complex series of kicks. It was the first time she’d settled on both feet since P’li had entered.
“You’re back early,” he remarked.
Ming-Hua and Ghazan glanced over, looking pleased. “You can have dinner with us for once,” Ming-Hua said.
“I’m not sure you can call a meal this late ‘dinner’ still.” She smiled. “That was a very impressive routine, by the way. I haven’t been able to see you practice in a while.” Not that Ming-Hua had ever been careless or clumsy in her movements—quite the opposite—but the progress she’d made since returning to combat training was astounding. If P’li were to judge, her friend had finally matched her competency prior to losing her bending. Maybe even above. P’li couldn’t recall Ming-Hua ever needing to kick that fast or high before, so she couldn’t say whether or not these skills were an improvement on her previous capabilities.
Ming-Hua just shrugged. “If I’m too still, this loss hurts too much to breathe. But… when I am in motion, I can feel the water. I may not be able to bend, but the water has not left me in my bones and in my movements.”
P’li smiled. “I’m glad for you,” she said.
For the next few minutes as they sat down to dinner, everything felt exceptionally… normal. Almost too normal, without Korra there. Briefly, P’li wondered if the four of them would be all that different, if they hadn’t succeeding in kidnapping her. Sitting at the table, just the four of them, felt nostalgic and new.
And tense. The jokes did not fly as easily. Ming-Hua and Ghazan sat closer so he could feed her. They seemed more wrapped up in one another than usual, but not necessarily in a romantic way.
Beside her, Zaheer seemed to exude a barrier. Though tensions between him and Ghazan had abated, P’li couldn’t say for certain that everything was alright between the three of her friends.
She glanced at the spot Korra normally sat. P’li did not particularly miss the girl’s company, but it still felt odd without her. It was a different sort of status quo, eating with their adopted Avatar. Did it feel normal to Korra, P’li wondered, eating dinner with the family she was staying with?
After a couple minutes of eating and light conversation, Zaheer caught her eye. “Status update?”
P’li nodded. “Everything is about the same as before. Korra seems to have relatively consistent habits. The only reason I’m here early tonight is that she went to bed a bit early.”
“No activity between her and the ‘spirit guardians’ or whatever?” Ghazan asked. At P’li’s last report, Zaheer had insisted Ghazan stop referring to them as the ‘masked wannabes.’
“They aren’t taking that building down for another couple days, and Korra hasn’t been patrolling with them.” P’li shrugged. “She wasn’t the one who pushed the invitation either. I suspect she isn’t planning to leverage the group for any particular purpose.”
Zaheer closed his eyes and sighed, a brief and harsh sound. “Then why is she staying there? What advantage does it give her? What purpose does this family serve?”
“You’re asking the wrong questions,” Ming-Hua said. “Consider Korra’s background. Raised on the run by four anarchist outlaws. The conflict with Amon was clearly traumatizing.” At this part, her words turned briefly icy. “We don’t know how she met this family, but in a vulnerable state, simple kindness could be all it took to win Korra over. Also consider the cultural impact. From P’li’s descriptions, they sound like a mixed Water Tribe family.”
“Confirmed, today,” P’li added quietly. “One of the moms is. I overheard a comment one of the kids made.”
“Exactly.” Ming-Hua sat back, but Ghazan and Zaheer were both looking at her a bit blankly.
“She hasn’t reached out to her sister at all,” P’li said. “But that doesn’t mean a close call with family wouldn’t stir some feelings about culture and home. A Water Tribe family would provide the background we have not.”
Zaheer shook his head. “She’s had Ming-Hua here her whole life. The four of us are… culturally representative, in a way. Korra’s traveled the world. I would hardly call that a lack of culture.”
“I’m hardly the most representative sample of any waterbending tribe,” Ming-Hua remarked drily. “And that aside, I don’t really cook.”
Zaheer’s frown deepened. He opened his mouth to say something else on the topic, only for Ghazan to cut in first.
“Okay so she’s staying with them because she’s… homesick. Or something like it. She could be staying with them because it was the first roof she found a bed under.” Ghazan sighed. “We don’t need to analyze her to death from afar, Zaheer.”
A cool silence fell over the table and P’li took a sip of her tea.
“Nothing of note happened today,” she said at length, taking care not to meet anyone’s eyes. “She walked the kids to school, helped out at the house, walked them back. Made dinner and dozed off on the porch before going inside to go to bed.” P’li carefully swept her gaze around the table, to each of her comrades in turn. “Now what? Do I just keep watching? Make sure she doesn’t disappear?”
“Are there opportunities to approach her when she’s alone?” Ghazan asked.
P’li considered a moment. “There are. It could be arranged.”
“Then let’s stop trying to guess and ask her,” he said. “Talk to her and figure out why she hasn’t come back to us yet. Fix whatever that issue is, and ditch this city before the lockdown tightens any worse.”
“No,” Zaheer said. “We still have time. We need to wait.”
Ming-Hua sighed. “And what if she doesn’t conveniently come to all the predestined spiritual benchmarks on your schedule, Zaheer? What do we do then? Harmonic Convergence isn’t far off.”
His mouth firmed into a line. “It’s critical that she’s in the correct frame of mind when we go, otherwise we’ve wasted over a decade of our time.”
At that, Ghazan’s eyebrows snapped together. P’li held up a hand before he could respond. “Then let’s set a deadline and take a small step in the meantime,” she interjected. “I can approach Korra and speak with her briefly. Remind her of her Avatar duties and the timeline we’re keeping. A direct conversation will fill us in on her mindset better than speculation. From there, we can decide what steps we want to take.”
“She has ten days,” Zaheer said. “You’ll need to get to her as soon as possible if we are to change our course in any meaningful way.”
“I can do that,” P’li said. She glanced at Ghazan and Ming-Hua. “Your thoughts?”
The two of them exchanged a meaningful look. Ghazan shrugged. “Sounds as good as any other plan,” he said.
Ming-Hua pursed her lips. “I… think it would be best if someone other than you spoke to Korra. You are… the least close with her, out of the four of us. But you also know the streets at this point and you know her schedule... We’re on a time crunch so it doesn’t make any sense for anyone else to go…” She trailed off a bit, frowning.
P’li wondered if Ming-Hua wanted to talk to Korra for Korra’s sake or for her own. Ming-Hua herself might not know. Summoning a smile, P’li replied, “I’m a poor substitute for you, my friend, but I’ll do my best.” If the two of them weren’t so conspicuous, P’li would have suggested she just take Ming-Hua with her to handle the conversation. But drills were different than a mission, and just because Ming-Hua could kick a head taller than her height didn’t mean she was ready to be jumping rooftop to rooftop. “If her schedule holds, I’ll be able to snag her aside for a conversation tomorrow.”
Zaheer smiled. He seemed tired. “It will have to do.”
* * *
Sneaking out of the house was the easy part. Korra feigned early exhaustion, ‘went to bed’ in her attic space, and changed into her mended stealth clothes before clambering through the rafters to the other side of the house. While repairing a drafty corner for Anyu and Jia, she’d discovered a small hinged door under the roof’s eaves. Korra had, of course, oiled the hinges while she was there. Some previous occupant had probably used it to hang a lantern on the hook just outside, but Anyu and Jia didn’t seem to be aware it existed.
Within a minute or two, Korra was out of the house and halfway down the block.
Navigating her way to the prison was the weird part. She brought her Blue Spirit mask and slipped it on once she was a few roofs away from the house. On her way out of the Dragon Flats Borough, she was mostly successful in ducking patrols of other masked figures. The one exception was a patrol from a different neighborhood that apparently made a habit of watching the bridges into the city center.
Korra awkwardly waved a bit as she jogged up. To her surprise, the gathered masked vigilantes just waved back.
“What neighborhood are you from?” the tallest called out.
“What’s your mission tonight?” another called.
“Dragon Flats.” Korra coughed a bit and tried to pitch her voice a bit lower. “I heard a lead yesterday and have a… meeting with an Equalist I know of,” she said. “Hoping to clear ‘em out of the city.”
It was, strictly speaking, not false.
“You need any backup?” another masked face called, punching a fist into her palm.
“Uh, nah, it’s just the one, and she’s not expecting me. Plus, uh, I’m meeting up with another ally.”
The group saluted. “Good guarding,” the first one called as Korra crossed the bridge. “May the Avatar be with you!”
Korra saluted back and nodded. Under her breath, she muttered, “Pretty sure I’m covered on that front.”
She made it the rest of the way to the prison without incident.
The hard part was getting to Asami’s cell. Korra had plied Akio with as many questions as she dared, trying to glean what information she could about the prison’s layout. As one of the neighborhood’s Guardian Spirit coordinators, he’d been receiving updates and intelligence regarding the prison raid certain factions were planning. He still wasn’t a supporter, but he kept himself in the loop and furnished Korra with a few useful facts.
What Korra could confirm was that Equalist prisoners and bending prisoners were being kept separate. Non-Equalist non-benders were mixed with both groups. And from everything they’d heard, ‘the Sato defector’ wasn’t being held with either group. Which made sense, considering significant chunks of both demographics would probably love to tear her apart.
Korra circled the prison complex and decided to sneak into the service entrance. Least guarded, and likely unpopulated. Nobody would be working in the kitchen until early morning, when it was time to prep breakfast. Her blood pounded in her veins as she slipped behind the guards from above. Never, in all her Red Lotus missions, had she attempted a break in with so little preparation. Zaheer made plans upon plans, with backups in case any of those failed. Keeping the core mission in mind, he always ensured that each step furthered the main mission in some way.
Once she made it into the kitchen, Korra just looked around for a fire code map. The guards probably didn’t keep copies where prisoners could see them, but the kitchen staff would consider that sort of thing a top priority.
And, sure enough, she found one by a door. Flipping through the diagrams and arrows, she could see only blocks and blocks of regular cells. No ‘special prisoner area’ marked. But… there. Her eyes narrowed at an oddly marked room on the fourth floor, where the layout was a bit odd, and a hallway came to a random dead end by the northwest corner. Beside the dead end was a large room, marked ‘select,’ with no other description. It was as good a hunch as any.
A set of patrolling footsteps sounded down one hall. Korra slipped the fire code map off its hook and slipped down a different hallway, toward the stairs. She was pleasantly surprised to find most of the way there unguarded; the prison’s guards were spread fairly thin.
An even more pleasant surprise was the ‘select’ room at the end of the fourth floor hallway. It looked more like a luxury hotel suite than a prison cell, if you ignored the wall of bars that set it apart from the hallway. And, looking well-suited in the opulent interior, Asami sat hunched over an ornate desk, sketching something on a piece of paper.
Clearly, the luck of the Avatar was with her tonight. Right on the first guess.
Korra slipped off her mask and tugged at her hair a moment as she approached the cell and shifted her footsteps from silent to audible.
At the change in sound, Asami set down her pencil and turned, eyes narrowed at the darkened hallway. Korra was glad to see that prison hadn’t dulled her friend’s awareness. They would both need to be at the top of their game to get Asami out of here without alerting the guards.
“Hey, Asami,” she said, waving slightly as she stepped into the halo of light cast by Asami’s desk lamp.
Asami, who had just started to stand up, fell back into the chair with a thump. “Korra?!” Despite her alarm, Asami managed to strangle her voice on the second syllable, quieting her voice. “Is that really you?”
A smile tugged at the corners of Korra’s lips. “The very same,” she said, idly brushing a fingertip over the lock to Asami’s cell. She’d made a set of makeshift picks, but it was a fairly sturdy design. She might just need to use waterbending to help break it.
“What are you doing here?” Asami hurried over to the door and seized Korra’s hands through the bars.
Immediately, Korra’s attention was arrested by the feeling of Asami’s hands in hers. Without thinking, she twisted her grip so she was holding Asami’s hands too. Something in her chest ached, and she wished the circumstances were different. She shook her head to dispel the distraction, although she didn’t let go. “I’m breaking you out. It’s not safe for you here,” she said. “There’s a prison raid being planned. Benders who want to take revenge on the Equalists in prison. Judgements on you and your motivations vary wildly, and I can’t guarantee the ‘former’ on your Equalist status will keep you safe.”
Distress, fear, and anger flashed across Asami’s face. Korra watched her friend’s green eyes shine in the low light before closing. Asami’s hands tightened on hers. “You broke in here to rescue me? Just because you thought I might be in danger?”
Korra had been planning on letting go. They could talk while she opened the lock. But she couldn’t bring herself to release her friend’s hands. “Well… yeah,” she said. The words were small and underwhelming in the large room. Maybe they weren’t actually good enough friends for it to be okay to break Asami out of prison. Maybe Asami had been planning on having someone else break her out and Korra was messing up the plan.
Asami slipped her hand out of Korra’s grip and seized a fistful of Korra’s sleeve, yanking her close. She pulled Korra as close as possible, wrapping her arms around Korra’s shoulders in a hug through the bars. After a breath, Korra allowed her body to relax into the embrace, as much as was possible. She reached through and held Asami around the waist.
“Thank you,” Asami whispered against Korra’s hair. “You… I don’t understand why… but you came back.”
Korra smiled up. “Of course I did. We promised, remember?”
Asami pulled back slightly, although she didn’t let go of Korra entirely. A note of conflict crossed her face and she furrowed her eyebrows. “Thank you so much, Korra… but I’m sorry. I… I can’t go with you.”
“What?” Korra blinked and let go of Asami’s waist. “But… why not? I can get you out of this cell. I swear I can, and—“
“No, it’s not that!” Asami ran a hand through her hair, which was a little less shiny than Korra was used to. “It’s… it’s complicated. I chose to be here.”
Korra opened her mouth, but no words came out. “You… what?” She took Asami’s other hand in her own and tugged so they could both sit down, kneeling on opposite sides of the bars. “Why would you do that? I read that you had defected from the Equalists. You’re a hero to half the city! What do you mean you chose prison?”
Asami sighed as she slumped to the ground. “Because I’m trying to do the right thing for once. Reaching out to the United Forces was just the beginning. Preventing the attack saved a lot of lives…” Asami trailed off a moment, and her eyes seemed to be looking far away. After a beat, she continued, “but my inventions and time spent with the Equalists have hurt a lot of people. My mother and Liu got away, and that’s not right either. But I can make the right choice. I can take responsibility for my actions and for our family.” She pursed her lips, then met Korra’s eyes steadily, ready for her to argue.
And Korra most certainly wanted to argue, but she wasn’t sure where to start. Freedom was the goal. The Red Lotus worshipped at the altar of freedom, if they worshipped anything at all. Freedom to live, to love, to fight and be free of imposed authorities.
“I don’t understand,” Korra said, holding Asami’s hands tighter. “You can do so much more good outside of this place. You’re brilliant, Asami. Sitting in prison, in however nice a cell, is a waste of your talents. If you want to make up for what you’ve done and make it right, whatever that means to you, then come with me and make inventions to set the world right again.”
She smiled, but Asami didn’t return the gesture. Instead, Asami took a hand out of Korra’s grasp and laid it over both their hands. “I’m inventing here, right now. On paper, at least,” she said. “And maybe someday I’ll earn the right to make my ideas real and touch the world again. But… this is my choice.” Her gaze drifted over to the desk, and Korra noticed there was a half of a handcuff sitting there, just to the side of Asami’s paper and pencil.
Korra swallowed hard. “I… still don’t understand. But… I can respect that you’ve made a choice.” Her lips twitched into a frown. “I understand that a little better lately. Making choices that people may not like so much. If this is what you’ve decided, I won’t fight you on it.”
Some tension dropped from Asami’s face. “Thank you for that,” she said. The defensiveness in her voice faded.
“Just… please be safe?” Korra cast a glance around. “It wasn’t all that difficult, getting in here to see you. And the threats are real. If you’re set on staying here, please take some precautions? Maybe pass on a warning or something?”
Asami nodded. “I can do that. I’m here on my principles, but I would really rather not end up dying here on them.”
A dark silence passed between them. The light from the desk flickered a little, and Korra’s stomach clenched as she remembered the secrets that still lay between them. If the worst came to pass, did she want to leave her one friend here in the dark?
“Asami, I’m so sorry—“
“Korra, I need to apologize—“
They looked up and blinked at each other. Before Asami could continue, and Korra lost her courage, she plowed ahead. “When we talked last, I told you my real name, and we talked about me being a bender, but, um, I wasn’t entirely forthright.” She winced as Asami’s eyebrows snapped together at the mention of that conversation. “I didn’t lie to you, but I didn’t tell you the whole truth either, about who I am.” Korra swallowed a lump in her throat. It took all her energy to meet Asami’s eyes as she said, “I’m the missing Avatar.”
Asami’s expression twitched, and her pursed lips actually seemed to curl up at one corner. “I knew that,” she said, “but thank you for telling me.”
“Wait you what?” Korra’s grip tightened around Asami’s hands. “Since when?”
“After that conversation, I was reading a paper. It mentioned the missing Avatar’s name was ‘Korra’ and I started putting together the clues.”
Korra’s eyebrows jumped towards her hairline. “The clues?” Zaheer would be furious. She wasn’t supposed to be leaving ‘clues’ around for this. But, then again, she wasn’t supposed to have made a friend like this either. Maybe the fault started there, but… if Asami knew, who else knew?
Asami shrugged. “Small bits and pieces here and there…” she trailed off and sighed. “And… I have an apology for you too.” She chewed on her lip for a moment. “It makes sense now, why you were so out of sorts after we found out that Sakari was your sister, after the pro-bending match we saw together. And I need the apologize to you, because… afterwards, I revealed to the Equalists that Sakari was the Avatar’s sister.”
Korra’s throat tightened. “Is that how the newspapers found out?”
Asami nodded. She couldn’t meet Korra’s eyes. “It’s complicated. There… there was a lot going on with the Equalists at the time. But I know that’s no excuse. I tried to take it back and fix it somehow, but… my actions directly put her in danger and I don’t have an excuse for it. I’m so sorry. I never wanted to see her hurt.”
For a moment, Korra was back at the pro-bending arena. Amon’s footsteps clicked in the puddles on the damp floor as he walked toward Sakari, whose mute, terrified gaze had locked on Korra’s mask with wide eyes.
Korra closed her eyes and dispelled the memory. Sakari was safe now. Reduced to posting newspaper articles begging Korra to come back, but safe. Korra… would figure out what to do about her later.
She opened her eyes and took a deep breath. Asami had bowed her head and was looking at the floor with a dark expression. Gently, Korra tugged her hand from Asami’s hold. She reached out and lifted Asami’s chin a little, just enough to meet her eyes.
“It’s okay,” she said. “It’s complicated, but I believe that you didn’t mean her danger.
Asami nodded. After a beat, she took the hand Korra had on her chin and pressed Korra’s palm to her cheek, leaning into the touch.
Korra brushed her thumb gently along Asami’s cheek as they sat in silence together. Did Asami get visitors? How long had it been since she’d experienced a soft human touch?
“What have you been doing?” Asami asked after a long pause. She didn’t quite meet Korra’s eyes as she continued to hold Korra’s hand to her cheek. “I read the papers every day, but there hasn’t been a hint of you.”
Korra sighed. “As intended, I promise you. I… I’m not sure how much Avatar history you’ve picked up on in the meantime. I was liberated as a child by a group known as the Red Lotus, who have raised me since then.”
“Hm, ‘liberated,’ gotcha. So… your ‘Uncle Naghaz,’ would be one of them?”
Korra smiled slightly. “Themed aliases are the best aliases,” she said. “But… I’m not really with them at the moment. I’m sort of doing my own thing right now, I guess.” She frowned. “I have some stuff I need to figure out before I go back.”
Asami closed her eyes and exhaled a brief chuckle. “I can’t tell you what to do in this particular situation, but… I do know a thing or two about splitting with an ideological group you’ve aligned with since childhood.” She met Korra’s eyes with a wry smile.
“Do you? Well… I’m definitely open to some consulting.” Korra flicked her eyes around the setting. “But I’m not sure I want your advice if this is where it’ll take me.”
Asami laughed. “Doesn’t it kind of sound nice though? Imprisonment as its own escape. They couldn’t put the Avatar in with the rest of the prisoners, so maybe Chief Beifong would just put you in with me.”
Korra regarded the opulent cell speculatively. “You think there’s room for us both in there? I know you’re used to a big fancy mansion; I wouldn’t want to impose.”
“I think we’d manage,” Asami said, a little softer. She sighed and turned her face against Korra’s palm, just breathing against her skin for a moment. Then she pulled Korra’s hand from her face and laid it back in Korra’s lap. “Thank you for coming here,” she said. “For not forgetting about me.” She hesitated. “When I found out you were the Avatar, I was angry and frustrated and then the Equalists invaded and I didn’t have any time to think about it. And then I was in prison and had too much time to think about it and read the papers.” Asami paused for a long moment, but Korra didn’t interrupt. Eventually, she continued, “I didn’t think you were coming back. Thank you.”
Korra’s eyebrows drew together. “Of course, Asami. I… I know it’s been complicated. I haven’t been the most open with you, but that doesn’t mean I didn’t really, deeply and truly care about our friendship.” She chuckled and reached out to hold Asami’s hands again. “As strange as it’s been.”
Asami glanced down at their hands, then looked up with a soft smile. “The missing Avatar and a traitorous Equalist. We’re a pair.”
“No, but you’ve actually helped me a lot!” Korra sat up. How could she have forgotten? “I… I’m working on a method to reverse Amon’s way of de-bending people. He was using bloodbending, and I can’t do that, but I might be able to solve the problem from the other end, if that makes sense.” Asami looked a little confused, so Korra added, “On the spirit side of things. The Avatar is supposed to be able to do ‘energybending’ and Aang used it a couple times to strip people of their bending. It only makes sense that I’d be able to give it back.”
Asami’s eyebrows jumped up. “That… that would be incredible, Korra. But… what does that have to do with me? I don’t think I’ve helped you with that in any way.”
Ducking her head, Korra smiled lopsidedly. “But you did. The chi-blocking lesson you gave me was an excellent chakra primer. I’ve been building off of that.” Korra blinked and leaned in. “I don’t suppose you’d know anything about Amon’s choice of hand placement or the chakras he might have been affecting?”
Asami pursed her lips. “Not much, but he offered some modifications to the Equalists’ chi-blocking methods, which had been imported by other members. Hm. Turn around real quick.”
It occurred to Korra, as she twisted around, that if this was some sort of long-form plot to kill her, she would end up dying with a fresh blush on her face as Asami’s fingertips touched the back of her neck. That would be embarrassing.
“Traditional chi-blocking didn’t usually go this high up the spine,” Asami said, fitting her fingertips against a spot just above the base of Korra’s neck. She poked and prodded for a moment before settling on one particular place. “Amon introduced a new method pretty quickly that involved a precision strike here.”
“Hmm.” Korra’s mind was racing, distracting her from paying proper attention to the feeling of Asami’s hand on her shoulder. “I think I can figure something out from that. I’ll have to consult Aang’s scroll again.” She sighed and reluctantly pulled away and turned back around. “I… I think I have to go now.”
Asami nodded. Their hands found one another’s through the bars as they stood up. “Will you be safe?” She didn’t specify if she meant on the way out, or in general.
Korra nodded anyway. “Don’t worry about me.” She paused. “You won’t say anything about me being the Avatar to anyone, right?”
“Of course not. I promise I won’t.” Asami rolled her eyes. “I haven’t said anything about it yet. Don’t know why I’d start now.”
“Okay that’s fair. Thank you, by the way...” Korra rubbed her neck. She didn’t want to leave, but time was definitely up. She’d have to get all the way across the city again and then sneak back into the house. She blinked. “Okay I know it’s a long shot, but… if you need to reach me for some reason, or you get out or something happens, you can find me in the Dragon Flats neighborhood. Look for the house off 56th street with the Water Tribe markings on the doorway.” Korra couldn’t resist a smile. “Ask for Naga.”
Asami blinked, then shook her head. “You couldn’t even come up with a new alias?”
“Nope. I was on the spot!”
“I wonder what the newspapers would pay for the Avatar’s address,” Asami mused. When Korra’s grip tightened in alarm, Asami laughed. “I would never,” she said. “But it’s an amusing thought.”
Korra shook her head. “You’re ridiculous.” She brushed her thumbs over Asami’s hands one more time, then forced herself to let go.
Their eyes met through the bars. Asami’s gaze darted down a moment, then away. “Goodbye, Korra,” she said.
Before she reached out and held Asami’s hands again, Korra stepped back and started a few paces down the hallway. Then she paused. “I won’t forget. I promise.”
Asami raised a hand in a silent goodbye.
Korra left before she found another excuse to linger.
* * *
Asami watched Korra’s retreating form until she turned down another hallway. After a moment, she returned to her desk. Though she tried to return her attention to the sketches she had been developing, the pencil marks blurred together on the page.
Korra had come back for her. Despite all of her work toward learning how to restore bending, she had risked a great deal just to break into prison and rescue Asami. Warmth suffused through Asami at the thought, and she hid her face in her hands.
When Korra had said that she was there to rescue Asami, the thought of freedom had been almost too tempting to resist. The image of them slipping out of Republic City to places Asami had never seen flickered through her mind, beckoning her from the monotony of prison life.
But she couldn’t live the rest of her life as a fugitive, refused to abandon her family name. She had left the fantasy slip away and forced herself to decline Korra’s offer.
Korra had looked so confused at her decision, but Asami imagined that a childhood among anarchists instilled a love of freedom in her. This Red Lotus group worried her. She didn’t know much about them, and Korra seemed to be on good terms with some of the members, but the fact that Korra thought of her kidnapping as a ‘liberation’ showed how deeply their ideology had been infused into her. But Korra was on her own now. Figuring out how to move on her own terms. Asami didn't know where that path would take her, but she was glad her friend was on it.
A dog barked outside, and its proximity to the prison set Asami on edge. Given how easily Korra had found her cell, she was probably located somewhere near the prison wall. And if what Korra said about those vigilantes was true…
Asami could feel her pulse pounding in neck. She forced herself to take a deep breath.
Based on Korra’s description, these bending vigilantes were a ragtag group with little formal training. Perhaps a few had extensive combat experience, but the majority would only have very basic skills. It was even less likely that they had the ability and resources to attack this prison. Not even the triads had staged a large-scale prison break.
This prison was filled with trained police officers and guards. They would easily be able to handle a group of masked Equalist-hating troublemakers.
Korra might have sneaked in, but she had been trained in stealth since she was a child. The odds of someone else breaking into the prison to target her…
“Come on, she has to be somewhere in the northwest corner, and she wasn’t on the floor below us. Let’s hurry.” A hushed voice carried down the hallway, jerking Asami from her thoughts. Something about the voice seemed familiar, but she couldn’t immediately place it.
How easy was it to break into this prison?
Several pairs of footsteps approached, and Asami rose, tension drawing her spine taut.
After a moment, the group of four came into view. The two young men wore the navy and white uniforms of the White Lotus, and Asami would have taken longer to recognize them if it wasn’t for the girl in water tribe clothing with them.
Her eyes widened, and a surprised noise escaped the back of her throat.
What on earth were the Fire Ferrets doing here?
Her thoughts immediately flew to Korra, but she pushed that thought aside. Why would the Fire Ferrets connect her with Korra when she was a known Equalist leader?
Still, it had to be more than a coincidence that Korra’s little sister showed up minutes after Korra had left.
The four of them regarded her in surprise for a moment, as if they hadn’t planned what would happen once they found her.
“Well, this is a cell,” Bolin muttered, eyes traveling over the ornate furnishings.
“I’m afraid it was the only one left open,” Asami responded, finding her voice.
Her words seemed to jerk the others into action. Sakari stepped forward, an uncertain smile on her face. “Hi, Asami. Not sure if you remember us, but—”
“I do,” Asami said. “Sakari, right? And Mako and Bolin.” She trailed off as her gaze flickered over to the other girl in their group. The girl looked a bit younger than Sakari, and wore a set of orange and yellow robes from Air Temple Island.
“I’m Jinora,” the girl said, giving a faint bow. “It is nice to meet you, Miss Sato.”
A pit dropped in Asami’s stomach. This was one of the airbender children the Equalists had kidnapped.
“Asami is fine.”
They stood in silence, and her four visitors exchanged a couple of glances.
“So this is probably a little weird for us to be showing up to visit you so late,” Sakari said. “But we kind of had some questions for you, if you don’t mind.”
“Okay,” Asami said after a second. She wasn’t exactly going anywhere.
“My Uncle Bumi visited you the other day,” Jinora said. “He had some questions about this girl we’re looking for. Except I think he misunderstood our questions.”
“And the drawing wasn’t that great,” Bolin mumbled.
“Yeah,” Sakari said before Asami could respond. “See, we’re looking for your friend Naga.”
It took all of Asami’s willpower not to react to the name. She swallowed. “Naga? Why?”
Her heart rate accelerated. Did they know who “Naga” really was? Or at least suspect? Why else would they be here? She hadn’t expected her promise to Korra to become relevant so quickly.
But if they were looking for Korra, how did they miss her? They were breaking into the same prison, going to the same cell. Korra had left only minutes ago. Surely they would have crossed paths.
“We have some questions for her,” Sakari said. “But we don’t really know where she might be. You two were, um, close friends, right?”
“We didn’t really hang out much,” Asami said. She had to keep her tone level, be as honest as possible without giving anything about Korra away. “The most time we spent together was watching the pro-bending matches together.” Also true, but unfortunate.
“But do you know where she lives?” Mako asked, crossing his arms. His expression wasn’t hostile, but it certainly couldn’t be called friendly. “Or where we might find her?”
“I’ve never been to where she lives,” Asami said. “And she might have been forced to move after the Equalist attacks.”
“Well, have you received any letters from her? If there was a return address…”
“I doubt Naga would want to implicate herself as an Equalist’s friend,” Asami said. “They do check any mail I receive, and I haven’t gotten a single letter from Naga.”
Mako sighed. He started to bring his right hand up to the bridge of his nose but aborted the motion before his gloved fingers could make contact.
Asami frowned. Why would Mako be wearing electrified gloves when he—
Oh.
One of the papers she had read mentioned the Fire Ferrets helping to free the airbenders while Korra fought Amon, but none of them had mentioned Mako losing his bending. She had assumed that they had all managed to escape from the Equalists relatively unscathed.
She doubted that Mako would appreciate any expressions of sympathy from her. She could only hope that Korra managed to find a way to restore people’s bending soon.
“Are you sure there’s nothing else you could tell us about Naga that might help us track her down?” Bolin asked. “Anything would be helpful.”
“I’m sorry,” Asami said. “I really don’t think I’ll be of much help in this matter.”
The four exchanged glances, clearly trying to decide what their next course of action would be.
Resolve steeled across Sakari’s face, and she walked up to the bars of Asami’s cell. “Please,” she said, a pleading edge infusing her voice. “We think Naga is actually my sister Korra, and I have no clue where she could be or if she’s okay.”
“Sakari, are you sure we should be telling her…?” Mako started to ask.
“We don’t have any other leads,” Sakari shot back. She fixed her gaze on Asami, desperation pooling in her blue eyes. “Please. Anything you could tell us would be helpful.”
Asami swallowed. So they had figured out who Korra was. She should act in confusion, deny any knowledge of Korra. Korra had asked her not to say anything, but would she have made an exception for her sister if she’d known Sakari was about to show up?
Sakari looked desperate for any news Asami could give her. She and Korra really did resemble each other, not just in looks but in their fear and worry for each other. Korra hadn’t given her any specific instructions regarding Sakari, had probably not anticipated Asami and Sakari speaking so soon, but surely she would want her sister to at least know she was safe. And if the Fire Ferrets had already figured out Korra’s identity…
Asami let out the breath she was holding. “Korra is safe at the moment,” she said.
It took a moment for her words to sink in. Surprise blossomed across Sakari’s face. “So you do know her! Have you heard from her recently?”
“Did she tell you anything about where she is?”
“When did you hear from her last?”
“You knew Naga was Korra?”
A barrage of questions followed, and it took Asami a moment to process everything. “I do know Korra, but I don’t know where she is currently.”
“When did you last hear from her?” Mako asked, repeating his earlier question.
Asami hesitated. If the Fire Ferrets knew that Korra had been here only minutes ago, they would probably rush out to search for her. She doubted that Korra wanted a family reunion this soon. But if the Fire Ferrets hadn’t run into Korra on their way in, then Korra was probably out of their range for tonight.
She took a deep breath. “This evening, right before the four of you arrived.”
Silence met her words. “What?” Sakari asked, voice cracking.
“Korra was here earlier to speak with me. I don’t know how you missed her. She left only minutes before you got here.”
“I guess that explains why Naga was acting up outside,” Bolin said after a moment.
Sakari made a frustrated noise and buried her face in her hands. “We were that close to her,” she muttered, a distressed edge to her tone.
“But if she just left, she can’t have gotten too far,” Jinora said.
“Yeah,” Bolin added. “We can go get Naga, and she should be able to track her down.”
“Unless she’s already halfway across the city,” Sakari muttered.
“Asami, did Korra tell you where she’s staying?” Mako asked.
“I can’t give you a specific address,” Asami said. “But… She’s doing, um, Avatar work. Trying to heal those who have been hurt the most.” It took all Asami’s concentration not to look at Mako’s electrified glove.
Her words seemed to brighten Sakari up, and determination blazed in the girl’s eyes. “Okay,” she said, slamming her first into her palm. “Then if we go find some place where a bunch of people have been hurt and have Naga sniff around, then we might find Korra.”
Mako didn’t seem to share her enthusiasm. “We’d have to be careful,” he said. “If Tenzin is right about the Red Lotus…”
“He’s right,” Jinora said. “From what Dad said, this group is really dangerous. We can’t just barge into a neighborhood we don’t know without taking precautions.”
Sakari’s face fell. “Right,” she muttered.
“But we finally have a lead.” Bolin put a hand on her shoulder and offered her a reassuring smile.
Sakari nodded. She turned her attention back to Asami. “Did Korra tell you anything about who she has been staying with?”
“Not really,” Asami said. She hadn’t even known the group’s name until Korra had mentioned it earlier. “I only know that she spent most of her childhood moving around from city to city.”
Her thoughts flashed briefly to the two members she had encountered. The waterbending woman who had been with Korra in Tarrlok’s mansion had been one of the most fearsome fighters that Asami had ever seen, and no doubt the other members of this group were equally skilled. Korra’s “Uncle Naghaz” had an easygoing manner about him, but Asami had sensed his alertness during their conversation at the pro-bending quarterfinals.
The Fire Ferrets were strong benders, but Asami didn’t want to see them encounter this group. She doubted Korra wanted Sakari and friends near the Red Lotus either.
“Listen, Sakari,” Asami began hesitantly. “I’m not sure Korra wants to be found right now as hard as that is to hear.”
Sakari’s face fell. Her lips pressed together tightly as if she was fighting back tears.
Asami took a deep breath. If she was going to have emotionally difficult conversations with the Fire Ferrets, she might as well come clean about her actions with the Equalists. “I’m sorry. For both this and—”
“Well,” a familiar, dry voice said from behind the Fire Ferrets. “I see that you couldn’t just work with Bumi to speak with Sato.”
The Fire Ferrets all started at the voice.
Lin Beifong stood, arms crossed, and studied the four of them. “Do I want to know how you made it this far into the prison without any of the guards detecting you?”
Mako recovered first. “Chief Beifong. We were just on our way—”
“Oh, I’m sure were just on your way outside,” Lin remarked. “And I will be more than happy to escort you back to Air Temple Island.”
Jinora winced. “You’re not going to tell my father, are you?”
“I am most certainly telling Tenzin about this.”
“Chief Beifong,” Asami began. “If I may—”
“Sato, I’ll deal with you later,” Lin said, her tone indicating that any further conversation was finished.
Asami could only watch as Lin herded the Fire Ferrets away. Sakari cast one last glance back at her, and Asami offered her a weak smile. Even if she hadn’t been able to give Sakari the answers she wanted, hopefully she had at least given her reassurance that Korra was all right for the moment.
Her thoughts flickered to Lin’s parting words. Had the chief been lingering in the shadows eavesdropping? Asami couldn’t say when Lin had first arrived, but she must have overheard part of their conversation. No doubt she would have more questions for Asami in the morning regardless of what the Fire Ferrets told her.
Asami sighed. She had cooperated with the police as much as she was able to, but she couldn’t give Lin any information on Korra.
Chief Beifong had been civil so far, but if she decided that Asami was being too uncooperative, her prison stay could go from luxury suite to something much more uncomfortable very quickly.
With another sigh, Asami switched off her desk lamp and lay down in the over-large bed. In the dark, she resisted the urge to wish she’d taken Korra up on the offer and left.
Notes:
Hey yo. This chapter was a bit delayed by some life circumstances. No, the fic is not on hiatus. No, it's not abandoned. Skye and I are here for the long haul, even if we're a bit behind schedule. Aiming for an update in early March :)
In the meantime, the best way to goad the next chapter along is comments and speculation because comments with thoughtful observations mean that Skye and I have to come together and talk about them, thus expediting chapter planning and writing. What do you think will happen next? Was there enough hand holding in this chapter? What exactly are the Red Lotus' Harmonic Convergence plans anyway?
Chapter 21: The Calling
Summary:
Lin confronts Asami following her late night visitors, and the conversation take an unexpected turn. Meanwhile, Air Temple Island contends with unexpected visitors and Korra encounters a familiar presence while assisting the Guardians in the Dragon Flats.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter 21: The Calling
(Meeting Scary Ladies)
Asami had expected Lin to arrive for their conversation first thing in the morning. Sleep had been fleeting as her mind had run through every possible outcome the interrogation could take.
Instead, a policewoman had brought her breakfast and a newspaper without any indication that Lin would stop by later. The officer had treated her with the same indifference Asami had come to expect of her interactions with the guards, so Asami could only assume that word of her late-night visitors had not spread.
Asami supposed that if she were in Lin’s position, she would not want the fact that the prison had been broken into twice, especially by a group of teenagers, to get around.
That was assuming that Lin knew about Korra’s break-in. Neither she nor the Fire Ferrets had been speaking very loudly, but their voices could have still carried down the hallway. Asami had no way of knowing exactly how much of the conversation Lin had overheard. She had been so preoccupied with keeping her knowledge of Korra’s exact whereabouts a secret from the four that she couldn’t say exactly when Lin had arrived.
Her mother would be disappointed in her. Asami had learned from a young age to be mindful of her surroundings and discreet with her conversations. After all, one never knew who could be eavesdropping in a crowd. Any topics that strayed too close to the Equalist agenda were saved for behind locked doors, not an open prison hallway.
Asami sighed and took a bite of her bland porridge. She would just have to wait for Lin’s confrontation to learn what the woman knew.
To pass the time, she turned her attention to the newspaper. Her eyes landed on the front page headline and her eyes widened slightly.
Republic City’s First Elections On Their Way
She scanned the article. Some of the newspapers had speculated that Republic City would add more elected positions following the Council’s disbandment in the wake of the Equalist attack. Still, she hadn’t really believed such a change in political structure would occur.
Her mother and the other early Equalists had been calling for a general election for years without any response from the Council.
There wasn’t much information concerning the elections beyond the confirmation that the Council would be replaced with an elected president and other various representatives. She turned the page and read through a few articles covering some of the first few candidates to step forward. Not many wanted to place themselves in the public’s view, but there were a few names already in circulation for the position of president. Asami recognized a few of the names from various Future Industries charity galas, and she was surprised to see that nearly half of the names belonged to nonbenders.
Asami’s gaze drifted to the broken handcuff resting next to the notebook on her desk. Had her mother heard the news about elections? Would she feel vindicated that, though the Equalist takeover had failed, Republic City was finally opening the government up to nonbending voices?
Somehow, given how far the movement had strayed from its original goals, Asami doubted that. No doubt her mother would still be furious at the announcement. Adamant that the Council was just trying to appease nonbenders without making any real promises for better representation. After all, it could be fairly easy to rig elections so that only benders won the highest positions and still give the impression of fairness.
Asami shook her head to clear those thoughts. There was no reason to suspect some kind of conspiracy on the Council’s part. She thought that she had broken free of the Equalist mindset, but it was so easy to fall back onto old thought patterns.
The rest of the newspaper held little interesting news. Repairs had begun on the Pro-bending Arena. Crime rates, while still high, had dropped significantly since the days following the Equalist attack. Future Industries was in the midst of sorting out its new management.
Asami quickly flipped the page. She did not need to dwell on that news right now.
The sound of measured footsteps broke her reverie, and Asami recognized Lin’s gait approaching. She set the newspaper to the side and waiting, hands folded in her lap.
Lin stepped into view a moment later, her impassive interrogation face on. “Sato,” she said by way of greeting.
“Chief Beifong,” Asami said, inclining her head slightly. “Good morning.”
Lin scowled a bit at that. Silence reigned for a moment before Lin spoke. “It seems that you had quite the eventful evening last night,” Lin said, crossing her arms. “I can promise you that you won’t be entertaining any more late-night guests for your stay here.”
Asami hoped so. As wonderful as it had been to see Korra again, she had not welcomed the news that Korra had brought. Hopefully last night’s break-ins would lead to an increase in security and deter any would-be vigilantes.
“Still, something must have driven the Fire Ferrets to speak with you well after visiting hours had finished,” Lin continued.
Asami’s breath hitched, and she forced her shoulders to stay relaxed. Until she knew how much of their conversation Lin had overheard, she would have to tread carefully.
“The Fire Ferrets had some questions for me,” Asami finally said when it became obvious that Lin was waiting on her to say something. “But I wasn’t really able to help them out.”
“What kind of questions?” Lin asked, arms crossed.
Did Lin already have the entire story from the Fire Ferrets? Or was she looking to Asami to fill her in on the details?
“They were looking for someone,” Asami said. “It was about the woman in the picture Bumi brought the other day. Since I couldn’t tell them much from the sketch, they were hoping I would be able to give them more information.”
“No one could give them information from that sketch,” Lin muttered. “So did they tell you more about the person in that drawing?”
“They gave me a bit of information,” Asami said. “But I still couldn’t tell them much about the woman.”
“Must be someone important if they’re breaking into a prison to find information on her,” Lin mused.
“I suppose,” Asami said. “But I really couldn’t tell them anything helpful.”
“I see,” Lin muttered, eyes narrowing as she studied Asami. “Well, even if their... excursion was fruitless, I appreciate the flaws they’ve revealed in our security.”
The way Lin bit out ‘appreciate,’ Asami was pretty sure whoever the chief had lectured this morning did not appreciate the lesson.
At the thoughts of security dangers, however, Asami took a deep breath. “There is something else you should know,” she said after a moment. “The Fire Ferrets were not my only visitors last night.”
“What!?” Shock passed over Lin’s expression before hardening into a glare.
So Lin had known nothing about Korra’s break-in. Asami felt bad about bringing it up now, but Lin needed to know about the cracks in the prison’s security. “I had a friend, non-Equalist, sneak into the prison to see me last night.”
If Korra was right about the vigilantes, then Asami did not want to find out by one reaching her cell.
“You’re telling me that someone infiltrated the prison just to have a friendly conversation with you?” Lin folded her arms across her chest.
“She, um,” has infiltrated a vigilante group. “... heard rumors about a group of vigilantes planning some kind of attack on Equalist prisoners,” Asami said. “So she was worried about my safety. Since I am also in that demographic.”
Lin just raised a brow at that. “And this friend of yours thought that you could do something useful with that information?” Lin paused, and her gaze flickered over the room. “Here?”
The cell’s decorations were opulent, but hardly protective, if a bender decided to attack her from beyond the bars. Asami swallowed. “She wanted me to flee with her.” Distantly, Asami remembered Korra’s previous offer to spirit her away, before the Equalist takeover. “She always did.”
“And yet you're still here.”
“Because I chose this sentence to atone for my crimes,” Asami said, meeting Lin’s gaze levelly. “If I ran away, all that would do is make me a fugitive for the rest of my life.”
Lin didn’t say anything for a moment, though there was something different in her gaze as she regarded Asami. “Some friend, huh. To come all the way here and warn you about a possible threat.” The chief’s features seemed a little less deeply etched, maybe contemplative.
Asami froze. She didn’t need Lin questioning who exactly this friend was. Or make the connection between her and the woman the Fire Ferrets had questioned her about. “I..was quite surprised to see her as well. It had been a while, you know, since she’s not an Equalist.” Asami cleared her throat. “And I have no clue how she made it inside to find me, but I am worried about the news she brought.”
“I’ll make sure that security is increased over the next few days,” Lin said. “You’re not the only one who wants to avoid a repeat of last night, allow me to assure you. As for these alleged vigilantes your girlfriend mentioned…”
“My what?” Asami gawked at Lin. Her face flushed crimson.
Lin snorted. “Please. Not many ‘friends’ would break into prison and offer to break a prisoner out to lead a life as fugitives together. And if she’s actually not an Equalist, which I’m not convinced of, she must like you an awful lot to overlook that blemish on your record.” Lin shifted her stance. “As for the news about a vigilante break-in, I wouldn’t worry about it too much. Planning an actual assault is very different from your girlfriend slipping in by herself.”
At the second ‘girlfriend’ mention, Asami sputtered and tried to interject. Lin just spoke right over her, “But in light of last night’s events, I will order in an increase in patrols and keep an eye on trouble in the streets.” Lin raised an eyebrow. “Satisfied?”
“Thank you,” Asami finally said.
“And since it doesn’t seem like I’ll be getting anything else out of you concerning the Fire Ferrets’ visit,” Lin said, sending a pointed look in Asami’s direction to show that she had noticed the vague responses, “then it looks like we’re finished for right now. Now come with me.”
Asami blinked as Lin unlocked her cell and slid the door open with a flick of her wrist. “Where are we going?” she asked warily.
“Bumi has a little project for you to work on, so you’ll have one of the workrooms to use.” Lin leveled a stern glare at her. “Both Bumi and Iroh swear that you won’t cause any trouble, but if you try to flee, you will be restrained.”
Asami knew better than to try to escape while under the police chief’s watchful eye.
Besides, if she had wanted to escape, she would have fled last night with Korra.
“I promise to behave,” she said, walking to the door. Though she tried to keep her pace even, a spark of excitement coursed through her. A workroom? After days of doing nothing but exercise or sketch down ideas, the thought of being allowed to physically construct something was a welcome change in pace.
They traveled down the hallway in silence. She followed behind Lin, keeping herself far enough to the side so that Lin would always see her in the corner of her gaze.
Lin’s continued distrust was to be expected, so Asami would just have to keep proving that her intentions were honest.
The route to the workroom thankfully avoided the main branch of cells, but it did pass by the interrogation room Asami had been brought to during her first day in prison. She kept a careful mental map of where they turned even though she doubted that she would be allowed to travel through the prison unattended.
Lin stopped in front of an unassuming door near the end of the hallway. “This will be your workroom for your stay here,” she said. “You will only be allowed to work under police supervision, and any tools or materials you come in contact with are to remain in this room. If you attempt to smuggle anything from this room, and my metalbenders will be able to sense if you try, your work privileges will be revoked. Are we clear?”
“Yes, ma’am,” Asami said. She had no intention of losing the chance to actually work on a project again.
“Good,” Lin said. She opened the door and motioned for Asami to enter.
Bumi was waiting inside, spring to his feet at the sight of her. “Tada!” he said, motioning to the contents of the room with a sweep of his arms. ‘What do you think? Probably not as fancy as what you had at Future Industries, but it gets the job done.”
The space wasn’t very large, probably only half the size of Asami’s luxury cell. But it had a workbench pressed against the left wall with a set of tools laid out on top. She was surprised to see her disruptor sitting next to the power tools. Two chairs rested by the workbench.
A policewoman sat on a chair in the back corner, though she shot to her feet at Lin’s arrival, standing at attention.
“Bumi will explain what the details of your job,” Lin said. “When your work hours for today are over, you will be escorted back to your cell.” She nodded in the direction of the other officer. “I repeat: any attempts to cause trouble will result in a loss of these privileges.”
“Come on, Lin,” Bumi said. “It’s Asami. She’s not going to cause any problems.”
“I wish to be clear on the rules from the beginning,” Lin said. “And I expect no funny business from you either. Just get this work started.” With that, she turned and exited the room.
“Ouch,” Bumi muttered. “What’s got her so cross today?”
Asami shrugged. She figured it was probably best not to mention last night’s break-ins with another officer present.
“Well, Lin’s always had her reasons,” Bumi said. “Here, take a seat.” He pulled out one of the chairs for her. “How have you been?”
“I’ve been as well as can be expected,” Asami said.
“Good to hear,” Bumi said. “Though I’m sure that you’ve been getting bored sitting in that cell all day.”
Asami couldn’t deny that.
“So, Iroh and I came up with a project for you,” he said, motioning to the disruptor on the table. “Iroh actually wanted to come speak with you himself, but he couldn’t find the time. I don’t know how he keeps up with his schedule.
“Anyways, our engineers have been trying to replicate your disruptor with limited success,” Bumi said. “They can get our versions to work, but there’s always some kind of bug that pops up.”
“So, we were hoping that you could jot down some more in-depth notes on how this disruptor is constructed,” Bumi said, motioning to a notebook and pencil on the workbench. “We’d also like some tips on how to streamline production, make it easier to replicate. I figured you’d probably find some ways to make improvements while working on the notes, so we arranged for Lin to give you a work space at the prison to help with this.”
Asami picked up the disruptor, turning the small device over in her hand. So the United Forces wanted improvements to the device’s design and functions. She couldn’t stop the grin that tugged at her lips. “So,” she said, picking up a screwdriver from the tool kit. It felt electric in her hand, as powerful as any of the gloves she’d created. “Where do you want me to start?”
* * *
“And furthermore! Mako, you are the oldest. You should have known better.”
Mako ducked his head further. “I understand, Pema.”
She shook her head again, swaying as she stood with Rohan. At least Mako’s dressing down was a relatively quiet one, since the baby was sleeping.
Bolin poked his head out from behind Mako’s shoulder. “Okay so… it was pretty dumb idea, Pema. We totally understand that. But… it wasn’t a failure. We learned, you know, stuff…” he trailed off as Pema leveled him with a steady glare.
“Success or not, the two of you took a suggestion from Sakari, who is thirteen, and snuck her into prison with Jinora, who is eleven.” Pema pinched the bridge of her nose, and some of tension drained from her face. “I love you two boys. You’ve done so much for my family, and for Sakari. You have such good hearts, and you’ve sacrificed so much…” Pema’s eyes flickered over Mako. He looked down. “And the team you two have with Sakari and Jinora is impressive. But you also have a responsibility to keep them in check when it’s too dangerous.”
Bolin opened his mouth and Pema held up a finger. “And yes you did learn something, I understand that. But was that gain worth the risk of sneaking off Air Temple Island and breaking into a prison full of angry Equalists?”
Bolin shut his mouth, for which Mako was grateful.
“We understand, Pema,” Mako said. “We will be more cautious in the future.”
“Thank you,” Pema said. She sighed. “Tenzin has a few stern words for you as well, and I’m sure Chief Beifong will take a moment later today to yell at somebody about all this. But Tenzin is very busy now getting the elections set up, and from what I understand, Chief Beifong is angrier at the idiots guarding her prison than the teenagers who snuck past them.” Pema’s lips twitched in a smile. “Small favors, I suppose.”
“That… is actually a huge relief.” Bolin heaved a sigh. “She’s so cool… but also terrifying. I thought I was going to pee myself for a second when she found us last night.”
“She’s… a scary lady, for sure,” Mako mumbled. Lin had chewed them out all the way down the stairs, then cut off all objections at the bottom with a harsh, ’Say nothing’ as she walked them past the guards. The Fire Ferrets had complied, absolutely.
Mako used to wonder, in his spare moments, if maybe he could join the Republic City police after a couple rounds in the pro-bending circuit. It didn’t seem likely after last night. He was pretty sure the chief would toss him out a window sooner than hire him.
Pema smiled thinly. “Well, she doesn’t scare me, if that’s any comfort.”
“It is, actually,” Bolin remarked. “Should I be afraid of you too then?”
Rohan stirred as Pema laughed and she cooed at him for a moment. “No, no. Of course not, Bolin.” She regarded them fondly for a moment.
But her smile began to slip after a few seconds, and Mako became acutely aware of the wrinkles forming at the corners of her eyes. She was only, what, 36? Somehow she seemed older than when he first arrived on the island.
“Republic City isn’t safe right now,” she said. It sounded more grieving than scolding. “Tenzin and I have been talking, and I thought you two ought to know… we’re thinking of sending the children away from Air Temple Island. I’d go along too with Rohan.”
Mako raised his eyebrows. “Where would they go?”
“The South Pole, with their Gran Gran.” Pema’s smile returned faintly. “There’s some problems down there too, some rogue spirits and other issues, but—“
“They’d be totally safe with Master Katara!” Bolin punched a hand into his fist, then realized he’d interrupted and wilted a bit. “Sorry, Pema,” he mumbled.
“No, you’re right.” Pema chuckled. “But… you should also know that Senna is considering taking the same opportunity to return with Sakari to the Southern Water Tribe.”
Mako and Bolin exchanged a look. Bolin winced.
“Sakari… is not gonna like that,” Mako pointed out. “Like… not one bit.”
“There’s still time to talk her around to it,” Pema said. “And, with Jinora along, she may protest less than she might have otherwise.” She waved a tired hand. “In any case, I only bring it up because I want you two to have time to think it over. When that boat comes to port, Mako and Bolin, the two of you will also have the option of getting on it.”
Bolin’s eyebrows shot up, and Mako was sure his face was no less shocked. “And leave Republic City?” he heard himself say.
“There are lots of employment opportunities for young ben—men. Young men, with wit and drive and a connection to the chieftain. With how you’ve cared for Sakari, I know Senna would do everything possible to set you up with some good opportunities.” She smiled kindly, which almost made up for the slip. “Just think about it,” she said. “And, please, don’t discuss this with Jinora or Sakari. I know the four of you are friends and a team, but Senna and I want to approach them about this together.”
Bolin was still frowning, and his raised eyebrows had drawn together. Mako’s face was feeling thankfully stiff, and he just nodded. “We can do that,” he said.
“Good, good.” Pema reached up and patted his shoulder. “We can talk more later. I’m going to go supervise Meelo and his tutor.”
“See ya later, Pema,” Bolin said.
“Bye…” Mako felt a chill in his gut. Employment opportunities for young benders? Maybe before. If it wasn’t for the Equalist crisis prompting their stay at Air Temple Island, he wasn’t sure how he’d be feeding Bolin. The power factory he normally worked at couldn’t hire him now. He flexed his hands and wondered if his circulation was getting worse. His fingertips felt cold.
“That was… quite the offer, huh.” Bolin started out the room and down the hall. Mako fell into step beside him automatically.
“We need to not talk about it with the girls for real, Bolin,” Mako said. “I know you’re bad at secrets, but Pema and Senna will tell them soon enough, okay?”
Bolin heaved a sigh. “I will do my absolute super duper best, Mako. But for real, what did you think about the offer?”
Mako pursed his lips. “Don’t want to talk about it right now, Bolin.” They’d gotten by their whole life, literally begged and scraped and scrapped to get where they were. They didn’t need to start relying on nepotism now. And there were probably plenty of opportunities for firebenders in the South Pole, and work for earthbenders too. Did they really need untrained non-benders with no cold tolerance? “We can figure it out later.”
Could he stand to live somewhere he felt colder, without that fire in his heart and flames at his fingertips when he needed them?
“Wait, Bolin? Psst! Bolin!”
They stopped. A voice that definitely wasn’t Mako’s sounded from a side door that Mako thought led to a closet.
Bolin shot him a confused look. “Okay so, is it just me, or did that door just whisper my name?”
Mako’s eyes narrowed, and he slipped on his electrified glove. “Let’s find out.” He reached for the door, but it slid open before he could grab it. A woman fell out, decked out in one of the laziest Korra costumes he’d seen yet. In an instant, she popped to her feet, notepad at her fingertips.
“Ah, the fabulous bending brothers! This is perfect.” She quickly uncapped her pen. “Jingfei of the Republic Enquirer. You boys were out of the public eye after the Equalist attack on the pro-bending arena, only to come sweeping back in spectacularly during Amon’s rally. Were you colluding with the Blue Spirit, or should I say, The Avatar, to free the airbender family?”
“I think that was a coincidence—“ Bolin started.
“So lucky then! But you two always have been, sweeping up into the pro-bending circuit as rookies and going all the way to finals!”
Mako put a hand on Bolin’s shoulder as he opened his mouth to say something else. “Don’t answer her, Bolin,” he said. Turning to the reporter, he scowled. “Remove yourself from the island. Now. You aren’t Korra, or even halfway trying to be.”
Before he could blink, the woman had closed in half a step from him. “Of course, of course, but how else to get the inside scoop.” She grabbed his gloved arm by the elbow and lifted the electrified weapon up for examination. “And it certainly seems like Amon took a hefty scoop out of your abilities, Mako. When exactly did you lose your bending? Eyewitnesses at Amon’s rally claimed you’d co-opted an Equalist glove, but nobody had pictures to prove it.”
Mako yanked his arm out of her grip, careful not to trigger the electricity as he did so, and stepped back. “Get out of here, lady! We’re not doing an interview.”
“Fascinating, fascinating.” She tapped her pen on her chin as she advanced after him, then scribbled a few notes. “Fire Ferrets never shy before, now refusing interview after Team Captain Mako loses firebending.”
Heat flushed his face, and Mako kept backing down the hall. But the reporter kept advancing after him, peppering him with a flurry of questions. “What will you do now that your pro-bending career is over? Is it true you faced Amon one-on-one? Was it terrifying to see him again on-stage when you were freeing the airbenders? You’ve been crashing on Air Temple Island for a while now, but what are your real plans? What are the next steps for a pro-bender who can’t bend?”
On his next step back, his foot met air. As he fell backwards, he distantly recalled that there was a small stair at the end of this hallway.
But before he could even begin to fall down it and maybe also fall mercifully unconscious, a whirling gust of wind caught him.
“Got you, Mako!” Jinora rushed up as she lowered him to his feet. Bolin seemed to materialize at his side to steady him.
Sakari strode right past them, fists balled up, and put herself between Mako and the reporter. She took in the Korra costume at a glance and scowled. “Identity verified. You’re not Korra. Obviously. Visitors aren’t permitted to be in this section of Air Temple Island. You’ve been rejected. Get back on the ferry.”
“Oh but Sakari!” The woman’s eyes seemed to light up even more. “Don’t you remember me? We did that interview after your first match with the Fire Ferrets.”
Sakari’s anger hiccuped as she hesitated. “Wait, we did?”
“Exactly! So somewhere in all this mess with the Equalist takeover, your teammate Mako losing his bending, and the pro-bending finals, you managed to find your sister! How did it feel, seeing her when she came to rescue you at the arena?”
“But we never did… an interview? After my first match?” Sakari said belatedly.
“And now this incredible hunt for the Avatar! An invitation of safety at Air Temple Island that has the whole city out in costume. Even me! But! Despite the mask, somehow you’ve proven able to identify who is and isn’t the real one. What’s the secret?”
Jinora moved in and interjected herself between Sakari and the reporter. “Getting rid of nasty impersonators like you, taking advantage of our charity,” she said, voice cold.
The reporter tried to duck around Jinora to get back at Sakari, but couldn’t outmaneuver the airbender. “Does this mean you saw under her mask, sometime in the fight with Amon? Did he take away her mask?”
Sakari recoiled, turning back toward Mako, and he could see her eyes flash with painful memories. Jinora said that sometimes she could hear Sakari mumble about nightmares in her sleep. Masks and a terrible hold that went down to the blood in her veins.
“That’s enough!” Bolin strode forward, and Mako could feel his footsteps reverberate through the dirt beneath him. In a single motion, he pulled a band of earth from the ground around them and wrapped it around the reporter from her shoulders to her knees. “I am escorting you from the island and you are not saying any more terrible things to my friends.” With another motion, he lifted her from the ground and began floating her in her earthen cuff away from the rest of them.
“You can’t do this! We have a free press!”
Jinora gave Sakari a quick hug, then jogged after Bolin. “Free press doesn’t mean you can show up and be a jerk. And we don’t have to answer your questions.” She nodded at Bolin. “I’ll go with you and make sure we get this whole situation explained.”
Still, the woman shouted questions back at Mako and Sakari until Bolin and Jinora finally escorted her around a corner and out of sight.
Mako took a deep breath and fought down a wave of anxiety that threatened to wash over him, wash him right off the island and into the bay. He counted in his mind as he inhaled and exhaled, reaching for the calm it used to bring him. Once, the exercise could also warm him from the inside out.
But he didn’t want to think about that. Only breathing.
A familiar form slumped beside him, pressing her back against his arm.
“You okay, Mako?”
Sakari sounded unimaginably tired and not-quite-okay herself.
He shrugged, careful not to jostle her as he did. “I can handle it,” he said. “We’ve faced down scarier people than that reporter.”
“I wish Naga was here to scare off that woman,” Sakari muttered. “She wouldn’t have been so nosy with a polar bear dog in her face.”
Mako managed a faint chuckle at that, though he didn’t really feel much humor. Since they had used Naga to sneak off of Air Temple Island, Naga had been grounded with babysitting Ikki.
Sakari was quiet for a minute. In a small voice, she said, “Part of me hoped, when Amon… when he died, that maybe all the benders would go back to normal.”
Mako flinched as if she’d struck him. The thought hadn’t occurred to him until now, but damn if it wouldn’t have been nice if it had. Unconsciously, he flexed his hands.
“That would have been the easiest thing, I guess,” he said.
“He was just a waterbender,” she mumbled. “How can you do something so terrible… with waterbending?” She reached out, stretching her fingers.
Mako wasn’t really sure what to say. A firebender had murdered his parents. Sometimes people do terrible things. And some people are benders.
“Maybe… it could be reversed?” Sakari sat forward and turned around, studying his expression.
He shook his head. “I saw one of the White Lotus healers after everything settled down. It’s not a wound that can be healed.”
And, although he knew it didn’t quite work like that, how was applying water supposed to restore the fire that had gone out inside of him?
Sakari’s expression hadn’t dropped, however. “That’s not what I mean.” She reached out a finger and poked his shoulder. “Whatever Amon did, he did with bloodbending. Kind of like turning your bending off from the inside or something.” She pulled her hand back and rocked back and forth a little. “What if waterbending could be used to flip the switch back on?”
Mako blinked. “But that… that would be bloodbending.” His expression caught up with him and he winced. “That’s illegal, Sakari.”
She chewed her lip and shrugged. “I’ve been thinking about it. And it can’t hurt to try. I’m only bloodbending if it works. And if it works, and I turn your bending back on, I don’t think anyone is going to care.”
There was something simultaneously correct and incorrect with her logic, but he couldn’t have said what exactly it was.
“Just let me try?” Sakari asked. “Just ten seconds poking at your neck.”
He crossed his arms. “Sakari, it’s broad daylight, and last night wasn’t a full moon. What in the world makes you think you can do this?”
She threw her hands up. “Nothing! Absolutely nothing.” A broken note entered her voice. “But it’s my fault you lost your bending—“
Mako scowled. “No it’s not—“
“—so I have to try. Just let me try, Mako? Please?”
He regarded her a long moment, then sighed. “Ten seconds.”
She popped to her feet in an instant. “Thank you, Mako.” A beat later, she was standing behind him, one hand resting on his neck.
He counted from ten. Then wondered if he’d counted fast and counted down again.
Nothing.
Not even a twinge.
He twisted around and grabbed her hand. “Help me up, would you?”
She wouldn’t meet his eyes as she leaned back, tugging him to his feet. “I’m too short to actually help you up, you know.”
He chuckled, and it sounded hollow, but he knew he had to try. “I know, but you should respect your elders.”
Sakari bit her lip again. “Mako, I’m sorry it didn’t—“
“BOAT! IN THE HARBOR!”
Jinora raced around a corner on an air scooter. Bolin looked winded as he sprinted after her a few seconds later, yelling, “WATER TRIBE BOAT! HERE!”
Sakari’s face went ashen. “What?!”
Jinora reached them as Bolin stopped to catch his breath. “We made sure that reporter was put on the next barge to Republic City,” she said. “We were on our way back when we saw boat with Water Tribe markings. It must have come into the bay from the other side of the island.”
“It’s docking! Right now!” Bolin added, between gasping breaths. He planted his palms on his knees. “A bunch of people were going down to meet it. Senna and Pema and some acolytes.”
“My dad is here?” Sakari’s voice had dropped an octave and into a whisper.
“If it’s any comfort, the group going down to meet the boat looked as surprised as we are,” Bolin added. “Pema actually gave Rohan to one of the acolytes and was sprinting after your mom when we saw them last.”
“I didn’t think he was going to be here for another few days, or a week or something,” Mako said, rubbing the back of his neck.
“He’s here now,” Sakari said, clutching at her sleeves.
Bolin swept forward, still a little sweaty, and set his hands on Sakari’s shoulders. “Hey kiddo, it’s gonna be okay.” He brushed his thumb back and forth. “In fact, even though I just hauled myself all the way up that hill, I think all four of us should turn around and march back down it.”
The suggestion, or maybe his body odor, was enough to jolt Sakari out of the ‘my dad is here’ loop. She wrinkled her nose at him. “Why should we do that?”
Bolin smiled, and for a moment Mako remembered where he’d always found his encouragement, when all seemed lost. Even when things were at their scariest or most desperate, his brother seemed to carry an enduring hope, a patch of steady earth, around with him.
“Because if we walk right up there. Or down there. We show that you’re not afraid. And you’re willing to stand and face whatever is there for you.”
Sakari’s eyebrows drew together. “But… I am afraid, Bolin.”
Jinora popped in at her shoulder. “Were things with your mom as bad as you were afraid they’d be?”
“Not… quite.” Sakari stood a little straighter. Both Bolin and Jinora opened their mouths to say something.
And then Sakari set her shoulders and was striding down toward the harbor, towing both Jinora and Bolin along. “C’mon let’s do this!”
Mako jogged to catch up and keep up, chuckling all the way. They were over halfway down by the time Sakari let go of Jinora’s hand enough for the girl to spin herself an air scooter.
As they got closer, however, something about the scene at the harbor didn’t seem quite right. There were plenty of burly water tribe guys, but none of them were standing anywhere near Senna, who was beside Pema with her arms crossed. Mako had never seen Sakari’s father, or even a picture, but none of the men seemed to carry any ornaments of rank to designate a chieftain. The only person standing apart from the crowd was a tall woman standing across from Senna and Pema.
Mako wanted to reach out and grab Sakari by the hood, haul the three of them back until they could figure out what was actually going on. But they were already running, full-tilt, across the dock.
At the sound of their footsteps on wood, the newcomers turned. Senna glanced over, distracted, and her gaze took a moment to focus on them.
“Sakari?” Senna’s voice sounded strange, as though she’d forgotten her daughter was on the island at all, or like she couldn’t have possibly imagined here her on the dock until she showed up.
“Mom, where… where’s dad?” Sakari skidded to a halt, only a little breathless. After building herself up for the meeting, she seemed a little deflated that he hadn’t been waiting there for her.
“Ah, Sakari.” The tall woman stepped towards them. A number of white fur tails decorated the shoulders of her coat, and her long, straight hair was looped through a series of blue and white beads. “The heir at last.”
Sakari took half a step back. “Um…” Her eyes flickered toward her mother.
Senna stepped forward. She looked halfway between tired and simply done. “Sakari. You’ve never met your aunt. This is Chieftain-Regent Malina, of the Northern Water Tribe.”
“I’m sorry to say that your father has been held up with some rogue spirits in the aftermath of the Glacier Spirits Festival.” Mako couldn’t actually tell if the Chief-Regent was sorry or not as she spoke. She seemed to look right through Mako, Bolin, and Jinora as she took in Sakari’s appearance. “We were on our way home after the festival when it occurred to me that, since your period of secrecy was over, now would be a good time to make introductions.”
Behind her, Pema’s eye twitched, and she exchanged a look with Senna. Mako agreed: now was not a good time for Republic City to receive visiting royalty and put on a family reunion.
“It’s, um, nice to meet you,” Sakari said. “I, uh, didn’t know you knew? That I existed?”
Malina inclined her head in a shallow nod. “But of course. In your sister’s absence, you would be my brother-in-law’s designated heir.”
Senna cleared her throat. “Malina, in the Southern Water Tribe, we elect our chieftains.”
“Convenient then,” Malina remarked, “to have appointed one of royal blood, then set him up in a palace.” Mako thought he detected the ghost of a smile on the woman’s firm-set lips, but he might have just imagined it. “Regardless, Senna, I have one more set of introductions to make.”
With a simple hand gesture, she motioned forward a pair of… well. People. Mako felt reluctant to assume their genders at first glance, but they were so clearly Malina’s children even before she said, “Sakari, it’s time you met your cousins: Desna and Eska. Chieftains Apparent of the Northern Water Tribe.”
Like their mother, they had pin-straight hair, worn similarly to one another. Mako wasn’t entirely sure which one was Desna and which one was Eska, but from their identical outfits, he got the sense it didn’t matter much. Mako exchanged a look with Bolin, who looked equally weirded out. Jinora had taken half a step closer to Sakari, although whether she was providing solidity or seeking it, Mako couldn’t say.
“Sakari, cousin, it’s nice to meet you at last,” said one of them in a flat voice. Mako decided he would mentally refer to them as Desna until told otherwise.
“We’ve heard so much about you. Starting about a week ago,” said the other. Eska, by process of elimination. He only had a 50% chance of being wrong.
Sakari looked super weirded out. “Um, you too,” she said, glancing in between them.
“What a lovely visit!” said Pema with exaggerated false cheer. “I’m so glad you were able to stop by.”
“It’s always a pleasure, Malina,” Senna said, with subdued, but equally false warmth.
“I’m glad to hear it,” the Chief-Regent said. Unlike Pema and Senna, she managed to sound like she meant it. If only because her voice, at all points in the conversation so far, had been perfectly level. “We’ve been traveling a long way, and I believe a stopover will allow us to rest and replenish our supplies before we press on to the north.” Her eyes flashed in amusement. “Air Nomads never turn away a hungry guest, am I right?”
Pema seemed to be swallowing a scowl. After a long pause, she said, “Tenzin will be pleased to welcome you as soon as he’s back from the city.”
“Excellent,” said Malina. She clasped her hands together, which seemed to cue several of her burly water tribe guys to start unloading the boat. “It will be good to stay and catch up with current events.” Her gaze drifted toward Republic City for a moment before circling back around to Sakari. “And with family,” she added.
Sakari gulped. Mako couldn’t blame her.
* * *
Korra was waterbending the dishes clean after dinner when someone knocked at the door. She felt the hair on her arms stand on end as Anyu crossed the entryway to open it.
“Akio!”
“Hello, Anyu. Could I borrow—“
“Give me just a second! I’ll go get Naga.” Anyu barely gave the man a chance to ask before she whirled over to the sink. In an instant, Korra found herself being steered toward the door.
She glanced over at the table, where Hotaru had her hands over her mouth to stifle a giggle. Jia just shook her head. Unlike her wife, Jia was harboring no fanciful illusions as to why Akio had shown up.
“Akio is here for you,” Anyu said unnecessarily, as she set Korra in front of him by the door. For such a short woman, she could certainly bring some force to bear when needed.
“Yes. Um, Naga, would you be up for another walk tonight?” Akio asked. To the side, where Anyu couldn’t see, he flashed the corner of a blue spirit mask.
Korra nodded. “I’d love to.” Breaking things sounded super therapeutic, especially Equalist things. “If, uh, if that’s okay with you, Anyu?”
The older woman practically foisted Korra out the door. “Take all the time you want! I’ll take care of dishes, don’t worry.”
“I won’t be out too late.” Korra rubbed her neck, trying to suppress a blush. It wouldn’t be so hard if Anyu hadn’t clearly flashed her a wink before shutting the door.
She cleared her throat. “Did you grab an extra mask for me?”
Akio nodded. Thankfully, he seemed either immune or unaware of Anyu’s assumptions about the two of them. “I’ll give it to you when we’re closer. Are you okay to jog there?”
Korra scoffed. “Only if you can keep up with me. Let’s go.”
He laughed and shook his head, then ducked down an alley and took off at a steady clip. Korra followed, staying a couple strides behind him so they were less likely to be taken out by the same ambush.
As she ran, Korra felt tension start to drain from her shoulders. This was something she could do. Here, this was at least one correct answer she didn’t have to question. Republic City felt too big to fix on her own, and Asami in prison and the Red Lotus waiting for her in the wings loomed massive over her thoughts and heart. Across Yue Bay, Sakari was waiting to see if Korra was going to show up, and Korra couldn’t have said if it was a good idea or not if her life depended on it.
But the Dragon Flats, she could help. In this small way. Wreck one building, and keep Equalist foot traffic out of the neighborhood. Hotaru, she could maybe help. Discover how energybending could undo what Amon had done. Then, maybe the city.
Akio stopped running and started pulling himself up a fire escape. Korra followed. Halfway up the metal stairwell, he paused. “We should put on our masks now. We’re meeting the others a couple rooftops over. You’re okay jumping between buildings?”
Korra had leapt from the top of the pro-bending arena down to the stage. No airbending necessary. She resisted the urge to smirk. “Yeah, I’ll be fine.”
He tossed her a mask. “Earthbenders are getting the tunnels and foundation. I’ll match you up with the other waterbenders. You guys are gonna take out the support beams. I’ll be with the firebenders prepping the building to burn after. While you and the earthbenders are softening it up, we’ll be drying things out and setting the building up so it will char and collapse quickly.”
Korra nodded, turning the handmade mask over in her hands. “Sounds like a plan. We just scatter after?”
Akio smiled. “Yep. Less trackable that way. Can you find your way back on your own?”
“Oh definitely.” She lifted the mask and tied it in place. “Ready when you are.”
The mask Akio fashioned looked a bit nicer than hers, but Korra didn’t particularly mind. She had a lovely professional mask hidden with her things at Anyu and Jia’s house.
When he finished tying his mask, he climbed up the rest of the fire escape and started running across the rooftops.
One by one, they started falling in with other masked figures. A few had a colored strip of fabric tied around their arm, but most were wearing nondescript clothing that didn’t indicate a particular nation.
They ran in silence. Some way or another, everyone there had been briefed on what to expect. The rush of action began to creep down her spine, loosening her legs and lengthening her stride. They were doing something. Taking action. Finally.
The building itself was nondescript. Korra might have walked past it during the day and not even registered it as a potential Equalist hideout. The faded sign on the front indicated that the building had once been a tea shop.
She could feel the ground beneath her feet shake faintly, and she could picture the earthbenders at work destroying the underground tunnels and weakening the foundations. A part of her wanted to join the action, but she had to stick with the other waterbenders.
“All right,” Akio said, pausing in the building’s entrance to survey the situation. “I’ll help weaken the structure with the other firebenders. Help out the other waterbenders, but be alert in case the fires start to spread. We don’t want the building to collapse before we can evacuate the earthbenders, and we definitely don’t want to set the neighborhood on fire.”
“Got it,” Korra said. She joined the other waterbenders, who were damaging the building’s right supports. Sending a blade of ice into ceiling, she took a second to look around.
There seemed to be about fifteen people present, a roughly equal mix of benders. The earthbenders seemed to have arrived first and were busy at work destroying the underground escape routes. Akio and the other firebenders were charring the wooden supports on the left side. A strong waterbending or earthbending attack would probably send the supports collapsing in seconds.
Korra had only been damaging right pillars for a few minutes when a shrill voice cut across the action.
“Police!” A young woman in a paper mask raced inside. She wore a gray armband, and Korra wondered if that marked her as a nonbender. “The police are on their way. They’re only a few blocks over!”
“Everyone scramble!” Akio yelled. “Split up and stick to the back roads.”
The earthbenders raced out from underground, joining the mass exodus. Akio caught Korra’s gaze from across the room and motioned toward the charred pillars.
Korra nodded, and threw a blade of water toward the pillars. An earthbender near her joined, sending three chunks of earth toward the other pillars.
The wood splintered as they left the building, but Korra didn’t wait to see the building collapse behind them. Out of the corner of her eye, she could see a group of police racing toward them. She took off down the nearest alleyway, following Akio.
He glanced back at her. “It’d be best to split up. Know how to get back to Jia and Anyu’s place?”
“I’ll be fine,” Korra responded.
“Good.” Then, without another word, he shot down a side street and catapulting himself onto the nearest rooftop with a wave of fire.
Korra turned down a different alley. After running a few feet, she glanced over her shoulder to make sure that there were no policemen or other vigilantes behind her. Throwing her fists down, she launched herself up with her own fireblast.
She grinned. Though she had been getting a lot of waterbending practice lately, she had missed working with earth and fire more regularly. Racing forward, Korra propelled herself onto the next roof. It took a minute for her to gather her surroundings, but it was easy to remember which direction Jia and Anyu’s house was once she spotted a familiar shop front down the street. She took off in that general direction.
Korra was only a block from Jia and Anyu’s house when she could sense it: an Avatar vision coming on. She stopped short of jumping to the next rooftop and crouched next to a small shed for some cover. It would be the height of inconvenience if a vision struck her mid-jump and she botched the landing and twisted an ankle.
“Great timing Aang,” she muttered, reaching out on the spiritual plane and accepting the light of the vision. In the heartbeat before it started, she noticed she had a better grasp of the spiritual energy involved, a prick of the chakras activated, and the movement of her own chi.
Quick visual flashes of a man with a metal leg and a familiar tattoo on his forehead. Like, P’li, he could fire a beam of concentrated energy from his head.
Aang, with a full head of hair, shouted in alarm.
Sokka, panicked, shouting about “Sparky sparky boom man”
Then it was later and Aang was bald again. Zuko was telling the man he’d pay him double.
More flashing imagery, and a sense of the disturbance of spiritual energy the man brought, an abnormal rerouting of his chi. In none of the visions did he say a word.
And then his death. Sokka’s calculated boomerang shot. The man’s head snapped back. Then he tried to take the shot anyway.
The explosion faded directly into white light.
Korra opened her eyes and took immediate stock of her surroundings. Still on the roof. Still no pursuers.
Or were there? She closed her eyes and felt out on the spiritual plane. Something about the energy here felt familiar, like the fluctuations in Aang’s vision.
“So is this one relevant to my energybending quest, or is it something to do with P’li?” she whispered into the night.
No answer came from Aang, but as the moments dragged on, she managed to suss out the rough direction of the spiritual energy. It felt familiar. And tall.
Part of Korra fought alarm. How long had P’li been tracking her?
But the other part felt confident. Korra smirked. She was making progress, dammit. The ability to sense P’li’s abnormal spiritual presence was evidence of that. She’d always assumed Zaheer’s uncanny ability to know his partner’s general whereabouts without looking was a relationship thing. But maybe not.
Korra crept to the edge of the roof, feeling for P’li’s precise location. What better way to flip the tables on her pursuer than a hello?
She leapt from the roof and used earthbending to soften and silence her landing, three paces from a tall hooded figure.
“So are you here to drag me back or just watching?” Korra asked amiably.
P’li stepped back in alarm. “Korra,” she hissed.
“I’d prefer Naga at the moment, if you must.” Korra glanced around the alley to check for other people. She probably should have done that first, but it had been a safe enough assumption that P’li preferred empty streets. “So which one was it again?”
P’li regarded her coolly. Korra didn’t think her firebending mentor was here for a fight. But… She didn’t exactly know what was going on with the Red Lotus at the moment. And she had kind of run away. Not that there had been a rule about not running away, but… there had been an expectation. And of her four mentors, she was the least close with P’li. As she’d grown older, she sometimes wondered if the woman didn’t like her.
But P’li didn’t like most people. So it wasn’t exactly an exclusive category.
After an overlong silence, P’li sighed. It occurred to Korra that the woman wasn’t standing quite as tall as usual. And when she spoke, her voice was tired. “I’m not here to drag you anywhere, Korra. Just here to talk.”
“Oh.” Korra deflated a little. She felt a bit bad for worrying about the worst for moment. “How… how is Ming-Hua?”
A smile touched P’li’s face, visible even under the shadow of the hood. “She’s better every day. Still hard. We still need you back. But… she’s been practicing her kicks. I think they’re higher than before.”
Tension dropped from Korra’s shoulders. “That… that’s great. I’m glad to hear she’s recovering…”
“When are you coming back then?” P’li asked. She lifted her chin and crossed her arms. “And surely you’ve been counting the days. Harmonic Convergence isn’t far off.”
Korra bit her lip and leaned against the wall. “I know, I know. I just… I still have time. And… I’m busy.”
P’li scoffed. “Busy? With your new family, or your new masked friends?” Her voice hardened. “What are you doing here, Korra? Sorry, Naga. We have such a greater destiny than this, greater plans than this.” She stepped forward, in the first aggressive move since Korra had landed. “You are the Avatar, or have you forgotten?”
“I haven’t,” Korra snapped. She jutted her chin forward. “I’m here because I’m working.”
“On?” P’li’s hood slipped up a little, and Korra could see the woman roll her eyes.
Zaheer had said not to say anything about her energybending quest, but he kind of wasn’t here to talk down his angry girlfriend. And she’d already broken about a dozen other things Zaheer had told her not to do, so it didn’t particularly matter anyway.
“Energybending,” she said. “It’s one of those ‘Avatar’ things, since I haven’t forgotten. Aang could use it to take away someone’s bending. I’ve been studying to figure out how I can use it to give someone’s bending back.” Just to hammer the point home, she added, “When I figure it out, I can come back and restore Ming-Hua’s bending.”
“That’s… possible?” Surprise washed over P’li’s face, and a thread of warmth. “If you could do that… it would be incredible, Korra.”
“I talked with Zaheer about it before… before I fought Amon.” Korra cleared her throat. “He said not to mention it because it seemed like a long shot. But… It’s not such a long shot now. I stole a scroll from Air Temple Island that Aang wrote. And the girl in the house, Hotaru, whose bending was taken. I’ve been studying the block in her earthbending and I think I can do it now. I can sense people whose bending has been blocked now. I don’t even need to touch them. I’m meditating and studying this every night.” She could hear a note of strain in her voice, but couldn’t stop rambling, trying to get P’li to understand. “Every night, P’li. I read these scrolls and meditate and examine my own chakras. Every day I watch this kid, and examine other people I run into who have lost their bending. Amon impacted them on the physical side, but I’m not a bloodbender so I can’t reverse it. But from the spiritual side, I can do this. I can unblock them. I just… I just need a little more time.”
Korra took a deep breath and closed her eyes a moment. Her face felt hot, and she pinched her nose to alleviate a burning. “I’m so close, P’li. You can tell Zaheer I’m applying myself with all the fervor I could never put toward the spiritual side of things before. Just give me time.”
She looked up to see P’li regarding her with an expression Korra didn’t think she’d ever seen the other woman direct at her: pride.
“You have ten days,” P’li said. "That’s when we need to leave to give ourselves enough travel time for Harmonic Convergence.” She paused. “But… if this is such an intense spiritual study, wouldn’t it be helpful to work under Zaheer’s guidance? You can come back now, Korra, and we can stay in the city while you work on the problem.”
“No, I need to stay.” She shook her head, then struggled a bit to come up with a reason why. Because Zaheer was a good teacher. And she could study Ming-Hua’s chakras as examples of a blocked bender.
But no. She… she didn’t want to go back yet. “I have ten days. I already have people I’ve been observing here in the Dragon Flats. I don’t want to move yet.”
P’li nodded slowly. “If you need this space, fine. But… in ten days. We will expect you back at the apartment for Harmonic Convergence.”
Korra nodded. “Ten days. You… you have my word.” She paused. “Even if I haven’t figured it out yet. And after Harmonic Convergence is over, we can come back to Republic City and I can work on the problem until I’ve solved it.”
P’li looked at Korra a little blankly, then sighed. “Is there anything I can do to help you in this quest now?”
Korra was inclined to say no. But Aang had sent her a vision about ‘Sparky Sparky Boom Man’ and maybe the old man wasn’t completely useless. “Maybe,” she mused. P’li’s hood had slipped up a bit more and Korra glimpsed her tattoo. From her recent studies, she actually understood it a bit better than before. As a physical focus for P’li’s natural abilities, it was able to magnify the chi she could bring to bear in an attack. Inverse to how Amon used his physical bloodbending to block the flow of chi and disable people’s bending, P’li’s tattoo was a physical mark intended to open the chakra to unusual levels of chi flow needed for combustion bending. Korra pursed her lips. “Actually… one request. Could I touch your forehead?”
P’li raised her eyebrows. “Is there a point in asking how that’s helpful?”
Korra shrugged. “It might not be. But your chakras are different, and the tattoo amplifies the abilities you already have. In hindsight, it may not have been possible for Amon to have blocked your bending. At least not with his usual method.. Maybe getting a closer ‘look’ can help me figure something out.”
“An interesting possibility…” P’li’s eyes flashed. “Almost a shame I never faced the man head-on…” After a moment’s consideration, P’li refocused on Korra. “Alright,” she said, “Try.”
P’li dropped to one knee and pulled back her hood. Korra closed her eyes a moment, shifting her vision to the spiritual plane. After daily practice, it was easier than ever.
Paths of spiritual energy traced their way in lines of blue. P’li’s chakras stood out in relief as pinpoints of light, but the brightest by far was her forehead. Korra didn’t need to open her eyes to reach out and touch her tattoo.
The moment her fingers met P’li’s skin, Korra felt a shock like static buildup. She flinched, but did not pull away. Instead, she relaxed her spiritual energy and tried to observe as unobtrusively as possible.
P’li’s chi flowed in flare-ups. Like fire lit along a line of oil, it would flash and race. Korra had used the time she spent with Akio to observe the firebender’s chi flow. And while he had some power, it was a simple hearth to P’li’s blazing furnace.
Korra let her awareness slip along P’li’s chi lines. Moreso than any other bender she’d observed, the other woman’s were wide open, allowing her to bring huge quantities of energy to bear as needed. When benders first started learning as children, they’d usually only be able to manage small amounts of their element at a time. As they built skill, maybe they also stretched and shaped their chi paths, growing the energy they could bring to bear and the bending power they had. Or were some people, like P’li, just born with wider chi paths and more open chakras?
She was getting off topic. Korra concentrated herself on the tattoo. P’li’s chi flow was naturally open at this point, but the tattoo allowed her to make use of it, focusing the energy as needed. She turned its makeup over in her mind. A physical anchor for bending abilities, connected through the spiritual plane. An open door though, while Amon’s bloodbending block was a closed one.
P’li pulled back. “Okay, that’s enough.”
Korra opened her eyes as the other woman stood and rubbed her forehead. “Are you alright?”
“Yes, just… That felt strange.” P’li wrinkled her nose. “I hope this helped you, Korra.”
“It did, it did… I just need a little time to parse everything out,” Korra said.
P’li nodded, pulling her hood back up. “You have ten days.”
“I’ll be there,” Korra promised. It sounded more defensive than she’d intended.
“The freedom of the world depends on it,” P’li said, turning on her heel and stalking back down the alley. “Don’t forget that.”
“I haven’t,” Korra said, watching P’li until she turned a corner.
As Korra made her way through the Dragon Flats, back to her temporary home, her thoughts twisted through the small intricacies of chakras and chi flow, far from Harmonic Convergence and the energy shifts of 10,000 years.
Notes:
So. It's been a while. Skye and I had some hardcore LIFE (tm) hit us in the face. Some good stuff (Skye got into grad school! Congratulate her!) and some bad stuff (I had to go to the ER!) but largely just time-consuming stuff (I was working 50 hr weeks while preparing to leave the country. Then I left the country for 3 weeks).
There's been some concern about hiatuses and abandoned fics. We know the update is overdue. But we're both in this for the long haul. It's been over 2 years since I first approached Skye about co-planning this fic together. It's our child, basically. Our 200k+ toddler, lol.
All the comments we've received during the gap between chapter 20 and now have been immensely encouraging. Lots of new readers dropping reactions on different chapters eventually mounted up and we were like, "Damn okay we need to get back to it." So, to those wondering if comments matter: They do. And to those who left comments: THANK YOU.
We're back in business. A little hesitant to set due dates since we've failed a bunch of those. But our goal is to get as much as possible done before Skye goes off to grad school in August. It's gonna be a Summer of Updates (tm). Are you ready?
Chapter 22: The Guide
Summary:
As Sakari starts getting to know her Northern Water Tribe family, Asami is finally able to work on refining her disruptor device in prison. Meanwhile, Korra makes a spiritual breakthrough and is finally able to speak with her elusive predecessor.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter 22: The Guide
(Every journey needs someone to dole out unwanted advice)
“Mom, it’s just breakfast.” Sakari stifled a yawn as her mother combed her hair into a moderately formal style. “Is this really necessary?”
“With Malina on the island, yes.” Senna threaded a pair of small beads into Sakari’s hair, then tsked and pulled them back out. “This was much easier when your hair was longer.”
“And you hardly ever had to do semi-formal styles when my hair was longer because you kept me hidden in the back of the palace,” Sakari retorted.
Her mother’s fingers paused. Across the room, Jinora leaned closer to the book she was reading. She’d kept to herself for the most part since Senna had arrived early that morning to get Sakari ready for breakfast with Malina, Desna, and Eska.
“How come I never met Aunt Malina before?” Sakari swapped tracks. “She knew I existed, and she must have visited a couple times. Why keep us separate?”
Senna sighed again. “To keep things simpler, honestly. Whenever your aunt arrives… things seem to get very complicated, very quickly. We have… our political differences, certainly. And as you may have gathered yesterday, she always has some agenda or another. I spoke with Tenzin briefly when he got back yesterday, but he doesn’t know what Malina gets out of being here either.” Senna motioned for Sakari to stand up and tugged on her clothes in a few places. “He’ll be joining us for breakfast too, by the way.”
Jinora closed her book and leaned forward. “I thought it was a Water Tribe family breakfast. Why is dad going?”
“Because, one way or another, she’ll want to talk politics with him anyway.” Senna was straightening her own clothes out. “And your father is very busy with Republic City right now. If he can satisfy Malina with a conversation over breakfast, it will save him time over the rest of her stay, however long that is.” Seeming satisfied with her outfit, Senna walked over to the door. “And, girls, if I’m being honest, Tenzin at breakfast means I won’t need to talk to Malina as much as I would otherwise.”
Jinora exchanged a look with Sakari, then nodded her head toward Senna.
Sakari smiled. “Can I bring Jinora to breakfast?”
Senna frowned. “No, Sakari. And come on now, we don’t want to keep them waiting.”
“But… she’s Master Tenzin’s heir,” Sakari continued. “And Jinora keeps up to date on current events and stuff, so she’s further assurance that you won’t have to talk to Malina as much.”
Senna’s mouth tightened. “In case it wasn’t clear, you are not to so much as imply that’s how I feel to them. Honestly it’s more that I don’t like speaking to her without Tonraq present to manage things.”
“But the symmetry! Malina will have her kids. You’ll have me. Tenzin won’t have anybody. If it’s a political breakfast, clearly he should have his eldest child at hand.”
“Technically… as an airbender,” Jinora said, “I won’t ‘inherit’ anything because possessions are kind of…” Jinora made a wiggly hand gesture.
Sakari fixed Jinora with a glare. “Do you want to go to the information breakfast or not?”
“Well of course!”
“Okay, girls. Fine.” Senna raised her hands. “You can bring Jinora to breakfast but can both of you please limit the number of significant looks you exchange? It’s not polite to exclude people from wordless conversations.”
“We’ll do our best!” Jinora hopped off her bed. In a quick airbending gesture, she fixed her bedhead and smoothed the wrinkles from her clothes.
“Wouldn’t that be handy,” Senna said, shaking her head as they set off down the hall for breakfast.
They passed several harried-looking acolytes on their way to the dining hall. Sakari wondered how many of them were helping with breakfast preparations. As they passed an open window, she heard Naga barking from a nearby garden, followed by Ikki’s and Meelo’s laughter. They got to eat later with Mako and Bolin. A part of Sakari wished that she could have breakfast with them instead.
She tried to bury that wistfulness as they approached the dining hall.
Tenzin gave them a slightly odd look when he saw Jinora file in with Sakari, but didn’t ask about it or press the matter. Sakari wondered if that was because he genuinely didn’t mind (it’s not like Jinora had the capacity to embarrass him like Meelo did) or if he didn’t want to press the issue in front of Malina, who was already coming in the other door with Desna and Eska.
One of the air acolytes brought in breakfast while Senna, Tenzin, and Malina exchanged empty breakfast greetings. But, when the acolyte got to Malina’s place, she held up a hand. “A half-portion will be sufficient for myself and each of my children,” she said.
Tenzin’s beard twitched. “Malina, I assure you that you are not infringing on our hospitality so.” Sakari wasn’t sure exactly what the hosting rules were with Air Nomads, but it sounded like this was some kind of slight. Maybe the implication was that Malina’s hosts didn’t have enough to offer? On her travels through the Earth Kingdom, Sakari would have intended a gesture like that as a compliment, a way to say that what the hosts had offered was more than abundant, so much so that she could only take a half portion.
“No, no, Tenzin. But in the custom of my people, I must provide, at least in part for those in my party, for the meals we eat while visiting others.” Malina waved a hand toward one of her burly Water Tribe guards, who had come in behind Eska and taken up a silent post by the doorframe. He stepped out. “Also, as a show of goodwill and generosity for Senna and Sakari.”
Sakari could smell the tray before the guard had stepped back in with a platter of delicious, freshly cooked fish.
She inhaled sharply as her mouth began watering. Jinora was looking at her with concern, but Sakari couldn’t tear her gaze away from the fish.
She’d spent weeks travelling the interior of the Earth Kingdom, keeping away from coastal towns to avoid any Water Tribe boats searching for her. When she ran out of money in Republic City, she hadn’t been able to go to any of the Water Tribe restaurants that served fresh seafood. Mako and Bolin didn’t know how to fish, and they ate the cheapest filling food they could scrounge up. Once Tenzin had taken them in on Air Temple Island, it was all vegetarian all the time.
“Fresh caught in Yue Bay this morning,” Malina remarked. The air acolyte from before had pulled their plates out and brought in half-servings from the kitchen. “And we’ve brought enough to share, if anyone wanted to partake.” Her eyes skimmed over Senna, Sakari, Jinora, and Tenzin.
Tenzin, in particular, seemed displeased. He had a grumpy set to his mouth. “We are vegetarian on this island, Malina.”
“Understood and respected,” she replied lightly as her guard placed one of the fish on the empty half of her plate, then moved to do the same for Desna and Eska. “And I doubt you or Jinora would be interested in partaking.”
Sakari tore her eyes away from the fish to glance at Jinora. Her friend looked decidedly uninterested, and had schooled her face into an expression of perfect neutrality.
“Would you like some, Sakari? Senna?” Malina’s guard stood poised at the end of the table, ready to whisk the delicious fish off and away at her word.
Sakari refused to look at her mother, who was giving off an uncharacteristically chilly aura. As much as the gesture was kind of a snub toward Tenzin, Sakari also really wanted one of those fish. And it was a Northern Water Tribe tradition. She’d read something like that in a book once.
“Um…” And maybe her mother had some previous issues and grudges with Malina, but Sakari didn’t have to adhere rigidly to her mother’s politics or her menu preferences. “I’ll take one. Thank you very much for the offer.”
Malina nodded and her man immediately moved to serve Sakari one of the fish. “How about you, Senna?”
Sakari’s mouth was watering from the salty scent of the fish. The browned grill marks looked even better close up. She refused to look guilty as she peeked toward her mother. Senna’s nostrils were flaring, and Sakari heard her take a deep breath as she summoned a smile from somewhere. Senna looked almost serene as she shook her head gently. “I’ll pass. I really love the tofu here. We can’t get it half as good in the Southern Water Tribe, and I’ve relished the opportunity to eat so much of it here. Perhaps another time, Malina.”
“Certainly.” Malina tilted her head to the side and her guard swiftly exited the room with the rest of the fish. “Perhaps now that hidden family members are all revealed, such travel can be more frequent.”
Tenzin smiled tightly. “In the current situation, leisurely visitations aren’t really a priority.”
“I wanted to extend my gratitude once more, Tenzin,” Malina said. “In these dangerous times, it’s a relief to know we can rest easy and safely at Air Temple Island during our stopover here at Republic City. Thank you for hosting us.”
Tenzin inclined his head. “Of course, Malina. We’re honored to play host.”
Sakari exchanged a quick glance with Jinora. Between Air Nomad cultural norms and Tenzin’s position as a world leader, it wasn’t exactly like he had a choice.
Malina moved from there to a series of questions about the specific state of Republic City and the upcoming elections. Mostly stuff she already knew, like how the cleanup efforts were going, status of the police department, structure of the new presidential office, that kind of stuff. Sakari decided it was safe enough to finally take a bite of the fish. With all the focus on Tenzin’s answers, nobody would notice if it caused her to die of happiness.
And she almost did. The salty, flavorful taste seemed to burst on her tongue and Sakari could have sworn it made her see colors. The seasoning was a bit different, northern style instead of southern style, but close enough to make her gut clench with homesickness. She inhaled another three bites in rapid succession before tuning back in to Tenzin’s answer, about the importance of elections to establish a new baseline of trust between the people and the government.
“Hm… I suppose it’s possible.” Malina cocked an eyebrow. “But by tossing that sort of decision back in the rabble’s hands, you open yourself up to the question of why you’re in charge to begin with. It removes power from the basis of authority.”
Senna cleared her throat, catching Malina’s attention. “I would argue that democratic election of the chief in the Southern Water Tribe has only solidified the basis of authority,” she said. “The people respect Tonraq because he was their choice. He leads with the will of the people behind him.”
“An election on the heels of the revelation that he was father to the Avatar and rightful heir of the joint chiefdom of the tribes,” Malina countered. For the first time, Sakari thought she detected a note of heat in the woman’s voice. “Coupled with his own brother’s death and involvement in the Avatar’s kidnapping? I would hardly call it a freely made choice when the events within Tonraq’s own house were the ones that precipitated the Southern Water Tribe’s independence.”
“We hold elections every six years, Malina.” Senna sounded very bored, and Sakari thought she was starting to get a sense of what her aunt’s visits were usually like in the Southern Water Tribe. She was beginning to feel as though she hadn’t missed very much by being excluded from those conversations.
“You confirm your monarchy through a balloted formality. I only ask that you admit it.” Before Sakari’s mom could counter, Malina pivoted back to Tenzin. “Are you so assured in your victory then, Tenzin? And is the foundation of that assurance in your governmental capabilities, or in your brand recognition as the late Avatar’s son, patriarch of the Air Nation and master airbender?”
Tenzin blinked. Then blinked again. Sakari caught Jinora looking at Malina with an odd expression, then turned and saw Senna in-between a smile and a squint.
Then Tenzin chuckled. “Oh, Malina. I believe there’s been a misunderstanding. You see, I’m not running for President of the United Republic.”
Then Malina blinked, and Sakari felt satisfied to see the woman fazed for once. “You’re… not?”
Tenzin shook his head. “That conflict of interests, between leading the Air Nation and leading in Republic City, is part of why I’ve chosen to step down. Now, I will be available to the new president, whoever they may be, in an advisory capacity. I will also represent the Air Nation’s interests in discussions, and we’ll have to be close due to the space we share.”
By the time he’d finished speaking, Malina had banished all traces of surprise from her face. “That’s one perspective to take,” she mused. Her focus slid down the table to Sakari. “And what do you think of Republic City’s foray into a, well, ostensibly more representative government with more consolidated executive power?”
“Um.” Sakari blinked. At the moment, her most complex thought was a deep-set gratitude that she hadn’t been chewing when Malina asked. After a pause, she said, “Aunt Malina, I’m, uh, thirteen.”
“Yes, and?” Malina arched an eyebrow. “I would like to hear your take on the current events.”
Sakari glanced over at her mom, then at Tenzin, hoping one of them would hop in and save her. “I don’t really think I have a lot to contribute to that conversation? I’m not really a political theorist or anything.” She was more interested in combat bending and stuff she could touch and feel. As far as Sakari could tell, the presidential election in Republic City would have zero impact on her hunt for her sister, which meant she’d basically been ignoring it.
Malina tsked. “All political theory begins with the ability to observe and think about what you can observe. You don’t need a special education to come to your own conclusions about the world.” She looked at Senna and frowned. “Given your position as Tonraq’s daughter, Sakari, you should especially not lock yourself out of critical thought regarding politics. If you’re preparing to be a player on the global political field, you should always pay attention to the skirmishes around you, even if they don’t directly affect you.”
Senna set her chopsticks down a tad firmly. “Malina, my daughter is a child, not some political pawn. Kids should get a chance to be kids.”
Malina seemed to brighten a bit at that, and Sakari had premonition that her mother had just walked into some sort of verbal trap. “But of course, Senna,” Malina responded, “Children deserve proper childhoods, though I perhaps question your definition of that. But your daughter is on the political field whether she likes it or not. As her father’s daughter. As the Avatar’s sister.” Malina pursed her lips. “The best thing you can do for your children is to prepare them to enter the field as themselves. Children will become pawns if not prepared to be players.”
Eska and Desna sat forward when their mother glanced in their direction. “I make a habit of asking the twins their opinions and observations. And, certainly, I’ll question their conclusions. The important part is to get them thinking.” She nodded to them. “Eska, Desna, tell me your thoughts on the situation here in the United Republic?”
The twins exchanged a long glance before returning their focus to the table. “Naturally, open elections are a terrible idea,” Eska started.
“A popularity contest is no basis for a system of government,” Desna continued. “Especially in the wake of the recent crisis, which highlights how significant sections of the populace can get behind terrible leaders.”
“None of the candidates will have been trained in these matters, as we have since childhood.” Eska managed to make this sound less condescending and more factual. “As this is an open election, there are no limitations on who can enter the race, which will likely result in a crowded field.”
“Too many unqualified entrants will jeopardize the electorate’s ability to parse out a clear majority to elect the winner anyway,” Desna added.
“Which will only further delegitimize the subsequent presidency.”
“Which is only one problem with a system which sets itself up for 25 or 30 percent of voters to choose the single executive leader of the government.”
Sakari glanced at Jinora, hoping to exchange a look, but her friend was absolutely intent on the twins as they spoke.
“The best thing for the United Republic would be a monarchy,” Eska finished, voice flat.
Malina crossed her arms, seemingly satisfied. She turned back to Sakari’s mother, and had opened her mouth to say something when Jinora cleared her throat.
“Can I cut in?” Jinora hadn’t said a word to the table at large since breakfast had started. Before anyone could object, she continued, “Because I think you two brought up some fair concerns about the upcoming elections, but you’re missing some history and context at large.”
She paused a moment and glanced down the table, as though half-expecting Tenzin to cut her off. When he didn’t, she said, “Avatar Aang established the United Republic Council as a means of keeping no single nation from exerting its aims over the infant country. It’s done that. When the country was first started, everyone considered themselves as being apart of one nation or another. Mixed race families were super rare too.” Jinora smiled. “But that’s not true now. Most people living in Republic City love their roots and celebrate their ancestors’ traditions, but Republic City is their home. They’re citizens of the republic. So while the fragmentation of the council used to make sense, what makes sense now is an election to unify the sense of what it means to be a citizen of the republic. Without drawing lines between national origin, or bending status, or, or any of that.”
Jinora seemed to be losing track of her point a little. She took a breath and crossed her arms. “So yeah. A monarchy would be a terrible idea because identification through blood status is basically the opposite of what the country is about. The people should get to choose their leader, and then choose someone different if they’re not a good fit.” She nodded definitively, then shrank back from the table a little.
Sakari followed her friend’s gaze down the table, where Tenzin was looking back at her daughter very proudly.
A smattering of polite clapping stole the table’s attention back to Malina, who (to Sakari’s bafflement) looked almost as pleased as Tenzin. “Well done indeed, Jinora. A solid response to the twin’s points. Were this a debate forum, I’d be looking forward to the turnaround.” She glanced at Senna, then nodded toward Tenzin. “His heir is benefitting from her political education, clearly.”
Tenzin frowned. “Air Nomads don’t inherit things, Malina.”
At that, Malina laughed outright. It was still a restrained sort of sound. “Tenzin, really?” She arched an eyebrow. “Funny, because I must not have noticed the literal island we are sitting on now, with buildings, grounds, artifacts, and people who serve you food.”
An air acolyte in the corner shifted uncomfortably. Sakari briefly remembered the one time Master Katara had mentioned them: a group that had started off as Avatar Aang’s ‘fan club’ of sorts.
It looked like Tenzin and Malina were about to get into another debate when Eska cleared her throat. “Mother,” she said, “can we ask about the important stuff instead?”
“Yes,” Desna added, “I was really hoping we could get a sense of what difference the Avatar’s appearance has made here. She would be, I believe, two years our senior?”
Malina’s expression smoothed into polite interest. “Of course, of course. Your cousin has been a non-entity for the past twelve years or so, since the hunt died down. But now she’s back.” Malina glanced between Senna and Tenzin. “Any read on her motivations?”
Sakari wished they’d stuck to quibbling about the Air Acolytes as her mother and Tenzin tag teamed answering with political nothings. Whatever Malina’s interest in the re-surfaced Avatar, it wasn’t in Korra as a person.
And Sakari didn’t feel like analyzing this issue. She redoubled her appreciation and focus for the fish, wondering with every bite if her sister ever ate Water Tribe food. She’d grown up with a group of terrorists from around the world. They probably had to keep moving to keep Korra a secret. Did she even have a national identity?
But, even as Malina invited herself along with Tenzin for a trip into the city, Sakari couldn’t help but smile. Her sister might as well be a statue on a shelf to Malina and the rest of the city, but Sakari had met her once. And as soon as Korra knew who Sakari was, just about the first thing she’d done was show up at the finals match to protect her. And then again when the Equalists had captured her.
Whatever else Korra was, Sakari knew she would find her sister in that mess somewhere.
*
Asami had been at work for nearly half an hour when Bumi barged into the small room. He beamed at the sight of her and held out a radio. “There you are! I brought a little house-warming gift. Or workroom-warming gift.”
“Oh?” Asami asked. Most people brought a bouquet or some kind of fruit basket for a house-warming gift, not a radio.
“Yeah,” he said, setting the radio down on the corner of her workbench. “I figured a little atmospheric jazz would improve our productivity. You like jazz, right?”
Asami shrugged. She had never really had time to appreciate music, but she had a few memories of dancing with her father in the living room as a child to some popular tune. “I listen to it sometimes,” she said.
“I like jazz,” the policewoman accompanying Asami muttered. She flushed when both Bumi and Asami glanced at her. “Uh, but don’t mind me. It’s your work space, so listen to whatever you want to. I’m just supervising.”
Asami usually worked in silence, but some music might be nice on occasion. Her guard wasn’t usually talkative, and it was too easy to get lost in thought while working on her own. “Thank you for the gift, Bumi,” she said with a smile.
“Don’t mention it,” Bumi said. “Though you missed the debacle that was me getting this thing approved with security.”
“I don’t imagine that Chief Beifong was too happy,” Asami muttered.
“Nope,” Bumi said. “She very nearly metalbent it apart when trying to sense for anything out-of-place. But she eventually let me bring it in.”
“Good to hear,” Asami said. “But you didn’t need to go through all that trouble.”
“Don’t worry about it,” Bumi said, dropping down into the room’s only other chair. “Like I said, music can be great for improving productivity. So this benefits all of us.” He reached out and began fiddling with the radio dials.
Asami settled herself at the workbench. She began scanning her notes from yesterday’s session. Hearing about the problems the United Forces engineers were having gave her a variety of ideas on how to improve the device’s function. First, she needed to improve the way the device fired out its prongs.
After nearly a full minute of static, a grainy saxophone sounded from the speakers.
“Success!” Bumi exclaimed.
Asami ground her teeth together. The song itself was very upbeat with a pleasant melody. Or at least, a melody that would have been pleasant had there not been an undercurrent of static throughout the song. It was to be expected of course: they could hardly get a good signal in a windowless room in the middle of the prison.
Still, Bumi could at least try to fiddle with the antenna more to improve the sound.
Asami tried to tune out the music and focus on her notes, but after another minute of static-laced saxophone, she sighed and turned the radio off.
“Too distracting?” Bumi asked.
“Bad reception,” Asami responded. She pulled the radio over and began unscrewing the back of the radio.
“Hey, wait—” Bumi started to say.
Hm. It looked like the radio’s filters were a bit loose. Asami took a moment to reinstall them and fiddle with a few other components. Then she turned her attention to the antenna itself. Whoever thought installing an antenna only three inches in length was a good idea should have been fired. Asami carefully removed the antenna and began rifling through her box of scrap material for to make a replacement.
Bumi looked faintly amused at her actions while the policewoman leaned forward curiously.
She found a long, thin piece of metal near the bottom of the box. It only took a minute of fiddling with the scrap to attach it to the old antenna. Reapplying the antenna, she turned the radio back on. It took her a moment to estimate the direction of the station. But once she had, she turned the radio on.
The saxophone came back on, blessedly free of static.
Bumi clapped. “Impressive!”
“Do you think you could do that to my radio?” the policewoman asked. “I mean, if you have time. I’m sure your work for the United Forces is more important.”
“If Chief Beifong lets you bring your radio in, I’d be happy to take a look at it,” Asami said.
The policewoman winced. “Yeah, I’m not sure how that will work out.”
Without the sound of bad reception to distract her, Asami found herself returning to her work much more easily. There had to be a way that she could improve the launch mechanism for the wires attached to the prongs. While the current model general worked, occasionally the wires would snag, rendering the device useless.
Asami spent the next few minutes fidgeting with the device. Already, she could see how the spring-loaded mechanism didn’t quite fit the casing. She hadn’t had time to streamline the disruptor’s design with the attack on Republic City looming over her. Now, she had plenty of time to improve the device’s quality.
The song on the radio ended, and a catchy jingle filled the space. “When you’re hungry for noodles, come on down. We’ve got lots of ones to choose from, so gather round.”
Asami shook her head. The lyrics could use a bit of work.
“The Noodle Shack is expanding its menu. In addition to your favorite Northern and Southern styles, we’re introducing new Republic Fusion. Combining the best flavors from both dishes…”
The rest of the words fading into the background as Asami closed her eyes. She had taken Korra out for Water Tribe noodles before the semifinals, and Korra had been quite appreciative of the food. Maybe Korra would find some time to check out this restaurant’s new offering in between finding a way to restore the lost bending.
A booming voice wrenched her attention back to the radio. “Coming this summer to the Northwind Theatre: the Ember Island Players performing the classic play: A Midcomet’s Daydream.”
Bumi snorted, a hand clamping over his mouth to stifle his laughter.
“Witness true artistry as one of the Fire Nation’s oldest dramatic troops—the fun kind, not the fighting kind—makes its Republic City debut in a display that is especially dramatic. Witness the renowned tale of love, heartache, comedy, tragedy, and more drama as you’ve never seen it before.”
Asami had to give the announcer credit. He really was doing his best to sell the program, but the actual description left much to be desired.
“I’m going to have to get a front row ticket to that performance,” Bumi said.
“They don’t sound very impressive to me,” Asami said.
“Oh, they’re horrible. Fire Lord Zuko took us to a performance once. Something about it being a royal family tradition. He was cringing the entire time. At least, I think he was. I spent most of the performance with my eyes closed because I was laughing so hard.”
“That bad?” the police officer asked.
“Well, one person didn’t even have a real costume. Just a sign around their neck with the character’s name on it. And at one point, the background collapsed, so the actors were trying to fix it. On stage. While still trying to act the scene out.”
Asami winced. People paid to watch that kind of performance?
“I’m surprised they’re playing in as big a venue as the Northwind Theatre,” the policewoman remarked.
“Well, I think most of the acts they had lined up canceled after the Equalist attack.”
Asami supposed that she wouldn’t want to perform in Republic City until the situation had calmed down. Just one more aspect that the Equalists had never really considered in their planning. Aside from Amon’s theatricality and the meticulous planning that went into their recruitment posters, the Equalists had never given too much thought to the arts.
“I need to tell Iroh about this,” Bumi said with a chuckle.
The radio moved into a weather report, and Asami absently jotted some notes on the casing dimensions in the corner of her design sketches.
“This morning, The Republic City Post released its first poll concerning the upcoming elections,” the radio host said, pulling Asami’s attention back to the radio. “Though almost sixty percent of respondents reported that they were undecided as of this moment, it seems that some clear favorites are emerging from the field. Leading the candidates is Raiko, who commanded nearly twenty-one percent of the vote. Behind him was Li Er, garnering only fifteen percent. In third place…”
It seemed that Raiko had quite a commanding lead, this early on. The name rang familiar to Asami, but it took her a moment to place it.
She remembered a stern-faced man with glasses who had attended one of Future Industries’ annual galas. Though the man was a non-bender, her mother had quickly determined that converting him to the Equalist cause would be a useless endeavor.
“Too political,” Yasuko had said, “but worse than that, he’s entrenched in the system. You can’t dismantle a house if you’re living inside of it.” She shook her head. “All non-benders will benefit from where we’re going, but not everybody is cut out to walk the path we’re taking there.”
Still, the fact that a non-bender currently lead the polls was heartening, even if Asami wasn’t sure how she felt about the man himself.
At that thought, she paused. Could she still take stock in an opinion her mother had left her with? How much of that education did she want to take with her?
“Looks like election results are heating up,” Bumi said.
“To be honest, I’m still surprised they’re happening at all,” Asami said, refocusing herself.
After years of watching each proposal the early Equalists had drafted either shot down or left to rot in inaction, the fact that non-benders were finally getting a direct say in their government was almost hard to believe.
“It’s a big step for Republic City,” Bumi said. “The Council’s been in place since the city’s foundation, so a lot of older people have been protesting the changes.”
Asami would wager that most of those protesters would be benders who had been favored under the old system.
“And what about you?” she asked. “Do you think elections are a good idea?”
“I think it’s excellent!” Bumi smacked a fist into his other hand. “When my father originally set up the Council, he wanted to make sure that people of all nations had representation. That’s why each member was from a different nation.” He shrugged. “Now... it’s not perfect. Almost all of the Council members have been benders, and they haven’t always considered how their legislation will affect most of the population. But my father wanted the United Republic to be a place where people of all nations, bender and non-bender alike, could live in harmony. So, elections seem like a move in the right direction, and I think I can get behind them.”
Asami smiled. “Sounds like you have a lot of opinions on the subject.”
Bumi shrugged awkwardly. “I mean, Republic City is my home. It’s going through a rough patch right now, and I want to see it recover. Not just recover, but get even better. If that makes sense.”
“It does,” Asami said. She’d grown up in Republic City too, and she could see how much Bumi cared about the city.
“Well, what about you two?” he asked. “What are your thoughts on elections?”
“I’m all for them,” Asami said. “The people of Republic City should have a say in their government and who leads them.” It could be far too easy for another Tarrlok to rise to power if the people had no voice.
“And you?” Bumi fixed his attention on the policewoman.
“Me?” she stammered. “I mean, I don’t have a problem with them. I just hope whomever they elect will get along with Lin and make things easier for us. No more ridiculous curfew rules or restrictions that just cause more work for us and don’t actually deter crime. And Councilman Tenzin is leagues better than Tarrlok, but he and Chief Beifong are just weird around each other.”
“Weird?” Asami asked.
The officer shrugged. “Yeah, I overheard them talking on the phone once. If I didn’t know better, I’d say they had a really bad breakup or something.”
“No, that’s pretty much exactly what happened,” Bumi said, chuckling.
“What!?” The policewoman gaped at Bumi. “I wasn’t being serious.”
“Yeah, it was just messy and that’s all I’m going to tell you about it,” Bumi muttered, shaking his head.
Awkward silence settled around them for a moment. “Anyways,” the officer continued, “I think elections will be a good thing. I just hope that Raiko or whoever wins the presidency is going to be reasonable and won’t make our work policing the city more of a chore.”
“I want someone who will listen to the concerns people have,” Asami said. “Who is willing to address grievances brought to their attention, and won’t sweep any problems under the rug in the hopes that they’ll disappear.”
How different would things have turned out if the Council had actually listened to the Equalists’ concerns before their tactics escalated to violence? Would Asami and her mother be collaborating over the latest Satomobile instead of enemies on opposite sides of an ideological abyss?
She sighed and absently spun the broken handcuff around her left wrist. There was little use in speculating on what could have been. Both she and her mother had made their choices.
“What about you?” she asked Bumi. “What kind of leader would you like to see?”
“Someone who actually communicates with the people,” Bumi said. “Like, you both said, someone who will address problems that the city is facing, listen to different sides, and figure out the best solution to move forward. Someone who can work with the police and firefighters and other groups to determine what legislation will best benefit the city.
“Someone who can be serious when the situation calls for it, but also someone who has a sense of humor. My brother does his job well, but he’s not the most charismatic of people. I think Republic City needs someone approachable, who can reassure people that they will be okay as we get the city back on its feet.”
“Sounds like you know a lot about being a good leader,” Asami remarked.
“I was a Commander in the United Forces,” Bumi said, tugging on the lapel of his jacket. “I had a lot of men and women under my command, and I had to make sure that we would make it through each battle with minimal casualties. I felt it was important to make myself approachable to them. Because, yeah, I was the leader, but I was also fighting alongside my troops. So it was important that we had good camaraderie.”
After a moment, he shrugged and smiled. “Also, my tactics could get a bit unorthodox and times, so I had to make sure my troops trusted that the plans would work. There was this one time when we were rounding up some bandits in the southern Earth Kingdom, and the plan involved our waterbenders swooping down from above, while we flanked…Anyways, the point is that my troops had to trust in me or that battle could have ended up very differently.”
Asami smiled. “It sounds like you already have that mix of seriousness and humor that you’re looking for in the president.”
“Well, I have been developing my leadership skills for a few decades,” Bumi said.
“Have you considered running for president?” Asami asked.
Bumi stared at her.
“You clearly care for the city,” Asami said. “You’ve had years of leadership experience with the United Forces. From what you’ve told me of your family, I think you’re someone who has a good perspective on the bender/non-bender conflict and the issues there. Plus, you’re very connected with the history of the United Republic.”
“I’d vote for you!” Asami’s guard added.
“I appreciate the support,” Bumi said. “But I don’t have any intention of running. The field’s already spread pretty thin, and I don’t exactly have much political experience.”
While he had a point, Asami was certain that very few people in Republic City had political experience in the upper levels of government.
“You should at least think about it,” she said. “If not for presidency, then maybe one of the legislative positions. I’m sure you have a lot of good ideas to offer the United Republic.”
“I’m sure there are a lot of people out there with much better ideas,” Bumi said. “And speaking of ideas, how are things going with your disruptor? Iron out all the kinks yet?”
Asami let Bumi change the subject, describing her plans for improving the disruptor’s use. Still, Bumi’s thoughts seemed elsewhere for the rest of the conversation, and a part of her couldn’t help but wonder if her words had taken root in the back of his mind.
*
After the whole ‘sneaking off the island to break into a prison’ incident, Jinora’s parents and Sakari’s mom seemed adamant that the two of them adhere to their official schedule. That meant, after breakfast, that Senna escorted them to their morning tutor for lessons. And Jinora did try, during those lessons, to focus on the learning at hand. But the morning’s breakfast conversation bounced around in her head. Arguments and counter-arguments she could have used, hours late now.
Next time Jinora would be quicker. In the meantime, she would check out a political science volume from the library for herself.
“Maybe Mako and Bolin are eating outside?” Sakari shrugged, peering out a window as she popped a tofu bite in her mouth. Jinora was glad that, although her friend had been salivating over the fish at breakfast, Sakari really did seem to like the vegetarian food they ate on Air Temple Island.
“We might as well check,” Jinora said. They’d looked for the boys in both dining rooms, and then a few of their other usual spots around the island.
Before they moved on from the window, Jinora paused. “Wait a second…” She squinted at a bush near the edge of the trees. It… seemed to move oddly. Jinora thought she could almost see a familiar silhouette there. “I have a suspicion actually. C’mon!”
Sakari followed Jinora down the hall and out the door. They circled back around the building to the moving bushes. With a hand signal, Jinora motioned for Sakari to stay quiet as they stole up on the treeline.
Once they were right on top of the bush, Jinora cleared her throat. “Why are you eating lunch inside of a bush?”
Mako and Bolin jumped to their feet, leaves scattering over their hair and bowls. Bolin took several deep gasping breaths. “Woah woah woah,” he said after. “You can’t sneak up on a pair of brothers eating lunch in a bush like that!”
Sakari snickered. “Why, did you almost pee your pants?”
“No. Maybe.” Bolin shook his head and peered around the both of them before pushing on Mako’s shoulder so he was sitting on the ground again. “No time to explain. Quick, come sit with us.”
Mako helpfully reached out and took their bowls while Sakari and Jinora clambered in behind the bush with them. “We’ll have to keep our voices down,” he said, casting a cautionary look past them before hunkering back down.
“Why?” Jinora asked. “The island is safe. Or, well, safe enough?” She paused. That was a lot of assumptions, but she was reluctant to dig into them at this exact moment.
Bolin was already shaking his head anyway. “Not in the public areas.”
“Or the private ones,” Mako muttered.
“We’ve spent the entire morning moving from place to place, trying to avoid, well, them.” Bolin seemed a bit paranoid, but not quite as beleaguered as Mako, who was downright twitchy.
“... Them...?” Sakari trailed off.
“The twins. Desna and Eska.” Mako glanced over his shoulder as he spoke.
Jinora blinked, then exchanged a look with Sakari, who seemed about as confused as she was. “I mean… they’re… maybe a bit creepy?” She didn’t want to insult Sakari’s cousins. But Sakari was nodding along, so she continued, “But we had breakfast with them and Malina and um, it was alright. A little… meatier than expected?”
Sakari giggled, but the joke went over the boys’ heads. “More political talk than expected,” Jinora clarified. Malina basically grilled dad and Senna for like an hour, taking occasional breaks to put the spotlight on Sakari or her kids.” Jinora had, thankfully, been immune from that attention until she’d put it on herself. And by that time she’d gathered herself together and had a decent idea about what she wanted to say.
“Sounds better than our interactions with Eska and Desna,” Mako muttered, hunching his shoulders.
“I wish a girl was into me,” Bolin said wistfully.
Mako’s countenance darkened. “You would not be enjoying this if our positions were reversed. Believe me…”
“C’mon Mako, stop doing the thing.” Bolin poked Mako’s face and patted his back a little, trying to get him to sit up. “She’s gonna find us again…”
“She?” Sakari glanced at Jinora, who was equally confused.
“Eska…?” Jinora ventured.
In unison, Mako and Bolin shot her a ‘shut up’ look.
And, right on-cue, a pair of near-identical silhouettes stepped out of the trees behind Mako and Bolin’s heads.
Sakari yelped when she saw them, jumping to her feet. That set Mako and Bolin up to their feet in alarm, and Jinora nearly choked on a piece of tofu as she tried to airbend a breeze to pick herself off the ground with them.
“I had wondered where you had gone off to, my shadow-toting turtle-duck,” Eska said, immediately attaching herself to Mako’s arm.
“I’m not toting a shadow.” Mako politely, but firmly removed her hand from his elbow.
“You kind of are,” Desna said. “We could follow your aura all the way out here.”
“Mako has an aura?” Sakari muttered to Jinora. The two of them had unconsciously taken a step back from the weird proceedings.
“I spoke to one of the air acolytes about what current events could have possibly led to such a visceral lingering darkness,” Eska said, trying to advance on Mako again. “And it makes sense now: the deep shadow that follows you everywhere is astounding in its darkness. It could only come from an event like the loss of your firebending.”
Mako froze and blinked. His frown neutralized into a flat line across his face, and Jinora flinched. Sakari immediately began stalking forward.
Before Eska could get closer, Bolin interjected himself between them. “Heeey, Eska,” he said. “Let’s not, you know, fetishize my brother’s pain. Besides, you…” He glanced around for a moment before Sakari stepped up beside him. He immediately hooked an arm around her shoulders. “You two have barely had time to meet your long-hidden cousin yet!”
For the first time, Eska’s focus slid away from Mako. Desna tilted his head as he stepped up beside her. “We have been quite curious about you,” he said.
“The first news we had about you was the article revealing you were a pro-bender,” Eska said.
Jinora stepped up so she was standing beside Mako. He didn’t respond to her presence.
“We’ve been plying mother for information,” Desna said with a sigh, “but it doesn’t appear as though she’s had much to give.”
“You clearly aren’t incompetent if you’ve managed yourself in a pro-bending arena,” Eska added, giving Sakari a once-over. “What sort of training do you have?”
Sakari cleared her throat. “Well I’m not incompetent, for one. I trained under Master Katara, the best there is.” Sakari stood a little straighter. “She’d visit me every week for a waterbending lesson. Dad taught me too sometimes, but Katara was my main teacher. We focused on traditional Southern Water Tribe style. I can do some healing too.”
The twins posed a couple questions about combat technique, which Sakari answered handily. Mako seemed grateful that the conversation had shifted away from him, and had un-frozen.
Jinora wanted to ask if he was okay, but found herself distracted as Sakari talked a little more about her tutelage under ‘Master Katara.’
Jinora loved Gran Gran, but her family didn’t visit the Southern Water Tribe often. She knew her Gran Gran more out of books than in real life. From the sound of it, Sakari had easily spent more time in Katara’s company in a single year than Jinora had in her entire life.
And yes: Sakari had also basically lived her entire life under house arrest. But Jinora couldn’t help but feel a bit jealous still.
She tuned back into the conversation just in time to hear Sakari laugh and say, “Well let’s test out some of your Northern technique versus my Southern technique.” Tofu forgotten, Sakari clambered back through the bushes to the open clearing between the treeline and the temple complex. A nearby pond could serve as a water source.
Both twins followed her out and took up mirrored stances. “We’re ready when you are.”
Jinora hurried out of the woods after them. Sakari frowned. “Um, which one of you is fighting?”
Eska and Desna exchanged a look. A few steps behind them, Mako and Bolin were extricating themselves from the bushes. “We always fight together,” Desna said after a beat.
Sakari crossed her arms. “Kind of a tactical weakness if you get separated, isn’t it?”
The twins scowled, and they looked more identical than usual when they did. “Two-on-two then?” Eska suggested.
Sakari shrugged. “That’s fine with me. I know how to work with my team too.”
“Well we’re not doing two-on-four, so pick a partner.”
Before Sakari even said her name, Jinora was moving forward. They’d been practicing together more than Sakari had been with Mako or Bolin. But, more than that, she just knew it.
The twins exchanged a glance before regarding Jinora with interest. “We’ve never faced an airbender before,” Desna remarked.
“Jinora will make it an interesting experience then.” Sakari crossed her arms and grinned.
“Can we get some boundaries, Bolin?” Jinora asked, flashing Sakari a smile.
“Sure thing.”
A confined space would be more difficult for all four fighters, but Jinora had a feeling her mom wouldn’t exactly approve of this departure from her official schedule for the day. The better contained this match was, the better the chance that nobody would happen to come by and see it.
And in a moment, Bolin had bent a barrier of earth about knee-height in a wide circle. The pond butted up against one edge of the border.
“You ready?” Sakari asked.
Jinora nodded. “Right beside you. Don’t let them control the water source.”
“Just what I was thinking.”
They settled into their stances.
The twins moved first, sending out two streams of icy projectiles toward Sakari and Jinora. Jinora easily pivoted out of the way of the attack; she didn’t even need to use her airbending to deflect a blow.
Out of the corner of her eye, she caught Sakari pulling the ice into an arc around her, launching the projectiles back at her cousins.
Desna threw out a hand, and a wall of ice sprung up before him. No sooner had Sakari’s attacks shattered against the wall did Eska move on the offensive, turning her brother’s wall into a series of icy blades directed at both Sakari and Jinora.
Sakari easily melted the attack, launching a whip back at Eska. Meanwhile, Jinora swirled the air around her to knock the ice aside.
“Hmph.” Desna’s lips quirked in the semblance of a smirk. “Not bad.”
“We certainly wouldn’t want to go easy on you,” Eska added.
Then, as if by some invisible signal, they raced in opposite directions, surfing on twins streams of water.
They were being surrounded, Jinora realized as she leapt back to avoid one of Desna’s attacks. The twins were trying to gain control of the ring’s perimeter to limit her and Sakari’s movement.
“Oh no you don’t!” Sakari exclaimed. She jerked her hands back, and a wave of water shot from the pool, freezing directly in Eska’s path.
Eska easily swerved around the diversion and cracked off a piece of the wall to throw back at Sakari.
At the same time, Desna launched his own attack on Jinora, blades of water forcing her closer to Sakari.
They moved effortlessly in tandem. Jinora supposed the advantage of being twins was that they had been training together since a young age. If she and Sakari couldn’t find a way to break up their synergy, they’d never gain the upper hand in this fight.
Desna and Eska moved their hands in perfectly mirrored gestures.
“Watch out!” Jinora darted over to Sakari’s side and yanked the air into a vortex around them.
Water struck on both sides, caught in Jinora’s whirlwind.
Sakari froze the water, giving them a temporary reprieve from the attack. “I have an idea,” she said, voice dropping so low that Jinora barely caught her next words.
A smile tugged at her lips as she considered Sakari’s plans. “That might work,” she agreed. “Let’s go!”
Sakari threw out her hands, and the ice shield disintegrated into tiny shards, then melted to droplets. They hung in the air like a fine mist. Jinora twirled her hands around, and together she and Sakari bent the ice into a mist that obscured their movements.
A faint tremor emanated from the ground. Jinora’s eyes widened as spikes of ice raced toward them. “Jump!” she yelled. Twisting mid air, she sent a burst of air toward Sakari, pushing her friend farther from the attack.
The addition of the ice spikes made it harder for her to navigate the field, but Jinora could adapt. She leapt from spike to spike effortlessly, racing toward Eska.
Eska adopted a more defensive stance, a stream of water moving to her hands.
Jinora reached for the air around Eska and yanked forward. The air caught Eska, wrenching her toward Jinora. Pivoting to the side, Jinora threw Eska toward Sakari. “Catch!” she yelled.
Sakari, in the midst of fending off Desna’s counterattack, barely managed to intercept Eska. Latching a water whip around Eska’s waist, Sakari tossed her cousin back at Desna.
They didn’t collide as Jinora had been hoping. Instead, Desna sent a wave of water toward his sister, which she used to surf back to his side. Eska had barely alighted before she and Desna resumed their offensive. The speed of their attacks forced Sakari and Jinora back several feet.
Something about their stances shifted, and Sakari’s eyes widened. “Watch out, they’re—”
Whatever she was about to say cut off as a wave of water twice their height crashed toward them.
Though Sakari tried to push the attack back, the force of the water was too great. Both girls were knocked into the wall behind them, toppling out of the ring.
Jinora sat up right as Mako and Bolin jogged over. A few feet to her side, Sakari was bending the water from her clothes as she hopped to her feet.
“You two did a great job,” Bolin said. Jinora let him help her to her feet, even though she didn’t need it.
“Thank you,” she said, airbending the water from her clothes.
Mako put a hand on Sakari’s shoulder. “You two have really been polishing your teamwork. I’m impressed, even if you didn’t win the match.”
“We were impressed as well,” Eska said, hopping over the boundary wall with Desna. She exchanged a look with him.
“Indeed.” Desna considered Sakari and Jinora for a moment. “For only a few weeks’ practice, you move together quite well. Better than I would expect from benders of different elements.”
Bolin slung an arm around Jinora’s shoulders. “Republic City is kind of the multi-element-teamwork-bending capital of the world.”
Sakari swapped a smile with Jinora, then turned back to the twins. “And now that we’ve got a sense of your techniques and strategies... I bet Jinora and I could turn it around pretty well in a re-match.”
The twins lifted their chins in unison. “Hmm. We could say the same.” A smile twitched at Desna’s lips.
“The better we know you and your styles, the better we can trash you in the second round,” Eska added.
“Yeah?” Sakari punched a fist into her other hand. “It’s on then!”
Mako seemed reluctant to call attention to himself now that Eska was more focused on combat, but he cleared his throat and muttered to Jinora, “Maybe you two shouldn’t... I doubt this is how Sakari was intended to get to know her cousins.”
Jinora shrugged as Bolin laughed and said, “You guys should definitely go for the best two out of three matches.”
“Family is weird I guess?” Jinora shrugged. She didn’t have any cousins. She imagined they were like siblings, but more awkward, and with less inherent obligation to like them.
“Jinora, you good to go?” Sakari’s eyes seemed to light up as she walked over and grabbed Jinora’s arm. “Just for best two of three?”
After a long moment, Jinora smiled. “Let’s do it. But no losing this time.”
“No way.” Sakari squeezed Jinora’s hand, then towed her back toward the ring. “Desna, Eska, you’re on!”
Jinora smiled to herself as they clambered back into the ring. Maybe this wasn't the best of way of bonding with one’s cousins, but Sakari and the twins seemed to be enjoying the competition, and Jinora never minded fighting by her friend’s side.
*
“Work will be over in five minutes,” Asami’s guard announced.
Asami blinked and glanced up at the clock. It was indeed nearly five o’clock. After Bumi had left around lunchtime, the rest of the day had passed quickly. A part of her still felt like she had only been finessing her improvements for an hour at most.
She wouldn’t deny that it was nice to have an engineering project to get absorbed into again.
“There’s a locker in the corner for you to leave your materials,” the guard said. “You’re the only one here consistently, but police officers will drop in to repair their gear sometimes and it’s best not to leave anything lying around.”
“Of course,” Asami said. She finished tightening one of the screws on the disruptor’s casing and carefully set it to the side. After jotting some notes to help her remember what she had been working on, she began returning her tools to the kit she had been provided.
“You look like you’re making good progress on that device,” Asami’s guard said. “I mean, I don’t know much about engineering stuff, but it looks impressive.”
“I’m mostly just fixing some of the issues with the disruptor,” Asami said, moving the tools and the disruptor to the locker her guard had indicated. Afterward, she gathered up her notebook and slipped her mother’s handcuff back around her wrist. They were the only two items she was permitted to transport between her cell and the workroom. “But the work has been going along well.”
“Good to hear,” the guard said. She held open the door for Asami. “Time to head back. Dinner will be coming around soon.”
Asami nodded and stepped into the hallway and began walking toward her cell. Lin hadn’t bothered cuffing Asami after the incident with her nighttime visitors. And even if the other guards didn’t know about that, they seemed to have taken the chief’s cue. Asami’s workroom guard followed a step or two behind her as they made their way toward the stairs.
The sound of additional footsteps neared, and Asami slowed her steps instinctively to remain by her guard. A pair of police officers rounded the corner, escorting a handcuffed prisoner between them.
The prisoner glared at Asami, and she felt her heart drop.
It was Kin.
Asami moved to the side, giving the police and her former chi-blocking teacher a wide berth. She could bear any taunts Kin directed her way. Keeping her eyes fixed forward, she continued down the hallway, grip tightening around her notebook.
“Traitor!” Kin’s voice shattered the silence of the hallway as she and her guards drew even with Asami. Before either guard had time to react, she jabbed an elbow into one’s side and landed two kicks on the other. Both attacks hit chi points, and her guards staggered back. She turned and charged Asami.
Asami cursed and leapt back, dropping into a defensive stance. Her notebook tumbled to the ground, pages splayed in opposite directions.
Kin lashed out with a series of kicks aimed at Asami’s knees. It was a good thing that her arms were bound, throwing off her sense of balance. Otherwise, Kin would have dominated the fight instantly.
As it was, Asami twisted to avoid one of Kin’s attacks and countered by striking one of the chi points on Kin’s shoulder.
Kin jerked back with a hiss, glaring at Asami. Before she could attack again, her body flew backwards, slamming into the wall.
Asami’s guard stepped forward, crouched in a metalbending stance. “Go get backup!” she shouted at one of the other officers, keeping her eyes fixed on Kin.
“You can’t hide behind your new bending friends forever,” Kin snarled. “Some people might think you a hero, but you’re in here same as all the other Equalists you betrayed.”
A trio of guards raced down the corridor and took over securing Kin. In response, Asami retrieved her notebook and kept herself pressed against the edge of the hallway, heart racing beneath her ribcage.
Though Kin said nothing else on the subject, her gaze was fixed on Asami as she was forcibly escorted down the hallway.
“Come on,” Asami’s guard said, walking over to her. “Let’s get going.”
“Right,” Asami said. She took a deep breath and followed her guard down the hallway toward her cell.
She had never been more relieved to see her cell than in the following moment. She let out a faint sigh as she stepped behind the bars, her guard closing the door behind her.
Instead of leaving like she normally did, the guard hesitated for a moment. “Are you alright?” she asked.
“I... am fine,” Asami said, placing the notebook down on the desk in her cell. “I was not harmed earlier.”
“Yeah, but…I mean, I know you’re not physically hurt,” the guard said. “But I’m sure you’re pretty shaken. I’m sorry I didn’t step in soon enough.”
“No, no,” Asami said. “We were all caught off guard, but Kin’s attack would have been much worse without your intervention. Thank you…”
“Xing!” Her guard saluted. “At your service.”
Asami regarded her in silence for a moment.
“Okay, that’s probably weird because I guess I’m your guard,” Xing said. She took a deep breath. “I heard what you did during the Equalist invasion. I have an uncle in the United Forces navy. Thanks to your warning, he’s alive. So I guess what I’m trying to say is ‘Thank you.’ I wasn’t sure what to make of you at first, but I can tell you’re a good person. You’ve made mistakes with the Equalists, and you’re working to correct those mistakes. I mean, you chose prison, which is a choice I don’t think I could ever make. So don’t worry about what that other prisoner said.”
Asami smiled at the words. “Thank you, Xing. That was very thoughtful.”
Xing returned the smile with a salute. Her expression turned more serious after a moment. “I should go report this incident to Chief Beifong. So, I guess I’ll see you tomorrow. I’ll make sure to do a better job guarding you in the future. And if you ever need to talk about something, I’m here.”
Asami thanked the woman again and watched as she disappeared down the hallway.
She sunk into the armchair and buried her head in her hands. Despite Xing’s reassuring words, Asami still could hear Kin’s taunts circling in her head. Her pulse had yet to calm down, a tremor lingering in her arms.
She had never been particularly close with Kin as their roles within the Equalists had kept them in different spheres most of the time. Still, Kin had helped Asami to refine her chi-blocking technique, providing her with an array of tricks to counter a larger and stronger opponent. They had laughed over jokes while sparring with Liu and other Equalists.
But that camaraderie had died the moment Asami turned her back on the Equalists. This might not be the pain of losing her mother or Liu, but Kin’s hatred of her still cut deeply.
The sound of measured footsteps resounded down the hall, and Asami glanced up as Lin came into view. Her lips were pressed into a thin line.
Asami rose to her feet. “Chief Beifong—”
“I heard about the situation from Xing,” Lin said. “What happened in the hallway earlier was completely unacceptable, and I will make sure that such an incident does not happen again. Apparently your work schedule was not included with the rest of the prisoner transferal schedule. I will make sure that Xing is aware of any future transfers to avoid contact with any other prisoners. I will also make sure that the woman who attacked you in transferred to a higher-security block.”
“Thank you, Chief,” Asami said.
Lin lingered for a moment. “You are unharmed?”
“I was not injured.”
“Good. Then I will see you later, Sato.” Lin departed just as suddenly as she had arrived, though without her usual brusqueness.
Asami watched her leave, wondering if something had shifted in their relationship since their last conversation. Her eyes fell back to her cell, and she sighed, sinking back into the armchair. The walls seemed to be pressing in on her in a way they hadn’t since her first few days.
Lin and the police would take all precautions to keep her away from any other Equalists, but they couldn’t only put so much distance between two people in the same prison. She twisted her mother’s handcuff in her hands.
She’d told Korra that staying here was her choice. And it was. But it could also very well be a bad choice too. Only time would tell, and the room seemed cooler than when she’d left it earlier that day.
*
Meditating this time was the same as last time. But, in the sameness, Korra felt a shift. Like walking a daily path and eventually noticing wear on the ground.
Breath.
She’d been treading this path with the cadence of her breathing.
In and out.
The chi paths of her body felt like rivers, as she sank into the awareness of them. The ebb and flow. Like water.
Water was the element of change.
And she had adapted. Shifted. Moved, and allowed herself to be moved. Become changeable and fluid.
But not pliable. Still solid, like the earth.
Earth was the element of substance. And she’d persisted. Endured, more than anything else, her own desire to give up.
But she hadn’t. More than endure, she’d pushed back. Her spirit felt brighter and bolder than before, ablaze with purpose.
And strength. Fire was the element of power. Flames and explosions. But also life.
Life like breath.
In and out.
Korra exhaled, and felt something loosen.
Air. The element of freedom.
Aang was an Air Nomad. But also the Avatar, imbued with fire and earth and water.
Korra was a waterbender first. But as the Avatar, also mantled with earth and fire. And (allegedly) air.
She’d been raised to suspect him and any visions he sent her. But perhaps they were less different than she’d thought. She’d been mentally yelling at him for weeks now, trying to steer her visions to what she thought was useful. Any suspect rhetoric or messages used to get reported to Zaheer, who would give her his context.
And the training was still there, as soon as she thought about him. A tightness in her gut and a race of adrenaline.
Korra returned to her breathing. No more steering. She was open to whatever Aang sent her at this point.
“There are no enemies here,” she whispered. No warnings to receive or reports to give.
Only breath. In and out.
Korra counted her breaths and tracked the ebb and flow of her body’s chi until her spirit stilled again.
“Hello, Korra.”
His voice was older than she’d heard it in any of her visions.
“Aang.” She opened her eyes.
He was sitting with her in the attic. He was taller than she would have thought. And younger too. Not a speck of gray in his beard. “It’s good to see you,” he said. Then he smiled and Korra was reminded of Jinora, born too late to know her grandfather.
She looked down and turned up her palms. “Why now? What’s different this time?”
“You’re not angry at me any more, which helps. More importantly, you were open. And in that openness, you called me here.”
Korra met his eyes, poised to challenge him on her lack of anger. But, meeting his steady gray eyes, she found her anger had tempered. She still had issues with him, but the emotional heat had abated. “It seems convenient,” she said, “that you can only show up after I’m no longer inclined to yell at you.”
“I’m conflict-averse,” he said, smiling. “If you meet Toph, she’ll have a funny story or twelve for you on that.”
“I’ll try to find some time later.” Korra frowned. “I need to ask: Can energybending restore someone’s bending after it’s been stripped by bloodbending?”
His eyes darkened. “I never encountered bloodbending employed in that fashion, but yes. It is possible.”
“I’ve studied your scrolls. I read and reread your encounter with the lion turtle before your battle with Ozai, but I still don’t know how to attempt energybending itself.” She reached out her hands. “You touch their chest and forehead and… do what?”
Aang tilted his head to the side. “That’s the odd thing about it. You only know, in the moment you are able, what you are doing and how to do it.”
Korra blinked twice, then rejected the desire to snap at him. It was too important to try and figure this out than risk him vanishing due to a flash of temper. “And… what makes you able to do it? To energybend?”
“To bend another’s energy, your own spirit must be unbendable,” Aang said. Korra recognized it as one of the lion turtle’s quotes. “It is only in the moment that you know yourself, truly and absolutely, that you can stand on your spirit like a solid foundation. From that platform alone can you reach outside of yourself and bend someone else’s energy.”
“What if… what if there are parts of yourself that are hard to see? Hard to know?” Her gaze fell, and she could see Amon’s lifeless body as vivid in her memories as Aang’s spirit was before her now.
“I never said it was easy,” Aang said. “I did not understand at first. I found that knowledge in the moment I spared Ozai. When I held back from that killing blow, I pulled myself from the Avatar State and stepped away from all the Avatars before me.”
He reached out a hand and Korra automatically pressed her palm against his. The touch was warm and substantial.
“It was in that space, the separation between myself as Aang and myself as Avatar, that I found the knowledge of my own unbendable spirit.”
Korra pulled her hand back. She could feel Aang’s spirit begin to drift out of alignment with this moment, away from the physical plane.
“I do disagree with you,” she said, “even if I’m not angry about it.”
Aang chuckled. “That happens. Our past lives are different people, even though we are all the Avatar. Reach back farther and try talking to Kyoshi sometime. We had some serious disagreements.”
“About killing people.” Korra remembered that part from Aang’s scroll. She felt hollow, and she couldn’t say whether or not it was related to Aang’s fading presence.
“That was just the start of it.” Aang looked rueful.
“What about airbending,” Korra blurted. “Why can’t I do it?”
He was getting more transparent, but Korra could still make out his shrug. “I’m not sure,” he said. “But are you open to it? When was the last time you felt free without obligation?”
And he was gone.
“I... am now,” Korra said to her empty attic. She wasn’t sure she believed it.
She couldn’t say how long she sat there, gathering herself in the aftermath of Aang’s presence. She felt oddly bare. Emotionally naked, but not vulnerable. More like… unmasked. Seen.
The more she knew Aang, the less and less accurate Zaheer’s descriptions seemed to fit him. She’d been raised to know her predecessor as well-intentioned, but arrogant man who had set in place his vision for Republic City and the world beyond it without consideration for the freedom of the people there.
But… from the child she watched in her visions to the man she’d spoken to now, she had never met someone with a more humble and unassuming manner. He wasn’t perfect, but he wasn’t claiming to be either.
He didn’t seem to expect her to make the same decisions or support the ones he’d made either.
And never, in his visions or anything he’d said, had he shamed or condemned her for Amon’s death.
Korra ducked her head, although there was nobody there to see her. Zaheer had always said that the power to take someone’s life was the ultimate authority. It was only to be used when that person used their freedom to infringe on the life and freedom of others, or perpetuated inequality.
And… Amon fit that definition. Her blood boiled as she remembered him advancing on Sakari in the training room. But… from the broken first moment after, when she’d seen his body still and lifeless… there had been no rush of triumph and vindication. She’d expected the rush that Ming-Hua spoke of, that sense of knowing, beyond all doubt, that she had done the right and good thing.
All she’d felt was anguish. Waste and grief. The sense that things could have been so different. Despite her victory in battle, she’d lost somehow. Or lost something. Between the Avatar State and the pounding adrenaline, she could spend an hour replaying that last leg of the battle in her mind and still find something new every time. Hundreds of voices and lives echoing with her own shouts. The power of all the Avatars before her, racing forward inside of her steps to deliver judgement on Amon.
But, in the moment of his death, it had been her. Korra had made that decision and it was nobody else’s, even with the glow behind her eyes.
A weight settled in her chest, but a heavier one lifted from her shoulders. It was better to face that knowledge, even if it cast a shadow on her reflection.
As she understood it, Aang had fled when confronted with his identity as the Avatar, right on the eve of the Fire Nation’s surprise attack that started the genocide of his people.
Korra’s thoughts flickered to Jinora and her siblings. The only airbenders, but not the last ones.
Whatever the consequences of Aang’s choices, they were still playing out now. And… whatever the consequences of Korra’s decisions, she would continue to see them ripple.
It was an oddly comforting thought.
“Naga! Can you come down?” Jia called from below.
“Sure thing, be right down.” Korra shook herself from her meditative pose and stretched her back before lifting the trapdoor and dropping downstairs.
She’d gone up fairly early in the evening. Hotaru was still at the kitchen table, folding something out of paper. As Korra peered around the corner, she saw Akio at the doorway with Anyu beside him. The older woman immediately brightened when she saw Korra.
“Oh Naga! Your evening caller is here.” She winked broadly at Korra and smiled as she steered herself out of the way.
Akio glanced at Anyu oddly for a moment, then focused his attention on Korra. “Hey Naga.” He stole closer to her and whispered in her ear. “We’ve been getting reports from nearby neighborhoods about increased Equalist activities. We’re increasing evening patrols and trying to start a few more watchers during the day.”
Korra frowned. “Any idea what they’re up to?”
He shook his head. “Couldn’t say. But from what I’m piecing together from a few other guardians, it’s gotta be something big. Can you come out tonight? We’re piecing together a new patrol schedule and I’d like to place you in it, if you’re willing.”
She raised an eyebrow. “You trust me for that now?”
He shrugged. “Enough to wreck a building. Gotta take what we can get.” But he was smiling, somewhat. Then he glanced down and frowned. “You might wanna get some shoes on first though.”
“Oh!” Korra looked down. “Totally forgot.” She’d taken them off for meditation earlier. “I’ll be right back.”
She turned around and jogged past Hotaru and Anyu to get to the attic ladder. In a couple seconds, she’d clambered up, snagged her shoes, and jumped back down.
“Have fun on your moonlit walk,” Anyu said as Korra plopped down on the bench next to Hotaru.
Korra laughed as she pulled her shoes on and just shook her head. As nice as Akio was, there was only one person Korra wished she was on a moonlit walk with, and it wasn’t him. Besides, Anyu was oblivious to Akio’s obvious lack of romantic interest in Korra.
“Be safe, Naga” Hotaru whispered, glancing at Korra knowingly. With how the girl idolized the Guardian Spirits, Korra wouldn’t put it past her to recognize Akio’s nighttime visits and his ‘walks’ with Korra for what they really were.
“I will,” Korra said. She glanced down and smiled at the crane Hotaru had folded. “That looks really nice, by the way.”
Hotaru held it out to Korra. “I learned how to make them from a friend at school,” she said.
On closer inspection, Korra could see some of the folds were a little off, or had been folded and then refolded in the right place.
Anyu glanced over with interest. “You know, when I was a kid, we all went through a crane phase. I remember making dozens of these things. One of my friends was descended from Fire Nation colonists, and she said that if you folded one thousand paper cranes, the spirits would grant you a wish.”
Korra handed the crane back, and Hotaru turned it over in her hands intently. “I know,” she said.
With a pang, Korra set a hand on Hotaru’s shoulder as she stood up. She didn’t need to ask to know what Hotaru’s wish would be. Out of habit, Korra reached out and brushed the edge of the girl’s spirit.
Everything fell into place.
She didn’t have to be the perfect Avatar to know herself. She didn’t need bloodless hands. She didn’t need to have mastered airbending. She didn’t need to have released all her earthly tethers, or have reached some deep enlightenment.
She just needed to be Korra. She needed to know who that was. To know herself without pretense, to know herself as flawed as she was, bound up in the world. Lifeblood on her hands and a half dozen abandoned people waiting on her next step.
Distantly, she heard Akio asking what she was doing, as she pulled Hotaru up from the bench and turned her around.
“I am Korra,” she heard herself say, laying a hand on the girl’s forehead and another on her collarbone.
Light filled the room and whelmed her vision, but not the light of one of Aang’s messages. Her own spirit was a bit more blue. She could see a bright halo surrounding her hands before her vision slipped toward the spiritual plane.
Standing on her spirit like a rock, she flooded Hotaru’s system with power and burned through the blockages from the spiritual side out to the physical side.
And there was freedom.
Hotaru gasped.
As Korra withdrew, she could sense the girl’s chi flowing unhindered through the unblocked chakras.
Korra opened her eyes as Hotaru stumbled backwards. And as the girl’s foot came down on the stone floor, a piece of it in front of her flew up toward the ceiling.
On reflex, Korra reached out and caught it. In a single motion, she bent the stone back into its space in the floor.
“I can... my bending... I can bend again...” Hotaru bent the rock right back out of the floor, changing and crushing it in the air between her hands for a moment. She tore her eyes away from it to look up at Korra. “You... you gave my bending back. You... you’re the—” Hotaru’s voice cracked into a sob.
“The Avatar,” Korra said. “I’m Avatar Korra.”
And for the first time, she felt like it.
Notes:
BOOM
It's begun.
The next 2 chapters will be our mid-season/mid-arc finale. We'll be writing those chapters concurrently, with the intent of posting them kind of back-to-back, within a week of each other due to the inevitable cliffhanger between them. After that, Arc 2 will begin moving toward its final finale.
You can expect those sometime early August.
In the meantime: WHAT IS GONNA HAPPEN NEXT?? Theories, reactions, and be honest were you emotionally impacted?
All comments read. Almost all comments replied. Select comments become co-author fodder for Skye and I to bounce back and forth as we consider how exactly to implement the next chapter.
Chapter 23: Rebirth
Summary:
The Avatar has returned! Korra uses her newfound ability to restore bending to Republic City. Meanwhile, Mako and Sakari slip away to investigate the rumors surrounding Korra, and Asami discovers that her prison routine is about to be shaken up.
Notes:
Hey. It's been a while, but here we are <3
If you need a refresher on where this chapter starts, you might want to consider re-reading Chapter 22. Apologies for the delay.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter 23: Rebirth
(Rough takedowns are great opportunities for a comeback)
“I’m Avatar Korra.”
The words seemed to ring with power. Identity and truth. For a split-second, Korra wondered if she’d ever said them before, in that order, just like that.
Hotaru’s eyes widened in awe.
And then Korra’s awareness of the rest of the room widened.
“Oh Spirits…” Anyu sat heavily on the bench. She had a hand pressed over her heart. “The Avatar… you’re the Avatar…” She was looking at Korra in wonder, but also as though Korra had three heads. “The Avatar… has been living in our attic.”
“And doing our dishes. Walking our children to school…” Jia stepped forward and rested a hand on her wife’s shoulder. “Doing small home repairs, helping with the homework, and…” She trailed off, gaze fixed on Hotaru, who was still holding the stone in her hands in wonder, absolutely fixated on it.
By the door, Akio fell to his knees with a thud. “It was you…” he uttered. Korra took a step closer, but stopped when he looked up, eyes bright and watery. “The entire time… it’s been you the entire time.” His voice cracked. “We all thought you left. That you’d killed Amon and left and, and that would have been enough. Enough to stop the Equalists’ takeover. Enough to inspire the Guardian Spirits, make the mask into an icon…”
Akio had told her once, that the Avatar had inspired him to join. To stand up and take action and fight if need be. He’d said that Avatar Aang felt like a myth, but their masked Avatar was different, helping the city out before anyone knew who she was.
Korra had zero doubt that Akio was remembering that conversation very differently now.
“Hey, it’s still me,” she said. She was going to say something else when Hotaru moved forward.
Korra blinked as Hotaru reverently took her hand. The girl touched her forehead to Korra’s fingertips. “Thank you,” she whispered.
“Okay, let’s all breathe.” Korra gently, but firmly pressed on Hotaru’s shoulder to stand the girl back upright. “I know that was probably a shock. Honestly, I’m kind of shaken too, but it’s still me. I called myself Naga because… because I couldn’t reveal my identity then. But it’s been me the whole time.”
Anyu’s expression still seemed frozen, and Akio had yet to rise from his knees. Korra was briefly grateful that Hai hadn’t woken up from the commotion.
Jia seemed to be recovering the fastest, so Korra gently steered Hotaru toward her. Instinctively, Jia reached out and wrapped an arm around her daughter.
“It’s going to be okay,” Jia said, “you’re safe now. Avatar Korra has… restored your bending.” At this, Jia looked questioningly at Korra, who nodded to confirm. Jia wrapped her arms around Hotaru. “Nobody will ever take it from you again.”
Hotaru buried her face in Jia’s side and Anyu leaned forward to join in the hug.
Korra smiled. All of them had been healed somewhat, even though Korra had only laid her hands on Hotaru.
This is what she’d been working toward.
Pulling away from the hug, Jia lifted her head. “Avatar…” she began hesitantly, then spilled into a series of questions. “How… how did this happen? How did you heal her? And, if I may ask you, Avatar… Why now, after these weeks you’ve lived here?”
“Please, just call me Korra.” She smiled, and tried to project “As for restoring her bending, it’s not healing like in traditional waterbending. It’s something called ‘energybending,’ which is the same technique Avatar Aang used to take bending away from people who would not be stopped from using their bending to harm people.” Korra sighed. “As for how long it’s taken… I’ve been studying it for weeks and weeks now, since even before I came here. Even before the fight with Amon.”
Saying his name now, she didn’t feel the usual tremor.
She shook her head to clear her thoughts and push on. “I… had a breakthrough, of sorts, earlier tonight. And then when I was getting up to leave… everything clicked.” She smiled warmly at Hotaru.
Near the door, Akio slowly pulled himself up to his feet. “Avatar… does this mean you can restore anybody’s bending now?”
Korra nodded. “I’m almost certain. There’s nothing different about Hotaru than about any other bender whose bending Amon blocked off. With a moment to focus, I should be able to repeat it with anyone.”
Anyu sat forward. “Is that what you’ll do next, Naga? I mean, Avatar Korra? You’ll heal everyone whose bending was taken?”
Korra opened her mouth, then closed it. She… hadn’t exactly thought that far ahead. Her goal had been to gain the ability to restore bending. Originally, for Ming-Hua. And then for Hotaru and for Akio’s brother and the other former-benders she’d met while hiding out at Anyu and Jia’s place.
She frowned. “I… am not sure how exactly I’m gonna do that. But yes. Definitely a goal. As many people as possible.” She also had a deadline. Harmonic Convergence was coming up, and she would need to rendezvous with the Red Lotus to leave Republic City. But even if she had to leave for a bit, she could still come back later and finish restoring bending to those Amon had hurt.
Korra frowned. “The real question is how to do so… I’m not ready to just go and reveal my face and identity just yet…”
To completely lose her freedom to move about without recognition? No way.
“Maybe we can just reach out individually and connect you with people whose bending was taken?” Anyu asked. “Keep it kind of secret, and allow the news to spread by word of mouth by those you’ve healed.”
Korra shook her head. “Too slow. I… I will need to leave Republic City soon. Just for a bit. But I want to reach as many people as possible before I do.”
Akio stepped forward, holding his Blue Spirit mask. He knelt before her and held it out. “Avatar… I have an idea that might work. As well as a bunch of friends with masks who don’t need to know all the specifics.”
After a pause, Korra nodded slowly. “Alright… tell me what you’ve got in mind, and we’ll figure out what can be done.
* * *
“All this for some politicians?” Mako raised an eyebrow as he looked over the scene: A stage set up near the front of Central City Station. A crowd was gathering in the plaza before it, ringing the statue of Fire Lord Zuko.
Sakari shrugged. “Not quite the energy of a pro-bending match, but the crowd showed up, at least.”
“Mmm. That’s good news for the elections, bad news for security.” A big crowd meant more police required to secure the event. There was always a heavier police presence for the finals than the quarter-finals.
But this rally seemed safe enough, if Mako was any judge. Police ringed the plaza where Tenzin was gearing up to give his speech and more than a few stern faces in the crowd had the look of undercover cops.
Still. Mako reached inside his coat and flexed his electrified glove as Sakari drifted over to talk to Jinora.
Lately, he’d taken to carrying the glove everywhere. It stayed under his pillow as he slept, just in case. Fire and lightning used to race along his knuckles as needed, always at-hand. Without it now, the glove was the second-best thing. Maybe the third-best, as long as he had Bolin at his back.
He glanced at his brother. Bolin had taken up a post on the other side of Sakari and Jinora. Even after Mako had lost his bending, Bolin still treated him like an equal in combat. He never acted like Mako was incapable of maintaining security, or like he was helpless or something.
But Bolin had changed. At least a little. Still goofy, but he was standing a little straighter. Mako watched his eyes scan the crowds, not unlike how Mako had been doing a minute ago.
When Bolin’s gaze came back around to Mako, he smiled.
Mako smiled back. Warmth swelled in his chest, and the chill in his fingertips dulled a little.
The awareness had been sharper recently. His eyes slid over to Malina who had taken up a place of honor, or at least of publicity, on the podium near Tenzin. The two of them were both projecting a quiet dignity, although Malina was doing a better job of it, in Mako’s opinion. Next to them, Chief Lin Beifong, was speaking with a man in a red military uniform. Very practical, and all business. At the far end of the stage, a man with stylish, wavy hair was making expansive hand gestures as he spoke with a mousy, brown-haired woman. Mako wasn’t sure who they were, and clearly neither was Malina. She touched Tenzin’s shoulder and asked him a question with her head inclined toward the hand-gesture guy. Maybe she was upset his presence was cramping her regal aura.
Mako shook his head. Monarchs seemed kind of silly to him; he had a couple memories of his parents talking about Fire Lord Izumi and old Fire Lord Zuko in comparison to the Earth Queen, but no real attachment to the figureheads of his ancestors’ home countries. Growing up in Republic City, those people certainly hadn’t made a difference in whether he ate or starved.
However… certain blue-clad members of the crowd seemed to take notice of Malina with favor. They pointed and stood a little taller, pointing her out to other people in blue nearby. Based on the crash course Sakari had given him and Bolin about differences in Northern and Southern water tribe garb, he’d hazard an educated guess that the people reacting positively to her presence were either from the North Pole or descended from people who were.
He wasn’t really sure what to make of the woman. But if she lent some stability and legitimacy to the rally, that was a good thing in Mako’s book.
Her children were another matter. Eska slipped around the barrier of Jinora and Bolin standing to his left and started closing in on Mako. He turned and crossed his arms. The twins had seemed nearly identical when he first saw them, but he could definitely tell them apart now.
“Hello my darling penguin-otter,” she said, moving to slip her arm through his elbow.
“Not your darling. Not a penguin-otter,” he said, pivoting forward and twisting to remove himself from her grasp. Oddly enough, she seemed to like it the colder he was to her, so he flashed her a smile as he took a step closer to Jinora.
At that point, thankfully, Tenzin stepped up to the podium and cleared his throat. Eska directed her attention up toward the stage, and Mako took the opportunity to slip past Jinora and move so he was on the far side of their group by Sakari.
“Good morning. I would like to welcome everyone, and thank you for attending here today. Recent events have shaken the United Republic to its core, but that is not the end of the story. Today, we are here for the future of the United Republic and Republic City!”
He paused. After a beat, the crowd offered up loose applause.
“As a nation, we have overcome incredible trials. But, as we look forward to Republic City’s democratic future, I hope we can all agree that these difficulties have made our city stronger!”
Mako winced and flexed his hands.
“Our upcoming elections will bring the governance of the United Republic closer to her citizens. Our candidate pool has pulled voices from all corners of Republic City. Speaking for the council, I am here today to say that I look forward to passing on the torch of leadership to whomever our good citizens select.”
Mako wasn’t really much for politics on a good day, but as Master Tenzin continued, he found himself tuning out more than usual. He glanced down toward Desna and Eska, who, by contrast, were entirely focused on the stage. Sakari had talked a little about Malina’s focus on the twins’ political educations, as chieftains apparent or something.
That was a thought as terrifying as Eska’s obsession with him. The two of them were, what, sixteen? Malina wasn’t Mako’s favorite person, just from what he’d heard from Jinora and Sakari, but the idea of her stepping down as a reigning monarch and handing the throne to her teenage children ranked even lower on Mako’s preference list, regardless of whether they’d been prepping all their lives or not.
“Monarchies are insane,” he muttered.
“Just now picking that one up?” Sakari muttered.
“Is that a weird stance to have? Since you’re a princess?” Bolin scratched his chin.
“I’m not a princess,” Sakari said, crossing her arms. “I’m the daughter of the chief.”
Bolin opened his mouth and held up a finger, but paused when Sakari glared at him to drop it.
Not too far behind them, the police seemed to be shifting, or maybe rotating, their coverage. Mako idly registered that Tenzin was saying something about ‘ensuring all citizens have a voice’ in the new government. Malina seemed to put on an extra polite face in the background behind him.
And then, off to the side in the journalists’ cordon, someone was whispering something about the Dragon Flats.
He was about to tune it out when he took in their frantic tone, slightly out of breath. Then the words: “restoring bending”
And then nothing else mattered. Mako sidled closer to the journalist section. Near the back corner, some junior reporter looked like she’d just finished a marathon halfway across the city. “Something involving the Guardian Spirits. Reports are just leaking out now.”
The older reporter lifted an eyebrow. “Okay, but do you have some actual proof about that? Beyond the masked crazies doing something a little different than usual?”
At that, an odd steel entered the young woman’s eyes. “They aren’t crazies, ma’am. And… I cannot confirm a source for this but… I’ve been informed that this is an Avatar thing.”
A few other informants popped up within the journalists’ section, which now seemed less and less focused on Tenzin’s speech. With the additional people, however, Mako lost the ability the follow that original conversation.
Sakari materialized at Mako’s side, startling him. “People have seen Korra?”
Jinora sidled over a moment later, features etched with interest.
“I’m not sure,” Mako said, keeping his voice low. He waved a hand to motion Bolin over. “But… the Guardian Spirits are involved, and they said people are getting their bending restored? And… only the Avatar could do that, right?”
Bolin’s eyes widened when he registered what Mako had said. “Mako, you have to go. The Avatar could heal you!”
“We have to go,” Sakari said. For a heartbeat, a look of anguish crossed her face. Then her gaze darted around the police circling the perimeter of the event and she locked eyes on him. “Or at least you. I don’t think all four of us could get out from under the security, but if there’s a chance you could have you bending restored, we could cover for you to take it.”
Mako opened his mouth before words had come to mind. “I… no.” He put a hand on Sakari’s shoulder. “If I have that chance, I want to take it. But if you have a chance to see your sister, you should seize that just the same.”
“Jinora and I can cover so the two of you can get out,” Bolin said immediately.
“It… it might be dangerous.” Jinora looked down. “And we’ve been taking a lot of risks lately. With the prison and stuff…”
Sakari reached out and took Jinora’s hands. “We’ll be careful. I promise. Mako and I will meet you and Bolin at the docks and ride with you back to Air Temple Island. If we get there and you’re not there, the ferry operator should be able to tell us if you’ve already gone on or if you haven’t arrived yet.”
“Best case scenario,” Mako cut in, “we’re back before you and Tenzin doesn’t have time to be too worried before we’re reunited.” And ideally, Senna would only know after he’d safely brought her daughter back. She’d been feeling a bit off and stayed back on Air Temple Island with Pema that morning.
He locked eyes with Bolin. “Worst case scenario, if you hear things got rough or something unexpected happens, we all skip the ferry meeting and just get back safely to Air Temple Island. We can meet up there. Or Naga can help track people down or whatever seems best to you at that point.”
His brother nodded with resolve. “Understood! Jinora and I will keep a handle on the situation here.”
“I’ve been working on using my airbending to, um, eavesdrop, basically.” Jinora looked a bit pink across her cheeks. “I’ll do my best to keep up with whatever the news is with the Dragon Flats.”
Mako felt something loosen in his chest. He could go, and it would be okay, whatever happened. Bolin was a goofball, but something had steadied with his brother since their confrontation with Amon. And Jinora, for all that she was a kid, could definitely handle herself.
It felt strange, trusting them to take care of things.
But it made him free to act. To leave.
He set a hand on Sakari’s shoulder. “Let’s go.”
A dry voice intruded. “You’ll probably need more cover here.”
Mako barely resisted the instinct to jump. Desna and Eska had snuck up on their conversation.
“Has anyone ever told you that’s rude?” he snipped back at them.
“They’ve tried,” Desna said.
“Rudeness is an irrelevant concept in this interaction.” Eska tilted her head. “Relevant to this interaction is whether or not Desna and I will help cover you here, or if we will immediately inform the guards of your departure.”
Sakari crossed her arms. “Oh, well thanks for not blocking us outright, at the very least. Can’t you stay out of other people’s business?” She paused, then sighed. “Or at least mine. At least today?”
Impatience flared under Mako’s skin and he stepped toward Eska. Somewhere in the background, Tenzin was still droning on, giving what was probably a sub-par speech. In the reporter’s cordon, the frantic whispering was rising. Off in the Dragon Flats, something was going on with the Blue Spirit mask people. Bending was being restored? The Avatar had returned again? And if he and Sakari left now, they might be able to restore the heat under his fingertips. Connect her to her sister.
And instead of walking out, they were standing here.
Eska smirked at him. It was kind of creepy.
He and Sakari probably did need more cover.
A solution occurred to him. Maybe everyone could have what they wanted today. Eska and Desna’s matching expressions shattered into uncertainty as Mako closed the distance between them.
Setting a hand on Eska’s shoulder, he leaned down and pulled her in for a weird, lingering kiss.
Behind him, Bolin choked on his breath and started coughing.
Immediately, Eska threw her arms around his neck, which was a bit much. He leaned into the contact, not quite a fan, but it wasn’t bad really. Maybe… chilly, and a little wet? Maybe all waterbenders kissed like that.
He pulled back. “Thank you for covering for us,” he said.
Eska blinked and put her fingertips to her lips. “Y-yes. Yes of course.”
“Hey-“ Desna started to object. Eska held out a hand and cut him off.
“We’ll need to go now,” Mako said, stepping back, “but I’ll catch up to you later.”
“Take the east exit and we’ll intercept the next guard cycle with political safety concerns,” Eska said, still looking a little dazed.
“And Jinora and I… we’ll distract the guards coming the other way?” Bolin looked more than a little weirded out. Behind him, Jinora just nodded.
Mako put a hand on Sakari’s shoulder. “Ready to move?”
“Just about ready to throw up, but getting away works too,” she said.
“You can throw up after we’re out of sight of the square.” Behind them, Tenzin was still droning on about unity. If he kept going at that pace, they’d have plenty of time to get to the Dragon Flats. “Let’s go.”
Behind them, Eska said “We’ll cover as long as we can.”
He smiled at her, and was surprised to find he meant it. “Thank you.”
*
Eight blocks outside the square, Sakari still hadn’t let go of the kiss with Eska.
“Don’t you hate her?” Even though she had to run to keep pace with his jogging and longer legs, it hadn’t stopped her from presenting a litany of questions regarding his taste, decision-making, sanity, and teenage hormones.
He shrugged a response. Again. “I dunno, Sakari. Sometimes you just do things, you know?”
She wrinkled her nose. “No! I don’t know that!”
“Well now she’s covering for us. So… mission accomplished?”
Sakari shook her head. “Still my creepy cousin.”
They were almost to the Dragon Flats. The streets had started to become denser with people. It was just another block or two to the neighborhood’s open square. He and Bolin lived off an alley there for a short period of time after they lost their parents.
“And what if you find Korra because Eska covered for us?”
What if he got back his bending? Eska could have all the kisses she wanted.
“I will give her a massive hug and write a toast for your wedding.”
Mako was working on a comeback when they rounded a corner and came to a dead stop. The center square of the Dragon Flats was packed with throngs of people and a feverish energy. All around, people of all ethnicities were undergoing spiritual rituals. He saw a small group sitting with air acolyte prayer beads. Another group had a firebender weaving small flames into a pattern in the air, invoking a spirit’s presence. A small group of blue-clothed people were doing something involving a fish and what may have been a makeshift altar. He was trying to figure out what a nearby group of Earth Kingdom nationals were doing when he saw the Blue Spirits in the center.
“What is going on here,” he muttered.
“Is one of them Korra?” Sakari gripped his sleeve.
“I’m not sure.”
An empty fountain sat in the middle of the square, out of service for as long as Mako could remember it. The crowd had formed a clear ring around it, and a few spare blue-masked figures had stationed themselves, maintaining the border.
But at the center, there was a throng. Almost two dozen figures were identically dressed in black clothing and blue masks. They moved in-time, to an eerie beat. Somewhere, a drum was beating as they made their way in a circle around the fountain.
Then someone stumbled forward. He fell to his knees halfway between the crowd and the fountain.
To Mako’s surprise, the spirits at the edge of the crowd didn’t stop him or pull him back. Instead, the whole crowd seemed to focus on him, going quiet as the group of blue spirits in the center advanced.
The drumbeat sped up, and then they were right on top of the kneeling man. The group all laid on hands, almost covering him from view. Then there was a flash of light, eyes glowing from behind one of the masks, and the spirits moved on.
The drum beat out a series of massive thumps as the man stumbled back to his feet. His wide eyes poured over with tears as he punched a hand toward the sky, launching a fireball into the air.
The crowd roared. The firebender laughed wildly. He kicked two clumsy, wavering arcs of fire. And then he ran back into the crowd, flinging his arms around someone before disappearing from Mako’s view.
And Mako stared as another person on the other side of the fountain stumbled forward and fell to their knees. Sakari seized his sleeve as the group of blue spirits converged and covered the person.
“Mako, I think it’s real.”
And even the skeptic in him, loud and derisive at hope by this point, couldn’t disagree with her. It could be staged. But the crowd, lively and rapturous in dead contrast to the audience at Tenzin’s speech, had the energy of true believers. Everyone here had seen someone’s bending restored. Knew they were in the presence of The Avatar.
“Korra,” Mako choked out. “One of masked spirits.” He turned to Sakari. “We have to get you to her.”
Sakari’s eyes widened. She looked almost afraid. “You first,” she said. “Get your bending restored.”
“But it’s your sister!”
“I know!” Sakari took a deep breath and averted her eyes. “And I might mess it up or spook her or something if I go before you. She ran, last time. I… I can’t make her run again. Not when you have a chance.”
Mako wasn’t sure which one of them started moving first, but they’d started forward, pressing and winding a way through the crowd toward the clearing at the middle.
The quickening drumbeats sounded in Mako’s chest as he watched the spirits converge on another kneeling bender.
“See if you can notice which one is her from up close,” Sakari said.
“You watch from the outside,” Mako said. “Remember how she moved at the arena.”
“I couldn’t forget.”
The mass of people roared with exhalation as the spirits moved on from the bender, leaving behind another miracle in their wake.
Mako licked his chapped lips. The wind felt rough against his face as he stopped with his toes on the edge of the crowd. One more step and he’d be in the center clearing.
He felt Sakari press a hand on his back. Not pushing, just… present.
He took a step forward. Then another. One more.
Not stumbling, not crashing.
The drums pounded a double beat, and the mass of masked figures looked toward him as one.
Mako lowered himself to one knee without averting his eyes. Goosebumps covered his skin as he examined the group. Though they looked identical at a distance, he could see small differences in their masks and build as they drew closer with every drumbeat.
Mako blinked when he saw Sakari behind one of the masks.
No, not Sakari, but the same eyes, focused and a deeper blue than the mask she was wearing.
He only had a moment to register a small scratch on the cheek of the Avatar’s mask before she was upon him.
Two fingertips pressed on his forehead, and a hand seized his shoulder. The blue eyes disappeared in a flood of light that blinded him. A torrent of energy flooded through him, as though he was being drenched from the inside out.
But somehow, it was that flood that lit the fire again.
Warmth and power burst through the dam inside of him. Mako found himself launched to his feet as the spirits moved past him. The drums beat a frenzied pattern as fire raced down his arms, and Mako launched himself into the air with the flames of his next kick.
He was himself again.
The glory of it overwhelmed his senses, and he wasn’t sure how long he’d been in the clearing before he was able to look back and find Sakari’s gaze again.
He stumbled back over to her as the crowd cheered his return.
“Sakari, Korra healed me,” he said, “I’m back, and it’s her. I’m certain of it.”
Sakari opened her mouth, but before she could respond, a pneumatic hiss sounded from the other side of the square. Two more followed, from different corners this time. Dense gray smoke rolled out into the square.
“That’s the same as the Equalist smoke bombs,” Sakari said, hair whipping around her as she surveyed the scene. The crowd’s murmurs reached an immediate fever pitch, but hadn’t broken into a panic yet.
“Everyone, your attention!” A male voice called from the midst of the gathered masked spirits, punctuated by a large fireball he punched into the air. Clambering to the top of the fountain, he held out an arm. “Everyone, remain calm.” The crowd rumbled as the smoke continued to spread, but no attack seemed to be coming with it. “We will disperse in an orderly fashion. Return to your homes.” The masked man glanced back down toward the gathered group, and one of them gave him a small nod.
Mako blinked. She had a scratch on the cheek of her mask. “That one,” he whispered to Sakari.
“We will restore more bending later. The spirits will tell you when to gather,” the announcing spirit took a breath.
Then glass shattered, and several screams sounded from the far side of the clearing.
Whatever calm and sway the masked spirit had imparted, shattered. A dozen people shouted, “Equalists!” but Mako didn’t see any.
He did see the spirits begin to scatter in all directions. The one with the scratched cheek shot off in a blaze of fire to the top of a rooftop, sprinting away the moment she landed.
Sakari was after her before Mako could take a step, dashing to the fountain in the middle.
Someone knocked into Mako before he could follow, sending him down to his knees. He scrambled to his feet as Sakari reached out and made a harsh yanking motion. Deep in the ground, a pipe shrieked and something snapped as she pulled the water out.
Her feet pounded against the cobblestones before she leapt onto the fountain’s edge, vaulting herself forward into the spray of water.
Time seemed to slow as Mako made it to his feet and Sakari launched herself into a twisting, water-powered leap from the fountain toward the rooftop where Korra had ran. For a heartbeat, he didn’t think she’d make it. There was no way she’d had enough water.
But then, as they’d discovered in their pro-bending matches, she weighed about half of what most adult waterbenders did. It didn’t take as much water to knock her back a zone or out of the ring.
And it didn’t take as much water to launch her safely to the rooftop. She rolled as she landed, then took off running after the Avatar.
Mako growled a curse as he scrambled through the panicking crowd after them, dodging and weaving out of the square and down an alley after them. Automatically, he pulled his electrified glove over his hand. He would keep pace on the ground, chasing the sound of Sakari’s footsteps on the rooftops, until some space cleared up and he could launch himself up to join her.
Two blocks down, he rounded a corner and nearly collided with someone in an Equalist uniform. Without thinking, he punched them on the jaw with his still-gloved hand. He didn’t even remember to activate the electric shock.
The Equalist dropped like a rock. Around Mako, people fleeing the square screamed and shrieked at the sight.
And as Mako kept running, he found himself laughing. He couldn’t stop, even as he became short of breath.
He’d completely forgotten his bending.
He could have set the Equalist on fire, but instead he’d clocked them in the face.
Finally alone on the street, Mako ripped the electrified glove off. He arched his hands together before punching them down and apart. Twin bursts of fire carried him into the air and onto the nearest rooftop.
And as he followed the tiny figure of Sakari in the distance, his laughter carried into the open air.
* * *
The sound of Councilman Tenzin’s speech accompanied Asami’s work as she looked over the disruptor Bumi had brought in. She had requested a second device to work on to have a reference for which modifications improved the device and which did not. She absently tightened one of the screws, trying to focus on Tenzin’s words. As curious as she was about the elections, there wasn’t much of interest in the speech.
“Tenzin’s not exactly bring up any new points,” Bumi muttered, talking more to himself than to Asami or Xing. “And he could put a little more energy into the delivery. I should take notes.”
“Take notes on what?” Asami asked.
“Oh, that is…” Bumi rubbed the back of his head for a moment. “I spent most of yesterday evening thinking about what we talked about, and, after a lot of consideration, I decided to submit my name as a presidential candidate this morning.”
Asami’s eyes widened. “Really?” He had seemed so against the idea yesterday.
“I’ll admit it was kind of a spontaneous decision,” Bumi said. “But I want to have some hand in steering the United Republic in the right direction. Even if I don’t do well in the polls, it will at least give me a foothold to start advocating for change.”
“Makes sense,” Asami said. “I’m excited to hear that.”
“I’m sure you’ll do well,” Xing added. “My family in the United Forces respects you. Plus, you’re probably one of the few candidates who will do well with both the bending and nonbending voters.”
Xing had a point. As a nonbender and son of the previous Avatar, Bumi could prove a much-needed unifying figure for Republic City. Plus, he had a way of putting people at ease when speaking to them, and Republic City needed some calm after the Equalist invasion.
“Eh, I’m not so sure,” Bumi said. “Turns out starting a campaign is a lot of work. I have to figure out a platform, what policies I want to enact, stuff like that. And if I really want to do well, I’ll need to start fundraising and giving speeches. The other candidates have a pretty good head start on all of this, especially Raiko. Maybe I should hire someone to help plan all of this. It’s either that or call in a favor, but I can’t think of anybody who owes me favors who would be good at politics.”
Asami imagined that running a presidential campaign involved a lot of work.
Bumi took a deep breath. “It will be a lot of work, and I doubt I’ll be able to put together as polished a campaign as Raiko or the others, but this is what I want to do.”
If she still had control of Future Industries—or at least access to her personal finances—she could have been a major financial supporter of Bumi’s campaign. Also, the Future Industries name itself would have drawn in voters before her involvement with the Equalists had been brought to light.
Asami sighed and pushed down the spike of regret. Even without her father’s company, she could still support Bumi as a friend.
“I’m glad to hear it,” she said.
“I’ll try to get my friends and family to vote for you,” Xing added.
“Well, I appreciate that,” Bumi said. After a moment, he added, “Though this means that I’m going to have significantly less free time moving forward. So I don’t know when I’ll be able to visit after today.”
“I see,” Asami said after a moment, fighting to keep her tone neutral. She would miss his frequent visits though. They were perhaps the only highlight to her imprisonment.
“Don’t worry, though,” Bumi added. “I’ll make they send someone fun as my replacement. Wouldn’t want you to die of boredom while you’re working here. Not that Miss Xing here isn’t good company, but you need three people to party.”
“I’m not sure that’s how the saying goes,” Asami said. “But thank you for the consideration.”
Tenzin’s speech seemed to be winding down. He was the in the middle of making some closing remarks when the radio cut off abruptly with a sharp burst of static. Asami flinched at the noise. She frowned. Did she need to fix the antenna again?
Static reigned for several seconds before a voice said, “We interrupt this broadcast to bring you breaking news.”
Bumi caught her gaze and scowled. “This can’t be good if they’re interrupting Tenzin’s speech.”
“A crowd has gathered in the Dragon Flats, and there are reports that people have been receiving their bending back. It is believed that the Avatar is the person responsible for this miraculous event.”
“The Avatar!” Bumi and Xing exclaimed in tandem.
“Korra,” Asami breathed.
Had Korra finally unlocked a way to restore a person’s bending? Pride welled up in Asami’s chest.
Her eyes drifted up and met Bumi’s across her workbench. He was giving her a strange look, and she felt her pulse quicken. It would be strange for her to call the Avatar by name. Had Bumi noticed her slip? However, he immediately turned his attention back to the radio, and Asami released the breath she had been holding.
“Early this morning, a group of men and women in Blue Spirit masks appeared in the Dragon Flats, and rumors began circulating that those who had lost their bending could have it restored if they appeared. A sizable crowd has grown over the last few hours, and a sense of frantic anticipation hovers in the air.”
“Indeed,” a second voice said through the radio. “I witnessed a woman’s bending restored only twenty minutes ago. The proceedings have become very ritualized. The person who wishes their bending restored approaches the center of the square and kneels down. The Blue Spirits approach without a word, moving in step to the drumbeats keeping time, and lay hands on the person. The drum speeds up to a frantic crescendo, and you can hear the people of the crowd chanting in prayers from different nations. There is a white light, and the person rises, bending restored.”
There was something almost surreal about the description of the event. Asami tried to imagine what it must those groups of masked figures would look like, moving as one silent mass. A part of her had always believed Korra would be able to restore the bending that Amon had taken, but she had never expected such an elaborate scheme.
“It was impossible to tell which of the masked figures was the Avatar,” the reporter continued, a note of awe creeping into her voice, “but you knew that you were in her presence.”
Asami tried to envision the mythical figure they were describing, but all she could picture was Korra cheering at a Pro-bending match or laughing over a bowl of noodles as she recounted some misadventure from her childhood. Smiling at Asami as they held hands through the bars of her prison the night Korra had broken in to rescue her.
It was that Korra whom Asami saw moving through the crowds to restore people’s lost bending. Just another masked figure, utterly powerful and yet completely anonymous.
There was a sound in the background of the radio broadcast, pulling Asami from her thoughts. She caught frantic but muffled whispering, the words indistinguishable.
“This just in,” an out-of-breath voice said. The speaker sounded as if she had ran across the city to deliver her report. “There has been a disturbance in the Dragon Flats. Just minutes ago, figures started throwing smoke grenades into the crowd around the Avatar, and panic has gripped the area. While we do not yet know who is behind the attack, some are saying they caught sight of men or women wearing the Equalists’ insignia near the edge of the crowd.”
Asami's heart leapt into her throat. No one had heard anything from the Equalist stragglers in weeks, and the fact that they were showing up at Korra's reappearance...
"Do you think the Equalists are trying to kill the Avatar in revenge?" another journalist asked.
For a moment, Asami couldn't breathe. Korra was a more than capable fighter, but anything could happen if she was caught in the middle of a panicking crowd.
Asami closed her eyes. Please be safe, she thought.
“It is possible, but no fights had broken out when I fled the scene,” the out-of-breath reporter said. “We advise everyone who lives in the area to remain indoors until the police have the situation contained.”
The reporter’s words faded into the background of Asami’s racing thoughts.
“It won’t be good if the Equalists are attacking the Dragon Flats,” Xing muttered. “Most of the police force is serving as security for Councilman Tenzin’s speech. Why on earth did those Northern Water Tribe dignitaries have to show up now?”
Bumi said something in response to that, but Asami didn’t catch the words. She had to trust that Korra would keep herself safe from whatever the Equalists were planning.
But Korra did have a tendency to defend those in need, and if she got caught up protecting civilians…
“—isn’t that right, Asami?”
Asami blinked, her attention yanked back to Bumi and Xing. Both were looking at her expectantly. “I’m sorry. Could you repeat—”
BOOM!
An explosion tore through the far end of the prison, and Asami fell to the ground. She rolled under her workbench, hands clasped over her ears, as a second explosion followed. While both explosions weren’t strong enough to damage her hearing, she could still feel the shockwaves through the floor.
Her heart hammered beneath her ribs.
Several seconds passed in silence, and Asami slowly lifted her head.
Her tools and the disruptor had been knocked to the ground, but thankfully the workbench was bolted to the floor. Bumi was crouched down several feet away, cradling his own head. After a second, he looked up and scanned the room, meeting her gaze with a solemn expression.
Xing scrambled to her feet on shaky legs. “What the hell was that?” Her voice cracked, and she smoothed out the gray material of her police uniform with anxious jerk of her hands. She raced across the room and threw the door open.
Several officers raced past the door, one stopping at the sight of Xing.
“Chen, what’s going on?” Xing asked.
“Some kind of break-in is happening on the far side of the prison,” the officer said. “I don’t have all the details yet, but one of the patrolmen saw Equalist uniforms.”
Asami’s breath hitched, dread coiling in her stomach.
Notes:
Chapter 24 is mostly written, and will be following shortly.
We're very sorry for the delay, but it's mostly my (emirael's) fault. I kind of got my dream job and then discovered that having a full-time job is busier than not having one??? Not sure how I missed that memo. Also Skye (who has been kicking ass at grad school) and I have been struggling to keep up with one another as much as we were before. We're figuring out balance and life and stuff.
BUT! The chapter is done. And the next one is mostly done. The fic is not on hiatus and is most certainly not abandoned.
So... how's everyone doing? Theories? Reactions?
Chapter 24: Enemy at the Gates
Summary:
Sakari finally catches up to Korra, but their reunion is short-lived. Meanwhile, Asami is trapped in the Republic City Prison while Equalists stage a jailbreak.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter 24: Enemy at the Gates
(Or within the gates, minor difference there)
Korra’s feet pounded out a steady rhythm against the rooftops as she put distance between herself and the square.
At least half a mile, and she would duck into an alley, remove the mask, and…
And what?
Ming-Hua floated at the corner of her memories, eyes blank with despair.
“Korra!”
The voice verged on familiar. She hadn’t heard Sakari’s voice since their fight with Amon, but she’d played the words over and over in her mind.
Korra nearly stumbled when she glanced over her shoulder.
She had no idea how Sakari had closed in so much on Korra’s headstart, but she should have expected this when she’d seen Mako—healed him—in the square.
Korra’s feet kept moving automatically.
Despite the cool air, Korra felt a sweat break out on her neck. The mask felt clammy against her face.
“Korra, stop!”
Sakari’s voice seemed to strangle itself on the words.
Korra. She wanted Korra.
So did half the city. So did everybody back in the Dragon Flats’ square.
So did Ming-Hua. The Red Lotus. They would have to leave the city soon. Harmonic Convergence was coming.
“Korra, please!”
Did Sakari resent her, for not showing up at Air Temple Island when Avatar Korra had been offered asylum? She’d mourned Korra her whole life only to have the Avatar show up to save her from Amon.
And subsequently watch her Avatar sister murder someone.
Korra took a deep breath. She knew herself. She’d made that choice.
And Sakari was still chasing after her sister, murderer and all.
Korra slowed.
“I know it’s you, Naga!”
Time expanded as Korra came to a stop.
Naga.
The name of Sakari’s dog. But also the name Korra had given Asami. The name Sakari had met her under, all those weeks ago. Under that name, Korra had learned Sakari’s story, had met her sister.
Sakari hadn’t known she was the Avatar; Korra hadn’t known Sakari was her sister.
And they’d liked each other anyway.
Korra turned slowly on the rooftop as Sakari closed the distance between them.
Sakari wasn’t chasing Avatar Korra her Distant Avatar Sister.
She was chasing the nice Fire Ferrets fan who met her polarbear dog.
She was chasing Asami’s friend, Naga, who was also the attic hermit who went on patrols with Akio and walked Hotaru and Hai to school.
Whoever that person was, she was Korra as herself.
When Sakari was just one rooftop away, Korra waved her hand and swung down a ladder to the alley below. “Follow me,” she called back. Scouting around for a moment, she waited at the corner of an abandoned building until Sakari made it to the ground after her. Korra made sure Sakari saw her before ducking inside.
She only had to wait a moment before Sakari burst in after her, breathless.
They stared at each other in silence for a long moment.
What do you say after thirteen years of absence?
Korra felt her courage waver in a way it never had before. For a heartbeat, she wished she’d kept running.
But no.
She’d done enough running.
“You caught me,” Korra said, trying for nonchalant. Her voice cracked.
Sakari blinked, then glared at Korra. “You have longer legs than me and running isn’t fair,” she huffed. Her lower lip was trembling.
“I won’t run again,” Korra said. She reached back to untie her mask. “But you kept up with Mako in the pro-bending arena and he’s definitely taller than I am.”
Sakari balled up her fists and bit her lip. Korra could see tears welling up in her eyes from across the room. “I know it was you then. Naga!” She sniffed. “And you knew who I was. I told you who I was…”
Korra took a deep breath. “I’m sorry,” she said, and removed the mask.
Tears spilled over Sakari’s cheeks as she rushed forward. Korra met her in the middle and swept her sister up off the ground in a tight hug, spinning her around and holding her as close as she could, so that if arms could say ‘I will never let you go again’ maybe Sakari would understand how sorry she was.
And then Korra set her down, and they both slumped to the ground together. She couldn’t have said whose knees buckled first.
“I’m here, and I’m sorry I was ever gone,” Korra whispered into her sister’s hair. “I wish I could have said something sooner.”
And, for a breath, all politics and conflicting loyalties to the Red Lotus aside, Korra found it was true. She couldn’t parse and sift through all the ways her life would be different if she hadn’t been liberated, but she was, truly and deeply, sorry she’d missed Sakari’s childhood. Sorry she hadn’t been able to connect sooner.
“You’re so real,” Sakari whispered, pulling back just enough to rub a bit of Korra’s sleeve between her fingers.
Thirteen. She was just thirteen. Korra’s breath hitched. She’d missed so much of Sakari’s childhood… but there was still some left. The girl in her arms was short—short the same way Korra had been at her age. Small and strong and sniffling against Korra’s shirt as she buried her face against Korra’s shoulder.
Korra bit her lip. “Hey now, no need to cry…” Holding back a sniffle, she flashed Sakari a gentle smile. “If you start crying, I’m gonna cry. And then we’ll both be sitting here crying and where will that leave us?”
Sakari laughed, and it was a great sound. Familiar, like Korra had been hearing it her whole life.
“It leaves us together,” Sakari said, sniffling. “I don’t mind crying if we’re together.”
All the waterbending in the would couldn’t have held back Korra’s tears. She pressed her face down against Sakari’s hair and let it happen.
“It’s gonna be okay now…” Korra murmured.
And as they sat there, the city seemed to fall away. Equalists and spirit guardians faded out of Korra’s thoughts. Harmonic Convergence could wait. The Red Lotus could wait. Even Ming-Hua could wait. Asami and Mako and everyone else would be okay.
Right now, Korra had this moment with her sister.
And she didn’t have to be Avatar anybody.
No masks. No pretense.
Just… family.
And it was good.
* * *
“Equalists!?” Xing’s voice rose an octave with the word.
Asami’s pulse raced. The Equalists had managed a few break-ins into smaller jails in the city when their members had been arrested in the past, but they had never attempted a large-scale attack on Republic City Prison before.
With all eyes on Tenzin’s speech, though, it would be the perfect time for an attack on the prison. And it would explain the Equalists’ presence in the Dragon Flats. Drawing more officers away from the prison would only make breaking in easier.
“We’re currently going to contain the situation,” the officer continued. “I need you to radio in backup and then join us in fending off the intruders.”
“Yes, sir!” When the other officer raced off, Xing turned to face Asami and Bumi. She hesitated a moment at the sight of them. “Stay here,” she said. It sounded as though she was trying to be reassuring, but a note of uncertainty had crept into her voice. “We’ll get the situation contained, and I’ll come back when it’s secure.” With that, she sprinted down the hallway.
Silence reigned for a moment after Xing’s departure.
Bumi slowly rose to his feet, picking up one of the chairs that had fallen over. “Well,” he said. “The Equalists picked the perfect day to plan their prison break-in.”
Asami swallowed, icy dread settling in her stomach. “They’ve probably been planning this attack as soon as they became aware of Tenzin’s speech.” She could imagine the meeting in her head, Liu and her mother debating logistics and risk.
And attacking Republic City’s main prison was a bold move. Asami knew Equalist tactics. The Equalists would not plan an assault of this scale, especially after the losses suffered following Amon’s defeat, without absolute confidence in their ability to retrieve their imprisoned members.
The Equalists must have known that the police would place a high priority on security for the political rally. It was possible that they still had a spy within the government. Asami had done what she could to help undercover Equalists get arrested, but she hadn’t known every member. There were likely many undercover Equalists whom she had never seen that had slipped through the police’s investigations.
“Well, no use in panicking until we know more about the situation,” Bumi said, settling himself back down in the chair. He angled himself so that he was facing the door, and it took Asami a moment to realize that he had also placed himself between the door and her.
“You seem very calm about all of this,” Asami observed. She strained her ears for the sounds of distant conflict, but could hear nothing through the prison walls.
Bumi shrugged, offering an open smile. “Well, I imagine that I have more years of combat experience than you have living.”
“Fair enough.” Asami busied herself with placing her tools back on the workbench. When she picked up the disruptor, she hesitated. The United Forces probably wouldn’t approve of her modifying the device beyond their original instructions, but she figured that Bumi could explain the circumstances after this was over.
With that in mind, she sat back at her workbench and began dismantling the device.
“Whatcha doing?” Bumi asked, leaning forward in his seat to get a better view of her work.
“I’m probably overreacting,” Asami said, “But if worst comes to worst…”
“You’re making a weapon?”
Asami carefully removed the thin cable and prongs from the device, carefully removing the prongs from the cable. “Not a weapon, per se,” she said. “But if I remove the cables and attach the prongs here to act as electrodes, versus transferring the electromagnetic pulse—” Asami angled the device for Bumi to get a better look—“then I can easily redirect the electricity in the device to the prongs like this.” Asami soldered the prongs into place, then secured the cover on the device. After a beat, she pressed the button to activate it. Electricity crackled to life between the prongs.
“Impressive,” Bumi said as Asami powered off the device. “I imagine that would be quite painful to be on the receiving end of.”
“It’s not the same as an electrified glove,” Asami said. “And it doesn’t allow you to create much distance between an opponent, but it’s better than being completely unarmed.”
Her mother and she had developed something similar during their early work for the Equalists, but the electrified glove had proven the better offensive weapon.
“I don’t suppose you could build one of those stunner devices for me as well?” Bumi asked. “I’m pretty good at boxing, but it never hurts to have a few options during a fight. I’ll keep guard.”
“Here, take this then,” Asami said, handing him the modified disruptor. As he moved to stand guard by the door, she began work on the other disruptor.
If she strained her ears, Asami could hear the distant crackle of electricity, and she felt a chill wash over her. It was one thing being told that the Equalists were attacking the prison, but the sound of an electrified weapon pulled the situation into stark reality.
Dread settled in her stomach. There was no way of knowing if she was hearing an electrified glove or the kali sticks that Liu used, but Asami knew that he would be here. Liu always led their major combat missions.
Asami wasn’t sure how she would react if she did encounter Liu.
A strangled cry sounded from down the hallway, yanking Asami from her thoughts. She hastily tightened the last screw in place. Rapid footsteps approached their workroom.
Asami caught Bumi’s gaze and adjusted the grip on her stunner.
The door to the workroom flew open, and Bumi charged forward, lashing out toward the figure with the stunner.
A woman shrieked, and Asami caught sight of a gray uniform stumbling backwards. “It’s just me! Just me!” Xing held her hands up defensively, panting for breath.
“Are you all right?” Bumi asked, lowering his weapon. “What happened?”
“The radio’s down,” Xing said. “The Equalists found some way of jamming our signal. We have no way of calling in backup.” Her gaze fixed on Asami. “But you’re good with radios. Do you think you can fix our radio?”
Asami didn’t have much experience working with radios, especially what was probably a long range broadcaster. However, she had always prided herself on her ability to pick up new mechanics quickly.
And given the current situation, she doubted that there was time to find someone else with more relevant engineering experience.
“I’ll look at it,” Asami said.
“Thank you,” Xing said. “I’ll carry any tools that you might need.”
Asami nodded and began gathering the screwdrivers and wrenches she might need.
Xing stored the tools in a pouch on her belt. “Unfortunately, our route will take us close to the break-in. We might run into some fighting.”
“I do have combat training,” Asami said. “And I know Equalist tactics. You won’t be fighting alone.”
“Plus, you’ll have a Commander of the United Forces with you,” Bumi said.
“With all respect sir,” Xing said, “I insist that you should remain here and—”
“From what I’ve gathered, you need all the help you can get,” Bumi said. “I did lead the second wave of United Forces against the Equalists to reclaim Republic City. I’ve probably had more experience fighting them than you.”
Xing gave a curt nod. “Okay. Follow me, and we can clear a way to the radio control room. I’ll keep any Equalists at a distance.”
“Right,” Bumi said. His eyes flickered over to Asami’s workbench. “Asami, hand me that copper wire.”
Asami frowned, picking up the spool. “Why do you need—?”
“I have an idea, but hopefully we won’t need to use it,” Bumi said. “Let’s go!”
Xing led them down the hallway at a brisk pace. “The radio room is just around this corner, and down—”
Whatever she was about to say cut off as three Equalists rounded the corner. They wore masks, so Asami couldn’t identify who they were.
They had no problem recognizing her. “It’s the traitor,” one snarled, electrified glove flashing to life.
Asami dropped into a defensive stance and gritted her teeth.
“Hey, Xing, every wanted to bend lightning?” Bumi asked, brandishing the copper wire and his stunner.
“I can’t—” Xing’s eyes widened in understanding, and she threw her right hand forward, unfurling the copper wire toward the advancing Equalists.
Bumi activated the stunner, and electricity raced down the end of the wire Xing had left floating by them.
Asami watched as the trail of electricity shot raced toward the Equalists, guided by a few twists of Xing’s wrists.
Xing managed to incapacitate two of the Equalists with the electrified wire, but the third managed to evade the line of electricity and charged straight for Asami.
She dropped low at the last minute and swept the man’s feet out from under him. He fell forward, and Bumi jabbed his stunner into the man’s side. Electricity jolted through the Equalist, and he collapsed unconscious.
“That worked out better than I thought,” Bumi remarked.
“What made you think to use the copper wire as a weapon like that?” Asami asked.
Bumi shrugged. “It just came to me in a flash of inspiration.”
Xing called the wire back to her. “The radio room’s this way,” she said. Leading them down the hallway to a door on the left.
Inside, a pair of a officers were crouched in front of the control panel stretching across the far wall. Both looked up at their approach.
The one on the left frowned at the sight of Asami. “Xing, what is a prisoner—”
“We need someone who can repair the radio,” Xing said. “And Asami can help.”
Both of the officers studied Asami for a long moment. Finally, the one on the left sighed. “Might as well let her take a look. It’s not like she can do much more damage.”
Asami took that as her cue to investigate the control panel. At a first glance, it didn’t seem like anything should be wrong with it, but upon a closer look, she could see that someone had tampered with the wiring beneath.
“We have no clue when this happened,” one of the officers said. “The Equalists might have had a mole in the cleaning crew. It was functioning fine yesterday.”
The Equalists often placed spies in janitorial roles to eavesdrop on conversations and learn the layout of a building. Asami had sometimes written ‘recommendations’ for them, claiming they’d been excellent janitors for Future Industries to aid their placement in target organizations.
Asami frowned as she studied the damage. It was nothing that she couldn’t repair, but she had no clue how the wires were supposed to connect properly. “Do you know if the antenna was tampered with at all?” she asked. “Because I can make all the repairs down here, and it won’t make a difference if something’s happened to the antenna.”
“We already have officers en route to investigate the antenna,” the policeman nearest Xing said. “They left as soon as we realized the radio wasn’t working.”
Asami nodded. She turned her attention back to the console as Xing handed over her tools. “Let’s see what we can do here then.”
* * *
Sakari couldn’t say how long they sat there. Time seemed to have stopped, and if it was possible for her spirit to project outside of her body, she could have drifted away.
But then every few seconds, she would be reminded that this was real. That the sister she never thought she knew, who had turned up as the hero she couldn’t have expected… was here. With her. Flesh and blood and spirit and present.
Her whole life, there had been a Korra-shaped hole.
And, suddenly, there was Korra. Sitting right inside of it and smiling at her.
A thought occurred to Sakari. She frowned. “Did you know you had a sister?” she asked.
Korra blinked, then shook her head. “No. I had no idea until the moment you shared your story back at the pro-bending arena. I knew my parents—our parents—lived in the South Pole, and that Tonraq had become chief, but I didn’t know you existed. Most of the world didn’t, apparently.” Korra’s eyebrows drew together, and her mouth tightened into a line. “Zaheer said he’d heard whispers. I asked after the newspaper article came out, but he said didn’t know for sure and they didn’t really look into finding out.”
For a moment, Sakari thought she must have misheard. Because Korra didn’t talk about notorious Red Lotus leader, deadly assassin, and international terrorist Zaheer like he was, well, any of those things.
Just his name, in a passing reference, made it clear Korra was familiar with him. Familial even? Had Korra, missing for Sakari’s whole life because she’d been kidnapped, spent that entire time buddying up with the very terrorists who’d kidnapped her? Was she still close to them?
Was this why Korra hadn’t said who she was when Sakari met her?
Sakari opened her mouth angry. She didn’t know what she was going to say, but she was going to say it mad.
Whatever she would have said was interrupted by a familiar voice calling for her outside.
“Sakari! Psst, Sakari?”
Korra and Sakari’s heads swiveled toward the sound.
“Mako must have been following me,” Sakari muttered. It came out angry, even though she wasn’t angry at Mako.
Like kindling catching fire, the reminder of the outside world seemed to light an urgency in Korra. “I have to go,” she said, turning back to Sakari.
It hurt to see her sister suddenly distracted, when just a minute ago nothing had mattered but that they were able to be together for once.
“Where are you going?” Sakari asked. “I’ll go with you.”
Whether Mako or Tenzin or Senna would be okay with that was another matter entirely.
Korra shook her head. “No it wouldn’t be… No. I have someone I have to see.” Her gaze came into focus sharply. “Now that I can restore bending, there’s someone I need to see.”
There was something familial in her sister’s tone. Sakari narrowed her eyes. “It’s one of them isn’t it? The Red Lotus.”
Korra didn’t reply, which only confirmed it.
“Your kidnappers?” Sakari asked, leaning forward. “The Red Lotus?”
For the first time since Korra had removed her mask, Sakari felt a distance between them.
“It’s complicated,” Korra said. She sighed and averted her eyes as she stood up, holding out a hand to help Sakari to her feet.
Sakari almost didn’t take it. She wanted to push back somehow, except… it was still Korra’s hand. And even if her sister was doing things she couldn’t understand, making choices Sakari didn’t like… Sakari would still rather take the hand than not.
“Explain it to me then,” she said, letting Korra pull her to her feet. “If it’s complicated, I want to understand. Or try to.”
Korra regarded her, but a little less guarded than before. She cracked a small smile. “Thank you. I have someone I need to heal, but then I have something else really important to do. More than me and more than me and you and even Republic City. It’s Avatar-Important kind of stuff, and I’ve been delaying here almost too long already.”
“Fantastic.” Sakari grounded her stance like Bolin had taught her. “If it’s something that important, I’m coming to help.”
At that, Korra’s gaze darkened. “I really can’t take you, and I’m sorry, Sakari.”
She would have been mad, but Korra looked genuinely sorry. Sakari wouldn’t figure out what was going on by pushing it that direction any more. She sighed. “What can you do then?”
“Promise I’ll come back.” Korra put a hand on her shoulder. “Avatar promise. As soon as I’ve dealt with Harmonic Convergence, I’m returning to Republic City and restoring everyone’s bending. I’ll have a chance to be a sister to you. Meet Mom and Dad. Everything.”
Sakari shook her head. “I don’t want an Avatar promise. I want a Korra promise.”
“A Korra promise then.” Korra held out her pinkie and Sakari clasped it in her own.
“You’ll find me?”
“As soon as I’m back.”
Korra let go of Sakari’s pinkie and started for the door.
“As soon as you’re back from…?” Sakari trailed off.
“The North Pole, yes I will find you.” Korra laughed, but it seemed a little strained. “We both need to go now.”
Outside, Sakari could hear Mako’s voice, but it was getting more distant. She’d need to catch up to him now.
“I love you,” she blurted, following Korra outside.
Korra launched herself onto a nearby rooftop in a twist of fire. The breeze knocked Sakari’s hair awry.
“I love you too,” Korra said.
And then she was gone, disappeared across the city somewhere.
Sakari’s mind raced and her heart pounded as she called out for Mako and began tracking him down. She had too many thoughts, and definitely way more feelings, than she could be reasonably expected to process.
Korra. Her sister. Who smelled like smoke and hearths. Lye soap and ginger. Who wore rougher fabric than Sakari could have guessed.
Who was going to the North Pole for something called Harmonic Convergence.
“Mako!” Finally, she caught sight of him doubling back towards her.
And whatever Harmonic Convergence was, Sakari was going to find out and figure out what ‘Avatar stuff’ Korra was up to. The answer was potentially in Jinora’s brain. And if not there, at least at the library.
“Sakari, where did you go? Did you find her? I saw you drop down after and tried to track you from there, but lost the trail.”
“I found her, Mako. She left, but I found her.” She clutched at his sleeves. At some point, she’d started trembling.
His eyebrows drew together. “She left you? Don’t worry, Sakari. We can track her down again later, we—“
“No! No, we don’t have to.” A determined smile stole across her face, and she met Mako’s eyes with a gleam. “We don’t need to track her down this time. We… we talked. Mako I talked to her. She hugged me and we were able to be together, just for a bit. But I know where she’s going next.”
He looked a bit confused, but smiled back at her. “That’s fantastic, Sakari. We need to get back to Air Temple Island now.”
She shook her head. “No. We need to go to the North Pole.”
When his jaw dropped, Sakari laughed and set off jogging toward the pier.
“Air Temple Island first though,” she called back. “I need to talk to Jinora!”
“About what??” Mako ran after her, catching up in a few long strides.
“Avatar stuff!”
* * *
The radio crackled to life, and Asami couldn’t stop a grin of triumph from spreading across her face.
“Yes!” Xing shouted, twisting one of the dials to change frequency. “This is Officer Xing from Republic City Prison. Equalists have broken into the prison. Requesting immediate backup. Repeat: requesting immediate backup.”
Silence her outburst for several seconds. Then a familiar voice answered. “Officer Xing, this General Iroh of the United Forces. We already have a team of reinforcements en route under Colonel Yi’s command. We saw the smoke from the prison, and sent our troops in when we couldn’t contact anyone via the radio. What is the current situation?”
Xing relayed what details she knew about the situation, mainly about what areas of the prison were under attack and how long the fighting had been going on.
“I will make sure all of this information is relayed to our troops,” Iroh said. There was a moment of silence before he spoke again. “Commander Bumi was scheduled to visit the prison today. Do you know if he—”
Bumi plucked the radio microphone from Xing’s grasp. “I’m right here actually, Iroh,” he said. “Still in one piece.”
“That’s good to hear,” Iroh said. “We were worried when we couldn’t contact anyone stationed at the prison.”
“You have Asami to thank for restoring the radio,” Bumi said. He motioned toward her even though Iroh was not present to see. “She helped us out of a situation here.”
“I see,” Iroh said. “You have my thanks, Asami.”
“You’re welcome,” Asami said when Bumi held the microphone toward her.
“I’m afraid the rest of the situation isn’t as controlled as the situation with the radio,” Bumi said. “Most of the fighting has been in the prison block, but the police just don’t have the manpower to contain the situation.”
“Colonel Yi should be arriving at the prison shortly,” Iroh said. “Is there any way you can meet her when she arrives to prevent an ambush?”
“I think I can manage that,” Bumi said. “Most of the fighting is toward the rear of the prison. My guess it the Equalists are here to free their members, not senselessly destroy the place. I should be able to rendezvous with Yi at the main entrance and lead her back to the prison.”
“Actually,” Iroh said, “I have another assignment for you. “There’s been some unrest in the Dragon Flats—”
“Because of the alleged Avatar sightings, right?” Bumi asked. “The radio was broadcasting that event when the break-in happened, so I only know the basics of the situation. Some kind of riot?”
“Something of the sort,” Iroh said. “The police have the situation under control now, but the situation is tense at the moment. Given your ability to handle crowds and put people at ease, we could use your help in restoring order here. Inform Colonel Yi about the situation at the prison and then meet me at City Hall. I can give you the details about the situation when you arrive it.”
“Got it,” Bumi said. “Anything else before I head out?”
“That should be it,” Iroh said. “I will see you shortly.”
Bumi set the microphone back down on the table, turning to face Xing and Asami. “Well, ladies, so much for being retired. It looks like I have to leave you for now. Not sure when I’ll be back to visit once my campaign starts, but I’ll definitely find time. Great work today, both of you.” He clapped a hand on Asami’s shoulder. “Asami, we’d be in a tight bind if you hadn’t fixed the radio. And Xing, I’ll definitely recommend you for a raise to Lin.”
“Oh, thank you,” Xing stammered, flushing.
He turned to the two other officers standing guard in the room. “Can you two escort me to the prison entrance? I don’t want to get ambushed while trying to meet up with Yi’s forces, and you two can lead her to the fighting.”
“Yes, sir,” both said.
“Duty calls,” Bumi said, giving Asami and Xing one last smile before rushing outside of the radio room with the other officers.
Silence reigned in his wake. Asami could barely hear any combat outside of the room, and she wondered how many of the Equalists had already escaped. If the Equalists’ goal was to free their imprisoned members, then the fighting couldn’t last much longer.
She collapsed into the nearest chair as the adrenaline rushing through her system abated.
“Well,” Xing finally said. “I certainly didn’t expect today to turn out like it did.”
“I don’t think anyone did,” Asami said. She certainly had not factored an Equalist prison break into her plans.
“We should probably wait in here until we know that the situation is contained,” Xing said. “I don’t want to risk traveling through the hallways again.”
No, being attacked once was enough for Asami. She had no doubts that any remaining Equalists would be more than happy to target her.
“But once the danger’s gone, we can leave here and... return you to your cell... I guess.” Xing’s voice trailed off at the end, and her forced cheer quickly morphed into a frown. “I’m sorry, you probably don’t want to think about that.”
Asami shrugged. Honestly, she didn’t want to return to her cell no matter how comfortable it was. She vastly preferred her hours in the workroom, where she had a task to occupy her attention and Xing or Bumi to talk with.
“It’s not fair,” Xing muttered. “That you have to be treated like a prisoner after everything you did to help the United Forces.”
“I did break the law,” Asami said. “And I helped the Equalists for years before I took any action against them.”
Xing sighed. After a moment, she said, “I know that, but you’ve also done a lot more to make up for your mistakes than others. It just sucks that you’re stuck here.”
It did. And with this break in, Asami was painfully aware of how trapped she was and how little protection she was truly offered.
Still, she had made her decision, and she was stuck with the consequences.
“How about this,” Xing said. “Since Bumi won’t be bringing us dessert after today, I’ll use my new raise to buy the desserts.”
“You don’t have to,” Asami said.
“I insist,” Xing said. “It’ll at least make things more bearable.”
“Alright,” Asami said after a moment. “Thank you.”
Xing smiled. “Not a problem. So what flavor do you—”
The door to the radio room slammed open. Startled, Xing turned only for a dark figure to lunge toward her. The figure struck Xing’s chi points with a series of rapid jabs before Xing had time to react. Grabbing the metalbender by the arm, the figure tossed her across the room.
Xing struck the far wall and crumpled to the ground.
“Xing!” Asami had leapt to her feet at the figure’s appearance, grip tight on her disruptor.
“Xing?” A familiar voice sent chills down Asami’s spine. “You’re awfully close to your new allies, aren’t you?”
Breath frozen, Asami let her gaze lock on the figure.
It was Kin.
“Your little guard’s not here to protect you now,” Kin taunted, a vicious smirk twisting her lips razor-thin.
Asami instinctively moved so that her chair stood between herself and Kin. She was painfully aware of how cramped the room was, and Kin blocked the only exit. There was enough room to maneuver in a fight, but not enough for Asami to keep any real distance between them.
“I don’t want to fight you,” Asami said, trying to keep her voice as even as possible.
“Really?” Kin asked, taking a few steps into the room. “You seemed to have no difficulty fighting your allies when you led the United Forces to your mother’s airfield. So don’t try and spout any lies about how we were friends once. If you can betray your own mother without a second thought, then you can just as easily turn on any of us.”
“You were going to destroy the United Forces navy and kill hundreds of people,” Asami shot back, shifting her weight back. She adjusted her grip on the disruptor. “Not all of those men would have been soldiers or even benders. I didn’t join the Equalists to kill—”
Kin lunged forward, quicker than Asami remembered, and she was forced to leap to the side to dodge. “You knew sacrifices had to be made,” Kin snarled, launching a volley of strikes against Asami.
Not like that, Asami thought, deflecting a blow with her forearm.
Her words would be wasted on Kin. Asami had to focus her attention on dodging and parrying the attacks directed her way.
Kin darted to the left, and Asami used the opening to strike at Kin’s right side with her disruptor. Kin’s eyes narrowed as she pivoted out of the way. She shifted, and her foot snapped up toward Asami’s hand, knocking the disruptor from her hand.
The device flew toward the other side of the room. Asami blocked Kin’s next kick, but the woman landed a blow of her side, knocking Asami several feet back.
Grimacing in pain, Asami sidestepped the next few attacks, looking for some kind of opening. It was hard to keep up with Kin’s speed. Although Asami always exercised in the mornings before her breakfast arrived, she was nowhere near in the shape she had been in before her arrest.
And Kin’s rage only fueled the ferocity of her attacks.
She was trying to herd Asami into a corner. Asami could see the side wall fast approaching out of the corner of her eye. She needed to change the tide of this battle quickly.
Kin was shifting more toward Asami’s right. If Asami remembered her fighting style correctly, the woman would feint right, then strike left, and…
There!
Asami darted to the left alongside the console, striking at Kin’s right side, knowing that Kin shouldn’t be able to snap her guard up quickly enough to—
A hand clamped around Asami’s wrist, and she only caught a glimpse of Kin’s smirk before she was being yanked forward. Asami felt something jab into her left bicep, and a numbing pain followed. Before she could react further, she found herself flying through the air.
Asami landed hard, the impact jarring her side. She shifted into a crouch, frantically rubbing feeling back into her left arm around where Kin had struck her chi point.
Out of the corner of her eye, Asami saw her modified disruptor on the ground several feet away.
Kin charged forward, hoping to incapacitate Asami while she had the advantage, but Asami had been trained extensively in ground combat. She rolled to avoid Kin’s first attack, and snapped a kick into Kin’s knee, sending the other woman to the ground.
Asami scrambled forward, seizing her device from the ground. She pivoted just in time to jab the electrified end into Kin’s side.
The woman shrieked and stumbled backwards, a faint twitch to her movements. She glared at Asami, putting some distance between them. There was a spot of red on her side where the prongs of the stunner had pierced her skin.
A groan sounded from off to the side. Asami’s eyes darted over to Xing, who was beginning to stir.
Kin followed her gaze and smirked. She darted over toward one of the chairs in the room.
Asami’s eyes widened, and she threw herself in front of Xing just as Kin threw the chair.
The chair struck her back, and she crumpled to the floor. She’d definitely have a bruise in the morning. Pain blossomed across her shoulder blades as she struggled to push herself upright.
“Didn’t Liu teach you not to give away your weaknesses in a fight?” Kin asked, advancing toward her.
Out of the corner of her eye, Asami could see Xing flicking her wrist. It took her a moment to realize that Xing was trying to metalbend, but Kin’s earlier attack on her chi points rendered the action useless.
“That’s enough, Kin.” The voice that spoke was male, and so familiar that it sent Asami’s pulse racing.
Her head jerked up to the doorway and saw Liu standing there, kali sticks in hand.
“We’re pulling out, Kin,” he said, studiously ignoring Asami. “That’s an order.”
“Are you serious?” Kin asked. “The traitor’s right here. You expect me to just—”
“The United Forces are moving through the prison as we speak,” Liu said, tone brooking no room for argument. “If you stay behind, you will be captured again and it is unlikely that we will be able to stage a second break-in. You can have your chance later. We’re leaving now.”
Kin scowled but turned away from Asami with a sigh. “This isn’t over, Asami. You’d best remember that.” She brushed past Liu to the exit.
Asami swallowed. “Liu,” she said, unsure of what exactly she wanted to say.
He met her gaze for only a moment, expression alien, and turned away sharply.
Something about the dismissal stung more than any censure could.
What did he mean Kin could have her chance later? Chance at what? Killing her? The thought left Asami feeling nauseous.
Would Liu let Kin kill her in revenge?
Would her mother?
Behind her, Asami her Xing groan as she righted herself.
“Asami?” Xing’s voice broke through the torrent of Asami’s thoughts. “Are you okay? You’re shaking.”
Asami glanced down at her trembling hands and sighed. She opened her mouth to reply, but the instinctive reassurances died in her throat. Instead, she shook her head. “I...don’t know. How about you? I know Kin was able to chi-block you, but the effects should wear off soon.”
“Should have bolted the door after Bumi left,” Xing muttered. She shook her head. “I’m so sorry, Asami.”
“I... I’m sorry too,” Asami murmured. A deep weight seemed to settle in the middle of Asami’s chest. She let it carry her to the ground. The Equalists were leaving. No more dangers for now. It was okay to lie down. At least until she stopped shaking. “Just need a second.”
Deep breaths. Asami closed her eyes and tried to slow the hammering of her heart. She’d need to be lucid for whenever Lin or whoever got around to questioning her.
The set of Kin’s snarl and the glint of Liu’s goggles weren’t the details she’d be asked about. But they were all she could think of as they waited.
And Asami knew that someday, maybe soon, she would see them again.
* * *
If Korra slowed, even a little, she would stop.
If she stopped, she would turn back.
Find Sakari again.
And next time, next time she swore to herself, she would not leave. This was their last goodbye, if Korra had anything to say about her life and where it went next.
She wanted to run back, slip into the prison just to tell Asami that she’d done it. She’d connected with Aang and learned how to restore bending.
But, even more important, she’d connected with herself. Seen herself for the first time, as though finding a mirror after a lifetime of seeing her reflection only in murky water.
Though Korra had hardly managed a moment to think since the breakthrough last night, she’d also sorted out a couple other priorities with the whole ‘know yourself’ part of energybending.
And Asami was a priority.
She’d leaned on that knowledge before. Flirted with distracting feelings and possibilities. But now, she was certain.
As soon as Harmonic Convergence was settled, Korra would come back to Republic City and get a daily visitor’s pass to the prison if needed. Whatever it took to respect Asami’s decision and still see her.
Korra’s feet pounded along the rooftops. It felt good to run as herself. No mask. No pretending. Just the wind and the strength of her body. Knowledge of herself. Knowledge of herself in relation to the people she loved.
Since the fight with Amon, she’d felt weak. Contained and diminished, as though the display of power through the Avatar State had taken some of her with it when it left her.
As she leapt from building to building, the air seemed to practically carry her with each stride. She’d never felt so open. So free.
Freedom.
Since she’d taken off from Sakari, her feet had been carrying her in one direction, toward someone else who was a priority, someone else she loved dearly.
Ming-Hua deserved freedom too.
Korra turned once midair as she leapt off a roof edge toward the fountain outside the Red Lotus’ apartment. Once, she’d scoped it out as a possible escape route. Simple enough to leap and pull the water towards her to break the fall.
She did the first half of the maneuver now, pulling the water towards herself as she drew close. Instead of breaking her fall, however, she swirled it around herself, tensioning the water’s energy like a spring before launching herself right up toward the window.
The door would have been more subtle. Zaheer would disapprove.
Korra didn’t care. She couldn’t stand to wait away from Ming-Hua the extra minute it would take to get there by stairs and door.
The water launched her most of the way, and her momentum carried her all the way to the window. Her clothing billowed forward in the wind. Korra couldn’t help grinning as she alighted to the windowsill and kicked the window inward.
“It’s me,” she called, striding forward into the apartment. For a moment, she was struck by how barren it was. No handmade quilts covering the couch or children’s drawings decorating the walls, like Anyu and Jia’s home.
She shook the feeling off, entering the main room with a grin on her face. Her waterbending mentor was seated on the couch beside Ghazan.
“Ming-Hua!” Korra’s eyes lit up as she crossed the room.
Dimly, she registered Zaheer and P’li hurrying in from their room. She ignored them, rushing to Ming-Hua’s side.
Words felt like a waste of time. Korra placed a hand on Ming-Hua’s collarbone and the other on her forehead.
As before, she fell in on herself. Made her spirit unbendable through the knowledge of herself. Restoring bending to everyone else, she had stood tall on that foundation.
But this was Ming-Hua. Who had raised her. Who, in wry comments and nudges to her stance, had taught her to waterbend.
She dropped to one knee and met Ming-Hua’s shocked gaze as light filled her eyes. Korra cleared out the blockages Amon had set, pressing forward with her spirit as though she could give her mentor a hug from the spiritual plane.
And then she was back to herself, in the physical plane. Korra threw herself forward and swept Ming-Hua in a real hug then.
“I missed you,” she said. “I was able to restore freedom to so many people, but I learned it all for you.”
Before Ming-Hua could respond, Ghazan wrapped his arms around Korra and Ming-Hua together. “Bout time you came back, kid,” he said, voice thick.
Then Ming-Hua stood straight up, right out of Korra and Ghazan’s arms. “Let me test it out first, maybe?” Her tone was cutting, but Korra saw the smile on her lips.
In a seamless motion, Ming-Hua flipped over the table and pulled the water from the glasses into a whip. When she landed, a grin lit her face.
“Everything is back,” she whispered.
“I’ll get your water skins!” Ghazan nearly knocked the couch over as he scrambled back towards their room.
“Already got them!” P’li nearly crashed into him as she came out with the water skins, shoving one into Ghazan’s hands as they hurried back to Ming-Hua. Korra didn’t think she’d ever seen P’li smile so broadly.
Zaheer clasped a hand on Korra’s shoulder. “I knew you could do it,” he said.
She whipped around and met his smile. “Zaheer!” She still had complicated feelings about him to process, but his approval still made her chest swell. “I’ve learned so much. About myself. About my spiritual presence and power and I… I haven’t tried again yet, but I think I could maybe enter the spirit world now.”
He nodded, looking contemplative. “Possibly. It’s something we will have to explore on our way. We’re leaving immediately.”
Korra raised her eyebrows. A quick glance revealed bags packed and staged by the front door. “To the North Pole? Already?”
“The city will go on lockdown by sundown, if I’m any judge. We need to be out of it before then. A Red Lotus contact is waiting on our word with a boat.”
Korra frowned. “Why is the city going on lockdown?” Sure, the whole spiritual revival at the Dragon Flats had been a bit disruptive, but she didn’t think there would have been that much of a response. Had something else happened? Was Asami okay? Had she been an idiot to let Sakari out of her sight, vulnerable to some other danger? She’d heard a dozen people shout ‘Equalist’ back in the Dragon Flats, but hadn’t seen any. And they’d only thrown smoke bombs, not flash grenades or anything actually threatening.
“We aren’t sure,” Zaheer said. “There’s been radio interference for almost the past hour, and what we’ve been able to get out of our unit has been mangled.”
She took a deep breath, watching Ming-Hua waterbend with reckless abandon. Korra hadn’t seen her stop moving since she’d stood up. If possible, her mentor looked even faster than she’d been before.
“We can come back later and I’ll finish restoring bending to everyone then,” she said.
When Zaheer didn’t respond, she turned back to him. “I can’t think of a better way to bring freedom to the city, to enable them to take hold of their own lives and destinies.”
“Indeed,” he said at length. His face was inscrutable. “Let’s get the bags for now. It’s time to go.”
Notes:
Hey knock knock look at that, it's a TIMELY UPDATE! Thank you all for reading this update, welcome to 20gayteen, and here's to a year full of updates.
IOAFB New Year's Resolution: Finish arc II
Skye and I are both really excited to keep this going. Probably no update until mid-February, because I am MOVING! As of February, I will have a new apartment with my partner! I will spend the rest of January packing boxes, but as soon as I'm kinda set up in my new place I'll be able to write. Moving in with my partner will probably also give me more time to write since I won't spend all the time I have been just... trying to find time to see her. Having her in-house will make that easier, ostensibly freeing up time to write.
Meanwhile, Skye's decided that every time she wants to procrastinate on grad school stuff, she'll just write IOAFB. I think that's a great idea, so long as she doesn't fail out or something :P (Would not happen, she's like a genius or something)
But anyway, that's it for our mid-arc finale! The second half of arc 2 is coming on fast an furious. Comments? Questions? Reactions? Theories? (theories are my favorite, but we love all comments equally)
Thanks for reading! -Emi
Chapter 25: Crossroads of Destiny
Summary:
Korra sets off for the North Pole while Asami gets a change of scenery. Meanwhile, some last-minute changes on Air Temple Island force the ferrets into difficult decisions.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter 25: The Crossroads of Destiny
(Everyone’s headed to new places, but only some of them to the right places)
Morning arrived with a cool mist that blanketed Air Temple Island. Out the window, Mako couldn’t see half the distance he usually could. Bolin was still in bed snoring. Yesterday, Mako would have been burrowed under the blankets too, trying to escape the chill. A couple weeks ago, he’d even begged extra covers from the acolyte in charge of the laundry.
But today, he didn’t need them.
Fire surged in his body and in his spirit. Now that he felt for it, he could tell that it had never been extinguished. Not fully. Just… cut off. Diminished to the smallest piece of itself, and boxed into a corner. When The Avatar—Korra—had restored his bending, it was as though she’d broken the barriers and dropped a hearty pile of kindling on top.
Mako turned his hands over themselves, making little flames dance between his fingertips. In a heartbeat, he could swell the wisps to an inferno. Had his bending always been so powerful?
A knock sounded at the door. Two sharp raps, followed by Tenzin’s voice. “Boys, are you up?”
Bolin spasmed, kicking his sheets off. “Wassamattanow?” he mumbled, fumbling to sit up.
“We’re up, Tenzin,” Mako called back, standing up from his bed and stretching for a moment. They’d gotten a dressing-down yesterday, but it had been far more short-lived than Mako had anticipated. A massive Equalist prison break was apparently enough to shore the attention away from Mako and Sakari running away so she could meet Korra and he could recover his bending.
Tenzin entered, shutting the door behind him. “Good morning, boys.” His serious expression lifted into a slight smile when he saw Mako. “You’re looking well, by the way,” he said.
And everyone kept saying that. Mako was convinced he must have looked pallid and sickly until Korra had restored him.
“Thank you,” he said. It seemed polite. “What’s up, Tenzin?”
“I wanted to have a quick word with the both of you on your way to breakfast. There will be a great deal of discussion this morning, and we have a change of plan I wanted to run by you.”
Mako pulled his clothes on over his undershirt and things. “Change of plan?”
Tenzin nodded. “Do you recall the conversation you had with Pema about relocating the children to the South Pole? She’d offered you both a spot on the ship, when it was time to leave.”
Bolin responded, “Yeah, we remember,” at the same time that Mako’s gut dropped into his feet.
“It’s time now, isn’t it,” Mako said.
Tenzin hesitated a moment, then sighed. “Indeed, it is,” he said. “After yesterday’s events, we can no longer pretend that it is safe in Republic City. A dense fog will be rolling in this evening, so the ship will need to leave early this afternoon.”
“So soon,” Mako muttered. He thought they’d have a little more time to talk it over. As it was, he and Bolin basically hadn’t discussed it since the day they’d been informed.
“Despite certain… disagreements we’ve had, about limitations and what is safest for Sakari and Jinora, Pema, Senna, and I cannot deny that you boys will do whatever it takes to protect them if necessary.” Tenzin’s gaze rested on Mako a beat longer than they rested on Bolin. “You’re guaranteed a spot on that boat if you want it. And good work in the South Pole, any sort of opportunities you want. Maybe even school.”
Mako exchanged a look with Bolin. Neither of them had much formal schooling. And they’d never considered the possibility of going back—that kind of path cost money they didn’t have.
But something about the way Tenzin was talking gave Mako pause. It took him a moment to sort out what it was. “This doesn’t sound like a short stay, Tenzin… How long are Pema and the kids going to be in the South Pole?” Obviously, Senna and Sakari lived down there. It was their family’s home. But work and school? Opportunities and the whole ‘new life’ vibe?
Mako raised an eyebrow.
Tenzin sighed. “It’s an option if you want it. Pema and the children will be staying in the South Pole for the foreseeable future. Republic City isn’t safe right now. Amon’s rise should have taught me that. Being captured should have taught me that.” He shook his head. “Although it pains me, the best and safest place for my family right now is not home. While they’re gone, I will do my best to try and make Republic City a safe place again.”
At this point, Tenzin didn’t seem to be talking to Mako and Bolin anymore. He was staring out the window of their room, expression pained.
“Mako and I will talk about the trip,” Bolin offered, tilting his head to the side so it poked into Tenzin’s view. “Maybe catch up over breakfast?”
No response for a second. Then Tenzin nodded. “That would be fine,” he said. “We’ll see you down there.” He turned in the doorway, then paused. “And if possible… can you please dissuade Sakari of this North Pole fixation? I understand from Senna and my wife that she has not stopped talking about it since getting back…” Tenzin shook his head as he headed down the hall.
Mako and Bolin were silent for a minute. They got dressed for the day and, for once, Bolin didn’t jabber on. Mako normally enjoyed the silence, but he minded it now. His younger brother had been less… irrepressible (more repressible?) since Mako had lost his bending. Bolin was the street orphan that chatted cheerfully with shopkeepers he couldn’t afford to buy from, and not even with the intent to steal when they turned their backs.
He was just that happy, won’t-shut-up, kid.
Seeing Bolin lost in his own thoughts made Mako feel a little lost. He’d assumed his brother would go back to normal if Mako got his bending back.
Maybe it would just take a little time.
“The South Pole…” Bolin mused as they finally left the room and started for breakfast. “Could be a grand adventure, but…” Bolin bit his lip. “Is Republic City really not safe anymore?”
“It never was safe,” Mako said automatically. He could still smell the dirty smoke they used to make, burning trash to keep Bolin warm against cold nights. The dumpster food and the darker gangs he kept them away from. Dancing the knife’s edge with the triads, who schemed in murders and crime for territory and money.
Mako regretted saying it immediately. Bolin just stared at his feet as he walked. Then his expression hardened into resolve. “It should be,” he said.
They didn’t say anything else as they squeezed into the dining room for breakfast.
And they really did have to squeeze.
Sakari and Jinora already had seats over by Senna and Pema, who were seated beside their respective daughters as if to pen them in. Already, the four were entrenched in an intense debate. If he had to hazard a guess, Mako would guess that Senna regretted not attending the rally yesterday. There’s no way she’d have lost track of Sakari long enough for her to sneak off.
On her other side, Pema was wrangling Rohan, Ikki, and Meelo. This morning, Ikki was doing her best to help with Rohan. But ‘doing her best’ meant that about a third of his food ended up on his shirt, all while she rattled off an ongoing narration of the attempts.
Tenzin had gone ahead of them, and was seated on Meelo’s other side. With a stray hand, he was doing his best to keep Meelo from getting more food on Rohan’s shirt by way of bumping Ikki with his elbow.
Despite the crowded room, an empty chair still remained between Tenzin and Malina, engaged in their own discussion. Mako knew, without a doubt, that this was intentional. And that nobody would sit there even if it meant standing against the wall next to Malina’s ever-present water tribe guards.
Who were, Mako noted, universally in their early 30s, very fit, and attractive in the same sort of way. Rugged water tribe features on clean-shaven faces, shoulder length hair, and a couple of hair braids hanging beside their faces in various configurations.
Malina, with her husband dead for thirteen years now, had probably hand-picked them along certain aesthetic lines.
Mako cleared his throat and nudged Bolin toward the open seats next to Senna, dodging around an air acolyte on her way out with an empty serving dish.
On Malina’s other side, Desna was one of the few people who looked like he was just trying to eat breakfast in peace.
Eska, beside him, was staring at Mako with undisguised fixation. Eyes half-lidded, she curled her lips into a smile as his gaze swept past hers.
Quickly, Mako slipped in front of Bolin and sat beside Senna so Bolin would be between Eska and himself. When Bolin opened his mouth, Mako just fixed him with a look.
“Not now,” he said.
Bolin shrugged and sat down. “None of my business, bro. You’re the one who kissed her.”
Mako sighed. “I’m aware of that.” He had no idea what it had meant or what Eska thought it meant. But she was probably wrong, even if he didn’t know what the answer was.
“I’m aware of that. My opinion remains unchanged,” Senna said, responding to something Sakari said. When Mako took the seat beside her, Senna turned to him. Her expression softened a hair. “Mako, good morning,” she said.
He got the feeling she felt conflicted about him at present. On the one hand, he’d helped Sakari sneak away. On the other hand, Sakari had been able to see Korra. And Mako had his bending restored. And on the other hand, well, he’d helped Sakari sneak away during the middle of an Equalist prison break.
Explaining that he hadn’t known there was a prison break going on had only gone so far.
But there was heat under his palms again. The world was that much more right, even if had also gone some chunk more wrong back across the city. “It is a good morning,” he said. “It’s good to see you.”
Sakari popped forward, leaning around her mother. “No. It’s not!” Her eyebrows were drawn together and she looked more than a little frantic. All the inner-peace vibes she’d picked up from her meeting with Korra had vanished. “Have you heard yet?”
Mako opened his mouth, then closed it. If this was what he thought it was about, Sakari would not be pleased to hear he and Bolin had already known about the South Pole trip.
Bolin grabbed Mako’s shoulder and leaned him back so he could see around him. “Heard what?” he asked through a mouthful of food.
“We’re being shoved on a boat and shipped off to the South Pole,” Sakari said. “And they want to leave today! Even though I’ve been telling them that Korra is heading to the North Pole, nobody seems to care.”
“A moment, please,” Senna said, turning toward Sakari. She placed a hand on her daughter’s shoulder. Sakari yanked it out of her grasp.
Mako expected Sakari to glare and say something biting, but instead she averted her eyes, angrily taking a bite of fish off her plate. Senna leaned down and said something to Sakari that he couldn’t hear.
Turning to his own breakfast to give them some privacy, Mako tried to make his mind think faster. Were he and Bolin getting on that boat with Senna, Pema, and the kids? They didn’t have a lot of time to think about it.
A couple bites in he paused, glancing back at Sakari’s plate. She had fish. He didn’t have fish. A quick glance around the table revealed that the only other people who did were Malina, Desna, and Eska.
His stomach grumbled. Living on Air Temple Island was the cushiest gig he and Bolin had ever had. Free and basically unlimited food in exchange for some guard work? Good stuff, and they’d been able to live with their friends here. They’d been safe from the chaos that had engulfed the city, and far safer than they’d ever been on the street.
But he did miss meat. The fish smelled really good. And, abruptly, it smelled much closer.
Like magic, one of the burly Northern Water Tribe guards appeared at his shoulder. “Chieftain Apparent Eska had this sent over for you, pending your acceptance,” he said, holding out a platter of fresh, steaming, fresh-caught fish.
“Oh spirits,” Bolin said, licking his lips. “Do the Chieftain Apparents have two of those available?”
“Just the one,” the guard said. Returning his gaze to Mako, he asked, “Will you be accepting?”
Down the table, Eska was looking at him with undisguised appetite past half-hooded eyes. Mako blinked, proceeding to entirely overthink the situation. If he accepted the fish, what sort of signal was that giving Eska? What was she intending by sending it? What did it mean if he didn’t accept? What if he wanted the fish and didn’t want it to mean anything weird to her?
Why had he kissed her yesterday at all?
“If you don’t want it, would you at least accept so I can eat some, Mako?” Bolin looked at him with pleading eyes.
Somehow, that simplified things. “I do want it, actually,” he said. Whatever else came with it, that much was clear to him.
The water tribe guard moved to set the plate in front of him, then hesitated. “So you, uh, do accept then?” he asked.
Mako shrugged. “Sure, why not.”
Maybe he didn’t have to overthink everything so much.
He took a bite. The fish was good. Tasty and sharply flavored. He cut a large piece and shared it with Bolin, who responded with effusive thanks in between (and sometimes during) bites.
Past Bolin, Eska was regarding him with rapt attention. Mako nodded towards the fish and mouthed, “thanks,” before returning to his food.
To Mako’s left, Sakari and Senna’s whispered conversation had grown to include Jinora and Pema. It was less whispered now, and he could hear something about Jinora and Sakari having snuck into the library last night for research.
“Hey Bolin,” he said, “do you want to leave Republic City?”
“Well, no, of course not,” Bolin said. The response was quick and effortless. Without thought. After a moment, Bolin did a double take. “But I mean, I know that we might have to, because of all the—“
“No,” Mako said. “I know that matters, but none of that matters for this for us. We’re gonna stay.” The city was in a mess right now. But it was their home. Bolin didn’t want to leave. Mako didn’t want to leave.
So they weren’t leaving.
“Wait, is that your decision?” Senna turned, half distracted, back toward Mako and Bolin.
Mako nodded. “We’re going to stay here,” he said. “Republic City is our home. We don’t want to leave.”
“Wait, they asked you?” Sakari glared at her mother. “How come Mako and Bolin get a choice and Jinora and I don’t?”
“Because we’re not their parents,” Senna said, glancing over her daughter to exchange a look with Pema. “And, honestly, they’re older and they can make that decision for themselves.”
Pema chimed in from Jinora’s other side. “I realize the four of you have been training and working together a lot, but you need to recognize that the difference in ages matters for this one. Mako and Bolin needed time to sit and make this decision on their own.” Pema put an arm around Jinora’s shoulder. “You girls have been allotted a great deal of independence, but I’m afraid this decision, to go to the South Pole, is not one you get to make.”
The girls did not respond for a few long moments. Sakari looked very tired, and Mako wondered how late they’d been up, poring over scrolls for information about this ‘Harmonic Convergence’ thing that Korra was apparently dealing with.
“You talked with Mako and Bolin a while ago, I guess?” Jinora asked.
A flash of panic bubbled under Mako’s skin. Before he could insert himself and maybe redirect the conversation, Pema responded.
“Yes, shortly after Senna, Tenzin, and I had confirmed with Tonraq that we would be heading down together at some point.” She sighed. “The timing, we hadn’t figured out yet. But yesterday sealed it.”
Sakari whipped around toward him. “Why didn’t you say something yesterday?” she asked. “I was telling you about Harmonic Convergence, about Korra heading to the North Pole, and you didn’t say anything about their plan to cart us down to the South Pole…”
Rather than angry, she looked hurt.
Mako fumbled with his words. “We didn’t, I didn’t have any idea of when! It was a short conversation and then Bolin and I kind of didn’t talk about it and then Master Tenzin showed up this morning and said the trip was today. We didn’t have any idea.”
Sakari was shaking her head. “The South Pole is the wrong direction. Korra is headed to the North Pole, and after that she promised to find me here, in Republic City.”
“Perhaps we can provide some clarity to the North Pole issue.” Malina’s voice carried across the room. “I’ve been having an illuminating discussion with Tenzin and I believe we are now at a point where we can share the steps we’re taking with other interested parties.”
The room quieted. Even Ikki and Meelo paused their bickering over who was getting to help feed Rohan.
Mako glanced down toward Sakari, hoping to communicate… something. An apology, maybe? Pema had asked him and Bolin not to say anything to Sakari and Jinora, and that had made sense. But… the surprise “you’re leaving today!” wasn’t how he’d thought the news would be broken to them either.
Sakari caught his eye, then pointedly looked away, focusing her attention toward Malina.
“I know there’s a lot of talk about who is going where, and so I wanted to take this moment to announce that Eska, Desna, and myself will be taking leave of Air Temple Island this afternoon.” Malina inclined her head toward Tenzin. “Thank you for your hospitality, and for the generosity you’ve extended toward us as guests.”
Tenzin said something along the lines of a long-winded “you’re welcome” as Mako tried to catch Sakari’s eye again. But she’d crossed her arms and was refusing to look at him.
For a moment, he felt a flash of temper. This was ridiculous, and if she thought about it for longer than two seconds, she would see that he was caught in the middle and there hadn’t been a good option. He and Bolin had barely thought about the offer since they’d gotten it, and there hadn’t been a good opportunity to talk with her and Jinora even if they’d decided to.
But… as Malina continued with some niceties, Mako tried to remember how he’d been like at 13. Empathy and seeing from other people’s points of view hadn’t exactly been his strong suit either. They still weren’t.
With a sigh, he refocused his attention on Malina. Hopefully they’d get a chance to work it out later.
“—and acknowledge Sakari’s concerns that the Avatar is heading to the North Pole.” Malina acknowledged Sakari with a brief nod. “I’ve already sent a radio message north. Preparations and fortifications are going into place already, and I assure those present that we will halt any and all attempts by Korra and the Red Lotus to reach the North Pole. I will personally oversee these efforts on my return.
“Regarding Harmonic Convergence, it’s a possibility I’ve already consulted on at length with our scholars. If the Avatar is unable to make it to one of the poles, the status quo will hold. Nothing will change. At Harmonic Convergence’s conclusion, the Avatar said she would be returning to Republic City. Is that right, Sakari?”
“Well, yes,” Sakari said, looking frustrated, “but—“
“Part of the need to leave immediately is so that you make it back in time to meet her,” Tenzin cut in. “Last night we also sent a radio message to the Southern Water Tribe. Chief Tonraq will be waiting for your arrival. Once Pema and the children are settled and Harmonic Convergence is over, he has agreed to travel with you and Senna back to Republic City to meet Korra.”
Beside Mako, Senna whispered, “And hopefully, bring her home.”
Sakari was shaking her head. “Then why go south at all? Why not just wait here…”
“My brother-in-law seemed… tense,” Malina said, “when we were down south for our visit. I think it would assuage his worries to see you. Safe.”
Tenzin rubbed the bridge of his nose. “And Republic City isn’t safe at the moment. I’ve been consulting with General Iroh about certain… changes, we’ll need to make. The Equalist threat, as demonstrated yesterday, has not abated. It is my hope that we can redress the Equalist presence, once and for all, in the coming weeks. The election is coming too, and it will not pass without incident.” The corners of Tenzin’s eyes crinkled as he regarded Pema, down the table from him. “It pains me to say it, but Republic City isn’t safe right now. And until it is, we believe it best to remove those most vulnerable for the time being.”
Senna leaned over to Sakari. “We’ll have enough time to get settled, and help Pema get settled, down south. Then, hopefully, things will have calmed down enough for a brief trip here to get Korra. Pema and the kids will stay with Master Katara until Tenzin is certain its safe.”
Sakari shrugged. Her shoulders had slumped down. “I get it,” she said. “That makes sense I guess.”
Senna put an arm around Sakari’s shoulders as Malina clapped her hands together and stood up. “This has really been a most splendid visit, all things considered,” she said. “Thank you, once again, Tenzin. Breakfasts here are always… illuminating.” She smiled demurely. “My entourage has much to pack if we’re to depart this afternoon, however. So I must beg your leave.”
Malina made her exit, shortly followed by Eska and Desna.
Awkward silence followed their departure. Sakari angrily stabbed at the remains of her breakfast, pointedly ignoring all attempts at eye contact with her. Mako couldn’t think of anything to say to break the tension that had filled the room, so he returned his attention to finishing his own meal.
After a moment, Pema said, “Well, we should probably start packing as well.” She glanced down at Rohan. “And get this one cleaned up.”
“You and Jinora should get packed as well,” Senna said. “We won’t leave until this afternoon, so you have a bit more time left on the island before then.”
“Fine,” Sakari muttered, pushing away from the table. She had barely waited for Jinora to stand before she stalked out of the room without acknowledging anyone else.
Mako watched her go for a second before he sighed. She seemed more resigned than angry now, but she was clearly far from happy. “Come on,” he said to Bolin, standing from the table. Even if Sakari didn’t really want to talk, he and Bolin should at least try to clear things up regarding their knowledge of the boat before the girls left.
He said a quick goodbye to the adults and turned after Sakari and Jinora.
Mako, with Bolin close behind him, managed to dash down the hall and catch up to them. “Wait up a sec,” he called ahead.
Sakari seemed intent on continuing, but Jinora grabbed her wrist and tugged them to a stop.
Reluctantly, Sakari turned around. “What is it, Mako? We need to pack.”
He frowned. “I know you’re upset, and I’m sorry we didn’t tell you about the trip.”
“Pema asked us not to,” Bolin cut in, “and you can’t lie to moms.”
Mako rolled his eyes. “Really, we just… kind of forgot? Bolin and I never talked about it, and then… I dunno. Things here were looking better. Tenzin was planning that rally. The elections, everything. So… I guess I thought it wouldn’t happen?”
Jinora offered a half-smile. “Well… it’s happening.” She smiled wistfully. “It will be nice to see Gran-gran. It’s been ages since the last time. I don’t even think Meelo remembers her.”
Sakari summoned a smile and slung an arm around Jinora’s shoulders. “Hey, it’s okay Mako. Really.”
He raised an eyebrow. “Yeah? You sure?”
She nodded, and started towing Jinora down the hall. “I am, but we have a lot to pack and to talk about. Gotta make plans and make sure we remember some Pai Sho tiles so we can play on the trip.”
“We’ll say goodbye later,” Jinora called back. “Sorry?”
“Bye?” Bolin called down, as they disappeared around a corner.
The two of them stood in silence for a moment.
Mako wasn’t entirely sure, but he thought he remembered Sakari saying she didn’t know how to play Pai Sho.
“It’s gonna be weird without the girls around,” Bolin said after a beat.
Mako nodded slowly. That… had been suspicious. But. Even if Sakari was planning something, she wouldn't have time to come up with anything drastic. There was no way she’d get out of boarding the south-bound ship that afternoon.
“Eh, I’m sure we’ll figure something out,” he said. “Or, more likely, something weird will happen and there will be some other crisis to deal with.”
Bolin bounced a little as they started walking back the other way down the hall. “Maybe we could respond to the city’s crisis by taking on masked personas? Help people while in disguise and stuff?”
“Seems a little played out,” Mako said. “But you never know.”
Whatever Republic City had in store for them, they’d meet it as a team. That’s what they’d always done.
* * *
Asami stared at the device on her desk with a frown. It looked remarkably similar to her disruptor though the overall design was a bit clunkier. The police had found it at the base of the rooftop radio tower sometime after the prison break, and Asami had no doubts that it had played some role in the problems with the radio yesterday.
She sighed and turned the device over again. She would recognize her mother’s handiwork anywhere, and it seemed that Yasuko had remembered the device Asami had used to disable the biplanes.
Before the Equalist movement had consumed all of Yasuko’s focus, when Asami had first begun branching out with her engineering projects, Yasuko had given her various gadgets to invent. Yasuko would create her own version, and they would compare devices at the end, combining the elements that worked best into the final model.
Oftentimes, their creations ended up nearly identical. They would laugh over how similarly their minds worked.
It seemed that was still the case despite everything that happened since Asami’s break with the Equalists.
Asami reached for the screwdriver on her desk. Following her questioning by the United Forces, she had been allowed to return to her cell with her tool kit. Apparently, Xing would be given a few days off for her injuries (thankfully all minor), and the other officers would be too busy to escort Asami to her workroom, so she had been allowed to keep her tools in her cell. Asami supposed the gesture showed how Lin’s trust in her had grown.
Between the tools and her own skills, she’d idly figured out three different ways to escape the cell. More ideas that would never go anywhere.
As she began dismantling her mother’s device, Asami could already see in what ways her mother had improved the firing mechanism, fixing some of the problems the United Forces had been having with her disruptor. However, Asami could also tell based on the wiring and battery that her mother’s disruptor would not have been as powerful as her own. Likely Yasuko had not had enough time to really test out the device before the prison break given all of the other planning that would have occurred.
Asami shifted to adjust the lamp and bit back a hiss of pain with the movement. She had been fortunate to escape from her fight with Kin with only scrapes and bruises, even if the bruising on her back constantly made itself known. No doubt she would be sore for days.
It didn’t help that what sleep she had gotten was fleeting. Asami had long since adjusted to the background noises of the prison. But now, any time the radiator kicked on or a guard had passed by on patrol, she startled awake. The rest she did manage had been free of nightmares, but Asami imagined those would come in time.
With a sigh, Asami leaned back from her work. She needed to focus on this because otherwise she would think about yesterday and her fight with Kin.
Her brief encounter with Liu.
Asami’s gaze fell on her mother’s disruptor and then the broken handcuff sitting nearby. What would have happened if she had encountered her mother in the prison instead of Liu? Would Yasuko have said anything to her, even if it was just to express her disappointment in Asami and her choices? Or would she have regarded her with the same icy silence that Liu had given her?
Would she have arrived in time to stop Kin, and if so, would she have even interfered at all?
Did her mother want her dead?
Uncertainty lodged in Asami’s throat, and she buried her face in her arms. For several seconds, she just focused on her breathing.
She knew that many of the remaining Equalists would be more than happy to end her life. The extra security precautions Lin had in place for her spoke to that. But she had no clue how her mother or Liu felt about her. Liu had been like a brother to her for years, but there had been no trace of warmth in his gaze yesterday.
And Asami still knew nothing about her mother after Yasuko’s disappearance. The police had not been able to track down her location, so she could be anywhere in the United Republic, anywhere in Republic City. All Asami knew was that her mother was out there somewhere, still working with the Equalists toward some goal.
Asami glanced at her mother’s disruptor again and pushed it to the far end of the desk. She should never have volunteered to study the device, should have asked for some other project to work on. The last thing she needed to think about right now was her mother and whatever feelings Yasuko held toward her.
She still had her sketchbook, so she should see if brainstorming worked. Maybe she could go back to that electric blanket idea she had mentioned to Bumi. Keep her attention occupied with something that was not related to the Equalists in any way.
The sound of approaching footsteps caught her attention, and Asami straightened in her chair.
Lin stepped into view, holding some kind of cloth bundle in her arms.
“Chief Beifong,” Asami began.
Lin unlocked the door to her cell and tossed the bundle at Asami. “Get changed into these and follow me. We’ll talk in my office.”
Asami blinked, glancing down at the bundle. They were street clothes, not a prison uniform. Her eyes darted back to Lin, confusion written across her features. “What—"
Lin merely raised an eyebrow in response.
“Right,” Asami said. “I’ll be right back.” She disappeared into the bathroom, heart pounding.
She took a moment to study the clothing. The red blouse and dark jacket were of a simple design, but seemed to be close to Asami’s size. It took her a moment to recognize that the pants were the ones she’d been wearing when she had traded her clothing for a prison uniform following her arrest. Briefly, she wondered about the jacket before remembering that she had been wearing her Equalist uniform at the time.
Why was Lin giving her these clothes? Were they transferring her to a different prison? Maybe one outside of the city? Asami couldn’t imagine all of the paperwork and preparations that would entail, especially on such short notice.
A flicker of hope ignited in Asami’s chest as she slipped into the clothing although she tried to squash it down. Could they be releasing her? There was no way that Lin could just let Asami walk out of prison without any kind of trial or official pardon, but the fact that she was being given civilian clothing had to mean something.
She took a moment to stare at herself in the mirror, pointedly ignoring the dark rings under her eyes. The shirt and jacket were just a bit too big, and her pants really would have looked better with boots instead of the slip-on shoes that came with her prison uniform. Still, Asami looked the most like her old self that she had in weeks.
Asami walked back into her cell awkwardly holding the gray prison uniform. “What should I…”
“Just toss it on the floor,” Lin said with a dismissive wave of her hand. “Let’s go.”
Asami followed in silence. A thousand questions raced through her mind, but she held off asking any until they were in Lin’s office.
A familiar face was waiting just inside Lin’s office.
“General Iroh! What are you doing here?”
Iroh returned her smile. He looked as well as she remembered although a bit tired. “I came to check on you. I heard that you were attacked shortly after our conversation over the radio.”
Asami’s smile fell. “I am—” The word “fine” died in her throat. “I was not seriously harmed.”
“I am glad to hear that,” Iroh said. He pulled out one of the chairs opposite Lin’s desk for her. “But I’m sure you have some questions about this meeting, so we should probably get to business.”
Asami took the offered seat, gaze flickering between Iroh and Lin, trying to read something in their expressions.
“I’ll get to the point,” Lin said, always practical. “Due to yesterday’s events, it has become apparent that we can no longer keep you here for your own safety. Therefore, you will be transferred to Air Temple Island to continue your sentence under house arrest there.”
It took a moment for the words to sink in, and Asami’s eyes widened in shock. “That’s…”
“Iroh and I have spoken with Tenzin to make the arrangements. You will have access to the women’s dorms and the communal areas. Iroh and Bumi have ensured that you will be provided a workspace so that you may continue your work with the United Forces. You will not be allowed to leave the island unless under police escort barring certain...extenuating circumstances.”
Asami wondered if those circumstances included a surprise Equalist assault.
“Tenzin will inform you of the specific terms of your stay when you’ve arrived,” Lin continued. “Failure to abide by the conditions of your house arrest will result to you being returned to prison. Do you understand?”
“Yes,” Asami said.
So she wasn’t being transferred to an out-of-city prison. While house arrest on Air Temple Island might not have been true freedom, she would still have more freedom than she’d had in weeks.
Still, she had one concern about the arrangement. “Would Air Temple Island really be safer? The Equalists have attacked there once before.”
“As far as our intelligence shows, there has been no unusual activity around Air Temple Island,” Iroh said. “We have no reason to believe that the Equalists have been planning any kind of assault on the island, particularly as they did not possess the manpower to do so.” Iroh frowned at that. “Though their numbers have been bolstered following yesterday’s prison break.”
Asami had not heard any exact numbers on how many Equalist prisoners had escaped, but even a handful more could cause a lot of damage with her mother’s inventions arming them.
“I cannot promise that there will be no attack on Air Temple Island, but I do not think it likely. The island is not a fortress. It has no real strategic value beyond the symbolism attached to it through Avatar Aang. And while Amon certainly seemed to place a great deal of emphasis of symbols, I do not know whether the remaining Equalists give the symbology of Air Temple Island the same weight.”
Likely not. At least her mother and Liu had always been more focused on the tangible aspects of any Equalist plan. Yasuko had understood why Amon had ordered the airbenders and Sakari captured, but Asami had her heard complaining about the diversion of manpower and technology to capture just five benders.
“What we do know is that Equalists are aware of your location in this prison, and many have shown clear intention to harm you should the opportunity arise,” Lin added. “Unfortunately, many of the prisons outside of Republic City would be ill-equipped to defend against an outside attack due to a lack of resources. You will be transferred quietly to Air Temple Island, where you will be out of the public eye. And given that it is an island, if there was any kind of attack on the prison, you would at least have advanced warning.”
“Besides,” Iroh continued, “given your good behavior in prison, it is only fitting that you receive a bit more freedom in turn.”
Asami managed a smile at those last words. “Thank you. Though I am surprised that Councilman Tenzin agreed to this.” Given that the Equalists had personally targeted his family, she imagined that he would not be comfortable housing one in his home.
“He expressed some concerns,” Iroh admitted. “But Bumi and I were able to address all of them. I know you will not be any trouble during your stay there.”
“You saved many of my officers yesterday because of your actions,” Lin said. “I’m not going to leave you here with a giant target on your back.”
Before Asami could respond, Lin continued. “As your house is still under police custody, none of your personal belongings have been confiscated. You will be allowed to return and collect some of your belongings, such as clothing to take with you to Air Temple Island. Whatever you can fit in two suitcases.”
Asami’s eyes widened at that. That was certainly a generous offer. She was certainly grateful to wear her own clothing again.
“Iroh has agreed to escort you to your home and then to Air Temple Island,” Lin said. “We don’t anticipate any trouble, but it is best to be prepared.”
“Thank you, both of you, for this,” Asami said.
“You’re welcome,” Iroh said.
Lin rose to her feet. “We have a vehicle outside waiting to transfer you to your house and then to the docks. I will meet you there for the trip to Air Temple Island. The United Forces have prepared a boat to take us to the island. Now, follow me.”
They traveled down a hallway that Asami didn’t remember from her trip into the prison. They passed what appeared to be the prison kitchen on their way, and Asami spied a few cooks inside preparing some kind of bland stew for the day’s lunch. The kitchen seemed a bit short-staffed, at least from what Asami would have expected, and the cooks were too busy to notice the three of them passing by.
The exited the prison to a delivery area. There were no trucks present at the moment, but Asami could see two loading docks to the right.
A quick breeze tugged at her hair, and she closed her eyes, taking a moment to appreciate her first real moment outside since entering the prison. Though she knew that the prison had two outside courts for prisoners to use for exercise, her isolated status had kept her away from any communal areas. The day was overcast and the air smelt like the pavement and a nearby dumpster, but it was still nice to be outside.
True to Lin’s earlier statement, a nondescript Satomobile was waiting outside what Asami assumed to be the delivery door. Seated at the wheel, in a forest green waistcoat and steel gray pants, was a familiar face.
“Surprise!” Xing beamed.
Asami returned her smile. “I had heard that you received the day off.” She wouldn’t have blamed Xing for taking as much time off as needed following Kin’s attack yesterday.
“Officially, yes,” Xing responded. “So, I’ll be like your official unofficial police escort for the day. Consider it as thanks for saving my life yesterday.”
“Xing will continue to serve as your guard while on Air Temple Island,” Lin said. “If for some reason you are required to leave Air Temple Island, you will do so under her supervision.”
“I understand,” Asami said.
“Is everything ready to go?” Lin asked.
“Yes, ma’am,” Xing said. “The car’s in working condition, and there shouldn’t be much traffic on the road during this time of the day.”
Lin nodded. “Good. Then I will meet you at the docks later today to depart for Air Temple Island.” She turned and headed back into the prison.
“Well,” Iroh said, holding open the rear door for Asami. “Shall we get going?”
Asami nodded and entered the car. She started as a red blur jumped toward her from the front of the car, landing in her lap.
It was a red cap.
“Here,” Xing said. “I know it’s just a hat, but I figured that it might help you lay low a bit. Not that we’ll really be anywhere where people could recognize you but better safe than sorry. It doesn’t quite match the jacket though.”
The shade of the hat was a bit brighter than the jacket Asami had been given, but Asami still appreciated the gesture. “Thank you,” she said, adjusting the hat on her head. She took a moment to tuck some stray hairs in place.
Xing started the car as soon as Iroh entered the passenger side and headed toward the gate leading out of the prison. “This is actually kind of exciting,” she said. “I never get to drive during work. I’m usually stationed at the prison, and there’s not really any reason to drive here. Plus, this car is a lot nicer than the one I had.”
“Oh?” Asami asked. The Satomobile they were using was a model from a few years ago, but it was still in good condition. She considered it a testament to the quality of her father’s original model. Despite all the adjustments she and her mother had developed over the years, the overall design still bore his touch. “What model did you have?”
“I had a Cabbage Car,” Xing admitted, ducking her head. “My father convinced me that it would be better to go with the Cabbage Car because it was a cheaper model, but I ended up spending so much on repairs every few months that I finally sold it to a neighbor. It was a piece of junk.”
Asami snorted. “I could have told you that.”
“Yeah, lesson learned,” Xing muttered. She pulled to a stop at the gate leading outside, flashing her badge to the guard on duty.
The guard waved them through, barely sparing them a second glance. Asami imagined that the woman had already been informed by Lin of their departure.
They pulled out onto the main road and headed toward downtown. Gradually the streets became more familiar, and Asami began to recognize restaurants and stores that she had once driven by on a weekly basis while driving her scooter around town. There was an accessory shop where she had found some of her favorite hairpins, and there was a corner bakery that she had frequented when in the area.
She had only been in prison for a few weeks, but looking at these stores, she felt like it had been much longer. Some had boarded up their windows, and Xing was driving too quickly for Asami to ascertain whether or not the boards meant they were closed for good, or just covering broken glass.
Xing turned down a side street, likely to avoid the main downtown district, and Asami watched other familiar businesses pass by. As the buildings thinned, she caught the sight of pink blossoms approaching.
With a start, Asami realized that they were passing Sakura Park. The last time she had been there had been when she and Korra had spoken after the Tarrlok infiltration. When she had learned Korra’s real name. When they had held hands and admitted their mutual attraction. It had been their last in-person meeting before Asami’s imprisonment.
The thought of Korra sent Asami’s heartbeat racing. Before the Equalists had attacked the prison, the radio had been covering Korra’s restoration of bending. There had been Equalists spotted there as well. Was Korra okay? Had the Equalists also attacked her or had Korra escaped from the chaos? The reporters had only mentioned smoke grenades, but the situation could have escalated since then.
Realistically, Asami knew that Korra was more than capable of handling herself and escape the situation, but worry was still coiled in her gut.
She let out a sigh. She would just have to see what information she could pick up about Korra later. As far as she knew, Sakari was still living on Air Temple Island, so maybe she would have better information to share with Asami.
“Are you okay?” Xing’s voice cut through the haze of her thoughts. “You’re pretty quiet back there.”
Asami managed to force a smile. “Yeah, just lost in thought. It’s a little strange being outside of the prison. I feel like I was riding down these streets just yesterday.”
They had passed the park and were entering one of the wealthier neighborhoods of Republic City. It would only be a couple of blocks before they arrived at her house.
“I can imagine it’s a weird feeling,” Xing said. She turned down a tree-lined street, and the houses became even more spread out.
The houses they passed grew more elaborate, with well-tended gardens and long paved driveways. Many featured stone walls for protection with wrought iron gates formed in the shape of family crests or other intricate designs.
They pulled up to the front gates to the Sato estate, and Xing metalbent the gate open. “Don’t worry,” she said, catching Asami’s eye in the mirror. “We have a special metalbending lock on the gate. It’s not like anyone could just break into here. The police wanted to make sure that no one stole any potential evidence.”
Asami was certain that her mother had found a way into the estate to reclaim some of her possessions even if the estate was under police protection, but Asami didn’t voice the thought. Whatever her mother took would be long gone by now.
“Is that a shrine?” Xing asked, awe coloring her voice. “I can’t believe you have a shrine on your front porch. And look at those towers!”
Asami glanced at the steps leading up to the front door as they drove past. The two towers standing guard before the house looked the same as she remembered. While the lawn was weed-infested and the shrubbery overgrown, she was struck with how unchanged the place looked.
Which made sense given that she had only been in prison for a short amount of time, relatively speaking. It wasn’t like she had been gone for years.
But there was still something almost surreal about returning home. After Xing parked the car, Asami stepped outside and took a deep breath. Even the air smelled the same as she remembered, the faintest hint of jasmine and other flowers beginning to bloom.
If Asami closed her eyes, she could almost convince herself that she was returning home after a day at work in the factory. She would go inside and find her mother seated in the parlor with a cut of tea, or more likely furiously pouring some blueprint spread across the dining room table. Yasuko would smile at the sight of her and ask about her day—
“I can’t believe you lived here,” Xing said. “It’s like a mini palace. Don’t you think so, general?”
Iroh’s lips twisted in a wry smile. “Well, having grown up in a palace, I can say that it’s a bit on the small side. Plus, usually palaces come with a lot of officials and guards moving about, so this is a little on the quiet side.”
Asami blinked. She had grown so accustomed to thinking of Iroh as a general for the United Forces, that she had almost forgotten that he was also Fire Nation royalty. How did that work out anyway? Did he have siblings? She’d never even asked.
It seemed Xing had forgotten as well. “Oh!” she stammered. “Have I been rude? Should I be addressing you as ‘Your Highness’ or…”
“Please, there is no need for such formality,” Iroh said. “At the moment, I am just a general of the United Forces. And since I’m technically here in an unofficial capacity, there really is no need for any kind of title.”
“Yes, sir,” Xing said. After a moment, she turned to Asami. “We should probably let you get started packing. Here.” She handed over a familiar key. “Chief Beifong said you should only need two bags worth of clothing and things. There are two bags in the front of the car, but I figured that you probably had your own suitcases that would hold more.”
“Is that really okay?” Asami asked.
“Well, Lin never specified what size or type of bag you could pack your belongings in,” Iroh said. “So I see no reason why you can’t use your own. You will be living on Air Temple Island for the foreseeable future, so you will want to make sure that you have everything you might need.”
Asami nodded. “All right. I’ll let you inside while I gather my things.”
She led them up to the front door and inside. The entryway was still as she remembered it with bold architectural lines and silk curtains. A thick layer of dust covered the furniture, speaking to how long the mansion had been left vacant.
“Here,” Asami said. “I’ll show you to the parlor. Though you’re more than welcome to explore the house while I pack.” She started down the front hallway.
“Wow, that vase is ugly.”
Asami glanced back at Xing, who flushed.
“Sorry! I didn’t mean to say that out loud. That was really rude of me.”
Asami followed Xing’s gaze and spotted a familiar vase with green and red birds on a bright yellow backdrop. She made a face. “No, you’re right. That vase is absolutely hideous, and I still don’t know why my mother kept it for so long.”
Korra had also expressed her distaste of the vase when Asami had brought her here for chi-blocking lessons. The memory brought a smile to Asami’s lips.
She led Iroh and Xing to the parlor. While the furniture was coated with dust, the couches would still provide comfortable seating. “I’ll try to be quick while packing,” she said.
“Don’t feel the need to rush,” Iroh said. “Tenzin isn’t expecting us until this evening. There is supposed to be some heavy fog this evening, so we’ll want to arrive on Air Temple Island before it gets bad, but you should have more than enough time to pack everything you’ll need. You will be on Air Temple Island for the foreseeable future, so you want to make sure you don’t forget anything important.”
“But if you do forget something,” Xing added, “I’m sure I can pick it up for you. You just wouldn’t have it right away.”
“Duly noted,” Asami said. She turned and headed toward the upstairs. When she reached the second floor, she was halfway to her bedroom when she spotted a blank space on the hallway wall.
A framed picture of Asami with her parents had rested there. Asami had been four or five at the time, and she vaguely remembered fidgeting in her new dress while her parents tried to get to sit still for the photograph. Hiroshi and Yasuko were smiling at the camera, both oblivious to the tragedy of Hiroshi’s death looming less than a year away.
It had been their last family picture before Hiroshi’s death, and Yasuko had hung it on the wall between her and Asami’s room as if Hiroshi’s spirit was watching over both of them.
The missing picture only confirmed that Yasuko had been to the mansion at some point. A quick glance in her mother’s room showed a jewelry box and other valuables were no longer there. No doubt the closet would be equally empty.
Did her mother take the picture to remember Hiroshi or had she taken it to remember their family before everything had fallen apart?
Asami sighed. She found that her thoughts about her mother tended to run in circles, and she really didn’t need to think about Yasuko right now.
Her room looked thankfully undisturbed. Asami stepped into her closet and found her clothing arranged just as she had left it. The first thing she did was change into a jacket and pants that she had often worn while driving aimlessly around town. Catching sight of herself in her vanity mirror, Asami frowned. After a second, she sat down to fix her hair and apply some of her makeup. There, that was better.
Asami hadn’t really given much thought to her appearance in prison, but a part of her had missed her fashion. At least she’d have the freedom to wear what she wanted on Air Temple Island.
Though Asami quickly realized that perhaps her love of fashion had filled up her closet too much. Even if she was allowed two large suitcases, there was no way she’d be able to fit her entire wardrobe in two bags. When had she gotten so much clothing? Did she really need four black pencil skirts in nearly identical styles?
Eventually Asami was able to pare down her wardrobe to the outfits that she had worn most frequently and offered the most flexibility in outfit combinations. After some debate, she began packing up her jewelry as well. While she didn’t know how much of her money she would be able to access if she was eventually released from prison, she could at least hang on to her more expensive pieces should the need arise.
Looking around the room, Asami decided to grab two barely used sketchbooks, a set of pencils, and novel she had started months ago but never finished. They went on the top of one of her suitcases. It would be good to have things to do while not working on her United Forces project.
But, Asami thought, turning her gaze out the window overlooking one of the backyard gardens, she would likely spend most of her free time outside, enjoying the relative freedom of this new arrangement.
A light knock on the doorframe caught her attention. Xing hovered just outside her room. “Everything okay?” she asked.
“Yes, I’m all done here,” Asami said, closing her second suitcase.
“That’s good,” Xing said. “Here, I’ll help carry those down.” She grabbed the other suitcase before Asami could protest. “We’ll need to head down to the docks soon, but Commander Bumi said he’ll bring some food for us to eat while we wait for the boat.”
“Sounds good,” Asami responded. She gave her room one last look, unsure when she would be back, before following Xing down the stairs and outside.
* * *
The bright sea air whipped through Korra’s hair as she leaned against the bow of the boat. She licked the salt from her lips as she leaned into the breeze and closed her eyes.
She’d almost forgotten the particular brand of freedom that came from travel.
Her whole life, they’d traveled the world, staying anywhere between a day and a month. Maybe two at most. Long enough to perform some small act of anarchy. Never long enough that the White Lotus or some other global force might track them. Never doing anything too big, lest they draw unwanted attention.
They’d always stayed long enough for some tension, however. Something about the Red Lotus, the five of them who stayed together, was at odds with staying in one place too long.
Travel fixed it. For the first time since they’ve arrived to Republic City, everything felt normal again.
In the main cabin, Zaheer was conferring with the smuggler they’d arranged to take them to the Northern Water Tribe.
Down below, P’li was resting and taking time to herself in solitude.
Ghazan had situated himself at the aft of the boat, leaning against the railing and letting the wind whip his hair into a tangled mess. Mostly, his gaze wandered. But even at a distance, Korra could tell that every few seconds, his eyes lit on Ming-Hua.
She sat on the rail at the point where the sea spray was the thickest. She leaned forward with her knees pointed out to sea. Her feet looped back to keep her anchored to the railing. Eyes closed, she was lost in her own world. One she’d lost, and found again.
If Korra closed her eyes, she could feel her own energy, thrumming in every part of her body. Now that the world of energybending had opened up to her, the possibility thrummed underneath her skin at every moment.
She’d never excelled at the spiritual side of bending, despite Zaheer’s tireless lessons. Zaheer could sense when people were drawing close because he sensed their spirits. Though it took a small stretch, she could sense fluctuations in his mood if she was monitoring his spirit.
But energybending was rooted in the physical world. It was not entirely separate from the spiritual realm, but Korra felt the ability in her body. She didn’t need to meditate and reach for it the same.
Without looking, she could feel Zaheer approaching behind her. Silent footsteps and the roar of the water didn’t matter when she could sense the energy of his body.
“When do we arrive to the North Pole,” she asked.
If he was surprised at her timing, he didn’t show it. “Soon,” he said, drawing up beside her. “But not as fast as I’d like. This boat was the quickest and most discreet method of getting out of Republic City, but we’re taking an odd route north. We have no idea what sort of reception is waiting for us at the North Pole, and I’d rather not take any chances. No major trading routes. No major coastal towns.”
“Makes sense,” Korra said. “I read in the paper that Chieftain Malina and the Northern Water Tribe heirs were visiting at Air Temple Island. It would be convenient if we missed them entirely.”
“Don’t count on conveniences,” Zaheer said. “But still, we will likely only encounter a cursory guard.”
“I’m sure we’ll handle it either way,” she said.
From what Korra knew about Malina, she could guess that her aunt wouldn’t be a fan of Korra opening the spirit portals in her backyard. She’d secured her regency in the face of the Northern Water Tribe’s misogyny by aligning herself with conservative factions as a spiritual traditionalist.
What the Red Lotus planned to do at the North Pole wouldn’t really line up.
Korra flexed her hands. “Do you think that energybending has any connection to what it will take to open the spirit portals?”
Zaheer considered for a moment. “It’s possible.” He regarded her neutrally. “Actually, I’d like to review our plan. Let’s take a moment.”
“Yeah, sure thing.” Republic City was going to be a blip. A stopover on their way north. A chance to observe the Equalist movement, then move on.
In some ways, this trip wasn’t like other departures. Normally, Korra could let go of those places as easily as she arrived.
Republic City was different. She’d gotten so drawn in and rooted to the conflicts there that she’d almost forgotten her true purpose. The whole reason for the Red Lotus liberating her, all those years ago.
“Harmonic Convergence is here,” Zaheer said. “And we have several pieces to the plan, as well as one new one.”
Korra perked up. “A new one?”
He nodded. “Indeed. But I’ll get there in a moment. The first priority upon arriving will be to open both spirit portals. We’ll access the North Pole portal, which will take us to the Spirit World. From there, you’ll be able to open the South Pole’s portal. As long as they remain open through the end of Harmonic Convergence, we will be able to right the second great imbalance and reunite the physical and spiritual planes.”
Korra felt herself nodding right along up until he said ‘second’ great imbalance. She held up a finger. “Wait, did I miss something? I thought that was the great imbalance. Since when is it the ‘second’ one?”
“Since you mastered energybending and it became possible to right the first one,” Zaheer said. “This is the new step to our plan. The first Avatar brought imbalance to the world by separating order and chaos. By shearing Raava and Vaatu from one another, he originated the first great imbalance. The second was the separation of the physical and spiritual planes.” Zaheer set a hand on her shoulder. “Since you were a child, we have prepared you for the task of reuniting the worlds and releasing Vaatu from his prison.
“However, we did not see a way of fixing the first imbalance fully. Of reuniting Raava, within you,” here he tapped her collarbone, “with Vaatu, imprisoned in the Tree of Time.”
Everything clicked. Korra whipped around. “But with energybending… maybe I can.”
He nodded. “Exactly. We arrive. You open the portals. At the precise alignment of Harmonic Convergence, you can free Vaatu and separate Raava from yourself, then connect the two.”
Something in Korra’s chest twinged. “But… without Raava… I won’t be the Avatar anymore, will I?”
Zaheer hesitated, then shook his head. “I don’t believe so. You will still be a waterbender, but I don’t believe you’ll retain the other elements.”
Korra felt something inside of her twist. She couldn’t quite meet Zaheer’s gaze.
“This will end the Avatar cycle, which is another imbalance.” Zaheer sighed. “Giving one nation such a powerful individual each cycle… it is basically a guarantee of the abuse of power, of imbalance one way or another. Would Fire Lord Sozin have grown so ambitious if he hadn’t trained beside Avatar Roku in his youth? He pursued his genocide against the Air Nomads out of fear for their youthful Avatar, scoured the globe in pursuit. Aang himself, tasked with restoring balance to the world, created systems of oppression and imbalance.” Zaheer regarded her shrewdly. “I fear to imagine what powers and abuses you yourself may have committed in the name of your Water Tribe allegiance, had we not liberated you.”
Korra felt a strange twist in her gut. In some other life, she, herself, was a world leader sought by the Red Lotus. Avatar and symbol of inequality.
She did not envy this other self that position.
“I will do my best,” she said. “Maybe I can practice the ‘remove Raava from myself’ part on the way. I… don’t even know how I’d begin. What to look for.”
Zaheer smiled. “I’ll be here to help you with that part. For now, enjoy the sea and the sky. Relish your freedom and release your connections to Republic City. Meditation will begin tomorrow in earnest.”
Korra nodded absently. “Tomorrow then. Gotcha.” She bit her lip. “What if I can’t figure out how to remove Raava in time to reunite her her with Vaatu?” The Harmonic Convergence window would only be open so long.
Zaheer paused. “I have a sense that everything will come to be as we intend in the end.”
Korra nodded, but some part of her felt… sad, at the whole idea. She tried reframing it in her mind. She would no longer be the Avatar, but she would still be herself. Still Korra.
Lost in her thoughts, Korra barely noticed when Zaheer went back below the deck.
Inside her mind, a voice protested: Being Korra was being the Avatar.
She countered with a different re-framing: She would be freeing Raava if she did this.
Silence, and consideration. Then an image: Asami, in her opulent prison cell, choosing to be there.
Korra pursed her lips. This was going to take some thought.
“So Zaheer talked to you about the new plan?” Ghazan materialized beside her and Korra nearly jumped over the rail.
Pressing a hand to her chest, Korra calmed herself. “Yes! Sorry, you startled me.”
Ghazan slapped her on the back. “Yeah I could see you staring off into space. Figured I’d swing by.” He smiled at her. He smiled at her a lot since she’d restored Ming-Hua’s bending.
“Thanks for that…” Korra paused a moment. Something about what he said sounded odd, but she couldn’t quite place it.
“Actually, it’s you who deserves the thanks.” Ghazan had steadied his expression. “I know I’ve said it about a thousand times since yesterday. But again: you have my deepest and entire gratitude.” He moved to Korra’s other side and looked past her, toward Ming-Hua.
“I’ll take it then,” she said, giving him a crooked smile. “Let me know if you have any need of Avatar Korra’s energybending services in the future.”
He laughed at that, and shook his head. “You’re really something, Korra. Or, should I say, Naga?”
She rolled her eyes and he winked, striding past her down toward Ming-Hua.
As Korra watched them, bright and laughing in the sunlight, the years seemed to melt away. Had they ever been so happy?
She thought of Asami. Of Sakari and of her mother, whose face she couldn’t remember. Of Akio and the Guardian Spirits and of Hotaru and the dozens of people whose bending she’d restored. The dozens and dozens more who she hadn’t had time to heal yet.
Korra looked past Ming-Hua and Ghazan, back past the wake of the boat pointing toward Republic City. Whoever she was, whoever she wasn’t, whatever happened and whatever balances were restored or not restored during Harmonic Convergence… she would return to Republic City.
* * *
Sakari hefted her bag over her shoulder as she set off down for the docks. It was only slightly heavier than when she’d arrived to Republic City just a couple months ago. She’d managed to cram her padded pro-bending uniform in, which thankfully didn’t weigh much. But it was the closest thing Sakari had to armor, Republic City’s only gift that she could hold in her hands. She wasn’t going to leave it here alone.
The city had given her so much. Her eyes drifted over Jinora, Mako, and Bolin, just a bit ahead of her down the path. New friends. New family. Old family too, against all the odds. She couldn’t have imagined this life when she’d left the South Pole with nothing but the clothes on her back, a bag on her shoulder, and Naga beside her.
As though summoned by her thoughts, the polarbear dog came up behind Sakari and poked her nuzzle up under her arm, prompting Sakari to pet her.
“Hey Naga girl,” she said, smiling. “We’re getting back on a ship again aren’t we.” And if everything went according to plan, they would be exiting the ship very quickly after.
Naga whined, and Sakari wondered again if the dog could read her thoughts a little.
“Shhh,” she said, stroking Naga’s nuzzle. “Don’t give me away now, okay?”
Naga whined and just walked closer, leaning against Sakari so she had to lean back to keep from falling.
As they got closer to the bottom of the steps, they were able to see through the mist to the docks. Tenzin stood in the middle, directing a flurry of activity as they loaded up the ship that would head to the Southern Water Tribe. Malina stood near him, pointing and speaking to the various sailors she had loading the royal vessel that had brought them here. Sakari couldn’t see her cousins, but she assumed they were probably around the Northern Water Tribe ship somewhere.
Out of the gathering fog, Sakari glimpsed a United Forces ship passing close to the island. Not an uncommon sight. She could usually see several sail around Yue Bay over the course of each day, doing… whatever they were doing on military business.
Then this one adjusted course, slowing and pulling in to dock behind Malina’ ship just as Sakari reached the bottom steps with Naga.
Ahead of her, Jinora slowed and turned, glancing back at Sakari with a question in her eyes. Mako and Bolin, who had been commissioned into carrying bags of baby supplies for Pema and Rohan, glanced at each other and shrugged.
A quick survey of the important adults present revealed that nobody else seemed to know what to make of the new ship either. Tenzin had stopped his frantic directing, and Malina looked completely neutral, which was an expression that Sakari was choosing this time to interpret as surprise and interest.
The United Forces ship dropped its ramp, and a red-uniformed man with slick black hair appeared. “Tenzin!” he called down. He smiled and waved a hand before starting down the ramp.
Sakari glanced back in time to see Tenzin blink owlishly before calling back, “General Iroh! You are here much earlier than expected.”
General Iroh nodded. “Yes, I tried to call over before we left, but nobody picked up. Since the fog seemed to be moving in earlier than anticipated, I thought it best if we arrived before the weather had any time to worsen. I had not realized that the docks would be so busy.”
Tenzin frowned. “Yes I’m afraid we’ve been a little busy with preparations for the trip…”
Iroh drew close and clapped a hand to Tenzin’s shoulder with some familiarity before engaging him in a quieter conversation.
Sakari took a step closer to Jinora. “Any idea what that’s about?”
Jinora shook her head. “None. But General Iroh is a close friend of the family. Whatever it is, it could easily be official business related to the United Forces or some sort of personal matter.”
“Do you think this will impact our plan?” Sakari dropped her voice.
Jinora glanced around nervously. “Don’t talk about it right now,” she said, giving Sakari a significant look.
Sakari opened her mouth to respond, then just nodded. Airbenders could snatch voices out of the air, and Tenzin was distracted... but still. It was a possibility.
And then, a moment later, they were both distracted by the appearance of Police Chief Lin BeiFong at the top of the United Forces ramp. Sakari and Jinora took a simultaneous step back. The dressing down she’d given them after breaking into the prison had been… memorable.
Mako and Bolin had dropped Rohan’s stuff on the ship and just arrived back when Lin rounded the top. They both winced. “I hope she’s not here for us,” Bolin muttered. “Is breaking into prison a crime?”
Sakari suppressed a smile. She didn’t want to laugh at their jokes when she was still kind of mad at them.
Jinora opened her mouth to answer the question just before another figure exited the ship. Instead, her mouth just dropped before she sputtered, “Uncle Bumi?”
Sakari turned. A wild-looking man with crazy hair had just exited the United Forces ship. “Hey little brother,” he called from the top of the ramp before bounding down.
Tenzin had a moment to transition from looking stuffed about Lin’s appearance before an aghast expression took over his face. “Bumi!” He crossed his arms. “I’m surprised your here given those new...pursuits of yours.”
“Hey, don’t be like that,” Bumi said. “I’m here on official United Forces business and everything. Though it looks like I arrived just in time to say goodbye to everyone?” His words tilted up into a question at the end, likely unaware of Tenzin’s plans to send his family to the South Pole.
Before Sakari could ask the others what they thought was going on, a fourth and fifth person appeared at the top of the ramp.
One of them was an adult woman Sakari did not recognize, but who stood like a soldier or bodyguard, despite her street clothes. She was towing a large suitcase beside her.
And right behind her was Asami Sato. Her hair was a little less glossy, even than the last time they’d seen her in the prison. But she was wearing normal clothes and looked well enough as she glanced around the dock, carrying another suitcase. She seemed confused at the sight of so many people gathered at the docks.
Then Asami’s eyes lighted on their group, and she started down the ramp toward them.
“What’s Asami doing here?” Mako asked, brow furrowed. He glanced at Jinora to see if she knew.
Jinora shrugged. “I didn’t hear anything about them bringing Asami here.”
Following the conversation at breakfast, Sakari and Jinora hadn’t really been given much time to do anything beyond pack their bags. Pema and Senna had been hovering in the background throughout the rest of the day, so Jinora wouldn’t have had a chance to eavesdrop on any important conversations.
“Hello,” Asami said, offering a hesitant smile as she neared. Her not-guard followed a few paces behind, looking a little confused at their exchange. “I wasn’t expecting to see you all so soon,” she said.
“We weren’t expecting to see you at all,” Bolin responded.
A second of silence passed. Asami shrugged awkwardly. “I am being relocated to Air Temple Island it seems. Given that the Equalists broke into the prison yesterday…” She let the sentence trail off, and it was clear that she didn’t care to continue that particular line of thought.
Between all the plans and preparations for leaving, Sakari had forgotten about the prison break. But Asami had been in the prison for that.
Asami’s attention turned to Sakari, and she seemed to be considering something for a moment. “Sakari, I meant to tell you back when you visited me in prison, but—”
Her words cut off as Eska appeared out of nowhere, placing herself between Mako and Asami as she wrapped her arms around one of his. “Your interest in him is unwelcome,” she said. “We have our goodbyes to make.” She sent Asami a scathing glare and towed Mako off and away before he could protest.
Bolin hesitated a moment before tearing off after them. “Mako do you still want me to rescue you when this happens?” he called out.
Asami blinked, watching the brothers leave as if unsure what to make of what had just transpired. “My... interest?”
“Ignore them. What did you want to tell me?” Sakari asked, sneaking a quick glance toward Malina. Thank the Spirits, Malina was interested in whatever the turn of events was here. She’d paused in supervising her ship’s load-in to ease herself in to Tenzin’s conversation with Bumi, Lin, and Iroh. As long as everyone was equally delayed, Sakari and Jinora’s plan would still work perfectly.
“I need to apologize,” Asami said, bowing her head briefly. “When you broke into the prison, I wanted to say something, but I was caught off-guard and didn’t. I apologized to Korra when she visited, but I owe you one as well.” She lifted her chin and met Sakari’s gaze. “I was the one who revealed your identity to the Equalists, after you told us your story that night at the arena. In turn, they were the ones to leak it to the press.”
Sakari blinked. “But… it didn’t show up in the papers for weeks after…” She’d briefly considered Korra (as ‘Naga’) and Asami as the sources as the leak, but there had been so much time passed and so many other things going on… she’d just assumed the press found out another way.
“A strategic move, mostly,” Asami said. “I… I have no excuse for putting you in danger like that. After, I tried to mitigate the damage, tried to convince them it wasn’t worth publicizing or moving against you. I failed. And this is just one of many damages I did in my role as an Equalist, but I cannot make it right without giving you my deepest apologies.”
Sakari was not entirely sure how to respond. She glanced at Jinora, who seemed equally shocked, before meeting Asami’s unfaltering gaze.
For a moment, she was reminded of Korra. In the way Asami kept her chin lifted, and how she didn’t stoop and condescend to Sakari and Jinora like they were children, just treating them like they were people. How they both gave really sincere apologies.
How they’d both apparently been raised by terrorist organizations? Maybe that’s why they’d become friends, somehow.
The thought of Korra brought a smile to Sakari’s face, and from there it was easy. “Your apology is accepted, Asami,” she said. “I think you’ve more than proven in the past couple weeks that you aren’t a bad person. Also my sister clearly thinks you’re great. Oh!” Sakari brightened. “I met with Korra yesterday, by the way!”
Asami’s eyes brightened, and she took a step forward. “You met with her? Like were able to talk with her? Is she okay?” Asami paused a breath, as though to let Sakari answer, then changed her mind and plowed ahead into more questions. “Is it true she was able to restore bending? I heard that Equalists interrupted her, uh, thing when she was doing that, but never heard the end of the report. Was Korra attacked?”
Behind Asami, her guard-lady cursed softly. “You know the AVATAR?”
“Oh yeah they’re like, girlfriends, or something,” Sakari said. “Korra was gonna break her out of prison and everything.”
“Sakari, Jinora! We’re shipping out soon, let’s get your bags on-board!”
Sakari whipped around at the sound of her mother’s voice. She’d gotten thrown off with her timing when Asami appeared. At the center of the dock, Bumi, Iroh, and Chief Beifong seemed to have steamrolled over whatever objections Tenzin had to… whatever was going on with Asami? Malina had gone back to loading her ship, and the pile of crates beside it had dwindled to nearly nothing.
It was time to go if they were going to make the swap. She made eye contact with Jinora.
“Quick answers only,” Jinora said, “and then we need to go.”
“Okay um.” Sakari took a breath. “Yes we met. Yes we talked. Korra is okay—“ Asami smiled at that. “—she was able to restore bending. A couple Equalists threw some smoke bombs and disrupted the gathering. Korra wasn’t attacked. I think the only person who was attacked was an Equalist that Mako decked.”
Jinora stepped forward and bobbed a small bow. “Thank you for meeting with us again, Miss Sato. We hope to see you in the future and speak more at length. We’re very sorry, but we need to go now.”
Sakari hopped forward and gave Asami a quick hug. “Bye! I hope we see you soon, and I hope you see Korra again soon!” She swept her bag up off the deck and hurried after Jinora, who was already a few steps ahead.
Asami’s goodbyes almost immediately segued into another round of goodbyes. Asami and her guard joined back with Bumi, Iroh, and Lin as Mako made a dazed reappearance with Eska. Then it was goodbye and farewell with Mako and Bolin, then Desna and Eska. Then the whole airbender family had their goodbyes with Tenzin. Then Meelo and Ikki hugged and said goodbye to Naga even though she was getting on the ship with them. Tenzin gave Sakari’s mother a hug and had one last Parent Conversation with her and Pema. Sakari bounced around and tried to avoid her Aunt Malina for as long as possible.
Her aunt would definitely want to wish her goodbye individually, and Sakari needed to delay her if possible so their ships left at the same time.
As everyone else in her group started boarding the ship heading to the south, Malina finally caught her.
“It’s been fascinating meeting you for the first time, Sakari,” she said. “I do hope to see you again soon, and I look forward to seeing how you continue to develop your opinions and stances.”
Jinora had already boarded the ship, and Sakari found herself grasping for Polite and Politic words for her response. “Indeed. Um. Meeting you was very educational.” She smiled. “I would value the opportunity to learn from you again uh. Some other time! I will work on opinions in the meantime.”
“Of that, I have no doubt.” Malina gave a small smile in return. “I hope you have a… an ideal trip,” she said, walking back to her ship.
For a moment, Sakari wondered if Malina knew, somehow. “Um, you too?” she called back.
If Malina knew, should they change plans? Would that mean they’d be sent back? Was she actually encouraging Sakari? Did she know, or was she just doing that thing where she made it sound like she did?
Sakari ruffled Naga’s ears as they bounded up the ramp aboard the ship. “Can’t overthink it now,” she mumbled.
Her mother met her once she was on-board. “If you’re here, I think that’s everybody,” she said, glancing around. “Jinora already found your cabin. They’re small rooms, but you two will be sharing so I can help Pema with her younger children.” Senna smiled. “Thank you for not pushing it with the North Pole. I know it seems like that’s where you need to be, but we have to trust that the White Lotus and the Northern Water Tribe forces have this handled.”
“I know,” Sakari lied. If Jinora’s research was true, then it wouldn’t matter how strong they were. The Avatar was the only one with the ability to change the course of Harmonic Convergence. And armies wouldn’t change Korra’s mind. But… Korra would listen to Sakari, and maybe Jinora too.
Sakari stepped forward and gave her mom a hug. “I’m gonna go down to the cabin,” she said. “We’ll have plenty of time to talk over the trip.”
Sakari felt a bit guilty when her mother’s face lit up. “Absolutely,” Senna said. “Go get settled. Put down your bag, all that.”
“Cool. I… I’m feeling pretty tired actually.” Sakari forced a yawn. “I might take a nap.” She tugged Naga’s collar and started down for the cabin.
A couple steps later, she paused and turned back. “I love you,” she said.
Her mother smiled. “I love you too.”
Before Sakari could waver, she hurried down to the cabin, where Jinora was already waiting.
“We don’t have a lot of time,” Jinora said, peering out the tiny window. “Are we sure about this?”
Sakari nodded. “I’m sure if you’re sure.” She gave Naga one last hug in the hallway. “Stay here for me, girl,” she whispered. The polarbear dog wouldn’t have fit in the room anyway, and certainly not out the window. Two small girls might slip away from a ship unnoticed. Naga… would be more conspicuous.
Naga whined and tried to push her nose through the doorway anyway.
Sakari gave her dog a kiss on the muzzle, then shut the door. “Lie down,” she said clearly. When she felt the floor shift with Naga lying against the door, she added, “Now, stay, Naga. Stay.”
Hopefully, that would buy them some time. Even Sakari’s mother had difficulties getting Naga to stop a command that Sakari had given her.
“I’m… not sure,” Jinora said, after the door had shut. “But I will follow you.”
Sakari frowned. “You don’t have to go, Jinora. If all you did was cover for me, say I was taking a nap, that would be more than enough.”
Before she’d finished, Jinora was shaking her head. “All or nothing, I’ll go south and visit Gran-gran another time,” she said. “And I’ve been bending the fog a little closer through the window. Nobody should be able to see us jump from on-deck.” She reached through and twirled her wrist. The window was a tiny round thing, absolutely not intended as an exit. It would be too small and high for most people to use anyway, but Sakari was a little small for her age and Jinora was about the same size.
The plan was to swap ships just after both vessels had pulled away from the dock. Too many watching eyes on the island. And once they got just a little bit away, the fog would provide cover.
“You’ll need to dive in first,” Sakari said. “I’ll follow, and use the momentum from my dive to pull us both deeper, well away from the underside of the ship.” Getting smacked by the rudder was not in the plan.
“And you’re sure you can get us to the other ship from under the water?”
Sakari nodded. “It’ll be easier under the water because there’s no fog underwater.”
Jinora nodded back, and they waited in silence while the ship slowly pulled away from the dock. Jinora stood on the room’s small stool, watching out the window and listening on the breeze to the sailors on the other ship.
“My grandfather, Avatar Aang, ran away when he was twelve,” she said, abruptly. “It can’t be that bad.”
Sakari shrugged. “This will be the second time I’ve run off this year. No regrets.”
Jinora contemplated that for a moment. Then she straightened. “The time is now. This is as close as the ships will get.” In a few graceful motions, Jinora hopped up and levered herself up, through, and out the window.
Sakari’s ascent wasn’t quite as smooth, but a beat later she was right behind her, aiming a bit farther back so she’d be close to Jinora when she hit the water.
The cold was bracing. No matter how many times she leapt in the ocean, it never stopped shocking her a little. Then Sakari’s hand found Jinora’s, and she refocused herself. Jinora clapped her hands on Sakari’s shoulders, and they shot off through the water. Down and away from the south-bound ship.
Then up, and moving closer to the north-bound one. There was a ladder built into the side, near the middle of the ship. Easy target to aim for.
They’d need speed to clear the waterline though. Sakari spun them through the water and built up as much momentum as she could. Jinora was light, but still deadweight while they were underwater.
And then they launched. Water whirled around them before propelling them up and out. In an instant, they swapped bending roles and it was Jinora who spun a gust of air to keep them suspended a moment longer, just enough to let their fingers grab onto the ladder.
They hung there a moment, dripping and breathing heavily. In the foggy distance, the other ship was veering southward.
“We did it,” Sakari whispered.
“Oh Spirits, I’m running away from home,” Jinora whispered.
“I wouldn’t worry so much. You can always go back later,” a voice said from above them.
They looked up to find Malina leaning over the edge of the railing.
“I was wondering if I’d have any unexpected passengers,” she mused. “So just in case, I packed some extra towels. Why don’t you come up and dry off. Then, we can talk.”
Sakari exchanged a glance with Jinora, who was better at schooling her expressions into something less surprised. They shrugged, and started climbing.
Notes:
Apparently I'm an idiot and thought that moving?? was easy?? And then someone decided to crash into my car and total it. Eh. Life happens.
New chapter is here. Next one will be sooner.
We know it's been a while, but we're still very excited for the upcoming chapters. Arc 2 has been a little difficult to navigate, but the pace should quicken while we wrap it up. It's been a bit tricky navigating our cast to this point and re-sorting them out into their final sets for the arc.
Big changes coming to the North Pole, and to Republic City. You ready?
Chapter 26: The Awakening
Summary:
Asami helps Mako and Bolin search for the missing Sakari and Jinora before a new face offers her a chance to salvage her father's company. En route north, Sakari and Jinora learn more about Harmonic Convergence and Malina's plans. Meanwhile, Korra reaches within herself to find Raava, who is not on-board with Korra's goal to separate them.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter 26: The Awakening
(Waking up to a different place is weird)
Asami sat on the windowsill of her room as a spring breeze wafted through. Her notebook sat on her lap, open to a blank page, but she hadn’t touched it in the last few minutes. It was nice to just relax and enjoy the weather. Before her time in prison, she hadn’t really appreciated the little things like fresh air on a beautiful day.
It was nice to have some time to herself as well. Iroh had given her the day to get settled into her new space, and she wouldn’t have to worry about continuing her work for the United Forces until at least tomorrow. While in prison, she had much preferred working on something to sitting around idly; here, she didn’t feel that pressing need to keep herself occupied.
Perhaps later she could explore some of the island. She was allowed in any of the public areas and most of the women-only sections of the island. Still, for right now, she intended to enjoy her morning doing as little as possible.
A light knock startled her from her thoughts. Asami got up and answered, mildly surprised to see one of the acolytes on her hall standing outside. While the women had all been hospitable at breakfast that morning, she hadn’t got the impression many would be seeking her out so soon.
“Asami, right?” the woman asked. “Mako and Bolin are outside waiting to speak with you. They said they had a few questions for you.”
“I’ll go speak with them then,” Asami said, masking her surprise behind a polite smile. “Thank you for informing me.”
Why were Mako and Bolin asking for her? She had spoken with them briefly yesterday, but she had no clue what they wanted to speak about now. Something about Korra or the Equalists, perhaps?
The brothers were waiting several yards from the women’s dorm, discussing something. Mako’s brow was furrowed in a concerned line, and Bolin lacked his exuberance from yesterday. Bolin’s fire ferret seemed to pick up on their unrest, for he kept resettling himself on Bolin’s shoulder.
They glanced up at her approach. “Hey, Asami,” Bolin said, giving a friendly smile. “How are you doing? Settling in okay?”
“I’m fine,” Asami said, glancing between the brothers curiously.
“That’s good,” Bolin said. “We—”
“This is probably a weird question,” Mako interrupted, “but have you seen Sakari or Jinora at all since last night?”
“No, I haven’t seen them, but I haven’t really—” Asami frowned. “Wait. Didn’t they leave with their mothers and Tenzin’s family last night?”
Admittedly, she had been a bit preoccupied with answering Xing’s questions about Korra and begging her not to say anything to Lin. Still, she distinctly remembered giving Sakari and Jinora a small wave as they boarded the ship.
“Well, that’s what everyone thought,” Bolin said. “But we got a frantic call from Senna this morning, saying that Sakari and Jinora were missing. They searched the ship top to bottom and couldn’t find them, and since the window in their room was open, we guess they must have slipped out at some point.”
“You were one of the last people they spoke to,” Mako said. “So we wanted to know if they said anything to you or if you noticed anything suspicious while you were talking.”
“Well, they certainly didn’t tell me anything about sneaking off the boat,” Asami said. “To be honest, I didn’t quite realize they were leaving until they had boarded the ship and it had departed.”
“Great,” Mako muttered, burying his face in his hands. He exchanged a tense look with Bolin.
A pulse of anxiety shot through Asami. Sakari and Jinora were both talented benders. She had seen Sakari in action several times during pro-bending matches. Still, they were both young, and if their boat was heading toward the South Pole, they could have jumped ship at any point. They could be anywhere south of Republic City.
She remembered her last words with Sakari and Jinora. The girls had rushed through their answers about Korra, and Sakari’s gaze had kept flickering to the supplies being loaded and Tenzin’s discussion with Lin, Iroh, and Bumi. “Now that I think of it, Sakari and Jinora seemed agitated while I was talking to them, like they were in a hurry. I assumed it was because they were in a rush to leave.”
“Yeah, except they didn’t want to leave,” Bolin said. “Sakari was dragging her feet all afternoon.”
“Right,” Mako said, “but if they were planning on jumping ship later in the voyage, they wouldn’t have been in a hurry to get onboard. So they must have been planning to jump ship right after the boat left.” He scowled and ran a hand through his hair.
“Well, that’s good,” Bolin said. “I mean, not that it’s good that they jumped ship and are currently missing, but that means they have to be hiding somewhere nearby. They probably snuck back onto the island when no one was looking. It was pretty foggy last night.”
The perfect cover for jumping ship. The fog had moved into Air Temple Island more quickly that anticipated, and Asami briefly wondered if Sakari and Jinora had something to do with that.
“Unless they’re hiding in the city,” Mako said. “Then, they could be anywhere.”
Asami grimaced. Given all the unrest in the city, particularly after the Equalist attack on the prison, Republic City was not the safest place for Sakari and Jinora. And if they ran into any Equalists on the street…
“The caves!”
Asami and Mako both glanced at Bolin in confusion.
Bolin’s eyes had lit up. “Remember those caves we found a few weeks back on the side of the island? And how we thought they would make great hide and seek places? We used them during the Equalist attack on Air Temple Island. What if Sakari and Jinora are hiding out there?”
Mako’s expression turned thoughtful. “They could have gotten there without anyone on the island seeing them, and there would be enough room for them to sleep for the night.”
“We might as well check it out,” Bolin said. “And if they’re not there, we can look at some other places on the island where they might be hiding.”
“I can help you look for them,” Asami said.
Bolin beamed. “Sure!” he said. “It might help to have an extra pair of eyes in case they try to sneak off. Plus, they’re probably still mad at us, so maybe they’ll more willing to reveal themselves to you.”
Mako didn’t seem as eager for her company, giving Bolin a look.
Asami could understand why Mako would be wary around her and she didn’t begrudge him that, but his distrust still stung.
“Come on,” Bolin said. “Sakari’s sister is the Avatar and she trusts her.” When Mako’s expression didn’t shift, he turned to Asami. “Here, we’ll do the Pabu Test. Hold out your arm.”
She complied, confusion written on her features.
Bolin held out his fire ferret. The ferret sniffed the back of her hand for a moment before wriggling out of Bolin’s grip and up to her shoulders. He curled around her neck like a scarf, nuzzling her chin. She absently scratched behind one of his ears, and he let out a happy chatter.
“See. Even Pabu thinks Asami should come with us.”
“Fine,” Mako said. “You can help us look for them if you want.” He turned and started walking away from the dorms.
“Well, I’m glad you’re coming with us,” Bolin said, giving her a reassuring grin. “Let’s go.”
They headed toward the dining hall before turning down a path that meandered up toward some of the seaside cliffs. “So why are Sakari and Jinora mad at you?” Asami asked.
“They were upset that they had to go to the South Pole while Mako and I got to stay in Republic City,” Bolin said. “I mean, that and they were upset that we knew they were going to the South Pole and didn’t say anything. Their mothers asked us not to say anything, but honestly we just kind of forgot about it with everything that was going on.”
Asami could see how that would frustrate Sakari and Jinora. “But why didn’t they want to leave?”
“Well, Korra told Sakari that she’s going to the North Pole, so Sakari wanted to chase after her, but Senna and Tenzin decided that it was too risky.”
Asami’s eyes shot wide open. “Korra’s going to the North Pole?”
“Yeah,” Bolin said. “At least that’s what she told Sakari two days ago. I guess Korra never mentioned anything to you.”
“I haven’t seen Korra since that night you broke into prison to speak with me.” And even before then, Korra had never mentioned anything about traveling north.
“Oh,” Bolin said. “Well, Korra’s going to the North Pole to do something with Harmonic Convergence.”
Asami’s brow furrowed. “What’s Harmonic Convergence?”
Pabu chirped on her shoulder.
“That’s what we’d like to know,” Mako muttered.
So Korra wasn’t even in Republic City anymore. Asami couldn’t stop the flash of disappointment that followed. She hadn’t really anticipated getting to see Korra again while on Air Temple Island, but a small part of her had hoped that she might run into Korra if she had ever decided to sneak onto the island to see her sister.
Worry followed her disappointment. Asami still didn’t really know anything about the group Korra traveled with other than they had anarchist beliefs. She knew they were dangerous, and this Harmonic Convergence sounded important. She hoped that Korra would be all right.
“If Korra was going north, wouldn’t Sakari and Jinora try and follow her?” Asami asked.
“Most likely,” Mako said. “Tenzin’s radioed the port, and he’s let any ships heading to the North Pole know to look out for possible stowaways.”
“Wasn’t the Northern Water Tribe Delegation heading back to the north pole yesterday?” Asami asked.
Mako sighed. “Yes. Tenzin radioed their ship as well, but we haven’t heard anything back from them yet.”
“So Tenzin asked us to look around the island while we wait for a response,” Bolin said. “Just in case the girls were hiding somewhere here.”
It was possible that the girls were hiding somewhere on the island until they could argue their case for staying. But if Korra was heading to the north and Sakari was set on finding her sister, then Asami doubted they would have much luck finding the girls.
“So, this has been bugging me for a while,” Bolin said as their path steepened, “but how did you and Korra meet anyways? I mean, it’s a strange combination with you being all..” He waved his hands in her direction as if searching for the right word.
Asami raised an eyebrow. “You mean because I’m ex-Equalist and she’s the Avatar?”
“Yeah. It just seems like an unusual combination. All things considered.”
Their path turned left, angling toward the bay. “To be fair,” she said, “I didn’t realize Korra was a bender at first. We met at the Equalist rally when we were escaping from the police, and then we kept running into each other afterwards.”
“That rally where Amon revealed his powers?” Mako asked, a tense edge to his voice.
“Yes,” Asami said.
Bolin winced. “Oh, yeah, that wasn’t a fun evening.”
Asami frowned, trying to put their statements together. A couple paces later, she remembered: just before the police broke in, one of the firebenders onstage, who’d been caught with Lightning Bolt Zolt, had escaped with some outside help. Asami had spotted a waterbender and an earthbender and assumed it was some connection to the Triple Threat Triads until the police raid began and she’d fled. Run into Korra.
But she hadn’t gotten a good look at the escaped benders. And if they hadn’t been Triple Threats...
“Were you two... there? At the rally?” Asami was wincing before she finished the sentence. Every time she met someone hurt by the Equalists, it felt like it was personally her fault, even when it wasn’t.
“Not willingly,” Mako grunted.
“Sakari and I did some investigating,” Bolin said. “We alerted the police about the rally, then snuck in to try and save Mako just in case the police didn’t show up in time.”
“Huh.” Asami blinked. “Well that answers several questions. I’m glad you were able to get away.” Apparently, Mako, Bolin, and Sakari had been more connected to her life than she’d thought. If they hadn’t called in the police raid, she’d never have met Korra.
“I didn’t know that Korra was a bender until we both broke into Tarrlok’s home at the same time, and I saw her use her bending.”
Mako and Bolin stared at her in shock.
She winced. “I was a scout for the Equalist team that captured Tarrlok. Korra and I also ran into each other earlier when we were both casing Tarrlok’s home. That’s how we met Sakari, actually. We had just snuck out of Tarrlok’s house when Naga came out of nowhere and tackled Korra. I guess she knew who Korra was before the rest of us.”
“Yeah,” Bolin said. “Too bad none of us speak polarbear dog. But, then you guys met Sakari and she invited you backstage, and that’s how you met us.”
“And that’s how you used our tour to help the Equalists break in to the Pro-bending Arena,” Mako finished.
“Hey,” Bolin started to say.
“I did,” Asami admitted. She met Mako’s gaze steadily when he turned to face her. “And I am sorry for betraying your trust like that. I know you were hesitant about giving the tour, especially since the Arena was your home. I hadn’t realized anyone was even living there until you showed us your apartment. I did what I could to make sure the Equalists’ route in didn’t get too close to your home, but I know that wasn’t enough. I’m sorry.”
She had been only six when she had lost her father to a robbery of their home, but the nightmares had lingered long after. Even with the extra security features Yasuko had added, making a second break-in nearly impossible, Asami hadn’t felt safe. Any creak in the middle of the night could have been another robber coming after her or her mother.
She knew what it was like to have the safety of your home destroyed, and she could at least be grateful that Mako and Bolin were able to find shelter on Air Temple Island.
Mako didn’t say anything, expression inscrutable. Even Bolin seemed unsure what to make of her words.
Asami took a deep breath and squared her shoulders. Pabu made a discontent noise as he had to re-settle himself. Better to get everything out in the open now. “And while we’re on the topic, I apologize for attacking you during the pro-bending finals and bribing one of the referees so you would lose the match.”
“What!?” Bolin’s eyes shot wide open. “You were one of the Equalists at the finals? And you bribed a referee?”
Mako crossed his arms, eyes narrowed as he studied her.
“I didn’t want you caught up in the Equalist attack,” she said. “If you had won the match, you wouldn’t have had a chance to escape Amon. But if you lost, then there was a chance that you could have recovered from the initial attack and managed to escape. That’s why I was the one to knock you out. Because I could lower the voltage so you’d wake up earlier and have a better chance of escaping. But that doesn’t excuse my actions. I used your trust, broke into your home, and attacked you. I’m sorry.”
They walked in silence for a minute. Mako didn’t seem completely hardened to her apology, but he wasn’t looking at her either. Bolin glanced at her a couple times and seemed slightly conflicted.
When they passed by a grove of dense foliage and stopped to check it for the girls, Bolin cleared his throat. “Mako and I used to be in the Triple Threat Triad.”
Asami blinked. “You what?”
“When we were kids living on the street. We ran scams, collected gambling money, that kind of stuff.” Bolin gave Asami a half-smile. “It took us a while to get out. Zolt and the triads were actually trying to recruit Mako and some other lightning benders back when the Equalists picked them up.”
Asami wasn’t sure how to respond to that. Her mother and the other Equalists tended not to talk about the bending gangs in terms of children living on the street. The bending gangs were always predators. Powerful and ruthless.
Maybe they could be both.
As they moved on from the grove, Mako walked a little closer to Asami and finally caught her eye. “Sometimes it can be hard to get out of a bad group if they seem like the only way to protect yourself. I can understand that.” He glanced at Bolin. “If not for my brother, I’d probably still be in with the triads.” They walked together a few paces and Mako rubbed his neck, glancing at her one more time. “I’m glad you go out,” he said, before quickening his stride and moving up ahead.
They crested a small hill, and the path dipped as it headed toward the cliffs. Yue Bay stretched on before Asami’s eyes, the morning sun reflecting off the waves. Various ships dotted the water, making their way to and from Republic City’s port. Beyond the bay, the towering skyscrapers of Republic City caught the sunlight. She had lived in Republic City her entire life, but she had never gotten a chance to see it from this view.
After a moment of staring, she was pulled from her thoughts when Pabu leapt from her shoulder, apparently upset at being too far away from his owner. He scurried over to Bolin, several yards ahead.
He glanced back when Pabu scurried up his leg onto his shoulder. “You coming, Asami?” he asked.
“Yeah,” she said, jogging over. “Sorry about that.”
“It’s fine,” Bolin said. “I’m sure you didn’t get views quite like that in prison. Even if you did get the fanciest cell in the prison.”
Asami shook her head. “I don’t even know why they had a luxury prison cell.” She really hoped that tax dollars had not been spent on that part of the prison. “Besides, I find it much more enjoyable here on Air Temple Island.”
“Yeah, it’s pretty nice here,” Bolin said.
“Caves are this way,” Mako said, motioning toward the narrow path leading directly to the cliffs. His pace slowed as they neared their destination. “Sakari? Jinora? You hiding out here?”
“It’s just Mako and me,” Bolin adds. “And Asami. We just wanted to make sure that you’re okay. Everyone’s kind of freaked out since you went missing.”
No one answered them, and Asami couldn’t hear the sound of the two girls trying to scurry away. She kept her gaze peeled for any sign of movement around them in case Sakari or Jinora tried to slip past them, but she saw nothing out-of-place.
Asami pushed aside the sinking feeling in her gut as they continued toward the caves.
Mako took a few steps down a narrow ledge and stepped inside the caves. From the slump of his shoulders, Asami knew the caves were empty.
Glancing inside, she could see what Bolin meant about the caves being a good hiding place. The space was just large enough to hold three or four seated adults, and the entrance was angled so that you could not really see inside unless you were directly in front of the caves. Given Sakari and Jinora’s sizes, they would have fit comfortably in the caves for the night. However, there was no sign that the girls had ever set foot in them. It wasn’t even worth checking some of the small passages that Asami could see further back.
Pabu leapt off Bolin’s shoulder and began sniffing around the cave. After a moment, he scurried back to Bolin, making a little chirping sound.
“Well, it was worth a shot,” Bolin said, absently scratching behind Pabu’s ear. He frowned, eyebrows titling up in concern.
Asami sighed. A part of her had known that finding the girls here was a long shot, but she had hoped that they would have located Sakari and Jinora. They could be hiding elsewhere on the island though Asami felt in her gut that was not the case. But then where were they? If they wanted to head north, then it would make sense that they would try and stowaway on a ship heading to the Northern Water Tribe, but the Republic City port was large and always busy. She doubted the recent unrest in the city would have curtailed the shipping industry very much.
And Sakari had run away from home before, hadn’t she? She was probably an expert at finding places to avoid detection on a ship.
“Let’s go check in with Tenzin and see if he’s gotten any messages on the girls,” Mako said. “We can see if the other acolytes found anything and decide where to search next.”
“Sounds like a plan,” Asami said. She briefly wondered if she should still be including herself in their search, but Mako didn’t say anything and they made their way back toward the main building.
An acolyte approached them as they reached the courtyards outside the dorms. “Good, you’re back,” she said. “Tenzin wanted to let you know that he finally received a reply from the Northern Water Tribe delegation. It seems that they recently discovered Sakari and Jinora hiding in one of the storage holds.”
“Of course they were,” Mako muttered.
“Well, it’s good that we know where Sakari and Jinora are,” Bolin said. “And that they’re safe.”
Mako managed a faint smile at that. “Yeah. Better than the alternatives.”
There was still the possibility that Sakari and Jinora would slip away when they arrived in the Northern Water Tribe to try and chase after Korra, but for now they were safe. Hopefully Tenzin, Mako, or Bolin would get a chance to speak with the girls over the radio and dissuade them from any reckless actions.
The acolyte turned her attention to Asami. “Also, Tenzin wanted me to inform you that you have a visitor waiting in the main hall.”
“Thank you,” Asami said. “I’ll be there shortly.”
She frowned as the acolyte walked away. A visitor? She wasn’t expecting anyone from the United Forces until tomorrow at the earliest. Iroh had given her some time to get settled in before she was to resume her work for the United Forces. And Xing wouldn’t be schedule to check in with her for another two days. So who on earth could be visiting her?
For a moment, she worried that it was Lin or Iroh here to ask her about Korra, but she shook those thoughts away. Xing had promised not to say anything, and Asami honestly didn’t have any information on Korra’s whereabouts.
Especially if Korra was heading to the North Pole for this Harmonic Convergence.
Tenzin was waiting for them in the entryway of the main building. Next to him stood a Water Tribe man in a purple cloak. He was talking animatedly, hands making sweeping gestures, though Asami couldn’t quite follow the conversation. Tenzin’s lips were pressed in a thin line, clearly at the edge of his patience.
“Miss Sato,” he said. “I do not know what Lin told you about receiving guests here, but—”
“Ah, there’s the lady of the hour!” The man standing beside Tenzin strode forward and shook Asami’s hand. “You are in quite high demand, you know? It was such a pain trying to set up a meeting with you in prison, so your new place is a much better meeting ground.”
Asami blinked. “I’m sorry. Who are you?”
More importantly, how had he known that she was at Air Temple Island? Lin had ensured that her relocation to Air Temple Island was known only to a few people. This man certainly didn’t look like a member of the police force or the United Forces.
Behind her, Mako and Bolin shifted, both wearing suspicious expressions.
“Who am I?” the man asked. “Only the man about to offer you the greatest partnership you could ever imagine.” He waved one of his hands as if motioning to a nonexistent image. “Trust me: with your brains and my charismatic business-savvy genius, we’ll end up rich. Well…I’ll end up rich at least. I can’t really pay you at the moment because of the whole prison situation, but I’ll make sure you get a check for all your contributions when you’re back to being a tax-paying citizen.”
A beat of silence passed as everyone stared at him.
The man sighed and held out a hand. Instantly, a woman whom Asami had initially overlooked, dressed conservatively with round glasses, appeared at his side, pressing a business card into his hand. “The name’s Varrick. Iknik Blackstone Varrick. I own a little shipping company called Varrick Global Industries. You may have heard of it.”
Asami’s eyes widened at that. Varrick Global Industries was hardly a small company: it held a near-monopoly on international shipping. Future Industries had worked with the company before although Asami’s mother had never seemed fond of working with the company.
“And currently, I am the largest shareholder of your company who was not arrested for Equalist ties,” Varrick finished. “Well, I guess technically it’s not your company anymore. Mostly my company now. But who’s arguing semantics?”
Asami gritted her teeth. The thought of her father’s company falling into this man’s hands left a sour taste in her mouth. “I see,” she said. “So you’re here about Future Industries business.”
“Of course. Was that not clear from my introduction?”
Honestly, his initial spiel had sounded like a scam.
“And I like what you’ve got going with your company,” Varrick said. “I mean, clearly the management has suffered with the whole Equalist side of things interfering, but there’s still lots of potential to turn Future Industries around and get it back up on top. I can tell a good investment when I see one, especially an investment I already made. And since you’re the resident expert on all things Satomobile and Future Industries-related, I figured I’d come straight to the source to get started. So here’s the gist: any engineering ideas you have belong to Future Industries because of the non-compete agreement. Which means they belong to me. Big thoughts get passed along my way to become Future Industries’ next big thing. Any questions?”
Asami had so many that she had no idea where to start. But only one stood out immediately. “How did you know I was on Air Temple Island?”
Because if word of her relocation got leaked, it would only be a matter of time before the Equalists learned where she was. Reporters. Maybe one of the politicians running for President would raise an outcry in protest.
“Oh, a little birdie told me,” Varrick said, waving his words away.
“So you have a mole inside the prison?” Mako asked with a scowl, arms crossed. “I’m sure Chief Beifong will be pleased to learn about that.”
“I will most certainly be mentioning this breach of security to her,” Tenzin remarked.
“No need to get all huffy,” Varrick said. “Lin had to get my permission to house Asami in my private cell. When I learned it was no longer in use, I had Zhu Li narrow down locations where Asami might have been moved.”
That was still not reassuring, but it didn’t seem like the Equalists would get word of her new location anytime soon.
“Wait,” Bolin said, brow furrowed in confusion. “Your prison cell? That luxury prison cell was yours?”
“Yes,” Varrick said. “And I don’t let just anyone use it. See, our partnership has already been mutually beneficial. And just imagine what will happen once there’s money involved.”
Money that Varrick had already made clear that Asami wouldn’t have access to.
“Okay but why do you have a luxury prison cell?” Bolin asked.
“Because my company was in charge of building the prison, and I figured it would be good to have a comfy cell to use in case I ever got arrested,” Varrick said. “Makes perfect sense, right?”
The fact that Varrick thought he might get arrested was hardly reassuring.
“Uh, I guess,” Bolin said.
“See!” Varrick beamed. His gaze flickered between Mako and Bolin. “Mako and Bolin, right? Famous pro-bending brothers. Actually, I have a proposition for you two that could be very lucrative.”
“We’re not interested,” Mako said.
“You didn’t even hear me out,” Varrick said, interpolating himself between the brothers. “See, I believe in investing in a variety of businesses, and my latest endeavor could be right up your alley. After all, everyone loves a good play, but a painted background really takes away from the immersion of the story. But what if you could see the story play out in a more realistic environment? Watch the heroes climb a real mountain or venture into a real forest?”
“Very few people would actually bother going all the way to a mountain to watch a play,” Mako said.
“No, no, no. I’m bringing the mountain to the people,” Varrick said. “I call it a mover. Using a special camera, I can capture moving images. Add in some audio, and viewers will instantly watch the story unfold on screen. It’ll be just like watching a play, but even more immersive. It’ll be a hit. Plus, seeing as the only big-name theatre troupe coming to Republic City is the Ember Island Players, the public is in desperate need of a new, gripping form of entertainment.”
At the mention of the Ember Island Players, Tenzin snorted, though he schooled his expression when everyone glanced at him.
Given Bumi’s reaction to the radio announcement of the Ember Island Players, Asami assumed that Tenzin had also been less-than-impressed with the previous performances he had seen.
“Always,” Varrick continued, “I am in need of some star actors to take center stage, and your celebrity status would draw quite the crowd. I can picture it now: Mako and Bolin as a pair of hard-boiled detectives fighting crime in Republic City, thwarting criminals—”
“Not interested,” Mako repeated.
Bolin actually looked a little curious at the prospect, shoulders slumping a little bit at Mako’s words.
“Well,” Varrick said breezily, “if you change your mind, let me know.” He snapped his fingers, and his assistant handed a business card to each brother.
Within moments, the card in Mako’s hand had burned to ash. But Varrick had already turned back to Asami and either didn’t notice or care.
“So, what do you say, Asami? Let me help you help me turn Future Industries stock around and make a ton of money.”
Asami didn’t answer immediately, face neutral. Yasuko had taught her to always go into business negotiations as tight-lipped as possible to gain the best profit. It was no different dealing with Varrick.
Honestly, she had no desire to work with or for him. Even from this brief conversation, his personality grated on her nerves.
But he was dangling a link to Future Industries in front of her, a chance to save her father’s company from completely falling apart in the aftermath of the Equalist revolution.
She had thought that Future Industries would have been shut down after her arrest. With so many members of the upper management implicated in Equalist involvement, there would have been a lot of trouble getting production back up and running. Yasuko’s embezzlement of money into the Equalists’ cause had left the company’s finances in dire straits. Plus, it was highly unlikely that the public would continue to support Future Industries given her and her mother’s involvement with the Equalists.
But Varrick Global Industries was an extremely successful company, so she had to assume that Varrick had some kind of business acumen despite his excessive personality. Or maybe he was the kind of CEO who had his assistant do everything important; the Zhu Li woman seemed competent. The thought of Varrick running Future Industries left a sour taste in her mouth, but if he could save her father’s company from ruin, then she could tolerate the thought. And he was asking for her help.
No doubt if she did agree to provide him ideas for new inventions, then he would take all the credit. Legally, she couldn’t be employed until she was released from prison, and she already had her work for the United Forces to consider.
But if she had a chance to rescue her father’s company, even if it was through Varrick, then could she really let this opportunity go?
“I am not agreeing to anything at this moment,” she said, keeping every word firm. “But I am willing to listen to your business proposal in more detail, and then I will take a day to consider accepting.”
Varrick closed the gap between them, staring into her eyes intently as if studying her. She stood at full height, returning his gaze without flinching. After a moment, he grinned and pulled back. “All right, sounds reasonable enough.” He snapped his fingers. “Zhu Li!”
The woman materialized at Varrick’s shoulder with a stack of paper as thick as two of Asami’s fingers. “This is your conditional contract. Please review, sign at all indicated places, and initial each page.”
Throwing his arms akimbo, Varrick spun in circles as he made his way to the door. “Stardom, Zhu Li. I distribute stardom and prosperity everywhere I go.”
“Indeed, sir.” Somehow, Zhu Li was keeping one step behind him while avoiding getting smacked in the face by his whirling around.
“And boys!” Varrick stopped in the doorway. “Let me know if you want to do a demo reel. You’ve got faces made for close-ups!” He held out his arms and made a rectangle with his thumb and pointer fingers, aiming it at Tenzin. “We could even make Master Tall-and-Grouchy there a star, a villain, a financial bonanza! With just a little more eyebrow and a dark cloak.”
He winked at Tenzin, who looked deeply disturbed, then vanished out the door.
The room stood in silence for several seconds, just processing.
“Please...” Tenzin began, voice strangled. “Someone ensure my brother never meets that man.”
Asami wasn’t sure how a meeting between Bumi and Varrick would end. She could honestly see it going in a myriad of different directions. After a moment, she turned her attention back to stack of papers in her hands. Clearly, she had a lot of reading to do before tomorrow.
After a moment, Tenzin excused himself, muttering something about a call to Lin regarding security. No doubt Lin would want to investigate how Varrick had learned about Asami’s transfer to Air Temple Island.
“Well,” Bolin said, stretching until his back popped. “It’s probably about time for lunch to start. Hey Asami, you wanna eat with us?”
“Sure,” Asami said. She had eaten breakfast alongside several other women from her dorm, but while they had been polite, none had really made an effort to include her in conversations. “If you don’t mind.”
“It’s no problem,” Mako said with a shrug. “As long as you like eating vegetarian.”
“I’ve been eating prison food for weeks,” Asami said. “Vegetarian food is perfectly fine.”
“Yeah, I imagine most things are better than prison food,” Bolin said.
She headed toward the dining hall with them, glancing once again at her stack of documents to read. While she had a lot to get through, reading through the contract would go much more smoothly on a full stomach. So far now, she let herself relax and laughed as Bolin relayed some story about Pabu trying to steal food from Jinora’s younger siblings.
* * *
Though Malina had been quick to welcome Jinora and Sakari aboard, she didn’t seem to be in any rush to actually speak with the two of them. Sure, they’d received towels. One of Malina’s nicer handsome guards had escorted them quickly below deck to a storeroom with some hastily-hung hammocks. In the hours that followed, they’d even received a dinner, then a breakfast, sleeping in-between and talking all the while.
And while Sakari’s primary focus was on Korra, on the emotions and the wanting and whether or not her-sister-the-Avatar would listen to them, the wheels in Jinora’s head were turning. Her thoughts whirled like the spinning Air Temple gates in a storm.
Having Sakari meant that Korra would at least stop and listen to them, consider their words. But unless they had their reasoning straight, that didn’t necessarily mean that Korra would agree or change her mind. Unless they could deduce Korra’s goals, or maybe Jinora should call them the Red Lotus’ goals, they were unlikely to make much of an impact.
So Jinora was reading. She’d stolen a pair of library scrolls (and tucked them into a water-tight skin before diving into the bay) and was brushing up on context. Every couple minutes she paused and gave Sakari a summarized version and they’d discuss a bit more.
After several rounds of post-breakfast discussion, a pair of creaks outside their door announced visitors. A moment later, Desna and Eska swung the door open.
“We’ll need to have words with Mother later,” Desna said.
“Indeed. And if she were hiding stowaways, couldn’t she have at least have picked my boyfriend?” Eska sighed.
Jinora sat up. “Um, we’re right here.” She wasn’t really a fan of people talking around her when she was present.
“And I’m pretty sure Mako isn’t your boyfriend.” Sakari snorted.
Her cousin fixed her with a glare. “Excuse me?”
Jinora stood up, stepping into the middle. “Hey now, wait a moment.” If Malina had only just now told her children about Jinora and Sakari’s presence on the boat, it would be for a reason. “I don’t think your mother sent you down to bicker with us about boys.”
Desna immediately straightened up a bit, and Eska’s expression faded into a frigid glare. They exchanged an inscrutable look.
“Follow us,” Desna said, turning on his heel. Eska was right beside him. “We have much to discuss.”
Sakari swung down off her hammock and set after them. Jinora took a moment to stash her ‘borrowed’ library materials before following.
They took a winding route to a large meeting room at the back of the ship. As Desna and Eska opened the double doors in tandem, Jinora briefly wondered if the twins rehearsed things like that, or if it just happened naturally. She couldn’t imagine being that in-tune with Ikki. She decided not to torture herself by considering what it would be like to be in-tune with Meelo.
But, as she and Sakari stepped in, they took in the sight of Malina seated on a chair that was more like a throne than not. Jinora glanced at Sakari, and Sakari glanced back. They each raised an eyebrow before continuing into the room, and Jinora smiled internally. Maybe you didn’t need to be siblings or twins to be in-tune with someone. Maybe you just needed a little practice.
“Sakari, Jinora, welcome.” Malina waved them in, and they took over some seats to Malina’s left. The twins shut the doors behind them and took the seats at their mother’s right.
“I’m very pleased to get to spend some more time with the two of you,” Malina said. “I enjoyed your contributions to the discussions we had, and I think we can work very well together.”
Jinora thought it was a little weird, and possibly disingenuous for an adult (nevermind that Malina was the Chieftain-Regent of the Northern Water Tribe) to talk about ‘working well together’ with an 11 year old and a 13 year old. Sure, Jinora thought highly of herself. False modesty was almost as bad as false posturing, and she knew her own capabilities. She wasn’t an average 11 year old.
But still. It was weird.
Malina had to want something that only the two of them had.
“Um, thanks, Aunt Malina.” Sakari paused to see if Jinora would say something, then forged ahead. “Thanks for um, helping facilitate our change of travel plans.” She flashed a smile, which Malina returned with a nod.
“I wasn’t certain you’d be joining us, or how, but I thought it might be a possibility,” Malina said. “And one of my most preferred possibilities at that.”
“And… why is that, mother?” Desna asked.
“We understand from that last radio call that Master Tenzin and several other people are quite unhappy,” Eska added. “Why foster ill will?”
Jinora’s face flushed. “M-my dad called?”
She’d been studiously avoiding thinking about him. Or her mother. Or the consequences of her running off with Sakari. Hearing his name set a line of goosebumps down her arms.
“Indeed. It took several hours before he reached out.” Malina seemed to be speaking slowly for the sole purpose of watching Jinora’s reactions play out on her face. “Unfortunately, by the time we were able to confirm your presence onboard, it was already too late to turn back while keeping my timetable, and we were out of flying bison range.”
Sakari tilted her head. “What did you tell him you would do?”
Malina cocked an eyebrow. “Admonish you. Keep you safe. Bring you along to the North Pole and show you around a little. Ensure you’re out of danger while doing so, and within sight. Send you back once I can spare a ship and the personnel to do so.”
To Malina’s credit, it all sounded very cut and dry like that. But Jinora would have bet the entire Air Temple Library that there was more to it than that.
“Running away from home is bad.” Malina waved a hand. “So, consider yourselves admonished. I’m sure you’ll get more later, on your return, so I don’t see the point in overdoing it now.”
Jinora exchanged a glance with Sakari. Now that they were out of Tenzin and other adults’ line of sight, Malina seemed more relaxed. Jinora didn’t think she’d seen the woman make a gesture like that in her entire visit to Air Temple Island.
“As far as keeping us safe goes,” Sakari began, “I hope you understand that I’m not partial to being shoved in a back room and told to keep quiet.” Her eyes glinted.
“My dear niece, I would never.” Malina said. “In fact, I intend to throw a grand procession to welcome your homecoming to the Northern Water Tribe.”
Sakari blinked. “Wait, what? Why?”
“Because of who you are, dear,” Malina said. “A hidden princess of our sister tribe? Everyone loves hidden princesses. A female prodigy waterbender in the competitive circuit? Our activists and pro-bending fans adore you. Also the missing Avatar’s sister?” Malina laughed lightly. “Our press has been eating it up, I assure you. You’ll arrive with all the pomp I can manage on such short notice.”
“Not a princess,” Sakari said. Still, she seemed pleased in spite of herself. Jinora knew Sakari hadn’t been able to benefit from her station in the Southern Water Tribe. And if her pro-bending inclinations were any sign, Sakari enjoyed being in front of a crowd.
But a big welcome like that would mean photo-ops. Newspapers articles and radio reports. Jinora frowned. “But won’t that mean that the Red Lotus, and Korra, will know we’re here?”
“They’ll know that you’ve been publicly welcomed, and they’ll hear that you’re both staying in the palace with me. But we’ll arrive ahead of them by at least half a day,” Malina said.
“How can you guarantee that?” Jinora asked. “We don’t know when they left, but they may have hit the water a full day ahead of us.” She paused, trying to do the travel-time calculations in her head.
Sakari just smacked the table and flashed her aunt a smile. “But that doesn’t help if they can’t get in, does it.”
Malina nodded. “I’ve already radioed ahead to order a blockade on the main ports. Nobody gets in, aside from my personal vessel, and very few are permitted to leave. A mild inconvenience to certain industries, but I’ve passed on assurances that the delays are temporary.”
Jinora’s thoughts were still turning. She drummed her fingers on the table. “Do you really think that will stop them entirely?”
Malina laughed. “Of course not. Too much unguarded coast elsewhere. It’s more in the interests of delaying them. Just enough. In the meantime, you two will be safe and away on a sightseeing trip, unannounced to the rest of the world.”
“The North Pole,” Sakari’s voice lifted just a bit at the end. Not quite a question. Not quite an answer.
Malina nodded. “You wouldn’t want to miss Harmonic Convergence, would you?”
Jinora glanced over at the twins. They’d been silent most of the time. How much of this had they known? If Malina hadn’t even told them that Sakari and Jinora were aboard, did she routinely keep secrets from her children?
More to the point: If she did routinely keep secrets from her children, at least until it was convenient, then Malina would definitely have zero problem keeping secrets from Sakari and Jinora.
Stuff like… “What do you want out of Harmonic Convergence? Why do you think that Sakari and I will be helpful to you with it?”
Malina looked at her approvingly. “Good questions all. Before I answer, I must ask, do you know anything at all about my late husband? Chieftain Unalaq?”
Sakari tilted her head down, glancing toward Jinora’s lap, which Jinora took as a cue to go first. “Um, not a ton, mostly geopolitical background” she said. “I know that he was part of the Red Lotus, and part of the plot to kidnap Avatar Korra when she was a kid. At some point in there, he, um, died.”
Jinora paused, but Malina had no reaction to the mention of her husband’s passing. “His implication in the kidnapping of The Avatar, who was also his niece, set off a conflict that resulted in the Southern Water Tribe’s independence.” Jinora paused, then realized she wasn’t quite done. “Also in you becoming Chieftain-Regent, I guess. Since Desna and Eska were like one year old.”
“Two years old,” Desna and Eska corrected, in tandem.
“Good background, Jinora,” Malina said. Something about her approval reminded Jinora of studying with her tutors. Except Malina probably didn’t give out candies for correct answers.
“Sakari, how about you?” Malina turned toward her niece. “I understand you grew up with a slightly unorthodox outlook on things.”
Sakari flushed. “Well, I know the pieces that Jinora does. And, um.” She glanced at Desna and Eska uncertainly. “He was the second son, and he kinda set my dad up and cheated him out of being Chieftain of the Northern Water Tribe.”
“That’s correct,” Eska said.
“Mother informed us,” Desna said.
“We’re given to understand he had questionable morals, but a sound grasp of economic theory,” Eska added.
Sakari’s shoulders relaxed. “Oh, okay. That’s about it I guess? Unless you really want to hear certain other opinions my dad has? Some of them use bad words.”
Malina chuckled. “I might take you up on that another time. In any case, I’m glad you have a basic understanding. After my husband’s death, I took the liberty of going through his private writings, trying to understand what had happened, what he intended, and what I was going to do about it. Some of those writings pertained to Harmonic Convergence—and the Avatar.”
Sakari leaned forward. “The Red Lotus had this planned as far back as Korra’s kidnapping?”
“Indeed. I posit that Harmonic Convergence was the primary reason for her kidnapping, actually.”
“Great. So what are they doing?” Sakari could not physically lean forward any further. “Jinora and I did some research in the Air Temple Library, so I have a basic understanding of what Harmonic Convergence is. All the planets align every ten thousand years or so, the fate of the world depends on the order-chaos battle, and there’s some spiritual energy whoo hoo ha ha stuff.”
“Amplification,” Jinora whispered.
“That stuff,” Sakari said. “So what do they want from the Avatar during all that? If spiritual energy is amplified, I’m guessing they want Korra to do something with it?”
Malina remained silent for a moment. Then she sighed. “Here is where I regret to say my knowledge fall short,” she said. “My husband’s writings speak of his plans for Harmonic Convergence. His theories and possible plans to carry them out. Research that supported his vision.”
Jinora’s eyebrows drew together. “But his plan was different from the Red Lotus’ plan… and we don’t have that one.”
“Just so,” Malina said.
Jinora glanced at the twins. Despite their impassive faces, she could tell that this was a topic of interest for them as well. Possibly entirely new information about their father.
Sakari had opened her mouth to say something when Eska cut in.
“What were our fathers’ plans, mother?” she asked. Her voice had a curious lilt, different from the usual deadpan.
Malina didn’t sigh, but she exhaled with a slight edge. “He intended to use his position as chieftain and uncle to influence the Avatar because only she can open the spirit portals that lay at the poles. Once open, that would both enable travel between the North and South poles, and permit the chaos spirit Vaatu to escape his imprisonment.”
“Chaos spirit loose. Gotcha. Then what?” Sakari seemed less interested in her dead uncle’s plans and more invested in getting back to the Red Lotus’ possible aims.
“I believe my husband intended to merge with Vaatu, becoming a ‘dark avatar’ in much the same way that Korra, as the Avatar, is merged with Raava, the order spirit.” Malina sat back in her chair with a sigh. “I doubt such a merger would be as… stable, as the Avatar’s merger with Raavais.”
Desna and Eska exchanged a series of silent, minute expressions.
“That… is disappointing,” Desna said at length, shifting his gaze from Eska.
“Extremely,” Malina said. For the first time that Jinora had seen her, she seemed genuinely dissatisfied.
“There’s no subtlety or nuance at all,” Eska said.
“I know, I know.” Malina rubbed her forehead with her fingertips. “I would have expected better of him, if he’d kept me in the loop, but this has simply become one failure of many.”
Jinora felt a little weirded out. Did they wish he’d have come up with a... better evil plan?
“Okay so, do we think the Red Lotus has a plan with more ‘nuance’ or whatever?” Sakari’s tone was borderline hostile.
Jinora decided to cut in before tensions could escalate. “Since their guiding philosophy is anarchy and freedom, I would guess that they’d also be into releasing Vaatu. Chaos is… kind of a form of freedom?” Thinking back on some of the scrolls she’d borrowed from the library, Jinora frowned. “In order to do that, they’d need Korra to open both spirit portals.”
“That’s where the two of you come in,” Malina said, “the Avatar will listen to you. Sakari is her sister, and I’ve heard whispers that you have also met her briefly, Jinora. I’ll move you secretly to the North Pole with a small, elite contingent of guards. When Korra arrives with the Red Lotus in tow, you two can confront Korra, who will ensure nobody harms you.”
“And we can tell her not to open the portals, to not release Vaatu!” Sakari smacked her palm against the table.
Jinora tilted her head, regarding Malina. “And where is your place in this? Where will you be?”
“At home in the palace,” Malina said. “I’m no hero to go storming the spirit portals. I have no cachet with The Avatar. Based on her Red Lotus upbringing, my presence would only bring suspicion. I’m the Chieftain Regent of the Northern Water Tribe. Not particularly popular with the anarchist set.”
Sakari frowned. “You’d really just… sit it out?”
Knowing her friend as she did, Jinora could tell that Sakari was more than little hung up on the ‘voluntarily do nothing’ part of Malina’s plan. Sakari always wanted to be in the thick of whatever the plan was.
“I have a feeling I’ll have some role or another to play before the end,” Malina said lightly. “But yes. I cannot personally supervise every process in the Northern Water Tribe, despite my status as Chieftain Regent. That’s what my advisors and ministers are for. If I couldn’t delegate, I would be a dreadfully incompetent leader. And an exhausted one.”
While Jinora and Sakari were processing their apparent delegation to the situation of Harmonic Convergence, Malina stood up. “And, like many leaders, I have a bit of a timetable to keep and must excuse myself.” Glancing toward her niece, she said, “Sakari, you’ll be joining waterbending lessons with the twins on-deck. Their private tutor works in a traditional Northern style I’d like you to learn from.”
To Jinora, she said, “I have no airbending tutor for you, but I did bring a section of my private library aboard for this trip, and I’ve left instructions for my manservant to permit you into my quarters for the purpose of borrowing whichever volumes you’d like.”
Malina began making her way to the door. “It’s been wonderful speaking with you. I look forward to touching base later.”
Jinora popped to her feet. “Wait, you never answered my question.”
Malina inclined her head mildly and paused near the door. “And which one would that be, dear. We’ve had many and I must be going.”
Not for a moment did Jinora believe that Malina had actually forgotten. “I asked what you wanted out of Harmonic Convergence. When I did, we got started on the Unalaq tangent. And I still want to know your answer.”
“My preference would be no change. The world is fine as it is.” Malina paused, then raised an eyebrow. “The only benefits I could see would be in branding. Promote a spiritual refresher to the masses. Make it a holiday. Reinforce existing power structures and educate on the Avatar’s spiritual significance. Something like that. A ‘meditation is good for you’ health campaign. In an ideal world, this didn’t need to be a whole big affair at all.”
And at that, Malina left.
Jinora frowned. While she could see how maintaining the status quo would benefit Malina as a leader, she was certain there was more to Malina’s stake in Harmonic Convergence. Still, Malina was giving them a huge break in finding and speaking with Korra. They had time left to learn more about Harmonic Convergence and guess at Malina’s motives. They’d just have to be very careful in analyzing all of the information she gave them in the meantime.
As the twins and Sakari made their way on-deck, Jinora made her way to Malina’s room and kept her mind moving as she looked over the bookshelf.
She had a feeling she’d need her wits about her once they landed.
* * *
The sun cast a warm red glow across Korra’s closed eyelids.
Breathe in. Breathe out.
The sound of the waves and the ship cutting across the sea drifted past her ears.
It was easier than ever to slip into the meditation with Zaheer. Across the ship, she could hear Ming-Hua and Ghazan talking about an old adventure with new vigor.
How long had it been since their voices were so alive?
As Korra opened herself up to a spiritual awareness, she could sense their energies in a different way. Ghazan’s solidity seemed to glow, as though the lava he could summon was just beneath the surface of his skin. Ming-Hua felt like a waterspout of movement. Even in her stillness her spirit never stopped.
Beside her, she felt the storm of Zaheer’s energy. In-person he strove to look innocuous, downplaying even his careful strides with calculated carelessness. But when observed other ways, floating between the physical plane and the spirit world, there was no hiding his power—his spiritual self.
But if Zaheer’s spirit rolled out in stormclouds, dwarfing her own spiritual presence, Korra could feel herself like a young tree with abnormally deep roots. The practice she’d given toward developing energybending had connected her more deeply to her spiritual self. She could sense her past lives within the roots of the tree, connecting her with all the past Avatars.
So… spirit world time. Go. She could just pop on in there now, right?
She could see the thread connecting Zaheer’s spirit to his body. All she had to do was follow it, surely.
But after several infuriating minutes, Korra hadn’t really gone anywhere. And the frustration wasn’t exactly great for her meditation either.
That was okay though. Korra had been frustrated trying to learn energybending. She’d meditated in the stuffy attic with no discernible progress for weeks, trying to follow Aang’s weird turtle scrolls.
Her only misstep was the assumption that everything else spiritual would be easy now.
She took the knowledge and folded it into herself. No leaping into the spirit world quite yet.
As she focused on herself, however, she became aware of a slightly different tone of light. In the corner of her vision, she could see a slender white tail always just beyond her sight.
On the physical realm, she’d have given chase. Here, there was no point. She waited, reached her spirit outward, and shut everything else out from her focus.
“Raava?” she asked into the air.
No response, but a brush of cool light flitted across her… hand? Korra was never quite sure how to classify spiritual sensations that felt like physical ones.
“Are you there, Raava? It’s me, Korra. I’m, uh, the new Avatar.”
The touch of light seemed to roll, and Korra thought she could hear the ghost of a baby’s laughter.
After a beat, Korra shrugged. “Oh yeah, you’ve been around since I was born, basically. So introductions might be weird.” She hesitated. “I’m going to try and find a way of separating us using energybending,” she said, “and I want you to know that my goal is to leave both of us intact in the end.”
At this, the feeling of light warmed uncomfortably. Korra had the strange sensation of her spiritual self sweating.
From within her, and from outside of her at the same time, a voice spoke out:
“You need to see.”
Korra paused. Spirits didn’t always make the most sense to humans, but they usually had a reason for what they said and did.
“I’m willing to see what you want me to see,” Korra said.
The light, almost like the tail of a kite, flitted over her hand again. This time, Korra turned her spirit to grab it.
A rush of color blazed across her sight. The tail of light she was holding dragged her down down down, deeper into the tangled roots of the tree than Korra thought the Avatar cycle could go. Lives and time flew by, and then she was at the deepest part of the soil, dark and rich.
Below all the others, a single stringy root reached below all the others.
Almost unceremoniously, the light hoisted Korra towards the root. A wave of white light whelmed over her sight, the same hallmark of all her Aang visions.
A young man with wild hair and a broad grin appeared.
“My name is Wan,” he said.
Korra hesitated. He was the one. The one Zaheer said had started the two imbalances she was supposed to right. “I… I think Raava sent me to you?” she said.
He laughed. “Sounds like her.” Waving a hand, he beckoned her closer. “Come with me. I will show you how I became the first Avatar.”
*
Korra gasped when she finally came up out of Wan’s visions. The energy around her lessened in pressure, as though she had surfaced from the deepest oceans into the shallows.
The weird light presence flitted at the edge of her awareness, just out of sight. Raava.
Korra had hoped to reason with Raava, come to an understanding before pulling the energybending out to separate the two of them. But… what do you tell an immortal spirit of order who has promised to be with you for all your lifetimes?
“I gotta think on all this some more,” she said, though she wasn’t sure Raava would hear her.
To her surprise, she received a direct response in the same : “You are free to come and go and reach out as you please. I will be here always.”
Korra hesitated, then ventured, “I want you to be free too.”
Without hesitation, Raava responded, “I am free, Korra. And so are you.”
Something ached in her chest and Korra couldn’t tell if it was physical or spiritual. With a sigh, she returned her consciousness to her body.
Zaheer wasn’t sitting beside her anymore. And the early morning sun had passed the midpoint of noon above her head. She’d been sitting for hours, and most of it had probably been Wan’s vision.
Her legs erupted into noodles of aches when she tried to move them. Korra groaned and rocked back on her hips, unfolding her legs and stretching them out in front of her. The pain was a fiery relief. It was a problem she could address, rolling her knuckles down her calves and thighs to bring the life back into them.
Around her, the sea wind whipped over her skin and through her hair. She’d been stationary on deck long enough that flecks of salt had collected along her eyelashes and the hemlines of her clothes.
With a laugh, Korra flipped herself up to her feet and stretched out her legs some more. She’d spent so much time recently in weird meditations and spiritual pursuits. It was a pleasure now just to exist in her body again, to simply exist as herself.
And because nobody was on deck with her, she spoke out into the wind.
“I am myself.”
A pause.
“And it’s great,” she added.
The world did not stop turning, or the sun shift in its path. Around her, the ship continued its forward motion, bouncing as it crossed the waves. But the wind seemed to whip past faster.
I am free, Korra. And so are you.
Korra walked up to the prow of the ship. The pinpricks of pain had not left her legs, and she felt each step with a heightened awareness that she hadn’t felt since mimicking Jinora at the spinning gates.
She was free, wasn’t she?
If she was free, that meant she needed to choose what she intended to do about Raava. Because Zaheer could tell her his thoughts and vision, but nobody but her could actually separate Raava from herself.
The past months at Republic City, hadn’t she started taking Zaheer’s order more as suggestions anyway?
After sitting with Wan, seeing the full story of how he met Raava and became The Avatar, Korra couldn’t say she necessarily agreed with Zaheer. But she couldn’t say she didn’t either.
Mostly, she didn’t know what to think yet. Just that she knew that she was free to decide. And to make decisions she was gonna need to figure out what she did think.
Leaning against the ship’s railing, Korra ran a hand through her messy hair and a gust of wind swirled around her.
“Freedom is hard,” she spoke into the air, batting her bangs back with her hand.
And to her shock, the air responded. The wind shifted with the motion of her hand, and a strange awareness came over Korra, as though she’d plunged her hand in a bucket of water, then noticed an extra finger sticking off of her hand.
Korra pivoted on her heel and swung her arms in an arc.
Blades of air followed her motions, striking against the ship’s central cabin and making the timbers shudder.
Triumphant laughter seemed to overtake her. Korra watched herself, wide-eyed, move her hands around themselves and create a sphere of spinning air.
She launched into a haphazard series of motions that flowed together despite her over-excitement. A swirl of air off the bow, a kick under her feet that lifted her off the deck before it sent her sprawling, just to twist into a whirling kick that lifted her back to her feet again.
And woven through it all, uplifting it all, was a vivacious cord of freedom.
And it wasn’t, as she’d thought, about the sort of free-spirited glider flying that Aang had shown her in visions before. Sure, the wind in her hair was great and felt symbolic and appropriate, but Aang’s true freedom had been his agency to make and own his own decisions.
From the moment he’d run away from his destiny as the Avatar to the moment he’d spoken to the Lion Turtle about energybending, Aang hadn’t forgotten that he owned his decisions, for better or worse.
P’li, Ghazan, Ming-Hua, and Zaheer had taught her about ‘freedom’ her whole life. It was the creed they lived by. But, somehow, she’d never felt it in her gut. Even her small rebellions—the tattoos, seeing Asami, her Blue Spirit escapades, hiding in the Dragon Flats—had come with fences and limitations she’d set for herself, to keep from going too far from the Red Lotus.
What would it mean to make decisions completely apart from those limits?
When Korra made her way below deck to show her mentors her new Airbending, she chose not to mention her encounter with Raava or Wan’s lengthy vision. Zaheer eyed her knowingly as she told them how she’d nearly fallen on her ass with her first airbending kick. She didn’t indulge in speculating on his omnipotence. They would talk later.
For now, she laughed as she spun a marble in a tight circle of air for Ghazan.
And Ming-Hua cackled when Korra’s hand shifted and the marble flew right into Ghazan’s forehead.
Everything would be okay in the end. Korra would make sure of it.
Notes:
the update!
it exists!We have a road map for the rest of the arc in place and can't wait to share what happens next :) [To give you a sense of that map, chapters 30 and 31 will be the two-part finale for arc 2.]
As always, thank you for your comments. They are a hugely sustaining force that keeps this fic in motion and reminds me that it's okay to sometimes take a little time because y'all trust that we'll get you that update when we're able. We both look forward to reading your thoughts and theories for the coming chapters.
Chapter 27: Bitter Work
Summary:
Asami, Mako, and Bolin begin digging into a potential Equalist plot while navigating Varrick's shenanigans. Meanwhile, Sakari and Jinora arrive to the Northern Water Tribe ahead of Korra and the Red Lotus, who decide they need to take a different path forward.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter 27: Bitter Work
(but somebody's gotta do it)
By the time Asami arrived in the dining hall for breakfast, most of the acolytes had already cleared out. A few of the long tables were sparsely populated, but most had already left to complete morning chores. She had intended on showing up earlier, but her blueprints on the disruptor she had been working on for the United Forces had finally arrived and she had gotten caught up reviewing her notes on that.
Asami spotted Mako and Bolin seated at one of the window tables, reading through the morning newspaper, and made her way over. Both greeted her when she sat down.
It had become almost something of a tradition over the last few days for the three of them to eat breakfast together and read over the morning newspaper, discussing current events in the city. It was nice having people to talk to about life in the city. While Asami was getting to know the other women on her hallway better, they had all called Air Temple Island home for years. Their lives here were vastly different from what Asami had experienced growing up in Republic City despite the fact that it was a short ferry ride to the city. She could respect their commitment to the air nomad principles even if it was not a life she desired to lead.
But Mako and Bolin had grown up in Republic City like she had. And while their lives had also been vastly different from Asami’s, they still had frequented some of the same areas and were just as concerned with the current unrest in the city as she was, particularly as they planned to move back to the city once things had calmed down more.
They would remain on Air Temple Island for now, particularly since the situation with Sakari and Jinora still lingered as a tense undercurrent. From what Asami understood, Chieftain Malina had promised to watch after the girls and let them stay in the Northern Water Tribe capital for the time being. She got the sense that Tenzin didn’t particularly like Malina but he also never once expressed any indication that he felt Malina was lying about looking after the pair.
Still, while Mako and Bolin weren’t heading to the North Pole to fetch the girls back yet, she figured that they were delaying apartment hunting until they were certain that Sakari and Jinora would be staying with Malina for the time being.
“So, Dao’s Baos is reopening downtown,” Bolin remarked as Asami set her blueprints aside to start eating. He was petting Pabu, who had curled contentedly in a patch of sunlight.
Asami blinked, taking a minute to place the name. It was a food stand that sold steamed buns. They had a really good spicy chicken steamed bun, but she hadn’t been as impressed with the rest of their menu. “Okay,” she finally said.
“Okay? They’re only the best steamed buns in Republic City. Surely you’ve eaten there before.”
Asami made a face. “I have, but I wouldn’t go so far as to say that they’re the best steamed buns in the city.”
“Well, I guess you’ve probably eaten some pretty fancy steamed buns before.”
“I have, but if we’re talking about street-side dining, then I always thought Steamed Dreams had the better selection overall.”
“Thank you!” Mako said emphatically, giving Bolin a pointed look.
“You two have weird taste buds then,” Bolin muttered. “Clearly Dao’s Baos is the best choice. Steamed Dreams doesn’t put near enough spice in their food.”
Beside him, Pabu nodded, though that was likely more a response to Bolin’s fingers scratching behind his ears.
“And Dao’s Baos uses way too much spice,” Mako said.
Bolin snickered. “You’d think you’d be able to handle spicy food better considering the whole firebending thing.”
“Yes, I can literally breathe fire, and I think their food is too spicy.” Mako huffed and crossed his arms, looking just the tiniest bit embarrassed about disliking spicy food.
The boys bickered a bit more about whether or not Dao’s Baos was too spicy before Bolin glanced back at the page he had been reading. His nose wrinkled at what he read. “Apparently Kuro’s Curry is reopening.”
“What?” Asami couldn’t keep the disbelief off her face. “Did they close for health code violations?” She vaguely remembered that being a front-page story two years ago.
“The newspaper doesn’t mention,” Bolin said.
“I would imagine that there are a lot of restaurants that have closed since the Equalist attack, so they don’t have a lot of competition,” Mako said. He flickered a brief glance at Asami as if to gauge her reaction. “There are a lot of concerns about how many people are hesitant to do business in Republic City with all the unrest in the city. However gets elected will have a lot of work ahead of them returning the city to normal.”
“Any news on the presidential elections?” Asami asked around a mouthful of congee. “I was curious if there were any mentions of how Bumi’s campaign is going.” She hadn’t seen him since her initial arrival on Air Temple Island, so she imagined he was quite busy.
“It seems that he’s jumped up to third in the polls,” Mako said, scanning one of the newspaper pages. “Raiko still has a sizable lead, but Bumi seems to be fairly popular among a bunch of different groups. Li Er is still holding second, but Bumi is closing the gap between all of them as he gains ground.”
For being a late entry, placing third was very respectable. And there was still some time before the elections occurred. While she wasn’t sure if it was enough time to gain Bumi more support, it would at least get Bumi’s name out there and he could possibly run for a legislative position or work to get elected as the second president.
Though Asami found herself hoping that he would beat Raiko and Li Er. She had listened to some of the Raiko’s speeches on the radio and didn’t particularly like him. He had some sensible ideas for the direction that the city should take, but she got the sense that he cared more about his personal image and keeping things looking good than working to actually improve the United Republic.
As for Li Er, well... Asami wasn’t sure she could form an unbiased opinion of the man. He’d been a member of Tarrlok’s task force, and had made several public statements explaining the particular joy he’d taken in doing that particular work, bringing non-benders into line. His candidacy seemed more focused on grandiose promises to personally eliminate the remaining Equalists than any future vision for the United Republic.
But Bumi actually cared about the United Republic. He had spoken with such passion about the subject to her and Xing during his visits to her in prison.
“The newspaper seems to think well of Bumi,” Mako added. “It says here that he helped with the rebuilding of the city with United Forces and was one of the few candidates to speak with the people who lived in the Dragon Flats after Equalists attacked the neighborhood square where Korra had appeared, restoring bending.”
“There’s even a picture of him playing ball with a group of kids at an orphanage,” Bolin added, leaning over to get a better look at the paper. His movement jostled Pabu slightly, and the fire ferret hopped up to the table, sniffing some sliced fruit that Bolin had set aside.
Asami could imagine that train of events playing out. One of the kids would have kicked the ball too far and it had landed on Bumi’s feet. From there, it wouldn’t have taken much to pull Bumi into their game.
“I gotta say,” Bolin added, feeding Pabu a piece of fruit, “Bumi’s probably gonna get my vote. I mean, he’s Jinora’s uncle and she’s said that he’s a good guy. Also, he seems a lot more relatable than a lot of the other candidates, you know?”
“He’s also the only candidate who’s really getting out there and just talking to people,” Mako added. “I don’t think I’ve seen a single picture of Raiko in the Dragon Flats, let alone hanging out with orphan children. And Li Er has that aggressive macho thing going on. Bumi has a lot of good ideas for improving the city from what I’ve heard in the debates. Plus, I think his experience in the United Forces works in his favor. I’m not really sure how Raiko would handle a crisis like the Equalist attack.”
“He was very level-headed when we got caught in the attack on the prison,” Asami said. “He even had some innovative ideas to help fend off the Equalists who attacked us. Things probably would have ended up worse if he hadn’t been there.”
Mako and Bolin were both staring at her.
“What?” she asked.
“Sorry,” Bolin said. “I guess I kind of forgot that you were there for that.”
“It is why I was moved to Air Temple Island,” Asami said, picking at the last few bites of her breakfast. This really wasn’t a line of conversation she wanted to explore so early in the morning.
Pabu, as if sensing the shift in her mood, scurried across the table to hop onto her shoulder, chirping for ear scratches.
Asami smiled and obliged him.
“Well,” Bolin said, offering her a smile. “I’m glad you’re here now.”
“Air Temple Island is much more enjoyable than prison,” Asami agreed.
Mako made a face as he continued reading the newspaper. “The journalist who wrote this piece seems to think that Li Er will win the majority of the bending votes.”
That gave Asami pause. If Li Er pulled the bending vote, and non-benders were split between Raiko and Bumi, could that push them both out of the running? She’d prefer Bumi over any of them, but if pushed she would absolutely pick Raiko over Li Er. Looking over poll numbers, Asami reminded herself that not all benders would go for a man like that. Bolin had already said he’d vote for Bumi. And if Korra were here, Asami knew she’d get behind Bumi in a heartbeat too.
The thought made her smile.
She finished eating her breakfast just as Tenzin entered the room with a stack of documents in his arms. He headed straight toward them.
“Good morning, Miss Sato,” he said. “And Mako and Bolin.” He fixed his attention on her. “I received a request from the Republic City police this morning. Apparently, they have been investigating a string of robberies and they suspect Equalist involvement. They were hoping you might have some insight into what the Equalists might need the stolen materials for.” He handed the papers over, and she glanced at the first page.
Something about a break-in at a lumber yard just outside the city.
“I’ll take a look at these,” she said.
Tenzin nodded curtly. “Let me know if you find anything, and I’ll relay your information over to Lin.”
“Any word on Sakari and Jinora?” Mako asked before Tenzin could turn and leave.
Tenzin gave a long sigh. “Malina reports that they will be arriving at the Northern Water Tribe later today, and she will be showing the girls around. She assures me she’ll be keeping them too busy to think about sneaking off again. So for the moment, it appears that she has the situation under control. I’ve spoken with Tonraq and Senna, but I do not know if they have come to some kind of consensus with Malina regarding the situation. I will let you know later what we’ve decided about bringing the girls back to the South Pole.”
Mako’s lips were pressed in a thin line, but he nodded at Tenzin’s words.
Asami turned her attention to the police reports as Tenzin walked off, spreading them out on the table. A lumber yard, a clock factory, a Cabbage Corp warehouse, a radio factory, a sausage factory, and a power plant had all been robbed over the last two days.
The clock factory, warehouse, radio factory, and power plant all listed various parts and machinery that had been stolen. Most of the pieces were fairly versatile and could be used to repair most of the Equalists’ equipment. Nothing was stolen that could narrow down the list of possible devices her mother could be building.
The sausage factory didn’t make any sense. One of the conveyors had been vandalized, so it was possible that they had been more interested in the machinery parts as opposed to the actual food. It didn’t appear that any of the meat or preservatives such as saltpeter or citric acid had been stolen. The factor owners weren’t sure of Equalist involvement, but the night guard had sworn he’d seen figures in masks resembling the Equalist uniforms escaping the premises.
But what would her mother want from a lumber yard? Certainly not for the Equalist technology. And she highly doubted that Equalists would be working on any kind of major construction project when they were trying to lay low.
Her gaze fell on the blueprint of her disruptor. Her mother knew that Asami had designed a device to disable Equalist technology. She’d recreated the device to disable the radio towers at the Republic City Prison.
Could Yasuko be using the wood to combat Asami’s disruptor? If she added wood paneling to the outside of the cars and the mecha tanks, then the prongs of the disruptor would have more difficulty coming in contact with the metal of the machine. That might be enough to prevent the electromagnetic shock of the disruptor from disabling the car or tank.
If that was the case, she might need to find a way to make a more heavy-duty disruptor.
“So what was stolen?” Mako asked, trying and failing to make it seem as if he wasn’t glancing at the documents.
“Mostly various machine parts,” Asami said, pushing a few of the pages in his direction. Mako seemed to take them eagerly, analyzing the documents for any clues. “Which makes sense. They no longer have access to Future Industries’ resources, so they would need to find some way of gathering spare parts.”
“That doesn’t explain why they’d attack a sausage factory of all things,” Mako said. “And what would they want with a lumber yard?”
Asami explained her thoughts behind her mother’s possible solution to the disruptor.
“But wouldn’t that make their cars more susceptible to a firebending attack?” Mako asked.
“Possibly,” Asami said. “I’m sure there are ways to fireproof the wood. I’d be more concerned with how the wood would throw off the balance and controls. I don’t think wood paneling would affect the cars as much, but it might have some effect on the mecha tanks.”
Mako’s brow furrowed as he went back to reading the reports.
“They probably raided the sausage factory to steal some food,” Bolin said. “Sausages keep for a while, and some of the Equalists probably can’t show their face to buy food.”
“But the factory owners don’t think any of the food was stolen,” Mako pointed out. “And they’ve apparently gotten by so far without stealing any food.”
“That we know of,” Asami said. The Equalists had stockpiled some rations before the attack on Republic City if need be, but she had no clue how long those supplies would have lasted.
Also, she couldn’t imagine her mother living off rations for the last few weeks. Her mother had particular standards she liked to keep.
“The sausage factory could have been a decoy for a different operation,” Mako added. “Do we have a list of other businesses in the area that the Equalists might take interest in?”
“I don’t know,” Asami said. She wasn’t familiar with the area of town where the factory was located, so she couldn’t list any nearby businesses off the top of her head. “I’m sure if we asked Chief Beifong, she would give us the information.”
Mako hummed thoughtfully at that.
Bolin frowned as he glanced at one of the documents. “Wouldn’t she get mad that you’re showing us these reports?”
Asami shrugged. It was nice to have Mako and Bolin’s input, and she was getting the impression that Mako liked solving puzzles. “What can she do? Arrest me?”
Mako and Bolin both stared at her for a second before snickering.
“No, I guess not,” Bolin finally said.
They speculated on what the Equalists might be planning for several more minutes, and Mako jotted some notes down on a piece of scrap paper Asami had on her.
Their discussion was interrupted by some kind of commotion outside of the dining hall. Mako glanced up and scowled. “You have company,” he told Asami.
She glanced over her shoulder only to find Varrick storming over, his assistant following at a more sedate pace. She groaned and resisted the urge to bury her face in her hands, but just barely. Instead, she gathered up the police reports and hid them under the blueprint for the disruptor.
“I hope you know just how much of a pain it is to visit you,” he said, brandishing a stack of documents in her face. “Apparently, any outside visitors have to have clearance from the police, and then they’ve restricted what days and times you can have visitors. Plus, apparently, we’re keeping everything about you being here ‘hush hush,’ so that just made all the paperwork an extra hassle. Really, this is just a completely inefficient business model. And to top it all off, you send me this.” He slammed the stack of papers on the table in front of Asami.
She recognized it as the contract she had mailed back to Varrick the previous day unsigned. Blue and red ink marred the pages from where Varrick and she had been making alterations to the contract over the last few days of mailing the contract back and forth. She had felt a bit passive aggressive throughout the exchange, but she refused to let Varrick walk over her.
“I thought my requests were perfectly reasonable,” she said, striving for the neutral business mask her mother had perfected years ago. She folded her hands in front of her, not quite angling her body to fully face Varrick.
“‘Reasonable,’ she says,” Varrick grumbled. “Look at all these limitations you’ve added on the non-compete clause.” Varrick flipped to one of the middle pages and pointing to a section of the document that Asami had made heavy amendments to.
“I think it is perfectly reasonable to establish a time limit on when the non-compete clause is binding,” Asami said. “My ideas do not indefinitely belong to Future Industries and certainly not to you exclusively. Also, you can’t make me sign a non-compete clause that bars me from working in every technological field, even ones not yet invented, following the termination of this contract because Future Industries is primarily a transportation company. You can’t stop me from producing something like radios or clocks because Future Industries doesn’t manufacture those.”
“Hey, at this point in time, I’m keeping all doors open for which areas the company could expand in,” Varrick said. “I can’t have you trading insider secrets to the highest bidder.”
“And as you can see, I generally had no issues with the non-disclosure agreement. My issue is with you trying to control all of my future business endeavors.”
“What kind of business contract did you have before that gave you such a cushy NCC?”
“I didn’t have to sign an NCC because I was working for my mother.”
Varrick scoffed. “Oh, please. I wouldn’t trust my own mother as far as I could throw her. No exceptions should ever be made for family members. They’re the first to cheat you out of a deal.”
Somehow the words didn’t sting as much as Asami might have expected. She knew Varrick wasn’t speaking about her mother specifically, and his utter lack of concern with what he was saying made it easy not to take the words personally.
“And yet you take issue with me scrutinizing your contract to make sure I am not being cheated,” she responded.
Mako snorted at that.
Asami glanced at him and Bolin. She had expected them to leave once she and Varrick started arguing legalese. A part of her was grateful that they had remained as silent support.
“You know, I think you just want to get a head start on your own company once they release you,” Varrick said. “Look at this.” He snatched the blueprint for her disruptor off the table before she could protest. “What is this? Electromagnetic…you’re already building a device to sabotage Future Industries products.”
She was a little peeved that he had so easily identified the purpose of the device from one glance. “That is work on a device to combat Equalist mecha tanks, which is contracted work from the United Forces and classified information.” And she was now under contract. A secretary from the United Forces had arrived on her second full day on Air Temple Island with an official contract for her work.
“See, selling insider information to the government. They probably don’t even pay very well.”
“I’m not getting paid for this work.”
Iroh was looking into the laws on prison labor and how she could receive remuneration for her work, but Varrick didn’t need to know that.
Varrick actually looked offended at her words. “That’s even worse! Free work. At least I’m giving you back pay when this is all done.”
His contract had promised back pay but had also been phrased so vaguely that Asami guessed he would still try to cheat her out of it.
“But fine. Take your time nitpicking the contract. Just know you don’t get any back pay for excessively long negotiations. In the meantime, I’m gonna focus on people who don’t drag their feet over signing contracts. Which is why I’m throwing my money behind Bumi’s campaign. Now there’s a man that doesn’t waste time reading contracts.”
Asami felt her stomach drop. Surely Bumi hadn’t done something foolish like just sign some large contract with Varrick.
“Sir, he hasn’t actually signed anything yet,” Varrick’s assistant said.
“Details, details,” Varrick remarked with a flippant wave of his hand. “But since we’re now on the topic of politics, I’ve got a proposition for you two.” He fixed his attention on Mako and Bolin.
“We’re not starring in your mover,” Mako said, absolutely no room for argument in his voice.
“I’m not talking about that,” Varrick said. “I’m talking about starring in an ad. Well, a mover ad, but it’s for a good cause. How do you feel about Bumi’s candidacy?”
“Well, I planned to vote for him,” Bolin said after a moment when no one else immediately spoke.
“Great!” Varrick said. “Glad to see some sensible people here. He’s clearly the candidate of the people. But third in the polls? My philosophy is you come in first or there’s no point to it. So I’ve decided to back his campaign, and we need something snazzy to draw more voters to him. So what better way than a good ol’ political ad. But radio ads are so last decade. We need something new and innovative to really catch people’s attention. So I’m gonna make a mover ad to show why Bumi is such a great candidate.”
“Huh,” Bolin said. “That might be something that works.”
Asami had the sinking suspicion that Varrick was supporting Bumi so fiercely because he felt he could take advantage of Bumi’s trusting nature. She really hoped that Bumi wouldn’t accidentally signed himself into a contract that could end badly.
“Glad you agree with me,” Varrick said. “And what better way to add to Bumi’s appeal than a celebrity endorsement from the infamous bending brothers Mako and Bolin? You’ll draw all the pro-bending fans over to Bumi’s side in an instant. And there are a lot of pro-bending fans in Republic City.”
"Yeah!" Bolin broke into a grin. "We'll reach all the pro-bending fans, bender and non-bender. Plus, then we show Republic City the bending brothers are totally cool standing behind a non-bender fore president!"
At that, Asami cracked a smile. "It's a unique angle you two have."
Mako still seemed suspicious.
“I’ve got it!” Bolin chimed, snapping his fingers. “The Pabu Test.”
“Really?” Mako asked.
Varrick blinked in confusion. “The what?”
“The Pabu Test!” Bolin scooped up his fire ferret from where he had been lounging in the morning sunlight. “Pabu’s a great judge of character. If he likes Varrick, then we do the political ads.”
Mako scowled. “I am not letting a fire ferret make my deci—”
“That’s an excellent idea!” Varrick exclaimed, expression gleeful. “Animals love me. Isn’t that right, Pabu?” He snatched Pabu from Bolin’s hands and held the fire ferret out.
Pabu made a disgruntled noise and twisted until he slipped from Varrick’s grip. He scurried away from the man, past Asami, and leapt into Zhu Li’s arms.
“Oh!” the woman said, soft surprise coloring her face. “Hello there.” She scratched behind Pabu’s ears, and he preened, arching his back so she better access to his ears. “His fur is so soft.” She smiled at Bolin. “You take very good care of him.”
“Uh thanks,” Bolin said.
Mako snickered. “I take it back. The Pabu Test is a great idea.”
Varrick looked utterly betrayed. “Pabu! What are you doing? I’m a trustworthy individual. I give the best ear scratches, so come over here.” He stomped over to grab at Pabu again, but the fire ferret retreated to Zhu Li’s shoulder and then down her back to get away from Varrick.
As Varrick chased after Pabu, pleading with the fire ferret to come back and promising treats , Zhu Li walked over to Asami and procured another stack of documents just as thick as the first contract they had given her.
“I’ve taken the liberty of rewriting a new contract with most of your revisions in mind,” she said, a faint smile on her lips. “There were a few clauses that Varrick was rather… recalcitrant about. So you’ll probably have another round of negotiations before you’re satisfied with the contract. But you should find the terms here much more agreeable.”
“Thank you,” Asami said, accepting the new contract. “I’ll look over it tonight.” No doubt she would still find issues with the terms inside, but she believed Zhu Li about it being fairer. She probably wouldn’t ever get a “fair” contract, but she would make sure she got as much out of this contract as possible.
Varrick eventually gave up on chasing Pabu after the fire ferret managed to crawl inside Bolin’s shirt. “Fine,” he huffed. “Well, Pabu clearly likes my assistant, so clearly that says something about my impeccable taste.”
Zhu Li looked extremely pleased with the words.
“Come on, Mako,” Bolin said. “We’d be doing this for Bumi. Help him do better in the polls just before the election.”
Mako sighed. “Fine. One political ad. No dramatic play. No mover. Nothing else.”
Varrick beamed. “Great! Zhu Li, the things.”
Zhu Li seemed to materialize at his side, two stacks of documents in her hands. Asami hadn’t even seen her pull them out of the satchel she wore.
“Now if you’ll just sign and initial in the correct places, we’ll collect the contracts and be on our way,” Varrick said.
Instead, both Mako and Bolin began reading through them. Mako intently scouring through each line and Bolin flipping through each section.
Varrick groaned in frustration. “You all are a bunch of contract sand sharks.”
“Considering that we just had to sit through your contract dispute with Asami, you must think we’re really dumb not to read through these,” Mako retorted.
“It’s just one political ad! I swear that’s all the contract covers.”
Neither Mako nor Bolin made any moves to sign.
Varrick gave an exaggerated sigh. “Fine. Have it your way. Waste the rest of the day reading the damn things. I’ll be back tomorrow to collect them. If you want to say goodbye to your ticket to stardom, that’s your decision. Unreasonable people, I swear.” He turned and waltzed off, Zhu Li following at his heels.
“We’re going to regret agreeing to this, aren’t we?” Mako muttered.
“No need to be so pessimistic,” Bolin said. “And hey, it’ll help Bumi, right?”
“That’s the only reason I’m doing this,” Mako grumbled.
The brothers bantered and bickered back and forth for a few minutes, with Bolin suggesting more and more outlandish costumes Mako could don for the ad.
Even as she smiled at them, unease curled in her gut. If Asami had seen the potential for a non-bender split vote between Raiko and Bumi pushing Li Er into the presidency, then her mother had seen it too.
And decided to take action, it seemed.
* * *
It was almost a shock when Sakari realized that they were arriving at the Northern Water Tribe. She hadn’t thought the time could pass so quickly.
Her cousins weren’t her favorite people, but Sakari could find common ground with anybody given enough bending practice together. And the days had been full of it. The twins’ tutor was a classic Northern Style practitioner, and as long as Sakari ignored his occasional snide remarks about the predominantly Southern Style she’d learned, he had some cool techniques to share.
The Northern Style depended on more state changes to the water, and strategic and contained responses. By comparison, the Southern style seemed, to Sakari, to be faster and more aggressive. Both were far more structured than the ad hoc pro-bending style that Sakari had picked up in Republic City. Almost despite himself, the twins’ waterbending tutor was a pro-bending fan. Two days into training, Sakari signed his radio on the condition that he stop referring to the Southern Style as ‘The Other Style’ of waterbending.
Bending practice aside, it was much nicer to travel by ship on deck and in an actual cabin. She hadn’t been on a proper ship since she’d smuggled herself and Naga out of the Southern Water Tribe.
Sakari sighed, pressing her body up against the railing as she watched the distant coastline creep closer. She missed Naga. It hadn’t been possible to smuggle her furry friend along on this adventure. But… at least she wasn’t entirely alone.
Glancing down the railing, Sakari smiled at Jinora. Her friend was seated on a bench with a pyramid of stacked scrolls beside her, and one in hand that she read frantically.
“We’re almost to the blockade,” Sakari called over.
“Nooooo.” Jinora grabbed another scroll without looking, and half-unfurled it with one hand. Glancing between both of the ones she held, she seemed to be trying to read both at once. “I’m not ready to be done yet!”
Jinora had spent all the time Sakari was training with the twins reading instead. At night when they went back to their bunks, Sakari had generally fallen asleep to the sound of Jinora talking about what she’d read that day. Apparently Malina’s personal library had a very different selection than what was available on Air Temple Island, with many different core philosophies, fun long words, and other things that made Sakari feel very sleepy.
“If you pick one or two favorites, Aunt Malina might let you borrow them while we’re on land.” At the very least, she hadn’t said anything when she saw Jinora reading them on-deck next to four practicing waterbenders. She’d simply made eye contact with the tutor, glanced at Jinora, and back again.
By chance or by her will, no water had touched the scrolls from Malina’s library.
Sakari watched the blockade ships draw closer as Jinora rushed the scrolls back down below-deck. The naval might of the Northern Water Tribe was a sight to behold. She’d heard tales from Katara about the Siege of the North, but it was hard to imagine anyone laying siege to the North Pole now.
Passing near one of the tall, bulky blockade ships revealed the true scale of Malina’s ship, which was a beautiful, swift vessel of moderate size. Perfect for carrying her aunt to whatever point she wanted as quickly as possible in comfort and style. The ship they passed (with a deck full of sailors waving a welcome to their returning regent) was a vessel that any would think twice before crossing, lined with weapons and a thick hull, to say nothing of the skilled waterbenders no-doubt packed aboard.
Drawing closer to the pole itself, the sight took Sakari’s breath away.
The massive sea walls she’d seen in history book illustrations had expanded out into a sweeping crescent with a massive glacial tower at each end. The walls protected the docks between them, and Sakari had no doubt that a wall of some sort could be raised or otherwise created between the towers to fully enclose the port against some sort of attack.
It was grandiose on a scale that the Southern Water Tribe couldn’t hope to match. Sakari had lived largely hidden away in the palace, but the view from the windows and the brief glimpses she’d had while running away had revealed a beautiful, solid place with the palace being the one of few grand architectural feats. Seeing the Northern tribe now, she wondered if her father ever missed the sparkling hometown of his youth.
Thoughts of her father brought her to thoughts of Korra. To thoughts of the Red Lotus, these strange kidnappers-turned-family to her sister. The grand sea walls would make her feel better if she could trust them to keep them out. In a perfect world, the Red Lotus would never make it to the North Pole. Harmonic Convergence would pass and Sakari and Jinora wouldn’t see Korra at all.
But Malina didn’t think they lived in that perfect world. And neither did Sakari.
Jinora joined her at the railing, taking in the same view. “Malina said I’ll be free to borrow from her library after ‘our business ashore’ is settled.”
“Mmmm.” Sakari lifted her face into the chill breeze. The salt spray on her lips tasted like home, but didn’t quite match it. “She makes it sound like we’re going on a small holiday.”
Jinora shrugged. “Grandpa Aang went galavanting all over like it was a holiday on his journey to the North Pole. He was younger than you are now.” She leaned forward and pressed against the railing a little. “I guess it never seemed that impossible to me that I might get to go on an adventure or two before I grew up.”
“We’re even meeting up with The Avatar,” Sakari said, a smile twitching at her lips. “That’s a grand plan if I ever heard one.” When she was younger, she’d dreamed of a life outside of the walls. Any life outside. It had never particularly mattered to her whether that meant grand adventures or a simple life in a fishing village. Since leaving, however, life seemed to have dealt her more of the former and less of the latter.
And after all this? Once she had her sister back again, would she drag Korra right back inside those same walls? Trap her with walls of familial bonds and refuse to let her out of her sight? Is that what their parents would do?
They’d have to figure out what that life looked like.
Sakari took comfort in the knowledge she wouldn’t need to figure that out alone.
Jinora whistled, impressed, as Malina’s ship sailed between the towers that guarded the bay. “This is magnificent,” she whispered.
Sakari tried to imagine how many waterbenders they’d needed to raise such an incredible structure and failed. Up close, the walls looked more like natural glacier than something constructed under human supervision.
Jinora leaned around Sakari. “I think there’s a crowd gathered up ahead. Is that where we’re docking?”
When Sakari had followed Jinora’s line of sight, a smile stole across her face. “I believe that would be the ‘grand procession’ we’ve been promised.”
A glance across the deck showed the twins had returned from their quarters below-deck and were already stationed near the spot where the off-ramp would go. Sakari tugged Jinora’s sleeve, then jogged over to where they were.
“Any tips for my first Northern Water Tribe procession?”
Desna and Eska turned to face her in a smooth motion.
“Make no expressions,” Desna said.
“Minimal eye contact.” Eska’s gaze shifted so she was looking past Sakari.
“Absolutely no waving.”
“Accept the crowd’s adulation as if you are born to it.”
Desna pursed his lips. “If you’re feeling like imitating mother, maybe nod occasionally. Make it graceful, but terse.”
A light hand on Sakari’s shoulder surprised her, and she turned to meet Malina’s gaze. “Be the self that you were for the pro-bending crowds,” she said. “The person who graciously and easily accepts their love will be the one to receive it. Remember that you are not being hidden, and ensure you will not be forgotten.”
One of Malina’s manservants materialized at Sakari’s other shoulder and draped a beautiful patterned scarf over her.
“Um.” Sakari tried to pull it off to look at it, but Malina was already arranging it nicely, and then they were docking.
“Chin up. Don’t slouch.” Malina tapped the underside of Sakari’s chin, and she reflexively straightened up.
Directing a glance toward her children, Malina gave a little sigh. “Slouch less,” she said, half a question and half a directive.
If Eska or Desna made any adjustments to their posture, Sakari couldn’t see them.
Attendants boarded the ship the moment it was secured. Malina passed one of them a small parcel of bound papers in a motion almost so swift Sakari almost missed it. In return, she seemed to receive a small folded letter, but Sakari could have imagined it. Before she could look any more closely, attendants began to herd Sakari, Jinora, and the royal party down the ramp and into a majestic, tall sled pulled by a team of six buffalo yak.
Back on the ship, a different group of people were beginning to unload the cargo, including the entirety of Malina’s personal library, which Jinora told her apparently traveled wherever Malina went.
The entirety of Sakari’s worldly possessions fit inside her knapsack, and if that wasn’t proof she wasn’t a princess, she wasn’t sure what was.
But as the sled rounded a corner and exited the main section of the dockyard into the city proper, Malina took her shoulder in a firmer grip this time, plopped Sakari toward the front of the sled right at her side, and the awaiting crowd cheered.
Sakari blinked and squinted a moment, blinded by the sun reflecting off the ice and snow as the buffalo yak rounded a turn. Then Malina gave her back a sharp rap and she remembered herself.
Pressing forward against the railing, Sakari raised an arm and waved to the crowd, flashing them her biggest, and most nervous, smile.
And despite her aunt’s forewarning that she was a popular figure, the Avatar’s hidden pro-bending princess sister or whatever she was to these people, Sakari couldn’t help her surprise as they cheered louder in response and dozens waved back at her. People shouted her name, clamoring for her attention along with that of the Northern Water Tribe royalty.
As the entourage progressed through the streets, various “welcome home” cries were directed their way. These were usually addressed generally, or specifically to Sakari’s aunt or cousins, but every now and again she definitely heard her name after it, which made her wonder if the people were confused, or genuinely saw the Northern and Southern tribes as a single entity in some respect.
Malina absorbed the attention graciously, nodding acknowledgements here and there, her eyes sweeping the crowd regally. An almost-smile graced her lips, twitching at the corners whenever they passed an especially enthusiastic or ostentatious segment of the crowd.
Eska and Desna, meanwhile, seemed to have doubled down into their stoicism even more so than usual. This, strangely enough, seemed to endear them even more intensely to certain sections of the crowd.
Sakari didn’t let either influence stop her from simply being herself. She’d gone from one end of the earth to the other that way. No point in stopping now.
She did, however, straighten up as they passed a passel of reporters. The barrage of camera flashes left spots all over her vision, but what mattered is that she’d been seen. She couldn’t be stowed away in a back room if everyone knew her face.
The camera glow was just fading from Sakari’s cheeks as they approached the palace, a more magnificent structure than she could have imagined. As they entered the main gates, Malina bent down to whisper in her ear.
“Welcome to the Northern Water Tribe, Sakari.”
“Thank you, it’s… it’s incredible.”
“Remember that.”
The gates closed behind them.
* * *
Korra dropped her body to the deck and swept her leg in a low kick. A broad gust of wind swept across the deck, buffeting Zaheer’s robes and hair where he sat cross-legged, observing her.
From there, Korra kept her body moving, spinning her momentum up into a tall kick that created a sharp, slicing blast. This one did more than ruffle his clothes, almost knocking him backwards.
If it had been anyone but Zaheer, they’d have fallen flat on their back, or even into the railing. Instead, he used the force of her blast to propel him to his feet, landing lightly on his toes.
“Good power,” he said. Something bright and alive flashed in his eyes. “When I rush you, maintain your circular movement. Block and redirect, as we’ve practiced.”
She nodded, and brought herself back, for an instant, to the spinning gates and Jinora’s light, always-moving footwork. “I’m ready.”
“You aren’t.” Zaheer regarded her a breath, and his gaze darkened. Or may have not. Korra had no time to process the sight and then he was on her, moving with quick, direct strikes.
She forced her feet backwards when her instinct was to charge him, whirling her arms at the elbow to intercept and redirect his rapid blows. After just seconds, she felt control of the situation shift; she was becoming too reactive.
Fighting for space, she spun her whole body, whirling a sphere of air around herself and pressing it outward.
Zaheer dug his heels in, but couldn’t help but be pushed back.
Approach refreshed, Korra once more resisted the urge to rush him while he was off-balance. She kept on her toes and lifted her chin, ready for his next approach.
He didn’t speak this time, just watched a beat, then rushed her.
She pivoted to the side, pulling the air with her and launching it at Zaheer. When he twisted out of the way, she planted her feet and thrust her hands forward, sending a blade of air toward him.
He launched himself over the attack, landing lightly. Two more quick bounds had him circling behind her, and Korra just barely dodged the blow that had been aimed for her ribs.
She gritted her teeth. Right, blocking and redirecting. She couldn’t be planting herself in the ground like an earthbender. Especially not when faced with Zaheer’s agility.
This time, when he attacked again, Korra called a wave of air in between them to cut his attack short. She aimed a high kick, a sharp gust of air following.
Zaheer ducked low under the attack, circling to get behind her.
Though she turned with the wide, circular steps that Zaheer had shown her, the movements felt too unnatural for Korra to keep up with his speed. She felt a twinge in her side as she twisted her torso to try and intercept his attack.
Zaheer was faster, landing a sharp rap to her side. She spun to avoid his next attack, but the unfamiliar movement left her unbalanced. Though she blocked the third blow, the force of it was enough to send her falling backwards.
Korra managed to pull her body into a tight twirl as she fell, generating enough momentum to launch one final stream of air into Zaheer before she hit the ground.
“You’re learning quickly.” Zaheer extended a hand, but she waved him off, using a puff of air to boost herself to her feet.
“It’s different, but I like it,” she said.
He nodded, giving her a once-over for injuries before waving her along with him. “Airbending comes from a different source than the other bending types you’ve learned. It’s going to set itself apart in spirit, not just in motions.”
Korra pulled one arm tight across her chest, stretching out the shoulder—she’d gotten very serious about her stretching almost overnight since the airbending clicked—and silently wished she could work with, well, an actual airbender.
Zaheer quoted some of his favorite gurus on what they’d written about airbending, about giving up attachment, about how she would need to be willing to un-tether herself, etc etc.
And the poetry was. Something. But it wasn’t stances. Wasn’t a hand motion she could imitate. Korra had only seen airbenders in action a handful of times, and Zaheer’s mental library of poses and stances only went so far.
Once Harmonic Convergence was over and she would return to Republic City to reunite with Sakari and Asami, maybe Korra could see about getting some pointers from Jinora again. The notes about footwork and stance she had gotten from Jinora back on her undercover trip to Air Temple Island had proven incredibly helpful now that she had the airbending to accompany the moves. Plus, Sakari and Jinora were close friends, so Korra would probably see a lot of the airbender moving forward.
She followed Zaheer toward the main cabin, only half-listening to his latest speech about airbending and attachments.
He paused outside the door to the ship’s main cabin. “Speaking of attachments… any progress with the order spirit?”
The few days of their travel, Korra had started meditating twice a day—at sunrise and sunset, when the barriers between the physical and spiritual worlds were more transient—to try and keep working on Raava.
“No change since yesterday,” she said.
He didn’t respond for a moment. Then: “Try again now. Before we go in. I want to watch you again. I feel as though there’s something I’m missing, and I want to try and get another perspective.”
“Sure.”
Korra repressed a sigh, even though Zaheer could probably sense it in her anyway. In a smooth, shared motion, they stepped back from the door and sat against the railing nearby.
Reaching within herself, Korra pulled her spirit onto the spiritual plane, aware of Zaheer’s gaze on her in both planes.
Getting to the ‘contact point,’ as she thought if it, wasn’t hard anymore. Korra drifted to the strange place that was at once within herself and between herself and the Spirit World.
“Raava.” Not a question, just a call. She knew the spirit was here.
“You’re back soon.” Although Korra had been ‘alone’ just a breath before, suddenly Raava was all around her.
“I’ve been asked to try again,” she said. There was no point in lying to Raava, or trying to conceal any motivations. The spirit was within her and knew falsehoods as such. And Korra had already tried it. Unsuccessfully.
Raava looped around Korra’s arms. “Ah, the looming one. I sense him close. Do you trust him?”
“I’ve known him since I was four. He’s been like a father to me, and has raised me into my destiny, into Harmonic Convergence.”
“Which is not an answer to my question.” Raava stopped moving and seemed to hover right in front of Korra. “Though I now ask: did he share this part of your destiny with you before, or after you had reclaimed energybending?”
This sparked an anger in Korra she couldn’t explain. While Raava was so close, Korra reached for her, drawing on the energybending to try and seize the spirit’s essence, to remove her, to get any kind of grip at all.
Right as her fingertips brushed against the light, Raava’s tail whipped around and struck Korra in her side.
The pain was blinding, registering more as a headache than anything physical. When Korra’s vision cleared, she found herself in a grassy clearing, underneath a great tree.
The Spirit World. Again.
She took a deep breath, finally allowing herself the sigh she’d held in earlier, and lay down, staring blankly at the shifting sky. Every time she made a grab for Raava, the spirit now took as a cue to heft her out of the physical world.
The first time it had happened, Korra had actually been thrilled. She still couldn’t access the spirit world on her own, and, well, unexpected bonus!
At this point, however, she’d been tail-whipped to this same tree at least six times, and the thrill had worn off.
Korra let herself breathe for a minute. It was kind of nice to feel the dirt and grass under her back, since back at her body she was just on a ship. She couldn’t bend the ground here, but it felt steadying nonetheless.
“Again?” Zaheer’s voice interrupted the stillness.
Heat flushed Korra’s cheeks. Getting repeatedly and unceremoniously tossed into the Spirit World wasn’t exactly dignified. “Yeah, well, she’s a very slippery… kite thing.”
“You’ve mentioned.”
Korra brushed dirt off her back as she sat up. “Well, I’ve been working on it, but… I’m getting worried, Zaheer. What am I supposed to do if I can’t kick her out? I have tried to explain that I’m trying to free her, and our arguments just go round and round in circles.”
“This is not a game at the fair, Korra, where you toss rings onto bottles and leave it to chance.” He regarded her cooly. “If you aren’t catching the eel by shoving your hand into the barrel and flailing wildly, take a different approach. Use a different tool. One way or another, this is our chance to right the balance of the universe. This is the one chance to remove her and release Vaatu. Figure it out.”
Then he was gone. Returned to his body.
Korra slumped.
What other way was there?
Maybe she could release Vaatu and bring them both into herself, merge them, and release them?
A wave of nausea flooded her at the thought, and Korra thought her lunch might revisit her for a moment. And it wasn’t even possible to puke in the Spirit World, she was pretty sure. There weren’t any bathrooms, in any case.
Was the nausea her, or Raava? Was it Korra feeling averse, or Raava making her feel averse?
Was there a difference?
The better she got at distinguishing Raava’s voice, the more she seemed to hear it… everywhere.
If Raava was so deeply integrated into her entire self, maybe she couldn’t be removed. Maybe there wasn’t actually a way to separate them.
Korra didn’t want to think about that. so she didn’t.
With a heavy sigh, she closed her eyes, and took a minute to lift her spirit out and return to the physical world. At least she was getting faster at that part. She was certainly getting enough practice.
Zaheer was gone when Korra opened her eyes.
They’d been heading down belowdecks, so she pulled herself to her feet and headed down that way.
It seemed she’d walked in on the middle of an argument.
“Why can’t we just sail around them?” Ghazan’s eyebrows furrowed. He glowered across the table at their smuggler captain.
The captain rolled his eyes. “It’s called a blockade for a reason. There is no just sailing around it. At least not for where you lot need to dock.”
Ghazan opened his mouth to argue, but stopped. Korra caught Ming-Hua press her foot over his under the table. “Then we remove a ship from the blockade.”
Zaheer was nodding. “Strike by night. Disable it and keep moving. By the time they discover it, we’ll have disembarked.”
The captain scratched his chin. “I know some fellows at the port we’re heading for. I’ll pay the appropriate bribes and they’ll say I’ve been docked all week when the inspectors come by.”
Korra leaned against the wall as Ghazan sighed.
“Stealth mission, and it’s on a boat?”
“Why can’t we just blow one up?” P’li crossed her arms. “No dealing with a group of enemy waterbenders in the middle of the ocean. Problem: solved.”
Korra chuckled to herself. Ghazan and P’li were, perhaps, the least stealth-oriented of her mentors. At least for missions in the middle of the ocean.
“Not an option.” Zaheer set his palm on the table. “We need to get to the North Pole, and if this blockade is any indication, there will be other forces guarding it as well. The less we disturb and the less we tip our hand, the better.”
P’li looked at him sidelong, as if to plead one more time, but all she said was, “tonight then?”
“Tonight.” Zaheer met Korra’s gaze. “It will be a good opportunity for you as well, Korra. I look forward to seeing you employ the four elements in action.”
Korra gulped down some nervousness. It had been a while since they’d had a Red Lotus mission like this. “I can’t wait,” she said.
Notes:
We've made a pacing adjustment and the new arc 2 finale schedule is:
Chapter 28 - Pre-Finale
Chapter 29 - Finale part I
Chapter 30 - Finale part IIThank you all for your patience. Per usual,
Chapter 28: Enemy within the Gates
Summary:
Korra and the Red lotus deal with Northern Water Tribe forces blocking the way to the North Pole. Meanwhile, Asami is roped into helping with Bumi's political ads, and Jinora confronts Malina.
Notes:
The Good News: The chapter is here
The 'we are sorry' news: it's a little late
The Great news: It's almost a double-length chapter! Enjoy!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
CHAPTER 28: Enemy within the Gates
(And outside the gate. There’s just a lot of danger going on.)
They approached one of the Northern Water Tribe battleships shortly after midnight. Korra was thankful for the cloud cover that would make it hard to spot their approach. She and Ming-Hua used waterbending to steer their skiff closer to the battleship, and Korra had to fight back a grin at how great it felt to be bending in sync with Ming-Hua again. They had been practicing together each morning on their journey north, but that practice paled in comparison to actually working a mission together.
“Two sets of guards patrolling the deck,” Zaheer remarked, studying the battleship through a telescope. “Pull us around the back, and we’ll intercept the pair there.”
Ming-Hua nodded and shifted her stance to maneuver their skiff toward the rear of the battleship. Korra mirrored her movements, keeping an eye on the battleship’s deck.
As they neared, she could see a pair of guards making their way toward the back of the ships. Even from this distance, she could tell that their stances were far too relaxed for men supposedly on guard duty.
It was simple work to bring their skiff to the back of the battleship, launch herself onto the deck beside Ming-Hua, and knock out the guards without a single alarm being raised.
Ming-Hua flashed her a grin as they raced toward one of the rear cannons, crouching along the side to stay out of immediate sight.
The others followed, keeping their eyes out for the other set of guards.
Zaheer caught Korra’s gaze and gave a curt nod as she approached.
Turning, Korra made sure the deck was clear before scurrying toward the middle of the ship. She quickly scaled the side of one of the cabins, landing in a crouch on top. Before they could disable the ship, they would need to disable the communications. Her eyes landed on the radio tower above her. P’Li could take down the tower in one shot, but it wouldn’t exactly be subtle. An explosion on the highest point of the ship would be visible for miles at this time of night.
Taking a deep breath, Korra rose and lifted her gaze back to the antenna overhead. All she had to do was catapult herself up with some airbending and take out the antenna. No problem.
Still, she felt a trickle of sweat travel down the back of her neck. Korra took another breath, letting the cold air settle in her lungs for a moment, before she crouched and leapt.
The first gust of air she launched beneath her only took her about halfway to the top of the tower, so she twirled her wrists and called another gust of air to shoot her up, only to watch as the antenna rushed past her vision.
Okay, too much power then. She really hoped that her mentors weren’t watching her fumbles that closely, particularly Zaheer. Spinning her arms beneath her, she slowed her descent and secured herself to the side of the tower just beneath the antenna.
It would be much more convenient if Korra could metalbend. If she concentrated hard enough, she could perhaps sense something in the metal, but she didn’t have time to explore that at the moment. Instead, she used a combination of rapid firebending and waterbending to weaken the base of the antenna, keeping the light of her fires to a minimum. A solid kick sent the antenna careening down to the water.
A shout caught her attention, and Korra jerked her down, afraid she had been caught. However, the flash of P’li’s firebending and the glow of Ghazan’s lava rocks told her that the Red Lotus had already moved in to intercept the remaining guards on deck.
Korra released the breath she had been holding and scurried down the tower to join the others. She could hear the pounding footsteps of more soldiers rushing to confront them.
“Begin stage two,” Zaheer said when Korra reached them.
The first group of soldiers burst onto the deck, only to be knocked aside from the force of P’Li’s combustionbending. She fired a second blast from her forehead, arcing it inside the door the soldiers had come from. Soldiers cried out as P’li’s attack exploded in the hallway.
Korra tried hard not to think about the fate of taking an explosive blast in such an enclosed space. This wasn’t a good time to debate morality.
Ming-Hua and Ghazan sprung into action with Korra at their heels, darting into the hallway. The corridors didn’t leave much room for maneuvering, which limited the number of Northern Water Tribe soldiers that could face the Red Lotus at once.
The soldiers attacking them never stood a chance.
Though Ghazan had only a handful of rocks to work with, he launched them at the Northern Water Tribe soldiers advancing toward them, knocking the first wave aside. The ones behind them quickly met Ming-Hua’s waterbending. Though the soldiers tried to deflect her attacks, she easily overpowered them, slamming men into the walls with one of her water whips.
Korra joined Ming-Hua in repelling the waterbenders. Between the two of them, they were able to keep any attacks from reaching the others. When one of the soldiers lashed out with a water whip, Korra raised an ice shield to intercept the attack. She felt the heat of P’li’s firebending fly by her head and had to resist the temptation to join in with some fireballs of her own. Zaheer had stressed the importance of hiding her status as the Avatar while on this mission. It wouldn’t do for the Northern Water Tribe to realize that she was no longer in Republic City.
Only a handful of soldiers remained, and Ming-Hua unbalanced them by lashing out with tentacles of water. Zaheer moved in after her attack, movements swift and agile. He knocked out the remaining soldiers with some well-placed blows.
P’li rushed past him to clear out the next hallway with some combustionbending though it didn’t sound like there were as many soldiers in this part of the ship.
At the end of the next hallway, Korra could see a set of stairs leading up and down.
“The engine room will be somewhere beneath us,” Zaheer said.
“Don’t worry,” P’li said as she and Ghazan headed toward the stairs leading down. “We should find it without problems.”
Stage one of their plan had been to take out the antenna and guards on deck before storming the ship. Stage two involved splitting up: P’li and Ghazan would take out the engines, where their combined combustionbending and lavabending would do the most damage, while Korra, Ming-Hua and Zaheer would take out the radio control room to ensure no messages left the ship until after they had reached land. Taking the antenna out would provide some obstacles, but the ship likely had a backup communication method available.
“We’ll rendezvous where we boarded the ship,” Zaheer said. He nodded toward Ming-Hua and Korra, and the three headed up the stairs to find the radio control room.
Only a couple soldiers occupied the next level; the few they encountered were easily knocked to the sides by Ming-Hua’s waterbending. Though Korra helped, she felt like her mentor was doing most of the work. But there was no harm in letting her, and she could tell Ming-Hua was enjoying herself.
They turned a corner of the ship, and Korra caught sight of the radio room down the hall. More soldiers stood guard there, mobilizing into an attack formation at the sight of them.
Ming-Hua easily deflected the first wave of attack, and Korra helped her in repelling the second. While Korra got the sense these soldiers were well-trained, they just couldn’t hold up against the speed and ferocity of Ming-Hua’s attacks.
A few, recognizing Ming-Hua as the superior waterbender, turned their focus on Zaheer instead. But if they thought that the nonbender would prove an easier target, they quickly realized that was not the case. He utilized the tight quarters to his advantage, launching himself off of the walls to avoid attacks and close the distance to the soldiers. When he struck, each of his blows was calculated and precise.
Korra frowned as the last soldier hit the floor. The way Zaheer had jabbed some of his attacks looked like chi blocking. His movements weren’t as efficient as Asami’s had been, when she’d taught Korra the basics, but Korra could recognize the forms.
A water whip flew dangerous close to Korra’s head, and she ducked out of the way.
“Keep your head out of the clouds,” Ming-Hua chided, knocking the soldier back with a water whip that turned into ice just as it collided with the man.
Korra fought the urge to wince as the soldier struck the wall and crumpled to the ground. “Got it,” she said, intercepting the next attack aimed her way.
She could think about Asami and whatever skills Zaheer might have picked up from his time undercover with the Equalists later. Right now, she had a mission to finish.
Ming-Hua charged forward into the radio room as Zaheer took out the last soldier, summoning blades of ice to wreak havoc on the equipment inside. Korra followed, scanning the room to make sure there weren’t any stragglers before joining Ming-Hua in destroying the equipment.
“That should be sufficient damage,” Zaheer remarked once they had torn several deep gashes in the main console. For good measure, he reached into a panel they’d torn off and ripped out a good length of cable. “Let’s go”
They were about halfway to the deck when a feeling of warmth, the kind that Korra had come to associate with Raava’s presence, tugged urgently behind her. She turned, just in time to catch sight of a group of reinforcements pour from a side door behind them, throwing blades of ice toward them.
Korra dug her feet into the ground and threw her arms up, a wall of ice rushing to the ceiling to block the attack. “Ming-Hua!”
“Got it.” Ming-Hua spun sideways over the top of Korra’s shield and landed in the middle of the soldiers. She grabbed two with tentacles of water and flung them to the far side of the corridor.
Korra moved in to intercept the attack aimed at Ming-Hua from the remaining soldiers. Together, she and Ming-Hua worked to take out the remaining soldiers. She caught Ming-Hua’s gaze several times throughout the fight, unable to stop a grin at how easily they fell back into fighting in sync.
The long nights of frustration in Anyu and Jia’s attic had been worth it to see Ming-Hua’s bending returned.
As they finished off the soldiers, Korra could feel the warmth of Raava’s presence moving in sync within her. As if they were attacking as one unit. Had Raava always been there during her fights or was Raava’s presence only so prominent because Korra was now aware of her existence?
The last soldier fell as Ming-Hua froze her water around his ankle and launched him down the hallway to join the other soldiers there.
“Good job catching the reinforcements,” Ming-Hua said, bumping hips with Korra as she jogged past.
Korra didn’t say anything. It had really been Raava who had been aware of the attempted ambush, not her. “How much longer before Ghazan and P’li—”
A loud noise resounded through the corridor, a muffled explosion, and the entire ship shuddered.
“Sounds like they’re having fun,” Ming-Hua remarked.
“That would be our cue to leave,” Zaheer said, returning from where he had been scouting ahead. “The path forward should be clear, but there may be another ambush set up.”
“Shouldn’t be a problem for us,” Ming-Hua responded.
They did encounter one final group of soldiers before reaching the deck, but their fighting was desperate and uncoordinated. Korra, Ming-Hua, and Zaheer easily took them out. Just like before, Korra could sense Raava’s presence with each attack, lending her strength to Korra’s. There was something almost comforting in having a permanent fighting partner.
She would lose that if she succeeded in removing Raava’s spirit from her. Would lose her ability to bend fire, earth, and air. Her chest tightened at that thought. She had just unlocked airbending. Had barely begun to brush the surface of what abilities she could learn there. Could she lose the ability to energybend? It was rooted in the knowledge of herself, but what would happen if she changed that self in such a fundamental way?
Korra had promised to return to Republic City and finish restoring bending there. How many people, particularly children like Hotaru, were waiting in desperate hope that the Avatar return and restore their bending like she had the others?
Zaheer insisted that removing Raava was the correct course of action, the just one. But Raava thought differently. She seemed perfectly content where she was, and shouldn’t she have the ultimate say in this? Korra was kind of like her house, in a way. And Raava was clearly opposed to being evicted.
And Korra? Did she truly want Raava gone? The thought of losing most of her bending was a sharp stab to her heart. Plus, Raava’s presence was becoming comforting and familiar, a long time friend from her first life all those centuries ago. Did she really want to let that go?
She still didn’t know if her energybending would work on removing Raava and they had only days until Harmonic Convergence occurred. What if she couldn’t do what Zaheer asked of her?
Korra swallowed thickly as she stepped out onto the deck, the frigid night air cutting into her.
What if she didn’t want to?
“Korra.” Ming-Hua’s voice pulled her from her thoughts. Her mentor was frowning at her. “You okay back there?”
“Fine,” Korra said, forcing a smile. “Just eager to get off this ship and back to what we’re supposed to be doing.”
Something flashed in Ming-Hua’s gaze too quickly for Korra to catch. “Well, we’ll be off this ship soon enough. I’m sure Ghazan will be happy to get off the ocean and back onto some land.”
Korra’s smile turned genuine at that. Ghazan had never been happy whenever a long ocean voyage had been necessary during their travels and this time had been no different. At least this time P’li shared his gripes; she hated working this far north.
As if drawn by their thoughts, Ghazan and P’li emerged from a side door several yards away. Ghazan’s face was covered in coal dust, and he was grinning from the adrenaline of whatever fight he had been in. “I’d say that was a job well done,” he announced, clapping more coal dust from his hands.
Zaheer nodded. “Let’s get back to our boat and move before the blockade can close in.”
* * *
In the end, Varrick’s contracts for Mako and Bolin were nowhere near as egregious as Asami’s was. So after removing a clause giving Varrick the right to use their image in merchandising, the two agreed to appear in the political ad for Bumi.
Asami was surprised when Varrick insisted on her presence. Having her name attached to such a project could only hurt Bumi’s campaign. Zhu Li insisted, though, that Varrick wanted her for the technical side of things, not to make a cameo in the ads. Knowing Varrick, that likely meant he wanted one less crew member to pay.
But Bumi had put in a request with Lin and come to a compromise: Asami could help with the political ad so long as she remained under Xing’s watch and kept a low profile. While she wasn’t thrilled to be working with Varrick, she did want to help Bumi, and it was nice to get off Air Temple Island for a day.
Asami scratched at her scalp, where her hair was pinned under a gray cap. She much preferred wearing her hair down, but she had to her best NOT to look like Asami Sato. Besides the hat, she also wore plain dark trousers and a gray jacket, part of the camera crew uniform Zhu Li had sent by courier. If she kept her head down, she doubted that she would get a second glance.
Which was good because if the Equalists, particularly one like Kin, knew she was in the city for the day…
Asami shuddered and forced that train of thought away. Instead, she turned her attention over to Xing and Bolin in the midst of a rather animated discussion.
“Okay,” Xing said, digging her feet into the ground. She held a lump of metal in her palm. “So the best I can describe it is you need to try and look for the rock in the metal.”
“Right,” Bolin said, brow furrowing slightly. He stared at the lump of metal intently, but no matter how much he moved his hand, nothing happened.
“Okay, I’m probably not explaining this right,” Xing admitted. “So, like, you know what a rock feels like. Not like physically but when you’re bending the rock. What it feels like inside. So you need to take that feeling inside of you that says you’re bending a rock and look for that in this metal.”
Silence followed her words, and Bolin still looked confused.
“So, to metalbend, you have to sense for the impurities in the metal and bend those.” Xing moved her hand over the lump of metal, and it shifted beneath her hand, stretching into a fluid shape. The metal undulated in the air for several seconds before it settled as a lump in Xing’s hands again.
“Okay,” Bolin muttered. “So look for the rock inside the metal.” He stared at the lump of metal for a long moment before thrusting his hands forward.
Nothing happened.
Bolin’s expression fell. “Maybe I’m just not suited for this.”
“Hey, don’t get so disappointed,” Xing said. “This is only the first lesson after all. It took me months to learn metalbending. I stared at the lump of metal my teacher gave me for hours trying to get it to move.”
“I certainly didn’t bend lightning in a day,” Mako added.
Asami smiled. “I’m sure you’ll get it in no time, Bolin.”
Bolin smiled appreciatively at their words.
“Here.” Xing pressed the metal nugget into his palm. “You can practice with this all afternoon. And don’t be discouraged if you don’t get it right away. Metalbending’s tricky and it takes a lot of time to learn it.”
“Thanks, Xing,” Bolin said, pocketing the metal. “I’ll make sure to practice all afternoon.”
“That’s the spirit!” Xing chimed.
The conversation shifted over to Pro-bending techniques, and Bolin started explaining some of his tips for working in a limited space. Mako chimed in with some of his own tips about movement and footwork. Xing nodded along with the explanation and moved to copy some of their stances.
Asami smiled. It was nice to see the brothers and Xing getting along so well, particularly as Xing would probably be making frequent trips to Air Temple Island for the foreseeable future.
The rest of the ferry ride passed with Mako and Bolin asking for apartment recommendations as Xing would know which neighborhoods were safest and had the most affordable housing. Eventually, the conversation shifted to where they should grab lunch that afternoon.
Bolin’s suggestion of steamed buns led to a heated repeat of the debate over which steamed bun stand in Republic City was best, so Asami eventually reached a compromise by suggesting noodles.
Zhu Li was waiting for them with a car when they docked. “Varrick and Bumi are already at the studio,” she said. “They should be ready to film as soon as you are finished with makeup and costuming.”
“Sounds good,” Bolin said at the same time Mako grumbled, “Makeup? Costumes?”
“The makeup is only to make sure your facial features show up clearly under the lighting,” Zhu Li remarked. She said nothing about the costumes, and Asami could only wonder about what exactly Varrick had in mind regarding these political ads.
They crowded into the car as Zhu Li drove them to Varrick’s studio. He had converted an old warehouse not too far from the docks into his mover studio. Though the building looked like any other warehouse on the outside, the inside was a different story. People milled about inside, setting up equipment, checking lighting, and moving props. The layout seemed to consist of three large rooms for filming with several smaller rooms throughout the back for storage and preparations.
Almost immediately, Mako and Bolin were whisked off my by a pair of workers from hair and makeup, leaving Asami and Xing standing awkwardly in the middle of the chaos.
Zhu Li effortlessly led them through the crowd. “I understand that you are supposed to be keeping a low profile today,” she said. “Is there a different name that I should be addressing you as while we work?”
Briefly, Asami flashed to a memory of Korra introducing herself as Naga. A smile twitched at her lips. A false name could be even more memorable than the truth, and easier to slip up with on short notice.
“Asami is fine,” Asami said. “Just maybe don’t use my family name?” Asami was a moderately common name, so it shouldn’t turn too many heads.
“Of course,” Zhu Li said. She directed Asami over to a man setting up one of the cameras. “Chen, this is Asami. This is her first day on the job, and while she has not worked with these cameras before, she has more than enough technical expertise to pick up the necessary skills. If you could show her the basics, then we can get started shortly.”
“Of course.” Chen shook Asami’s hand and offered her a warm smile. He didn’t seem to recognize her and quickly got into an explanation of how to operate the cameras. She soon got caught up in remembering all of the cameras features, that she didn’t even realize how much time had passed before Varrick arrived on the set, megaphone in hand, to announce that they would be starting.
Asami glanced around for Mako and Bolin and finally saw them standing on the edge of the studio.
Varrick snapped his fingers, strutting pompously around the set. “All right people, let’s start with that voiceover! Mako, Bolin, get to your sets”
Coming on over the studio’s loudspeaker, a weirdly affected voice-recording started playing. After a beat, Asami recognized the voice as Tahno, previously of the White-Falls Wolfbats.
“Are you living in a city in crisis? Do you suffer from noisy night-time clashes between rival triads, Equalists, or vigilantes? Are you frustrated with a police system that doesn’t seem to work for you?”
“Yes. Yes I am.” The camera in front of Mako was rolling, recording him standing there, dressed as a reporter holding a microphone in front of a questionable mural of Republic City. Mako was wearing his most-serious expression, along with several soot-stains across his face. “And if you’re watching this, so do you. This is Mako, pro-bending finalist and recovered firebender, and I’m reporting live from Republic City now, reflecting on the devastation our recent catastrophes have wrought.”
Mako mechanically gestured to the mural behind him, and Asami realized that someone had painted in smoke rising from ruined buildings. Smoke that would be entirely static in the background of this ‘live’ broadcast. She put a hand over her face.
“Is there anything, anyone that can help us?” Mako’s voice rose in a strangled imitation of need. “And back to you, Bolin.”
Varrick snapped his clapperboard shut. “And that’s scene! Next camera, next camera! Let’s get Bolin rollin’!”
Asami jumped as she realized that she was apparently running one of the camera’s for Bolin’s take. She brought it into focus and was ready to go with Varrick sprinted over and narrowly missed smacking her camera with his clapperboard, yelling, “Go go go!”
Bolin, dressed in a crisp, clinging white shirt with his sleeves rolled up, looked fairly dashing with his hair combed neatly. His hands were planted reassuringly on a blocky table in front of him.
“But now,” he began, voice chipper, “everything can change, now that we have Bumi!” He pulled out a life-size stand-up cutout of Bumi from under the table and set him beside himself.
“Bumi is a late-addition to the Republic City presidential race, here to bring the power to the people!” Bolin flexed his muscles at this point, and the sleeves tore right off at the shoulders. Asami realized belatedly that the shirt was made of some kind of paper.
“Since I joined on with Bumi, my power levels are off the chart. Bumi is the firstborn son of Avatar Aang, one of the founders of Republic City. He’s an acclaimed Commander of the United Forces, serving with distinction for over thirty years through all kinds of danger and difficulty.”
“But that’s not all, folks. The best part? Bumi is here with us now.”
Bumi himself strode into the shot, knocking the cutout version of himself aside to stand in its place, taking the same arms-crossed pose.
“I’m here to deliver on my father’s promise that Republic City would be a city of all peoples, for all peoples,” Bumi said. For the first time since they’d started filming, Asami smiled. This was the Bumi she’d told to run. This was who would sway the people’s votes.
“A vote for me is a vote for you.” He winked broadly. “So be a little selfish! Because this city should be about all of us, and all of us definitely includes you.”
“CUT!” Varrick’s screech was deafening as he scrambled into view of her camera, snapping his clapperboard repeatedly. “That was brilliant! I’m not so sure about your first line there, Bumi, that wasn’t on the script I gave you, but we can always cut it out later.
“Now let’s get Mako back into makeup for his second scene, flip that set, and I need our B-reel team into the next studio for those shots.” He clapped his hands together wildly. “Let’s make it happen people!”
Asami found a spot out of the way to rest while Varrick directed other members of the crew into the next studio for the B-reel shots. She had a feeling that it would be a few minutes before he moved back in to finish with Mako’s second scene. Bolin was being ushered into the other studio, apparently needed for one of the B-reel shots. Xing settled against the wall near her, watching the proceedings with a general air of skepticism.
“Okay,” Xing said after a moment. “I know I promised not to say anything to Chief Beifong about this, but I’ve got some questions about this whole ‘You’ve been secretly dating the Avatar’ thing that have been killing me these last few days.”
Asami suppressed a groan, wishing that Sakari hadn’t spouted that misconception off.
(That Naga had tackled Korra while they had been lingering in an alley, of all places, certainly hadn’t helped.)
“We’re not dating,” Asami said.
“Really? Because the Fire Ferrets girl—Sakari, right?—seemed pretty convinced that you were. And if I remember the newspaper correctly, isn’t she the Avatar’s sister or something?”
Asami took a deep breath. “We first met Sakari under suspicious circumstances, and she made assumptions because of that. Korra and I are just friends.”
Friends who had acknowledged that there were certain mutual feelings between them, but still just friends. It was hard to start a relationship when one of them in prison and the other in hiding.
“Okay, so what defines ‘suspicious circumstances’ here? You can’t just say that and not expect more questions. Actually, start from the beginning. How did you two even meet? Because an Equalist befriending the missing Avatar seems like the plot for a play, not real life.”
“We met at an Equalist rally believe it or not,” Asami said. “We ended up running in the same direction when the police raided.”
“Oh, I remember that night,” Xing said. “I was working at the prison that night, and we had a lot of arrests to process. I remember not really taking the incident too seriously at the time, though. I didn’t think the Equalist movement would turn out the way it did.”
It would be hard to imagine rallies and protests turning into a city-wide invasion. Even knowing the Equalists’ plans, Asami didn’t think she could have predicted how events had turned out either.
“Anyways, Korra and I managed to evade the police and talked briefly while we waited for the streets to clear,” Asami continued. “I thought she was a nonbender at the time because she was at the rally. We kept running into each other across the city and finding excuses to hang out. Before I knew it, we were friends.” Somehow, Korra stumbled backwards into being the closest friend Asami had.
A part of Asami longed for those times. Back when Korra had just been Naga, the nonbender. When Asami had snuck time into her schedule to see Korra over noodle dates, pro-bending matches, and walks through the park. Driving through Republic City on her scooter, feeling the shift of Korra’s arm muscles as she tightened her grip around Asami’s hips whenever she took a sharp turn.
Asami’s chest panged at the thought. It had been so long since she had last seen Korra, and she missed her friend. It had been so easy to be herself around Korra despite all of their mutual secrets at the time. No expectations from her mother or the Equalists or guilt over who her actions would be hurting.
“So what ‘suspicious circumstances’ did Sakari meet you two under?”
Asami flushed. “Sakari stumbled upon the two of us in a back alley. Her dog, Naga, recognized Korra’s scent, tracked her, and tackled her. Sakari actually invited us backstage to a probending match to apologize for it. I assume because we had been lingering in a back alley, she assumed we were, uh…”
“Making out?” Xing smirked. “You’d hardly be the first young adults to seek out that kind of privacy. Trust me, I’ve run into some things during patrols when I first started out as an officer.”
Asami could feel her blush darken. “We weren’t making out. We didn’t even plan to meet up there. We just happened to be casing Tarrlok’s home at the same time.”
“I’m sorry, what?”
“I’ve admitted as such to Chief Beifong. One of my crimes was breaking and entering into Tarrlok’s home and later assisting with his kidnapping.”
“I mean, I remember reading that when Chief Beifong gave your file when she first assigned me as your guard, but sometimes it’s still shocking to hear you admit such things. You just seem like such a law-abiding citizen.”
Asami blanched. “Minus the part where I was a member of a terrorist organization that took over the city for several days.”
Xing just shrugged. “So how did you learn that Korra was the Avatar?”
“I first learned that she was a waterbender,” Asami said. “And after a very tense conversation, she told me her real name. Then, when that article about Sakari being the Avatar’s sister was published and it mentioned Korra by name, I was able to put the pieces together. Korra confirmed it when she broke into prison.”
Xing gaped at Asami again. “I’m sorry: she broke into prison to see you?”
“Yes?” Asami smiled awkwardly. “She actually wanted to break me out, but I, uh, declined. That was the night the Fire Ferrets broke in to see me. They had been looking for information on Korra, and I still don’t know how they didn’t run into her.”
“Oh, that night,” Xing said. “Chief Beifong was furious at the security that night, and she was even more pissed at Tenzin. She didn’t mention the Avatar breaking in to see you, though.”
“She wouldn’t have known it was Korra.”
“Still. The Avatar broke into prison to rescue you. Are you sure you’re not dating?”
Lin had certainly thought so.
“We…may have both admitted that we let our judgments get clouded where each other was concerned,” Asami admitted. “But given everything that happened with the Equalists and my imprisonment and Korra’s own plans—”
“Ah, one of those ‘wrong place, wrong time’ situations.”
“I guess.”
Xing smiled. “Well, then I’m rooting for you.”
Asami blinked. “What?”
“I’m rooting for you. If the Avatar would risk breaking into prison just to see you, then I’m sure she’ll look for a second way to see you again. Ideally one that doesn’t make me and my co-workers look incompetent. Since you’re on Air Temple Island now, it’ll be easier for her to arrange secret visits to meet you.”
If so, it wouldn’t be for a while. Asami knew nothing about this Harmonic Convergence other than it would be soon and had no idea how long Korra would be gone after that event finished.
But Korra had promised Sakari that she would return to Republic City after her responsibilities up north were finished, and Sakari knew that Asami was on Air Temple Island now. If Korra did return, then she could at least see Asami without prison bars in the way.
It would actually be really nice to give Korra a proper hug.
Xing was smirking at her.
Asami flushed. “What?”
“Oh nothing,” Xing said with a hum, looking entirely too pleased with herself.
Asami was saved by Varrick’s dramatic return from the other studio, with Zhu Li in tow, scribbling notes as he counted off on his fingers.
“First B-shot should be that fire ferret rolling in the grass. Then the gust of wind uprooting that tree. Wait, no I meant the fire ferret, then the rumbling Satomobiles over the bridge before the tree. After the tree, we need the sizzle of dumplings frying in the street vendor stand, then the fire ferret.”
“Sir you already put the fire ferret in the lineup.”
“I know that!” Varrick stomped a foot. “You should have known I meant the other ferret shot! Obviously we wouldn’t play the same one twice. The last shot is the fire ferret with Bumi, to show that he’s trustworthy with animals.”
“Understood, sir.” Zhu Li polished off a final note as they strode over to Mako’s set again. Makeup had finished with him and send him back to the studio. Now, instead of a serious, soot-stained face, Mako was sporting a clear complexion and slightly-too-rosy cheeks.
“Are we ready for this final shot?” Varrick looked over the preparations with his arms crossed. Asami couldn’t see what had changed on the set, since a giant pair of banners were situated in front of the camera, blocking the mural that Mako had stood in front of before.
Mako shrugged and muttered. “Ready as we’ll ever be, I guess.”
“Excellent! Let’s get into position then!”
Despite herself, Asami took a few steps forward to get a look at the banners. On closer inspection, they had words and images that went across both of them to make a full image together, resembling a product banner as if Bumi was a new brand of soap, or a cheap Cabbage Car upgrade. Five seconds after Varrick set the cameras rolling, crewmembers pulled the banners apart to reveal the cleaned-up Mako standing in front of a different, highly idealized looking, mural of Republic City. Everything seemed to sparkle, and even at a glance, Asami could tell that the muralist had added a ton of glass windows to every single building.
“This Republic City can be our Republic City. A vote for Bumi is all it takes.” Mako’s second trip through makeup had combed his hair sharply, and Asami noted, in a detached way, that Mako cleaned up pretty well. He really ought to learn to do his own hair.
“CUT!” Varrick did, in fact, smack the camera this time with his clapperboard, causing the camera operator to fall backwards off his stool, clutching the eye he’d had pressed to the viewing lens.
Varrick didn’t even pause. “Last shot, people!”
Asami scrambled back to her camera, though she was careful not to lean too close to it. The only thing in the view-port was a white poster with ‘BUMI’ in crisp golden characters.
On Varrick’s signal, she set the camera rolling.
This banner didn’t move. Instead, woman merely intoned, “Bumi” in a slightly breathless voice.
“Oh just cut.” Varrick sighed and flapped a hand at Asami, who stopped the recording. “That’s no good at all.”
A gorgeous woman with shockingly red hair stepped out from behind the banner. “What’s the problem?”
Varrick sighed again, this time falling down on the ground as he did. “The problem is you, Ginger. You’re just not right for this part.”
The woman, Ginger, scowled. “You’re the one who hired me, Varrick! You said I was perfect.”
“You look perfect. You don’t sound perfect.” Varrick wiggled his fingers toward the ceiling. “And since we’re not seeing you for this shot, we need someone with a softer, more… more sensual voice.”
“Hrmph.” Ginger tossed her hair and strode away “I’m still billing you for my time.”
In a rush of limbs, Varrick scrambled to his feet, face going red. But before he could storm after her, Zhu Li materialized in front of him. “Not to worry, sir. Her contract stipulates payment only for material we use in the final cut. If we don’t use her segment, we owe her nothing.”
“Oh, Zhu Li…” Varrick’s voice seemed to choke up for a moment. “You are perfect.”
A moment passed between them. Zhu Li’s satisfied smile. Varrick’s beaming adoration, temporarily unclouded by any distractions.
Asami looked away, embarrassed.
“Zhu Li can do the voiceover instead of Ginger!” The moment ended. Varrick snapped his fingers in the air and swept Zhu Li toward the white-and-gold Bumi banner in front of Asami’s camera.
“Me?” Zhu Li looked stricken.
“Yes.” Varrick punched his fist into his clapperboard. “Your beautiful, dulcet tones will convey the attraction to Bumi’s brand. And, since you’re already on my payroll, we’ll save the fee off our budget!”
“I… okay sir.”
Varrick clapped Asami on the back. “Let’s get the camera rolling for take two!”
Asami did as she was told. And behind the banner, Zhu Li intoned, “Bumi,” as if his name was the newest and most expensive perfume brand in Yasuko Sato’s favorite store.
“I hate hearing another man’s name on her lips, but isn’t she incredible?” Varrick whispered in Asami’s ear.
Asami hurriedly stopped the camera. “Very impressive.” Whether or not the ad itself was impressive, well. Maybe it could be saved in editing.
“CUT!” Varrick burst into wild applause, although Asami had already stopped the camera. “That. Was. BRILLIANT! Nice job people! And a sincere thank you to your brilliant director.” Varrick laid a hand against his own chest. “I think we can call it a day, folks.”
Asami sighed as she withdrew from the camera and accepted the boom mic from another tech. Whatever the ads were, they weren’t something that Asami would call ‘brilliant’ or even ‘mildly persuasive.’
Zhu Li made her way over and checked over the microphone before helping Asami lay it on its case. “Thank you for your help with the filming, Miss Sato. Your steady hand and your competence were much appreciated.” A faint blush still colored her cheeks from Varrick’s compliments.
Summoning a smile, Asami nodded, holding the brim of her hat as she sketched a bow. “Of course.”
“You aren’t getting paid for these hours!” Varrick called from across the studio.
Zhu Li had the grace to look mildly apologetic. Asami just shrugged. “I wasn’t expecting to.”
Soft footsteps just barely heralded the arrival of a new voice.
“Pardon the interruption. Ah, Ms. Li? I have the delivery you requested.”
Asami turned. A young man, maybe early 20’s, had entered and crossed the studio. He looked like someone of mixed descent, maybe Fire Nation colonist and Water Tribe? He inclined his head to Zhu Li in deference, even as he towered over her.
Her eyes brightened. “Ah, Akio, thank you very much. You’re right on time.” She accepted the parcel from him and stepped aside to set it down on a nearby table.
The man, Akio, glanced past Asami, then seemed to almost double-take. He regarded her with an odd intensity for a moment, and she had to resist the urge to pull her hat down low over her face.
The moment of scrutiny passed as Zhu Li returned. “You’ve been a great help these past few days, Akio. I would love to retain you for future errands even after the election is over.”
He smiled. “I may have to make the time then. It’s good to be able to do work where it matters, and I get the sense that Varrick Industries is going to ensure it’s in the thick of things.”
Zhu Li did not smile back. “That is certainly one way of putting it.”
Across the room, Varrick seemed to have finally taken note of the young man. “I don’t like seeing your assistants, Zhu Li,” he shouted. “Make him go away! He’s ruining my illusion!”
“You saw him when you hired him, sir,” Zhu Li responded.
“Just because I hired him doesn’t mean I want to see him in a continuous sense!” Varrick threw his hands wide, nearly smacking Bolin in the face. “Augh, just leave already. The illusion is all ruined now. At least we were done filming. The mood is destroyed.” Varrick stalked off, muttering something about it being impossible to find good help.
Akio furrowed his brows and seemed poised to say something when Zhu Li cut in. “You’re fine. You aren’t fired. I’ll see you before the showing tonight.” She slipped an envelope into his hand. “If you could have procured the items noted by then, I would appreciate it.”
“Will do! Thank you Ms. Li.”
He gave Asami one last lingering glance before ducking out. “Zhu Li, who was that?” She busied her hands with packing up the equipment.
“Hm? Oh, Akio. Nice young man, lives down in the Dragon Flats. Hired him just last week, referred through a Future Industries employee.”
Hearing her parents’ company name was still like a stab in the gut, but it was getting a little more dull each time. Not that dull stabs were less painful, but the edge to the emotions was abating, somewhat.
“He’d heard we were looking for some hired hands, some courier work, and was particularly eager to hear we were supporting Bumi’s presidential run.” She pushed her glasses up a notch. “He’s quick with my deliveries and moderately competent. That’s all I ask, though if he could keep out of Varrick’s sightlines, I’d appreciate that as well.”
Asami didn’t understand why someone as thoroughly competent as Zhu Li would work for someone as demanding as Varrick, but she supposed Zhu Li had her reasons. If the blushing Asami had seen earlier was any indication, they were at least partially reasons Asami did not care to think about.
“Alright, I’m off to lunch,” Varrick said, waltzing over. “Zhu Li, make sure to do the thing before this evening.”
“I will make sure the film gets to editing and be ready for this evening’s premiere,” Zhu Li said.
“Brilliant.” Varrick grinned. “Well, Asami, make sure you’re at the square outside city hall by eight o’clock this evening. We’re gonna unveil our ads for all of Republic City to see and watch the votes roll in.”
Asami forced a smile. “I’ll be there.” She had to hope that Varrick had a competent team of editors at his disposal to turn all of those disjointed scenes into something coherent. From what she had overheard about the B-reels, though, she wasn’t sure how all the scenes would fit together.
Varrick nodded and then was off, stopping to say something to Bumi on his way out.
Movement to her left caught Asami’s attention, and she turned to catch Mako and Bolin making their way over. She bid a brief goodbye to Zhu Li and met them halfway.
“Well, that was a complete waste of my morning and part of my afternoon,” Mako muttered.
“I mean, it could have been worse,” Bolin said, but his strained smile betrayed his own thoughts about how the political ads had gone. “And at least we can get lunch now.”
“Small miracles,” Mako muttered.
Asami glanced around to find Xing, only to see that she had somehow been roped into carting some of the props off the set. Their eyes met, and Xing rolled her eyes as she pushed a cart into one of the storage rooms. It seemed it would be another minute before they could leave for lunch.
The three of them had started to move toward the side of the room to get out of the way when Bumi came walking over.
“Hey, thanks again for agreeing to do this,” he said. “Even if the results are a bit more… flamboyant than I was expecting.”
Asami frowned. While Bumi was smiling, his expression seemed more resigned than happy. “Are you okay with how the ads turned out?”
Bumi’s smile faltered. “Well, I think there were some good lines in there, and I have to trust that Varrick knows a thing or two about creating a successful advertising campaign, but—”
“There’s a difference between running a political campaign and marketing a product,” Asami said.
“I’ve been assured that editing is where the real magic happens,” Bumi said, “so I just have to hope that the final product has a bit more polish.”
“There is no way they can save my scenes,” Mako muttered.
“Come on, they weren’t that bad,” Bolin said.
“No, they were terrible.”
“I’m just worried they’re too impersonal,” Bumi said. “I was really hoping to use these ads to show how serious I am about leading Republic City. Everyone agrees that I’m a nice guy, but there are a lot of people who don’t think that I would make a good president. That I’m not serious enough, and I don’t think these ads will really showcase that serious side of me.”
Asami frowned. “Technically, Varrick should be working for you. If you’re not happy with the ads, then tell him to scrap them and we’ll try again tomorrow.”
Bumi sighed. “The problem is there’s not any time left. Elections are just around the corner, so this is really my one chance to try and gain enough support to edge out Raiko and Li Er.”
Movement in the corner of Asami’s eye stilled for a minute, and she turned to see Zhu Li standing nearby, reviewing her notes. She wondered how much of their conversation Zhu Li had overheard or if Zhu Li was as engrossed in her notes as she appeared to be. She hoped this conversation didn’t get back to Varrick.
“Okay, I’m free.” Xing’s voice pulled her focus away as her friend walked over. “Let’s hurry up and get out of here before they decide to pull me into another job. Besides, I’m starving.”
“We were thinking about grabbing some noodles,” Bolin said, turning to face Bumi. “Did you want to join us?”
“I can always spare time for lunch,” Bumi said. “Where are you going?”
“We hadn’t really decided,” Bolin said. “We just settled on noodles. But there are a few places downtown. Got any suggestions?”
Bumi grinned. “If you’re specifically looking for the best Southern Water Tribe noodles in the city, then I know just the place. They’re even experimenting with some newer flavors to create Republic City style noodles. Come on, let’s go grab a taxi and I’ll take you there.”
They were almost out of the studio when Asami heard Zhu Li call her name. She sighed and waved the others ahead as she turned to walk back over. “Yes?”
Zhu Li motioned to a portable camera and a roll of film on the ground. “I’m afraid I have to make sure that the editors are ready to begin work, so I can’t afford to stay here any longer. Do you think you can hang onto this camera and blank film for an hour or two?”
Asami frowned. Something about Zhu Li’s body language was suspicious. “I mean, I can. But surely this could go—”
“Just make sure to have it back by two o’clock if you want the editors to have enough time to work the material in.” Zhu Li winked at her. “Thank you in advance.”
It took a moment for the implications to sink in.
She was leaving Asami a camera, which Asami now knew how to operate, and a blank roll of film perfect for recording new material. And no Varrick around to interfere.
Asami grinned. “We’ll be done by then. No problem.” Then, more quietly, she added, “Thank you.”
Zhu Li just nodded and walked off, pace as brisk and business-like as usual. Asami hoped that she wouldn’t get in trouble with Varrick for going behind his back like this. Though if Zhu Li did lose her job, she was sure that Zhu Li could easily find a new position.
Then again, Asami remembered the open adoration on Varrick’s face from earlier. Zhu Li’s job was probably safe.
Asami picked up the camera and film and began making her way over to the others.
“She gave you a camera?” Xing asked, frowning in confusion.
“Zhu Li gave me a camera and some blank film to look after until this afternoon,” Asami said, unable to keep the smirk off her face.
Mako was the first to understand, eyes widening in surprise. “Are you serious?”
“What?” Bolin asked.
Asami smiled and turned to face Bumi. “We have the materials to make our own ads now. Maybe we don’t have the lighting or the background sets like Varrick had, but if you’re looking for something a bit more sincere, then I think we can come up with something. We have to be finished by two o’clock though if we want our scenes to make it into the final cut.”
Shock colored Bumi’s face before he smiled. “Well, I guess we’d better get started. Thank you, Asami.”
“You’ll have to thank Zhu Li if this works,” Asami said.
“I’ll make sure to do that,” Bumi responded. “Now let’s get going. We can brainstorm over noodles and then start filming afterwards.”
* * *
Jinora frowned, and realized she’d been frowning a lot. The tour had been fine. The historical tidbits were perfectly enticing. Sakari was clearly relishing this alternative perspective on her culture and family history. But none of this was really a good match for their reason for being here. Why they’d literally jumped ship and headed for the North Pole while their families were bound for the South Pole.
Jinora was probably going to be grounded forever, and that was only if she and Sakari were able to convince Korra not to trigger the end of the world.
Toward the front of their line, Malina had her arm draped almost casually around Sakari’s shoulders. Only the always-stiff set of Malina’s shoulders kept the picture from being perfectly maternal.
After a moment’s contemplation, Jinora reached out brushed her hand against the air. A tiny thread of chill air spun out, whirling just between the twins, and caught the edges of Malina’s skirts. The effect was almost imperceptible. Neither twin noticed, and the movement didn’t catch Sakari’s eye as she walked beside Malina.
But the regent turned immediately, making the movement natural as she steered Sakari to a nearby balcony. The moment her family’s gazes had left her, she made eye contact with Jinora.
Reaching within herself for an appropriately significant facial response, Jinora surprised herself by channeling her mother instead of her father. Airbending master Tenzin was, indeed, a very serious person. Widely respected and often intimidating. But of Jinora’s two parents, only one of them was capable of leveling a look that could stop a rampaging Meelo in his tracks, inform Ikki that her escapades had been noted and no she was not in fact getting away with it, and remind Jinora that no matter how many books she read she could not outgrow looking up to and respecting her own mother.
Giving Malina her absolute best Pema look, Sakari kept her chin up and did not look away first.
After this much time in the inscrutable woman’s company, Jinora was pleased to note a perceptible widening of Malina’s eyes, and a mild lift of one eyebrow.
And, after a moment, Malina looked away first with a nod.
In the subtle, political language that the woman favored and had been haranguing Sakari and Jinora to become conversant in, Jinora understood the reply.
’I see you have something to say to me that you will not voice in front of the others for reasons I can similarly appreciate. I acknowledge your request for an audience and will speak to you when I can create time for that exchange.’
So Jinora let herself float idly through the rest of the tour, noting only that Sakari seemed to be taking more and more genuine appreciation for her cousins’ company. Funny what could be an acquired taste.
On their return to the palace, Malina’s promise realized itself at the first available opportunity: a chance for the twins to show Sakari a selection of previous Northern Water Tribe royal artifacts kept in a private collection. Jinora’s friend was quickly won over by the promise that one of her ancestors had owned a very cool sword.
“Come.”
Malina swept down a side corridor without any additional explanation.
“Um, okay.” Jinora had to step quickly in order to keep up. Malina was either uncaring or unaware of the habit that most of the grown-ups in Jinora’s life kept: taking shorter steps when walking with children.
A minute later, they turned into a small chamber for private audiences.
Jinora decided to jump right into it. It seemed like a rather Sakari thing to do, but Sakari had been too distracted since arrival to keep up her usual run of aggressive interrogations.
“So what’s your deal?”
Malina didn’t even blink.
“Haven’t you enjoyed getting to see so many of the wonderful attractions that my hometown has to offer?” Malina smiled, and she didn’t look like she was trying to make it a genuine one. “I’d have thought you’d enjoy the educational opportunities.”
“You make a wonderful representative for the Northern Water Tribe tourism board.” Jinora crossed her arms. “But we didn’t jump ships to take walking tours with the local celebrities. And I know that you definitely have better things to do.”
“Do I?” Malina cocked her head and leaned against the desk in the middle of the room. “What could be more important than time invested with my family? Or a few photo ops along the way?”
Jinora was missing her own family more than she would admit. She’d never been away from them all so long. The only reason she’d left them at all was…
“What about stopping Korra from causing the end of the world via Harmonic Convergence? Seems pretty critical to me.”
Malina nodded. “Naturally a priority. Now tell me: how is Sakari doing?”
“She’s been doing fine.” Sakari had largely stopped waking up to abrupt and troubling dreams, actually. “She’s clearly enjoyed her reception in the Northern Water Tribe, and has been at least moderately entertained by all the touring and family history connections. You don’t need me to tell you that; it’s all clear on her face.”
No response. Malina made a hand gesture for Jinora to expand on her answer.
Rolling her eyes, Jinora continued, “She seems great, actually. Energized. Well-practiced from the training on the boat. Being on another trip seems to suit her. I think she might be a little allergic to being cooped up due to her upbringing, and Air Temple Island may have been getting a little closed-in for her.”
Jinora thought, but did not say, that Sakari was even beginning to appreciate her creepy cousins.
Malina clapped a few times. “Marvelous. I couldn’t have hoped for better.”
“So you’re the guardian of Sakari’s mental health now?” Jinora threw her arms wide. “Pardon me, but with everything I’ve learned about you, I just don’t believe you have an altruistic interest in your niece’s wellbeing.” A heartbeat passed, and heat started rising in Jinora’s face. That was a harsh assessment.
If Malina took offense, no hurt showed in her face. She flipped a palm upward. “Then actually use your powers of deduction, Jinora! Because you’re right: I’m not Sakari’s spirit godmother, here to grant three wishes for free to make up for her parents locking their princess up in the tower. And with everything I’ve learned about you, I didn’t think you were an idiot.”
Jinora’s face went from warm to burning. If she’d been harsh, Malina’s tone was downright lashing. Frantically, she tried pulling all the pieces together again. It felt like her brain was shoveling all the coal into the engine and the smoke was billowing out into a hot room.
So... everything Malina had done was so perfectly calibrated to putting Sakari in this very particular state. Of being well-rested. Recently trained and practiced. Upbeat. Attuned. Focused on new family connections and her heritage.
Distracted from Korra just enough that she wouldn’t dwell overmuch on the confrontation they all knew was coming.
Before speaking, Jinora took an extra moment to line her thoughts and theories up in her head. Malina waited silently. Jinora knew that she wouldn’t lose any points with her by taking a little extra time to be certain.
“In a... roundabout way, it’s all preparing her for the Harmonic Convergence confrontation,” Jinora ventured at last, “but without making it look like that directly. And… she hasn’t had time to overthink it too much due to the schedule. With all the ‘family is important’ undertones that have colored the past few days… that’s the kind of thing ripe to prime her confidence. It’s gotta feel like, ‘of course Korra is going to listen to her. They’re sisters.’”
Malina inclined her head. “A fine enough read, after some prompting.”
“And you think that’s gonna work?” Jinora paced across to the opposite side of the room. She felt jittery, like Meelo had taken over her legs and wanted to go go go go. It didn’t matter where. “This subconscious priming instead of anything more overt? You could have used this time to, to double down on the combat training. Give us a philosophy or religious course on some other finer detail of Harmonic Convergence. Set us up on-location with more lead-time?”
“This is the best I could manage the situation on this short of notice. The odds aren’t ideal. I’m handicapped in this circumstance because my personal presence would be poisonous to the situation, as we’ve discussed. And the same for making my influence too-visible in Sakari’s thoughts. I suspect the Avatar’s anarchist upbringing would bristle at any coached philosophical drivel I could give Sakari anyway.” Malina studied her nails a moment. “Besides: I hope you’d have more faith in me by this point. I’m well-practiced in the art of subtle child development. And I stand to win sizable gains if it all goes well.”
Having paced the room twice now, Jinora let herself sit in one of the chairs. It felt disrespectful to sit while Malina was still standing, but her head was beginning to hurt as she took in the implications. Eska and Desna had gone from ‘creepy’ to ‘concerning,’ but she didn’t have time to parse how Malina had potentially manipulated their development.
“What, aside from the preservation of our world as we know it, do you stand to gain?”
“Well, you and Sakari are both rather important people.” Malina crossed to sit in the chair beside Jinora. “I’ve just defied your also-important parents to facilitate this errand, along with the hospitality and attendant supports provided, I imagine that the two of you will owe me quite the favor when we’re all done here.” An unreadable smile graced her face.
“We aren’t exactly ‘important people’ you know.” Jinora resisted the urge to wrinkle her nose. She couldn’t help leaning away slightly. “Our parents and families are pretty important. But I’m eleven and Sakari is thirteen. We’re hardly the world’s changemakers.”
The smile disappeared. “Yes, you are.” Malina stood up abruptly. “I’m not used to being much of a mentor, but I hope that in your time here you at least learn that minimizing your power does not erase it. It simply moves it out of your control and into someone else’s.”
Back at the desk, Malina turned on her heel and gestured sharply to the door to the hallway they’d come from. “I don’t need to go over Sakari’s power and power incumbent. I ask only that you not say things that are blatantly untrue. Anyone with the ability to seize global celebrity from complete obscurity within six months has power aplenty, and that’s with her family connections notwithstanding.”
Malina pointed to Jinora. “And you. You are your father’s heir. Or perhaps more importantly, your grandfather’s heir apparent. I’ve treated you as such since the moment I met you. And whenever the air was clear enough for you to respond as such, you more than rose to the task.” She sniffed. “Even if your father can’t see it quite yet.”
Jinora remained silent as Malina crossed to the door and gestured Jinora behind her into the hall. Her mind was spinning.
“We’re both intelligent, important people, Jinora,” Malina continued more quietly in the hall. “And being a ‘child’ is not a card that works with me. Do not play dumb.”
It felt like Jinora’s spirit was floating almost outside her body as they walked the hall back to the main atrium. She suddenly wished she could pull back all the smart words and long scrolls she’d said and read over the last few weeks. Pull them into her half-absent spirit and burn them as fuel to escape back in time to the safety of a playpen with Ikki and Meelo. To be a ‘child’ with all the safety and walls it entailed seemed as preferable as it had once seemed unbearable.
But her mouth apparently didn’t get the memo. As they neared the hall, it said, “We haven’t agreed to any debts, Malina. You aren’t a wish-granting spirit with a devious contract in tow.”
A smile flitted at the corner of the woman’s mouth. “Of course not. But you’re both too honorable to forget your debts, even those merely implied.”
Jinora’s eye twitched involuntarily, which made Malina laugh.
“When I call on you, you’ll come.”
Deciding not to argue the point, Jinora pivoted. “And if we fail entirely on our trip to the North Pole?”
Malina’s smile vanished. “Then we will have an entirely different set of problems at hand. I trust you both to avoid them as much as possible. Do so.”
Across the hall, Sakari and the twins reappeared in the doorway they’d entered.
“You’ll attend the gala’s opening tonight for press and publicity. The photos will continue to run tomorrow, after you’ve already left to get into position at the North Pole.” Malina’s eyes were trained on Sakari as she spoke to Jinora. “Know that I believe in you.”
And despite her misgivings and bruised feelings, Jinora found that comforting, after all.
* * *
Asami adjusted her hair under the hat. It had been a chic, relatively anonymous look this morning when she’d left Air Temple Island, but a day of running around and filming had worn the ‘chic’ part down somewhat.
“Let’s find a spot off to the side,” Mako said, nodding toward a relatively clear part of the square farther from the crowd.
Bolin frowned. “But then we won’t be centered on the mover screen. It won’t be as good of a view.”
“It’ll be more secure.”
Asami glanced around, taking in the growing crowd and Varrick’s film crew. The square was more packed than she’d assumed it would be, given Republic City’s recent spate of terrorist attacks. She hoped it was a good sign.
The sight of people outside just living their lives gave her hope.
“Let’s get a spot on the side, like Mako said,” Asami chimed in. Before Bolin could protest, she put a hand on his shoulder. “It will give us a better view of the crowd and their reactions.”
It would also make it easier for Xing to find them. While the guard was technically supposed to watch over Asami, a food cart selling takoyaki had caught her attention a block back. She hadn’t seemed too concerned with leaving Asami by herself while she waited in line, winking when she said not to tell Lin.
At her words, Bolin brightened. “That makes sense. We gotta see what they think, after all.” Bolin set off across the square and Mako and Asami quickly set off after him.
Asami wasn’t sure how much of the crowd was here to see the political ad and how many had come to see the short mover (something about a damsel in distress?) that Varrick had produced and advertised. In another time, one where Asami wasn’t entirely wrapped up and invested in the political climate and outcomes, she herself might have come just to glimpse the new technology in action.
And she couldn’t be the only one. A small crowd had gathered near the front, leaning against the barricades that separated Varrick’s setup crew from the audience. As Bolin, Mako, and Asami approached, she caught sight of Zhu Li directing the setup crew in clipped tones, referring to a clipboard as she did.
A stack of film rolls stood beside her, and Asami squinted, trying to see them better, but they were all identical, at least on the outside.
Before they passed by, Zhu Li caught her eye.
And Asami swore the woman winked at her, almost too fast to catch.
She could only assume Zhu Li had already made the swap.
Bolin and Mako located a prime spot that had a good view of the screen and a better view of the gathering crowd. Bolin had summoned a picnic blanket from somewhere and they settled down into something resembling normalcy as Varrick started to get up.
Briefly, Asami wished that Korra was there. Asami liked Mako and Bolin fine, and they’d accepted her without too much trouble after a while, but she still felt stiff with them. Like she needed to play her part as a ‘good former equalist’ just right or she might mess the friendship up.
But Korra had known who she was from the start. And even though everything had gone to pieces, she hadn’t had to pretend she was anything but exactly who she was, even as that shifted and changed. Eventually Korra had stopped pretending who she was too.
What would it be like to just exist and not worry about pretending to be anyone? What kind of absurd, beautiful normal would that look like? Maybe they’d go to movers together, set out a blanket and pick which food carts they wanted to visit.
Lost in her thoughts, Asami startled when Varrick’s voice came booming over the microphone.
“Ladies, gentlemen, and all honored guests! Thank you for coming tonight!”
Bolin winced, rubbing one ear. “Doesn’t he know you don’t need to shout to make a microphone work?
Mako shrugged. “He probably does?”
“And doesn’t care,” Asami added flatly.
The boys snickered as Varrick droned on with more introductions and several thank-yous. Asami relaxed a bit. Maybe she was becoming more of herself around Mako and Bolin than she’d thought.
“In closing, I hope you enjoy our premiere and all-new form of political education. It will be followed by a short mover, the first in a series, telling the story of a beautiful young woman held captive by an evil masked group.” Almost as an aside, Varrick added, “Tickets to future installments of the mover series will be available for sale after the show.”
Asami rolled her eyes. There it was. The profit hook. He’d show a mover for free and help promote Bumi’s campaign, but only really to get people hooked on his new mover series.
Varrick made a harried hand motion and said, only slightly away from the mic, “Zhu Li, do the thing!” Then he said back into the mic, “I present, our featured educational mover.” Varrick bowed deeply and stepped aside from the screen and the crowd broke into mild applause. Probably more for the fact that Varrick had stopped talking than for anything else.
And then Bumi’s ad started. Bolin appeared on-screen, devoid of costume and nonsensical makeup, just introducing himself and talking about the Republic City he’d grown up in, what the city meant and what it could be. It was earnest, honest, and optimistic.
Asami’s first thought was relief. Zhu Li had made the switch. She wouldn’t have to watch Varrick’s original ad play for a thousand-some people. Wouldn’t have to watch it herself either, thankfully.
Off to the side, Varrick himself looked about halfway between wanting to strangle someone and smiling broadly as if proud of his ‘own’ work. The result looked a bit less than ‘under control’ but Asami didn’t care. As the ad cut to Bumi speaking about how he wanted to bring his father’s best visions into a real future, she smiled. This was the kind of message that would tell people he was serious candidate. That he wasn’t a marketing gimmick or a joke.
During lunch, they’d struck up a conversation with the noodle store owner, who’d known Bumi well back from when Bumi had been stationed in Republic City as a young man with a penchant for the owner’s first noodle stand. The conversation had turned to the election, and before Asami knew it, the store owner had agreed to accompany them back to the studio.
The store owner appeared on-screen now, talking about how he’d known Bumi for decades, and how the recent turmoil had disrupted his business, but not his faith in Republic City.
“I’m voting for Bumi because he knows the best of Republic City that we grew up with, but I also believe in his plan to create a new future too.”
She spotted Tenzin and Bumi off to the side of the podium. And for once, Tenzin seemed to be regarding his older brother favorably. As the ad rolled on with brief testimonies from (un-costumed) Mako and Bolin, going over some finer details of Bumi’s plans, she watched as Tenzin set his hand on his brother’s shoulder.
Maybe Bumi had been wrong about his brother never being able to take him seriously. If so, Asami didn’t think Bumi would mind very much in this instance. He looked as happy and proud as she’d ever seen him as the ad started wrapping up.
Asami let her gaze drift over the crowd. Heads seemed to be nodding in agreement. As far as she could tell, the reaction to Bumi’s political ad was extremely positive. Surely this would be the push they needed to catapult Bumi ahead in the votes.
The crowds shifted as Bumi’s ad finished and the tech workers at the front swapped in the film roll with Varrick’s short mover. A woman in an obnoxious feathered hat leaned back to talk with that man behind her. On the woman’s other side, a familiar face came into view.
Asami’s breath hitched, and she ducked behind Bolin on instinct.
It was Kin. She was dressed in a tailored suit, hair done up in such a way that she resembled a typical office worker. If Asami hadn’t gotten a clear view of Kin’s face, she wouldn’t have recognized her.
Thankfully, it seemed as if Kin hadn’t seen her. The woman was scanning the crowds with an almost bored expression. Whenever her gaze drifted toward the ads, she would scoff and turn her attention instead to the buildings surrounding the square.
Asami frowned, following the way Kin’s gaze raked over the layout of the buildings, the size of the crowd. Kin gave a faint nod to a man in a construction worker’s uniform before resuming her survey of the area.
The construction worker also seemed more concerned with studying the area than watching the political ads. Though he was too far away for Asami to make out any details, his build matched that of Kin’s brother Gin. He had been one of the Equalists who had escaped capture by the police, so he probably didn’t need to alter his appearance as drastically as Kin had.
She scanned the crowd as Varrick’s damsel-in-distress mover started, trying to see if anyone else looked out-of-place. If Kin and her brother were here, then how many other Equalists were scouting the area?
“Hey, Asami, you okay?” Bolin’s voice, brimming with concern, startled her from her thoughts. “You’re shaking.”
She swallowed. “There are Equalists here,” she said. “I can’t let them see me.”
“What?” Mako took a step closer, standing guard on Asami’s other side. “Where are they?”
“I’ve only seen two so far,” Asami said. “The construction working to the left near the back of the crowd.”
“I see him,” Bolin said.
“And the woman in the maroon suit near the middle of the crowd. She’s next to the woman wearing the giant hat.”
“Got it,” Mako said. He didn’t let his gaze linger, but he did angle himself to keep Kin in view.
“Do you think they’re planning on attacking?” Bolin asked. He glanced around them, taking in the large crowd that had gathered. “This is one of the largest crowds the city has seen since the Equalists attacked.”
“And hijacking public events seems to be their style,” Mako said, no doubt remembering the attack at the pro-bending final and the disruption of the impromptu Dragon Flats gathering.
Asami chanced another glance at Kin before directing most of her attention to Gin. Neither of the siblings looked alert as if waiting for the sign to attack. Both seemed much more focused on taking in the size of the crowd, the location of the podium where Varrick had been speaking earlier, the layout of the square.
“It’s a scouting party,” she said, remembering her own missions scouting the pro-bending arena.
“Scouting for what?” Mako asked with a frown.
That was the question. The Equalists might not be planning an attack today, but Kin and Gin were clearly surveying the area to get a read on crowd size and the layout of the square. And with elections so close—
A chill washed down Asami’s spine, and she suppressed a shudder. “The elections,” she said, a frantic note creeping into her voice. “The election results will be announced here in front of City Hall, and the elected president will give his first speech after.”
It would be the perfect moment to remind Republic City that the Equalists were not gone and that they would not be satisfied by the elections, regardless of who was named president.
“But aren’t two of the candidates non-benders?” Bolin asked. “Wouldn’t it hurt their cause if they attacked non-benders so publicly?”
“I doubt they really cared about the non-benders caught up in their takeover of the city,” Mako said.
“Both Raiko and Bumi have publicly denounced the Equalist cause,” Asami said. “Raiko’s platform is built on stability and restoring order. The Equalists will believe that he isn’t changing the status quo enough. And Bumi is the son of the previous Avatar and comes from a family of benders. The Equalists will say that he is colluding with benders.”
A lump formed in Asami’s throat. If these elections had happened a decade ago, her mother would have probably been drawn to Bumi’s campaign of unity and progress. She would have been ecstatic over the fact that non-benders finally had a voice in the government. But years of fruitless campaigning for non-bending representation and laws to curtail bending violence had left Yasuko more and more discouraged with each passing year. At some point, Yasuko’s views had shifted to the extreme, and Asami wished she could pinpoint which moment had pushed her mother beyond reason.
She swallowed past the lump in her throat. “Besides, if Raiko and Bumi split the non-bending vote, then Li Er could end up winning the election.” His entire campaign had been predicated on his promise to destroy the Equalist threat for good, imposing whatever non-bender curfews and limits he thought the city needed in the process. He was everything that the Equalists had found wrong with the previous government.
“Yeah, but do you really think that many benders would vote for him?” Bolin asked. “I mean, Mako and I can’t stand him, and I’m sure we’re not the only ones.”
“It doesn’t matter,” Asami said. “Because my mother won’t see it that way. She’ll expect most of the benders to vote for Li Er, and I imagine a lot of other Equalists feel the same.” Not so long ago, Asami would have agreed with them. ‘Benders are all the same’ had been a common refrain.
Xing chose that moment to walk back over, a stick of half-eaten takoyaki in one hand. She frowned at the sight of their solemn faces. “What happened?”
“Asami saw Equalists in the crowd,” Bolin said.
“What?” Xing’s eyes immediately began scanning the crowd. Her entire posture straightened, police training obvious. “You think they’re going to attack the crowd?”
“As far as I can tell, it’s just a scouting party,” Asami said.
“Where are they? I’ll get some of the police on security to round them up.”
“I’ve only recognized two,” Asami said. Though there were probably another two or three scattered elsewhere in the area. “The construction worker in the back.” She pointed to Gin. “And Kin is over there next to the woman in the giant hat.”
“So that’s what she looks like,” Xing muttered. “Don’t worry. I won’t let her get a drop on me a second time. You three go inform Bumi about the situation, and I’ll go get the police on their arrest.” She finished the rest of her snack in one large bite, turning back to weave through the crowd toward a pair of officers standing by at the edge of the square.
“So I take it you have a bit of history with this Kin,” Bolin said as the three of them made their way toward where Bumi and Tenzin were talking near the podium. In the background, dramatic music for Varrick’s princess mover piped through the speakers.
“She taught me some advanced self-defense techniques,” Asami said. Taking a deep breath, she added, “And she tried to kill me during the prison break.”
“What!?” Bolin and Mako exchanged a glance, and both shifted to better keep Asami from view.
“I don’t think she would risk attacking me in a crowd if she saw me,” Asami said, even though her heartbeat was still racing. “Not after she just got out of prison, but—”
“Well, if she does try something, she’ll have to go through both of us,” Bolin said, offering her a reassuring smile.
Mako nodded at his brother’s words, mirroring his brother’s expression.
A bit of the tension in Asami’s chest loosened at the reminder that she had their support if a fight did break out. “Thank you,” she said. Perhaps she’d been a little unfair to question their friendship earlier.
Bumi and Tenzin both wore easygoing expressions as they conversed. Asami couldn’t see any sign of the tension that had permeated their last conversation.
“Hey,” Bumi said, smiling when he spotted them approaching. “Thanks again for helping with the ad. I’d call this event a resounding success.”
“Maybe not,” Mako said. “We spotted Equalists in the crowd.”
“It’s a small group, so it has to be a scouting party,” Asami added before either man could interrupt. Both wore matching expressions of shock. “Xing’s recruiting some of the on-duty officers to apprehend them, but I believe they’re planning an attack during the broadcast of the election results.”
“You’re certain of this,” Tenzin asked.
“I don’t have concrete proof,” Asami admitted. “But the Equalists wouldn’t be happy with any of the top three candidates, and this kind of attack matches their modus operandi. If there’s even the slightest chance that this threat is real, then we need to let Chief Beifong and General Iroh know.”
“I can call them from City Hall,” Tenzin said, “and arrange a meeting for tonight. You three can let us know everything you’ve observed then.”
“Where’d you see the Equalists?” Bumi asked, scanning the crowd with a frown.
“One was—” Asami’s voice cut off as she realized that Kin was no longer next to the woman in the giant hat. For a moment, she worried that Kin had seen her and was lurking elsewhere in the crowd, waiting for the chance to attack.
“There they are,” Mako said, pointing toward the edge of the crowd. His frown deepened. “I think they’re leaving.”
Asami caught sight of Kin and her brother as they heading toward one of the side streets. A petite woman Asami didn’t recognized was also keeping pace with them.
A quick glance showed that Xing was following at a distance, a trio of officers with her.
For the next three minutes, Asami only registered one in three words that Bumi, Tenzin, Mako and Bolin exchanged. Her eyes remained fixed on the road she’d seen the Equalists and the officers head down.
Gin was a little dense, but Kin was sharp and even quicker. She could have sussed out the attention on her and evacuated them, or just had the presence of mind to cut the scouting trip short as a precaution.
Regardless, Xing and her companions returned to the square empty-handed. They conferred with one another before splitting up.
Xing returned to the front and shook her head. “We lost them near the intersection with Fang’s Fresh Fried Fish Balls food cart. No sign.”
Asami’s ears pricked. The name seemed familiar, but she couldn’t say if that was because she used to grab a bite there when she was passing by, or if the cart’s owner was an Equalist contact.
Before she could decide whether or not to voice her suspicions, Xing took her upper arm. “The police are going to conduct a full sweep of the square and it’s all hands on deck, so I’ll drop you off at the ferry and trust that you’ll get back to Air Temple Island?”
“Not a problem,” Tenzin said. “It’s time I departed as well.”
Then Mako and Bolin joined in, and they left Bumi with a pile of goodbyes and good luck.
The whole way back, Asami went over the list of thefts in her head again, trying to put together the pieces. Bumi could poll as well as he’d like, but it would do them no good if the Equalists assassinated him five minutes after Republic City finished electing him.
* * *
Korra suppressed a yawn as she jogged down an alley back toward the safehouse. It had been almost dawn when they’d docked, and Zaheer had permitted them some time to sleep until almost noon, but that wasn’t the same as a full night’s rest. Especially considering that they’d been up most of the night taking the boat down.
The chill, at least, put a brisk feeling in the air and it kept her alert, at least. Better than the sleep-inducing warmth that most of the Fire Nation gave off.
It felt a little strange to her: to be more familiar with the climate and feeling of some other place, instead of with the polar chill she’d been born in.
No time for cultural angst though. She let herself in the back door of the house and found she was the last to arrive.
“Oh hey everyone.”
They looked up at her from where they were seated on the floor. P’li, with a blanket pulled tight around her shoulders, practically cuddled up against Zaheer’s side. For his part, Zaheer didn’t seem overly chilled, but he kept an arm around his partner’s side in any case.
“Just in time, Korra.” He nodded to an empty spot in their circle. “We can jump right into your report.”
They’d split up several hours ago to scout out the obstacles in their path to the spirit portal, with the agreement to meet back at sunset. Korra was on the verge of lateness, but not so much as to warrant a reprimand.
“I mostly sought visuals,” she started. “I tried out a few different vantage points and just got back from the lighthouse.” Korra didn’t mention it, but she’d been particularly thrilled to be able to use her new airbending to do the impossible leaps necessary to make it atop the different structures. Even with a little practice, her accuracy was improving from her miss with the antennae.
“From what I saw, just getting off the coastline is gonna be rough going. Every outbound road except moving between cities is being checkpointed. And the spaces in between checkpoints are under regular patrol. In the distance, I can see dozens of army camps spread out across the tundra. If necessary, I could draw a rough map of their basic positions, but I’m not sure what good it would do.”
Korra fiddled with her bangs. “The coverage is… impressive. Whoever set these orders must know exactly where we’re trying to go. The roads along the coast are basically clear. We could head east or west without issue, toward the capital or out toward the outer villages, for all the good it would do us.”
Zaheer nodded, acknowledging her contribution. “Thank you.” His gaze shifted to Ghazan, across the circle from him.
“I took the opportunity to check back in with our smuggler friend.” Ghazan leaned back on his hands. “He had to pay nearly double the usual bribes, and said he saw patrol boats on high alert after they presumably discovered the ship we disabled. Good news though: they didn’t discover it until the noon perimeter check was about halfway through.
“There’s no getting back on the water for us though. Our friend said there’s literally no sum we could pay him to chance another trip, and that the dockmaster said there’s a total economic freeze through the rest of the week. Of course, that doesn’t help us much.”
“Indeed.” Zaheer’s voice conveyed agreement, and understanding. He seemed to be… almost purposely placid. Purposely keeping things smooth between himself and Ghazan.
Ming-Hua chimed in then. “I trekked as far off the main paths and roads as I was able, to see if we might rough it across the western glacier.”
Korra’s eyebrows rose. “All the way out there?” She’d seen for herself, from the high vantage points, just how far that was. Ming-Hua must have booked it to get there and back again in time.
“Yes. And even there, it’s a no go. They’ve covered even the most obnoxious, bitter-cold crevasses with regular encampments. Each camp has flares prepped and radio check-ins. Even the most minor disturbance would likely set off their safeguards.” She shrugged. “If we had a week, Korra and I could play badgermole and tunnel through the glacier to find a less-guarded exit point closer to the spirit portal, but we don’t have that kind of time.”
Zaheer’s eyes flickered to Korra, and guilt curdled in her gut. If she hadn’t delayed so long in Republic City, they’d have had all the time they needed.
But if she hadn’t delayed so long in Republic City, she wouldn’t see that gleam in Ming-Hua’s eyes now. Wouldn’t be talking about even the possibility of waterbending a tunnel through a glacier.
She met Zaheer’s gaze steadily.
He tightened his arm around P’li a moment, and she cleared her throat.
“I decided to do the bulk of my observations indoors,” she said. “Eavesdropping at a local bar revealed some soldiers talking about their orders. Apparently the Chieftain Regent radioed her orders just a couple days ago, around when we would have left Republic City. For many of them, they’re on overtime duty and overtime pay, a significant financial investment on the part of the crown. They, too, mention that their positions are intended to last just through the end of the week.
“Despite the conditions, they seem alert and glad for the work. Even the heavy-handed check-in schedule they mentioned is no problem, as they’re content with the regent’s overtime pay.” A mild smile twitched at her lips. “They even toasted her, making several… specific remarks as to what exactly about her and her widowly-visage they were most grateful.”
Ming-Hua made a face. “Gotta love Northern Water Tribe men.”
Finally, Korra began to catch traces of irritation in Zaheer’s expression. When she briefly peeked at him across the spiritual plane, she could see it rolling off him in choppy waves.
He tapped the paper in his hand. “Speaking of, Chieftain Regent Malina arrived yesterday and is in the process of throwing a grand ball in the capital.” His mouth pulled to one side. “Honestly. She has the gall to bring out every soldier and his cousin to blanket the spirit portal, but isn’t even allowing herself to be inconvenienced in the slightest.
“Unalaq always did have the worst taste in women.” Zaheer tossed the paper into the center of their circle.
The other adults chuckled at his remark. Korra didn’t get the joke, but smiled tentatively along. Her eyes were trailing along the front-page photos of the regent’s grand arrival back to the Northern Water Tribe when Zaheer added, with a false offhand tone, “Oh, and Korra. Your sister is here for some reason as well.”
The photo of the welcoming procession seemed to leap off the page toward her. Korra’s body rushed with adrenaline as she lunged for the paper, entirely incapable of restraining the action into something metered and disinterested. Even aware of Zaheer’s eyes on her, Korra still grappled with the paper so she could frantically scan the front page article.
'Regent Returns, Bringing Pro-Bending Princess In Tow After South Pole, Republic City Trip'
She barely had time to read the headline before Zaheer posed her a question, voice dangerously calm.
“Any idea what she’s doing here, Korra?”
She blinked at him, entirely unknowing and feeling guilty for it. She hadn’t said anything to Sakari about where she was headed. Or at least… she didn’t think she had. She’d said she needed to leave Republic City for a bit, but would be back.
Ghazan broke the silence, saving her somewhat. “Kid sure gets around. Wasn’t she in the South Pole just a few months ago?”
Korra glanced at him gratefully, then ventured, “It might be that she was invited by her, er, our family.” She tapped the paper. “The regent made a big deal about her arrival, and that seems most likely to me. Otherwise, I haven’t got a clue.” Korra tossed the paper back into the middle with finality.
But as soon as she said it, the words seem to melt into lies on her tongue. Korra may have said something to Sakari. Maybe even mentioned the North Pole. But it had been at the end, when they were saying goodbye. Emotions had been running high. She couldn’t say for certain.
Ming-Hua reached out a foot and smoothly slid the newspaper over to her. “To me, the solution to our problems is clear.” Her eyes skimmed down the front page, and she nodded. “As I thought: this grand entrance will be followed by a grand gala, two days long. And it’s been so long since my last formal event. I think it may be prudent to invite ourselves. After all: if we can’t punch through the army, why not prompt them to move of their own accord? Redirect the force. A nice hostage-situation at the palace will disrupt their orders and clear the way to the spirit portal.”
Ghazan’s arm seized tight around his partner’s waist. “The regent can’t issue radio orders if someone has an icicle to her throat! The army will have to pull in.”
Korra’s entire body uncurled from the hunched anxiety that had been settling over her from the neck down.
Across the circle, Zaheer’s eyes glinted.
No matter how skilled, how exceptionally powerful the five of them were, there was no possible way they could punch through the entirety of the Northern Water Tribe’s army. Not with that many waterbenders, footed on a tundra’s worth of ice and snow.
But… a condensed venue was different. A single, under-guarded palace in an under-guarded city? Chieftains and important people holding sway at a lavish party?
That was just the kind of Red Lotus specialty job they’d been short of these days.
“I take it you’d like to invite yourself, Ming-Hua?” P’li sounded amused, though Korra detected an odd undercurrent of stress in her voice.
“It was my idea, so I’d think so,” Ming-Hua drawled. “And my last mission didn’t flow so well. It would be nice to prove I’m back on the horse, so to speak.”
“You’ll take it solo?” Ghazan’s eyebrows jumped to his bangs.
She rolled her eyes. “Well I’ll need a date, and you’re kind of my go-to for things like that.”
Ghazan laughed and kissed her cheek. “You treat your husband so badly, you know.”
“That was a cover, not an actual marriage, you idiot.” Ming-Hua smirked at him fondly.
It was so, so good to see her smile.
Zaheer drew them back to the present. “That’s settled then. Ming-Hua and Ghazan will leave tonight and infiltrate the gala as it continues tomorrow. Take the regent hostage, along with any other relevant persons, and the army will withdraw to re-take the palace. In the meantime, P’li, Korra, and I will get in position and cross to the spirit portal once we see movement. If you can hold the hostage situation until the end of Harmonic Convergence, the... attendant affects should provide more than enough distraction for you to remove yourselves from the palace compound.”
Everyone nodded.
“Sounds like a plan,” Korra said. She hoped her voice didn’t betray her dry throat.
She caught Ming-Hua outside, before she and Ghazan hit the road. They’d need to move fast to make it to the capital with enough time to take the palace tomorrow.
“Do you have a moment?” Korra asked.
Her long-time mentor regarded her, then nodded. Even though Korra had finally eked out an incredibly minor height advantage over her, she felt like a kid tugging on Ming-Hua’s skirts as she shuffled her feet.
“It’s… it’s about Sakari. My sister.” Korra swallowed. “I’ve only been able to meet her once, but… I like her. I want to get to know her after all of this. I know you and Ghazan need to do what you need to do but. If you can. Please be careful with her?”
Korra felt her throat tighten. Sakari was exactly the kind of kid who would absolutely do something reckless and aggressive to try and interfere with a hostage situation.
“Lock her in a closet if you have to. She might try something, and obviously I don’t want her to disrupt your mission in any way. She might even make a useful hostage because of the public coverage but—“ Korra cut herself off at a vision of Sakari, traumatized and horrified, watching Ghazan decapitate the Chieftain Regent. Who, Korra belatedly realized, was also Sakari’s aunt.
“Or maybe don’t take her hostage that might be bad but—YEouch!”
Ming-Hua had stepped on Korra’s foot to cut her off, and none too gently either.
“We’ll be careful. The girl will be safe if I am able make it so.” Ming-Hua met her eyes steadily. “In return, I ask that you keep yourself safe, above all other goals.” She paused, then finished. “You do what you can. I’ll do what I can.”
Korra nodded, tried for a smile, then threw her arms around Ming-Hua in an abrupt hug. “I don’t know if I can do what Zaheer has asked,” she whispered, desperate.
“We could not punch through the army here,” Ming-Hua whispered back, leaning into the embrace. “So we devised a way to make them flow and move.”
She met Korra’s gaze with a steadiness that Korra did not find in herself.
“You will find a way, Korra. Otherwise, what was the point of all that waterbending I taught you?”
Then, Ghazan appeared out of the house with his bag of rocks. “In case the palace is lacking non-ice sculptures, which seems possible,” he said with a cheeky grin.
“You’re always prepared,” Korra said faintly.
One last round of goodbyes, and they were off, leaving her standing cold in the snow. She felt unprepared, and very alone.
Notes:
It's been quite the ride getting here, but the IoaFB train is going to keep on trucking! (side note: Can trains keep on trucking?) We hope you've enjoyed the chapter. Skye would like to add that grad school is a bitch and something about qualifying exams also being a bitch.
Due to some outline re-arranging, this is the antepenultimate chapter of arc 2. The next 2 chapters will be finale parts 1 and 2. Our goal is to get both finale chapters posted by the end of summer (think August) and to arrange it so we post them about 1 week apart, so nobody dies from any cliffhangers.
As always, we love and appreciate everyone reading this fic, especially everyone who comments and speculates. You bring joy and warmth to our hearts. Skye's favorite scene from this chapter was Xing teasing Asami about Korra, or Korra and Ming-Hua kicking butt together. My favorite scene was Malina and Jinora's confrontation. What was your favorite part?
Chapter 29: Into the Inferno
Summary:
Arc 2, finale part 1
Ghazan and Ming-Hua crash a Northern Water Tribe party to draw the army back to the capital. Meanwhile, Asami comes to a startling realization about the Equalist plans for election night, and Korra finally arrives at the North Pole.
Notes:
(See the end of the chapter for notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter 29: Into the Inferno
(Everything is fine.)
Ghazan glanced back at Ming-Hua and glowered at her. “No laughing,” he said. “I remember what happened in Ba Sing Se.”
A smile flitted across Ming-Hua’s lips. Her smiles came easier and easier these days, and he hardly knew what to do with the restored abundance of them. He couldn’t remember the last time she’d smiled this much, even since before the failed mission and encounter with Amon.
“As if I would ever ruin your introduction,” she said, looking down on him with a mock-serious tone that felt terribly transparent.
“We should at least put on some pretense of stuffiness,” he whispered back. “Pretend it’s a chore to be here because you’re so important you have a million other things you could do.”
“As you wish,” Ming-Hua sniffed, taking on the perfect visage of a stuffy Water Tribe noblewoman, looking down her nose at her slightly-grubby manservant.
In truth, queuing in the line for admittance into the Northern Water Tribe regent’s party made Ghazan feel like a child queuing for the candy cart. Yes, it was life-and-death, Harmonic Convergence end-of-world stakes, but this was their thing. Sneaking into a royal palace with the intent of causing absolute chaos, with carte blanche to wreck the place as much as they desired? Do whatever it took to cause as much panic as was needed to get the army called back?
He glanced back at Ming-Hua’s noble dress. She had practically cackled when they’d come upon the garment’s original wearer with her lone servant on the road, clearly heading to the party at the capital. They had wordlessly concurred on the robbery, and carried it out in perfect synchronization. The clothes fit them perfectly, with long draping sleeves he’d arranged in her lap before taking his position at the front of their rickshaw.
The guard waved them forward. “Name and title?” he asked, consulting a list.
Ming-Hua adopted a haughty accent and gave the name of the woman they’d mugged.
The guard nodded absently as he found the name on the list, then glanced up at them. Ghazan could only assume he took in Ming-Hua’s appearance, checked it against whatever benchmark he had for ‘middling noblelady’ around these parts and found her close enough. The guard didn’t even glance at Ghazan.
“Welcome to the gala,” he said, gesturing them through the gates.
“Thank you,” Ming-Hua intoned, in a snotty voice rather unlike her own. Ghazan kept from smiling as he pulled the cart in, but only just.
And that was it. They were in.
One of the larger international seats of power in the world and it had taken less effort to infiltrate than some small-town merchant lords’ parties they’d done.
Ghazan stashed the rickshaw and took Ming-Hua’s empty sleeve in his hand as he escorted her up the stairs and into the reception hall at the palace.
As they neared the top of the stairs, a servant held up a hand with a frown. “Guests only, no servants.” To Ghazan, he added, “there is a space for the visiting servants in the lower hall, if you’d make your way there. We can summon you when your lady is ready to depart.”
Ming-Hua drew herself up to her full height, and managed to look down her nose at the man, who was head and shoulders taller than her. “Well! I don’t know what kind of hospitality your mistress takes this for, but I’ll have you know I won’t be parted from my manservant, Naghaz, here.”
Ghazan nearly died inside when she gave his alias. He only kept it together by turning towards her and feigning over-the-top concern.
“Mistress, allow me to explain to him. I’m terribly sorry for this inconvenience,” he said.
To the servant, who looked like he might break into a sweat, despite the chill air, Ghazan whispered, “apologies, my mistress has medications she must take at regular intervals, and is incapable of either remembering or being reasonable about finding other accommodations. If I could just accompany her inside, I’ll stand off to the side, well out of the way.”
The man’s eyes widened, flickering from Ghazan to Ming-Hua and back, making a quick calculation as other guests began to ascend the stairs behind them.
“Fine,” he said, “just please be discreet, Naghaz.”
Discreet? Absolutely. He smiled. “Understood, and thank you, sir.” To Ming-Hua, he said, “Mistress, I’ve cleared up the misunderstanding. We won’t have any trouble going forward.”
Ming-Hua was already starting past the servant through the doorway. “I should hope so,” she sniffed.
Ghazan bowed and scraped he way back to her side, reprising the illusion of holding her ‘hand’ via empty sleeve.
“You seem to like playing the upper-class lady a bit too well,” he teased. “Haven’t we done a role play like this before?”
“Oh shut up, Naghaz,” she shot back. “We both know you liked it.”
He held back a cackle. “Oh, I would be your put-upon servant boy any day, you know.”
She winked. A smile ghosted at the edges of her lips again. If he hadn’t been looking, he’d have missed it.
He never wanted to miss another of her smiles.
Then they went through another set of doors, from the atrium into the hall, and even the ghosts of her past smiles vanished.
“Oh sweet spirits what is this.”
Ghazan turned his focus from Ming-Hua to the hall they’d just entered and blinked. “Oh wow,” he echoed.
In their long and illustrious careers as professional party-crashers and anarchist chaos-moguls, Ghazan and Ming-Hua had seen their fair share of ballrooms, event halls, and similar lavishly appointed spaces.
And the Northern Water Tribe’s main event hall was excessive.
Enormous ice sculptures dominated the center, the largest of which was a massive statue of the regent herself reaching out her hand to some invisible subject. Other statues seemed to be running on a ‘wonders of the world’ sort of theme. A model of Ba Sing Se with its iconic walls and trams sat close to the door. That Malina’s statue appeared to tower over it could hardly be construed as coincidence. Ghazan spotted statues of Unalaq’s twins farther back, near a sculpture of the Western Air Temple that seemed to defy gravity.
All around, uniformed servants circulated with various trays of food and drink, all of it expertly prepared, and a live band was stationed on a stage about halfway down the hall.
But the kicker was the pillars.
“Guess you didn’t need to bring those rocks after all,” Ming-Hua said in an undertone as they made their way in.
The hall was lined with genuine marble pillars, each as wide as the span of Ghazan’s arms with the height of six men.
Ghazan resisted the sudden urge to scratch and adjust the rocks hidden in his pants next to his other rocks. “I didn’t realize the regent was in the habit of providing large earthbending bats,” he muttered. If he’d known, it would have been a much more comfortable trip pulling the rickshaw. “How much do you think it cost to import those suckers?”
“I could hardly begin to estimate such a sum.” Ming-Hua’s eyes were alight as they passed by an ice sculpture of some fire nation temple. “It would be a shame if something were to… happen to them.” She met his gaze suggestively.
He smiled, barely remembering to reign the expression into something befitting a servant. “I’ll see what I can do.”
“Work on angles and eavesdropping,” she said, tossing her hair, “I’m going to circulate and do some appropriate hobnobbing, try to figure out where Malina is and when she’ll arrive.”
Ghazan glanced around. “How do you know she’s not already here?”
Ming-Hua flicked her eyes toward the room’s most ostentatious statue. “Oh, I have a feeling we’d know if she was. Keep your ears open, and figure out which exit we’ll want to funnel the fleeing guests toward.”
“Understood.” Ghazan nodded. “Meet at Omashu?” He’d spotted that iconic silhouette across the hall near some sculpture of another Northern Water Tribe dignitary.
Then they split up. Ghazan did lots of servile sulking in the name of eavesdropping, eventually found a discreet corner to dump the rocks out of his pants, and mostly heard that about half the guests were still raving up and down about getting to meet Sakari the night before during the gala’s kickoff night. None of them seemed to have spotted the girl more recently, however. The regent Malina was also absent so far, though her absence seemed to be expected by the crowd.
Eventually, he ambled over to Omashu, where Ming-Hua was just extricating herself from a nearby conversation by some woman wearing too many furs.
“Perfect timing,” she said, falling in step and steering him to the side of the hall. “New plan.”
“What was the old plan?”
“Nevermind that,” she said. “Quick what did you hear?”
He gave a quick summary of his findings, and she nodded along. “That sounds about the same. But I’ll add one thing to the pile: it’s apparently a well-known fact that our illustrious regent likes to arrive fashionably late to her own parties and she spends the time beforehand in the relatively isolated west tower of the palace reviewing guest dossiers before she makes her way down to party with the rest of us.”
Ghazan took this in for a moment, then pursed his lips. “Okay, so what’s the new plan?”
“Big mess down here. Help me get the wreckage going, then keep it going while I rush the tower. Attract as much attention and break as many things as you can manage, then follow after me. I should have cleared a path to the regent’s chambers by then.”
Ghazan nodded. “Sounds doable. So a repeat of that one time in Ba Sing Se then?”
Ming-Hua regarded him dryly. “Essentially, but the ruckus should be on purpose this time.”
“I think we can manage a little chaos,” he said, cracking his knuckles. A pair of passing noblemen glanced at him with disgust at the noise, and Ghazan made a mental note to toss them out a window later.
“I know you can,” Ming-Hua said fondly. “Though... one caveat.”
Ghazan raised an eyebrow at her. “A caveat on chaos?”
“If you see Korra’s sister, the pro-bending kid, try to neutralize her without offing her.” Ming-Hua was rolling her shoulders, prepping for a fight, but her tone was almost too casual.
Ghazan didn’t need to ask to understand: Korra had asked this favor of Ming-Hua. And they would both pretend it was a casual side-note, but in truth, Ghazan was already holding it as a core tenant of the mission.
“No promises,” he said, “but I’ll see what I can do if she shows up. When do we start?”
Ming-Hua rolled her neck one last time. “Now.” Then she leapt into action.
Every time Ghazan saw her work, he found himself falling all over again, absolutely in awe of this incredible woman, of his partner. In the space of a breath, she’d thrown herself into the midst of the nearest fountain, turning the even streams of water into a cyclone of whipping arms. The first thing she did was send a full complement of icicle daggers flying into the walls, where they shattered and rained down on the crowd below.
Nobody was hurt, but Ghazan knew Ming-Hua’s style—the ice crash was just to get people screaming.
As Ming-Hua took control of the giant Regent Malina ice statue, Ghazan could only watch, captivated, as she used the statue as a giant battering ram, sweeping through the first cohort of guards that had rushed into the hall.
If it wasn’t a capitalistic patriarchal institution, Ghazan would have married her for real. Carved one of those necklaces by hand out of platinum or something just to prove he meant it.
“GHAZAN WOULD YOU GET GOING ALREADY!” Ming-Hua hurled a chunk of ice at his head.
He dodged easily. “Sorry, was just enjoying the show!” With relish, he twisted his shoulders toward the nearest marble pillar and reached out, anchoring himself before he wrenched the monstrosity from its frozen sockets.
“There we go,” he muttered, swinging it around and flattening a trio of waterbenders who were trying to take on Ming-Hua from behind while the rest of the guards were occupying her with a frontal challenge.
“Glad to see you earning your paycheck,” she called out, hurling the remains of the Malina sculpture out a window and seizing the sculpture of the twins in its place as her new weapon.
Ghazan threw his current column into one of the other marble columns on the other side of the hall, cracking it in half with a crack like thunder. “As if I needed to be paid to spend time with you,” he said, already reaching for the next column.
“Well you’ll need a new motivation momentarily,” she said, sliding down an icy ramp toward him. The cohort of guards she’d been fighting was down now, their bodies scattered across the floor, except the one who was hanging from a light fixture. “I’m going to go pay a visit to our regent. Follow once you’ve upgraded us from palace guards to municipal guards or actual military.”
“Understood, darling. Save a seat for me at tea, would you?” With a crack, he split his new marble column into two halves for easier mobility as he turned to face a new wave of panicked guardsmen.
“I wouldn’t dream of leaving you out,” she called back to him, already letting a new wave of ice carry her farther up the hall and deeper into the palace.
He plowed through the next two groups of guards while debating with himself whether it was worth it to try and bend the marble into lava.
As he slowly but steadily started running lower on columns, Ghazan decided to keep it basic. It wasn’t every day he got to bend massive chunks of pure marble, after all.
He was down to six marble columns by the time military uniforms showed up. The ceiling was just barely holding itself upright.
“Perfect timing,” Ghazan muttered, “I have to get going just about now anyway.”
He dodged a vicious new wave of icicle knives and started making his way back up to the exit Ming-Hua had taken.
If the soldiers noticed Ghazan dislodge the remaining columns he passed on the way, they didn’t react.
So Ghazan dodged and retreated until he was almost to the doorway.
With a massive effort, he rolled his shoulders back to front, clapping his hands together in front of him with his arms stretched out. With his clap, a deafening crack sounded six times across the hall as the remaining marble columns fell inward at once. “Timber!” Ghazan called out, ducking through the doorway and running up the hallway as the ceiling of the reception hall collapsed in behind him.
Following Ming-Hua’s trail was simple from there. She’d left a legible trail of icemelt and destruction, along with a few slumped-over guards for good measure. After a minute of tracking, he reached a point where he could hear her fighting within earshot, just up a staircase that seemed to belong to the tower they were looking for.
“Coming up!” Ghazan hollered up, reaching down for the spiral staircase’s stone foundations. Grabbing the three bottom steps for his elevator, Ghazan pulled them into a platform under himself, then set his track upward, destroying the stairs behind him as he went.
He arrived to a scene almost at its conclusion: a quartet of guards facing off against Ming-Hua, all of them elite waterbenders, with a final man behind them absolutely beating on a pair of large wooden doors, yelling almost incomprehensibly to the room’s inhabitants. A litter of bodies at the landing’s edges spoke to several waves of battle preceding this moment.
Ghazan leapt off his stair platform to stand beside her. His, “hey, babe” came out simultaneous to her “about time.”
And then they leapt into the last battle without a signal needed.
Ming-Hua redirected the water from two of the benders and used it to whip a third into a nearby wall. Ghazan, less elegantly, split up his stair platform and used it to whip the last man out a nearby window. The two first benders, Ming-Hua took down up close with a pair of spinning kicks, while Ghazan simply seized the last fellow, still shouting directions through the door, by the collar of his shirt and tossed him back down the now-non existent stairs.
“Think she’s still in there?” Ghazan asked, walking back toward the doors. “It wasn’t our fastest record yet.”
“Only one way to find out,” Ming-Hua shrugged. “That last fellow, I couldn’t try if he was trying to tell her something or was asking to be let in. The door seemed to be locked from the inside.”
Ghazan took a chunk of the staircase off the floor and turned it into lava between his hands. “Well that’s a simple enough problem.” It was the work of a moment to use the molten rock on the door’s lock.
Ming-Hua did the honors of kicking the door in, once the latch lost its form.
Ghazan leapt after her into the room, only to halt awkwardly, as he took in the scene before him: the Regent, Malina, sitting calmly at a small table taking her tea. She held up a pair of folders, flapping them towards Ghazan and Ming-Hua. It was only a glimpse but he thought he saw their pictures clipped to the folders’ fronts.
“You know, the photos really don’t do you justice,” the regent said. “Please, come sit down.”
Ghazan exchanged a glance with Ming-Hua, feeling as awkward as if he’d walked into the wrong restroom. She seemed almost as lost as he felt, and just as Ming-Hua was halfway through saying, “Stand up, you’re coming with—,” Malina interrupted.
“I have tea made up for you already, so you may as well sit. It’s so nice to finally meet my niece’s guardians.”
Ghazan stepped forward and placed a nice bass note into his voice. “Maybe you misunderstood. We’re here—”
For the first time, irritation crossed the regent’s face. “Oh, leave it be. Have some tea and sit. We have a lot to talk about.”
And somehow, Ghazan found himself following Ming-Hua’s lead as she took a seat behind a teacup. He had the strangest sensation that they’d just been taken captive.
* * *
Asami frowned as she scanned the crowds gathered outside City Hall. There was a restless energy as people conversed in small groups, waiting for the election results to be tallied. Many were members of the press, though she caught several glimpses of investors or government aides she had met at various public events and charity galas.
The handful of familiar faces made Asami painfully aware of how flimsy a disguise her staff uniform and hat were. She had pinned her hair tightly under the cap to at least make her silhouette less recognizable, but she still found herself avoiding eye contact whenever a familiar face came into view.
“This is ridiculous,” a woman muttered to her companion as she walked past, fumbling to open her notebook to a blank page. “If they had warned me about how long the lines were going to be, I’d have gotten here hours ago. Look, all the best seats are already taken.”
Her companion just patted her shoulder in conciliation. “Well, at least we don’t need a great view to cover how election night went.”
“But body language is essential to telling our readers how the acceptance speech is delivered. If we can’t see the stage…” The rest of the conversation faded as the pair walked toward the opposite end of the square.
Asami sighed, glancing over at one of the security checkpoints. After warning Lin about the threat of an Equalist attack, the police had gated off the square outside City Hall and set up checkpoints to check bags. Outside food and drink were also prohibited after Asami had explained how Equalists had used popcorn bags to smuggle in electrified gloves to the Probending Finals. While she had heard multiple complaints about the setup, so far everyone was complying with the increased security.
Instead of feeling relieved at the quiet, Asami could feel her tension increase with each passing second.
Was the lack of apparent Equalist activity because her mother had caught wind of the increased security and deemed an attack too risky? Was it because the Equalists planned to storm the square and didn’t need to bother blending in with the crowds? She doubted that because the police and the United Forces were monitoring the streets, especially any rooftop movements, in anticipation of such a move. The Equalists wouldn’t be able to get close enough to the stage before they were spotted.
But if the Equalists weren’t trying to smuggle in weapons and weren’t likely to plan a full-on frontal assault, then what were their plans regarding the election? Asami couldn’t see her mother or Liu doing nothing. Not when they had sent a scouting party to survey the area. Had they managed to hide weapons in the square? Had Yasuko designed better ways of concealing weapons from an untrained eye?
Or was Asami missing something completely?
“Sausage for your thoughts?” Bolin asked as he and Mako returned from their scan of the perimeter. He offered her a sausage on a stick from one of the few food stands that had been given special permission to set up shop inside the square. He carried another three in his left hand.
“Sure, thanks,” Asami said, taking the food from him. She took a small bite, noting that the spices were common in Fire Nation cuisine.
“You know, these are good and all,” Bolin said, taking a huge bite out of one of his sausages “but I’m pretty sure I’ve eaten from this stand before and these sausages were not that expensive then.”
“Since people can’t bring their own food, they can get away with overcharging,” Mako muttered.
“Well, let’s hope they don’t keep these prices,” Bolin grumbled. “I’m not spending this much when we go back to paying for our own food.”
“Did you guys finally settle on an apartment?” Asami asked. “It sounded like you liked the last place you saw.”
“We did,” Mako said. “And then one of the neighbors flooded the entire third floor literally four hours after we saw it.”
Asami winced. “Well, at least you didn’t sign the lease yet.”
“Small favors.” Mako huffed and let his gaze scan over the crowds.
“It’s been pretty quiet so far,” Bolin remarked, finishing off his first sausage.
“Too quiet,” Mako said. His gaze narrowed, sweeping over the chatter and following the movement of the aides putting the finishing touches on the stage. “I don’t like it.”
So Asami wasn’t the only one on edge from the lack of action. “I don’t like it either,” she said.
Bolin glanced between the two of them. “Well, wouldn’t you rather have this than the Equalists actually attacking?”
“Of course, I don’t want to deal with an actual Equalist attack,” Mako said. “But all this waiting for something to happen, keeping an eye on every suspicious-looking character—”
“There’s the lady of the hour!” a too-familiar grating voice drawled. Varrick came stalking over, dressed in a fur-lined suit, hair usually unkempt slicked back into a style that almost looked professional.
“I just had to say something,” Mako muttered under his breath.
Asami pressed her lips into a razor thin line and raised her head to face Varrick calmly. “You were looking for me?” she asked, offering the empty, cheerful smile she had perfected after years of attending dinner parties and other galas.
“You like to drive a hard bargain,” Varrick said, pointing an accusing finger at her. “All this back-and-forth on writing your contract is becoming a pain in my backside. Especially since you are taking your sweet time with my final offer. But, hey, if you want to keep delaying your only job offer at the moment, that’s fine by me.”
It took every ounce of her self-control not to roll her eyes in response. Varrick had taken to calling each draft of her proposed contract his “final offer.” Asami just mailed her questions and counteroffers directly to Zhu Li and waited for the amended contract to be returned, Varrick’s threats just as empty as the first time.
“I have been a bit preoccupied with all of the preparations that have gone into Bumi’s campaign,” Asami said, “and thus been unable to review your latest offer.”
“Yeah, well time is running out on how long that contract’s gonna remain open,” Varrick said. “I can’t spend all month debating the particulars with you. Plenty of other budding entrepreneurs looking for a job.”
None of them directly attached to the Sato name (and none of them under house arrest with limited negotiating power), which was why Varrick was so insistent on working with her.
“Assuming there have been no last minute changes to the terms of the contract,” Asami said, sending a pointed look in Varrick’s direction, “then I should be ready to sign it tomorrow.”
The contract still wasn’t good. But Asami had limited bargaining power under house arrest, and she had done what she could to make the contract fairer. She was willing to put up with the terms if it meant she could retain some connection to her father’s company.
Varrick beamed. “Great! Then I’ll send Zhu Li over first thing in the morning to collect it and get you started on your first project. Gotta get those ideas going so we can start the money flowing. Those new Satomobile models won’t design themselves.” He swept past them in a flurry of movement, calling out to another guest several yards away.
Zhu Li offered them a smile and a polite nod as she followed after her boss.
“So it sounds like you finally got the contract worked out?” Bolin asked.
“I thought you two would be making changes for at least a month,” Mako added.
Asami sighed. At the start of negotiations, she had thought the two of them would never come to an agreement, but after the first two rounds of edits, Zhu Li had taken over and conceded to most of Asami’s demands regarding Varrick’s more unreasonable terms. Negotiations had proceeded much more smoothly since then.
“Still can’t believe you actually agreed to work with him though,” Mako said. “You couldn’t pay me enough to work in the same room as him, let alone have him as a boss.”
“He is practically running my father’s company,” Asami said. “And if I can at least ensure that Future Industries will be well-managed, then I can deal with him.”
“I suppose that makes sense,” Bolin said.
“Well,” Mako said. “I’m going to do another sweep of the perimeter. I’ll let you know if I find anything.”
“See you in a bit,” Bolin said, waving his two remaining sausages in a farewell.
As Mako departed, Asami noted that he seemed to be keeping an eye on Varrick especially. She wondered if he suspected Varrick up to some kind of mischief. While she wouldn’t put it past Varrick to use the elections for publicity, she hoped he would realize that such actions would reflect poorly on Bumi and his campaign.
She hoped.
Though Bolin tried to engage her in conversation, Asami found her thoughts frequently distracted by the movement of the crowd around her. Her eyes constantly darted about, looking for anything suspicious, but nothing stood out to her.
The Equalists had to know that a direct attack wouldn’t work with all this security, so what was their plan?
Asami’s thoughts flashed back to the items that the Equalists had stolen. She had been going over the list for the last few days, trying to piece together what her mother could planning with all of the items. The saltpeter from the sausage factory could be used to make weapons, but the Equalists had always favored using electricity over gunpowder. Less risk of a firebender setting off the gunpowder early. And she still had no idea what her mother could want with a lumberyard when all of the Equalists’ tech was metal-based.
The clockwork and radio components were trickier because they could be used for anything. Her mother could use the parts of a clock or radio in other projects. Gears and wires could be recycled into new weapons. But maybe the Equalists needed the radio technology for themselves. They had used radios to broadcast their message in the past, so perhaps they were planning to hijack the radio waves during the election results? They would certainly reach a large audience, but Asami couldn’t help but feel that such a plan was too tame in comparison to the Equalists’ more recent actions.
But were there other uses for radio that the Equalists could use? Her mother had been experimenting with using radio waves to remotely control weapons and vehicles. All of her initial results had shown that larger vehicles were too unwieldy to control through radio waves, but if the goal was to cause destruction or panic--
A man bumped into Asami, jerking her from her thoughts. He muttered an apology as he continued walking, only to pause and glance back at her.
Though she couldn’t be certain, Asami thought he looked familiar. His eyes narrowed at the sight of her, something contemplative in his expression.
“Sorry, I’m late.” Xing stepped between the man and Asami, straightening the uniform of her police jacket. “My replacement at the north checkpoint was late even though I told him to leave early because of the traffic.”
“Hey, it’s no big deal,” Bolin said. “Nothing’s happened, so it’s all good.”
Behind Xing, the man shook his head and continued toward his original destination.
Asami released the breath she had been holding.
“Asami, you okay?” Xing gave her a concerned look. “You look a bit stressed.”
“I thought someone was about to recognize me,” she said. “A donor at one of my mother’s charity events. I don’t remember his name, and he walked off when you showed up.”
Xing hummed thoughtfully. “Me being in uniform probably convinced him that you couldn’t be Asami Sato.”
Asami pulled the brim of her hat down further. Were there other people in the crowd who might recognize her though?
“If you’re worried about someone recognizing you, I’ve got an idea,” Xing said. She took off her jacket and handed it to Asami. “I doubt anyone will give you a second look if you look like another one of the police officers on duty. Trust me, no one will make eye-contact with you while you’re wearing this.”
“I—thank you,” Asami said, shrugging into the jacket. Though a close look would show that the jacket didn’t quite fit, too broad in the shoulders and a bit short in the sleeves, she would just take Xing’s word that no one would scrutinize her closely..
“No problem,” Xing said, returning her smile..
Mako returned just as Bolin had started his last sausage. “Nothing new to report,” he said. “No sign of Equalist activity.”
“And Varrick?” Asami asked, letting her lips quirk in a wry smile.
Mako huffed. “I don’t trust him to not make a scene later, but it doesn’t look like he’s planning anything right now.”
“I just don’t understand why the Equalists would try and attack tonight,” Xing said, a note of frustration entering her tone. “They have to know such an attack would accomplish nothing. We have both the police and the United Forces on security. Most of their tanks and planes were confiscated, so it’s not like they could launch a large assault. And any smaller attack would put them at a disadvantage. All that such an attack would achieve is mass arrests.”
“I doubt it’s about successfully attacking the newly elected president,” Mako said. “They know they can’t succeed in that, but they can still send a message. That they can’t be appeased and that they won’t back down just because their leader turned out to be a fraud. Tonight is the perfect night for them to reignite tensions in Republic City and divide the people.”
A chill washed down Asami’s spine.
Xing might have said something in response to Mako’s words, but Asami couldn’t hear anything past the roar of her racing heart.
Reignite tensions.
Ignite.
Of course. How had she not seen it earlier? The saltpeter and the clockwork components and the sawdust…
“Hey, Asami, you okay?” Bolin asked, concern lacing his words. “You’re looking a bit pale.”
“I’m an idiot,” she said, bringing a hand to rest against her forehead. A part of her distantly noted that her hand was shaking.
Mako and Bolin exchanged a look. “What’s wrong?” Mako asked.
“I only just now put together what the Equalists stole last week,” Asami said, fighting to keep her tone even. “They stole components from a clock factory and a radio factory, but those pieces could be useful for almost any project that my mother was working on. But that brings us to the lumber yard and the sausage factory.”
Mako frowned. “I thought we agreed those hits had to be decoys,” he said.
“Yeah,” Bolin said, taking a huge bite of his last sausage. “Or that the Equalists were just stealing some food to boost their supplies.”
“That’s what I thought,” Asami said, “but I wasn’t thinking about it right. Sawdust from the lumber yard could be used as a dampener. And saltpeter, also known as nitrate, is used as a preservative in sausages, but it is also used to increase the brisance of explosions.”
“What!?” Mako and Xing asked in tandem.
“They put what in our sausages?” Bolin asked, looking at his last bite with wide eyes.
Asami took a deep breath to try and steady herself. “The Equalists aren’t planning to attack elections directly. They built a bomb.”
* * *
Korra threaded her fingers through the buffalo yak’s fur. It was soft overall, but coarse against the pads of her fingers. Curling her hands, Korra scratched against the beast’s haunches and it responded by leaning further into her touch.
“Hey there,” she murmured, “aren’t you a big strong lady.”
The yak tossed its head in agreement and sounded a low moo-like groan.
“I believe you mean it’s a massive disgusting, smelly brute,” P’li muttered. She stood a few paces away from her own buffalo yak, which seemed to delight in following her and chewing on the end of her braid when possible.
Korra bit down both a laugh and a retort as P’li’s animal nosed against her hand, startling an undignified yelp out of her mouth.
“Neither a brute nor a lady,” Zaheer intoned, “but merely a tool. Useful and strong, requiring proper care to be of proper use.” He met his buffalo yak’s gaze steadily before glancing toward Korra and P’li. “Though in the handling of such tools, it would be of deep prudence if you both could keep yourselves and your animals on the quieter side.”
Despite his disapproval, Korra could hear a line of amusement in Zaheer’s voice. He’d always loved animals, and often used their behavior as object lessons and examples of various spiritual principles.
“I’ll be over here then,” P’li muttered, moving over to lie prone on a nearby bluff where they had a view of the two army camps they were staking out.
“We’ll keep it down,” Korra replied, scratching her buffalo yak a bit less deeply. She’d always wanted a pet, preferably some sort of dog, but she’d never been able to keep one because they were always on the move.
Like they were now, they’d always needed to be ready to move on, ready to take advantage of the next opportunity or ready to escape whatever mess they’d stirred up.
“The army is moving,” P’li called over.
“Both camps?” Zaheer gave his buffalo yak one last ear scratch, then went to join his thoroughly-bundled partner on the bluff.
“They must have received the radio from the capital,” P’li continued, “and Ghazan and Ming-Hua must have made quite the mess, because these guys are packing up like there’s a volcano erupting behind them.”
“Perfect,” Zaheer said, “well-done, team.”
“Perfect,” Korra echoed hollowly. As she prepped their animals for the sprint across the tundra, her mind was as far from her actions as the north pole was from the south.
Was Sakari okay? Had she been in the gala when Ghazan and Ming-Hua started the whole mess? Was it okay for Korra to wish for Ming-Hua and Ghazan’s safety and success on one hand while wishing for her sister’s safety on the other?
Within Korra’s being, Raava stirred.
Does the Avatar not already contain multitudes and contradictions? You bend fire as easily as your native water. You now bend air as well as earth.
As she’d been trying, Korra attempted to block Raava’s voice from her thoughts and focus. She’d been working with Zaheer on some re-framing exercises.
Raava was captive within Korra, deserving of freedom the same as Vaatu within the tree of time.
Raava and the existence of The Avatar were outdated. To hold the opposite elements within her was not what defined Korra.
That last one soured in Korra’s thoughts as she mounted her buffalo yak. One benefit of having attained energybending was a deep and abiding knowledge of herself.
On Zaheer’s hand signal, the three of them started riding for the pole.
In the way that Korra knew herself, she knew with a deep and faultless certainty that she would not be the person she was today if she was not also The Avatar. She had been so deeply shaped by the experience of being The Avatar, that she couldn’t begin to imagine what it would mean for her to miss it. It had been the reason for her liberation, for the constant travel and the perspectives she gained around the globe, the reason she was able to learn such different lessons from her four mentors.
If she woke up tomorrow and was no longer The Avatar... still, nothing could take away what that role had already brought to her life.
Her buffalo yak jolted as it rode over a particularly bumpy stretch of ice, and Korra winced as she realized that waking up tomorrow and no longer being The Avatar was an incredibly real proposition. That was, in fact, the secondary goal of the expedition.
Korra swallowed down the urge to wheel her buffalo yak around and ride away. Away away from the hard decision and away from the possibility that she might fail.
In an instant, Raava swelled and filled the space that feeling had created.
The image of Aang as a child, as young as she’d ever seen him, materialized before her vision. And, unlike how she’d ever seen him, he was surrounded by his people, playing a child’s game with other kids around his age. Unlike the rest, Aang’s fresh blue tattoos showed bright on his skin. Korra watched him happy and laughing, then saw him pulled out and called away to see an elderly council.
Raava’s voice sounded in Korra’s head as she watched the council tell Aang that he was, in fact, The Avatar. ‘You have not been the only one to want to run away,’ Raava said. ‘Aang chose to flee his destiny, trying to hold on to a piece of his life as it was.’
Korra rolled her eyes. ‘Well aware. That’s old history now.’
Visions of faces she didn’t know flashed through Korra’s mind. ‘And Aang was hardly the first in wishing he could flee his destiny as The Avatar,’ Raava continued. ‘Your desire to run is not foreign.’
'I’m not trying to run from being The Avatar,’ Korra retorted. ‘I want to run because this is scary, and I’m not sure that I can remove you from my head when push comes to shove.’
Distant from this conversation, Korra could feel her body remained mounted on the buffalo yak, and could see the North Pole fast approaching. It would be prudent to conclude the exchange with Raava soon.
'I’m not fleeing my duties as Avatar,’ Korra continued. She felt oddly compelled to defend herself on that front. ‘Because I’m not turning this yak around. I’m riding toward my responsibilities, toward the... the completion of The Avatar cycle. We’ve kept order in the world for the past ten thousand years and now it’s time to move on.’
That line actually felt good. Korra felt her physical body sit up a bit straighter. She wasn’t destroying The Avatar cycle by removing Raava, she was completing it. All things must end eventually. It would be an honor to take on the responsibility of doing this.
'Hmm... it sounds like you’re pretty serious about this endeavor,’ Raava remarked.
'I really hate that you can still hear the thoughts I’m not speaking to you,’ Korra grumbled. ‘But yes. I am serious about this sacrifice. About ending the cycle, bringing closure.’
'And at great personal cost, it seems you’re saying,’ Raava added, ‘now that you’re reconceptualized the problem, you get to write yourself as a heroic martyr, not some sort of villain or destabilizing force.’
Korra shrugged, feeling the connection begin to fade as she found surety in herself. ‘Maybe that’s the framing I need to make this work. Stories matter. And this one is the truest I’ve found so far. I will close The Avatar’s cycle by sacrificing my role as The Avatar. That will be the end. That will bring balance and freedom to the world.’
Korra had fully returned to her body now, and could see the rapidly closing distance in front of her. They would arrive at any moment.
She had just allowed herself a moment of quiet, only slightly smug, satisfaction at getting in the last word when Raava’s voice sounded in her ears, faint and amused.
That’s the funny thing about sacrifice. It’s only a sacrifice if you are giving up something you wish you didn’t have to.
Then her presence was gone, and Korra’s plane of existence was silent once more.
“Looks like they left a minor contingent of guards,” Zaheer called back. “Be ready for a fight.”
Korra and P’li both nodded, and Korra was glad of the distraction as the rode in and could leap off her buffalo yak with a fiery blast that knocked a dozen guards back.
The fight itself felt like a blink. She lost herself in the kicks and punches and tried not to think as they took down the minor force left to guard the portal.
But as Korra whipped fire and whirled with the air in between shots of ice, all of her thoughts were a stream of invectives against Raava.
Because... it would be a sacrifice, for Korra to give up being The Avatar.
Because she loved it.
And then the fight was over, all the soldiers dropped in the snow, and Korra’s stomach flopped as she fell in line behind Zaheer and walked toward the portal.
“Finally,” Zaheer said. “Korra, are you ready? We’ll need to move fast. No hesitations.”
“I’m ready,” Korra echoed.
On accident, she glanced over and her eyes met P’li’s. The woman was regarding Korra intently, and uncomfortably.
Could she tell that Korra was lying?
Korra blinked. Had she been lying?
The three of them stepped into the portal. And despite everything, Korra was relieved the three of them were alone. She didn’t think she could do this if there were any more factors to consider.
The portal’s light faded, and they stepped forward into the Spirit World. Blue and muted green dominated the sky and earth, lending an otherworldly tone to the place. The landscape was desolate and rocky, minus the gnarled tree of time sitting halfway across the clearing toward the other portal. Vaatu glowed with a red, pulsing light within the tree, casting a strange tint around it.
There was some still water on the ground, with rocks scattered about in short ridges. And there, sitting on a ridge just a dozen paces from the portal, were Sakari and Jinora.
* * *
“You can’t be serious,” Lin said, staring down the four of them. “You want me to shut down all the radios in the middle of announcing the election results?”
While Xing shuffled sheepishly a few feet away, no doubt awkward about the conversation with her boss, Asami held Lin’s gaze evenly. “Yes,” she repeated. “Because the Equalists--”
“Built a bomb,” Lin finished. “I understand that part.”
“And there’s no way the Equalists could have hidden the bomb by the stage during the setup,” Asami continued. “Security was too tight, all construction materials were monitored, and you had a bomb squad check the area around and below City Hall before opening it to the public. So the Equalists would have to transport the bomb here during these pre-announcement speeches without triggering security or risking one of their own.”
They’d already lost so many members and resources since Amon died. Dimly, Asami could remember her mother from some year past, cheerfully putting together an assembly line in an early Satombile factory. ‘When you’re short of hands or feet, it’s sometimes easier to just build some.’
“Knowing my mother,” Asami continued, “she would design some way of remotely transporting the bomb and using the radio waves would provide the securest means of controlling such a self-driving vehicle. Plus, she could use the radio waves to remotely detonate—”
“I understand the concern,” Lin said, holding up a hand to halt Asami’s words. “But if we run some kind of radio interference, then people will notice. Not only the radio stations, but the Equalists as well. And if the Equalists suspect that we’re onto their plans, what’s to stop them from detonating the bomb early?”
Asami frowned, lips pressed into a thin line.
Disrupting the radio waves did have the risk of alerting the Equalists to the fact that their plan had been uncovered, but they had no idea when the Equalists planned to detonate the bomb. If Asami had to guess, she would assume the Equalists would strike either immediately after the new president was announced or in the middle of the new president’s speech. Both events were less than twenty minutes away, the crowd buzzing with anticipation of the news. If they didn’t act quickly, they wouldn’t have time to locate and defuse the bomb.
“There are at least a hundred people crowded here waiting to see who the new president will be,” Lin said. “And hundreds more gathering across downtown to celebrate the election results. I believe you about the bomb, but I cannot risk so many lives when we have no idea where the bomb is located, where it is coming from, or when it will explode.”
“What if we can narrow down the most likely location for the bomb or the route it will most likely take?” Mako asked. “If we can narrow down the area we need to search, then even if the Equalists realized why the radios went down, we could still remove the threat of the bomb before they could retaliate.”
“If were up to me, I’d transport the bomb underground,” Bolin said. “I mean, someone’s likely to notice a self-driving bomb vehicle if they try and transport it above ground. And people would definitely notice if they flew a plane overhead. Granted, the Equalists don’t exactly have earthbenders to make them tunnels. Plus, I’m pretty sure someone would notice if they started drilling tunnels.
“No,” Mako said, expression turning contemplative, “but they could use existing tunnels. Could they transport a bomb through the sewers?”
“I’m not sure how well radio signals would work underground,” Asami said. “But if anyone could get it to work, it would be my mother.”
“That could even be how the Equalists escaped the other day when we spotted them at the political rally,” Bolin added. “If they slipped underground when no one was looking--”
“Then that would explain why we couldn’t find them despite scouring the area,” Xing finished.
“Plus, it would have given the Equalists a chance to scout out the sewers, particularly to map out a route for the bomb delivery,” Asami added.
The Equalists had avoided working in the sewers when they could. Beyond the sanitary risks, most entry and exit points were in plain sight. It had been more convenient to use existing escape routes built into the older homes and shops of Equalist sympathizers. Rooftop escapes were quicker and easier to keep track of pursuing officers.
But with limited manpower and resources, the Equalists would have to use every route at their disposal to accomplish their goals.
While they were speaking, Lin had frowned, eyes closing for the briefest of seconds. Her brow furrowed in concentration, and Asami noticed her stance shift slightly. After a moment, her eyes opened again. “There are sewage lines running beneath the square. Not directly under the stage but close enough. I had police check the area immediately beneath us, but I didn’t assign any guards down there because there was no way the Equalists could have launched an attack from there. But a bomb is a different story.”
“Sounds like our best bet,” Mako said.
“You have ten minutes to check out the sewers. If you can find concrete proof of this bomb, then we’ll run the radio interference and defuse the bomb,” Lin said. “But I can’t risk the Equalists detonating the bomb early when we have no clue where it could be or when it’s set to explode.”
It wasn’t ideal, but Asami could understand Lin’s reasoning. “Thank you, Chief Beifong. We’ll let you know as soon as we find something.”
As the four of them left, Asami turned to face Xing. “Can you take us to where you lost sight of the Equalists the other day? “Maybe we can find an entrance to the sewers or some other clue as to where the Equalists went.”
“Sure thing,” Xing said, flashing her badge to the officers on guard duty at the south exit as they passed through the checkpoint. “We caught sight of them turning down a street two blocks down, but then we lost sight of them after that.”
As they retraced Xing’s steps from the other day, Asami tried to imagine where the Equalists could have vanished to. The streets tonight were lined with food carts and other vendors, opened late to attract the election crowds. People gathered at the corners of streets to listen to the radio broadcasts.
Asami could better understand Lin’s reluctance to interfere with the radio with so many listeners.
They would have to work quickly once they found the bomb.
Xing led them down the side street where the police had lost sight of the Equalists. Compared to the main roads, this street did not have many people lingering outside. Asami could see the lights on in the windows of the upper level apartments and could hear the muted radio broadcast through partially opened windows.
“Aha!” Xing exclaimed. “Here was where the fried fish cart was set up.”
She pointed to a spot where the street met a narrow alley. Just a few feet into the alley was a manhole cover.
“The cart was set up in a way so that we couldn’t see the manhole cover,” Xing said. “But it wouldn’t have been blocking the entrance to the sewer. I remember thinking that the food smelled especially strongly.”
“Likely so you wouldn’t have suspected that the Equalists used the sewer to escape,” Mako finished.
“Looks like this is our way down,” Bolin said.
Xing metalbent the cover out of the way. “Who’s first?”
Asami wrinkled her nose as the scent of sewage wafted up from the open manhole. Even knowing how overpowering seafood could smell, how the Equalists had managed to hide such a scent the other day was beyond her.
“Let’s get this over with,” Mako said, leading the descent into the sewers.
The rest followed, climbing down one at a time. The scent grew worse with each rung down, and for a moment, Asami thought she might gag. But after a few seconds of breathing through her mouth, she began to adjust to the smell.
The sewer was just tall enough for a person of Mako’s height to stand, and the tunnels were just slightly wider than they were tall. Stone walkways lined either side of the tunnel to allow maintenance workers to avoid walking through the sewage itself. Every few dozen yards were retractable metal bridges for crossing to the other side of the tunnel.
Though electric lights had been installed in the ceiling, the light they gave off was rather dim. Xing pulled out a pair of flashlights, passing one to Asami, to better light their way.
By agreement, they began navigating in the direction of City Hall, where the bomb would likely end up. Asami wished they had a map of the sewer layout, but they would have to do with carefully counting their steps.
They had only walked a few yards when Asami heard something squish under her right food. She couldn’t stop her face from scrunching up in disgust and scraped the sole of her foot off on the walkway’s edge.
“It’s too bad we don’t have a waterbender with us,” Bolin said. “It would make traveling through here so much easier. What I wouldn’t give to have Sakari here helping out.”
“I’m sure she and Jinora have their hands full with whatever lessons and public appearances her aunt has planned for her,” Mako said. He made a face when he stepped into a small puddle. “Though I agree having a waterbender here would be nice.”
Asami’s thoughts turned to Korra, wondering what it would have been like if Korra had been here to stop the bomb. No doubt she would have pressed forward with an almost single-minded determination to keep the civilians from getting caught in the explosion.
“At least we have these walkways,” Xing said. “But I will definitely be glad to get out of this sewer.”
As they neared City Hall, the tunnels began to narrow. Mako had to stoop slightly to keep from hitting his head. Whether this was an intentional design choice to limit mobility underground around City Hall or just a result of this section of the sewers being older, Asami couldn’t say.
“I’m not seeing anything that looks like a bomb or a vehicle for transporting it,” Xing said, shining her flashlight back and forth.
“I’m still trying to figure out how they plan on navigating this bomb,” Mako said. “One wrong turn, and their bomb ends up under the wrong street or in the sewage. It doesn’t matter how well they map the sewers out because they still wouldn’t be able to see exactly where the bomb is. All it takes is one miscalculation for this entire plan to go up in smoke.”
Asami had wondered that too. Without a direct line of sight on the bomb, navigating the sewers would be extremely difficult. Yasuko would have to have complete confidence in how fast the vehicle was driving at every point, know exactly when to make the turns, and judge when to move the vehicle so that the bomb reached the main square before the election results were announced.
Though if her mother could find some way of ensuring that the vehicle carrying the bomb remained on track, then all the Equalists would need to worry about was making sure the bomb continued to move forward.
“The easiest way would be if the Equalists had built some kind of guidance for the bomb’s transportation,” Asami said. “Walls to keep the vehicle from driving off the edge or rails to direct the vehicle.”
“Well, I’m certainly not seeing any new walls on the sides of the walkway,” Bolin said. “And you would think one of the city plumbers would notice if someone just installed rails into the floor.”
Asami frowned as silence settled after Bolin’s words. After a moment, she glanced up and caught sight of the others raising their heads as well.
Xing’s flashlight fell on the multitude of pipes running overhead.
Asami couldn’t see anything that looked like an overhead track, but she also didn’t have the best vantage point. Spotting the rungs of a ladder built into the wall, she walked over. “Xing, can you shine the light overhead for a minute?”
Xing complied, shining the flashlight on the section of pipes above Asami’s head.
At first glance, the pipes just looked like pipes. They were roughly the same size, traveling across the length of the ceiling. Near her head was a set of metal support beams securing the pipes to the ceiling. After a moment, she reached out and checked on the other side of the pipe.
Sure enough, she could feel a length of grooved, rectangular metal attached to the side. As far as she could tell, it didn’t appear to be part of the support holding the pipes to the ceiling.
“Find anything?” Mako asked.
“I think so,” Asami said. “Something’s been added to the other side of this pipe. It feels like some kind of track, but I can’t get a good view from this angle. Xing, do you think you can metalbend it down?”
“Got it.” Xing passed the flashlight over to Mako and switched places with Asami on the ladder. After a moment, she extended her hand and hopped down off the ladder. The metal track came with her.
Up close, the rectangular metal looked like the tracks used for sliding doors. Asami could easily envision how such a track could be adapted to guide a radio-controlled vehicle through the sewers.
“Well, this explains how they’re navigating the vehicle,” Mako said. “And that we’re right about the Equalists’ plans. Now we just have to follow the track and figure out where this bomb is.”
The tunnels narrowed as they neared City Hall. Above them, she could hear the muffled sounds of someone speaking into a microphone. If she was estimating the time correctly, the official announcement of the election results was still at least ten minutes away, so it must have been Tenzin giving his introductory remarks.
Besides the muffled voice, Asami could also hear a shuffling noise that was distinctly mechanical in nature.
Exchanging a glance with the others, she quickened her pace and took off after the noise.
They rounded a curve in the sewer and found a wheeled vehicle roughly the size of a medium package ambling along the walkway. A metal rod stuck out of the top of the vehicle, connected to the track overhead. While Asami couldn’t make out many details from where she stood, she did catch sight of a timer on the side.
Her breath caught in her throat.
“Found it,” Mako muttered.
Asami cautiously inched forward. “We need to stop its movement first. Xing, do you think you can metalbend the wheels off?”
“I can try.” Xing didn’t look very comfortable with the request. “Are you sure that won’t cause some kind of reaction with the bomb?”
Asami shook her head. “They wouldn’t risk the wheels setting off the bomb early.” She knew her mother’s Satomobile design habits. It was perhaps the only part of the vehicle she could say for certain wouldn’t set the bomb off early.
“Okay.” Xing approached the vehicle and studied it for a moment. “I’ll need someone to brace the vehicle so it doesn’t crash onto the ground.”
“We got it,” Bolin said. Together, he and Mako moved to either side of the vehicle, carefully holding onto the sides.
Xing took a deep breath and then moved her hands sideways. The bolts holding the wheels in place flew off, and the wheels clattered sideways to the ground.
Slowly, Mako and Bolin lowered the vehicle so its chassis rested on the ground. The axles continued to spin forward, grinding slightly on the walkway, but without its wheels, the vehicle was now stationary.
Now that the bomb was on the ground, Asami moved to get a clearer view of the timer. “It’s set to go off in twenty minutes,” she said, unable to stop the note of urgency in her tone. At that time, the President would likely be in the middle of his speech, none the wiser to the threat just below his feet.
Xing bit back a curse. “Doesn’t give us much time to work with. Here. I’ll go inform Chief Beifong of the situation. We’ll get the radio interference set up, and I’ll return with the bomb squad we had standing by. You three guard the bomb in case someone tries to interfere.”
As Xing took off, Asami took the opportunity to study the bomb and its transport. The bomb rested at the top of the vehicle and appeared similar to dynamite. Smooth cylinders--that most likely contained gunpowder or a similar explosive compound--were bound tightly together. Though Asami could have held the bomb in her hands, she had no doubt that its explosive power could cause massive damage.
The vehicle that had carried it was a simple model. A steel frame with wheels to keep the bomb from being jostled about. There was a metal compartment beneath the bomb that likely housed the wiring and detonators. Asami made a mental note not to go anywhere near that section of the bomb until after the bomb squad had arrived to defuse it.
Above them, Tenzin said something about, “the future of Republic City,” and Asami dimly realized that her ability to live through and see that future was distinctly in question.
“I kind of wish I hadn’t eaten that sausage earlier,” Bolin muttered after a long silence.
“Didn’t you eat like three?” Mako asked.
Asami resisted to run her finger along a clean weld at the top of one cylinder. It was good work. Probably her mother’s. Yasuko would never let a lower tech assemble something of this importance.
“I definitely wish I hadn’t eaten three sausages earlier,” Bolin amended.
Or something with this level of brisance. How much saltpeter could Yasuko reasonably have stuffed into a set of cylinders?
“Can you guys maybe not talk about food right now?” Asami asked. Her stomach was churning unpleasantly.
The axles let out a grinding noise before their turning abruptly stopped.
“I’m guessing that’s our radio interference,” Mako said.
Asami let out a relieved breath. Now, they just had to wait for Xing to return with a bomb squad and--
A loud, harsh clicking came from the bomb, causing Asami to flinch. Her eyes darted to the bomb. That didn’t sound like the precursor to an explosion. More like a piece of clockwork--
Her eyes landed on the rapidly moving hand of the timer, and horror shot through her. “The timer’s going faster.”
“What!?” Mako and Bolin exclaimed in unison.
“How much faster?” Mako asked, eyes narrowing.
“I don’t know,” Asami said. How quickly was it counting now? She tried to count in her head to time the second hand, but it was heard to keep pace with how quickly her chest was beating. “Twice as fast? I can’t tell.”
“What happened?” Bolin asked. “Everything was fine a minute ago.”
“It must be a safeguard,” Asami said. “The timer was set to go off more quickly if they lost radio signal and worried about their plan being uncovered.”
Mako cursed. “So we’re stuck with a bomb that’s set to explode in less than ten minutes.”
“Can Xing make it back in time?” Bolin asked. “If the bomb squad wasn’t ready to leave immediately--”
While the entrance they had taken to the sewers wasn’t far from City Hall, it would still take time for Xing to lead the bomb squad to the entrance. And then they would have to navigate the sewers. Plus, if they caught in the crowd while trying to get through security…
“We have to disable the bomb,” she said, her voice coming out shaky. She swallowed. “If Xing won’t get back in time, then I have to--” Her hand moved to her waist where she usually kept her toolbelt.
She encountered only the smooth gray material of Xing’s borrowed police jacket.
Asami bit back a curse.
“What’s wrong?” Bolin asked. “I mean, besides the bomb and all.”
“I don’t have my tools on me,” Asami said. They had been expecting an attack by the Equalists, not a bomb, so she hadn’t thought to bring any tools with her. But she needed some way of accessing the bomb’s wiring, and without her tools--
“Is there somewhere we could get a set of tools real quick?” Bolin asked, eyes darting about the enclosed space. “If we can race back to the entrance, maybe we can find someone who will lend us some.”
Going all the way back to the entrance would take time. Time that Asami wasn’t sure they had. The incessant ticking of the timer counting down drowned out all other noise.
Mako frowned. “We passed a door a few yards back. It might be a storage room or a break room for the plumbers and maintenance workers. There could be some extra tools stored in there.”
“It’s worth a shot,” Asami said. “Lead the way.”
The door Mako had seen was just around the corner. He tried the handle, but the door didn’t budge. With a grunt, he kicked near the lock, but the door only rattled in its frame.
“I got this,” Bolin said. He pulled out of the stone bricks edging the walkway out of place and slammed it into the door.
The door jerked off its hinges, clattering to the ground.
“Let’s hope they don’t mind us breaking the door down,” Bolin said.
“I’m sure they’d much rather have a broken door than an exploded sewer system,” Mako said.
The room was small and contained some kind of valve system for the pipes against the far wall. Asami stepped inside and scanned the room. Just pipes and machinery and--
There! Hooks lined the left side of the room for workers to hang up jackets or hats. On the rightmost hook, someone had left a toolbelt containing a few screwdrivers, wrenches, and pliers. She raced over and seized the belt.
“Finally, some good news,” Mako said. “Does it have what you’ll need?”
“Even if it doesn’t, I’ll have to make it work,” Asami said.
She slipped out past Mako and Bolin and raced back to the bomb. The timer still showed close to seven minutes remained, but it was hard to know how accurate the time was given the rapid rate at which the second hand counted down.
Kneeling beside the bomb, she pressed one of the screwdrivers against the corner of a side panel. Her hands shook too much to undo the screw, and she had to pull her hand back to take a calming breath.
Bolin’s hands fell on her shoulders and squeezed. “Hey, you got this,” he said, offering her a reassuring smile. “If anyone can defuse this bomb here, it’s you.”
Asami took another deep breath. “You two should get out of the blast radius in case something goes wrong. I can’t guarantee that what I’m about to try will work.”
The brothers exchanged a brief glance. “Sorry,” Mako said. “But we’re staying.”
“Friends don’t abandon each other,” Bolin said. “We’ll be by your side until the end. Even that end is death by a fiery explosion in the sewers beneath City Hall.”
Gratitude swelled through Asami at their words. Their support and friendship made the task before her seem less daunting. “Thank you,” she said. She took a moment to steady herself. Then, she set the screwdriver to the side panel again and began to undo the screws holding it in place.
Inside the panel was an assortment of wires and other mechanical parts that Asami couldn’t immediately identify. While her mother had worked on the bombs that the biplanes used, Asami had very little experience with explosions. An automobile or an electrified glove would be child’s play to dismantle.
But one wrong move here could end up with them all caught in the explosion.
For several seconds, Asami catalogued each wire and part. Identified where they started and ended, which pieces seemed to be part of the bomb’s transportation and which were most likely connected to detonation. Beneath the timer sat a flat, unassuming box. Protruding from that box were three cables that led to the base of the bomb. If Asami had to guess, those cables must be the detonators, so the box must be what delivered the electric current that would ignite the bomb.
“Can someone shine the flashlight in this corner?” Asami asked, pointing to place just beneath the timer. “I need to get a better view of this piece.”
Bolin obliged. With better lighting, Asami could better see how the box was connected to the rest of the bomb. She had hoped that it would be screwed in place so she could remove it, but it looked like the box was welded in place.
“How much time is left?” she asked.
“About five minutes,” Mako said. Though his voice came out steady, Asami could hear the worry in it. “Probably less.”
If she removed the detonators individually, she might risk triggering an early explosion. Asami had no idea how many precautions her mother had installed in the bomb to keep the police or the United Forces from tampering with it.
“Okay,” she said. “I’ve found the detonators. There’s three of them, and I have no clue if removing them one at a time will trigger an explosion.”
“So we need to remove them all at once,” Mako said.
“I can get two of the detonators,” Asami said.
“Then, I’ll get the third,” Mako said.
“And I can hold the vehicle steady so you guys can get good leverage,” Bolin said. He handed the flashlight over to Mako and placed his hands on either side of the vehicle’s frame, holding it in place.
Asami pointed out the detonators to Mako and grabbed a hold of the rightmost two. Once Mako had grabbed the third, she said, “On the count of three.”
He nodded. “Your count.”
She took a deep breath. “One. Two. Three!”
When she said three, she and Mako yanked the detonators free. The cables pulled out easily, the blasting caps at the ends intact.
“Is that it?” Bolin asked after a second when nothing else happened.
“We still need to fully disconnect the detonators from the timer,” Asami said. “They’re still a high grade explosive, so even if they don’t set off the rest of the bomb properly, they could still injure us. How many minutes are left?”
“Two or three,” Bolin said, grimacing when he looked at the clock.
Not a lot of time then, but Asami had learned how to deal with basic wiring years ago. It took a minute of fiddling, but she successfully removed each detonator from the bomb, setting the three pieces several yards away from the bomb.
The timer finished counting down. A faint buzz came from the box housing the wiring, but with no way to carry the electrical current to the bomb itself, nothing happened.
Relief suffused through Asami, and she would have sunk to the ground had Bolin not pulled her and Mako into a group hug.
“We did it!” he exclaimed. “I mean, it was mostly you, Asami. So you stopped the bomb.”
She smiled at his enthusiasm. “Yeah. Let’s not plan on doing this again, though.”
“Agreed,” Mako said with a chuckle. “Stopping one bomb is enough for me.”
As they pulled apart, Asami could hear the sound of footsteps rapidly approaching. She glanced up as Xing came running into view, flanked by a trio of officers wearing thick, fireproof jackets. One carried a thick, insulated case that was likely for transporting the bomb to a different location safely.
“I’ve brought some members of our bomb squad,” Xing said. “And they’re---what happened?”
“I think Asami may have already defused the bomb for them,” Mako said.
Xing whirled to face Asami. “You defused the bomb?”
“The timer started counting down more quickly after you left,” Asami said. “We think when the radio signal cut out. There wouldn’t have been enough time to wait for you to get back, so we had to defuse it ourselves.”
“It was really mostly Asami,” Bolin added. “Mako and I just helped when she needed extra hands.”
Xing just shook her head. “First, you’re fixing radios. Then, you’re making disruptors out of scraps. Now you’re defusing bombs on your first try. I’m glad you’re on our side.”
One of the members of the bomb squad knelt beside the bomb, inspecting it. “It does look like you successfully removed the detonators,” he said, carefully picking the three blast caps from where Asami had lain them next to the bomb. “We’ll take over dismantling the rest of the bomb and removing it from the premises. You three did a good job here.”
“Thank you,” Asami said.
“So you need to tell me everything that happened after I left,” Xing said. “I want the whole story, so don’t skip out on any of the details.”
They relayed the events following her departure as they made their way out of the sewers. By the time they had reached the end, they had made their way back to the security checkpoint. As they neared City Hall, Asami caught the sound of Tenzin’s voice carried by the microphones, wrapping up his speech about the historic significance of the elections and the responsibilities of the new President. She sighed in relief; so they hadn’t missed the announcement of the new president yet.
“And I thought I had the stressful job,” Xing said, flashing her badge to the officers at the entrance to let them in to the square in front of City Hall.
“It is definitely not a job I would want to repeat,” Asami said.
“Yeah, I’m pretty sure we’ve all had enough excitement for one evening,” Mako said.
Around them, the crowd applauded as Tenzin finished his remarks. An aide came onto stage with an envelope in hand and whispered something into Tenzin’s ear.
Tenzin waited for the applause to die down before he resumed speaking. “I have just been informed that all of the votes have been tallied, and so it is time to reveal the United Republic’s next president.”
A hush fell over the crowd, and the seconds it took for Tenzin to open the envelope seemed to drag out.
“It is with great honor that I announce that the first President of the United Republic will be,” Tenzin glanced down at the sheet of paper in his hands, “Bumi.”
The crowd erupted into cheers. Bumi walked onto the stage, a grin stretched across his face. As he approached the podium, Tenzin held out his hand to congratulate him. Bumi accepted the handshake and then pulled Tenzin into a crushing embrace, thumping him on the back hard.
“He did it!” Bolin exclaimed, pulling the four of them into a group hug. “Bumi won!”
BOOM!
A loud bang split the air, and a few people nearby shrieked. For several long, heartrending moments, Asami feared that a bomb had exploded. That they had missed the rest of the Equalist bombs and that the square was about to go up in flames.
But then, two more sharp booms resounded across the night sky, painting colored light across Asami’s. Her gaze turned skyward, and she realized that someone was launching fireworks from off of a nearby roof. Her shoulders sagged in relief.
“I didn’t know they had fireworks lined up for this event,” Bolin said, voice a bit shaky. “It would have been nice if they could have warned us. I think I nearly lost my sausages.”
“You weren’t the only one,” Mako grumbled.
Xing was frowning. “There aren’t supposed to be fireworks tonight. I certainly never heard of anyone launching them, and I’m on security.”
“Oh, but they were supposed to be a surprise,” a too familiar voice input, grating on Asami’s nerves.
Asami and the others turned to face Varrick, who stood only a few feet away. He wore his trademark grin.
Behind him, Zhu Li offered them a polite smile that seemed to say “Please forgive my boss for his actions.”
“So you’re responsible for the fireworks,” Mako said, making no effort to conceal the irritation in his voice.
Varrick just beamed. “I had to make sure that Bumi’s campaign culminated in the right level of ‘Wow Factor.’” He fanned his fingers out, mimicking the burst of a firework, at those last words.
“Do you have a permit to be launching fireworks from the roof of a residential building in the middle of downtown?” Xing asked.
Varrick scoffed. “That paperwork was such a hassle. Especially since I wasn’t sure if Bumi would even win, you hear me? Why put so much effort into filling out forms when there wasn’t even a guarantee--” His words cut off in a strangled noise, and he gawked at the glint of metal that appeared around his wrists.
“I’m afraid I’m going to have to take you in for illegal use of fireworks and public disturbance,” Xing said as she secured the handcuffs with her metalbending, looking not the least bit sorry.
“Are you arresting me?” Varrick sputtered. “You can’t just arrest me. This is a gross misuse of police authority. I own that building!”
“Republic City ordinance declares that fireworks may only be lit within the city limits with a permit and only in the areas designated by said permit,” Xing said.
“You will be hearing from my lawyers,” Varrick said as he was dragged away. “And I demand to speak with Chief Beifong personally about this clearly unlawful arrest.”
Zhu Li hurried after them, giving Asami, Mako, and Bolin a curt nod in farewell as she rushed past.
Something told Asami that speaking with Chief Beifong would do nothing to improve Varrick’s situation.
After another minute or two of security fussing about, Bumi finally stepped up onto the stage. The majority of the crowd greeted him with thunderous applause, and Asami felt her heart swell for her friend, and for her home.
This was going to be the beginning of a new age in Republic City.
Notes:
We would normally try to post the 2 finale chapters relatively back-to-back, but the second part is proving a little more challenging than anticipated, so we decided to just get part 1 up for you all now since it's done.
(Also, just getting it posted would be a good motivator to power through and finish part 2 up.)
We'll see you next chapter, on the other side of the finale!
Chapter 30: Harmonic Convergence
Summary:
Arc Two Finale, Part 2
The Equalists make their final attempt at taking out newly-elected President Bumi. Meanwhile, Korra arrives to the North Pole and must decide where her loyalties and goals truly lie.
Notes:
Hey ya'll, it's been a hot second, but we have for your here the FINAL chapter of arc two, and it's a long one. Thank you for your patience, thank you for reading, and please enjoy.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Chapter 30: Harmonic Convergence
(Some things end. But other things begin.)
Because of Varrick’s fireworks, Bumi started his presidential speech late. “Sorry for the delay,” he said, stepping in front of the microphone. “I have been informed that the fireworks were set off by my campaign manager in celebration of my election to president. I want to apologize to everyone alarmed by the fireworks and reassure everyone that the man responsible is no longer my campaign manager. While I appreciate his enthusiasm in regards to my election, there is a reason we have laws about when and where you can launch fireworks, and he will have to take responsibility for breaking those laws.”
Asami doubted that a night in jail and the ensuing fine would prompt Varrick to rethink his actions, but at least he’d given Bumi a reason to distance himself from the shipping mogul.
“It’s an honor to be serving Republic City and the United Republic as their first president,” Bumi said. “I’ve always loved this city and seeing how much it has grown throughout my life has never ceased to amaze me. I’ve traveled all over the world, particularly during my time as a commander in the United Forces. While I’ve certainly seen my share of the world’s wonders, nothing has quite captivated me like this city. There is nowhere else that I could call home.
“Even as a kid I loved this city. When I was about this tall”—Bumi motioned to a height just below his chest—“I used to sneak off of Air Temple Island to visit the city and buy some of those red bean buns that they sell in that shop across from the post office. This was back before they built that statue of my father in Yue Bay, which was also a while back.” He paused, a contemplative expression taking over his face. “Wow, I’m older than I thought I was.”
A chuckle washed through the crowd.
“My age aside,” Bumi said when the laughter died down, “if I wasn’t sneaking over for the sweet buns, then it was to explore the marketplace or to ogle at all of the factories being built or to catch a ride on one of the streetcars. This city always felt so full of life and innovation, always growing and changing. I couldn’t tell you how many times I lost track of time and spent all afternoon wandering the city.
“My father and his friends had grand visions for The United Republic, and for Republic City especially. But visions take a lot of work and upkeep, and sometimes it’s easier to just kick back, put your feet up, have a cold drink, and just call it a day! It’s easier to get complacent and say that it’s all ‘good enough’ and I get that. I’ve seen the city through so many changes over the years, but recently she’s kinda settled in. Stopped improving herself.” Bumi punched a fist into his other hand. “I say, it’s time to envision some new visions and get back to work!”
The crowd applauded, and Bumi started getting on a roll. “I’m going to make Republic City a place that can be a home to all. A place that works for everyone here, with jobs for everyone too. Bender and non-bender alike.”
That brought a bigger cheer, and Asami’s heart swelled up a bit to see him there. A non-bender standing on the stage as Republic City’s president, elected by people who believed in him.
Asami released a sigh and tilted her head back, letting Bumi’s words and the cheers of the crowd wash over her. After the stress of tracking down and disabling the Equalist bomb, it felt nice to just rest.
Light flickered in the corner of her vision. Asami turned but saw nothing but the empty rooftops of the nearby buildings. Frowning, she narrowed her gaze, wondering what had caught her attention.
It couldn’t have been lightning. But not with the skies so clear. But then what…
“Everything okay?” Mako asked, glancing her way.
“Yes,” Asami said though the word didn’t sound certain leaving her mouth. “I just thought I saw—”
Another faint flicker, two short bursts in succession on a nearby roof.
“Saw that?” Mako said, eyes narrowed at the spot on the roof.
“Saw what?” Bolin asked, following their gazes.
Asami frowned. Had the police missed some of Varrick’s fireworks? Surely there wouldn’t be that many left over given the number he had initially launched. Besides, that flash of blue looked more like something electronic, not a firework. Something about the pattern of pulses looked familiar though.
Another pulse.
She cursed. “It’s Equalist code.”
“What!?”
Asami tore away from Mako and Bolin, eyes landing on Xing standing guard several feet away. She had to let her know that there were Equalists on the roof, ready to--
Dark figures appeared on the edge of the rooftop above, moving toward the roof's edge.
Asami cursed again and reversed directions. There was no time to warn Xing, not when the Equalists were launching themselves at the stage.
A cry of alarm tore through the crowd as the Equalists leapt from the edge of the building. They wore form-fitting suits with tarp stretched between the arms and legs, allowing them to glide through the air. Asami only had a moment to marvel at the design before she continued shoving her way closer to the stage.
Around her, the police mobilized. A few officers managed to snag two of the attackers midair, but the remaining Equalists managed to dodge and evade with impressive agility. They must have practiced with the glider suits in the mountains outside of Republic City.
Asami reached the stage seconds before the first attacker landed. Though Bumi had adopted a fighting stance, Asami moved between him and the first Equalist. She deflected the blow by grabbing the man’s arm right beneath the electrified glove, jerking it up. A camera flash burst in the corner of her vision, but she ignored it to focus on her opponent. The reporters should be focused on fleeing to safety, not trying to photograph the fighting.
The Equalist jerked his arm free to attack Asami, but Bumi intervened, lunging toward the Equalist. Electricity shot through the man, and he crumpled to the ground.
Asami turned to face Bumi. “How did you—”
He held up a small box with electrified prongs at the end. It was the stunner that Asami had constructed in the prison during the Equalist break-in.
Bumi grinned. “I might have forgotten to turn this back into the United Forces. It’ll come in handy now. Want to borrow it?”
“Keep it,” Asami said, turning her attention to the next Equalist that landed on the stage. If her guess was correct, then those glider suits couldn’t be too padded in order to preserve aerodynamics. She twisted out of the way of the Equalist’s attack and lashed out with a jab aimed toward the chakra point in the woman’s right arm. The woman hissed, jerking her arm back. Before she could react further, Asami landed a few more well-placed blows that downed the woman.
“Hey Asami.” Bumi tossed her the stunner. “Cover me for a moment.”
“What are you planning?”
“I have to finish my speech.”
“What!?”
Bumi ignored her outburst and raced to the microphone stand. “Let me just squeeze in a few closing remarks while we evacuate the area. For those of you that voted for me, who believed in the future I’ve vowed to work for, thank you. Things are off to an incredibly rocky start, but I promise that I will continue to strive to be that president you see in me. That I will do all in my power to create a city that is home to all, bender and nonbender alike.
“And if you weren’t satisfied with the election results, then I’m sorry. I can only hope that you will give me a chance to prove my commitment to this city to you. Some of you have made your opinions--”
An Equalist attempted to attack Bumi while he was speaking, but Asami intercepted the attack and jabbed the man with her stunner, sending him to the ground.
Bumi flashed her a brief smile before turning back to the audience. “Abundantly clear. To those Equalists fighting now, if you truly think that mass violence is the only path forward, then know that this city will defend itself against you, and you will not win. It is my job to ensure the safety of the United Republic, and if you continue down this path, I will ensure that justice is served.
“But if even a part of you believes that there is another path, then I ask that you lay your weapons down now. No matter how trapped you might feel in the Equalists, it is not too late to break free. Know that I stand here today alive because a dear friend of mine, one who was once an Equalist, had the courage to turn her back on everything she knew just to do the right thing.”
Asami was so caught off-guard by the statement, that she almost missed the Equalist advancing on her right. A sharp, crackling sound raced by her, and lightning struck the Equalist. She glanced back to catch sight of Mako just beyond the edge of the stage, two fingers pointed toward the Equalist who had fallen. He gave her a curt nod.
Bolin vaulted onto the stage and raced to her side. “Let’s take care of these last two,” he said, nodding toward the remaining Equalists on the stage.
Asami nodded and took off toward them.
“If you can’t put your faith in me, that’s fine,” Bumi continued. “But put your faith in the people who voted for me. The citizens of Republic City who want a better future and who want to enact real change. While you will still face punishment for your crimes, you will be treated fairly and with mercy. Like my father, I too believe in the power of second chances. Let this new start for Republic City be a new start for you.”
Before Asami and Bolin could reach the remaining Equalists on the stage, the pair exchanged a glance and dropped to their knees. Both fumbled their gloves off.
“We surrender,” the one on the left said, bowing his head. “We’re tired of the hiding and all the fighting. We surrender.”
A beat passed.
“Well,” Bolin said, “I guess that works too.”
In the next breath, Mako leapt up and joined them onstage. The last handful of Equalists started to go down quickly after that.
Asami scanned each face as they fought, but didn’t recognize any of them. Even as the action began to slow, her worries only intensified. Where was Liu? Where were Kin or Gin, or any of the other elite fighters?
There were enough Equalists that Asami certainly didn’t know them all by face, but this group was almost painfully anonymous to her. Liu would never sit out an attack like this unless he had another role to play.
She was still searching for him amongst the faces when Bumi strode her way with a twitchy-looking police entourage. He glanced around at the former attackers now being placed under arrest or having a more pleasant post-surrender interaction with the police. “Well,” Bumi said, “that was more excitement than I wanted for my first speech. Aside from the Equalist attack, how did it go?”
“I thought it went well,” Bolin said. “The crowd seemed to like it at least. Most of them stopped evacuating after you started up your speech again.”
“Thanks for all your help this evening,” Bumi said. “I’m glad I had you to watch my back.”
“It was nothing,” Asami said. “I just wish I had caught the signs of the attack earlier.”
“You were pretty heroic regardless,” Bolin said. “I’m pretty sure I saw a photographer get a shot of you leaping onstage to protect Bumi.”
“The journalists should have been evacuating,” Mako grumbled.
“Don’t worry,” Bolin said, patting him on the shoulder. “I’m sure the journalists got a few good action shots of you too.”
“That is not the part I’m upset about!”
Asami chuckled at Mako’s miffed expression. “You were both indispensable tonight. Thank you for all your help. Both here and earlier with the bomb.”
“Bomb?” Bumi asked with raised eyebrows. “You’ll have to tell me that story over dinner. And speaking of which, I’m starving. What do you say we go out for a celebratory dinner? My treat. Gotta spend my new presidential salary on something.”
“Dinner sounds great,” Bolin said. “Street food does not fill you up. Though maybe let’s avoid sausages if possible.”
Asami rolled her eyes. “I told you: it’s just a preservative that makes the food last longer. Sausages are perfectly edible.”
“Yeah,” Bolin said, “but when you lead off with ‘this ingredient is used to make bombs,’ then sausages really just lose all of their appeal.”
“Well, I’d planned on heading back to The Noodle Shack,” Bumi said. “Same place we went last time, since I owe the owner for supporting my campaign. Plus, they’ve got plenty of vegetarian options for Tenzin.” His gaze scanned the square in front of City Hall, looking for Tenzin’s golden robes. Last Asami had seen, Tenzin had been directing civilians away from the square, repelling any Equalists who got too close with his airbending. “Just gotta pick up my little brother and check in with Lin before I head out. Make sure there aren’t any duties I have to finish first. How about we meet up at the restaurant in fifteen minutes?”
“Sounds good,” Asami said. “We’ll see you there.”
Asami started to convince herself to relax. It was time for the victory noodles. Mako and Bolin had started up a debate about where the best egg rolls could be found. The tension slowly began to drain from Asami’s shoulders as they started to stroll toward the noodle place.
Her eyes caught a flash of maroon and gray, loosely concealed by a drab cloak.
She would know those colors in a pitch dark room.
Asami instantly pivoted toward the woman in the Equalist uniform and took on a defensive stance, scanning the roofline for silhouettes.
“Wha-” Bolin stumbled and nearly walked into Mako as his brother took a mirror stance to Asami’s half a beat later.
“No, wait, you have to listen to me, please!” The girl stumbled backward, empty hands held up in a sign of surrender. She let go of the cloak to hold out her hands, revealing a matching uniform to the ones the attackers had worn, complete with the tarp gliding wings.
Something about the desperation in her tone reminded Asami of when she had approached the United Forces with information about the Equalist assault all those months ago, knowing they had no reason to trust her word but hoping that at least one person would listen to her.
She took a step forward, motioning for Mako and Bolin to stay in place. “What do you need to tell me?”
“The attack on the square is just a diversion,” the girl said. “The Equalists have an elite squadron waiting to take out President Bumi once he arrives at The Noodle Shack.
“What!?” Bolin exclaimed.
Asami’s heart skipped a beat at the words. Could this be why Liu, Kin, and the other elite Equalist fighters weren’t present here? The Equalists had used diversions before, but to let so many of their own get captured just to set up a second attack? A third, if she counted the bomb. Did they truly distrust the presidency that much?
“And how do you know where he planned on going to dinner?” Mako asked.
“It was in his campaign mover,” the girl said. “That he would always go out for noodles to celebrate, and I can’t imagine now would be any different.”
Asami winced. Bumi had said something to that effect in the campaign mover they had filmed. At the time, it had seemed a good line to show how invested Bumi was in supporting local businesses and growing Republic City’s economy... It seemed the Equalists had gleaned some intel from the mover when they had been scouting in front of City Hall that night.
“I think they’re planning to take the restaurant staff hostage and lay a trap for President Bumi,” the girl continued. “You have to warn the President not to go.”
“And why tell us this instead of approaching him yourself?” Mako asked, eyes narrowed.
“Because I wasn’t sure they’d even listen to me in time,” the girl said, her gaze fixed on Asami. “But I knew if anyone would hear me out, it would be you. Because you were an Equalist once too, but you broke free. So you know what it’s like--”
“To put yourself at someone else’s mercy,” Asami said.
The girl took a deep breath. “I thought joining the Equalists was the only way to make things better for us non-benders. They were so persuasive at the rallies. But after everything, the attacks and the city takeover and going into hiding, I started to doubt. But I didn’t have the courage to leave, not until I heard President Bumi ask us to work with him even as we attacked him. I want to believe in that future the president speaks about so badly, so you have to warn him about the trap.”
Looking at the girl, Asami felt like she was staring into a mirror at the past version of herself. “What’s your name?” she asked.
“Yuna,” the girl said. “My name is Yuna.”
“I believe you, Yuna,” Asami said.
Mako and Bolin exchanged a glance, one of their silent conversations passing between them. Then, both relaxed their posture. “We believe you too,” Bolin said.
Yuna’s expression brightened. “Thank you!”
“I’m worried about these potential hostages, though,” Mako said. “Even if we stop Bumi from going to the restaurant, the Equalists still have the restaurant staff captive to make demands.”
And of course, Bumi would walk straight into the trap if it meant he could spare the hostages inside.
“Yuna, do you know how many Equalists were participating in this surprise attack?” Asami asked.
“No more than ten, we’ve had heavy losses,” she said. “But they would have sent only the best fighters.”
With that number, it would have been easy for the Equalists to split up in smaller groups and evade detection while they made their way to a restaurant. But once together, even ten Equalists could easily take an entire restaurant hostage. Especially one as small as The Noodle Shack. Despite its acclaim, it really wasn’t a huge place.
“We have to tell Lin about this,” Bolin said. “Get the police involved to help with the hostages.”
“At least half the police force is already busy cleaning up this last attack,” Mako said. “By the time they get a response force together, the Equalists will probably realize that their plan has been discovered. And if that happens…”
If that happened, then who knew what would happen to the hostages?
Asami glanced up at Mako and Bolin and found that the concern on their faces matched her own. A plan took root in her mind even though she knew it wasn’t a good one. She took a deep breath to speak.
“Ten, huh?” Bolin asked. “That’s like, what, three each?” He started cracking his knuckles.
“Three and a third,” Asami said automatically.
“So three each and we team up on the leader,” Mako said.
“Their leader will be Liu,” Asami said, dread coiling in her gut at the thought of facing him again. She could hear the crackle of his kali sticks echo in her mind, and she remembered how the glint of his goggles had obscured his expression during their last brief meeting during the prison break. “And he’s not to be taken lightly.”
Mako frowned. “You mean the Lieutenant?”
“His name is actually Liu?” Bolin asked.
Lieutenant Liu. Asami had laughed with him over the coincidence right after Amon had gifted him the title. It had been a spot of humor in the rapidly militarizing Equalist movement. There was no humor to be found in the current situation.
“He was the one who trained me primarily,” Asami said. “And he has always made it his priority to see each mission accomplished to the best of his abilities.”
“We’ve faced him before and gotten away just fine,” Bolin said. His expression fell on Mako, and he winced. “Well, mostly.”
Mako’s expression hardened into resolute determination. “Well, I’ve always wanted a rematch after the last time. He’s not the only one who can use lightning.”
“You can’t be serious,” Yuna said, a frantic note entering her voice. “There’s only three of you, and--”
“We can take them,” Bolin said. “We’ve fought Equalists before and won.”
“If we want to resolve the situation quickly, then we need to go now,” Mako said. “The three of us can move much more quickly and quietly than a police force.”
“Yuna,” Asami said, before the girl could protest further. “You said you discarded your glove behind a dumpster nearby. Where exactly?”
After a moment, Yuna pointed to a side street several yards to their left.
Good. Asami hoped the electrified glove would still be there. Even though Yuna was far more petite than her, Asami should be able to adjust the glove’s fit.
“Yuna, do you see that group speaking over there?” Asami pointed to the far side of the plaza, where Bumi was speaking with Tenzin, Lin, and Iroh.
“With the President?”
Asami nodded. “You need to pass your message onto them as well. I promise that they will listen to you.”
Iroh had been willing to hear her out all those months ago when others in the United Forces had wanted to arrest Asami on the spot, and Bumi had never once held her Equalist past against her. And if Tenzin and Lin would have reservations, she knew that they would at least be fair to Yuna.
“And if that doesn’t work, tell them that Asami, Mako, and Bolin will vouch for you,” Bolin added.
“If we want to get those hostages out in time, we have to leave now,” Mako said.
Asami focused her attention on Yuna. “Can you tell them about the attack? And that the three of us have gone ahead to deal with the situation.”
Yuna clasped her hands tightly in front of her. Though she looked scared, she nodded. “I can do that.”
“Good, thank you. I won’t forget what you’ve done in telling us all this,” Asami said. “And I’ll make sure the others don’t forget as well.”
Yuna nodded and turned to leave.
A thought raced into Asami’s mind. “Wait, one last thing. What about my mother?”
“Your mother isn’t on this mission.”
“No, I know that. But do you know if she built any kind of weapons specifically for this attack?”
Yuna shook her head. “No, I wasn’t really privy to the details beyond that we would serve as a diversion so the second attack would be a surprise. Though I do remember overhearing her and the Lieutenant arguing about something before we left. I don’t know what it was about though.”
That her mother and Liu had been arguing about the plan worried Asami. What could Liu be planning that even her mother disapproved of?
She would have to think of it on their way to the restaurant. They couldn’t afford to delay any longer. “Okay, thank you for the information, Yuna.” Turning to face Mako and Bolin, Asami steeled her resolve. “Let’s get that glove and get going.”
* * *
P’li recognized Sakari on sight. She’d screened enough newspaper coverage the past few weeks for that. The short girl looked so much like Korra used to look at thirteen. The same beginnings of bulk, a somewhat square-ish build with real muscles yet to come, that paired oddly with the simultaneous arrival of puberty.
The family resemblance was astounding, even with Sakari’s shorter hairstyle. The girl even looked angry like Korra used to while she sweat through thankless firebending lessons with P’li.
“Korra!” Sakari shouted, leaping to her feet. She rushed forward a few steps, then stopped short as she registered that Korra was not alone.
Behind her, the second girl grabbed Sakari’s sleeve. “Watch out,” she said.
This girl, P’li did not recognize at first glance, though she seemed familiar somehow. Her face reminded P’li of an illustration she’d seen once of a young Avatar Aang. Her yellow robes marked her as one of the airbender children.
Instinctively, P’li moved to the side, flanking the group. Whatever threat they brought, she would be hard-pressed to address it standing behind Zaheer or Korra.
Korra stopped short, and P’li heard her breath catch. “Sakari? Jinora? What are you doing here?”
Zaheer strode forward, throwing an arm in front of Korra’s shoulders in caution. “Be wary, Korra. Spirits can take many forms.”
Sakari rolled her eyes, and P’li was reminded again of how much she disliked that age in Korra herself. Always rolling her eyes and making snippy comments. “I’m her sister, not some spirit pretender,” Sakari snapped. “And that’s simple enough to prove, because I *know* you, Korra.”
“I met you because of Naga, because she smelled you and came barreling down an alley after you. I liked you immediately, and was sorry my polar bear dog had knocked you over, and it was strange and absurd because you were using ‘Naga’ as an alias.”
P’li watched a sequence of emotions—concern, nostalgia, fondness, anxiety—flash over Korra’s face as she pushed Zaheer’s arm aside, but the important one was recognition. Even if she wasn’t already a dead ringer for Korra herself, there was no doubt that Sakari was who she said she was.
Flicking her gaze over to Zaheer, P’li could see him come to the same conclusion. He didn’t stop Korra as she pressed past his arm, and turned naturally with the gesture, incorporating her movement into his own step to the side. The shift in posture minimized the distance between him and Korra, kept them side-by-side. He had his calculating face on, and she could see the thoughts racing behind his eyes. If the girls were, indeed, who they claimed to be, how would that impact their plans and aims? Zaheer never lost sight of the plan.
“And that’s when I met your girlfriend, Asami,” Sakari added, triumphant. She seemed to take his quiet thinking as a concession.
Zaheer scoffed, “A girlfriend, Korra?” P’li noted in his expression a candid surprise, a certain incredulity.
Korra choked, triggering a coughing fit. “She’s not my girlfriend,” she managed to say with entirely too much conviction.
P’li was surprised to feel her own expression soften. She’d kept her distance from the girl, knowing her fate was to be used, to be a tool to re-shape the world. That often felt too close to P’li’s own past, to her own first destiny as a warlord’s personal weapon.
P’li had hardly been able to conceive of a different life until Zaheer had shown up. Hardly more than a child in age, he had somehow walked with a man’s purpose. She had loved him for liberating her, and then loved him for his ideals, before she realized she loved him for the very person that he was. And it had been in discovering her own capacity for love that P’li had first been able to conceive of herself as her own person. More than a weapon, or a tool. She was someone to consult and discuss with, not simply someone to aim and fire.
The airbender girl, Jinora, stepped forward. “We were able to figure out that you were coming here for Harmonic Convergence because I remembered your visits to Air Temple Island, and the library. I didn’t know who you were, but I knew I liked you from the very beginning. Your sister and I ran away to meet you here at the North Pole, because we needed to see you, and to convince you not to open the spirit portals.” An uncertain smile crossed Jinora’s face. “And I wanted to offer to be your airbending instructor.”
For a moment, P’li was not sure which notion offended Zaheer more: that the girls had come to stop Korra from reuniting the physical and spiritual worlds, or that Jinora was offering to be Korra’s airbending teacher. Absolute rage rolled off him for a breath before she saw him steel his expression once more. Even with P’li’s spotty connection to the spiritual plane, his fury was palpable through her link to him.
“We are resolute in our purpose,” he said icily, taking a step forward. “And while I’m sure Korra is glad to see you, we will not be swayed from our intentions.” Here, he put a hand on Korra’s shoulder.
“Opening the portals would spiritually unbalance the world,” Sakari said, “and it’s the Avatar’s purpose to keep balance in the world.” She smiled wobbly. “And I know you. I know you want to do the right thing. And you’ve been hidden away so you couldn’t help people, but now you can.”
“Korra,” Zaheer said. “I know that you know your destiny, and the plan.” This time, P’li could hear a growl in his voice.
Korra nodded, but seemed a bit absentminded, as though she were having a conversation within herself for a couple moments.
Turning toward the girls, Korra stepped out from under Zaheer’s arm, but did not put distance between them. “I don’t expect the two of you to understand,” Korra said, “but the path I’m taking is one that will bring a different sort of balance to the world. It would be different than before, but would start a new spiritual age.”
“This might be a bit contrarian, but what’s wrong with the current spiritual age?” Sakari asked.
“No, I’m legitimately curious,” Jinora added, shifting on her feet. “What is wrong with the present spiritual age?”
Korra chuckled, shaking her head. “I’m sure we could have lots of long conversations about it. And I really wish we could.”
Without warning, Korra leapt over their heads with a burst of airbending. “But I prefer action to conversations. And we can talk later.”
Caught off-guard, the girls moved quickly, but were unable to intercept Korra before she landed beside them and laid one hand on the spirit portal. “It is the job of the Avatar to bring and create balance in the world,” she said, voice warped by an otherworldly distortion as the portal opened.
Jinora was muttering, ‘No, no, no,’ under her breath as Zaheer clapped his hands together once, calling out, “Well done, Korra! Now be ready for the second one, and to remove Raava when the moment is right.”
Sakari looked grim and sad, but her stride was resolute as she stepped in-between Korra and the second portal. Jinora floated behind her, immediately taking a complementary stance.
“I don’t want to fight you,” Sakari said, “but we will do what we have to, if that’s what it takes to stop you from opening the second one.” She bit her lip, then added, “I’m sorry, Korra.”
P’li moved to Zaheer’s side as Korra took a reluctant stance.
“It will be to Korra’s distraction, and our ultimate disadvantage, for us to employ excessive force in this conflict,” Zaheer murmured to her. His gaze was fixed on Korra’s shoulder blades. “Just in case though, be prepared.” The corners of his lips tightened.
A catch seemed to insert itself, unbidden, in P’li’s next breath.
“But, Zaheer,” and here she trailed off a moment, watching Korra’s slow steps around the perimeter. The two small girls seemed as though they would hardly reach P'li's elbows, but they had steeled themselves around the second portal regardless.
“Zaheer, they’re *children*,” she finished. At that age, P’li had stood a head taller with shoulders weighed down by deaths uncounted.
At that age, Korra had learned firebending under P’li’s distant tutelage, and had excelled beyond reason. Korra consumed each lesson like a flame enveloping kindling, not understanding that she was intended to die.
“They’re only obstacles,” Zaheer said. “Be ready.”
P’li reached down, but could not find the readiness within her.
* * *
Ming-Hua leaned her shoulder against Ghazan’s and skimmed her eyes over the sheets of paper as he flipped through the folder.
At the sight of a header titled, ‘Omashu Incidents,’ followed by several different year dates, she raised an eyebrow.
“I’m impressed,” she said, “this really is much better than our usual dossiers.”
Ghazan nodded, flipping the sheet over. “Agreed. I’d forgotten half of this stuff, honestly.”
Across the table, Malina sipped her tea with modest grace. “The two of you do keep rather busy,” she said, “it’s natural that you might lose track of some of your numerous exploits.”
Ghazan flipped to a page with the header, ‘Republic City encounter with Toph Bei-Fong’ and grimaced. Ming-Hua cackled. “Oh that’s a nice photo! I want a copy of that one.”
Malina chuckled as Ghazan huffed and hurriedly flipped the page. “Feel free to keep it,” she said. “You won’t be surprised to know I have other copies.”
“Of course,” Ming-Hua said. “Ghazan, can you put that photo in my hip purse?”
“No,” he said, even as he did so anyway. “It’s a shame we don’t have some terrible photo of you getting your ass kicked by Katara. I would get that framed. I’d even buy a house just to have a wall to hang it on.”
Malina snorted. Even her snorts were lady-like. “The old hag still lives down in the South Pole healing bumps and bruises. Be my guest.”
“I’ve been too busy to indulge myself on ego trips,” Ming-Hua said. As Ghazan flipped to the next page, she frowned. They’d come upon the information Malina had on the Red Lotus’ specific travels with Korra, and the detailed dossiers no longer felt amusing. “How did you come by this... density of information?” she asked. “It’s impressive, to be sure.” Ming-Hua had the sense that Malina was someone who took a particular pride in her access and scope of knowledge.
Indeed, Malina seemed to preen, just slightly, under the compliment. “I have eyes and ears in many places,” she said. “But in regards to you two, I’ll admit that much of this is gleaned from my late husband’s files.”
Ghazan groaned. “Ugh, Unalaq! Of course. Tell that guy to ‘leave no records’ and he’ll make sure it’s all tagged with tidy keywords and filed in triplicate.”
Malina smiled thinly. “It took a bit of time to locate all his hidden records and a bit more time to decode his various ciphers, but it’s proven to be a healthy investment since then.”
“I imagine,” Ghazan said, taking a sip of his tea. “My belated condolences, by the way.”
Malina cocked an eyebrow. “For his murder?”
“For your marriage.”
This inspired a full-throated laugh from Malina, possibly the first authentic reaction from her since they’d started talking. Ghazan chuckled at his own wit, and Ming-Hua cracked a smile, but her thoughts were elsewhere. She was trying to parse a potential source from between the lines of the dossier pages.
Much of this could have come from Unalaq, gained during his temporary membership in the Red Lotus. Not all, however. Malina had other sources, and they were closer than Ming-Hua was comfortable with.
“Genuine inquiry for you,” Malina said, once her laughter had abated.
“Yes?” Ming-Hua cocked her head and bumped Ghazan’s shoulder slightly. He would understand her signal to back off a bit and let her own this next interaction.
“Which one of you actually killed him? His body was in too many pieces for the coroner to determine a proper cause of death.”
Ming-Hua felt Ghazan pull back, clearly feeling awkward. He was probably glad she’d signaled him that she’d take the question now.
Ming-Hua crossed her legs and settled a bit more comfortably in the chair. “Zaheer did,” she said.
Malina pursed her lips. “Oh?”
Ming-Hua bared her teeth in what might pass for a smile. “He can’t abide betrayal of the cause, especially the betrayal of comrades.”
“Hm.” Malina pondered this a moment, finishing her cup of tea. “Ideologues are so interesting. I bet he’s loved having a child to raise, someone to bring up in the right modes of thought.”
Ming-Hua said nothing and bent a sip of tea to her lips, waiting for Malina to finish her play.
“And how about you two. What’s it been like, raising my niece?” Malina set her teacup on the saucer with a particular delicacy.
Ming-Hua felt Ghazan’s gaze on her. He always wanted to talk and joke through tense interactions. Banter was his comfortable space.
Silence was comfortable for Ming-Hua. She was used to it, whether because people often expected her to be mute, or because she simply hadn’t been addressed much as a child. As though lacking arms meant she lacked a tongue, lacked thoughts to speak.
She had plenty of thoughts, and plenty to say, but knew also that there was an advantage to holding bits of knowledge in reserve sometimes. In silence, people would populate the empty space with their assumptions. And assumptions about Ming-Hua could be turned to her advantage.
“I hear she’s quite the handful,” Malina added. Her tone was almost conspiratorial, as though to three of them were all friends with same-aged toddlers. “But also memorable. It’s been a fascinating project, putting together a travelogue of your locations months or years later. People remember her well, which must be frustrating considering the circumstances. I’ll get a story 10 months later from a child whose ostrich-horse she calmed, or some farmer whose roof she helped patch for some spare change a year ago. Strong, lovable, confident. She seems to find friends everywhere she goes, and she’s gone quite a few places.”
That was Korra.
Ming-Hua cracked a smile. “She’s sociable to a fault. It would be a crime to keep her locked up somewhere. But sometimes it meant moving on sooner than planned, if some new friend had taken too keen an interest, or a nice family seemed ready to adopt her out from under us.”
Ghazan chucked and crossed his arms, leaning back in his chair. “Or we’d have to go because Korra spotted someone mistreating their animal and decided to steal and re-home it right out from under their noses.”
Malina mirrored Ghazan’s pose and raised her eyebrows. “I bet you two know more Avatar stories than I could fit in a folder,” she said.
“She’s been one of our longest-term projects, at this point,” Ming-Hua said. “And not one that can really be put on hold, or set aside for a moment.”
“And the spirits know I’ve wanted to sometimes,” Ghazan sighed. “But even still... probably the best project we’ve had. From the very best to the terrible...” and as Ghazan trailed off, Ming-Hua knew he was thinking of those dark weeks after her encounter with Amon.
And she’d had no words for it, not in the moment and not in the time since. Korra had, mercifully, evaded Amon’s hands that night. But if it had been a toss-up, if she’d had to choose which of them would spend those weeks shut off, cut off from their bending...
Ming-Hua would have thrown herself in front of Korra, would have spared her that fate every time. Even in the darkness... some part of her had been glad it was her, and not Korra.
“... and back to the very best all over again,” Ghazan finished.
Malina studied them as she poured a second cup of tea from the pot. As it steamed in her cup, Malina’s gaze flicked down, then back up to them again. “So she’s your daughter, is what you’re saying.”
Ming-Hua turned and met Ghazan’s gaze. Had they ever referred to Korra as such?
Had they ever needed to?
“We never wanted kids,” Ghazan began, “but—“
“What do you even want, Malina?” Ming-Hua snapped. “Can you cut to the point of our teatime here? We’ve usually started breaking bones at this point.”
Malina leaned forward and uncrossed her arms. “I want what you want: I want what is best for my niece, and the world, by extension. And as far as I can tell, that makes us unlikely allies in these unlikely circumstances. Because I have read my husband’s notes, and I know the purpose intended behind the Avatar’s kidnapping.”
Ming-Hua found she could not look at Ghazan, though she saw him turn toward her from the corner of her eye. Reaching down, she summoned the expression she wanted instead of the one she felt. She tossed her head, and knew there was a dangerous flash in her eyes as she said, “What about it? Do you recall who we are? We aren’t your usual teatime guests.”
“Precisely.” Malina steepled her fingers together. “That’s why I invited you. This struck me as an absolutely invaluable networking opportunity.”
Ming-Hua found that she couldn’t maintain her ‘distant assassin’ expression and closed her eyes as she took a deep breath. “Okay, I’m done. This one is crazy, Ghazan. You know I can’t deal with crazy.”
“So when Zaheer kills Korra, will you go back and still be able to be a happy anarchist family together again?” Malina’s voice had returned to the cutting tone, no false brightness anymore. “Vaatu will wander the earth, and full chaos will reign. Korra will be dead. Is that the world you two want to live in? Is that *your* ideology?”
Ming-Hua stayed silent, trying to think faster, think harder, figure out what Malina’s angle was so she could redirect and navigate her own route forward. And besides, Korra was going to try to remove Raava from herself, remove the ‘Avatar’ part from the rest of her spirit. Malina didn’t know that, but Ming-Hua did. There was a chance that Korra would find the perfect path of compromise forward, and then Zaheer wouldn’t—
“No.”
She jerked away at the sound of Ghazan’s voice, crashing through all her thoughts.
“No,” he said again. “I want a lot of changes in the world, but not that one.”
It was as though he’d tossed a boulder into the stream of her thoughts, which whirled and eddied around his statement in surprise.
She thought to qualify his words, adjust his statement, find a more particular path forward that might obscure their true purpose just slightly.
But he was her (fake) husband, and she could feel his thoughts trudging along beside her own, in the direct manner he embodied. And... when she stopped trying to make it fit perfectly, she did agree.
“What he said.” Ming-Hua tossed her head in his direction, and Ghazan responded by putting an arm around her shoulders.
He was her rock, always. Whatever path their winding stream took from here forward, he would be beside her whenever they weren’t fighting back to back. As long as he wasn’t just watching her with that love-struck look while she was doing all the fighting.
“I have a deal for your mutual consideration,” Malina said. She leaned back in her chair. “It includes a boat ticket afterward, on the condition that Korra doesn’t board with you. I have a personal escort on standby who can rush you to the pole, with zero interference from any lingering checkpoints, guaranteed. Mounted, you can be there before half the hour has passed.”
“What do you want in return?” Ming-Hua asked. The words felt strange on her tongue. Quid pro quo with the regent of the Northern Water Tribe wasn’t their usual strategy.
“Let me know if you’re interested in what I have to offer, and I’ll let you know the price.” Malina smiled mildy. “Or you could stick to your original plan and... kill me? Torture me? You’ve been having tea with me for a while. The palace will be surrounded by now, and even benders of your formidable skills would be hard pressed to make it to the pole in any reasonable amount of time.”
Ghazan barked a laugh. “Is that what you think?”
Malina inclined her head. “Indeed.”
He turned his gaze to Ming-Hua. Without words, he asked her what their decision was.
Ming-Hua closed her eyes for a breath, and opened them to her decision.
* * *
The Noodle Shack was a small restaurant in a converted warehouse near the docks. The current shop owner’s father had established the place to serve sailors during the early days of Republic City. While most businesses had relocated closer to downtown and the main warehouses had been consolidated into a different section of the docks, the Noodle Shack had weathered the changes in its original location.
The owner had rambled about this in between takes as they filmed Bumi’s campaign mover, even giving them a tour of the small building. The first floor housed the restaurant proper while the second floor served as storage. Asami tried to recall as much of this information as she could as they raced toward the Noodle Shack, half-formed battle plans circling in her mind. She fiddled with the electrified glove around her left hand though she knew there wasn’t anything else she could do to adjust the fit without her tools. She would just have to hope they ended any fights quickly enough that the awkward fit didn’t hamper her.
Mako and Bolin led the way, taking a series of shortcuts through side streets and back alleys. As they ran, Asami relayed quick profiles of the Equalists’ top fighters.
“You’ve faced Liu before,” she said, “so you know his fighting style. The best thing to do is keep out of range of his kali sticks. I know keeping your distance will be harder indoors, but that will give you the best advantage against him.
“Then, there’s Kin and Gin, the two Equalists we spotted in the crowd when we showed Bumi’s campaign mover.”
“I remember them,” Bolin said.
“Gin’s attack mainly rely on his strength, though he is faster than you would expect from him. But his sister is by far the larger threat. She’s a skilled chi blocker and one of the fastest and most acrobatic fighters.”
“And has a personal vendetta against you,” Mako said.
Asami took a steadying breath as they rounded a sharp corner down an alley she must have overlooked a dozen times during her trips throughout Republic City. This would be the perfect opportunity for Kin to get a second chance at killing her.
A few steps ahead, the brothers exchanged a glance. “So we take her out first,” Mako said.
“Ideally.”
Bolin punched his opposite palm. “Mako and I’ll give her the bending brothers one-two combo before she can get close to you.”
Asami managed a smile at their support. “Sounds like a plan.”
The other seven members of the team Asami was less certain of, but she still relayed what information she could. The Equalists had some standard moves shared among their best fighters, and some of the strategies involving electrified weapons or chi blocking would be the same regardless of the fighter.
At some point, apartments and stores had turned into shipping offices and warehouses. The buildings began to space out, and the trio had to stick to the shadows to keep themselves hidden. They reached the docks before Asami could finish her analysis. She pulled to a stop behind Mako and Bolin, hidden in the shadow of an alleyway.
A few warehouses stood in this area, most housing spare ship parts. Several yards down the road stood a two story warehouse with several windows added to the first floor and a string of electric lights hung haphazardly halfway up the building. A rickety sign hung over the door, and Asami could just barely make out the characters that read “Noodle Shack.”
From this distance, nothing about the restaurant looked amiss. The downstairs windows were brightly lit, and Asami could make out a handful of figures moving about inside. However, she was too far away to see whether the figures belonged to the restaurant’s usual staff or disguised Equalists.
“We need a better vantage point,” Mako said, eyes scanning the area around the Noodle Shack. “Come on, let’s see if we can get on top of one of the neighboring warehouses.”
They circled around the back of the nearest warehouse and approached the Noodle Shack. As they neared, Bolin used his bending to launch them onto the roof of a nearby building. Asami took a moment to steady herself when she landed, then joined Mako and Bolin at the edge of the roof.
From this new angle, she had a better view inside the restaurant. A waitress stepped into view, wearing the blue, short-sleeved robe that was part of the staff uniform. Asami didn’t recognize her face, but her heady makeup, along with the reflection of light off the window, obscured her features.
Asami waited for another minute, but none of the other staff moved close enough for her to get a view of their face. From what she could see, there didn’t appear to be any customers in the building. Had Bumi reserved a private dinner, or was it just a slow night? She had been focused on other details in the final days of his campaign.
“Well?” Bolin asked, glancing toward her.
“I don’t recognize anyone,” Asami said. “But that doesn’t mean they aren’t Equalists.”
“They’re doing a good job staying away from the window,” Mako muttered, scowling as another staff member stepped into view to sweep the floor, back turned to them. “And we don’t have all night to scope the place out.”
Asami tore her gaze from the window and took in the rest of the warehouse housing the restaurant. She wished she had paid more attention to the storage area above the restaurant. What had the owner told them about the second floor during their brief tour?
“The owner said that they don’t really use the south side of the storage area, right?” she asked.
“Yeah,” Bolin said. “They only really use the area by the stairs. But he did say they might have to expand seating to the second floor if Bumi’s campaign brought them more customers.”
Asami nodded, studying the south side of the building. A stack of pallets rose halfway up the wall, just beyond the edge of the front lights. It looked like there was a pair of windows a few feet above the pallets, just big enough for them to crawl through. “We could sneak in through there to see if there are any signs of an Equalist break-in.”
“We don’t really have much else of a choice,” Mako said. “We can’t just wait around if there are hostages.”
They slipped off the roof and around to the side of the Noodle Shack. Asami climbed the stack of pallets first, stretching her hand up to check the window.
The window opened in, the pane of glass sliding silently beneath her fingertips.
Asami glanced back at Mako and Bolin with a frown. If the window wasn’t locked, then what were the odds that someone had sneaked in before them?
A moment of silence passed between them. “Only way to go is forward,” Mako finally said, motioning for Asami to enter.
She slid easily through the window, landing lightly on her feet on the other side. A few boxes, containing dried seaweed if the characters on the outside were correct, had been piled up a few feet away, so she ducked behind them.
To her left, nestled in the back corner, were the stairs leading down to the restaurant. She could just barely make out the murmur of conversation if she concentrated on the sound rising from the kitchen, but the words were too faint for her to catch any of the words.
Mako and Bolin followed behind her. Their steps were heavier than hers had been, and even though Asami knew they didn’t make much noise, it felt like the sound of their landing blasted through the storage area.
“See anything out of place?” Mako asked, giving the room a quick scan from behind their cover.
Asami shook her head, letting her gaze fall about the room. Various crates and bags of rice and flour blocked them from direct view of the stairs. Against the far wall were shelves lined with cutlery and cookware, and opposite them a line of cheap wooden screens blocking off most of the right half of the storage area.
Her eyes narrowed as she took those in. The owner had mentioned something about using part of the second floor to store miscellaneous items that wouldn’t fit in his home since he didn’t need that much storage for the restaurant. If he didn’t check that half of the storage area regularly…
A loud creak coming from the direction of the stairs interrupted her thoughts, and she slipped around to the other side of the seaweed box along with Mako and Bolin. Someone climbed the steps, the lack of lighting making it impossible for Asami to discern any specific features. However, she could tell that the person was tall and gangly, moving with an awkwardness that suggested a recent growth spurt. The person hoisted a bag of flour into his arms with a grunt before turning to slowly descend the stairs.
Asami frowned. Nothing about the boy’s movements had suggested any kind of martial arts training and there had been a distinct lack of awareness of his surroundings. None of the discipline and acuity that the Equalists’ best fighters possessed.
It could have been elaborate acting, but why keep up the charade in the empty storage area? Why even bother with retrieving a bag of flour if the Equalists were planning on taking out Bumi upon his arrival?
“Didn’t look like much of a fighter,” Bolin muttered.
She swallowed. “He wasn’t an Equalist.”
All this time, they had been expecting the Equalists to have taken the restaurant staff hostage and filled in their roles for when Bumi arrived. Disguising their spies as employees was part of how the Equalists had infiltrated the Pro-Bending Arena and City Hall successfully all those months ago.
But those had been much larger venues. The noodle shack wasn’t a shack any longer, but Bumi was enough of a regular to probably recognize most of the staff on sight. That could disrupt the trap before it was sprung. But if this wasn’t a disguise and replace operation, that meant...
“The Equalists haven’t made their move yet,” she breathed. Relief and anxiety flooded her veins. Nobody had been hurt yet. But the yet hung in the air, filling the moment with tension.
“Maybe they... changed their mind?” Bolin ventured optimistically.
“Or they’re here on the second floor with us right now.” Mako’s tone darkened. “It’s like you said, this is so conveniently deserted. Easy to access, and has easy access and vantage to the ground floor.”
Asami pinched the bridge of her nose. “They could wait until Bumi arrives, then swoop down to the first floor without alerting any external guards.”
Silence fell. The three of them exchanged wary glances.
“That would be bad,” Bolin said. “But how do we know for sure?”
“Um.” Asami’s mind raced, trying to figure out how to verify the theory. If the Equalists were holed up on another part of the floor, they were sure to move this way, toward the entrance to the first floor, once Bumi arrived. But the better idea would be to head them off before they were about to strike. And wherever they were, it was probably a fairly defensible position. They’d have scouted the location ahead of time, unlike Asami. Any of them moving through the area would be more likely to get caught in an ambush than to pull off the reverse.
“Actually, I’ve got an idea.” Bolin moved forward without waiting for a response, and Asami’s hand grasped vainly at the tail of his shirt as he rolled to another stack of boxes to hide behind.
Then, across the room, a small clay lid lifted itself off of an earthenware jar and made a small clattering sound when it landed on the floorboards. Bolin, one hand outstretched, flicked his hand in small gestures, and the lid started to thonk-thonk-thonk its way across the floor, and toward the far side of the attic.
Asami realized then that his new position was for a better angle. He’d be able to keep his eyes on the lid longer, and guide it farther down the hallway.
They watched in silence as the lid walked itself farther and farther away, sounding remarkably like footsteps under Bolin’s precise movements. Each ‘thonk’ felt like the ticking of a bomb, closer and closer to exploding.
The lid was almost out of sight when they heard a creaking footstep.
Bolin flattened out his hand, and the lid fell soundlessly to the floor, instantly invisible among the detritus of the cluttered attic.
From behind a row of screens, a pair of shadowy figures emerged. Equalist fighters. Adrenaline flooded Asami’s body. Being right was such a curse sometimes.
The two Equalists moved closer, scanning the attic carefully. A small clatter sounded from the corner opposite Bolin, to Asami’s left. The Equalists immediately pivoted that way, and Asami saw Bolin’s hands lowering from the corner of her eye as another clatter sounded.
Mako tapped Asami’s forearm, then flashed her three fingers when she glanced at him. She nodded. Count of three to take them out. They’d be facing away from them while they investigated the corner. Asami pointed to the Equalist on the left, then to herself. Mako nodded and pointed to the one on the right.
They were getting closer to the corner, where they would quickly discover there was nothing.
Mako flashed her two fingers. Asami tensed herself. Mako counted down to one finger, and then it was time to go.
She and Mako moved in tandem to take out the pair of Equalists. She charged up on the one on the left, and Mako advanced toward the one on the right. A solid blow to the back of the Equalist’s neck stunned him, and his legs buckled. As Asami moved to catch the man to lower him gently to the ground, however, the weight of the man shifted her electrified glove, and her thumb caught against the internal switch. Electricity shot through the man, and his groan was lost in the crackle that reverberated through the small space.
Asami bit back a curse as she heard more shuffling from the other side of the screens. So much for stealth.
One of the screens was moved, and a familiar woman stood on the other side.
Asami froze at the sight of Kin.
“Well, well,” Kin said after a moment’s pause. “This is quite the surprise.” Then, she charged forward. No hesitation. Though it was too dark to see her expression, Asami could picture the razor-thin smirk pulling across her face.
A line of fire burst into life between her and Kin, forcing the other woman to leap back to avoid getting burned. She landed beside Gin, who rested a hand on her shoulder to steady her.
Mako stepped forward to stand at Asami’s right. Bolin joined on her left, and she took strength in the fact that the two were there to fight beside her.
“I would be mindful of your fire if I were you.” The voice that spoke was Liu’s. He emerged from behind one of the further screens, a strange object strapped to his chest. In his hand, he held a small device. His thumb hovered over the button atop the device. “Unless you want this entire building going up in flames.”
Asami sucked in a sharp breath. It was a bomb.
She should have known that her mother would have acquired enough supplies for more than one bomb. It had been foolish to assume the threat was done once they had found the one downtown.
Beside her, Mako grit his teeth. While he didn’t drop his fighting stance, he did extinguish the flames between them and Kin.
She shot forward several steps, but a barked order from Liu halted her movements.
Heavy footsteps sounded up the stairs, and the owner of the Noodle Shack came into view, holding a heavy wooden club in one hand. “What is going--” His words cut off with a sharp gasp when he caught sight of the Equalists.
“Might want to evacuate downstairs,” Bolin said. “Got an Equalist infestation.”
“Ah ah, I wouldn’t move too fast.” Liu waved the detonator in his hand. “I have a very volatile bomb here, and I’ve been told that flour is quite explosive under the right circumstances.”
The owner’s eyes darted around in a panic. Asami wondered if he was counting the sacks of flour around them.
“So,” Liu continued, “we’re all going to play nice and do what I say now... understand?” He relaxed his finger from the detonator’s trigger slightly and the whole room took a collective sharp breath.
Bolin shifted, moving his hands in a sharp jerk. Two earthenware bowls flew off the shelf behind Liu, crashing into his back. The force was enough to send him staggering forward, the detonator slipping from his hand.
Asami and Mako darted forward toward the detonator. In her peripheral vision, she caught sight of Kin and Gin moving as well. She dropped into a slide to reach the detonator first, hand closing around the slim device.
Kin was upon her in an instant, slamming her leg down in a drop kick that Asami just barely managed to roll out of the way from. The next kick caught her in the hip, sending a jolt of pain up her side.
Mako summoned a flash of fire in Kin’s face, the flames only there for a second. But it was enough to pause the woman’s attack as she instinctively shielded her face, a growl of frustration torn from her throat.
Gin closed in as Asami was scrambling to her feet, but Bolin intervened with a barrage of pottery shards that kept him away from Asami.
As soon as the fight broke out, the owner had raced down the stairs, shouting orders for his staff to evacuate.
“Kin, Gin.” Liu’s sharp tone cut through their fight, and he gave a curt nod in the direction of the stairs. “Stop them.”
Kin visibly bristled. “You can’t be serious.”
“That’s an order.”
With a snarl, Kin tore herself from the fight. “Best make sure the staff can’t interfere.” She and Gin raced after the owner.
Asami started toward the stairs, but Mako threw out a hand to stop her. “Bolin and I will protect the staff. You handle the Lieutenant.”
“Are you sure?”
“If he’s got a bomb, that limits what Bolin and I can do,” Mako said.
“Okay.” Asami nodded. “Good luck.”
The brothers took off after Kin and Gin, Bolin using the earthenware shards to keep Liu at bay. As they descended down the stairs, only Asami and Liu were left.
A moment of silence passed between them. “Somehow I’m not surprised to see you here, interfering with our plans yet again.”
Asami said nothing, hands clenched into fists at her side. While she had seen him briefly during the Equalist prison break, he’d had no words for her then. The last time they had spoken had been in the Equalist biplane hangar. That moment felt like a lifetime ago.
Liu had carried himself as a stranger then too.
“I assume you were the one to foil our original plot with the bomb downtown. You and your mother always thought along similar tracks.”
She swallowed, taking a halting step forward. “Liu…”
“If you’re hoping to reason with me, then save your breath.” In one smooth movement, Liu drew his kali sticks. And though he didn’t activate the electricity on them, the action was no less charged. “As I told you before, I have no words for a traitor.”
Asami gritted her teeth and shoved the detonator into the pocket of her pants. “You won’t accomplish anything here. Bumi won’t come, and even if you did kill the president, what would that do? What purpose do you have for continuing to fight?”
“I’ll start by taking back that detonator,” Liu said before lunging forward.
She jumped back out of the range of his first strike and twisted to the side to dodge the second. The third she blocked with her glove on instinct, catching the kali stick.
For a moment, both of their eyes locked on the glove before Liu hastily disengaged. Asami could feel her pulse pounding. If she accidentally activated the electricity on her glove again…
Liu must have seen the conflict in her expression for he charged in again as Asami fumbled the glove off, chucking it to the far corner of the attack. The edge of his strike caught her in the side, and she staggered backward, just barely dodging the next blow.
He had an advantage with his weapons. Asami’s gaze darted about the attic, taking in the layout of the space and the items laying on the shelves. Anything that could give her an advantage to this fight.
Her eyes landed on a steel ladle resting haphazardly atop one of the crates. It would have to do.
She rushed toward it, Liu hot on her heels. He moved into an attack as she seized her makeshift weapon, pivoting to block the attack. Shockwaves raced up her arms from the force of his blow. Two more strikes followed in quick succession, and she just barely deflected each attack. With his next strike, he easily swept the ladle from her grip. As he moved into a fifth strike, she ducked to to left, intent on slipping past him.
Liu anticipated her move, his kick colliding with her hip with enough force to send her toppling over.
Asami barely managed to get her arms beneath her to break the fall. Liu’s kick had landed in the exact same place as Kin’s earlier attack, and she could feel a bruise settling in the area. Movement in the corner of her vision showed Liu looming over her, kali stick raised to strike her. With a grunt, she just barely rolled out of the way, feeling a rush of air as his kali stick drove hard into the floor.
As she scrambled to her feet, she caught flashes of orange outside. Mako’s firebending. He and Bolin must have taken their fight outside. If only she could do the same, but Liu had maneuvered them so he was closer to the stairs. She’d be hard-pressed to lead their fight downstairs.
The shrill wail of a siren cut through the air. From outside, Asami heard “This is the Republic City Police. We have you surrounded. Come out with your hands up.”
Opposite her, Liu snarled.
She met his gaze, both of them breathing heavy from the fight. “Liu, enough,” she said. “I have the detonator. It’s over. You can’t run anymore.”
“You’re right,” he said, an unsettling grimness to his tone that sent a chill down her spine. “There will be no running from this.” His gaze settled on the bomb on his chest, and he shifted the grip on his kali stick, thumb inching toward the switch to activate the electricity.
Terror pulsed through her. “Don’t, you’ll die!”
“You sound like your mother.”
Asami breath hitched, and a beat of silence passed between them.
“Yasuko was against this plan. She was so convinced that she could take out the new president without losing any of our members. She expounded all the ways her technology could deliver the bomb to its intended location and detonate it without a single Equalist put in harm’s way. But I knew there were too many variables left to chance. All it took was one sewer worker in the wrong place, one miscalculation in her design, or”—his eyes met hers—”one daughter who always thought too similarly to her mother for the plan to be foiled. Unlike your mother, I knew that sometimes it takes a human element to ensure a mission’s success. If I have to die for this cause, then so be it.”
“You’re not dying for anything here. Your mission failed--”
“I will not be their prisoner!”
The force of his declaration killed the protests in her throat. It felt like a chasm separated them instead a few feet, that distance increasing with each millisecond. She swallowed. “Liu, don’t do this.”
“Go back to your bender allies, Asami,” he said. “Unless you intend to go up in flames as well.”
She knew then that nothing she could say would change his mind. There were so many things she wanted to say, the words tangled up in the knot of emotion lodged in her throat, tied too tightly together for any one to escape.
“Go.” He spat out the command, a cold finality to his tone.
With a shuddering breath, she forced herself to turn away and run for the nearest window.
Outside, she caught sight of Kin and Gin racing back inside, Mako and Bolin in pursuit. “Stay back!” she yelled, hitching a foot up to the windowsill.
“What—” Bolin started to shout back.
There wasn’t time to explain. Asami launched herself out of the window, trusting Mako and Bolin to catch her. For a split-second, as she hung in the air, it occurred to Asami that this might have been a bad idea. But before the thought could linger, Bolin had met her halfway, propelled by a pillar of earth. Mako helped steady their landing as they hit the ground, and Asami gasped, “Liu’s detonating the bomb. We have to get out of here.”
Twin expressions of alarm crossed their faces and they took off at a sprint toward the hastily-erected police perimeter.
The explosion roared behind her, the force of it enough to knock her off her feet even from several yards away. Flames erupted from the restaurant, rapidly consuming the building. The second floor had been utterly decimated, and the first was barely in better shape.
So much destruction contained in one bomb. If Bumi had been eating dinner there, he would have died instantly.
Just like Liu had.
Around her, the police were mobilizing, forming a perimeter to prevent people from approaching the building. Lin was speaking into the radio of one of the police cars, barking instructions to the fire department.
It took Asami a moment to register the hands on her arms, dragging her out of the middle of the street away from the explosion. She glanced up to find Mako and Bolin watching her with matching expressions of concern.
“You okay, Asami?” Bolin asked.
“I--” The words caught in her throat. “I’m not hurt. I--” She blinked rapidly, trying to ease the burning of her eyes.
The brothers sat her down at the side of a warehouse, cushioning her between them. “It’s over,” Mako said. “Finally.”
A sob clawed its way out of Asami’s throat before she could stop it, and she hunched her shoulders up, trying to keep that wellspring of grief inside her.
“Hey.” Bolin turned to face her fully, a hand on her shoulder. “What’s wrong?”
She shook her head.
Bolin frowned and nudged her shoulder, concern bleeding through his expression. “Asami?”
“He’s dead. I can’t believe--I didn’t actually think he’d--”
“The Lieutenant?” Mako asked, a hint of confusion furrowing his brow.
“He…” It took a great deal of effort to force the words out. “Liu was like my brother.”
Mako and Bolin went still on either side of her, but she couldn’t find the energy to lift her gaze and see whatever expression they were sharing. “He was with the Equalists from the start. He taught me how to fight. And I knew he wouldn’t listen, knew he only saw me as an enemy at the end...but I still thought--”
She was pulled into a crushing embrace between them.
“I’m so sorry,” Bolin said. “I can’t imagine having to fight Mako. And if I had to lose him like that…”
Asami choked back another sob. “He let me go. He could have just killed us both. I wouldn’t have been able to stop him. But he didn’t. He waited until I cleared the building before--”
They tightened their hold on her. “It’s okay if you need to cry,” Bolin said. “We won’t judge you.”
“We know what it’s like to lose family,” Mako added.
Asami bowed her head and let the tears fall, grateful to have Mako and Bolin act as a temporary shield to the rest of the world for now. She cried for the teenager she had met all those years ago, hungry for justice against the family he had lost to bending violence. The young man who had taught her to fight, whom she had shared jokes with while he helped Yasuko fine-tune her inventions.
And she also cried for the man she had stood against at the airfield and here. Mourned the stranger Liu had become and the bond that no tool could repair.
By the time her sobs had subsided, the fire department had arrived and were busy dousing the flames. It seemed that most of the employees had been safely escorted away from the area, and many of the officers had dispersed once the situation was under control.
Lin stood a few yards away, discussing something with one of the firefighters. She kept the three of them in the corner of her gaze, and Asami imagined that she would want to speak with them before the night was over.
Slowly she extricated herself from the hug.
“We should probably get back to Air Temple Island,” Bolin said, rising to his feet. He offered her a hand, and she let him pull her up. “Assuming we can still get a ride this late.”
“I think Chief Beifong wants to speak with us first,” Asami said.
Already, Lin was ending her conversation with the firefighter and heading toward them.
“We’d better report in,” Mako said, standing to join them.
Asami dabbed at her eyes with her sleeve and hoped that she was at least presentable enough.
“That was reckless, chasing after those Equalists on your own,” Lin said by way of greeting. “You should have come to me with that news right away and waited for us to create a plan so you weren’t rushing in blindly.”
“We thought the Equalists were holding the staff hostage,” Mako said. “We didn’t think there would be time to wait any longer.”
“And we did stop the assassination attempt,” Bolin added. “Plus, all of the restaurant staff got away safely.”
Liu hadn’t escaped, and the Equalists they had knocked unconscious would have been caught in the blast as well. But compared to what would have happened had Yuna not warned them about the attack, the outcome could have been much more dire.
“While that is true,” Lin said, “I still need reports on what transpired from all of you.”
Asami’s shoulders slumped. The thought of having to recount Liu’s death…
Lin gave them a once-over. “But I would rather make it back to a bed sooner than later. It’s been a long night, and I can get your official statements tomorrow. I trust that shouldn’t be an issue.”
“That’s fine,” Mako said.
“Thank you, Chief Beifong.” Bolin’s voice was heavy with relief, giving him an odd formality.
Lin nodded once. “Then you should head out to the docks. Tenzin should be waiting with a ferry to escort you back to Air Temple Island. But before you go”—she pulled a folded piece of paper from her pocket and handed it to Asami—“Bumi wanted you to have this.”
Asami unfolded the note and read it by the light of the fireball Mako created. It took a moment for the characters on the page to make sense. Her eyes widened. “A presidential pardon?”
“What!?” Bolin exclaimed, grabbing the note from Asami to read it himself.
“That’s incredible,” Mako said.
“Keep in mind it won’t be official until tomorrow when we can get the proper paperwork filed,” Lin said. “But after all of your assistance these past weeks, especially tonight, you’ve more than earned your freedom. Congratulations, Asami.”
“Thank you.”
Bumi had pardoned her. Starting tomorrow, she would no longer be under house arrest. She wouldn’t have to report in to Xing, wouldn’t be confined to Air Temple Island without a guard. The situation felt a bit surreal.
“We can talk over the next few days about getting your family’s property transferred back to you,” Lin said. “But for tonight, you all need to get to sleep. Now get back to Tenzin.” She narrowed her eyes. “And this time, no detours.”
“Yes, ma’am.”
Lin nodded curtly and returned to where she could oversee the situation.
They headed toward the docks, a comfortable silence passing between them. After a moment, Bolin turned to face her. “So, Asami, got any ideas how you want to celebrate your newfound freedom? Anything you want to do once you’re out of house arrest?”
That was the question, wasn’t it? Asami hadn’t really let herself make long-term plans. Ever since her arrest, she had been focused on getting through each day. Assisting the police and the United Forces to atone for her actions with the Equalists. But now, her entire future had opened back up again. She could go wherever she wanted, would soon have her inheritance back so she had actual money to spend on food or accessories or tools or whatever she wanted. The thought was daunting.
A near-hysterical laugh bubbled out from her throat before she could stop it.
Mako and Bolin both stopped to look at her. “Asami?” Bolin asked.
“Varrick is going to be furious when I start the contract negotiations all over again,” she gasped out between laughs.
The brothers snickered. “Yeah, I imagine he won’t be too happy,” Bolin said.
“Considering he’s under arrest for his little fireworks display earlier, I don’t think he has much of a leg to stand on,” Mako retorted. “I would love to see his face when you hand him your new contract.”
“I should visit him while he’s in jail just to personally deliver the contract to him,” Asami said, remembering how he had first accosted her on Air Temple Island. “I bet he’ll love that.”
The three of them exchanged glances for a moment before dissolving into laughter.
The laughter quickly turned to yawns, and Bolin gave an exaggerated stretch. “Let’s get back to the ferry,” Bolin said. “I don’t know about you, but I could really use a bed right about now.”
“A bed sounds wonderful,” Asami said.
As the ferry came into sight, exhaustion seemed to wash down her grief, if only for a moment. There was a safe bed waiting for her, and eventually even a return home. They’d saved Bumi, who was going to be an excellent, if unorthodox, president.
There was a bright future ahead.
And, when she eventually drifted off to sleep that night, a final thought crossed her mind. Korra had said she would return to Republic City. If nothing else, Asami had done her best to make it a place Korra would want to return to, and a place she herself could live and call home.
* * *
The Spirit World felt strangely bereft of weather. No strong wind, almost no sense of temperature. The crisp snow and ice of the North Pole felt worlds away now against this backdrop of stark stone.
Still, Korra felt sweat beading on her skin as she pulled off her parka. Disbelief and fear played over Sakari and Jinora’s faces before her, but something else too. The set of Sakari’s jaw reminded Korra of something she’d seen in the mirror before.
The second portal would not be as simple to reach. Her earlier trick relied on their surprise at Korra’s airbending, but that would only work once.
Without overthinking it, Korra rushed forward with a series of earthen strikes. Air and water felt like inviting turnabout, and she found herself strangely shy to use fire.
In unison, Jinora and Sakari flipped out of the way, with Jinora deflecting the rocks using a blast of air.
“Stand aside, Sakari,” Korra called over. “Jinora, even if you don’t understand my reasons, trust that I’ve thought this through and this is how I’m fulfilling my role as the Avatar.”
The girls didn’t drop their stances in the least. “We don’t want to fight you, Korra, but we will stop you,” Sakari shouted back. They seemed as equally set on their decision as she was.
Korra’s hands felt heavy, as though they’d turned to rocks themselves, weighing down her arms. Still, she pushed her mind to strategize and find a way around.
To the side, Zaheer clapped his hands together. “This is your *destiny*, Korra! You can end the cycle forever, just make it through now!”
Shutting off her mind, Korra moved forward and changed tracks. Sending off a volley of light fireballs, she followed them up by trying to catch Jinora’s feet in the stones on the ground. A grounded airbender was a neutralized threat.
She’d almost managed to catch Jinora when Sakari came out of the edge of Korra’s vision with whipping water strikes.
Korra dodged them, but lost track of Jinora in the process. Despite all the circumstances, she found herself smiling. Sakari was good, probably as good as Korra had been at that age. Korra had watched Sakari in the pro-bending arena and liked her combat style then. To face her now was exhilarating, filling a missing space of some sort.
If they’d grown up as sisters, Korra and Sakari would have sparred like this.
As if it was a tutoring session, Korra pulled Sakari’s strikes from the air, using their momentum to redirect them back toward her sister as disks of ice.
(She would not send pointed icicles at Sakari, but the disks could land solidly without risk of cutting her.)
On her other side, Jinora had begun weaving her steps into a complex pattern as she advanced, pressing her arms forward to funnel a blast of air toward Korra, pushing her away from the portal.
Korra took the force of the blast head on, placing her hands together to force the air apart, then bringing her arms back to send the air after the disks she’d just hurled at Sakari.
The air caught them, speeding their flight. The shift was enough that Sakari found herself just barely behind the last disk, which clipped her in the side and knocked her off-balance.
That was enough for Korra. As Sakari spun and tried to catch her balance again, Korra stomped on the ground and sent a pillar of earth to catch one of Sakari’s feet, holding her fast to the ground.
As Korra was sending a second strike, Jinora followed up with a larger air blast, knocking Korra’s aim askew and almost knocking her off her feet. Only catching her momentum into a handspring kept Korra from falling on her ass. Unfortunately, the handspring also moved Korra farther from the portal.
“Korra, now is not the time to play,” Zaheer shouted. “Stop holding back.”
Korra could hear in his voice that he was becoming impatient. And when Zaheer became impatient, he would take care of matters himself.
“I’ve got this,” she called back, dashing forward as Jinora hopped off an air scooter to Sakari’s side. Her airbending wasn’t helping to loosen the stone cuff on Sakari’s ankle, but Sakari’s ice blade strikes would get it loose shortly.
Korra rushed forward as the girls whispered furiously. If she caught them now, while Sakari was partly incapacitated and Jinora was trying to help her, she could neutralize both girls without hurting them.
As she drew closer, the girls made a series of movements that Korra couldn’t follow and a dense fog fell over the plain.
It was as if Korra had walked into a cloud. She couldn’t see more than two steps in front of herself. Sakari and Jinora couldn’t be more than a dozen paces away, but they had entirely disappeared.
Korra slowed her stride, but did not stop. Whirling her body, she sent a blast of air in the direction she’d last seen the portal.
But somehow, the cloud seemed to deaden and absorb her blast into itself. This was no idle air and water, floating in the sky. It was an extension of Sakari and Jinora’s willpower, and as Korra reached to pull the water from the air, she could almost feel Sakari pull it back.
Then Jinora’s feet landed between Korra’s shoulder blades and Korra discovered that dirt had a different taste in the Spirit World.
“Sorry, Korra,” Jinora said. “We’re just really dedicated to not having the world end.”
Korra saw Jinora disappear into the cloud as she lifted her face off the ground.
“I’m not ending the world,” Korra spat as she hopped back to her feet. She would definitely feel that bruise tomorrow.
“Time is up. We’ve waited long enough.”
Korra whipped toward Zaheer’s voice. Jinora had vanished into the same direction she heard him from now.
“Zaheer, no!” Dashing forward, she saw his last strike just as it hit the top of Jinora’s spine.
Chi-blocked, the girl collapsed to the ground as the fog began to fall.
“Get to the portal,” he shouted at her. “Time is running out!”
The fading cloud exposed Sakari, who was just wrenching her foot out of the ice-weakened stone.
Korra’s shoulders swiveled toward the portal, but she couldn’t turn her eyes away from her sister. Zaheer was on Sakari in an instant, seizing her into a rough arm-bar.
“Now, Korra!” He roared.
Sakari whirled in his grasp, trying to break free.
To the side, Korra thought she heard P’li say, “They’re just kids, Zaheer!”
The portal and harmonic convergence fell away from Korra’s mind. Raava rose like a sudden tide within her, and Korra felt her eyes flicker with light for a moment before she seized back control.
“No!” She shouted, and it was toward both Zaheer and toward the absolute burning rage within her. “Let her go now!”
Zaheer had a vein bulging in his neck. “I will let her go when you have completed your destiny. They are here as distractions, Korra, making you forget who you are and why you are here! Remember who I raised you to be.”
In his grasp, Sakari was not playing the captive role well. She repeatedly pitched her strength against his, trying to break the locked hold on her arm.
The moment before it happened, Korra saw Zaheer’s eyes narrow, and she saw Sakari straining with her teeth bared. Either she pushed too much, or he tightened the hold. Korra’s eyes were on Sakari’s as their struggles reached a peak.
The crack of Sakari’s arm breaking seemed to cut the air straight to the bottom of Korra’s lungs.
From the ground behind her, Korra heard Jinora shout Sakari’s name. To the side, P’li said something that sounded like, ‘Zaheer, we were only kids.’ Zaheer’s snarl fell into an exhale of exertion. And Sakari’s scream choked itself halfway and melted into a sob.
Korra’s priorities crystalized.
Her body almost seemed to fly on its own accord, slicing the air as she rushed toward Zaheer trailing waves of flame. His eyes widened, reflecting the light, and he dropped Sakari’s body with a thud and leapt away.
Zaheer was agile in his retreat, winding in a circular path as he dodged the fire and stones that Korra seemed to shed in her path. Still, it was a retreat nonetheless. Korra refused to allow him to close the distance. His usual non-bender tactic was to shift a fight from long-range to close-range, to eliminate the bending advantage.
“Korra! Stop!” He had been shouting at her almost nonstop, but she only seemed to hear him now, as he tried to pivot closer once again.
This time, Korra repelled him with a flurry of icicles, always herding him away from Sakari and the others. “No,” she said, and Ravva’s notes of light reinforced her voice. “I am not yours to command any more.”
His shoes skidding in the dust, Zaheer touched a hand to the ground and steadied himself. From somewhere in his robes, he pulled a wicked knife and threw it with a deadly precision at Korra’s heart.
She blinked, and time slowed. In all the years they’d traveled together, Korra had never once seen this knife. Not in combat training or around their many campfires. In fact, it occurred to her, Zaheer had never once trained her how to respond to a thrown knife.
Raava’s instincts moved her limbs anyway, whirling a tight sphere of air around her, then growing it outward with exponential acceleration. The knife’s course diverted, slicing past Korra just off to the side. Then the force of the wind pushed farther out, catching Zaheer and ripping him off his feet and slamming him into a boulder farther back still.
Korra kept her arms moving through the motions, keeping Zaheer pinned to the rock as she advanced. The differences in their capabilities were clear. Zaheer was the most deadly non-bender she’d ever met, likely one of the most dangerous in the world. But he could not stand against The Avatar.
With efficient motions, Korra summoned restraints of stone to pin him in place.
“I will not be forced into any decisions,” Korra said. “The actions I take will be my own, from this moment forward.”
Zaheer wrenched his neck outward, desperately pulling his body against the restraints. “You will not end the cycle then,” he spat. “Just one more Avatar seduced by the power of their birth, heedless of the unbalance they bring to the world.”
“Yes,” she said. She turned her back and started walking back toward the portals and the tree of time.
She heard him struggle one more time against her restraints before he called out, “P’li! Now is the time.”
Immediately on guard, Korra pivoted and took a defensive stance toward her firebending teacher. But on meeting the woman’s eyes, she was surprised to find them soft. P’li had never looked at her that way before.
“Zaheer...” P’li seemed to breathe his name with a depthless sadness. “We were only children.”
Then P’li turned away and Korra followed suit. Though Korra had never understood the taller woman once in her life, she understood now that something had been altered between them. She was no threat for now. Korra’s pace quickened as she jogged back to the portal. Sakari had made her way to Jinora, and had her friend’s head propped in her lap while she cradled her broken arm.
Korra almost felt bad as the girls met her gaze with relief, then with panic as they watched Korra stop in front of the second portal.
“Korra, wait!” Sakari winced and cried out as she tried to scramble to her feet, but couldn’t move without jostling Jinora.
Jinora shouted something that Korra didn't catch as she pressed her hand to the portal and opened it.
"I'm creating a new age of balance in the world," Korra said. "This is my choice as the Avatar."
No dramatic sacrifice of your identity then? Raava's voice sounded in her head as the portal opened.
I'll ponder the identity crisis later, Korra thought back.
She stepped back from the portal as the planets aligned.
"No, no, no, no, no," Jinora moaned. She seemed to be desperately trying to wiggle her fingers.
"Just stay here," Korra said, walking toward them and keeping her eyes on the Tree of Time. "I'll try to keep the fight away from you both." A band of light arced from each portal and met in the middle.
Korra paused briefly and took Sakari's good hand. "You did good, kid," she said, meeting her sister's gaze. She guided Sakari's fingertips to the spot on Jinora's arm that Asami had shown her. "Rub here gently to help end the chi block a bit faster."
Sakari seemed to be caught without words for once, just nodding numbly and doing as Korra had instructed.
Meanwhile, the pillars of light above each portal bent together, uniting in an arc in the air above them. Lightning flashed as the colors shifted, and a purple pall came over the sky. The lighting began to intensify its focus on the Tree of Time, and then a burning red light concentrated itself on Vaatu’s hollow within the tree. All light disappeared for a moment before a blinding white flash followed.
The first thing Korra could see, once her vision cleared, was the dark silhouette of Vaatu sweeping out of the tree.
Once upon a time, Korra had thought her role as the Avatar would be to release both him and Raava in this moment. She’d been raised on faith in chaos’ inherent superiority in the world. Faced with Vaatu himself now, she could feel the differences between him and Raava within her.
Korra had seen the world. She didn’t know what ‘home’ meant, but she knew that there wasn’t a place she’d walked that would benefit from this spirit’s freedom. She placed herself in front and readied her stance. Her legs didn’t feel quite steady as they should be.
Vaatu arched against the sky. “Raava,” he called her, “nothing could stop this moment. Harmonic Convergence is upon us again.”
“I know,” Korra said, “I opened the portals. But now you’re going right back in that tree again.” She could feel Raava shifting within her, readying for the fight. Somehow, that steadied Korra’s feet.
Vaatu roared, and his dark tendrils flashed as he reared back, then swept toward Korra in a charge.
Raava seemed to fill her spirit from the ground up this time. The Avatar State welled up as though it were coming from the very dirt of the Spirit World below her.
She leapt into the air in a swirl of wind, passing over Vaatu as he swept below her, then crashed down on his back in a rush of fire. He recovered impossibly quickly, his body twisting and re-forming around her blow. She followed up with stacks of stones and jets of water, which he dodged easily, his body almost liquid in how it shifted and twisted.
He struck at her with sharp, precise blows. She parried with fire and earth, but his strikes only came faster. He seemed to be made of light, with no weight or resistance behind his motions. In contrast, the elements that Korra bent to her defense seemed to move half a beat behind her arms and legs.
She needed to go on the offense.
Flipping backwards to avoid another attack, Korra summoned fire beneath her feet as she came in for her landing. Her feet never touched the ground. She launched a huge spiraling blast of fire at Vaatu with both arms and immediately followed behind it, punching through his body on a wave of fire and air.
She could see purple light glowing at the frayed edges of his body, but the damage didn’t stop Vaatu from turning around his own series of whip attacks while he repaired the damage.
Korra dodged backward again as Vaatu smashed the place she’d been standing. But before she could redirect her momentum, Vaatu reared back and summoned a dark energy beam, striking Korra right in the chest.
She crashed into a boulder and Korra felt the Avatar State slip from her grasp as she tumbled to the ground.
“No! Korra!” In the background, Korra could hear Sakari shouting.
Vaatu laughed, and dove toward her in another charge. Korra could barely feel her hands, but pulled herself into another light leap, sweeping herself up on an unsteady whirlwind. She just barely dodged Vaatu’s swipe.
Then his tail clipped her right leg, and Korra lost hold of her airbending and crashed to the ground. Palms digging into the dirt, Korra grit her teeth. She was more exhausted than she'd thought. As her mind tried to force her muscles into movement, her body felt sluggish. Too slow.
Vaatu was coming back for a followup strike and Korra braced herself. She wasn't going to be able to dodge this one.
Out of nowhere, a storm of icicles struck the dark spirit, hurling him aside in the single breath before he reached her. Korra took the time to push herself off the rock and whipped around, looking for Sakari. She shouldn’t be bending like that with her broken arm, however much Korra had needed the save.
“Don’t you know you don’t have to do everything alone?”
Korra’s heart stopped at the sound of Ming-Hua’s voice, then seemed to swell to bursting as she saw her mentor running forward with Ghazan at her heels.
“Hey kiddo,” he called out, “Sorry it took so long. We eventually negotiated the use of the express route with some convenient escorts.”
Behind them, a pair of dark-haired waterbenders came through the portal, their steps in-sync and their faces expressionless. Korra vaguely recognized her cousins from some Red Lotus profiles.
Before Korra could parse out the logistics of their presence, she found herself dodging another blow from Vaatu. Her legs no longer felt quite as dead and tired. It was as if Ming-Hua and Ghazan had brought an hour’s rest with them, and Korra was fresh for the fight once more.
With some backup, the odds were back in Korra’s favor.
Ming-Hua seemed to glide with an ethereal grace, her signature water whips trailing as she struck at Vaatu with impossible precision. Ghazan’s rougher movements complemented hers in every way. Seeing him bending beside her, the influence her waterbending had on his lavabending style was obvious. Less obvious to Korra was where Ghazan had managed to find a marble post at least twice the length of his body, but she didn’t stop to question it as he plunged it like a javelin through Vaatu’s body.
Her twin cousins were even deeper in-sync, matching each strike against Vaatu with uncanny matching gestures. Korra didn’t overthink it as she slid in beside them, layering her firebending along with their waterbending as they sliced and pressed Vaatu closer and closer back toward the tree, hemming him in from all sides.
Avatar Korra, now is the time. Raava spoke within her, and Korra found she could now hear the voice as a source of strength. It was hard to imagine why she had ever fought against this presence, which was so clearly and deeply a part of her very being.
“Yes, now,” Korra said aloud. The voices of ten thousand years of Avatars echoed behind her words. They were as much one with her as Raava was. She closed her eyes, and opened them to light.
But unlike when fighting Amon, Korra did not lose herself within the rage of noise, light, and the Avatars before her. She was The Avatar, always.
But she would be Korra, first.
Ming-Hua, Ghazan, and the twins fell back as she advanced. The elements twisted behind her hands, then took hold of Vaatu in a moment. A whirling cage of water trapped, then orbiting stones to seal him. Fire jumped easily from the arc of her hands, as it always had. And then air.
Korra was not yet a master airbender. She could not find within her the precise motions to control the focused hurricane that began to whirl around Vaatu. But The Avatar, the Avatars of lives past, surged within her. Korra could feel Aang’s hands within her own, guiding the motions and the power. Behind him, she could feel the control of every Avatar all the way back to Wan himself.
The sphere of air tightened, and sealed the cage whirling around Vaatu. With deliberate steps, Korra guided the spirit back toward the tree. He shouted and hurled words back at her, but she didn't need to hear any of them.
“I am Avatar Korra,” she said. “And I’m sealing you away for another 10,000 years.”
The tree glowed as she returned Vaatu to his place within it, and his shout grew and intensified, and then was silenced.
As she watched Vaatu settle within the Tree of Time once again, Korra briefly realized that this meant no more hiding. In a world of anarchy and chaos, an Avatar could vanish into the crowd and hide from the eyes of the masses. In aligning herself with Raava, Korra was not just choosing to be The Avatar, but also to be seen as The Avatar.
There would be no more masks. No more hiding.
As the light of the Avatar State faded from her eyes, Korra took a breath. It had not drained her as it had in the past. Instead, she felt renewed and strengthened.
She turned to face the clearing.
Her eyes went first to Sakari and Jinora, supporting each other near the southern portal. The chi-block seemed to have faded, and Jinora was fashioning an orange makeshift sling for Sakari. While battered, the girls seemed to be alright.
Ghazan and Ming-Hua were standing together nearby. She was leaning against his shoulder, and he had an arm around her waist. They looked at her proudly, but she could see a distance in their eyes.
The twins were engaged in a whispered exchange. Korra found she didn't care to speculate on whatever they were obviously plotting. Any further challenges she would tackle later.
Her eyes slide to the back of the field. Zaheer had vanished from the rock she'd sealed him to, and P'li was nowhere to be seen.
"Korra!" Sakari and Jinora were making their unsteady way toward her. "There's still time to seal the portal." Jinora’s voice and feet wavered, but Sakari seemed to be steadying her friend with her one good arm.
Korra leapt and used some airbending to carry herself over. The portal stretched above her, a pillar of light bending to connect the North and South poles at the peak of the arc.
She’d been liberated for this day, to reunite the physical and spiritual worlds as the Avatar. Zaheer had known that the only way for her to make this choice was if he’d raised her to understand true freedom, to believe in the liberation that could only come from chaos, from the dismantling of power structures and the elimination of rules.
Korra’s feet ached as she walked toward the portal. Her entire body was beginning to tremble, now that the fight was over. The fights. How many had she had by now?
Was she still in a fight now?
'Raava?’
Even Raava’s presence shone every bit as battered as Korra felt.
’I’m glad you decided to keep me around, Avatar Korra’
A smile twitched the corners of Korra’s mouth. ’Just for a bit,’ she said. ‘Something like the next ten thousand years or so.’
Korra’s feet seemed to pulse as she stopped in front of the portal. Walking was, somehow, less painful than just standing. It had always been easier for Korra to be in motion. Inaction always felt worse.
’I’ll be glad to spend the time with you,’ Raava replied. ‘But I wonder, how do you plan for the world to spend that time?’
Korra sighed. Her eyes seemed to be burning out as she stared into the light. Behind her, Jinora and Sakari were saying… something. She wasn’t focused on them.
’I want to reunite the worlds… but I don’t know if I want it because that is my true instinct as the Avatar, or if I want that because that’s what I was raised to believe by Zaheer.’ Korra hesitated. ‘I was taken, and I was told what to believe. I don’t know that I can trust myself to know what is right.’
’Making decisions is no easy burden… but by choosing to affirm yourself as the Avatar, you have chosen the burden of being a decider. Regardless of how you were raised or what you were taught, the burden is yours. Is ours. I will remain with you regardless of how the physical and spiritual worlds are connected. I am with you regardless of whether or not you are their bridge.’
Behind Raava’s words, Korra felt the weight and the trust of 10,000 years of Avatars. Her past lives. Aang’s energy shone from the front, and she felt his assent.
’We trust your decision. This is your burden, and we will remain with you, no matter what you choose.’
Korra turned around. “I’ve decided to keep the portals open,” she said. When Sakari opened her mouth to object, Korra held up a hand. “I know this will bring unprecedented change, and I cannot predict everything that will come. But Harmonic Convergence has caused a shift in the planet’s energy.” She looked toward Jinora. “Can you feel it?”
After a moment’s hesitation, Jinora nodded. “I think I do. The world will not be the same.” Though hesitant, Jinora had begun to look toward Korra with more confidence. “Will you guide the world into this new spiritual age as the Avatar?” A note of challenge rang in her voice.
Beside her, Sakari gazed at Korra with such intensity that Korra had to avert her gaze. An unspoken question hung in the air. Would Korra remain and be Sakari’s sister in this new world?
In the background, Korra saw her twin cousins whispering to one another.
Korra turned toward Ghazan and Ming-Hua. “I… I’m going to need to go back with them. To face the world as their Avatar.”
“Fourteen years of mystery is a respectable amount of time to build up the anticipation, I think.” Ghazan cracked a smile. “I expect you’ll do a fair amount of dismantling existing power structures, even if you have to become one.”
Ming-Hua did not smile, did not frown. She simply met Korra’s eyes for a long moment. “If you make yourself hard, the pressure will crack you like a stone,” she said. “Remember to bend and flow.”
“I couldn’t possibly forget the basics when you’re the one who taught them to me.” Korra looked away. She’d lost Ming-Hua when Ming-Hua lost her bending, and she’d only just gotten the other woman back in her life.
Ghazan cleared his throat, saving Korra from saying anything further. “As part of the deal that brought us here, we have tickets on the first ship out of the blockade. And, uh…” Ghazan cleared his throat. “We weren’t exactly the most polite gala guests, so we’d really like to catch it.”
To the side, Korra heard Sakari’s breath catch. “What happened at the gala?”
“Nothing I don’t think your aunt anticipated.” Ghazan glanced Sakari’s way and did a double-take. “Wow, she looks a lot like you up close.” He flashed Korra another grin. “Good luck being a big sister to that one. You have a lot of time to catch up on, and we both know you were a terror at that age.”
Korra laughed and covered her face with one hand. It was absolutely true. She also used the movement to discreetly clear a tear that was welling up in one eye. “How will I find you two again? How will I keep track of you?”
Ming-Hua shook her head. “Don’t try. We’ll find you.”
Korra just nodded, not trusting her voice to say anything. They wouldn’t have any problems finding her if needed—they had plenty of experience tracking down public figures.
And then it was time to depart. The twins (her… cousins? Korra would have to stop thinking of them as faces from Red Lotus dossiers) had mounts and sleds waiting on the other side of the northern portal.
Ming-Hua and Ghazan took one mount in a different direction, toward wherever their boat awaited.
Korra helped Sakari and Jinora settle themselves comfortably into the back of a sled. After a moment’s hesitation, Korra opted to sit with them instead of taking her own mount. She didn’t need to keep herself apart from them, or the world anymore. She was returning to the world to become its Avatar… but that also meant she could be just Korra.
Sakari and Jinora seemed remarkably quiet on the ride back. It occurred to Korra that, for once, there was no need for her to cram a lifetime’s worth of words into her next conversation with Sakari. From now on… they would have time.
A whole new life awaited them all.
She would learn how to be Sakari’s sister, and how to serve the world as its Avatar.
Maybe she would even learn to be a cousin and a niece to the twin strangers driving the sled and their mother, who had brought Ming-Hua and Ghazan to her in her hour of greatest need.
Korra’s chest ached. She would meet her parents soon. And learn how to be a… daughter?
An image of Ming-Hua, Ghazan, Zaheer, and P’li came to her mind, and Korra gently, but firmly, set them aside. There would be room in this new spiritual age to learn a new concept of family as well.
Ming-Hua and Ghazan were safe, or as safe as they ever were.
Zaheer and P’li… didn’t have to matter for now. She would figure out what to do about them later, if she had to.
Finally, Korra’s mental eye returned to Asami Sato. Her thoughts relaxed, and she found herself drifting off to sleep as the sled pulled them through the snow back to the capital of the Northern Water Tribe.
There would be speeches and reunions, introductions and apologies to make. But Korra would return to Asami and Republic City. There would be no more hiding. It wouldn’t be simple, but she would be free to make the life she chose for herself, next to the people she chose for herself. Nothing would stop her now.
Korra’s body fell into a deep sleep, grateful for the rest, but her spirit roamed restlessly through her dreams, eager for the next day, and the opportunities of the new age.
* * * End Arc Two * * *
Notes:
It's been a hot second since the last update, and the world has changed. Korra is on Netflix, and there's also a global pandemic? Lots of stuff. But the arc 2 finale is done for you here, and there is, indeed, a path forward for IOAFB.
There will be an arc 3. But next up: A series of shorter interlude chapters, somewhat in the style of the Tales of Republic City scenes, that will cover the time in-between arc 2 and 3. Think: everyone chills out a bit, character reunions, folks meeting their parents, international travel, and Legit Korrasami. We hope you'll enjoy.
Thank you for reading, and thank you to ALL the folks who turned out in the comments to keep on supporting, motivating, guilt-tripping, and reminding us to keep going. We appreciate all of you, and are looking forward to the next part of this journey with y'all.
Thanks again,
-Emirael and Skye


Pages Navigation
Blueyesbb on Chapter 1 Wed 26 Aug 2015 06:21AM UTC
Comment Actions
Emirael on Chapter 1 Wed 26 Aug 2015 01:05PM UTC
Comment Actions
Valco99 on Chapter 1 Wed 19 Jun 2024 11:55PM UTC
Comment Actions
Kel (Guest) on Chapter 1 Wed 26 Aug 2015 06:58AM UTC
Comment Actions
Emirael on Chapter 1 Wed 26 Aug 2015 01:03PM UTC
Comment Actions
Gophersaurus on Chapter 1 Wed 26 Aug 2015 07:42AM UTC
Comment Actions
Emirael on Chapter 1 Wed 26 Aug 2015 02:06PM UTC
Comment Actions
BelieveTheTruth on Chapter 1 Wed 26 Aug 2015 09:15AM UTC
Comment Actions
Emirael on Chapter 1 Wed 26 Aug 2015 01:06PM UTC
Comment Actions
mettahuman on Chapter 1 Wed 26 Aug 2015 03:06PM UTC
Comment Actions
Emirael on Chapter 1 Thu 27 Aug 2015 01:00AM UTC
Comment Actions
Good story (Guest) on Chapter 1 Wed 26 Aug 2015 03:20PM UTC
Comment Actions
Emirael on Chapter 1 Thu 27 Aug 2015 01:01AM UTC
Comment Actions
Account Deleted on Chapter 1 Wed 26 Aug 2015 04:46PM UTC
Comment Actions
Emirael on Chapter 1 Thu 27 Aug 2015 01:37AM UTC
Comment Actions
Account Deleted on Chapter 1 Thu 27 Aug 2015 02:34AM UTC
Comment Actions
cloudgirl (Guest) on Chapter 1 Thu 27 Aug 2015 01:21AM UTC
Comment Actions
Emirael on Chapter 1 Thu 27 Aug 2015 01:38AM UTC
Comment Actions
SandyFox (Guest) on Chapter 1 Thu 27 Aug 2015 04:11AM UTC
Comment Actions
Emirael on Chapter 1 Thu 27 Aug 2015 05:22AM UTC
Comment Actions
BDubb86 on Chapter 1 Mon 23 Nov 2015 10:25PM UTC
Comment Actions
Yarrr (Guest) on Chapter 1 Fri 15 Jan 2016 06:55PM UTC
Comment Actions
Artemis12 on Chapter 1 Sun 15 May 2016 03:13PM UTC
Comment Actions
Sori (Guest) on Chapter 1 Mon 08 Aug 2016 07:27PM UTC
Comment Actions
Katkastrofa on Chapter 1 Wed 31 Aug 2016 08:44AM UTC
Comment Actions
Emirael on Chapter 1 Mon 05 Sep 2016 10:23PM UTC
Comment Actions
Lasienaga on Chapter 1 Tue 17 Jan 2017 03:33PM UTC
Comment Actions
wanderingmagpie on Chapter 1 Sun 07 May 2017 06:10PM UTC
Comment Actions
Kamila (Guest) on Chapter 1 Tue 09 May 2017 06:44PM UTC
Comment Actions
jl (Guest) on Chapter 1 Mon 24 Jul 2017 05:16PM UTC
Comment Actions
CrowSensei (Guest) on Chapter 1 Wed 07 Feb 2018 04:34PM UTC
Comment Actions
Nicki Minaj (Guest) on Chapter 1 Sun 29 Apr 2018 06:20PM UTC
Comment Actions
Emirael on Chapter 1 Mon 30 Apr 2018 06:31PM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation